Menu
Tax Notes logo

Economic Recovery Tax Act of 1981 (P.L. 97-34)

AUG. 13, 1981

Economic Recovery Tax Act of 1981 (P.L. 97-34)

DATED AUG. 13, 1981
DOCUMENT ATTRIBUTES

 

House Report 97-201

 

(for H.R. 4242)

 

 

97th Congress 1st Session

 

Report No. 97-201

 

 

HOUSE OF REPRESENTATIVES

 

 

TAX INCENTIVE ACT OF 1981

 

 

REPORT of the COMMITTEE ON WAYS AND MEANS, U.S. HOUSE OF REPRESENTATIVES

 

 

on

 

 

H.R. 4242

 

 

together with

 

 

ADDITIONAL, MINORITY, AND ADDITIONAL DISSENTING VIEWS

 

 

JULY 24, 1981--Committed to the Committee of the Whole House on the State of the Union and ordered to be printed

 

 

CONTENTS

 

 

I. Summary of the Bill

II. General Reasons for the Bill

III. Revenue Effects of the Bill

IV. Explanation of the Bill

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

V. Effect of the Bill on the Budget and Vote of the Committee in Reporting the Bill

 

VI. Other Matters Required to be Discussed Under House Rules

VII. Changes in Existing Law Made by the Bill, as Reported

VIII. Additional Views of the Hon. James R. Jones

IX. Additional Views of the Hon. Don J. Pease

X. Minority Views

XI. Additional Views of the Hon. Bill Frenzel

XII. Additional Dissenting Views of the Hon. W. Henson Moore

 

Mr. ROSTENKOWSKI, from the Committee on Ways and Means, submitted the following

 

 

REPORT

 

 

together with

 

 

ADDITIONAL, MINORITY, AND ADDITIONAL DISSENTING VIEWS

 

 

[To accompany H.R. 4242]

 

 

[Including cost estimate of the Congressional Budget Office]

 

 

The Committee on Ways and Means, to whom was referred the bill (H.R. 4242) to amend the Internal Revenue Code of 1954 to encourage economic growth through reductions in individual income tax rates, the expensing of depreciable property, incentives for small businesses, and incentives for savings, and for other purposes, having considered the same, report favorably thereon without amendment and recommend that the bill do pass.

 

I. SUMMARY OF THE BILL

 

 

A. Overview

 

 

The Tax Incentive Act of 1981 (H.R. 4242), as reported by the Ways and Means Committee, provides significant tax relief to individuals and restructures the tax treatment of business income to encourage increased savings, investment and productivity growth. The committee's tax cuts total $37.8 billion in fiscal year 1982, $98.4 billion in 1983, and $128.9 billion in 1984. Furthermore, additional tax cuts of $19.6 billion in fiscal year 1984 will be triggered if justified by economic and fiscal conditions.

The principal provisions of the bill are as follows:

  • A 2-year sequential reduction in individual income taxes, with most of the tax relief targeted to middle-income taxpayers.

  • A third year of targeted tax reduction for 1984, contingent on achieving the Reagan Administration's forecasts of inflation rates, interest rates and the federal budget deficit in 1983.

  • An increase in the top income tax rate to 60 percent in 1982 and 50 percent in 1983, providing a top capital gains rate of 20 percent after 1982.

  • An increase in the zero bracket amount (formerly the standard deduction) from $2,300 to $2,500 for single persons and from $3,400 to $3,800 for married couples.

  • An increase in the rate of the earned income tax credit from 10 percent to 11 percent (providing an increase in the maximum credit from $500 to $550), and an increase in the income range over which that credit phases out from $6,000-$10,000 to $8,000-$12,000.

  • Further increases in the zero bracket amount and the earned income credit if the third-year tax cuts are triggered.

  • A deduction for married couples, designed to reduce the marriage tax penalty, equal to 10 percent of the first $50,000 of earnings of the spouse with the lesser amount of earnings.

  • An increase in the 20-percent rate of the child and dependent care tax credit for taxpayers whose income is less than $30,000, and an increase in the maximum credit for all taxpayers.

  • Replacement of the existing system of depreciation of personal property and the investment tax credit with a new "expensing" system under which the costs of most personal property (including machinery and equipment) will be deducted in the year the property is placed in service.

  • Accelerated cost recovery for structures over a 15-year period.

  • A new system of declining balance capital cost recovery for long-lived public utility property and certain other real and personal property.

  • A reduction of the top corporate income tax rate from 46 percent to 34 percent, phased in by 1987.

  • Reductions in the graduated corporate tax rates designed to provide relief to small corporations and immediate expensing of up to $25,000 of investment each year.

  • Replacement of the existing 10-percent investment credit for rehabilitating industrial or commercial structures with a new credit of 15 percent for industrial or commercial structures 30 to 39 years old, 20 percent for such structures more than 39 years old, and 25 percent for certified historic structures.

  • An extension of the investment credit carryback period to aid six distressed industries.

  • A series of tax changes designed to aid small businesses, including an increase in the maximum number of shareholders for a subchapter S corporation, eligibility of preferred stock of small business corporations for ordinary loss treatment, and an increase in the credit against the accumulated earnings tax from $150,000 to $250,000.

  • An increase in the maximum deduction for contributions to an individual retirement account (IRA) from the lesser of 15 percent of compensation or $1,500 to the lesser of 100 percent of compensation or $2,000.

  • Extension of eligibility for IRA's to active participants in tax-qualified pension plans.

  • An increase in the annual limit on deductible contributions to H.R. 10 (Keogh) plans from $7,500 to $15,000.

  • Repeal of the $200 interest and dividend exclusion ($400 for a joint return) after 1981, when the law will revert to the prior exclusion for up to $100 of dividends per taxpayer.

  • Exclusion of up to $1,000 of interest ($2,000 for joint returns) on qualified savings certificates issued by depository institutions investing in residential financing.

  • An exclusion for up to $1,500 ($3,000 for a joint return) of dividends from public utilities if they are reinvested in the stock of the same utility, in which case the dividends will be treated as stock dividends and will reduce the taxpayer's basis in the stock, thereby increasing his capital gain when he sells the stock.

  • A 25-percent tax credit for incremental expenditures for research and experimentation.

  • Allocation, for one year, pending a study, of research and experimental expenditures made in the U.S. entirely to U.S.-source income.

  • An increased charitable deduction for new scientific equipment donated by the manufacturer to colleges or universities for research purposes.

  • A $95,000 exclusion for income earned abroad by U.S. citizens and residents, and an additional exclusion for excess housing costs.

  • An increase in the unified credit against the estate and gift taxes which, when fully effective, will increase the level of taxable transfers at which the estate and gift tax rates begin from $175,625 to $600,000.

  • A reduction in the top estate tax rate from 70 percent to 50 percent.

  • Removal of the existing limits on the marital deduction, so that no transfer tax will be imposed on gifts and bequests between spouses.

  • An increase in the annual exclusion for gifts to any one donee from $3,000 to $10,000, as well as an unlimited gift tax exclusion for gifts made to pay medical expenses and school tuition.

  • Liberalization of the rules regarding the current use valuation of farms, small businesses and woodlands and an increase in the maximum allowable reduction in the taxable estate from current use valuation from $500,000 to $1 million.

  • Various technical changes to the estate and gift taxes.

  • An exemption from the windfall profit tax for the first 500 barrels per day of new, heavy and tertiary oil, and a windfall profit tax exemption for old oil and stripper oil of up to 100 barrels per day in 1982 through 1984, 200 barrels per day in 1985 and 350 barrels per day in 1986, with the aggregate exemption for all tiers of oil limited to 500 barrels per day.

  • A $2,500 credit against the windfall profit tax for royalty owners for 1981, and an exemption from that tax for royalty owners for 1 barrel per day in 1982 through 1984, 2 barrels per day in 1985 and 3-1/2 barrels per day thereafter.

  • Windfall profit tax exemption for certain front-end tertiary oil for projects certified for subsidization by the Department of Energy on or before decontrol of oil prices on January 28, 1981, and also exemption for oil owned by certain residential child care agencies.

  • Treatment of natural gas retailers as independent producers for purposes of the special tax rates under the windfall profit tax.

  • Exemption from taxation for foreign oil and gas extraction income, denial of deductions and credits attributable to such income, and current taxation of certain other foreign oil related income.

  • A tax credit for builders of passive solar residences of up to $2,000 per home.

  • A series of changes in the law designed to curtail the use of commodity straddles to defer taxes on unrelated income and to convert unrelated ordinary income and short-term capital gains into long-term capital gains.

  • An increase in the railroad retirement tax rate for employers and a new 2-percent tax on employees.

  • More current adjustment of the interest rate on tax deficiencies and tax refunds to the prime interest rate.

  • An increase in the exemption from the estimated tax penalty for individuals from $100 to $500.

  • A new "no-fault" penalty in cases where underpayments of tax result from overstatements of the value of property.

  • Elimination, for large corporations, of the "prior year's tax" exception to the rule that corporations must cover 80 percent of their current year's tax liability with estimated tax payments.

  • A 2-year extension of the recently expired moratoriums on the issuance of final regulations on the tax treatment of fringe benefits and the issuance of regulations and rulings changing the tax treatment of commuting expenses.

  • Amortization over 60-months of the adjusted basis of motor carriers' operating rights held on July 1, 1980.

  • Extension and restructuring of the expiring targeted jobs tax credit.

  • Extension of the recently expired rules on the tax treatment of business expenses of State legislators, with some modifications of those rules.

  • Capital gains treatment for certain stock options.

  • An increase from 18 months to 24 months in the period in which taxpayers must reinvest the proceeds of the sale of a principal residence in a new principal residence in order to avail themselves of the rollover provision in present law.

  • An increase from $100,000 to $125,000 in the exclusion for capital gains on sales of principal residences by taxpayers age 55 or over.

  • Extension through 1987 of the expiring exemption for investors in low-income housing projects from the requirement that taxpayers capitalize interest and taxes paid during construction period of a building.

  • Tax exemption for bonds issued to finance equipment leased to mass transit systems and bonds issued by volunteer fire departments.

  • Authorizations of payments to the governments of Guam and the Virgin Islands to compensate them for the revenue loss from the tax cuts in the bill.

  • Charging of interest on new Federal unemployment compensation loans to States and, if certain solvency conditions are met, freezing of the net Federal unemployment tax in States with outstanding loans in default.

B. Summary of Provisions

 

 

Individual Income Tax Reductions

 

 

The committee bill provides a major reduction in individual income taxes. These tax cuts are designed to target most of the tax relief to middle-income Americans--people whose annual income falls between $15,000 and $50,000; to raise the income level at which people begin to pay income tax close to or above the poverty line; to reduce the marriage tax penalty; and to provide incentives for greater work, savings and investment.

Marginal tax rates

The bill reduces income tax rates by an average of approximately one percent for calendar year 1981, 10 percent for 1982 and 16 percent for 1983. The top tax rate is reduced from 70 percent to 60 percent in 1982 and to 50 percent in 1983. This reduces the top tax rate on long-term capital gains from 28 percent to 24 percent in 1982 and to 20 percent in 1983. Apart from the reduction in the top tax rate, the rate cuts are specifically targeted to help taxpayers whose income is between $15,000 and $50,000.

Zero bracket amount

The bill raises the zero bracket amount (formerly the standard deduction) from the present level of $2,300 for single persons to $2,350 in 1981 and to $2,500 in 1982 and subsequent years. For married couples, the increase is from $3,400 to $3,500 in 1981 and to $3,800 in 1982 and subsequent years.

Withholding changes

These tax cuts are to be reflected in reductions of taxes withheld from worker's paychecks on October 1, 1981, and July 1, 1982.

Earned income credit

The bill increases the rate of the earned income tax credit from 10 to 11 percent, thereby raising the maximum credit from $500 to $550, and it increases the phaseout of that credit from the income range between $6,000 and $10,000 to the range between $8,000 and $12,000.

Marriage penalty

To reduce the marriage tax penalty, the bill provides a new deduction for two-earner married couples equal to 10 percent of the first $50,000 of earnings of the spouse with the lesser amount of earnings.

Child care credit

For taxpayers with income below $30,000, the bill raises the rate of the tax credit for expenses incurred in caring for children and dependents. For taxpayers with incomes of $11,000 or less, the rate of the credit is raised from 20 percent to 40 percent, and the rate is phased down to 20 percent as income rises from $11,000 to $30,000. The maximum amount of expenditures eligible for the credit is increased for all taxpayers from $2,000 to $2,400 for each of the taxpayer's first two dependents.

Triggered tax cut for 1984

The bill also provides a further tax cut for 1984. which will take effect only if certain economic and fiscal conditions are satisfied in 1983. This new tax cut provides reductions in tax rates targeted to middle-income taxpayers, a further increase in the zero bracket amount of $100 for single persons and $200 for married couples, and a further increase in the earned income tax credit to 11 percent of the first $6,000 of earnings (maximum credit of $660), phased out in the income range $9,000 to $14,000. This tax cut will take effect only if the federal budget deficit for fiscal year 1983 is less than $22.9 billion, the consumer price index for the third quarter of 1983 is less than 309, and the interest rate on 91-day Treasury bills is less than 7-1/2 percent. These deficit, inflation and interest rate assumptions are the projections of the Reagan Administration in its Mid-Session Review of the 1982 Budget.

Revenue impact

Assuming the triggered 1984 tax cuts do not go into effect, the revenue loss from the individual tax cuts provided in the bill is $27.7 billion in fiscal year 1982, $73.7 billion in fiscal year 1983, and $89.4 billion in fiscal year 1984. In addition, there are increases in outlays resulting from the changes in the earned income tax credit of $49 million in fiscal year 1982, $649 million in fiscal year 1983, and $638 million in fiscal year 1984. If the triggered tax cuts do go into effect, there are further tax reductions of $19.6 billion in fiscal year 1984.

 

Capital Cost Recovery

 

 

The committee bill completely restructures the existing system of depreciation and the investment tax credit. These changes will greatly simplify the tax system for business, especially small businesses, and will be a significant incentive for increased investment in plant, equipment and rental housing.

Personal property

For personal property (including machinery and equipment), depreciation and the regular investment tax credit are replaced by a system of "expensing," under which the cost of personal property is to be written off in the year the property is placed in service. The committee adopted expensing because there is wide agreement among experts that expensing eliminates any adverse effects of the tax system on incentives for businesses to invest in equipment and that, unlike the present system, expensing provides the same incentive for investment in different kinds of assets, thereby promoting the efficient allocation of resources.

The committee's expensing proposal is phased in over a 10-year period. Between 1981 and 1985, present law depreciation and the regular investment credit are phased out, and an increasing percentage of investment (20 percent in 1981, 40 percent in 1982, and so forth) is made eligible for the new system. Initially, costs eligible for expensing are written off over a 2-year period. However, starting in 1986, the 2-year write-off is phased into a full expensing system. In order to simplify recordkeeping for small businesses, the bill allows all taxpayers to elect to expense fully $25,000 of investment in any year, starting with 1981.

To provide flexibility, the bill gives taxpayers an election to expense only a portion of their investments eligible for expensing each year and instead to recover costs over a longer useful life.

Real property

Under the bill, real estate is written off over 15 years, and taxpayers may elect to use the 150-percent declining balance method of depreciation. Low-income housing and nonresidential investment in distressed areas are eligible for a 200-percent declining balance method.

When a taxpayer disposes of nonresidential real estate for which an accelerated method of depreciation is elected, all gain is "recaptured" as ordinary income to the extent of all prior depreciation deductions. For residential real estate, however, gain will be recaptured as ordinary income only to the extent of the excess of accelerated over straight-line depreciation. When a straight-line method of depreciation is used, all gain is treated as capital gain for both residential and nonresidential structures.

Public utility property

Public utility property with a useful life under the present ADR system of 18 years or less is eligible for expensing. Public utility property with a life of 18.5 to 25 years (including oil pipelines) is depreciated under an open account system using a 150-percent declining balance rate over a 10-year life (i.e., a depreciation rate of 15 percent per year applied to the balance remaining in the taxpayer's recovery account). Railroad tank cars and certain short-lived real property (e.g., mobile homes and theme park structures) are also included in the 10-year class. Public utility property with a life of more than 25 years is depreciated under a similar open account system with a 15-year life (i.e., a depreciation rate of 10 percent applied to the remaining balance in the taxpayer's recovery account).

Revenue impact

The committee's capital cost recovery proposal will reduce revenues by $9.6 billion in fiscal year 1982, $16.0 billion in 1983, and $23.3 billion in 1984.

Effective date

These changes will apply to property placed in service after December 31, 1980.

 

Corporate Income Tax Rates

 

 

The bill reduces the top corporate income tax rate from 46 percent to 43 percent in 1984, 40 percent in 1985, 37 percent in 1986, and 34 percent in 1987 and subsequent years.

Also, to aid small business, the bill widens the graduated corporate rate brackets and reduces the tax rates in those brackets. These changes are phased in over 3 years. When fully effective, in 1984, the corporate tax rate will be 15 percent on the first $50,000 of taxable income, 20 percent on the next $50,000, 25 percent on taxable income between $100,000 and $150,000, and 30 percent on taxable income between $150,000 and $200,000.

The corporate rate cuts will reduce revenues by $0.5 billion in fiscal year 1982, $1.4 billion in 1983 and $4.7 billion in 1984.

 

Rehabilitation Tax Credit

 

 

The bill replaces the existing 10-percent investment credit for expenditures to rehabilitate an industrial or commercial structure 20 years or older with a new graduated tax credit. The new credit is 15 percent for expenditures to rehabilitate industrial or commercial buildings 30 to 39 years old, 20 percent for expenditures to rehabilitate such buildings more than 39 years old, and 25 percent for expenditures to rehabilitate certified historic structures. For the 15- and 20-percent credits, the basis for computing cost recovery deductions is reduced by the amount of the credit.

These changes apply to expenditures made after December 31, 1981.

 

Distressed Industry Credit Carryback

 

 

The bill permits taxpayers in six distressed industries to carry back unused investment tax credits to 1962 and use them against tax liability paid in those years. The six industries are autos, steel, mining, paper, airlines, and railroads. The revenue loss is $345 million in fiscal year 1982, $465 million in 1983 and $685 million in 1984.

 

Savings Incentives

 

 

The bill provides several tax incentives for additional savings by individuals. These are needed to make sure that resources are available to finance the additional investment which will be induced by the committee's business tax cuts and to ensure that economic growth proceeds without accelerating inflation.

Individual retirement accounts

The bill increases the maximum deduction for contributions to an individual retirement account (IRA) from the lesser of 15 percent of compensation or $1,500 to the lesser of 100 percent of compensation or $2,000. Active participants in tax-qualified pension, profit-sharing, or stock bonus plans, tax sheltered annuity programs, and government plans are made eligible for IRA deductions.

Self-employed retirement plans

The bill increases the limit on deductions for contributions to H.R. 10 (Keogh) plans, subchapter S plans, and simplified employee pensions from $7,500 to $15,000.

Interest and dividend exclusion

The bill terminates the present $200 interest and dividend exclusion ($400 for a joint return) after 1981. In 1982, the law will revert to the prior exclusion for up to $100 of dividends per taxpayer.

Interest on qualified savings certificates

The bill introduces an exclusion for interest on a qualified savings certificate. There is a lifetime limit on the amount excludable of $1,000 for a single person and $2,000 for a married couple. These certificates must have a one-year maturity, yield no more than 70 percent of the one-year Treasury bill rate, and be issued between September 30, 1981, and October 1, 1982, by a depository institution which invests a proportion of the new deposits it raises from these certificates in residential financing.

Dividend reinvestment plans

The bill provides a new exclusion for up to $1,500 ($3,000 for a joint return) of dividends from public utility stock which are reinvested in a qualified dividend reinvestment plan. These dividends will be treated as stock dividends; that is, they will increase the capital gain, or reduce the capital loss, when the stock is sold.

Effective date

Except for the exclusion for interest on qualified savings certificates, the savings incentives in the committee's bill are effective in 1982.

Revenue impact

The various savings incentives in the bill will reduce revenues by $0.3 billion in fiscal year 1982, $2.1 billion in fiscal year 1983 and $4.1 billion in fiscal year 1984.

 

Research and Experimentation Incentives

 

 

The committee bill provides several incentives for additional research and experimentation, a key element in productivity growth.

Incremental tax credit

The bill introduces a 25-percent credit for certain research and experimental expenditures in excess of a 3-year moving average base period, effective for expenditures made after June 30, 1981, and before January 1, 1986.

Allocation to foreign income

The bill allows the allocation of research and experimental expenditures which are incurred in activities conducted in the United States entirely to U.S.-source income for one year. The Treasury is directed to make a study of the impact of its regulations on this issue.

Charitable contributions of research equipment

The bill gives corporations an increased charitable deduction for newly manufactured scientific equipment donated to a college or university for research purposes.

Revenue impact

The incentives for additional research and experimentation will reduce revenues by $483 million in fiscal year 1982, $842 million in 1983 and $950 million in 1984.

 

Small Business Provisions

 

 

The principal incentives for small businesses in the committee bill are the corporate rate cuts in the lower brackets, the estate and gift tax reductions, and the immediate expensing of up to $25,000 of investment in tangible personal property. However, the bill includes several other provisions which will be especially helpful to small and independent businesses.

Subchapter S corporations

The bill raises from 15 to 25 the maximum number of shareholders in a subchapter S corporation (a small business corporation which is taxed, in many respects, like a partnership).

Ordinary loss treatment

The bill extends to preferred stock the ordinary (as opposed to capital) loss treatment now given to common stock of small business corporations.

Accumulated earnings credit

The bill raises from $150,000 to $250,000 the credit against the tax on excess accumulated earnings of corporations.

Study of accounting methods

The bill directs the Treasury Department to study simpler methods of inventory accounting.

Stock options

The bill extends capital gains treatment to stock options. There will be no tax consequences to either the employer or employee either when such options are issued or when they are exercised. When the stock is sold, the employee's gain will be treated as a capital gain. These rules apply to options to purchase up to $75,000 of stock each year.

 

Income Earned Abroad

 

 

The committee bill replaces the existing system of deductions and exclusions for U.S. citizens and residents who work in foreign countries with an exclusion for the first $95,000 of income earned abroad plus an exclusion for an amount of earned income equal to housing costs in excess of a base amount. This change is intended to increase American exports. The exclusion phases in from $75,000 in 1982 to $95,000 in 1986 by $5,000 increments each year. These exclusions apply to Americans who spend 11 out of 12 consecutive months in a foreign country or who are bona fide residents of a foreign country for the entire taxable year. Deductions and credits relating to the excluded income will be disallowed.

These exclusions are effective in 1982 and will reduce revenues by $299 million in fiscal year 1982, $563 million in 1983 and $620 million in 1984.

 

Estate and Gift Taxes

 

 

The bill includes a major reduction of the estate and gift taxes, which impose a heavy burden on farms and small businesses. Together, these changes will reduce the burden of the estate and gift taxes by $2.2 billion in fiscal year 1983 and $3.3 billion in fiscal year 1984.

Unified credit

The bill increases the unified credit against the estate and gift taxes over a period of 6 years, starting in 1982. When fully effective, these increases in the unified credit will raise the level of taxable transfers at which the estate and gift tax rates begin from $175,625 to $600,000.

Rate reductions

The bill reduces the top estate tax rate from 70 percent to 50 percent, so that it corresponds with the top income tax rate. When fully phased in, in 1985, the 50-percent tax rate will apply to taxable gifts and bequests in excess of $2-1/2 million.

Marital deduction

The bill eliminates the present limits on the marital deduction under the gift and estate taxes. Thus, there will be no transfer tax on transfers between spouses. Certain terminable interests are made eligible for the marital deduction.

Gift tax exclusion

The annual gift tax exclusion for gifts to any individual person is increased from $3,000 to $10,000 ($20,000 for a married couple which elects to split their gifts). In addition, there is an unlimited gift tax exclusion for gifts to pay medical expenses and school tuition.

Current use valuation

The bill increases the present $500,000 limit on the amount by which the fair market value of farms, woodlands and other business real estate can be reduced for estate tax purposes through the provisions for current use valuation to $1 million over a 3-year period. The bill also makes a number of technical amendments making current use valuation more generous and easier to use, particularly for woodlands.

Deferred payment

The bill merges the two existing provisions which defer payment of estate taxes attributable to interests in closely held businesses. The new deferral provision is simpler and more generous than the existing provisions.

Other amendments

Finally, the bill makes a series of relatively technical amendments to the estate and gift taxes designed to simplify them and reduce the burden of these taxes.

 

Windfall Profit Tax Provisions

 

 

The bill includes several reductions in the windfall profit tax targeted mainly to independent producers and royalty owners. These changes, taken together, will reduce the burden of that tax by $2.0 billion in fiscal year 1982, $1.7 billion in 1983, and $1.9 billion in 1984.

Producer exemption

The bill contains an exemption from the windfall profit tax, for all oil producers, for up to 500 barrels per day of newly discovered, heavy or incremental tertiary oil (that is, oil in tier 3 of the tax), effective January 1, 1982. Producers are also exempt on a limited amount of old or stripper oil (tiers 1 and 2 of the tax). This exemption for tier 1 and tier 2 oil is limited to 100 barrels per day in the years 1982 through 1984, 200 barrels per day in 1985 and 350 barrels per day thereafter. The aggregate amount of oil production which any producer may exempt under these two exemptions is limited to 500 barrels per day.

Royalty owner credit and exemption

The bill provides an exemption from the windfall profit tax for royalty owners. For 1981, there is a credit for the first $2,500 of windfall profit tax paid by a royalty owner. For subsequent years, the royalty credit is converted to an exemption of up to one barrel per day in 1982 through 1984, 2 barrels per day in 1985, and 3-1/2 barrels per day in subsequent years.

Front-end tertiary oil

The bill provides an exemption from the windfall profit tax in cases where independent producers had tertiary recovery projects certified under the Department of Energy's "front-end tertiary" program on or before January 28, 1981, when oil prices were decontrolled and the program terminated.

Gas retailers

The bill changes the definition of independent producer, for purposes of the special tax rates on tier 1 and tier 2 oil in the windfall profit tax, so that retailing of natural gas will not disqualify a producer from those special tax rates.

Child care agency exemption

The bill exempts from the windfall profit tax the oil production of certain residential child care agencies.

 

Taxation of Foreign Source Oil Income

 

 

The bill makes a number of significant changes in the tax treatment of foreign source oil-related income. Currently, the Treasury raises very little tax from such income because of the foreign tax credit, deferral, and deductions related to oil extraction income. Under the bill, foreign-source income from the extraction of oil is exempt from tax, and no deductions or credits attributable to such income are allowable. Furthermore, oil related income of a foreign subsidiary, other than extraction or shipping income, is taxed when it is earned rather than when it is repatriated to the U.S. parent as a dividend.

This change is expected to raise $577 million in fiscal year 1982, $436 million in fiscal year 1983, and $486 million in fiscal year 1984.

 

Commodity Tax Straddles

 

 

In recent years there has been a rapid growth in the use of commodity straddles and related transactions to defer tax and to convert ordinary income and short-term capital gains into long-term capital gains. The bill contains a series of rules designed to limit these abuses. Their structure is intended to minimize any adverse impact on the commodities markets. These proposals will raise $0.9 billion in fiscal year 1982.

Loss limitation

The bill limits the deduction for losses from commodity-related straddle transactions to the amount of gains from commodity-related transactions, reduced by losses on non-straddle commodity-related transactions. This loss limitation rule applies to straddles in futures contracts, commodities, Treasury bills, other debt instruments, options and other interests in Treasury bills and debt instruments, forward contracts and currency. There is an exemption for hedging transactions.

Capitalization of interest and carrying charges

The bill requires that interest and carrying charges incurred to purchase or carry a commodity held as part of a straddle be capitalized, rather than expensed. However, there is an exemption from this rule for hedging transactions and a special rule for traders of commodity futures contracts.

Treasury bills

The bill treats Treasury bills as capital assets, so that gain or loss on their sale is treated as capital gain or loss, not ordinary gain or loss. The determination of how much of the appreciation of a Treasury bill sold before maturity is capital gain and how much is interest income is based on the market discount on the bill at the time of its acquisition by the taxpayer. Thus, if a bill is purchased six months before maturity and held for three months, one-half of the market discount is treated as interest and taxed as ordinary income and any additional difference between the sales price and the purchase price is treated as capital gain or loss.

Dealer designation rule

The bill requires dealers in securities to identify a security as being held for investment (and thereby eligible for capital gain treatment) on the day of acquisition rather than 30 days after acquisition, as is the case under present law.

Sale or exchange requirement

The bill requires that all taxable dispositions of capital assets which are actively traded or which are commodity related assets be treated as sales or exchanges, thereby producing capital gain or loss.

 

Railroad Retirement Taxes

 

 

The bill increases the railroad retirement tax on employers from 9.5 percent to 11.75 percent and provides for a new tax of 2 percent on the compensation of employees. It also improves cash flow into the railroad retirement fund and makes technical changes in the Railroad Retirement Act.

These changes will raise $512 million in fiscal year 1982, $555 million in fiscal year 1983 and $604 million in fiscal year 1984.

 

Administrative Changes

 

 

The bill makes several administrative changes to the rules relating to interest and penalties under the individual and corporate income taxes. Taken together, these changes will increase receipts by $2.5 billion in fiscal year 1982, $0.7 billion in fiscal year 1983 and $0.2 billion in fiscal year 1984.

Interest rates

The bill provides for a more current adjustment of the interest rate paid on tax refunds and deficiencies to the prime interest rate. This adjustment will, under the bill, be made annually and be based on 100 percent of the prime rate.

Valuation penalty

A major problem with abusive tax shelters occurs when taxpayers claim excessive valuations for assets which are involved in a transaction. The bill imposes a "no fault" penalty from 10 to 30 percent in the case of underpayments of tax resulting from overstatements of the valuation of property. This additional penalty would not apply in the case of underpayments of tax of less than $1,000, nor would it apply for property held more than 5 years.

Corporate estimated tax

The bill requires that large corporations make estimated tax payments of at least 80 percent of the current year's tax liability.

Estimated tax for individuals

The bill increases from $100 to $500 the exemption from the estimated tax penalty for individuals, phased in over a 4-year period. Thus, after 1984, there will be no estimated tax penalty unless an individual's tax liability exceeds the sum of his withheld and estimated tax payments by more than $500.

TCMP data

The bill safeguards from disclosure the Taxpayer Compliance Measurement Program data used by the IRS for developing formulas to select tax returns for audit.

 

Tax-Exempt Bonds

 

 

The bill provides a tax exemption for industrial development bonds used to finance buses, subway cars and similar equipment leased to publicly owned mass transit systems.

The bill also permits tax exemption for the obligations of volunteer fire departments, when the proceeds are used for fire fighting equipment.

 

Capital Gains on Homes

 

 

The bill makes two changes in the treatment of capital gains in the sale of a taxpayer's principal residence. It raises from $100,000 to $125,000 the limit on the exclusion from tax for gain on the sale of a principal residence by taxpayers age 55 or over. Also, it extends from 18 months to 24 months the period in which a taxpayer must reinvest the proceeds of a sale of a principal residence in a new principal residence in order to be eligible for the rollover treatment provided by present law. These changes are effective for sales or exchanges after July 20, 1981.

 

Miscellaneous Provisions

 

 

The committee bill includes several other amendments, as follows:

Targeted jobs tax credit

The bill extends for 3 years the targeted jobs tax credit, which is now scheduled to expire at the end of 1981. It also makes some changes to simplify, and better target, that tax credit. The maximum amount of wages eligible for the credit is raised from $6,000 to $10,000.

Fringe benefits and commuting expenses

The bill extends through May 31, 1983, the recently expired moratorium on the issuance of final regulations on the tax treatment of fringe benefits, as well as a similar moratorium on regulations and rulings changing the tax treatment of expenses to commute to temporary job sites.

State legislators travel expenses

The bill extends through 1982 a modified version of the recently expired rules concerning the tax treatment of the business expenses of State legislators. A legislator will be treated as having incurred business expenses in an amount equal to the sum determined by multiplying the number of his legislative days by the greater of the Federal per diem or the State per diem. "Legislative days" for this purpose include days when the legislator was not away from home overnight.

Construction period interest and taxes

The bill postpones until 1987 the effective date of the requirement that investors in low-income housing projects capitalize interest and taxes paid during the construction period of a building.

Passive solar tax credits

The bill provides a credit to builders of passive solar residences of up to $2,000 per home. These residences use the design of the building to economize on energy costs. The credit would phase out by the end of 1989.

Motor carrier operating rights

The bill allows motor carriers to amortize over 60 months the adjusted basis of their operating rights held on July 1, 1980, many of which declined in value significantly as a result of the deregulation of trucking.

Payments to Guam and the Virgin Islands

The bill authorizes an appropriation for payments to the governments of Guam and the Virgin Islands to reimburse those governments for the loss of tax revenues which results automatically from the tax reductions in the committee's bill. These revenue losses occur because these possessions have tax systems which are "mirror images" of the U.S. tax system, so that their tax law changes automatically whenever the U.S. tax law changes.

 

Unemployment Compensation Loans

 

 

The bill begins charging interest on new Federal loans to State unemployment compensation trust funds at the same rate of interest (not to exceed 10 percent) as is paid on positive State trust fund balances. In addition, for those States with outstanding loans, the automatic increase in the net Federal unemployment tax is frozen at the higher of 0.6 percent or the previous year's net Federal unemployment tax rate if they meet certain solvency conditions.

 

II. GENERAL REASONS FOR THE BILL

 

 

The committee believes that extensive tax reductions are needed to relieve excessive tax burdens and to promote economic growth.

The economy has deteriorated over several year, and the tax laws have contributed to this trend by putting successively greater tax burdens on the income from productive activities. Whether from work, investment or savings, income has been subjected to effectively higher tax rates year after year since 1977. Meanwhile, unemployment has risen and worker productivity has declined. Neither investment nor savings have been adequate for necessary adjustments to higher energy costs, international competition and technological advances. For the third consecutive year, the rate of economic growth is likely to be below its postwar average.

The committee believes that a major tax cut is essential to a solid economic recovery. In structuring the tax reduction program, the committee has attempted to design measures which equitably increase incentives for individuals and businesses, whatever their circumstances, to earn, produce, save and invest. In fixing the size of the tax cut, the committee has attempted to provide the appropriate amount of stimulus for a broad and orderly economic expansion, instead of a smaller amount that would be ineffectual or a larger amount that would be inflationary.

 

Individual Income Tax Reductions

 

 

The committee believes that the tax burden on individuals has become excessive. The proportion of household income that is paid in individual income and social security taxes is now greater than at any other time in the last two decades, and sizable increases in these taxes are occurring in 1981. First, in 1981 the rate of social security tax on employers and employees has increased from 6.13 to 6.65 percent, and the maximum amount of earnings subject to tax has increased by $1,500 more than would have resulted from automatic indexing. Second, an automatic income tax increase is occurring as inflation pulls taxpayers into higher brackets while diluting the real value of the personal exemption, the zero bracket amount and other fixed dollar parameters in existing tax law. The committee believes that an equitable tax reduction is needed, sufficient in every income class, insofar as it is feasible, to offset these tax increases, so that the proportion of household income that is paid in individual income and employee social security taxes is no higher than it was in 1980.

The second reason for the personal tax reduction is to stimulate economic recovery. High tax rates on additional dollars of income received not only discourage additional work and savings but also encourage tax avoidance schemes that tie up capital and inventiveness in unproductive uses. The committee believes that these marginal tax rates should be lowered in every tax bracket and that the greatest reduction should be made in the top bracket. However, the committee believes that rate reductions below the top bracket should be targeted to middle-income people.

The committee intends that the individual tax cut should significantly reduce the marriage tax penalty because it is unfair and undermines respect for the tax system. This penalty occurs when persons with relatively equal incomes marry and is reduced approximately in half by the committee bill.

The committee believes that individual income tax reductions should take effect over several years. Multiyear cuts give stronger incentives for individuals to make the long-run commitments that sustain economic growth. Moreover, multiyear cuts impart a steady and measured stimulus to the economy, thus regulating effects of the total tax reduction on inflation, interest rates and the federal budget. However, in approving prospective tax reductions, the committee believes that a contingency mechanism should be provided to implement the final phase of the personal tax cut only if it would be appropriate in light of then current economic conditions. This triggering mechanism for the third-year tax cut will ensure that the tax reductions in the bill do not worsen inflation and interest rates or create large budget deficits.

In order to achieve these objectives, to stay within responsible fiscal targets and to avoid an inflationary over-stimulation of consumer spending, the committee has concluded that the appropriate size of the personal tax reduction is $3.7 billion for calendar year 1981, $46.8 billion for 1982 and $79.9 billion for 1983.

 

Capital Formation and Productivity Tax Reductions

 

 

The committee believes that the key to substantial economic growth is a revitalized and efficient business sector which produces at the lowest possible costs. The ordinary need for new investment to modernize plant and equipment has been made even more urgent by rapid technological advances, aggressive international competition, environmental and safety goals, and high energy costs. However, investment spending net of what is required merely to replace retired assets has been too small for several years, and productivity has fallen.

In its hearings on tax reduction, the committee heard numerous witnesses testify that the methods for determining depreciation deductions under current law contribute to insufficient and inefficient investment. Deductions spread over a term of years are eroded by inflation, reducing their real value, the profitability of investment and hence the incentive to invest. In addition, the current system of depreciation and investment credits contains unintended biases that favor acquisition of certain types of assets more for their tax benefits than their productivity, so that investment spending is diverted from more efficient uses. The committee agrees with these criticisms and believes that this tax reduction program should provide for expensing. This simple depreciation rule gives the maximum acceleration of depreciation deductions, insulates these deductions from the adverse effects of inflation, and eliminates tax incentives to make inferior investments.

The committee believes that substantial reductions in corporate income tax rates are necessary for economic recovery to occur along a broad front. These reductions will encourage expansion and innovation in all lines of productive activity--including small businesses, high technology industries, service industries and other businesses which are not capital intensive and which will be helped less by the accelerated depreciation provided in the committee bill. Cuts in the corporate income tax rates are also necessary to reduce the inequity of double taxation, since income from investments made by incorporated business is taxed once under this tax and again under the individual income tax when shareholders receive dividends or sell appreciated shares.

The committee believes that the modernization of plant and equipment in the nation's basic heavy industries is essential for a well grounded economy recovery. However, some of these industries, now economically distressed, are expected to be too little affected in the short run by other provisions of the committee bill that are intended to promote investment. Therefore, the committee has concluded that a tax cut should be structured that will encourage the immediate rebuilding of these distressed industries.

The committee believes that a new tax incentive for research and development is needed to maintain American preeminence in an activity that has contributed heavily to increased productivity.

The committee believes that a reduction is required in taxes on income from savings. Greater savings are needed to fund increased levels of investment for economic expansion. In addition, participation in individual retirement plans should be encouraged, for these plans are an important part of the retirement system. The bill, therefore, provides incentives for individuals to make greater contributions to private retirement accounts and to a new type of savings certificate. It also extends tax incentives for individual retirement accounts to many more taxpayers.

The committee is concerned that, after years of inflation, more transfers of property are being subjected to these taxes. The impact has been especially great on farms and small businesses, traditional and important areas of high productivity. The committee believes that substantial reductions in these taxes are needed. The committee also believes that windfall profit tax reductions are needed to encourage oil production and improve the equity of this tax.

The intent of the committee has been to structure tax reductions for stimulating saving, investment and productivity that are appropriate in the different circumstances under which different businesses operate. Long-term economic growth requires the effort of all persons and all businesses, and the benefits of growth should be equitably shared by all.

 

III. REVENUE EFFECTS OF THE BILL

 

 

The revenue effects of the tax provisions of the bill, as reported by the Ways and Means Committee, are presented in four tables. Table 1 summarizes the revenue effects of the bill and shows the revenue figures by title of the bill for fiscal years and calendar years 1981 through 1986. Table 2 depicts the revenue effects on fiscal year budget receipts, while Table 3 shows these effects on calendar year tax liabilities. The revenue estimates in Tables 2 and 3 are shown by provision and are summarized by title.

As shown in Table 1, the committee bill provides a tax reduction of $1.5 billion in fiscal year 1981, $37.8 billion in fiscal year 1982, $98.4 billion in fiscal year 1983, and $193.9 in fiscal year 1986.

On the calendar year basis, the tax reduction is $8.7 billion in 1981, $66.1 billion in 1982, $112.9 billion in 1983, and $210.3 billion in 1986.

Table 4 presents revenue estimates for provisions of the bill designed primarily for small businesses for fiscal and calendar years 1981-1986.

The committee bill includes an additional tax cut for years after 1983 contingent on certain economic and fiscal conditions being met. The revenue estimates listed above assume that these triggered tax cuts do not take effect. If they do take effect, the additional tax reduction would be $19.6 billion in fiscal year 1984, $30.8 billion in 1985 and $35.6 billion in 1986. In terms of calendar year tax liability, the revenue loss from the triggered tax cut would be $27.5 billion in 1984, $31.8 billion in 1985 and $36.8 billion in 1986.

[Estimate Tables not reproduced.]

 

IV. EXPLANATION OF THE BILL

 

 

TITLE I--INDIVIDUAL INCOME TAX PROVISIONS

 

 

A. Individual Income Tax Reductions

 

 

1. Overview

The committee has provided a program of substantial individual income tax relief carefully designed to balance three major considerations--an equitable distribution of the tax burden, incentives for work and saving, and a prudent budgetary posture. The committee's program consists of large marginal tax rate reductions, averaging 22 percent below current law levels, a new deduction for two-earner married couples, and increases in the zero bracket amount, earned income credit, and child care credit. These changes will be reflected in successive withholding changes on October 1, 1981, July 1, 1982, and January 1, 1984, and in successive reductions in tax liability for 1981, 1982, 1983, and 1984. However, the 1984 installment of tax reduction will not go into effect unless the actual performance of the economy in 1983 is consistent with the July 1981 Office of Management and Budget forecasts of the 1983 price level, interest rate, and budget deficit.

 

Equitable distribution of tax burden

 

In designing the package of individual income tax reductions, the committee took into account two significant personal tax changes which have gone into effect in 1981: the income tax increase resulting from inflation ("bracket creep") and the increase in social security taxes. The individual income tax cuts contained in the committee's bill are so designed that, as much as possible, each income class receives a tax reduction substantially in excess of these increases; all income classes thus receive large net tax reductions.

Inflation causes increases in income taxes because price increases erode the real value of the zero bracket amount, the dollar limits which set the amount of taxable income which is taxed at each rate, the real value of the personal exemption, and the income levels used to which determine eligibility for, and the amount of, the earned income credit. Thus, unless these provisions of the income tax are adjusted, a family whose income rises merely at the rate of inflation finds that income taxes as a percentage of income will increase from one year to the next, even though the purchasing power of that income has remained constant. The committee believes that it is essential to offset this increase in each income class, in order to prevent a rise in the average income tax burden, and to provide a significant net tax reduction, above and beyond these inflation-induced increases in tax liability.

The rate of social security tax on employees has increased from 6.13 percent in 1980 to 6.65 percent in 1981, and the rate on the self employed has increased from 8.1 percent to 9.3 percent. In addition, the base of the tax has increased to $29,700, $1,500 more than the amount which would have been necessary simply to match the increase in average wages. These tax increases have been essential in order to maintain the financial soundness of the social security system; however, the onerous burden of these increases on taxpayers makes it imperative that they be offset by reductions in the income tax.

Table 5 presents figures which compare the amount of aggregate tax reduction provided to each income class by the committee bill to the increases which would occur because of bracket creep and social security increases. As the last column shows, the committee bill provides substantial net tax relief (i.e., total reductions in excess of scheduled increases) for all but one income class. The increase in the lowest income class could not be fully offset because many of the individuals in that class who are liable for payroll taxes have incomes too low to have income tax liability; these individuals cannot benefit from income tax cuts, unless they are families with children who are eligible for the refundable earned income credit which is increased in the bill. The last column of Table 5 also shows that the committee bill provides the largest net percentage tax reduction to those families in the $15,000 to $50,000 income class, since the committee believes that taxpayers in this income class, the great bulk of working taxpayers, are most in need of substantial tax relief. A similar pattern is achieved by the tax reductions provided by the committee bill for 1983 and 1984. Thus, under the committee bill, taxpayers in virtually all income classes, and especially middle income families, can look forward to tax cuts which not only offset inflation and social security increases, but also substantially reduce the percentage of their income absorbed by income and social security taxes.

         Table 5--1982 Tax Reduction, Net of Inflation and Social Security

 

                         Increases, for Committee Bill

 

 

                  [Millions of dollars, 1981 income levels]

 

 

                Inflation

 

                and                       Reductions under committee bill

 

 Expanded       social           -------------------------------------------------

 

 income         security           Total revenue loss3          Net revenue loss4

 

 class1        in-              -----------------------       -------------------

 

 (thousands)    creases2          Amount        Percent         Amount     Percent

 

 

 

 Below $5          371                211            (*)            -160        (*)

 

 $5 to $10       1,621              2,087         (32.7)             466      (9.8)

 

 $10 to $15      1,899              2,843         (17.4)             944      (6.5)

 

 $15 to $20      2,228              3,687         (16.0)           1,459      (7.0)

 

 $20 to $30      5,150              9,262         (15.8)           4,112      (7.7)

 

 $30 to $50      7,098             13,699         (16.0)           6,601      (8.4)

 

 $50 to $100     3,316              5,345         (10.4)           2,029      (4.2)

 

 $100 to $200      863              1,370          (5.7)             507      (2.2)

 

 $200 plus         276              1,645          (7.8)           1,369      (6.6)

 

                ------             ------         ------          ------      -----

 

 Total          22,820             40,149         (14.0)          17,329      (6.6)

 

 

Table 6 presents figures which compare the tax reductions, relative to current law, provided by the committee bill for 1982, 1983 and 1984. The first three columns show that substantial additional relief is provided for 1983 and 1984 and is distributed roughly in the same manner as the relief provided for 1982. The last three columns show that meaningful reductions relative to current law are provided; these reductions average $499 per taxpayer in 1982, $718 in 1983 and $937 in 1984.

      Table 6--Aggregate Revenue Loss and Average Tax Reduction Under

 

              Committee Bill, 1982, 1983, 19841

 

 

                           [1981 income levels]

 

 

                        Aggregate revenue loss2 (millions of dollars)

 

                       ---------------------------------------------------------

 

                             1982               1983                 1984

 

                       -----------------   -----------------   -----------------

 

                                 Percent             Percent             Percent

 

                                 distri-             distri-             distri-

 

 Expanded income       Amount    bution    Amount    bution    Amount    bution

 

  class (thousands)

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 Below $5                 211      (0.5)      268      (0.5)      340      (0.4)

 

 $5 to $10              2,087      (5.2)    2,661      (4.6)    3,666      (4.8)

 

 $10 to $15             2,843      (7.1)    4,177      (7.2)    5,574      (7.4)

 

 $15 to $20             3,687      (9.2)    5,382      (9.3)    6,674      (8.8)

 

 $20 to $30             9,262     (23.1)   13,177     (22.7)   16,882     (22.3)

 

 $30 to $50            13,699     (34.1)   18,695     (32.3)   23,748     (31.4)

 

 $50 to $100            5,345     (13.3)    7,351     (12.7)   11,173     (14.8)

 

 $100 to $200           1,370      (3.4)    2,652      (4.6)    3,778      (5.0)

 

 $200 plus              1,645      (4.1)    3,595      (6.2)    3,875      (5.1)

 

                       ------    -------   ------    -------   ------    -------

 

   Total               40,149    (100.0)   57,957    (100.0)   75,709    (100.0)

 

 

 Table 6--(Continued)

 

 

 Expanded income        Average tax reduction for

 

  class (thousands)     affected returns

 

 -------------------------------------------------

 

                           1982     1983    1984

 

 -------------------------------------------------

 

 Below $5                  $33      $41     $52

 

 $5 to $10                 136      172     237

 

 $10 to $15                215      316     420

 

 $15 to $20                342      499     618

 

 $20 to $30                550      781   1,001

 

 $30 to $50              1,011    1,379   1,751

 

 $50 to $100             1,501    2,064   3,136

 

 $100 to $200            2,242    4,326   6,170

 

 $200 plus              10,196   22,237  23,983

 

                        ------   ------  ------

 

   Total                   499      718     937

 

Incentives for work and saving

 

The committee bill's individual income tax reductions have been designed to increase individuals' incentives to work and save. The committee believes that these reductions thus will play a crucial part in stimulating the growth of the economy. Especially important in this regard is the emphasis on reductions in marginal tax rates, which by 1984 will be 22 percent below their current levels (16 percent if adverse economic conditions prevent the 1984 reductions from going into effect). An individual's marginal tax rate is the rate applicable to the last dollar of income received or to the next dollar of income to be received. For an individual with a 30-percent marginal rate, for example, the return from additional work effort and saving is reduced by 30 percent. Thus, the marginal tax rate substantially affects the return from additional work effort and additional saving. Because average marginal tax rates are at their highest point in recent history, they are an important cause of the economic distortion and inefficiency currently induced by the individual income tax. The committee bill will reduce this tax-induced distortion.

With respect to work effort, the committee believes that the reduction in marginal rates, and the resulting increase in the reward for additional work effort, will lead to increased willingness to work fulltime rather than part-time, greater acceptance of overtime assignments, less absenteeism, and more individuals in the labor force. Further, lower marginal rates should reduce the proportion of compensation which employees now demand in the form of tax-free fringe benefits, at least in part for tax reasons, and should improve voluntary compliance with the income tax.

The other individual income tax changes also should stimulate work effort. The earned income credit and child care credit increases will provide further incentive for low-income families with children to work rather than rely on transfer payment programs as a source of support. The deduction for two-earner couples will reduce by 10 percent the marginal rate applicable to the second earner's earnings. The child care credit changes will provide additional incentive for labor force participation to families with children, especially low-and middle-income families.

The committee also believes that the increase, resulting from marginal rate reductions, in the after-tax return to saving will significantly increase personal saving, thus insuring adequate financing for the additional investment encouraged by other provisions of this bill. The importance with which the committee views this need is reflected in its decision to reduce the highest marginal rate by 20 percentage points to 50 percent, a much larger reduction than those provided for other rates. Because the law already provides a special maximum tax rate on earned income, this change is intended to eliminate a substantial disincentive to investment. In addition to providing a stimulus for additional saving, the marginal rate reductions will encourage the expansion of many small business activities by increasing the after-tax return to those activities. Moreover, by increasing the after-tax cost of borrowing, marginal rate reductions will reduce the incentive for borrowing (or dissaving) that results from the present law deduction for interest. Further, individuals will be less inclined to shift their investments from highly taxed, productive activities, to lightly taxed, less productive investments, such as tax shelters and precious metals. Finally, lower marginal rates will reduce the "lock-in" effect of the present treatment of capital gains, thus increasing the likelihood that capital assets will be employed in their efficient uses.

 

Prudent budgetary posture

 

The committee bill provides tax reductions for calendar year 1981, and substantial additional reductions for 1982, 1983 and 1984. However, the committee believes that the tax reductions which the bill provides for 1984 should go into effect only if the economy is performing as well as is currently forecast by the Administration. Because of the uncertainty of long-range forecasts, the committee believes that it would be imprudent and irresponsible to provide for additional automatic reductions three years hence. The increased deficit which such automatic 1984 reductions could cause could lead to a surge in interest rates and a disruption of economic recovery if the forecast targets are not met. If the actual values of these economic variables are consistent with current Administration forecast, then the additional reductions, "triggered" by the performance of the economy, will be warranted and consistent with sound economic policy, and will go into effect.

2. Reduction in tax rates and alternative minimum tax (capital gains), increase in zero bracket amount, repeal of maximum tax, and changes in filing requirements and withholding

(secs. 101 and 102 of the bill and secs. 1, 55, 63, 541, 1348, 3402, and 6012 of the Code)

 

Present Law

 

 

Tax rates and zero bracket amount

Under present law, individual income tax rates begin at 14 percent on taxable income in excess of $3,400 on a joint return and $2,300 on a single return. There is no tax on taxable income below these amounts, and this tax-free level of taxable income is called the "zero bracket amount." There is also a floor under itemized deductions equal to the zero bracket amount, so that itemizers can deduct only expenses in excess of that amount. Individual tax rates range up to 70 percent on taxable income in excess of $215,400 for joint returns and $108,300 for single returns. The existing tax rate schedule for joint returns is shown in Table 7.

Present law also imposes a 70-percent tax on the undistributed income of personal holding companies. In general, personal holding companies are closely held corporations the income of which consists largely of passive investment income.

Alternative minimum tax (capital gains)

Under present law, noncorporate taxpayers may deduct from gross income 60 percent of the amount of any net capital gain for the taxable year. (Net capital gain is the excess of net long-term capital gain over net short-term capital loss.) The remaining 40 percent of the net capital gain is included in gross income and taxed at the otherwise applicable regular income tax rates. As a result, the highest tax rate applicable to a taxpayer's net capital gain is 28 percent (70-percent top tax rate on the 40-percent includible capital gain).

Present law also imposes an alternative minimum tax (sec. 55) on noncorporate taxpayers in certain circumstances. This tax is payable by an individual to the extent that it exceeds the individual's regular income tax, including the "add-on" minimum tax (sec. 56). The alternative minimum tax is based on the sum of the taxpayer's gross income, reduced by allowed deductions, and increased by two tax preference items: (1) "excess" itemized deductions and (2) the capital gains deduction. The alternative minimum tax rate is 10 percent for amounts from $20,000 to $60,000, 20 percent for amounts from $60,000 to $100,000, and 25 percent for amounts over $100,000.

Maximum tax

Under present law, a maximum tax rate of 50 percent generally applies to personal service (earned) income.1 Personal service income, for purposes of the maximum tax, includes items such as wages, salaries, professional fees, and amounts received from pensions or annuities. The maximum tax applies to single individuals with taxable personal service income above $41,500 and married couples with taxable personal service income above $60,000, since these are the levels at which present law tax rates exceed 50 percent.

Filing requirements

Under present law, a tax return must be filed by a single person or a head of household if his or her income is $3,300 or more a year and by a married couple filing a joint return if their income is $5,400 or more.

These amounts represent the zero bracket amount of $2,300 for single persons and heads of households and $3,400 for joint returns plus $1,000 for each personal exemption. For each additional exemption resulting from the taxpayer or his spouse being age 65 or older, these amounts are increased by $1,000. Thus, a single person age 65 or older need not file until his or her income is $4,300 or more; a married couple with only one spouse age 65 or over, $6,400 or more; and a married couple, both age 65 or older, $7,400 or more.

Withholding

The withholding tax rates reflect the present tax rates and zero bracket amount.

Individuals whose wages are subject to withholding may be entitled to a number of exemptions. Each exemption exempts $1,000 of annual wages from withholding and is claimed when filing a Form W-4. Exemptions allowed are (1) one exemption for the taxpayer; (2) one additional exemption for the taxpayer who has attained, or will attain, age 65 during the taxable year; (3) one additional exemption if the taxpayer is blind; (4) one exemption for the taxpayer's spouse (and additional exemptions for age or blindness of the spouse) unless the spouse is claiming the exemptions on a separate return; (5) one additional exemption for each dependent of the taxpayer; and (6) a zero bracket allowance (which is equal to one exemption) unless the taxpayer is married and the spouse receives wages subject to withholding or the taxpayer has withholding exemption certificates in effect with respect to more than one employer. In addition to these withholding exemptions, taxpayers may be entitled to claim additional withholding allowances for excess itemized deductions and tax credits; each such additional allowance exempts $1,000 of annual wages from withholding.

An individual who expects that income tax withheld will be less than final tax liability may reduce the number of withholding exemptions claimed or may enter into an agreement with the employer to increase the amount withheld. Individuals who have had no income tax liability for the preceding year and expect to have no tax liability for the current year may claim total exemption from withholding on wages.

 

Reasons for Change

 

 

Substantial reductions in marginal tax rates are necessary to reduce the disincentives for work and saving currently caused by the tax system. Thus, approximately 80 percent of the revenue loss in the individual income tax section of the bill is due to rate reductions. Table 7 illustrates that by 1983, all marginal rates are reduced, some very substantially; the top rate, which primarily affects investment income, is reduced 20 percentage points, to 50 percent, by 1983. The actual rate schedules reflect both the committee's concern both with providing an equitable distribution of tax relief and with providing a stimulus to work effort and saving.

The zero bracket amount serves to set an amount of taxable income which is exempt from tax and to determine the percentage of taxpayers who itemize their deductions. In order to prevent too many low-income taxpayers from having an income tax liability, to provide tax relief to low-and middle-income taxpayers, and to preserve the simplification which results when a large group of taxpayers is not required to itemize deductions, the committee determined that a moderate increase in the zero bracket amount was desirable at this time.

With respect to the withholding system, the committee is concerned both with the problem of under-withholding and the problem of over-withholding. The committee believes that the Secretary should have the authority to make the withholding requirements flexible enough to permit taxpayers to adjust their withholding in order to match tax liability as closely as possible and, thus, to reduce the possibility for over-withholding. However, the committee also is concerned that taxpayers claim no more withholding allowances than the number necessary to insure that withholding is approximately equal to tax liability. The committee bill is designed to alleviate both of these problems.

 

Explanation of Provisions

 

 

a. Reduction in tax rates

The committee bill provides new tax rate schedules for 1981, 1982, 1983, and 1984 and thereafter. The specific rate schedules for joint returns are shown in table 7. Comparable rate reductions are made in the rate schedules applying to single persons, heads of households, married persons filing separate returns, and estates and trusts.

The committee bill reduces marginal tax rates in all brackets below their present levels by 1983. These rate reductions will average 1 percent in 1981, 10 percent in 1982, 16 percent in 1983 and, contingent on the performance of the economy, 22 percent in 1984. Moreover, the highest marginal tax rate is reduced from 70 percent to 60 percent as of January 1, 1982, and from 60 percent to 50 percent as of January 1, 1983. By 1984, the tax rates on a joint return will range from 10 percent on income over $4,000 to 50 percent on income over $70,000.

In conformance with the reduction in the maximum individual income tax rate from 70 percent to 60 percent in 1982 and to 50 percent in 1983, the bill reduces the tax rate on undistributed personal holding company income to 60 percent in 1982 and to 50 percent in 1983.

 Table 7--Tax Rate Schedules Under Present Law and the Committee Bill

 

             for 1981, 1982, 1983, and 1984 (Joint Returns)

 

 

                               [In percent]

 

 

                                         Committee bill

 

                                  --------------------------------------

 

                                                               1984 and

 

                                                                 sub-

 

 Taxable income         Present                                  sequent

 

   bracket1               law      1981     1982     1983        years

 

 

 

 0 to $3,400               0         0        0        0            0

 

 $3,400 to $5,500         14        13       13       11           10

 

 $5,500 to $7,600         16        16       14       13           12

 

 $7,600 to $11,900        18        18       15       14           14

 

 $11,900 to $16,000       21        20       19       18           16

 

 $16,000 to $20,200       24        24       21       19           17

 

 $20,200 to $24,600       28        28       23       22           22

 

 $24,600 to $29,900       32        32       28       25           24

 

 $29,900 to $35,200       37        37       34       34           29

 

 $35,200 to $45,800       43        43       41       41           37

 

 $45,800 to $60,000       49        49       49       48          244

 

 $60,000 to $85,600       54        54       53       50          250

 

 $85,600 to $109,400      59        59       58       50           50

 

 $109,400 to $162,400     64        64       60       50           50

 

 $162,400 to $215,400     68        68       60       50           50

 

 $215,400 and over        70        70       60       50           50

 

 

b. 1984 reductions contingent on performance of the economy

The tax rate reductions applicable to 1984 and the increase in the zero bracket amount and earned income credit applicable to taxable years ending after December 31, 1983, will not apply if certain economic conditions are not met. If these conditions are not all met, the rate schedules, zero bracket amounts and earned income credit applicable in 1983 will continue to apply.

The three conditions in the bill are consistent with the July 1981 Administration forecast of the economy: (1) the deficit in the Federal unified budget in fiscal year 1983 will have to be $22.9 billion or less, (2) the average of the Consumer Price Index (using a 1967 base of 100) for July, August and September of 1983 will have to be 309 or less, and (3) the 91-day Treasury bill rate for bills auctioned during July, August and September of 1981 will have to be 7.5 percent or less.

The Secretary of the Treasury will have to determine whether all of these conditions are met and publish his determination in the Federal Register before November 15, 1983.

c. Increase in zero bracket amount

The committee bill provides for three successive increases in the zero bracket amount. In 1981, the zero bracket amount will be increased by $50 for single taxpayers and married taxpayers filing separately, and by $100 for married taxpayers filing jointly. Thus, the zero bracket amount in 1981 will be $2,350 for single taxpayers, $1,750 for married taxpayers who file separate returns, and $3,500 for married taxpayers who file joint returns.

In 1982 the zero bracket amount will be increased again. The increase will be $150 for single taxpayers and married taxpayers who file separately (for zero bracket amounts of $2,500 and $1,900 respectively) and $300 for married taxpayers filing jointly (for a zero bracket amount of $3,800). Thus, over the two year period (1981 and 1982), the zero bracket amount will be increased by $200 for single taxpayers and by $400 for married taxpayers who file joint returns.

The 1984 increase in the zero bracket amount, contingent on the performance of the economy, will be $100 for single taxpayers and married taxpayers filing separately and $200 for married taxpayers filing jointly. Thus, for 1984 and after the amounts will be $2,600 for single taxpayers, $4,000 for married taxpayers filing jointly, and $2,000 for married taxpayers filing separately if the 1984 tax cuts go into effect.

d. Reduction in alternative minimum tax (capital gains)

As a result of reducing the maximum regular tax rate over a two year period, the committee bill also reduces the maximum rate of tax on net capital gains, over a two year period, even though the deduction for net capital gains is not increased. Under the committee bill, the maximum rate of tax on net capital gains, in 1982, will be 24 percent (60 percent top tax rate on the 40 percent includible capital gain). In 1983, the maximum rate of tax on net capital gains will be 20 percent (50 percent top tax rate on the 40 percent includible capital gain).

In order to conform the alternative minimum tax to the reduction in the maximum regular tax on net capital gains, the bill also reduces the top alternative minimum tax rate over a two year period. In 1982, the top alternative minimum tax rate will be 24 percent for amounts in excess of $100,000. In 1983 and after, the alternative minimum tax rate will be 10 percent for amounts from $20,000 to $60,000 and 20 percent for amounts in excess of $60,000.

e. Repeal of maximum tax

Under the committee bill, the highest marginal tax rate on all types of income is reduced to 50 percent, as of January 1, 1983. Therefore, the maximum tax rate on personal service income, which would become redundant, is repealed by the bill, as of January 1, 1983.

f. Filing requirements

The income levels at which a tax return must be filed will be increased to reflect the increases in the zero bracket amount that will occur in 1981 and 1982. For 1981 tax returns, the filing level will be $3,350 for a single person or head-of-household, $4,500 for a surviving spouse, and $5,500 for a married couple if both spouses are under age 65. The filing level for a married couple with one spouse age 65 or older will be $6,500; if both spouses are age 65 or older, the filing level will be $7,500. For 1982 tax returns, the filing level will be $3,500 for a single person or head-of-household, $4,800 for a surviving spouse, and $5,800 for a married couple if both spouses are under age 65. The filing level for a married couple with one spouse age 65 or older will be $6,800; if both spouses are age 65 or older, the filing level will be $7,800. For 1984 and after, contingent on the performance of the economy, the filing level will be $3,600 for a single person or head of household, $5,000 for a surviving spouse and $6,000 for a married couple if both spouses are under age 65. The filing level for a married couple with one spouse age 65 or older will be $7,000; if both spouses are age 65 or older, the filing level will be $8,000.

g. Withholding changes

The withholding rates and tables are to be changed by the Secretary of the Treasury to reflect the tax rate reductions and the increases in the zero bracket amount provided by the bill. Reductions in withholding rates will take effect on October 1, 1981, and July 1, 1982 and, contingent on the performance of the economy, on January 1, 1984.

In addition to the withholding changes made to reflect the tax reductions provided by the committee bill, the bill provides for several other withholding changes to give the Secretary authority to issue regulations that will permit workers to adjust their withholding to more closely match their tax liability. The committee bill makes it clear that withholding is to be determined in accordance with tables or computational procedures prescribed by the Secretary and that the maximum number of withholding exemptions to be claimed by an individual is to be determined pursuant to Treasury regulations. Under Treasury regulations, an employee will be entitled to additional withholding allowances or additional reductions in withholding. In determining the number of additional withholding allowances (or additional reductions). an employee will be permitted to take into account, to the extent and in the manner provided in the regulations, estimated itemized deductions, estimated tax credits, and such additional deductions and other items that may be specified by the Secretary in regulations. The committee expects the Secretary to issue these regulations promptly and to provide for flexibility and for additional withholding allowances in situations where taxpayers reasonably anticipate business losses during the year.

Furthermore, the bill allows the Secretary to prescribe that more than one additional withholding exemption may be allowed to taxpayers who may claim a zero bracket (special withholding) allowance because they neither are married with a spouse receiving wages nor working for more than one employer (present law allows only one additional exemption for such taxpayers). Moreover, the Secretary is authorized to provide by regulations that employees may have withholding either increased or reduced at their request (present law provides only for increases) and that an employee may achieve such increased or decreased withholding without the employer's consent. (Present law requires both the employer and employee to agree to increased withholding.)

 

Effective Dates

 

 

The general rate reductions in the bill are effective for taxable years beginning after December 31, 1980. Three additional rate reductions are effective for taxable years beginning after December 31, 1981, December 31, 1982 and, contingent on the performance of the economy, for taxable years beginning after December 31, 1983. In the case of fiscal year taxpayers, the calendar year rate reductions will be treated as being effective on the first day of the calendar year.

Increases in the zero bracket amount, reductions in the alternative minimum tax, changes in filing requirements and reductions in the personal holding company tax are effective for taxable years beginning after December 31, 1980, December 31, 1981, December 31, 1982 and, contingent on the performance of the economy, for taxable years beginning after December 31, 1983. The repeal of the maximum tax rate on personal service income will be effective for taxable years beginning after December 31, 1982.

The withholding changes will apply to remuneration paid after September 30, 1981, except that the amendment allowing new procedures for computing additional withholding allowances will apply to remuneration paid after December 31, 1981. Additional changes in withholding will take place on July 1, 1982, and, contingent on the performance of the economy, on January 1, 1984.

 

Revenue Effects

 

 

This provision will reduce fiscal year receipts by $26,829 million in 1982, $64,808 million in 1983, $78,851 million in 1984, $92,808 million in 1985, and $108,805 million in 1986. These revenue reductions do not include the effect of the 1984 triggered tax provisions.

Assuming that the additional triggered tax reductions take place, there will be additional reduction in fiscal year receipts of $19,615 million in 1984, $30,756 million in 1985, and $35,559 million in 1986. These estimates include the effects of the rate reductions, the increase in the zero bracket amount, the expanded earned income credit, and interactions with the other provisions of the bill.

3. Changes in earned income credit

(sec. 121 of the bill and secs. 43 and 3507 of the Code)

 

Present Law

 

 

Under present law, an eligible individual is allowed a refundable tax credit equal to 10 percent of the first $5,000 of earned income (for a maximum credit of $500). The credit is refunded to the individual to the extent it exceeds tax liability. The maximum allowable credit is phased down as income rises above $6,000. Specifically, the allowable earned income credit for any taxable year is limited to the excess of $500 over 12.5 percent of the excess of adjusted gross income (or, if greater, earned income) over $6,000. Thus, the credit is zero for families with incomes over $10,000. The particular amount of any eligible individual's credit is determined under tables prescribed by the Secretary. In addition, eligible individuals may receive the benefit of the credit in their paychecks throughout the year by electing advance payments.

Earned income eligible for the credit includes all wages, salaries, tips, and other employee compensation, plus net earnings from self-employment. Amounts received as pension or annuity benefits may not be taken into account for purposes of the credit, nor is the credit available with respect to income of non-resident alien individuals which is not connected with a U.S. trade or business.

Individuals who are eligible for the credit are married individuals who are entitled to a dependency exemption for a child, surviving spouses (who, by definition must maintain a household for a dependent child), and heads of households who maintain a household for a child. In each case, for a taxpayer to qualify as eligible for the credit, the child must reside with the taxpayer in the United States. Furthermore, in order to claim the credit, an individual must not exclude or deduct any amounts from gross income under Code section 911 (relating to income earned by individuals in certain camps outside the United States), section 913 (relating to deductions for certain expenses of living abroad), or section 931 (relating to income from sources within possessions of the United States).

 

Reasons for Change

 

 

The committee believes that the earned income credit is an effective way to provide relief from social security and income taxes to low-income families who might otherwise need large welfare payments. The credit, which originally was enacted by the Congress in 1975, was last increased in 1978.

Because the purpose of the credit has been in part to offset social security taxes, and, thus to provide a work incentive, the committee believes it appropriate to increase the amount of the credit to take into account the increase in social security taxes. Thus, the committee has decided that the rate of the credit should be increased from 10 percent to 11 percent. In addition, in order to compensate for inflation since 1978, the committee has decided to raise the level at which the credit begins to phase out from $6,000 to $8,000. Further increases will be warranted in 1984 to preserve the work incentive value of the credit, and will go into effect in 1984 if the economy's performance has met the conditions specified in the previous section.

 

Explanation of Provision

 

 

Under the bill, an eligible individual will be allowed a refundable credit against tax equal to 11 percent of the first $5,000 of earned income. Thus, the maximum allowable earned income credit will be $550. This amount will be phased down as income rises above $8,000. Specifically, the allowable earned income credit for any taxable year will be limited to the excess of $550 over 13.75 percent of the excess of adjusted gross income (or, if greater, earned income) over $8,000. Thus, the credit will not be available to individuals with incomes over $12,000. Conforming changes are made in the tables used for advance payments of the credit.

For 1984, contingent on the performance of the economy, the amount of earned income on which the credit will be allowed will increase to $6,000, thus increasing the maximum amount of the credit to $660. The credit will be limited to the excess of $660 over 13.2 percent of the excess of adjusted gross income (or, if greater, earned income) over $9,000. Thus, the credit will not be available to individuals with incomes over $14,000.

 

Effective Date

 

 

The increase in the earned income credit will be effective for taxable years beginning after December 31, 1981. The change affecting advance payments will apply to remuneration paid after December 31, 1981. Further changes in the credit and advance payments, contingent on the performance of the economy, will be effective for taxable years beginning after December 31, 1983, and for remuneration paid after that date, respectively.

 

Revenue Effect

 

 

This provision will increase outlays and reduce fiscal year receipts by $32 million in 1982, $921 million in 1983, $848 million in 1984, $780 million in 1985, and $717 million in 1986. (To the extent that the earned income credit exceeds tax liability, it is treated as an outlay under budget procedures.) These estimates assume that the triggered 1984 expansion in the credit does not take place. If the 1984 reductions go into effect, there will be additional revenue losses, and these losses are included in the figures given in the previous section.

4. Deduction for two-earner married couples

(sec. 122 of the bill and secs. 62, 85, 105, and new sec. 221 of the Code)

 

Present Law

 

 

Under present law, a married couple generally is treated as one tax unit which must pay tax on its total taxable income. Although couples may elect to file separate returns, the law is structured so that filing separate returns almost always results in a higher tax than filing joint returns. In addition, different tax rate schedules apply to single persons and to single heads of households. Along with other provisions of the law, these rate schedules give rise to a "marriage penalty" when persons with relatively equal incomes marry each other and a "marriage bonus" when persons with relatively unequal incomes marry each other. In general, if two persons' combined income is allocated between them more evenly than 80%-20%, their combined income tax liability will increase when they marry.

 

Reasons for Change

 

 

The committee is concerned about the inequity of the marriage tax penalty and the potential work disincentive it causes. Thus, the committee has decided that a suitable response to this problem is to allow married couples a new deduction equal to a percentage of the earnings of the spouse with lower earnings.

Any attempt to rectify the marriage penalty involves the reconciliation of several competing objectives of tax policy. For many years, an accepted goal has been the equal taxation of married couples with equal incomes. This has been viewed as appropriate because married couples frequently pool their income and consume as a unit, and, thus, it has been thought that married couples should pay the same amount of tax regardless of how the income is divided between them. This result generally is achieved under current law.

The committee believes that alleviation of the marriage penalty is now necessary because large tax penalties on marriage undermine respect for the family, by affected individuals, and for the tax system itself. To do this, the committee was obliged to make a distinction between one-earner and two-earner married couples. The simplest way to alleviate the marriage penalty is to allow a percentage of the earned income of the spouse with the lower earnings to be, in effect, free from income tax.

The provision also will alleviate another effect of the current system on all married couples--high marginal tax rates on the second earner's income. Recent studies have shown that these high marginal rates have a significant adverse effect on second earners' decisions to seek paying jobs. The 10-percent reduction in marginal tax rates for second earners provided by the new deduction will reduce this work disincentive. In addition, some contend that two-earner couples are less able to pay income tax than one-earner couples with the same amount of income because the former have more expenses resulting from earning income, as well as less free time. Under this theory, the new deduction will improve equity by reducing the tax burden of two-earner couples compared to one-earner couples.

The second-earner deduction will reduce the marriage penalty and improve work incentives for second earners without abandoning the basic principle of joint returns. Allowing married couples to file individual returns as single taxpayers would be very complex because of the necessity for rules to allocate income and deductions between the spouses. If individual filing were optional, many couples would be burdened by having to compute tax liability under both options (separately and jointly) in order to determine which method minimizes their liability. Further, individual filing would provide tax reductions with respect to all types of income received by married couples, while the committee believes that relief should be targeted for wages and salaries received by second earners. Also, individual filing would reduce taxes only for couples affected by the marriage penalty, while the committee believes there should be a reduction for all two-earner married couples.

The substantial reductions in the marriage penalty resulting from both this new deduction and the overall reductions in marginal rates provided by the committee bill are shown in table 8. This new deduction is a major step toward the goal of eliminating the marriage penalty completely.

 

Explanation of Provision

 

 

With certain exceptions, the bill allows two-earner married couples who file a joint return to claim a new deduction from gross income in arriving at adjusted gross income. Married taxpayers will be allowed to claim this deduction even if they do not itemize their personal deductions. The deduction will be 10 percent of the lesser of $50,000 or the qualified earned income of the spouse with the lower qualified earned income. Thus, the maximum deduction will be $5,000. If the qualified earned income of each spouse for the taxable year is the same, then the deduction may be computed using the qualified earned income of either one of the spouses.

In general, qualified earned income is earned income within the meaning of section 401(c)(2)(C) or section 911(d)(2) (as redesignated by the bill) less specified deductions allowable under section 62 that are properly allowable to or chargeable against such earned income in determining qualified earned income. Qualified earned income will be determined without regard to the 30-percent limitation on compensation from a trade or business in which both personal services and capital are material income-producing factors. Qualified earned income is not intended to include unemployment compensation paid under a government program.

Under the bill, qualified earned income does not include any amount that is not includible in gross income, because untaxed income does not give rise to a work disincentive or a marriage penalty. In addition, the qualified earned income of each spouse will be computed without regard to any community property laws; that is, earned income will be attributed to the spouse who renders the services for which the earned income is received.

    Table 8--Marriage Tax Penalty for Two-Earner Couples in 1983:

 

                  Present Law and Committee Bill

 

 

                                   Income of wife

 

                       -----------------------------------------------

 

 Income of husband     $10,000   $20,000    $30,000   $40,000  $50,000

 

 

 $10,000:

 

     Present law          $103       $185      $157      $120    -$134

 

     Committee bill         -4        -11      -258      -230     -573

 

 $20,000:

 

     Present law           185        822     1,350     1,601    1,701

 

     Committee bill        -11         91       642       950    1,076

 

 $30,000:

 

     Present law           157      1,350     2,166     2,771    2,901

 

     Committee bill       -258        642     1,133     1,896    2,036

 

 $40,000:

 

     Present law           120      1,601     2,771     3,406    3,583

 

     Committee bill       -230        950     1,896     2,263    2,537

 

 $50,000:

 

     Present law          -134      1,701     2,901     3,583    3,760

 

     Committee bill       -573      1,076     2,036     2,537    2,331

 

 

Notes: The marriage bonus or penalty is the difference between the tax liability of a married couple and the sum of the tax liabilities of the 2 spouses had each been taxed as a single person. Marriage bonuses are negative in the table; marriage penalties are positive. It is assumed that all income is earned, that taxpayers have no dependents, and that deductible expenses are 23 percent of adjusted gross income and are allocated between spouses in proportion to income.

Committee bill computations assume the rate schedules in effect in 1983.

Pensions, annuities, individual retirement plan distributions and deferred compensation are excluded from qualified earned income. In general, deferred compensation is any amount received after the close of the taxable year following the taxable year in which the services to which the amount is attributable are performed. Pensions and annuities are excluded because these amounts are composed largely of investment income (e.g. interest on plan contributions) that has accumulated tax-free. This exclusion is also necessary to focus the benefits of this deduction on individuals currently earning income and to avoid a windfall for those whose work took place in past years. The exclusion of pensions and annuities is consistent with the definitions applicable to the earned income credit. Distributions from individual retirement plans have been excluded to maintain parity with qualified plans. Other forms of deferred compensation are excluded from qualified earned income for similar reasons.

Wages exempt from certain social security taxes because an individual is in the employ of his or her spouse also are excluded from qualified earned income. These amounts are excluded because the existing exemption of these wages from social security tax already provides substantial relief to these second earners and because, otherwise, there could be opportunities to shift earned income between spouses and attribute an inaccurate or unreasonable amount of earned income to the second earner.

Certain items deductible under section 62 must be deducted in computing qualified earned income. These items are: (1) deductions attributable to a trade or business from which earned income is derived, except that if some of the gross income from a trade or business does not constitute earned income, only a proportional share of the deductions attributable to such trade or business must be deducted (section 62(1)); (2) deductions consisting of expenses paid or incurred in connection with the performance of services as an employee (section 62(2)); (3) deductions for contributions by a self-employed person to a qualified retirement plan (section 62(7)); (4) certain deductions relating to pension plans of subchapter S corporations (section 62(9)); (5) contributions to an individual retirement plan (section 62(10)); and (6) deductions for certain required repayments of supplemental unemployment compensation benefits (section 62(15)).

The bill includes conforming amendments specifying that the amounts of unemployment compensation and disability income included in adjusted gross income are to be computed without regard to this deduction. Then, the deduction is to be computed excluding from qualified earned income amounts of disability (or other) income not included in gross income.

The bill also provides that no deduction is allowable if either spouse claims, on the couple's joint return for the taxable year, the benefits of section 911 (relating to income earned by individuals in certain camps outside the United States) or section 931 (relating to income from sources within possessions of the United States). Couples benefiting from these provisions are excluded from the new deduction because of the substantial relief provided elsewhere in the bill for income earned abroad and the complexity of coordinating the new deduction with these provisions. This is consistent with the eligibility rules for the earned income credit.

 

Effective Date

 

 

The provision is effective for taxable years beginning after December 31, 1981.

 

Revenue Effect

 

 

The deduction for two-earner couples is expected to reduce budget receipts by $851 million in fiscal year 1982, $7,655 million in 1983, $9,260 million in 1984, $11,176 million in 1985, and $12,860 million in 1986.

5. Increase in child and dependent care credit

(sec. 123 of the bill and sec. 44A of the Code)

 

Present Law

 

 

Present law provides a tax credit equal to 20 percent of employment-related expenses paid by an individual who maintains a household which includes one or more qualifying individuals. A qualifying individual is: (1) an individual who is under the age of 15 and for whom the taxpayer may claim a dependency exemption; (2) a physically or mentally incapacitated dependent; or (3) a physically or mentally incapacitated spouse. Employment-related expenses (which may not exceed $2,000, if there is only one qualifying individual, or $4,000, if there are two or more qualifying individuals) are expenses for household services and expenses for the care of a qualifying individual, if incurred to enable the taxpayer to be gainfully employed. Employment-related expenses that are incurred for services outside the taxpayer's household are taken into account only if incurred for the care of an individual under the age of 15 who is a dependent of the taxpayer.

The maximum dependent care credit is $400, in the case of one qualifying individual, and $800, in the case of two or more qualifying individuals. The credit may not exceed tax liability. Moreover, the employment-related expenses that are taken into account for purposes of the credit generally may not exceed earned income, in the case of an unmarried individual, or the earned income of the lesser-earning spouse, in the case of a married couple. Married couples must file a joint return in order to claim the credit.

 

Reasons for Change

 

 

The child and dependent care credit has not been increased since 1976, even though employment-related expenses have increased substantially since that time. Because of this, and because the committee believes that the child care credit provides a substantial work incentive for families with children, the committee bill increases the amount of expenses on the credit may be claimed.

The increases in the credit percentage are directed toward low-and middle-income taxpayers because the committee believes that these taxpayers are in greatest need of relief. This is accomplished by a sliding-scale credit which phases down from 40 percent to 20 percent as income rises from $11,000 to $30,000.

In the case of two-earner married couples with children, this provision, along with the new deduction for two-earner married couples, will provide substantial tax reduction (especially at the lower end of the income tax brackets).

 

Explanation of Provision

 

 

The committee bill increases the amount of the child and dependent care credit by increasing the percentage amount of the credit for taxpayers with adjusted gross income under $30,000 and by increasing the amount of employment-related expenses that may be taken into account for purposes of the credit. In addition, the bill liberalizes the provisions regarding the circumstances in which employment-related expenses for services that are incurred outside the taxpayer's household may be taken into account for purposes of the credit.

The committee bill increases the amount of employment-related expenses that may be taken into account for purposes of the credit from $2,000 to $2,400, if there is one qualifying individual, and from $4,000 to $4,800, if there are two or more qualifying individuals. The percentage amount of the credit will be increased from 20 percent to 40 percent for individuals who have less than $11,000 of adjusted gross income. Thus, the maximum credit would be $960, if there is only one qualifying individual, or $1,920 if there are two or more qualifying individuals. The 40-percent credit is reduced by one percentage point for each full $1,000 of adjusted gross income above $10,000. (For this purpose, a married couple's combined adjusted gross income is the relevant amount since married couples must file a joint return in order to claim the credit.) For example, an otherwise qualified individual with $11,000 of adjusted gross income will be entitled to a credit equal to 39 percent of employment-related expenses. Likewise, an individual with $20,000 of adjusted gross income will be entitled to a credit equal to 30 percent of employment-related expenses. Individuals with $30,000 or more of adjusted gross income will be entitled to a credit equal to 20 percent of employment-related expenses. For those individuals, the maximum credit will be $480 (one qualifying individual) or $960 (two or more qualifying individuals).

The bill provides that employment-related expenses that are incurred outside the taxpayer's household may be taken into account if they are for the care of a physically or mentally incapacitated spouse or dependent of the taxpayer who regularly spends at least 8 hours each day in the taxpayer's household, i.e., who lives with the taxpayer. This provision is intended to allow the credit for out-of-home care, during the day, of an individual who returns to the taxpayer's home each night, but the credit is not allowed for residential or institutional care.

 

Effective Date

 

 

The provision will apply to taxable years beginning after December 31, 1981.

 

Revenue Effect

 

 

The changes in the credit are expected to decrease budget receipts by $33 million in fiscal year 1982 and $335 million in fiscal year 1983.

 

B. Foreign Earned Income Exclusion

 

 

(secs. 141-145 of the bill and secs. 911 and 913 of the Code)

 

Present Law

 

 

Law prior to the Foreign Earned Income Act of 1978

United States citizens and residents generally are taxed by the United States on their worldwide income with the allowance of a foreign tax credit for foreign taxes paid. However, for years prior to 1978, U.S. citizens working abroad could exclude up to $20,000 of earned income a year if they were present in a foreign country for 510 days (approximately 17 months) out of a period of 18 consecutive months or they were bona fide residents of a foreign country for a period which included an entire taxable year (sec. 911). In the case of individuals who had been bona fide residents of foreign countries for three years or more, the exclusion was increased to $25,000 of earned income. In addition, under the law prior to 1978, foreign taxes paid on the excluded income were creditable against the U.S. tax on any foreign income above the $20,000 (or $25,000) limit.

The Tax Reform Act of 1976 would generally have reduced the earned income exclusion for individuals working abroad to $15,000 per year. However, the Act would have retained a $20,000 exclusion for employees of domestic charitable organizations. In addition, the Act would have made certain modifications in the computation of the exclusion.

These amendments made by the 1976 Act never went into general effect because the Foreign Earned Income Act of 1978 generally replaced the section 911 earned income exclusion, for years beginning after December 31, 1977, with a new deduction for the excess costs of working overseas. However, taxpayers were permitted to elect for 1978 to be taxed under the new provisions or under the Tax Reform Act of 1976.

Foreign Earned Income Act of 1978

The Foreign Earned Income Act of 1978 generally replaced the section 911 earned income exclusion, for years beginning after December 31, 1977, with a new deduction for the excess costs of working overseas. The basic eligibility requirements for the deduction generally are the same as for the prior earned income exclusion.

The excess living cost deduction (sec. 913) consists of separate elements for the general cost of living, housing, education, and home leave costs. The cost-of-living element of the deduction is generally the amount by which the cost of living in the taxpayer's foreign tax home exceeds the cost of living in the highest cost metropolitan area in the continental United States (other than Alaska). The deduction is based on the spendable income of a person paid the salary of a Federal employee at grade level GS-14, step 1, regardless of the taxpayer's actual income. The housing element is the excess of the taxpayer's reasonable housing expenses over his base housing amount (generally one-sixth of his net earned income). The education deduction is generally the reasonable schooling expenses for the education of the taxpayer's dependents at the elementary and secondary levels. The deduction for annual home leave consists of the reasonable cost of coach airfare transportation for the taxpayer, his spouse, and his dependents from his tax home outside the United States to his most recent place of residence within the United States.

In addition, taxpayers living and working in certain hardship areas are allowed a special $5,000 deduction in order to compensate them for the hardships involved and to encourage U.S. citizens to accept employment in these areas. For this purpose, hardship areas are generally those designated by the State Department as hardship posts where the hardship post allowance paid government employees is 15 percent or more of their base pay.

As an exception to these rules, present law permits employees who reside in camps in hardship areas to elect to claim a $20,000 earned income exclusion (under sec. 911) in lieu of the excess living cost and hardship area deductions. No foreign tax credit is allowed for foreign taxes attributable to the excluded amount, and deductions attributable to the excludable amount are not allowed. For taxpayers electing the exclusion, the camp is treated as the employer's business premises so that the exclusion for employer-provided meals and lodging also can be claimed (provided the other requirements of sec. 119 are satisfied).

The 1978 Act liberalized the deduction for moving expenses for foreign job-related moves, increasing the dollar limitations applicable to temporary living expenses. The Act also extended the regular 18- or 24-month period for reinvestment of proceeds realized on the sale of a principal residence to up to four years in the case of Americans working abroad.

Under certain circumstances, the time limits of the eligibility requirements for the excess living cost deduction or the exclusion may be waived. Three conditions must be met for the waiver to apply. First, the individual actually must have been present in, or a bona fide resident of, a foreign country. Second, he must leave the foreign country after August 31, 1978, during a period with respect to which the Treasury Department determines, after consultation with the State Department, that individuals were required to leave the foreign country because of war, civil unrest, or similar adverse conditions in the foreign country which precluded the normal conduct of business by those individuals. Third, the individual must establish to the satisfaction of the Treasury that he reasonably could have been expected to meet the time limitation requirements, but for the war, civil unrest, or similar adverse conditions. If these criteria are met, the taxpayer is treated as having met the foreign residence or presence requirements with respect to the period during which he was resident or present in the foreign country even though the relevant time limitation under existing law has not been met.

 

Reasons for Change

 

 

The committee believes that American business faces increasing competitive pressures abroad, and that, in view of the nation's continuing trade deficits, it is important to allow Americans working overseas to contribute to the effort to keep American business competitive. The tax burdens imposed on these individuals, even under the liberalizations of the Foreign Earned Income Act of 1978, have made it difficult for U.S. businesses to utilize American employees abroad. In many cases, the policy of these businesses is to make their employees whole for any extra tax expenses the employees incur because of overseas transfers. Thus, an extra tax cost to the employees becomes a cost to the business, which cost often must be passed through to customers in the form of higher prices. In intensely competitive industries, such as construction, this leads to higher, and thus often noncompetitive bids for work by American firms. The impact also is felt in other export industries. As a result, some U.S. companies either have cut back their foreign operations or have replaced American citizens in key executive positions with foreign nationals. In many cases, these foreign nationals may purchase goods and services for their companies from their home countries, rather than from the United States because they often are more familiar with those goods and services.

The committee also believes that the rules of present law are complex. Because the deductions can vary significantly from case to case, it is often difficult for an American to estimate what his tax liability will be if he plans to work overseas. In addition, many Americans employed abroad have found it necessary to use costly professionals to complete their tax returns.

The committee believes that it is necessary to change the tax law to encourage Americans to work abroad to help promote the export of U.S. manufactured goods and services. Reducing the tax burden on Americans working abroad will make American enterprises more competitive in foreign markets. The committee feels that abroad range of activities by Americans abroad benefit the U.S. economy and should be encouraged.

The committee concludes that an appropriate incentive, to replace the present excess foreign living cost deduction and exclusion, is to allow qualifying Americans to elect a substantial exclusion from U.S. tax for their foreign earned income. The exclusion is phased in over a four-year period. The committee has, however, placed a specific dollar limitation on the exclusion. This limitation prevents abuse of the exclusion by, for example, highly paid entertainers or athletes who might otherwise move abroad to escape large amounts of U.S. tax on their income. In addition, the committee has provided an exclusion (or, in appropriate cases, a deduction) from income measured by excess housing costs, which can be a substantial component of excess foreign living costs.

The committee also believes that the period of foreign presence required to qualify for the exclusions should be shortened, and that the residence or presence period should continue to be waived in certain circumstances where civil unrest prevents individuals from meeting those requirements.

 

Explanation of Provision

 

 

The bill modifies the eligibility standards of present law and replaces the present deduction for excess living costs with an exclusion of a portion of foreign earned income. The bona fide residence test remains in its present form. However, an individual also is eligible for the special provisions if he is present in a foreign country or countries for 330 full days in any period of 12 consecutive months (rather than 510 days in any period of 18 consecutive months as under present law). Individuals meeting these requirements generally may elect to exclude foreign earned income attributable to the period of foreign residence or presence at an annual rate for taxable years beginning on or after January 1, 1982, of $75,000. This amount is increased $5,000 a year over the next four years to $95,000. Thus, at the end of the phase-in period a taxpayer will be able to exclude up to $95,000. In the case of a married couple, the exemption is computed separately for each qualifying individual. The definition of earned income is identical to present law.

Once a taxpayer has elected to exclude foreign earned income the election remains in effect for that year and all future years. The election may be revoked with the consent of the Commissioner. In addition the election may be revoked by the taxpayer without consent. However, if the election is revoked without consent, the taxpayer cannot again elect until the sixth taxable year following the taxable year for which the revocation was made.

If a taxpayer who elects to exclude foreign earned income becomes a resident of the United States and then, a number of years later, moves abroad again, the election remains in effect. Accordingly, that individual would not have to reelect the exclusion for that later year. If that individual does not want to be subject to the exclusion, he would have to revoke the election and would be barred from reelecting the exclusion for five years. However, the Commissioner might, in determining whether to consent to a revocation of the election, take into account U.S. residence for a period of a number of years.

In addition to the exclusion described above, an individual may elect to exclude a portion of his income or, in the case of housing amounts not provided by an employer, elect to deduct an amount for housing, based on his housing expenses. This exclusion is equal to the excess of the taxpayer's "housing expenses" over a base housing amount. The term "housing expenses" means the reasonable expenses paid or incurred during the taxable year by, or on behalf of, the individual for housing for the individual (and for his spouse and dependents, if they reside with him) in a foreign country. The term includes expenses attributable to the housing, such as utilities and insurance, but does not include interest and taxes, which are separately deductible. If the taxpayer maintains a second household outside the United States for his spouse and dependents who do not reside with him because of adverse living conditions, then the housing expenses of the second household also are eligible for the exclusion. Housing expenses are not treated as reasonable to the extent they are lavish or extravagant under the circumstances.

The base housing amount is 16 percent of the salary of an employee of the United States whose salary grade is step 1 of grade GS-14. Currently, this salary is $37,871 so the current base housing amount would be $6,059.

Housing costs attributable to amounts provided by an employer of the individual in the course of his employment are excluded from gross income of the employee. Amounts not attributed to an employer are to be allowed as a deduction in computing adjusted gross income of the employee. The amount of the deduction is limited, subject to a special carryover rule, to the foreign earned income of the individual which is not otherwise excluded from gross income under this provision. For example, if an individual who is not an employee has foreign earned income in 1982 of $100,000 and qualifying housing expenses in excess of the base amount of $20,000, the individual may elect and then deduct $75,000 under the general exclusion plus $20,000 for the excess housing cost exclusion. If, however, that individual had no foreign earned income for the year, then he could not deduct any amount attributable to the housing expenses for the year. However, the special carryover rule may allow the individual to deduct all or a portion of his unused housing expenses in the next taxable year.

The bill provides that an individual who is not an employee and who qualifies for the foreign earned income exclusion, but who has housing expenses in excess of earned income for a year can carry those expenses forward only to the next taxable year and deduct them in that year subject to the limitation in the next year. In determining how much of the carried forward housing expenses could be used in that next year the carried over amounts could be used only after the housing expenses incurred in that year.1

Deductions and credits attributable to excluded income are not allowed. For example, foreign taxes paid on excluded income may not be credited against U.S. taxes.

As under present law, pensions and annuities, and income from certain trusts are not excludable.

The bill extends the benefits of the exclusion to individuals who are paid by the United States but who are not eligible for any exclusion under section 912 or any other provision of U.S. law. As a general rule, therefore, employees of the Federal Government will not be eligible for the exclusion.

The bill retains with certain modifications the present rule that in the case of an individual who is furnished lodging in a camp located in a foreign country by or on behalf of his employer the camp shall be considered part of the business premises of the employer for purposes of section 119, relating to the exclusion from income of the value of meals and lodging furnished by the employer. To qualify as a camp, the lodging must be furnished for the convenience of the employer because the place at which the services are rendered in a remote area where satisfactory housing is not otherwise available on the open market. The lodging must also be located, as near as practicable, in the vicinity of the site at which the individual performs the services and must also be in a common area, or enclave, which is not available to the public and which normally accommodates 10 or more employees. This provision differs from present law primarily in that the camp does not have to be in a hardship area and need not constitute substandard lodging.

The bill retains the present rules under which an individual is allowed pro rata benefits in certain cases where civil unrest or similar adverse conditions require an individual to leave the foreign country before meeting the time requirements.

The bill authorizes the Secretary of the Treasury to issue such regulations as may be necessary or appropriate to carry out the purposes of this provision, including regulations providing rules for cases in which both spouses have foreign earned income or file separate returns.

The present rule extending the period within which capital gain on the sale of a principal residence must be rolled over to qualify for exemption from tax is retained.

The provision does not affect the treatment of amounts received since December 31, 1962, which are attributable to services performed on or before December 31, 1962, and with respect to which there existed on March 12, 1962, a right (whether forfeitable or nonforfeitable) to receive such amounts. Accordingly, these amounts will continue (as they have since 1962) to be subject to section 911 as in effect before amendment by the Revenue Act of 1962.

Finally, the provision of the Foreign Earned Income Act of 1978 requiring the Secretary to report biannually to the Congress on the operation and effects of sections 911 and 912 is changed to require the report as soon as practicable after enactment and each fourth calendar year thereafter.

 

Effective Date

 

 

The provision applies to taxable years beginning after December 31, 1981.

 

Revenue Effect

 

 

It is estimated that this provision will reduce budget receipts by $299 million in fiscal year 1982, $563 million in fiscal year 1983, $620 million in fiscal year 1984, $700 million in fiscal year 1985, and $789 million in fiscal year 1986.

 

C. Tax Treatment of Sales of Residences

 

 

1. Extension of time period for rollover of gain on sale of principal residence

(sec. 151 of the bill and sec. 1034 of the Code)

 

Present Law

 

 

Present law provides for the nonrecognition, or rollover, of gain on the sale of a taxpayer's principal residence if a new principal residence is purchased and used by the taxpayer within a period beginning 18 months before, and ending 18 months after the sale (Code sec. 1034). This rule applies only to the extent that the purchase price of the replacement residence equals or exceeds the sale price of residence sold.

 

Reasons for Change

 

 

The committee believes that the residential rollover period should be extended to provide taxpayers with additional time to sell their old principal residences or to acquire new ones. The committee believes that this action is appropriate and necessary because of high mortgage interest rates and the resulting difficulty in acquiring replacement principal residences and in selling existing principal residences.

 

Explanation of Provision

 

 

The committee bill extends the 18-month replacement period of present law to 2 years.

 

Effective Date

 

 

The provision is effective for sales and exchanges of principal residences after July 20, 1981, and for such sales and exchanges with respect to which the 18-month rollover period had not expired on July 20, 1981.

 

Revenue Effect

 

 

This provision will reduce budget receipts by less than $10 million per year.

2. Increase in exclusion of gain on sale of principal residence

(sec. 152 of the bill and sec. 121 of the Code)

 

Present Law

 

 

Present law allows individuals who have attained the age of 55 to elect a one-time exclusion of up to $100,000 of gain on the sale of their principal residence (Code sec. 121). Generally, the individual must have owned and used the property as a principal residence for three years or more out of the five-year period preceding the sale.

 

Reasons for Change

 

 

The committee believes that the amount of gain excludable from the sale of a principal residence should be increased to reflect more appropriately costs of residential property.

 

Explanation of Provision

 

 

The provision increases from $100,000 to $125,000 the amount of gain excludable from gross income on the sale or exchange of a principal residence by an individual who has attained the age of 55. No other changes are made to present law.

 

Effective Date

 

 

The provision is effective for sales and exchanges of a principal residence after July 20, 1981.

 

Revenue Effect

 

 

This provision will reduce fiscal year receipts by $18 million in 1982, $53 million in 1983, $63 million in 1984, $76 million in 1985, and $91 million in 1986.

 

TITLE II--BUSINESS TAX INCENTIVE PROVISIONS

 

 

A. Cost Recovery Provisions: Depreciation and Investment Tax Credit Revisions

 

 

(secs. 201-206 and 261 of the bill and new sec. 168 and secs. 48, 57, 172, 179, 183, and 312(k) of the Code)

 

Present Law

 

 

Depreciation

 

Overview

 

Depreciation is based on the concept that the cost of an asset should be allocated over the period it is used to produce income. In general, property is depreciable if it is (1) used in a trade or business or for the production of income, and (2) subject to wear and tear, decay or decline from natural causes, exhaustion, or obsolescence. Land, goodwill, stock, and other assets that do not have a determinable useful life and that do not decline in value predictably are not depreciable. In general, depreciation is limited to the cost or other basis of the property, less a reasonable estimate for salvage value.

 

Personal property

 

Useful life.--A principal method used to determine useful lives for personal property is the Asset Depreciation Range (ADR) system. Assets eligible for ADR are grouped into more than 100 classes and a guideline life for each class is determined by the Treasury. Taxpayers may claim a useful life up to 20 percent longer or shorter than the ADR guideline life. For assets not eligible for ADR and for taxpayers who do not elect ADR, useful lives are determined according to the facts and circumstances pertaining to each asset or by agreement between the taxpayer and the IRS.

Method.--Taxpayers are allowed to use the straight-line method of depreciation for all depreciable assets. Under the straight-line method, the recovery of the cost basis of an asset is spread evenly over the asset's useful life. However, the cost basis of most assets also can be recovered using accelerated methods, which allocate a greater share of the deductions to the early years of the asset's useful life. The most generous accelerated methods permitted under present law are the 200-percent declining balance method and the sum of the years-digits (SYD) method.1

Gain on disposition and recapture.--In general, a taxpayer recognizes gain or loss upon each sale or other disposition of depreciable personal property. However, under ADR, the recognition of gain or loss is postponed for assets retired for routine causes (ordinary retirements), while immediate recognition of gain or loss is required on extraordinary retirements. Similar rules also apply to taxpayers who do not use ADR but who maintain item and group accounts.

When personal property is sold, any recognized gain is treated as ordinary income to the extent of any depreciation previously taken ("sec. 1245 recapture"). Any recognized gain that exceeds previously taken depreciation generally is capital gain.

 

Real property

 

Useful lives.--Under present law, depreciation of real property may be determined by estimating useful lives under a facts and circumstances test or by using guideline lives prescribed under Revenue Procedure 62-21, as in effect on December 31, 1970. Guideline lives have not been prescribed for real property under the ADR system, except for certain structures, such as gas stations, farm buildings, and theme park structures.

The IRS guideline lives contained in Rev. Proc. 62-21 range from 40 years for apartments to 60 years for warehouses. However, based on a 1975 study by the Treasury Department's Office of Industrial Economics, average lives claimed by taxpayers for new buildings range from 32 years for apartments to 43 years for bank buildings. These averages reflect, in part, the fact that some taxpayers are using component depreciation.

Component depreciation.--Under the component method of depreciation, a taxpayer allocates the cost of a building to its basic component parts and then assigns a separate useful life to each of these components. These components include the basic building shell, wiring, plumbing and heating systems, roof, and other identifiable components. Each of the component parts is then depreciated as a separate item of property. The component depreciation method may be applied to both new and used property.

The use of component depreciation may substantially reduce the composite life for the entire building if its short-lived components, such as wiring, comprise a large portion of the building's cost as compared to its long-lived components, such as the shell. However, many taxpayers do not use the component method because it is complex and, for used property, requires a competent appraisal. In addition, it is difficult to audit component depreciation and there is no assurance that the lives chosen by the taxpayer for the components would be approved by the Internal Revenue Service or the courts.

Methods.--Allowable methods for real property depend on the use of the property. New residential rental buildings may be depreciated under the declining balance method at a rate of up to 200 percent of the straight-line rate, the sum of the years-digits method, or any other method if the total depreciation allowable during the first two-thirds of the property's useful life does not exceed the amount allowable under the 200-percent declining balance method. A building or structure is considered to be residential rental property for the taxable year only if 80 percent or more of the gross rental income is from the rental of dwelling units. New nonresidential buildings may be depreciated under the declining balance method at a rate of up to 150 percent of the straight-line rate. Used residential property with an estimated useful life of 20 years or more can be depreciated under the declining balance method at a rate of up to 125 percent of the straight-line rate. Any other used property, either residential or nonresidential, must be depreciated under the straight-line method.

Gain on disposition and recapture.--When real property is sold, any gain is treated as ordinary income to the extent the total depreciation taken exceeds the depreciation that would have been allowable had the straight-line method been used (sec. 1250). Thus, if the straight-line method is used, all gain is capital gain. This rule is more generous than the rule for personal property, under which gain is ordinary income to the extent of all depreciation taken (sec. 1245). For subsidized low-income rental housing, the amount of depreciation subject to recapture as ordinary income when the property is sold is phased out by one percentage point for each month after the property has been held for 100 months.

 

Minimum tax and maximum tax

 

Under the present law, a 15-percent minimum tax is imposed on the amount of a taxpayer's items of tax preference in excess of the greater of (1) $10,000 ($5,000 in the case of married individuals filing separately), or (2) the amount of the regular income tax in the case of a corporation or one-half of the amount of the regular income tax in the case of an individual.2

One of the items of tax preference subject to the minimum tax is accelerated depreciation on leased personal property.3 The preference is the amount by which the depreciation (or amortization) allowance with respect to an asset for the year exceeds the depreciation deduction that would have been allowable if the property had been depreciated using the straight-line method over its useful life. If the leased property is depreciated under the ADR system and the taxpayer chooses to use a life shorter than the midpoint life, depreciation attributable to the shorter useful life is included in the amount of the preference. Thus, additional ADR depreciation is a preference even if the straight-line method is used. Accelerated depreciation on leased personal property is not a preference item for corporations other than personal holding companies and subchapter S corporations.

Another preference item is accelerated depreciation on real property, i.e., the excess of the depreciation (or amortization) allowable for the year in excess of the depreciation that would have been allowable for the year computed using the straight-line method over the property's useful life. This item is a tax preference for all taxpayers, whether or not the property is leased.

Under present law, the maximum marginal tax rate on taxable income from personal services is 50 percent (sec. 1348). However, the amount of personal service income subject to the maximum tax is reduced, dollar-for-dollar, by the amount of a taxpayer's preference items. Thus, a taxpayer's preference items not only are subject to a separate minimum tax, but also may cause part of a taxpayer's personal service income to be taxed at a marginal rate greater than 50 percent.

 

Earnings and profits

 

A dividend is defined under present law as a distribution of property (which includes money) by a corporation to its shareholders out of either current or accumulated earnings and profits. If a distribution exceeds the corporation's earnings and profits, the excess is a "tax-free dividend" (not currently taxable to the shareholder), which reduces his cost basis in the stock (increasing capital gain or reducing capital loss if the stock is sold by him). If a taxpayer's cost basis in stock is reduced to zero, further distributions exceeding earnings and profits are treated as capital gains. Until 1969, earnings and profits generally were computed with reference to the method of depreciation used in computing the corporation's taxable income. A corporation's earnings and profits, therefore, were reduced by the amount of depreciation deducted by the corporation on its return, thereby often allowing tax-free distributions.

Present law provides that a U.S. corporation must compute its earnings and profits using the straight-line method of depreciation or a similar ratable method such as the unit-of-production method. Earnings and profits may be computed using the 20-percent useful life variance permitted under the ADR system. These rules do not apply to foreign corporations if less than 20 percent of gross income for the taxable year is derived from sources within the United States.

 

Assets used predominantly outside the United States

 

Property used predominantly outside the United States may be depreciated using the guidelines lives under the ADR system, but the 20-percent useful life variance may not be used. Accelerated methods of depreciation generally may be used with respect to such property. The investment tax credit generally is not allowed for such property (sec. 48(a)(2)).

 

Normalization requirements for public utility property

 

Under present law, public utilities generally are able to use the same depreciation methods as other taxpayers. However, certain utilities (electric, water, sewage, gas, steam and telephone companies) generally are permitted to use accelerated depreciation methods and the 20-percent ADR useful life variance only if the current tax reductions that result from using these methods are "normalized" in setting the rates charged to utility customers (sec. 167(1)).

In theory the rates charged to customers by a public utility are set at a level that permits the utility to earn a fair rate of return on its investment and recover its costs of doing business (including a rate-making allowance for Federal income taxes plus a rate-making allowance for depreciation). The straight-line method and relatively long useful lives are generally used to compute the rate-making allowance for depreciation. Normalization of accelerated depreciation methods generally means that the rates charged to utility customers will not reflect a rate-making allowance for Federal income taxes based on the use of a depreciation method more accelerated than the depreciation method used to determine the rate-making allowance for depreciation. Normalization of the 20-percent ADR variance generally means that the rates charged customers will not reflect a rate-making allowance for Federal income taxes based on useful lives shorter than the ADR guideline life or the useful life used to determine the rate-making allowance for depreciation, whichever is shorter. Therefore, normalization generally allows the utilities to collect revenues that reflect a rate-making tax allowance based on straight-line depreciation and ADR midpoint lives.

The use of accelerated methods of depreciation and the ADR useful life variance for Federal income tax purposes, combined with the use of normalization accounting in rate-making, generally results in an actual Federal income tax expense that is less than the rate-making tax allowance in the early years of an asset's useful life and more than the rate-making tax allowance in the later years of an asset's useful life. These "deferred taxes" can be viewed as an interest-free loan to the utility. The utility is able to use this money in lieu of funds that otherwise would have to be obtained by borrowing or raising equity capital.

The normalization rules of the Code do not limit the authority of regulatory bodies to pass through these capital cost savings to utility customers; i.e., the reduction in the costs of acquiring capital can be reflected in the rates charged to utility customers. This may be done either by treating an amount of the utility's capital as cost-free in determining a fair rate of return or by excluding an amount of the utility's assets from the rate base that is permitted to earn a rate of return. In either case, the amount of capital or rate base that is given this rate-making treatment must not exceed the amount of the deferred taxes.

The use of accelerated methods and short useful lives in rate-making to compute the allowance for Federal income taxes is known as "flow-through" accounting because current tax reductions are immediately reflected in lower rates to customers. The normalization rules in the Code generally do not apply to property that was subject to flow-through accounting before 1970 or similar property placed in service after 1969.

 

Retirement-replacement-betterment (RRB) property

 

The railroad industry generally uses what is called the retirement-replacement-betterment (RRB) method of depreciation for rail, ties, and other items in the track accounts such as ballast, fasteners, other materials, and labor costs. This method is used instead of the depreciation methods described in section 167(b) and (c), which provide for an annual deduction for each item of property.

For assets accounted for under the RRB method, when a new railroad line is laid (an "addition"), the cost (both materials and labor) of the line is capitalized. No depreciation is claimed for this original installation, but a deduction for these original costs may be claimed if this line is retired or abandoned. If the original installation is replaced with components (rail, ties, etc.) of a like kind of quality, the cost of the replacements (both materials and labor) is deducted as a current expense. When the replacement is of an improved quality, the improved portion of the replacement is a "betterment" that is capitalized, and the remainder of the replacement cost is deducted as a current expense.

Upon the retirement or replacement of rail and other track assets, the salvage value (measured by current fair market value) of the recovered materials is treated as ordinary income.

The regular 10-percent investment credit is allowed for the cost of railroad track material, which includes ties, rails, ballast, and other track material such as bolts. The credit is allowed for costs that are capitalized (additions and betterments) as well as costs that are expensed (replacements) (sec. 48(a)(1)(B)(i) and sec. 48(a)(9)). Some amounts treated as replacement costs under the RRB method (such as the costs of replacing bolts) might be considered repair expenses under a conventional depreciation system and would not be allowed the investment credit.

 

Additional first-year depreciation

 

Under present law, there are no special provisions specifically applicable to the depreciation of assets by a small business. Thus, a small business may depreciate its assets over useful lives determined on a facts and circumstances basis or, if elected, over guideline lives prescribed under the ADR system. Depreciation methods are allowable for small business to the same extent allowable for other taxpayers (i.e., straight-line, declining balance, etc.).

Present law, however, does provide a deduction for "bonus" first-year depreciation in an amount not exceeding 20 percent of the cost of eligible property. In general, depreciable property placed in service during a taxable year is eligible under the provision if it is tangible personal property with a useful life of 6 years or more. The cost of the property that may be taken into account may not exceed $10,000 ($20,000 for individuals who file a joint return).4 Thus, the maximum additional first-year depreciation deduction is limited to $2,000 ($4,000 for individuals filing a joint return).

Carryover Periods for Operating Losses

In general, net operating losses and operating losses of certain insurance companies are allowed a 3-year carryback and a 7-year carryover. Certain financial institutions have only a 5-year carryover, but a 10-year carryback. Certain other net operating losses have special carryover periods as follows:

                                                  Carryover

 

 Taxpayer:                                          period (years)

 

 

   Regulated transportation companies                 9

 

   Foreign expropriation losses                      10

 

   Cuban expropriation losses                        20

 

   Real estate investment trusts (REITs)              8

 

   General stock ownership corporations (GSOCs)      10

 

 

Investment Tax Credit

 

Overview

 

For certain tangible depreciable property with a useful life of 3 years or more, taxpayers may claim an investment tax credit (regular credit) of up to 10 percent of the cost of the property, in addition to their depreciation deductions. An additional investment credit of up to one and one-half percent (ESOP credit) is available if certain requirements concerning the operation of an employee stock ownership plan are met. An energy investment credit is available in addition to the regular and ESOP credits for certain energy property. With certain specific exceptions, buildings and their structural components do not qualify for these credits.

 

Useful life limitations

 

A 10-percent regular investment credit is allowed for assets with useful lives of 7 years or more. For assets with useful lives of 5 or 6 years, only two-thirds of the investment is eligible for the investment credit (a credit of 6-2/3 percent). For assets with useful lives of 3 or 4 years, only one-third of the investment is eligible for the investment credit (a credit of 3-1/3 percent). No credit is allowed for assets with useful lives shorter than 3 years.

 

Recapture

 

The credit must be recomputed if the property is disposed of prior to the end of its estimated useful life ("recapture"). The recomputed credit is based on the amount of credit the property would have received if the credit had been based on the actual time the property was held. The difference between the credit allowed and the recomputed credit results in an increase in tax for the year of recapture.

 

Tax liability limitation

 

The regular and ESOP investment credits may be used against the first $25,000 of tax liability plus a percentage of the excess. For 1981, the percentage is 80 percent, and for 1982 and subsequent years, the percentage is 90 percent. The energy credit may be used against 100 percent of tax liability. Increases in tax due to recapture of credits are not counted in determining the tax liability limitation (sec. 47(c)).

 

Used property limitation

 

Under present law, only $100,000 of used property per year qualifies for the regular investment credit.

Carryover Periods for Certain Credits

In general, unused tax credits, such as the investment credit, alcohol fuels credit, WIN credit, and targeted jobs credit, are allowed a 3-year carryback and a 7-year carryover.

 

Reasons for Change

 

 

The committee believes that the present rules relating to depreciation and the investment credit--the principal means of recovering costs of tangible personal property--require substantial revision. These rules work in several ways to limit investment spending and to misdirect what is spent to less productive uses. First, depreciation allowances are spread over a term of years, so that their real value to a taxpayer depends on future rates of inflation and is unpredictable. This uncertainty makes investors less ready to commit to new projects, especially where the recovery period is long. Second, because of current rates of inflation, the present timing of deductions, even when coupled with the investment tax credit, often is inadequate to reflect recovery of the original cost of an asset, expressed in terms of the purchasing power that was invested in the asset. Inadequate cost recovery reduces profitability and hence the incentive to invest, and thus can seriously impair the ability of businesses to finance the replacement of old equipment with more modern and more efficient equipment. Third, because of interactions with the investment tax credit, the current depreciation rules result in unintended biases such that the effective tax rates on income from different types of equipment can differ by a factor of 10. These biases misdirect spending to less efficient but tax-favored investments and away from more productive investments.

The committee believes that greater levels of investment are essential to a robust economic growth and that a new depreciation system is urgently needed to stimulate investment spending. The committee bill, therefore, provides for expensing (with a phaseout of the regular investment credit for expensed property). This simple depreciation rule gives the maximum acceleration of depreciation deductions, makes certain their real value, permits a full write-off in constant dollars and eliminates biases across assets.

The committee believes that a tax reduction is also needed to stimulate investment in real property. Accordingly, the committee bill provides for the simplification and greater acceleration of depreciation deductions for real property.

 

Explanation of Provisions

 

 

1. Overview

The committee bill replaces the present system of depreciation with new methods of depreciating most real and personal property. In general, an expense-method depreciation system applies for most tangible personal property, a simplified cost recovery system applies for long-lived public utility property and certain other property, and real property is depreciated on a composite basis using an audit-proof useful life as short as 15 years. With limited exceptions, the new system is mandatory for all eligible property. The entire cost or other basis of eligible property is depreciable under the new system, eliminating the salvage value limitation. No distinction will be made in the treatment of new versus used property. Property that is ineligible for depreciation under the new methods is depreciated under rules similar to present law rules.

Expense-method depreciation permits the cost of property to be recovered by a single deduction for the year the property is placed in service. Taxpayers have the option to expense less than the cost of an asset and to depreciate this nonexpensed cost using the straight-line method over a recovery period which approximates the present law useful life of the asset. After 1984, no regular investment tax credit is allowed for expense-method property, although the energy, ESOP, and rehabilitation credits will continue to apply. The expense-method depreciation system will be phased in over the period 1981 through 1989. However, the taxpayer may annually elect to expense immediately up to $25,000 of property without a phase-in limitation.

Under the simplified cost recovery system, the cost of eligible property (recovery property) is assigned to one of two open-ended recovery accounts representing a recovery period of 10 or 15 years. The amount of the allowable deduction is determined for each recovery account using the 150-percent declining balance method. Included in the 10-year recovery class are public utility property with an ADR midpoint life of more than 18 years but not more than 25 years, oil pipelines, railroad tank cars, certain mobile homes, and real property with an ADR midpoint life less than 13 years (e.g., theme park structures). Public utility property with an ADR midpoint life greater than 25 years is assigned to the 15-year recovery class. The investment credit continues to apply for recovery property eligible for the credit under present law.

Personal property ineligible for either the expense-method depreciation system or simplified cost recovery system includes most property currently ineligible for the investment credit (e.g., property used by tax exempt organizations and foreign assets), certain films, inherited property, livestock (including the cost of a horse not exceeding $100,000) the taxpayer elects to exclude horses to the extent the cost of the horse exceeds $100,000, and property held less than one year.

Under the bill, taxpayers may elect to depreciate eligible real property using a useful life of 15, 25, 35 or 45 years. The taxpayer may use the straight-line method or, if the 15-year useful life is chosen, elect to use the 150-percent declining balance method (200-percent for low-income housing or targeted area property). Foreign real property must be depreciated using a 35-year recovery period and either the straight-line method or the 150-percent declining balance method. Composite depreciation is mandatory.

The bill includes special rules relating to normalization requirements for public utilities and computation of the minimum tax for real property. The minimum tax for personal property is repealed. Special rules are also provided to prevent "churning" of property to obtain the benefits of the new system by transfer of certain used property between related persons. Although railroad-retirement-betterment property is expensed method property, special transitional rules apply. For postponement of the present law rule requiring amortization of construction period interest and taxes for low-income housing, see Title VIII.

In general, the depreciation changes apply to property placed in service after December 31, 1980.

2. Expense-method property

 

a. Eligibility

 

In general, expense-method property is most tangible depreciable personal property, whether new or used, placed in service after December 31, 1980. Certain other property also is designated as expense-method property. Included are storage facilities used in connection with the distribution of oil, gas, or any primary product of oil or gas. Under regulations prescribed by the Secretary, primary products of oil and gas will have the same meaning as described in Treas. Reg. Sec. 1.993-3(g)(3)(i) and (ii), respectively. Petrochemicals are not considered primary products of oil or gas. Certain property (other than a building or its structural components) used as an integral part of certain activities, or constituting a research facility used in connection with such activities, or constituting a facility used in connection with such activities for the bulk storage of fungible commodities (section 1245(a)(3)(B)(i), (ii), (iii)) is expense-method property. Livestock is expense-method property if the taxpayer elects to treat such livestock as expense-method property. However, horses may be expensed only to the extent of $100,000 of cost per horse. Certain leased railroad rolling stock, which is considered under present law as used predominately outside the United States, is included in the definition of expense-method property. Railroad retirement-replacement-betterment (RRB) property also is expense-method property. (See discussion below under "Depreciation of Ineligible Personal Property" for the treatment of costs in excess of $100,000 for horses and "Railroad RRB Property" for the treatment of the "frozen asset base" for RRB property.)

The committee bill excludes certain personal property from the definition of expense-method property. Such excluded property includes (1) railroad tank cars; (2) oil pipelines; (3) public utility property with an ADR midpoint life of more than 18 years as of January 1, 1981; (4) property acquired by the taxpayer by virtue of the death of a decedent, i.e., property, the basis of which is determined under section 1014(a); (5) certain films as defined in section 48(k)(1)(B); (6) property disposed of by the taxpayer within one year after being placed in service; and (7) certain property for which the investment credit is not allowable under present law-property used predominantly outside the United States within the meaning of section 48(a)(2), as amended by the committee bill; property used for lodging (sec. 48(a)(3)); property used by certain tax-exempt organizations or governmental units (sec. 48(a)(4) and (5)); and property leased by certain noncorporate lessors (other than such lessors meeting the requirements of section 46(e)(3)). The committee bill contains special rules for the recovery of the costs of property which is not expense-method property.

 

b. Computation of allowable deduction

 

The taxpayer may deduct the entire cost or other basis of expense-method property in the year the property is placed in service. The taxpayer may elect to deduct less than the amount eligible for expensing for the taxable year. The portion of the cost of property the taxpayer elects not to expense is depreciated using the straight-line method over the present ADR midpoint life or, if none, the useful life based on facts and circumstances. This flexibility election is made on a property-by-property basis. Special rules apply during the phase in period. (See "d. Phase-in rules.") The election once made, in general, is binding for the property.

Flexibility election by members of affiliated group

As under the present Treasury regulations for the ADR system, each member of an affiliated group of corporations generally may make its own flexibility elections with respect to property it places in service. However, if the affiliated group files a consolidated tax return, the availability of separate elections will depend on the applicable consolidated return regulations prescribed by the Treasury. The provisions of this bill do not curtail Treasury authority to prescribe consolidated return rules, including those relating to cost recovery elections.

Further, appropriate restrictions are imposed to prevent the use of intercompany transfers of assets as a mechanism to change the recovery period or method for property acquired in an intercompany transfer from another member of an affiliated group. (See discussion of related party transfers below.)

Related party transfers and certain nonrecognition transfers

In general, a transferee of property may elect a recovery period or method different from that elected by the transferor. However, for property acquired from a related person or acquired in certain non-recognition transactions, the transferee must "step into the shoes" of the transferor with respect to the recovery period and method of the transferred property. This rule applies only to the extent the basis in the transferee's hands equals the transferor's adjusted basis. For example, assume the transferor elected to use a 10-year life and the straight-line method instead of the expense method. Assume also that the transfer occurred 5 years after the property was placed in service. The transferee may not expense the property but rather must depreciate the property to the extent of the transferor's adjusted basis in the property over the remaining 5 years using straight-line depreciation. The transferee may depreciate the property without regard to the transferor's method of depreciation to the extent the transferor's basis exceeds the transferor's adjusted basis. Transactions subject to this rule are sale-leasebacks and transfers between other related persons as defined in the antichurning rules and transactions described in section 332 (other than a transaction to which section 334(b)(2) applies), 351, 361, 371(a), 374(a), 721, or 731.

 

c. Dispositions of expense-method property

 

Recapture

Gain or loss will be recognized on each disposition of expense-method property, unless other provisions of the Code provide for nonrecognition. Any gain recognized on the disposition of expense-method property will be treated as ordinary income to the extent of the total of amounts expensed and depreciation taken with respect to the property.

In the case of property that is expensed under present law, the bill provides that any gain recognized on the disposition of such property will be treated as ordinary income to the extent of the amount expensed.

Installment sales

The committee bill provides that the Secretary shall prescribe any regulations necessary to prevent tax avoidance from combining the benefits of expensing and installment sales treatment. For example, a taxpayer should not be able to expense the same or a similar item of property several times by buying and selling property in repeated transactions, and defer the recognition of gain on each disposition of the property through installment sales treatment.

 

d. Phase-in rules

 

Overview

During the period 1981 through 1990, expense-method property will be subject to special rules that phase out present law depreciation rules and the regular investment credit and phase in immediate expensing. These phase-in rules will not apply to expense-method property immediately expensed under an election for up to $25,000 of property for a taxable year.

Immediate expensing election

For property placed in service in taxable years ending before December 31, 1990, a taxpayer other than an estate or trust may designate items of property the costs of which will be immediately expensed for the taxable year in which the property was placed in service. Such property designated as immediate expense property will not be subject to the phase-in rules described below. The total bases of expense-method property that may be so designated shall not exceed $25,000 for each taxable year. The taxpayer will designate the property to be immediately expensed in such manner as the Secretary shall prescribe in regulations. The designation cannot be revoked without the consent of the Secretary. If the designation of an item of property would result in more than $25,000 being immediately expensed, only so much of the basis of the property that can be expensed within the $25,000 limitation will be considered as designated. Otherwise, the entire basis of an item of property must be designated.

For a married individual filing a separate return, the dollar limitation is $12,500. In the case of a partnership the $25,000 limitation applies to both the partnership and each of the partners. In the case of a controlled group (within the meaning of section 1563(a), except that a 50-percent control test shall be used instead of 80-percent), the $25,000 limitation shall be apportioned among the component members of the group in a manner prescribed by regulations.

In the case of a taxable year that begins in 1980 and ends in 1981, the dollar limitation will be proportionate to the number of months in the taxable year that begin in 1981. Thus, a taxable year that ends on March 31, 1981 would have a dollar limitation of $6,250 (3/12 x $25,000). A similar rule applies to determine the dollar limitation for a short taxable year that begins after December 31, 1980.

Phase-in of expense-method depreciation

For an asset placed in service after 1980 and before 1990 (other than property designated under the special immediate expensing election and property that is depreciable under present law over a period of less than two years, a specific percentage of the basis of the property is depreciated under the expense-method system and a specific percentage of the basis is depreciated under present law rules (the remaining basis"). The percentage of basis depreciated under the expense-method system is subject to a half-year convention that is phased out beginning in 1986. The following phase-in schedule will apply to an asset placed in service in the following years:

                Percentage of basis           Percentage of column (2)

 

                    depreciated                 amount deductible in

 

                ---------------------       --------------------------

 

                  (1)          (2)             (3)               (4)

 

 Year asset                  Under          Taxable

 

 placed in      Under        expense-       year asset         Next

 

 service        present      method         placed in          taxable

 

                law          system         service            year

 

 

 

 1981             80            20             50                50

 

 1982             60            40             50                50

 

 1983             40            60             50                50

 

 1984             20            80             50                50

 

 1985              0           100             50                50

 

 1986              0           100             60                40

 

 1987              0           100             70                30

 

 1988              0           100             80                20

 

 1989              0           100             90                10

 

 1990              0           100            100                 0

 

 

Flexibility

For an asset placed in service after 1980 and before 1990, the flexibility rule of the expense-method system applies to any part of the basis of the asset other than the so-called remaining basis. The amount the taxpayer elects to expense for an asset that is subject to the phase-in rules will be deducted in accordance with the appropriate half-year convention percentages, as set forth in columns (3) and (4) of the above table.

 

e. Investment credit revision

 

Repeal of regular investment credit for expense method property

In general, expense-method property is ineligible for the regular investment credit. However, prior to 1985, the portion of the cost of property not eligible to be expensed (the remaining basis) is eligible for the regular investment credit. The remaining basis is increased by virtue of an election not to designate property as immediate expense property under the $25,000 rule. However, if a taxpayer elects not to expense any portion of property not part of the remaining basis because he makes the flexibility election, that portion of the property is not eligible for the investment credit.

For example, assume a calendar year taxpayer places a $125,000 asset in service in 1981. The taxpayer elects to immediately expense $25,000. An additional $20,000 (20 percent of $100,000) is eligible for expensing using the half-year convention. However, assume he elects the flexibility option to use straight-line depreciation over the ADR midpoint life for the $20,000. The investment credit will apply only to the $80,000 remaining basis.

The energy, ESOP, and rehabilitation credits will continue to apply to expense-method property. Also movies described in section 48(1)(B), which are eligible for the investment credit under present law, continue to be depreciated under present law (generally, the income forecast method) and continue to be eligible for the investment credit. Railroad rolling stock leased by a U.S. person to a domestic railroad and used within and without the United States is made eligible for the regular credit during the phase-in period.

Useful life limitation

For purposes of applying the useful life limitation on energy, ESOP, and rehabilitation credits (and the regular credit during the phase-in period) for eligible property, the taxpayer must use the class life (ADR midpoint) of the property. If the Secretary has not prescribed a class life for the property, the taxpayer must use a life determined on all facts and circumstances. The Secretary for this purpose may prescribe additional class lives or change the existing class life of property to better reflect the property's actual useful life.

Used property limitation

The $100,000 limitation on the amount of used property eligible for investment credits is retained only with respect to the depreciable portion of the property that is not eligible for expensing. For example, assume that $150,000 of eligible used property is placed in service in 1981 and that the taxpayer expenses the entire first $25,000 immediately, plus 20 percent of the remaining $125.000 under a half-year convention. The remaining $100.000 depreciable portion will be eligible for a regular investment credit. As the expense percentage portion of the cost of an asset increases during the phase-in periods, investment in used property that may be made without exceeding the $100,000 limitation increases to $191,667 property in 1982, $275,000 in 1983, and $25,000 in 1984.

Qualified progress expenditures

Progress expenditures for expense-method property will continue to be eligible for the energy and ESOP credits to the same extent as under present law. However, for the regular credit expenditures for expense-method property will be allowed after December 31, 1980, in general, only to the extent expenditures are attributable to the portion of the property that will be part of the remaining basis under the rules applicable in the year the taxpayer expects the property to be placed in service. For this purpose, the taxpayer must assume that he will property. If in the year the property is placed in service the taxpayer designates less than the entire first $25,000 of cost for the immediate expensing election, additional investment credit could be allowed in that year under the rules applicable for that year.

Under present law, if a taxpayer claims progress expenditures in excess of the amount of investment ultimately eligible for the investment credit in the year the property is placed in service, recapture of the excess credit is required. These rules apply to progress expenditures claimed prior to 1981 on property placed in service after 1980. This recapture will occur when the property is placed in service.

 

For example, assume that in each of the years 1980, 1981, and 1982, the taxpayer made progress expenditures of $100,000 for self-constructed property the taxpayer expects to place in service in 1983. In 1983, the taxpayer will be able to expense $25,000 of the total $300,000 cost plus 60 percent of the remaining cost ($165,000) or a total of $190,000. Thus, a regular credit will be allowed only with respect to $110,000 of expenditures.

 

The taxpayer is entitled to a 10-percent credit on the full $100,000 of progress expenditures for 1980 without regard to the portion of the property that may be expensed. However, only a total of $10,000 of the estimated remaining expenditures ($200,000) is eligible for the credit. Thus, of the $100,000 of expenditures made in each of the years 1981 and 1982, only $5,000 (i.e., 10/200 x $100,000) is eligible for the credit in each year. No credit will be allowed in 1983, and there will be no recapture of credit. If the taxpayer were to elect to expense less than the entire first $25,000 of cost, additional credit would be allowed in the year the property is placed in service.

If, however, the property were to be placed in service in 1986, there would be recapture of the 1980 progress expenditures at that time, and the taxpayer would not be entitled to progress expenditures in 1981 and 1982.

3. Simplified cost recovery property (10- and 15-year classes)

Under the committee bill, a new method of depreciating long-lived public utility property and certain other property (the "Simplified Cost Recovery" system) is substituted for present depreciation methods, including the Asset Depreciation Range (ADR) system.

The basis of eligible property ("recovery property"), without reduction for salvage value, is assigned either to a 10-year or 15-year class. Included in the 10-year class are public utility property with a class life as of January 1, 1981 of more than 18 years but not more than 25 years, railroad tank cars, oil pipelines, mobile homes (used for residential purposes) that are section 1250 property, and real property with a class life of 12.5 years or less (such as theme park structures). Included in the 15-year class is public utility property with a class life as of January 1, 1981, of more than 25 years. The class life of property as of January 1, 1981, will be determined without regard to any regulation, ruling, or announcement published by the Secretary after January 1, 1981. Public utility property subject to rate of return regulation will not be eligible recovery property unless the benefits of the simplified cost recovery system are normalized in setting rates charged to customers. (See discussion under "Public utility property.")

Under the committee bill, the costs of all eligible property with the same recovery period are placed in the same account regardless of the year of acquisition. Used and new recovery properties are aggregated in the same recovery account. The amount added to the recovery account is the taxpayer's basis in the property without reduction for salvage value.

The amount of the allowable recovery deduction for any taxable year is computed by applying a recovery percentage to the ending balance (unrecovered costs) in the recovery account. The recovery percentage for the 10-year class is 15 percent and the recovery percentage for the 15-year class is 10 percent. The recovery percentage reflects the number of years in the recovery period and the 150 percent declining balance method. The amount of the allowable recovery deduction is subtracted from the account to determine the opening balance in the account for the following year.

Additions will be made to an account (under a half year convention) when a qualified asset is placed in service.1 A subtraction will be made from the account balance equal to the amount realized, in the case of the sale of an asset assigned to the account, or the fair market value of the asset, in the case of a transfer other than a sale. Special rules are provided for like-kind exchanges, involuntary conversions, and certain transactions where basis carries over).2 If the balance of an account at the end of the taxable year, but prior to computation of depreciation, is either zero or a negative amount, no recovery deduction will be allowed for the year.

Disposition of assets and recapture

Under the simplified cost recovery system, gains and losses on the disposition of recovery property generally are deferred. Instead of immediate gain or loss recognition, the amount realized on the disposition will reduce the balance in the account which, in turn, will reduce the amount of recovery deductions in the year of the disposition and subsequent years. If the amount realized reduces the balance in the account to a negative amount, such amount generally will be recaptured as ordinary income.3 However, the recapture will be reduced to the extent of the remaining one-half of the depreciable bases of assets placed in service during the taxable year.

In a disposition where recovery property is transferred and the transferee's basis is determined by reference to the adjusted basis of the transferor (such as gifts and certain corporate nonrecognition transfers), the amount by which the transferor's recovery account is reduced is generally an amount which bears the same ratio to the balance in the recovery account as the fair market value of the transferred property bears to the fair market value of all assets (including the transferred property) in the account. However, the Secretary of the Treasury may prescribe alternate methods for determining the transferred amount. The transferee's basis in the transferred property will be determined by reference to this amount ("transferred amount").4

In the case of like kind exchanges or involuntary conversions where the properties exchanged are assigned to the same recovery account, no changes will be made to the account unless additional consideration in the form of money or other nonqualifying property ("boot") is involved. Where boot is involved or where the properties exchanged are assigned to different recovery accounts, adjustments will be made to the appropriate accounts in accordance with regulations to be prescribed by the Treasury Department.

Property which ceases to be recovery property, such as property which is converted to personal use or to a use predominantly outside of the United States, is treated as if it were disposed of during the taxable year in which it ceases to be recovery property. The balance of the recovery account to which it is assigned is reduced by the fair market value of the property at the time it ceases to be recovery property. If such property continues to be depreciable property in the hands of the taxpayer (as it might if it were used predominantly outside the United States), the property's basis will be its fair market value at the time it ceased to be recovery property.

4. Depreciation of ineligible personal property

Under the committee bill, certain personal property that is not expense-method property or is not in the 10-year or 15-year classes will continue to be depreciated under present law, including the use of accelerated methods, if applicable. Thus, the salvage value limitation remains for such property. However, unlike present law, both new and used property must use the prescribed ADR life. Qualified movies and TV films within the meaning of section 48(k)(1)(B) will continue to be depreciated under present law (generally, the income forecast method). In addition, property costs which are not eligible for expensing during the phase-in period also will continue to be depreciated using present law useful lives and methods.

Certain other property will continue to be depreciated under present law, but with certain limitations. As is the case for other ineligible property, the salvage value limitation remains and new and used property must use the prescribed ADR life. The following property will be depreciated using present law methods over the ADR lower limit life of the asset, or if there is no lower limit life, over a life determined by facts and circumstances--property leased to and used by tax-exempt organizations or governmental units (sec. 48(a)(4), (5)); property used for lodging (sec. 48(a)(3)); property acquired by the taxpayer by virtue of the death of a decedent (i.e., property, the basis of which is determined under section 1014(a)); the cost of a horse in excess of $100,000 even if the taxpayer elects expense-method treatment for the horse; and the cost of other livestock, unless the taxpayer elects to treat the livestock as expense-method property. Assets used predominantly outside the United States within the meaning of section 48(a)(2) will be depreciated using present law methods over the ADR midpoint or, if no ADR midpoint, over a useful life based on the facts and circumstances. In determining whether property is used predominantly outside the United States, the exceptions in section 48(a)(2)(B) apply. The bill adds an exception for railroad rolling stock leased by a U.S. person to a domestic railroad and used within and without the United States, thus making such rolling stock expense-method property. Property leased by noncorporate lessors (other than such lessors meeting the requirements of section 46(e)(3)) will be depreciated using the straight-line method over the property's class life (midpoint life). If there is no class life, the useful life will be determined using facts and circumstances. For purposes of this rule, subchapter S corporations, personal holding companies, and service organizations (as defined in section 414(m)(3)) are considered to be noncorporate lessors. However, in the case of a partnership lessor, a partner of such partnership which is a corporation is eligible to expense its allocable portion of the costs of qualifying property.

5. Real property

 

a. Shortened useful lives

 

Eligible real property has a 15-year useful life. The taxpayer has the option under the bill to use a useful life of 25, 35, or 45 years. The election may be made on a property-by-property basis. There are special rules for making this election with respect to a substantial improvement or new components of a building (see "Component depreciation eliminated" below). The recovery period for a building, in general, will begin on the date the property is placed in service.

Eligible real property does not include real property that is recovery property (i.e.. certain mobile homes and theme park structures and other real property with an ADR mid-point life of less than 13 years), foreign real property, and property the taxpayer elects to amortize (e.g., low-income rehabilitation expenditures or leasehold improvements). Foreign real property will have a 35-year recovery period.

There is an issue under present law whether a single purpose agricultural structure is real or personal property. Under proposed Treasury regulations, these structures are characterized as section 1250 property, which would place these structures in the 15-year real property class. On the other hand, if these structures were considered section 1245 property, they would be expense-method property. No inference is intended with respect to this present law determination. The investment credit continues to apply to these structures only if they are 15-year real property.

 

b. Method

 

In general, taxpayers must use the straight-line method over the regular 15-year period or the optional longer period chosen. The election may be made on a property by property basis. If the taxpayer elects a 15-year period, a prescribed accelerated method is available. For low-income housing and targeted area property, the prescribed accelerated method is the 200-percent declining balance method, with an option to switch to the straight-line method at any time. For other eligible real property, the accelerated method is the 150-percent declining balance method, with an option to switch to straight-line method at any time. (See "component depreciation eliminated", below). Foreign real property also may be depreciated using the 150-percent declining balance method.

 

c. Gain on disposition

 

If the taxpayer elects to use the straight-line method over the recovery period chosen, all gain on disposition will be capital gain (sec. 1250 recapture). If the taxpayer uses the applicable accelerated method for residential real property, gain will be ordinary income to the extent depreciation taken exceeds the amount that would be allowable if the straight-line method were used (sec. 1250 recapture). However, if the taxpayer uses the applicable accelerated method for nonresidential real property, all gain on disposition would be ordinary income to the extent of all depreciation previously taken. (sec. 1245 recapture).

The bill retains the present law rule that phases out recapture at one percentage point per month for subsidized low-income housing after the property has been held 100 months.

 

d. Component depreciation eliminated

 

Composite depreciation is required for the entire structure other than those components the taxpayer properly elects to amortize (e.g., low-income rehabilitation expenditures). Thus, the same recovery period and method, in general, must be used for each component, such as plumbing, wiring, etc. The recovery period for any component part begins on the date the component is placed in service or, if later, when the building is placed in service.

For purposes of selecting the useful life and method of depreciation, a substantial improvement of a building is treated as a separate building. For example, the taxpayer may use a 15-year period for a substantial improvement even if the rest of the building is depreciable over an optional longer period. Also, the taxpayer may use an accelerated method even if the straight-line method were used for the rest of the building. Under the committee bill, an improvement is a substantial improvement if (a) during the taxable year the amounts added to the capital account for the building are at least 25 percent of the adjusted basis of the building (disregarding adjustments for depreciation or amortization) as of the first day of that period and (b) the improvement is made at least 3 years after the building was placed in service.

If the taxpayer were to use accelerated depreciation for a nonresidential building and straight-line depreciation for a substantial improvement to the building (or vice-versa), all gain on a subsequent disposition of the entire building would be first treated as ordinary income to the extent of all recovery allowances taken pursuant to use of the accelerated method (sec. 1245). The remainder of the gain would be capital gain. A similar rule generally applies for components added to a building placed in service before 1981 if accelerated depreciation is taken for the components. This rule that gain on deposition is first treated as ordinary income under the recapture rules will apply even if a portion of a taxpayer's unadjusted basis in the asset is recovered over an optional longer period.

 

e. Definition of targeted area property

 

Targeted area property is nonresidential real property placed in service in (or directly adjacent to) an economically distressed area. An economically distressed area means a census tract or enumeration district designated by the Secretary as a low income area. At least 70 of the families in the tract or district must have incomes below 80 percent of the median income for the State, and at least 30 percent of the families must have incomes below the national poverty level. In making this determination, the Secretary must use the most recent decennial census available at least one year before the date the property is placed in service. However, no census prior to the 1980 census may be used.

6. Other changes relating to depreciation and investment credits

 

a. Minimum tax

 

Under the committee bill, accelerated depreciation on leased personal property is no longer a preference item for purposes of the minimum tax because accelerated depreciation is no longer available for personal property leased by noncorporate lessors. (Section 57(a)(3) is repealed.)

Accelerated depreciation on real property continues to be a tax preference item under the bill as under present law. The amount of the preference is the excess of the depreciation deduction taken over that which would have been allowable for the year if the deduction had been computed during the straight-line method over a 15-year period.

For 1981, minimum tax preferences will continue to reduce the amount of personal service income subject to the 50-percent maximum tax. However, this preference "poison" is lessened for taxable years beginning in 1982 because the top income tax rate is reduced to 60 percent. This poison is completely eliminated by the committee's bill for taxable years beginning in 1983 when the maximum tax rate on all income will be 50 percent.

 

b. Earnings and profits

 

Because computation of earnings and profits using the deduction allowable for expense-method property would greatly increase the incidence of tax-free distributions by corporations, the committee bill provides that U.S. corporations will compute earnings and profits using the straight-line method over the lower limit life of a property's class for personal property and real property for which a class life has been prescribed, or if there is no lower limit life, over a useful life determined on the facts and circumstances. Earnings and profits with respect to property in the 10-year and 15-year classes will be computed the same as for expense-method property. For other real property, earnings and profits will be computed using the straight-line method over a 35-year period.

Under the committee bill, the computation of earnings and profits by foreign corporations that currently are not subject to the special earnings and profits rules of Code section 312(k) are basically unchanged. Earnings and profits for such foreign corporations will be computed in accordance with the rules provided for computing the recovery allowance for foreign assets.

 

c. Public utility property

 

Under the committee bill, public utility property (as described in section 167(1)(3)(A)) is classified as either expense-method property, simplified cost recovery property, or real property. Expense-method property includes public utility property with a present class life of less than 18.5 years. Simplified cost recovery property includes public utility property with a present class life of more than 18 years and is further classified as either 10-year recovery property (which includes public utility property with a present class life of 18.5 to 25 years) or 15-year recovery property (which includes public utility property with a present class life of more than 25 years).

Public utility property that is subject to rate of return regulation is expense-method property or simplified cost recovery property only if a normalization method of accounting is used with respect to the property. If normalization accounting is not used for such property, a depreciation allowance for the property will be determined using the straight-line method of depreciation over the ADR-midpoint life for such property under present law. Public utility property that is not subject to rate of return regulation, such as certain common carrier telephone companies, is not subject to a normalization requirement as a condition to being expense-method property or simplified cost recovery property. Thus, under the committee bill, property used by regulated taxpayers in the same industry generally will be subject to the same type of capital cost recovery. However, the normalization requirement will apply to only those taxpayers for whom it is appropriate, i.e., taxpayers regulated on a rate of return basis.

The normalization rules of the committee's bill are substantially the same as the normalization rules in present law. Thus, the committee bill provides that, for rate-making purposes, the taxpayer must use the same depreciation method to compute both its regulated tax expense and regulated depreciation expense. In addition, the taxpayer must use a depreciation period to compute its regulated tax expense that is no shorter than the period used to compute its regulated depreciation expense.

As under present law, the taxpayer must make adjustments to a reserve to reflect the deferral of taxes attributable to the use, for Federal income tax purposes, of a depreciation method or depreciation period different from the method or period used to compute regulated tax expense. As under present law, the committee bill does not restrict the authority of regulatory bodies, in setting rates charged customers, to treat the deferred taxes as zero-cost capital or a reduction in rate base. However, as under present law, the amount of capital treated as zero-cost capital and the amount of rate base reduction may not exceed the amount of deferred taxes attributable to the depreciation method and depreciation period actually used by the taxpayer for Federal income tax purposes.

Under the committee bill, the normalization requirement applies to all rate of return public utility property placed in service after December 31. 1980. This is in distinction to present law, which does not apply a normalization requirement for property similar to property that was not subject to normalization in 1969.

As a consequence of the committee's elimination of any exception to the accelerated depreciation normalization requirement for rate of return public utility property, the exception to the normalization requirement for the investment credit (sec. 46(f)(3)) is also eliminated for rate of return public utility property placed in service after December 31, 1980.

Transition rules provide that the taxpayer's compliance with the normalization requirements that apply to the taxpayer under present law will be treated as compliance with the normalization requirements that will apply as a result of the amendments made by the committee bill. Each of these rules will continue to apply until the first rate order determining the treatment of the investment credit or depreciation, as the case may be, is put into effect after the date of enactment of the bill. In the case of a rate order made with respect to less than all of a taxpayer's property that is subject to the jurisdiction of the regulatory body, the transition rules shall continue to apply to the remaining property of the taxpayer until a rate order is put into effect with respect to the remaining property.

 

d. Retirement-replacement-betterment (RRB) property

 

Retirement-replacement-betterment (RRB) property placed in service after December 31, 1980, is expense-method property. RRB property is property that under the taxpayer's method of depreciation before January 1, 1981, would have been depreciated under the RRB method.

For RRB replacement property, as described in section 48(a)(9), the phase-in rules do not apply and such property placed in service before 1985 is eligible for the regular investment credit. The phase-in rules that apply to other expense-method property also apply to other RRB property, except that the so-called remaining basis of such property will be depreciated using the same schedule of deductions that is used for the adjusted basis of RRB property as of December 31, 1980. The remaining basis for property placed in service in each taxable year will be depreciated, however, as a separate item of property and not as part of the adjusted basis as of December 31, 1980.

The adjusted basis of RRB property as of December 31, 1980 (the costs that were capitalized under the RRB method and have not been recovered through retirement) may be recovered over a 5-year period using the following schedule of deductions:

  PERCENTAGE OF

 

 BASIS DEDUCTIBLE

 

 

 YEAR:    Percent

 

 

 1981       40

 

 1982       24

 

 1983       18

 

 1984       12

 

 1985        6

 

 

Alternatively, the taxpayer may elect to recover the unrecovered capital costs over a longer period up to 50 years, using a less accelerated schedule of deductions.

 

e. Anti-churning rules

 

Overview

Special rules are provided to prevent the taxpayer from bringing its property used before 1986 (1981 for real property) within the new depreciation systems under the bill by certain post-1980 transactions (i.e., "churning" transactions). For property subject to the anti-churning rules, present law will govern depreciation of the asset.

Personal property

In general, a transfer of personal property after 1980 will be treated as a churning transaction if the property was (1) owned by the taxpayer or a related person before 1985 or (2) the user of the property after its acquisition used the property before the acquisition or is related to a person that used the property before its acquisition. The requirement that the user must change is designed to prevent lessors of equipment from swapping properties to obtain the benefits of expense-method depreciation or the simplified cost recovery.

Real property

The shortened useful lives under the bill will not apply to real property acquired after 1980 if (1) the taxpayer or a person related to the taxpayer owned the property before 1981, or (2) the property is acquired in certain like-kind exchanges, "rollovers" of low-income housing, involuntary conversions, or repossessions, for property the taxpayer or a related person owned during 1980.

The rule in (2) applies only to the extent of the substituted basis of the property received. Thus, the shortened useful lives under the bill will apply to the extent the taxpayer pays "boot." The taxpayer may not avoid the rule in (2) by transferring the churned property in another like-kind exchange, rollover, etc. Unlike the personal property anti-churning rules, the user need not change for the shortened useful lives under the bill to apply to real property.

Related person

In determining whether the owner or the user of the property has changed under the above anti-churning rules, a person will be considered related to the prior owner or user if the person is related within the meaning of section 267(b) or 707(b)(1) (substituting 10-percent for the 50-percent ownership test), or section 52(a) and (b). In addition, the lessor and lessee in a sale-leaseback will be considered related persons. A subsidiary is not considered a related person in a transaction described in section 334(b)(2), if the required amount of stock is purchased within a 12 month period ending after December 31, 1980.

Nonrecognition transactions

The anti-churning rules apply to real or personal property used before 1981 (1986 for personal property) acquired by a corporation or partnership in a transaction which the basis is determined by reference to its basis to the transferor (i.e., transactions described in sections 332, 351, 361, 371, 374, 721, or 731) (including use of any optional recovery period or method) the transferor used for the transferred property. This rule will continue to apply to successive transfers of such property to the extent the basis to the transferee includes an amount representing the basis of property used during 1980. Post-1980 additions to such basis, however, such as by the payment of boot, will not be subject to the anti-churning rules.

Anti-avoidance rule

Finally, broad authority is granted to the Secretary to prescribe regulations to make ineligible for the expenses method depreciation property transferred between related persons (as previously described) in a transaction the principal purpose of which is to make property eligible for more generous capital cost recovery.

 

f. Coordination with section 183

 

For purposes of determining whether an activity is engaged in for profit under section 183, the deductions attributable to the activity will not be determined under section 168. The deductions attributable to the basis of property that is expensed under section 168 will be determined, for purposes of section 183, using the 200-percent declining balance method over a period equal to the lower limit useful life for the property under section 167(m) (whether or not the taxpayer has made an election under section 167(m) with respect to the property).

 

g. Repeal of section 179

 

Section 179 is repealed for property placed in service after December 31, 1980.

 

h. Extension of carryover periods for certain operating losses and credits

 

The committee bill, in general, extends to 20 years the carryover period for net operating losses (other than losses of financial institutions which have a 10-year carryback), operating losses for regulated transportation companies and real estate investment trusts, and operating losses of certain insurance companies. The carryover period for financial institutions remains at 5 years, and the carryover period for Cuban expropriation losses remains at 20 years.

The committee bill, in general, extends to 20 years the carryover period for the investment tax credit, the WIN credit, the new employee credit, and the alcohol fuels credit.

 

Effective Dates

 

 

The depreciation and investment credit provisions generally apply to property placed in service after 1980 in taxable years ending after that date. The rules for extension of the carryover period for operating losses apply for operating losses in taxable years ending after December 31, 1975.

Extension of the carryover period for the credits applies as follows:

 

(1) Investment credit and WIN credits--Unused credit years ending after December 31, 1973.

(2) New employee credit--Unused credit years ending after December 31, 1976.

(3) Alcohol fuels credit--Unused credit years ending after September 30, 1980.

Revenue Effects

 

 

This provision will reduce fiscal year receipts by $1,493 million in 1981, $9,991 million in 1982, $16,292 million in 1983, $23,528 million in 1984, $31,643 million in 1985, and $42,467 million in 1986.

 

B. Elective Carryback of Existing Investment Tax Credit Carryovers for Certain Distressed Industries

 

 

Present Law

 

 

Under present law, certain limitations are placed on the amount of tax liability against which investment credits may be used. The regular and ESOP investment credits may be used against the first $25,000 of tax liability plus a percentage of the excess. For 1981, the percentage is 80 percent, and for 1982 and subsequent years, the percentage is 90 percent. The energy credit may be used against 100 percent of any remaining tax liability. Increases in tax due to recapture of credits are not counted in determining the tax liability limitation (sec. 47(c)).

Unused investment credits from a taxable year may be carried over and applied against tax liability for the three preceding and seven succeeding years.

 

Reasons for Change

 

 

The committee believes that the modernization of plant and equipment in the nation's major industries is essential for a well-grounded economic recovery. However, some of these industries, now economically distressed, are not expected to receive significant benefit immediately from the other provisions of the committee bill that are intended to promote investment. Therefore, the committee has provided special provisions to encourage the immediate rebuilding of these distressed industries.

 

Explanation of Provision

 

 

Under the committee bill, certain existing investment tax credit (ITC) carryovers of certain distressed industries can, upon election by the taxpayer, be used against up to 100 percent of an industry's net tax liability (not including minimum tax liability) for all prior taxable years ending after December 31, 1961 (the effective date of the ITC). However such carryovers, "existing qualified carryovers," may be taken into account only to the extent such carryovers are attributable to section 38 property used by such distressed industries. One-fourth of these credits is allowable in each of the next 4 years.

Distressed industries are those corporations using qualified industrial property. Qualified industrial property is section 38 property used in connection with the trade or business of (1) operating a railroad, including a railroad switching or terminal company, (2) the furnishing or sale of transportation of persons or property as a common carrier by air, (3) the manufacture or production of steel, (4) the manufacture, production, assembly, sale or delivery of vehicles intended to be used as motor vehicles (as defined in section 6323(h)(3)) or parts, accessories, or components thereof (but only if the property is used by manufacturers or producers of motor vehicles in connection with the above activities), (5) the manufacture, production, or conversion of pulp, paper, or paper products, and (6) the extracting of ores or minerals from the ground (or from the waste or residue of prior mining) and treating or processing such ores or minerals to the form in which they are most commonly marketed by the domestic industry.

In the case of railroads and common air carriers, each must be owned by a domestic common carrier or by a corporation the majority of the voting stock of which is owned directly or indirectly by one or more such common carriers or by persons who were such common carriers before entering proceedings under Title 11 of the United States Code.

Under the committee bill, existing qualified carryovers may be applied against the distressed industry's net tax liability and 25 percent of such carryovers is allowable in each of the taxpayer's next four taxable years beginning after December 31, 1980. The taxpayer's net tax liability is the amount of tax liability for all taxable years during the carryback period (but not including minimum tax liability) reduced by the sum of credits allowable (other than the credit under section 39 relating to certain fuel taxes). The carryback period is the period which begins with the corporation's first taxable year ending after December 31, 1961 and which ends with the corporation's last taxable year beginning before January 1, 1981. Existing qualified carryovers are investment credit carryovers to the taxpayer's first taxable year beginning after December 31, 1980. However, carryovers may be taken into account only to the extent the carryovers are attributable to qualified industrial property. To determine the amount of carryover attributable to qualified industrial property, the taxpayer first determines the taxable year in which the carryover arose. The total unused credits from such year includes the credits carried over to 1981 from the year and credits absorbed in years before 1981. The previously absorbed credits and carryover credits must then be allocated between the qualified and nonqualified property for the year. In making this allocation, the previously absorbed credits are considered to consist first of credits allocable to nonqualified property, thereby increasing the amount of credits allocable to qualified property that are considered to have been carried over to 1981.

For the purposes of determining the net tax liability and the qualified existing carryovers for a member of an affiliated group that files a consolidated return, the member will generally be treated as if it had filed separate returns for prior years, and its allocable shares of consolidated net tax liability and consolidated existing qualified carryovers for the prior years are used to determine the amount of any refund or credit.

The committee bill provides that rules similar to the rules of section 383 (special limitations on certain credits and carryovers in certain corporate acquisitions) will apply with respect to refunds or credits allowable pursuant to this provision. Thus, if a corporation that has made the election is a party to, or is the subject of, the corporate acquisitions covered by section 383, special limitations will apply with respect to the allowance of these refunds. This rule is designed to deter parties from entering into transactions mainly to obtain these tax benefits.

The election with respect to the taxpayer's existing qualified carryovers must be made no later than the time prescribed for filing the return (including extensions) for the taxpayer's first taxable year beginning after December 31, 1980.

Any corporation which receives a refund or credit by virtue of making this election is required to place the refund (or the amount of the credit) in a separate account and use or obligate such amounts for the acquisition of qualified industrial property not later than 3 years after the taxpayer receives the refund or credit. If the corporation fails to do so, it is liable for a penalty in an amount equal to the amount not invested in qualified industrial property, unless it is shown that such failure was due to reasonable cause and not to willful neglect.

 

Revenue Effect

 

 

This provision with reduce fiscal year receipts by $345 million in 1982, $465 million in 1983, $685 million in 1984, and $805 million in 1985.

 

C. Tax Credit for Rehabilitation Expenditures

 

 

(Secs. 221-222 of the bill and secs. 46, 48, 167(n), and 280B of the Code)

 

Present Law

 

 

Investment tax credit

 

Overview

 

Under present law, buildings and their structural components (other than elevators and escalators) generally do not qualify for the investment tax credit. Congress, in 1978, extended the investment credit to rehabilitation expenditures for older nonresidential buildings that are at least 20 years old. Residential buildings do not qualify for the investment credit.

At least 20 years must elapse between qualifying rehabilitations. In addition, at least 75 percent of the existing external walls of the building must be retained as external walls after rehabilitation. The rehabilitation expenditures must be made for property with a useful life of 5 years or more. No credit is allowed for any expenditure attributable to the enlargement of the building.

Rehabilitation expenditures qualifying for the investment credit are treated as new property. Therefore, the expenditures are not subject to the $100,000 used property credit limitation.

 

Historic structures

 

If the rehabilitated building is designated as a certified historic structure by the Secretary of the Interior, the rehabilitation must be approved by the Secretary before the investment credit is available. A certified historic structure is defined as a structure that is (1) listed in the National Register and certified as significant to the district, (2) located in a district listed in the National Register and certified as significant to the district, or (3) located in a local or State historic district approved by the Secretary of the Interior and certified as significant to the district.

 

Depreciation

 

In addition to the investment credit, and in some cases in lieu of the credit, several special depreciation benefits are available to specified types of rehabilitated buildings. These special depreciation benefits and their relation to the investment credit are summarized by the following table:

[Editor's note: because of the width of the table, it has been converted to text format]

 

Capital Cost Recovery for Rehabilitation Expenditures Under Present Law

 

 

Residential real property1

 

(a) Certified historic structures

 

Depreciation options:

 

1. Elect to amortize costs of certified rehabilitation over a 60-month period (sec. 191).

 

Limitations and relation to investment tax credit:

 

[None]

 

Depreciation options:

 

2. Elect to use 200-percent declining balance depreciation for the cost basis attributable to both the rehabilitated and nonrehabilitated portions of the building (sec. 167(o)).

 

Limitations and relation to investment tax credit:

 

200-percent declining balance method unavailable if amortization under section 191 was ever elected by the taxpayer for the same structure.
(b) Low-income housing

 

Depreciation options:

 

Elect to amortize cost of rehabilitation expenditures over a 60-month period (sec. 167(k)).

 

Limitations and relation to investment tax credit:

 

Limited to $20,000 of cost per residential unit.
(c) Other depreciable residential property

 

Depreciation options:

 

No special depreciation benefit.

 

Limitations and relation to investment tax credit:

 

[None]
Nonresidential real property

 

(a) Certified historic structures

 

Depreciation options:

 

1. Elect to amortize cost of rehabilitation over 60-month period (sec. 191).

 

Limitations and relation to investment tax credit:

 

No investment credit for amortized expenditures.

 

Depreciation options:

 

2. Elect to use 150-percent declining balance depreciation for the cost basis attributable to both the rehabilitated and nonrehabilitated portions of the building (sec. 167(o)).

 

Limitations and relation to investment tax credit:

 

150-percent declining balance method unavailable if amortization under section 191 was ever elected by the taxpayer for the same structure.

Investment credit (sec. 48(g)) may be claimed in addition to 150-percent declining balance method.

(b) Other nonresidential property

 

Depreciation options:

 

No special depreciation benefit

 

Limitations and relation to investment tax credit:

 

10-percent investment tax credit (sec. 48(g)).
As a deterrent to demolition or substantial alteration of historic buildings, straight-line depreciation is required for any building constructed or reconstructed at a site that was occupied by a certified historic structure that was demolished or substantially altered (sec. 167(n)). Also, the costs of demolition must be capitalized as part of the cost of the land, and thus are not depreciable (sec. 280B).

 

Reasons for Change

 

 

The tax incentives for capital formation provided in other sections of this bill might have the unintended and undesirable effect of reducing the relative attractiveness of the existing incentives to rehabilitate and modernize older business structures. Investments in new structures and new locations, however, do not necessarily promote economic recovery if they are at the expense of older structures, neighborhoods, or regions. A new structure with new equipment may add little to capital formation or productivity if it simply replaces an existing plant in which the new equipment could have been installed. Furthermore, the relocation of business can result in substantial hardship for individuals and communities. Since this hardship does not affect the profitability of the business, it may not have been fully taken into account in the decision to relocate, even though it is an economic detriment to the society as a whole.

The increased credit for rehabilitation expenditures is intended to help revitalize the economic prospects of older locations and prevent the decay and deterioration characteristics of economically distressed areas.

 

Explanation of Provision

 

 

Overview

Under the committee bill, the 10-percent regular investment credit (and the additional energy credit) is replaced by a three-tier investment credit. The credit is 15 percent for structures at least 30 years old, 20 percent credit for structures at least 40 years old, and 25 percent for certified historic structures at least 30 years old. At least 30 years must elapse between qualifying rehabilitations (40 years for a 40-year old building). Although no credit is allowed for rehabilitation of a building less than 30 years old, a special rule allows a credit under present law rules for buildings that are more than 20 but less than 30 years old if the rehabilitation began before January 1, 1982.

The 15- and 20-percent credits are limited, as under present law, to nonresidential buildings. However, the 25-percent credit for certified historic rehabilitation is available for both nonresidential and residential buildings (other than a building used at any time during the year for residential purposes by a taxpayer or a member of the taxpayer's family (as defined in section 267(c)(4)). An exception to the present law rule denying investment credit for property used by a tax exempt organization or a governmental unit is provided for rehabilitation expenditures. A rehabilitation credit is available only if the taxpayer elects to use the straight-line method of cost recovery with respect to the rehabilitation expenditures.

As under existing law, certain expenditures will not qualify for the credit. The costs of acquiring a building or an interest in a building (such as a leasehold interest) or the costs of facilities related to an existing building such as a parking lot are not considered as qualifying expenditures. In addition, the cost of constructing a new building, or of completing a new building after it has been placed in service, will not qualify. Construction costs are considered to be for new construction rather than for the rehabilitation of a building if more than 25 percent of the existing external walls of the building are replaced. In addition, any expenditure attributable to an enlargement of a building does not qualify for a credit.

For rehabilitation other than a certified historic rehabilitation, a special rule under the bill requires a reduction of the cost eligible for depreciation by the amount of the rehabilitation credit allowable.

Certified historic structures

As under present law, expenditures for a certified historic structure are not eligible for the 25-percent credit unless the rehabilitation is a certified rehabilitation.

As under present law, taxpayers will have the option to amortize the cost of rehabilitation over a 60-month period in lieu of the credit (sec. 191).

Basis reduction

For a rehabilitated building (other than a certified historic structure), the basis of the building must be reduced under the bill by the rehabilitation credit allowable for the property. The basis reduction applies for purposes of computing depreciation, gain on disposition, and other purposes related to determining income tax. For example, assume a taxpayer acquires a 30 year old building for $10,000 and spends $20,000 to rehabilitate the building. The rehabilitation credit would be $3,000 (15 percent of $20,000), which reduces the depreciable cost of the building from $30,000 to $27,000.

If property for which a basis reduction is required is disposed of in an event subject to investment credit recapture, the basis will be increased (for all purposes, including determination of gain on sale) by the amount of credit subject to recapture.

Property leased to tax-exempt organization or governmental unit

Under the bill, the present law rule denying investment credit for property leased to tax exempt organizations (sec. 48(a)(4)) or governmental units (sec. 48(a)(5)) does not apply to the portion of the basis of the building attributable to qualified rehabilitation expenditures. This corrects a clerical error in the enrollment of the Miscellaneous Revenue Act of 1980. Due to the error, this provision was omitted from that Act.

Demolition disincentives repealed

The present law rule (sec. 167(n)) requiring use of straight-line cost recovery over the useful life of a building placed in service at the site of a demolished or substantially altered certified historic structure is repealed. Thus, the rules under the bill generally applicable to real property will govern depreciation of the building that is constructed or reconstructed at the site of the building demolished or altered. The rule in present law requiring certain demolition costs to be capitalized as part of the cost of the land (sec. 280B) is also repealed, permitting a deduction of demolition costs otherwise deductible.

 

Effective Date

 

 

In general, the provision relating to the rehabilitation credit applies to expenditures incurred after December 31, 1981, in taxable years ending after that date. However, the bill does not apply to a building if physical work on rehabilitation began before January 1, 1982, and the rehabilitation would not otherwise qualify under the committee bill. For example, if the building is 20 years old, the building will not qualify under the committee bill. However, the present law rules governing rehabilitation expenditures will continue to apply to a rehabilitation that began before 1982 if it qualifies under present law. Thus, if rehabilitation of a 20-year-old building qualifying under present law began in 1981, the taxpayer could use the 10-percent credit and accelerated depreciation or, in lieu of the credit and depreciation for a certified historic structure, 5-year amortization for expenditures in 1981 or thereafter.

The provision that permits the credit for property used by tax-exempt organizations and governmental units applies to uses after July 29, 1980 in taxable years ending after that date.

The repeal of section 167(n) applies to basis attributable to construction, reconstruction, or erection after December 31, 1981. The repeal of section 280B applies to demolitions commencing after December 31, 1981.

 

Revenue Effect

 

 

This provision will reduce fiscal year receipts by $9 million in 1981, $129 million in 1982, $208 million in 1983, $240 million in 1984, $304 million in 1985, and $414 million in 1986.

 

D. Corporate Tax Rate Reduction

 

 

(sec. 211 of the bill and sec. 11 of the Code)

 

Present Law

 

 

Corporate taxable income is subject to tax under a 5-step graduated tax rate structure. The top corporate tax rate is 46 percent on taxable income over $100,000. The current corporate taxable income brackets and tax rates are presented in the following table:

 Taxable income      Tax rate

 

 

 0-$25,000             17

 

 $25,000-$ 50,000      20

 

 $50,000-$ 75,000      30

 

 $75,000-$100,000      40

 

 Over $100,000         46

 

 

This rate structure became effective for taxable years beginning after December 31, 1978.

 

Reasons for Change

 

 

During its deliberations on the effects of inflation, the tax structure and other relevant considerations on capital formation in the United States, the committee reviewed a broad range of alternative, general changes in the tax law. The committee chose a combination of accelerated depreciation (i.e., expensing) and tax rate reduction that would provide the most neutral stimulus to all corporate taxpayers.

In making the tax rate reduction, the committee had to consider two different sets of corporate taxpayers. There are the incorporated small businesses which tend to be less capital intensive than the larger corporations and therefore generally would derive less tax benefit from expensing (or almost any other form for accelerated depreciation). For this group, rate reductions are generally far more important.

Larger, more capital intensive corporations will derive relatively greater benefits from expensing than from a reduction in corporate tax rates. Nevertheless, in order to sustain the stimulative thrust of tax policy on capital formation for as long as possible through the 1980's, the committee decided to follow up the initial impulse of the depreciation reform with reductions in the top corporate tax rate. These corporate tax rate reductions will go into effect after the reductions with primary impact on small business have been completed.

 

Explanation of Provision

 

 

The committee bill provides a multi-stage reduction in the corporate graduated income tax rate structure. When fully phased in, the tax rates applicable to each bracket will have been reduced and the taxable income brackets will have been widened, with the lower rates being applicable to taxable income of $200,000 and under.

In the first two years, the taxable income brackets will be doubled, with a 50-percent increase over current brackets going into effect each year. Tax rate reductions will go into effect in the third year, 1984, for the four lowest brackets. Beginning in 1984, the top corporate income tax rate will be reduced from 46 percent to 34 percent in 4 steps of 3 percentage points each.

The new graduated corporate income tax structure follows.

 TAXABLE YEARS AND

 

 TAXABLE INCOME            TAX RATE

 

 

 Beginning in 1982:

 

 

      0-$37,500              17

 

      $37,500-$75,000        20

 

      $75,000-$112,500       30

 

      $112,500-$150,000      40

 

      Over $150,000          46

 

 

 Beginning in 1983:

 

 

      0-$50,000              17

 

      $50,000-$100,000       20

 

      $100,000-$150,000      30

 

      $150,000-$200,000      40

 

      Over $200,000          46

 

 

The top corporate tax rate will be 43 percent in 1984, 40 percent in 1985, 37 percent in 1986, and 34 percent in subsequent years. For fiscal year taxpayers, the lower rates will be prorated under section 21. Thus, for a taxpayer whose fiscal year runs from July 1 to June 30, the rate for the year ending June 30, 1984 will be 44.5 percent.

 Beginning in 1984: Over $200,000                      43

 

 Beginning in 1985: Over $200,000                      40

 

 Beginning in 1986: Over $200,000                      37

 

 Beginning in 1987 and later years: Over $200,000      34

 

Effective Date

 

 

These changes in taxable income brackets and tax rates will apply to taxable years beginning after December 31, 1981.

 

Revenue Effect

 

 

This provision will reduce fiscal year receipts by $490 million in 1982, $1,413 million in 1983, $4.681 million in 1984, $9,910 million in 1985, and $14,719 million in 1986.

 

E. Other Small Business Provisions

 

 

1. Increase in minimum accumulated earnings credit, etc.

(sec. 231 of the bill and secs. 534, 535, and 537 of the Code)

 

Present Law

 

 

In addition to the regular corporate income tax, present law imposes an accumulated earnings tax of 27-1/2 percent to 38-1/2 percent on improperly accumulated corporate earnings where the accumulation occurs in an attempt to avoid the income tax with respect to the corporation's shareholders. In computing the base on which this tax is imposed, there is excluded an amount equal to the earnings and profits of the taxable year which are retained for the reasonable needs of the business. This is known as the accumulated earnings credit. Present law provides a minimum credit of $150,000 of earnings which may be accumulated before any accumulated earnings are subject to this tax.

Since 1975, the minimum credit has been $150,000. During the period from 1958 to 1975, the minimum credit was $100,000, and prior to 1958 the minimum credit was $60,000.

For purposes of imposing the accumulated earnings tax, section 533 establishes a presumption that accumulations of earnings beyond the reasonable needs of the business are determinative of the purpose to avoid income tax with respect to the corporation's shareholders. The corporation can overcome the presumption by a preponderance of the evidence.

If a notice of deficiency with respect to the accumulated earnings tax is based in whole or in part on the allegation that earnings have been permitted to accumulate beyond reasonable business needs and the taxpayer submits a statement of the reasonable business needs on which it relies to justify the accumulation, together with facts sufficient to show the basis thereof, the burden of proof is shifted to the Commissioner to establish that earnings have been permitted to accumulate beyond reasonable business needs (sec. 534). This rule shifting the burden of proof to the Commissioner applies only in Tax Court proceedings contesting the imposition of the accumulated earnings tax.

Also, under present law, a corporation may accumulate earnings beginning in the year of death of a shareholder in order to redeem that shareholder's stock for purposes of paying the estate tax (under sec. 303).

 

Reasons for Change

 

 

Since 1975, when the accumulated earnings, credit was increased from $100,000 to its present level of $150,000, there have been substantial increases in costs which require additional capital to make an investment of the same type and scope. Increased borrowing costs cause small businesses to rely more heavily upon internal generation of capital for possible future needs. Quite often, small businesses do not have the specific plans for expansion which are required, under the law, to justify accumulations of corporate earnings in excess of the minimum credit. An increase in the credit not only adjusts for the rise in costs, but also provides a wider margin for the retention of earnings for future contingencies, and, thus, reduces borrowing pressures on small businesses. As a result, the committee believes it generally is appropriate to increase the amount of the credit. However, the committee also believes that it is not appropriate to increase the minimum credit for certain types of service corporations. In the case of these corporations, the existing minimum credit and credit equal to the earnings retained for the reasonable needs of the business are adequate to allow the corporation to accumulate capital for possible future needs.

The committee also believes that the taxpayer should not be subject to more stringent requirements with respect to the burden of proof because it chooses to litigate its liability for the accumulated earnings tax in a U.S. District Court or the U.S. Court of Claims rather than the Tax Court.

 

Explanation of Provision

 

 

The committee bill increases the minimum accumulated earnings credit to $250,000. However, this increase does not apply to specified service corporations whose principal business consists of the performance of services in the fields of health, law, engineering, architecture, accounting, actuarial science, performing arts, or consulting.

The bill extends the rule in section 534 shifting the burden of proof with respect to reasonable business needs to the government in suits for refund of the accumulated earnings tax commenced by taxpayers in U.S. District Courts and the Court of Claims, in the same manner as in cases in the Tax Court.

Finally, the bill also allows the accumulation of funds to redeem stock beginning with the year before the death of the shareholder.

 

Effective Date

 

 

The provision applies to taxable years beginning after December 31, 1981 and, with respect to the burden of proof in refund cases, to notices of deficiencies mailed after that date.

 

Revenue Effect

 

 

This provision will reduce fiscal year receipts by less than $5 million in 1982, $34 million in 1983, $37 million in 1984, $41 million in 1985, and $45 million in 1986.

2. Subchapter S corporations

(secs. 232-233 of the bill and sec. 1371 of the Code)

 

Present Law

 

 

Subchapter S was enacted in 1958 to minimize the effect of Federal income taxes on the form in which a business is conducted by permitting incorporation and operation of certain small businesses without the incident of income taxation at both the corporate and shareholder levels. A corporation engaged in an active trade or business may elect to be treated for income tax purposes under the provisions of subchapter S. Where an eligible corporation elects under the subchapter S provisions, the income or loss (except for certain capital gains) is not taxed to the corporation, but each shareholder reports a share of the corporation's income or loss each year in proportion to his share of the corporation's total stock. Once made, the election continues in effect for the taxable year and subsequent years until it is revoked or terminated.

Under present law, to be eligible for a subchapter S election, the corporation must have 15 or fewer shareholders. In addition, trusts other than grantor trusts, voting trusts, and certain testamentary trusts (for a 60-day period) may not be shareholders in a subchapter S corporation.

 

Reasons for Change

 

 

The committee believes that increasing the permitted number of shareholders to 25 and allowing additional trusts as shareholders will facilitate the use of the subchapter S provisions by more businesses.

 

Explanation of Provision

 

 

Under the committee bill, the maximum number of shareholders permitted for a corporation to qualify for, and maintain, subchapter S status is increased from 15 to 25.

Also, a trust all of which is treated as owned by a person other than the grantor under section 678 will be eligible to hold stock in a subchapter S corporation. The person treated as the owner (and not the trust) will be treated as the shareholder for purposes of determining whether the corporation meets the subchapter S eligibility requirements. The trust will continue to be eligible for 60 days after such person's death.

In addition, under the bill, if the individual beneficiary of a qualified subchapter S trust, or his legal representative, elects to be treated as the owner under section 678, the trust will be an eligible shareholder of such corporation. The election must be irrevocable and apply from the date of the creation of the trust until the trust ceases to be a qualified subchapter S trust.

A qualified subchapter S trust is one with respect to which an election is made and which (1) has as its sole income beneficiary an individual citizen or resident of the United States who on the date of death of the grantor of the trust is disabled for purposes of determining eligibility for benefits under section 216(i) of the Social Security Act, (2) may distribute corpus or income only to such beneficiary during his life, (3) terminates on the death of such beneficiary with corpus and accumulated income being distributed as provided by such beneficiary by will or pursuant to a general power of appointment as defined in Code section 2041, or otherwise to the heirs of such beneficiary or takers in default of appointment, (4) 90 percent or more of the contributions to which in value consist of stock in one subchapter S corporation, and (5) all contributions to which are included in the gross estate of the grantor of the trust and pass to the trust on the grantor's death.

 

Effective Date

 

 

The provision applies to taxable years beginning after December 31, 1981.

 

Revenue Effect

 

 

This provision will reduce budget receipts by less than $5 million annually.

3. Losses on small business corporation stock

(sec. 234 of the bill and sec. 1244 of the Code)

 

Present Law

 

 

Under present law, a gain or loss on the disposition of a capital asset (such as corporate stock held for investment purposes) is generally treated as capital gain or loss. A capital loss sustained by an individual first offsets any capital gain. Any excess capital losses may offset up to $3,000 of ordinary income.

Ordinary loss treatment, rather than capital loss treatment, is provided in certain cases for small business corporation stock (section 1244 stock) which is disposed of at a loss. This special treatment is accorded only to individual shareholders to whom the stock was originally issued.

The maximum amount of ordinary loss from the disposition of section 1244 stock that may be claimed in any taxable year is limited to $50,000 ($100,000 in the case of married taxpayers filing a joint return).

For stock to qualify as section 1244 stock, the following requirements must be met: (1) the stock must be common stock; (2) the corporation issuing the stock must be a domestic corporation; (3) the equity capital of the corporation may not exceed $1,000,000; (4) the stock must be issued for money or other property, subject to certain exceptions; and (5) the corporation must be engaged in the active conduct of a trade or business.

 

Reasons for Change

 

 

The committee believes that greater incentives are needed to encourage the investment of new capital in small, high-risk corporate ventures. Under present law, an investor who wishes to acquire new preferred stock in a small business corporation may be discouraged from doing so because of the inability to receive the benefit of an ordinary loss deduction if the corporation does not succeed. The committee believes that to encourage new venture capital, an ordinary loss deduction should be available on preferred stock, as well as common stock, of small business corporations.

 

Explanation of Provision

 

 

The bill extends the ordinary loss provisions of section 1244 to losses on preferred stock of small business corporation. The same restrictions presently applicable to losses on common stock will apply to losses on preferred stock.

 

Effective Date

 

 

The provision will apply to stock issued after the date of enactment.

 

Revenue Effect

 

 

This provision will reduce fiscal year receipts by less than $1 million per year.

4. Study of accounting methods for inventory

(sec. 235 of the bill)

 

Present Law

 

 

Under the cash receipts and disbursements method of accounting, taxpayers may currently deduct all expenditures other than those for capital assets. However, if the production, purchase or sale of merchandise is an income-producing factor the taxpayer must use the accrual method of accounting and must keep inventories. Acceptable methods of accounting for inventories include specific identification, average cost, first-in first-out, and last-in first-out ("LIFO").

An approved method of computing LIFO inventories is the dollar-value method. Under dollar-value LIFO the taxpayer accounts for his inventory on the basis of a pool of dollars rather than on an item-by-item basis. In general, the pool of dollars is actually measured in terms of the equivalent dollar value ("base year dollars") of the inventory in the year ("base year") the taxpayer first used the dollar-value LIFO method.

There are three methods of computing dollar-value LIFO: double-extension method, link-chain method, and index method. In general, the double-extension method requires the taxpayer to recompute the cost of the inventory goods in terms of what it would have cost in the base year to manufacture or purchase that product. The ratio of the current year cost to the base year cost is the discount factor and is used to convert the current year ending inventory to base year dollars.

Under the link-chain method a moving discount factor is developed so that the taxpayer does not have to recompute the base year costs of new products each year but only computes the current year discount for which has been developed for the total discount factor from the preceding years. The index method allows the taxpayer to develop a discount factor from a representative portion of the inventory or by the use of other sound and consistent statistical methods.

 

Reasons for Change

 

 

The committee believes that the complexity associated with LIFO, and in particular dollar-value LIFO, has made the use of LIFO exceedingly difficult especially for small business. Since LIFO is the current method of accounting for inventory that most effectively mitigates the effect of inflation on businesses engaged in the purchase and sale of merchandise, the committee believes greater efforts should be made to simplify LIFO and make it more available to all taxpayers. Also, the committee believes that other methods of accounting for inventories should be explored (including the cash receipts and disbursements method) in an effort to simplify and reform the methods of inventory accounting and to minimize income distortions resulting from inflation.

 

Explanation of Provision

 

 

The provision directs the Secretary of the Treasury to make a study of methods of tax accounting for inventories with a view toward the development of simplified methods that minimize income distortions resulting from inflation. The study will include (but not be limited to) an examination of the LIFO method and the cash receipts and disbursements method.

 

Effective Date

 

 

A report on the study, along with recommendations, is to be submitted by the Secretary to the House Ways and Means Committee and the Senate Finance Committee no later than June 30, 1982.

 

Revenue Effect

 

 

This provision will have no direct effect on budget receipts.

 

F. Incentives for Research and Experimentation

 

 

1. Credit for increasing research activities

(sec. 241 of the bill and new Code sec. 44F)

 

Present Law

 

 

Overview

As a general rule, business expenditures to develop or create an asset which has a useful life that extends beyond the taxable year, such as expenditures to develop a new consumer product or improve a production process, must be capitalized and cannot be deducted in the year paid or incurred. These costs usually may be recovered on a disposition or abandonment of the asset, or through depreciation or amortization deductions over the useful life of the asset. However, Code section 174 permits a taxpayer to elect special accounting methods (described below) for certain research or experimental expenditures which are paid or incurred during the taxable year in connection with the taxpayer's trade or business.

Present law does not provide a tax credit specifically for research or experimental expenditures. However, a taxpayer's investment in machinery and equipment employed in research or experimental activities is eligible for the investment tax credit to the same extent as investments in machinery and equipment employed for business purposes, such as manufacturing, or for current production of income (secs. 38, 46--48).

Section 174 deduction elections

 

General rule

 

Under present law, a taxpayer may elect to deduct currently the amount of research or experimental expenditures incurred in connection with the taxpayer's trade or business, even if such expenses are treated as capital account charges or deferred expenses on the taxpayer's books or financial statements (sec. 174(a); Rev. Rul. 58-78, 1958-1 C.B. 148). For example, a taxpayer may elect to expense the costs of wages paid for services performed in qualifying research activities, and of supplies and materials used in such activities, even though these research costs otherwise would have to be capitalized.

In the case of research expenditures resulting in property which does not have a determinable useful life (such as secret processes or formulae), the taxpayer alternatively may elect to deduct the costs ratably over a period of not less than 60 months (sec. 174(b)).

If expenditures relating to development of a product are not eligible for these elections, or if the taxpayer chooses not to elect either current deductions or amortization for qualifying research costs, such expenditures must be capitalized.1

 

Amounts of depreciation

 

The cost of land and the cost of depreciable or depletable property are expressly excluded from section 174 elections (sec. 174(c)); that is, the cost of a research building or of equipment used for research cannot be deducted in one year. Also, the statute excludes expenditures to ascertain the existence, location, extent, or quality of mineral deposits, including oil and gas, from eligibility for section 174 elections (sec. 174(d)).2

However, the amounts which can be expensed or amortized under section 174 include amounts for depreciation or depletion with respect to depreciable or depletable property used for research activities (sec. 174(c); Treas. Reg. Sec. 1.174-2(b)). Accordingly, if section 174 expensing is elected, depreciation deductions for research buildings and equipment can be taken to the same extent as for property used for business (e.g., manufacturing) purposes or employed in current income production.

 

Eligible payments

 

A taxpayer may elect section 174 expensing or amortization for the costs of research conducted directly by the taxpayer and, in general, for expenses paid or incurred for research conducted on behalf of the taxpayer by another person, such as a research institute, foundation, engineering company, or similar contractor (Treas. Reg. Sec. 1.174-2(a)(2)). However, amounts paid by the taxpayer which are expended by a research entity for land or depreciable property to be used in research carried on for the taxpayer do not qualify for section 174 elections if the taxpayer acquires ownership rights in such property.

Definition of qualifying expenditures

The Code does not specifically define "research or experimental expenditures" eligible for the deduction elections (except to exclude certain costs, as described above). Treasury regulations (sec. 1.174-2(a)) define the statutory term to mean "research and development costs in the experimental or laboratory sense." This includes generally "all such costs incident to the development of an experimental or pilot model, a plant process, a product, a formula, an invention, or similar property, and the improvement of already existing property of the type mentioned," and also the costs of obtaining a patent on such property.

The regulations provide that qualifying research and experimental expenditures do not include expenditures "such as those for the ordinary testing or inspection of materials or products for quality control or those for efficiency surveys, management studies, consumer surveys, advertising, or promotions." Also, section 174 elections cannot be applied to costs of acquiring another person's patent, model, production, or process or to research expenditures incurred in connection with literary, historical. and similar projects (Treas. Reg. Sec. 1.174-2(a)).

 

Reasons for Change

 

 

The committee believes that a substantial tax credit for incremental research and experimental expenditures will overcome the resistance of many businesses to bear the significant costs of staffing, supplies, and certain computer charges which must be incurred in initiating or expanding research programs. While such costs bear characteristics of investment activity, the relationships between the investment in research and the subsequent earnings often are less directly identifiable, and many businesses are reluctant to allocate scarce investment funds for uncertain rewards.

Research and experimentation are basic activities that must precede (1) the development and application of new techniques and equipment to production and (2) the development and manufacture of new products. The committee believes that the approach in the bill, designed to stimulate a higher rate of capital formation and to increase productivity, appropriately includes incentives for greater private activity in research.

In recent years, spending for these purposes has not been adequate. Federal and self-financed expenditures for research and development activities performed by business over the 12-year period 1968-1979 remained at a fairly stable level in real terms, fluctuating between $19 and $22.8 billion in constant dollars. Relative to real gross national product. such expenditures declined from 2.01 percent in 1968 to 1.58 percent in 1975, essentially remaining at that level since then.

Aggregate research and development spending in this country has experienced a similar period of decline. In 1967, total expenditures reached a high of 2.91 percent of GNP before declining over ten years to 2.26 percent in 1977, and then increasing to an estimated 2.30 percent in 1980. If military and space research expenditures are subtracted from the total, the "civilian" research/GNP ratio for the United States is 1.5 percent, compared with 1.9 percent for Japan and 2.3 percent for West Germany. The committee believes that the decline in this country's research and development activities has adversely affected economic growth, productivity gains, and our competitiveness in world markets.

 

Explanation of Provision

 

 

Overview

Under the provision, a nonrefundable income tax credit is allowed for certain research and experimental3 expenditures paid or incurred by a taxpayer during the taxable year in carrying on a trade or business of the taxpayer. The credit applies only to the extent that the taxpayer's qualified research expenditures for the taxable year exceed the average amount of the taxpayer's yearly qualified research expenditures in the specified base period (generally, the preceding three taxable years). The rate of the credit (new sec. 44F) is 25 percent of the incremental research expenditure amount.

As described below, the provision contains a definition of research for purposes of the new credit,4 and specifies certain types or amounts of research expenditures which enter into the credit computation.

Under the provision, three categories of "in-house" research expenditures are eligible for the credit:

Wages paid to employees for services performed in conducting research; Amounts paid for supplies used in the conduct of research; and Amounts paid (to a person other than the taxpayer) for the right to use personal property, such as a computer, in the conduct of research.

In addition to these categories of in-house research expenses, 65 percent of amounts paid by the taxpayer for contract research also is eligible for the credit. A special rule applies to corporate expenditures for basic research to be performed, pursuant to a written research agreement, by colleges or universities, or by certain tax-exempt scientific research organizations.

Trade or business requirement

Under the provision, the credit is to be available only with regard to research expenditures paid or incurred in carrying on a trade or business of the taxpayer. Generally, the phrase "in carrying on any trade or business" is intended to have the same meaning for credit purposes as it has under the business deduction provisions of section 162. The credit, therefore, is not available for research expenditures paid or incurred by a taxpayer merely in connection with, but not in carrying on, a trade or business. Similarly, the credit is not available with respect to expenditures paid or incurred by a taxpayer as part of a hobby or a financing arrangement.

Although the phrase "in carrying on any trade or business" generally has the same meaning for purposes of the new credit as it has under section 162, there are two significant differences between the credit's intended interpretation and that used for business deduction purposes. Under both provisions, the expenditures in question must be paid or incurred by a taxpayer who is carrying on a trade or business. However, the new credit does not require that the qualified research expenditures must be paid or incurred in the particular business being carried on by the taxpayer, as long as the taxpayer is carrying on a trade or business. In addition, it is intended that the Treasury will issue regulations, for credit purposes only, which will allow the credit in the case of research joint ventures by taxpayers who otherwise satisfy the "carrying on" test and who are entitled to the research results.

The rule that only research expenditures paid or incurred by the taxpayer in carrying on a trade or business can qualify for the credit is a more stringent requirement than that which has been deemed applicable for purposes of section 174 (relating to research expenditures which are paid or incurred "in connection with" the taxpayer's trade or business).

For example, under the trade or business test of new section 44F, the credit generally is not available with regard to a taxpayer's expenditures for "outside" or contract research intended to be transferred by the taxpayer to another in return for license or royalty payments. (Receipt of royalties does not constitute a trade or business under present law, even though expenses attributable to those royalties are deductible from gross income in arriving at adjusted gross income.) In such a case, the nexus between the research and the transferee's activities generally would be insufficient to support a finding that the taxpayer had incurred the research expenditures in carrying on a trade or business. (Under appropriate circumstances, nevertheless, the nexus might be deemed adequate for purposes of the section 174 deduction elections.) If, however, the taxpayer used the product of the research in the taxpayer's trade or business, as well as licensing use of the product by others, the relationship between the expenditures and the taxpayer's trade or business activities generally would be sufficient for credit purposes.

In addition, under the trade or business test of new section 44F, the credit is not available for research wage expenditures paid or incurred prior to commencing a trade or business.

Definition of research

 

General rule

 

For purposes of the new credit,5 qualified research expenditures means amounts paid or incurred by the taxpayer in carrying on any trade or business of the taxpayer--

 

(A) for research for the purpose of discovering information which may be potentially useful either (i) in the development of a new business item for the taxpayer or (ii) in bringing about a significant improvement in an existing business item of the taxpayer, or

(B) in application of results obtained by research to develop a plan or design either (i) for a new business item for the taxpayer or (ii) for a significant improvement in an existing business item of the taxpayer.

 

In addition to certain corporate expenditures for basic research which qualify for the credit under the special rule described below, in-house or contract expenditures of a taxpayer for research which may be considered "basic research" will be eligible for the credit if such expenditures satisfy this definition (and other applicable requirements under the provision, such as the trade or business requirement for the credit, as discussed above).

The provision defines "research" to mean a planned search or critical investigation, including experimentation, and "business item" to mean a product or technique for use or sale by the taxpayer6 in a trade or business. An "existing" business item refers to a business item (other than the research in question) sold or used by the taxpayer in a trade or business before the taxpayer paid or incurred the amounts for research or for application of research results.

For purposes of this definition, business items include major component parts of a product. For example, in the case of an auto manufacturer, expenditures to bring about improvements in the carburetor or exhaust system constitute research expenditures if the improvements would be significant in comparison to the existing carburetor or exhaust system of the taxpayer's product, without regard to whether these improvements might also be considered as significant improvements in the product (the automobile) as a whole. However, research to bring about improvements (for example) in the dashboard clock or cigarette lighter, even if significant in terms of those parts, would not qualify as research expenditures eligible for the credit, because such improvements would not be significant improvements to either the product as a whole or a major component part of the product.

 

Computer software development costs

 

The Internal Revenue Service has taken the position that certain costs of developing computer software may be treated in a manner similar to costs incurred in product development which are subject to section 174 deduction elections (Rev. Proc. 69-21, 1969-2 C.B. 303). For this purpose, costs of developing computer software means costs incurred in developing new or significantly improved programs or routines that cause computers to perform desired tasks (as distinguished from other software costs where the operational feasibility of the program or routine is not seriously in doubt).

For purposes of the new credit, the committee intends that otherwise qualifying types of expenditures (for example, direct wage expenditures) which are part of the costs of otherwise qualifying research for the development of new or significantly improved computer software should be eligible for the credit to the extent that such expenditures (1) are treated as similar to costs, incurred in product research or experimentation, which are deductible as research or experimental expenditures under present section 174; (2) satisfy the requirements of new section 44F which apply to research expenditures, including the trade or business requirement; and (3) do not fall within any of the specific exclusions in new section 44F. That is, expenditures which otherwise would qualify for the new credit are not to be disqualified solely because such costs are incurred in developing computer "software", rather than in developing "hardware."

The credit limitations and definitional restrictions (such as the distinction between research and non-research expenditures, discussed below) which apply in the case of product research and experimentation costs also apply in the case of the costs of developing new or significantly improved computer software.

 

Non-research expenditures

 

Under this provision, the credit is not available for expenditures such as the costs of routine or ordinary testing or inspection of materials or products for quality control; of efficiency surveys or management studies; of consumer surveys (including market research), advertising, or promotions (including market testing or development activities); or of routine data collection. Also, costs incurred in connection with routine, periodic, or cosmetic alterations or improvements (such as seasonal design or style changes) to existing business items, to production lines, or to other ongoing operations, or in connection with routine design of tools, jigs, molds, and dies, do not qualify as research expenditures under the definition in the provision.

The definition does not allow the new credit for such expenditures as the costs of construction of copies of prototypes after construction and testing of the original model(s) have been completed; of pre-production planning and trial production runs; of engineering follow-through or trouble-shooting during production; or of adaptation of an existing capability to a particular requirement or customer's need as part of a continuing commercial activity. For example, the costs of adapting existing computer software programs to specific customer needs or uses, as well as other modifications of previously developed programs, are not eligible for the credit (regardless of how such costs are treated for purposes of sec. 174 deduction elections).

The types of expenditures listed in the preceding paragraph are not considered research expenditures under the definition for purposes of the new credit. In a further limitation on the scope of research expenditures which otherwise might fall within this definition, the provision provides that expenditures of a taxpayer will not qualify for the credit if paid or incurred for research, or for the application of research results, in connection with a business item after either (1) the new or significantly improved business item meets specific functional and economic requirements of the taxpayer for that item or (2) the new or improved item is ready for manufacture, sale, or use. Also, the costs of acquiring another person's patent, model, production, or process do not constitute research expenditures for purposes of the new credit (just as such costs do not constitute research expenditures for purposes of the sec. 174 deduction elections).

Exclusions

The provision also sets forth four express exclusions from the definition of qualified research for purposes of the new credit.

First, the credit is not available for any activity in the social sciences or humanities (including the arts), such as research on psychological or sociological topics or management feasibility studies. That is, to be eligible for the credit, the research must be performed in a field of laboratory science (such as physics or biochemistry), engineering, or technology.

Second, expenditures to ascertain the existence, location, extent, or quality of mineral deposits (including oil and gas) are excluded from the credit. These expenditures also are excluded, under present law, from eligibility for the section 174 deduction elections.7

Third, the credit is not available for any activity performed for another person (or governmental entity), whether pursuant to a grant, contract, or otherwise. Thus, if a taxpayer contracts with a research firm, university, or other person for research to be performed on the taxpayer's behalf, only the taxpayer which makes payments under the research contract and on whose behalf the research is conducted can claim the credit as to those expenditures; the research firm, university, or other person which conducts the research on behalf of the taxpayer cannot claim any credit for its expenditures in performing the contract. Likewise, no credit is allowed for research expenditures to the extent funded from any grant, contract, or subcontract for research with any agency or instrumentality of Federal, State or local government.8

Fourth, expenditures for research which is conducted outside the United States do not enter into the credit computation, whether or not the taxpayer is located or does business in the United States; the test is whether the laboratory experiments, etc., actually take place in this country.

In-house expenditures for wages

 

General rule

 

The first category of in-house research expenditures qualifying for the new credit consists of wages paid or incurred to an employee for qualified services performed by such employee.

Under the provision, the term "wages" has the same meaning as provided in section 3401(a) for purposes of employee wage withholding. Thus, amounts of compensation which are not subject to withholding, such as certain fringe benefits, do not enter into the credit computation even though paid for services in performing research. In the case of self-employed individuals and owner-employees, the term "wages" for purposes of the new credit includes earned income of such individuals as defined in section 401(c), and such individuals are treated as employees for purposes of the wages category of in-house qualified research. Any amount of wages taken into account in computing either the targeted new jobs credit (sec. 44B) or the WIN credit (sec. 40) does not enter into the credit computation.

 

Amount of wages eligible for credit

 

As a general rule, wages enter into the credit computation only to the extent paid for that portion of the services performed by an employee of the taxpayer which is performed in conducting research (as defined above). For example, if an employee spends part of his or her time during the year conducting research, part of the time engaged in production or marketing activities, and part of the time providing general or administrative services, only the amount of wages actually paid for services performed in conducting research enters into the credit computation. The allocation of wages between conducting research and other services is to be made in a consistent manner, in accordance with Treasury regulations, on the basis of time or other appropriate factors.

If substantially all (for this purpose, at least 80 percent) of the services performed by an employee for the taxpayer during a taxable year are performed in conducting research, then all services of that individual for the taxpayer during the year are treated as performed in conducting research. Thus, if 90 percent of the services performed by an employee for the taxpayer during a taxable year are performed in conducting research, all wages paid by the taxpayer during the taxable year to that individual enter into the credit computation, even though the remaining amount of the individual's services for the taxpayer was not performed in conducting research.

Definition of qualified services

 

General requirements

 

A taxpayer's wage expenditures enter into the credit computation only to the extent that they constitute wages paid or incurred for qualified services. That is, the wages must be paid for engaging in the actual conduct of research (as in the case of a laboratory scientist engaging in experimentation), must be paid for engaging in the immediate supervision of persons actually conducting research (as in the case of a research scientist who supervises other laboratory scientists, but who may not actually conduct experiments), or must be paid for engaging in the direct support of persons who actually conduct research or who immediately supervise the conduct of research. The "support" category of qualifying services would include, for example, the services of a laboratory assistant in entering research data into a computer as part of the conduct of research, of a secretary in typing reports describing the laboratory research results, or a laboratory worker in cleaning research equipment, or of a machinist in machining a part of an experimental model.

 

Ineligible expenditures

 

Since only wages paid for qualified services enter into the credit computation, no amount of wages paid for overhead or for general and administrative services, or of indirect research wages, qualifies for the new credit. Thus, no amount of overhead, general and administrative, or indirect wage expenditures is eligible for the new credit, even if such expenditures relate to the taxpayer's research activities, and even if such expenditures may qualify for section 174 deduction elections or may be treated as research expenditures for accounting and financial purposes. By way of illustration, expenditures not eligible for the credit include such items as wages paid to payroll personnel for preparing salary checks of laboratory scientists, wages paid for accounting services, and wages paid to officers and employees of the taxpayer who are not engaged in the conduct of research although engaged in activities (such as general supervision of the business or raising capital for expansion) which in some manner may be viewed as benefiting research activities.

Other in-house expenditures

 

General rules

 

The second category of in-house research expenditures eligible for the incremental credit consists of amounts paid or incurred for supplies used in the conduct of qualified research. The provision defines the term "supplies" to mean any tangible property other than (a) land or improvements to land or (b) property of a character subject to the allowance for depreciation. Property which is of a character subject to the depreciation allowance is not eligible for the credit whether or not amounts of depreciation are deductible during the year and whether or not the cost of such property can be "expensed."

The final category of in-house research expenditures eligible for the incremental credit consists of amounts paid or incurred for the right to use personal property in the conduct of qualified research, if such amounts are paid to a person other than the taxpayer. Intercompany charges for the right to use personal property in the conduct of research are not eligible for the credit.

 

Requirements for qualification

 

Determinations of whether and to what extent research expenditures of a taxpayer qualify under the second or third categories of in-house research expenditures are to be made in accordance with the rules, described and illustrated above, applicable in determining whether and to what extent wage expenditures qualify for the credit. Thus, for example, the credit is not available for expenditures for supplies, or for the use of personal property, if such expenditures constitute indirect research expenditures, or if such expenditures constitute or are part of general and administrative costs or overhead costs (such as utilities).

By way of illustration, supplies eligible for the credit include supplies used in experimentation by a laboratory scientist, in the entering by a laboratory assistant of research data into a computer as part of the conduct of research, or in the machining by a machinist of a part of an experimental model. On the other hand, supplies used in preparing salary checks of laboratory scientists or in performing financial or accounting services for the taxpayer (even if related to individuals engaged in research) are not eligible for the new credit. Similarly, amounts paid to another person as computer user charges for use of a computer in the conduct of qualified research are eligible for the credit, but computer user charges paid for use of a computer for payroll preparation, routine data collection, market research, production quality control, etc., are not eligible.

Contract research expenditures

 

General rules

 

In addition to the three categories of in-house research expenditures, 65 percent of amounts paid or incurred by the taxpayer to any person (other than an employee of the taxpayer) for qualified research performed on behalf of the taxpayer enter into the incremental credit computation. No other amounts of contract research, or of any other "outside" research (except pursuant to the special rule for certain basic research, discussed below), are eligible for the credit. In the case of qualifying contract research, only the taxpayer which makes payments under the contract and on whose behalf the research is conducted can claim the credit; the research firm, university, or other person which conducts the research on behalf of the taxpayer cannot claim the credit for its expenditures in performing the contract.

The determination of whether payments from a taxpayer to another person constitute contract expenditures for research to be conducted on behalf of the taxpayer depends on all the facts and circumstances of the particular research arrangement.

 

Prepayment limitation rule

 

If any contract research amount paid or incurred during a taxable year is attributable to qualified research conducted after the close of that taxable year, such amount shall be treated as paid or incurred during the period during which the qualified research is conducted. For example, if on December 1, 1982, a calendar-year taxpayer pays $100,000 to a research firm pursuant to a contract for qualified research, and if the research firm conducts all of such qualified research during 1983, no amount is eligible for a credit for 1982, and $65,000 (65 percent of the total contract price) is treated as qualified research expenditures of the taxpayer paid during 1983.

Amounts which are treated as contract research expenditures during a particular taxable year pursuant to the prepayment limitation rule, and hence which count as expenditures for such year entering into the credit computation for such taxable year, also are treated as having been made during that same taxable year for purposes of determining average yearly base period expenditures in later year credit computations. Thus, in the example given above, $65,000 enters into the taxpayer's 1983 credit base.

Special basic research rule

 

Overview

 

The provision includes a special rule which treats as contract research expenses 65 percent of certain post-1981 corporate expenditures (including grants) for basic research to be performed at a college, university, or other qualified organization. Under this rule, 65 percent of qualifying basic research expenditures are taken into account (subject to the contract research prepayment limitation) for purposes of computing the incremental credit; however, these basic research amounts are not included in the corporation's credit base.

For example, assume that a corporation (which is eligible for the special rule) makes qualified in-house and contract research expenditures of $120 million in each of the years 1980, 1981, and 1982. In addition, in 1981 the corporation makes a $5 million grant to a university for basic research which would satisfy the definition of qualifying basic research expenditures under the special rule; all of this amount is expended by the university in that year. In 1983, the corporation makes qualified in-house and contract research expenditures of $130 million and also pays $6 million to a university for basic research pursuant to a written research agreement. The university performs 50 percent of the research during 1983 and the rest during 1984.

Under these facts, the corporation's current-year expenditures for 1983 would equal $130 million plus one-half of 65 percent of $6 million ($1,950,000). The corporation's base period expenditures with respect to 1983 would be the average of its qualified in-house and contract research expenditures for 1980, 1981, and 1982. This average would be $120 million, since the $5 million basic research grant in 1981 would not enter into the credit base. Accordingly, the credit for 1983 would apply to the excess of total current-year expenditures ($131,950,000) over the base period average ($120 million), or $11,950,000.

Assume further that in 1984 the total of the corporation's qualified in-house and contract research expenditures increases to $135 million, and that the corporation makes no new basic research expenditures. The corporation is treated as having qualifying basic research expenditures in 1984 equal to 65 percent of $3 million, or $1,950,000. The corporation's base period expenditures with respect to 1984 would be the average of qualified in-house and contract research expenditures for 1981 ($120 million), 1982 ($120 million), and 1983 ($130 million). The qualifying basic research expenditures made in 1981 and 1983 would not enter into the base period computation. Accordingly, the credit for 1984 would apply to the excess of current-year expenditures ($136,950,000) over the base period average ($123,333,333), or $13,616,667.

 

General rules

 

The special rule for basic research applies only to corporate expenditures made after 1981 and before 1986 and paid or incurred pursuant to a written research agreement between the taxpayer corporation and a college, university, or other organization. (Moreover, in the case of certain qualified fund recipients, the fund also must make disbursements to colleges or universities for basic research pursuant to written research agreements.) If an expenditure qualifying as a basic research expenditure under this rule also would constitute a contract research expenditure under the provision, the special rule is to apply; i.e., such expenditure is not included in the corporation's credit base.

For purposes of this special rule, the term "basic research" means any original investigation for the advancement of scientific knowledge not having a specific commercial objective. However, the term basic research does not include expenditures for any activity excluded from the definition of qualified research (described above), such as research conducted outside the United States or research in the social sciences or humanities.

The special basic research rule does not apply to research expenditures by corporations that are subchapter S corporations (sec. 1371(b)), personal holding companies (sec. 542), or service organizations (sec. 414(m)(3)).

 

Definition of qualified organizations

 

The special basic research rule applies only to corporate expenditures for basic research to be conducted by a qualified organization. For this purpose, the term "qualified organization" generally includes colleges or universities and certain tax-exempt scientific organizations.

The first category of qualified organizations are educational organizations that both (1) are described in section 170(b)(1)(A)(ii) and (2) constitute institutions of higher education as defined in sec. 3304(f). Scientific organizations that qualify under the special basic research rule are organizations that (1) are organized and operated primarily to conduct scientific research, (2) are described in section 501(c)(3) (relating to entities organized and operated exclusively for specified purposes) and exempt from tax under section 502(a), and (3) are not private foundations.

 

Qualified fund grants

 

The special basic research rule also applies to certain post-1981 corporate grants to qualified funds. Such grants must be made pursuant to a written research agreement between the corporation and the fund, and must be disbursed from the fund to a college or university (as defined above) under a written research agreement for purposes of basic research.

The provision defines a qualified fund as any electing organization, other than a private foundation, which is exempt from tax (under sec. 501(a)) and is described in section 501(c)(3) (relating to entities organized and operated exclusively for specified purposes). In addition, the fund must be organized and operated exclusively (and not merely primarily) for purposes of making grants, pursuant to written research agreements, to colleges or universities for purposes of basic research. The fund must be established and maintained by an organization (established before July 10, 1981) which is described in section 501(c)(3) and exempt from tax under section 501(a), and which is not a private foundation.

Although a qualified fund may not be a private foundation, the fund must elect to be treated as a private foundation for all Code purposes other than the section 4940 excise tax on investment income. An election may be revoked only with the consent of the Treasury Department.

Computation of allowable credit

 

General rule

 

The credit applies to the excess of the taxpayer's qualified research expenditures for the taxable year over the average of the taxpayer's yearly qualified research expenditures during the base period.

For the taxpayer's first taxable year to which the new credit applies (and which begins in 1980 or 1981), the credit will apply to the amount of qualified research expenditures for that year which exceeds the amount of such expenditures in the preceding taxable year. For the taxpayer's second taxable year to which the new credit applies (and which begins in 1981 or 1982), the credit will apply to the amount of qualified research expenditures for that year which exceeds the average of such expenditures in the preceding two taxable years. For a subsequent taxable year, the credit will apply to the amount of qualified research expenditures for that year which exceeds the average of such expenditures in the preceding three taxable years.

 

Transitional base period computation

 

Because the provision is effective for qualified research expenditures paid or incurred after June 30, 1981, a special rule is provided for computing base period expenditures with respect to the first taxable year of a taxpayer to which the new credit applies if such year ends in 1981 or 1982. In that case, the taxpayer's base period expenditures equal total qualified research expenditures for the preceding taxable year multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of months between June 30, 1981 and the end of the taxpayer's first taxable year ending after that date, and the denominator of which is the number of months in such entire year. A similar rule will apply in the case of a taxpayer's first taxable year ending after December 31, 1985.

For example, assume a calendar-year taxpayer has research expenditures as follows: $100,000 for 1980, $60,000 for the period January 1, 1981 through June 30, 1981, and $70,000 for the period July 1, 1981 through December 31, 1981. The base period amount would equal $100,000 times 6/12ths, or $50,000; thus, the credit for 1981 would apply to the difference between $70,000 and $50,000. If the taxpayer's research expenditures for 1982 are $150,000, the credit would apply to the difference between (1) that amount and (2) $115,000, which is the average of 1980 expenditures ($100,000) and 1981 expenditures ($130,000).

 

Special rule for certain basic research

 

As discussed above, certain qualifying basic research expenditures are not included in the credit base, i.e., are not included in the computation of average yearly base period expenditures.

 

New businesses

 

If the taxpayer, or a related person whose research expenditures are aggregated with those of the taxpayer (pursuant to the rules discussed below), was not in existence during a base period year, then the taxpayer, or the related person, is treated as having research expenditures of zero in such year, for purposes of computing average annual research expenditures during the base period.

 

50-percent limitation rule

 

The provision provides that in no event shall base period research expenditures be less than 50 percent of qualified research expenditures for the current year. This 50-percent limitation applies both in the case of existing businesses and in the case of newly organized businesses.

For example, assume that a calendar-year taxpayer is organized January 1, 1983; makes qualified research expenditures of $100,000 for 1983; and makes qualified research expenditures of $260,000 for 1984. The new-business rule (described above) provides that the taxpayer is deemed to have base period expenditures of zero for pre-1983 years. Without regard to the 50-percent limitations, the taxpayer's base period expenditures for purposes of determining any credit for 1984 would be the average of its expenditures for 1981 (deemed to be zero), 1982 (deemed to be zero) and 1983 ($100,000), or $33,333. However, by virtue of the 50-percent limitation, the taxpayer's average base period expenditures are deemed to be no less than 50 percent of its current year expenditures ($260,000), or $130,000. Accordingly, the amount of 1984 qualified research expenditures qualifying for the credit is limited to $130,000, and the amount of the taxpayer's credit for 1984 is $32,500.

 

Short taxable years

 

If the taxpayer has a short taxable year, research expenditures for that year are to be annualized to the extent provided in Treasury regulations.

 

Pass-through of credit

 

The provision also provides that under Treasury regulations, rules similar to those used with respect to the targeted jobs credit (secs. 52(d) and 52(e)) will apply for purposes of apportioning the credit earned by a subchapter S corporation, or by a trust or estate, to the shareholders or beneficiaries. In the case of partnerships, the credit is to be allocated among the partners as provided in Treasury regulations.

Rules for aggregation of expenditures

 

General rule

 

To ensure that the new credit will be allowed only for actual increases in research expenditures, the provision includes rules under which research expenditures of the taxpayer are aggregated with research expenditures of other persons for purposes of computing any allowable credit. These rules are intended to prevent artificial increases in research expenditures by shifting expenditures among commonly controlled or otherwise related persons.

Under the provision, all qualified research expenditures of all corporations that are members of a "controlled group of corporations" are treated as if made by one taxpayer. For this purpose, the same controlled group test (50-percent control) is used as applies under rules for computing the targeted jobs tax credit (sec. 52(a)). Any research credit earned by a controlled group, computed pursuant to this aggregation rule, is to be apportioned among members of the group on the basis of their proportionate share of the increase in aggregate qualified research expenditures giving rise to the credit.

The provision also requires aggregation, pursuant to Treasury regulations, of all qualified research expenditures of partnerships, proprietorships, and any other trades or businesses (whether or not incorporated) which are under common control with the taxpayer. Any allowable research credit, computed pursuant to this aggregation rule, is to be apportioned, as provided in Treasury regulations, among the persons whose expenditures are aggregated on the basis of their proportionate share of the increase in aggregate research expenditures giving rise to the credit. This aggregation and apportionment rule is to be based on principles similar to the principles applicable in the case of a controlled group of corporations.

 

Example

 

The following example illustrates the method of apportioning the credit among persons whose research expenditures are aggregated pursuant to the rules discussed above.

 

Assume that a controlled group of four corporations has qualified research expenditures during the base period and taxable year as follows:

 

                       [In thousands of dollars]

 

 

                  Base period     Taxable

 

 Corporation        (average)       year         Change

 

 

      A             $60             $40           ($20)

 

      B              10              15              5

 

      C              30              70             40

 

      D              15              25             10

 

 

Treating these research expenditures of the four corporations as if made by one taxpayer, the total amount of incremental expenditures eligible for the credit is $35,000 ($55,000 increase attributable to B, C, and D less $20,000 decrease attributable to A). The total amount of credit allowable to members of the group is 25 percent of the incremental amount or $8,750.

No amount of credit is apportioned to A, since A's qualified research expenditures did not increase in the taxable year. The full $8,750 credit would be allocated to B, C, and D, i.e., to those members of the group with increases in their expenditures. This allocation would be made on the basis of the ratio of each such corporation's increase in its qualified research expenditures to the sum of increases in such expenditures (counting only members with increases). Inasmuch as the total increase made by those members of the group whose research expenditures went up (B, C, and D) was $55,000, B's share of the $8,750 credit is 5/55; C's share is 40/55; and D's share is 10/55.

If, in the example set forth above, A had zero expenditures in the taxable year, the controlled group as a whole would show a decrease rather than an increase in aggregate expenditures. In that case, no amount of credit would be allowable to any member of the group even though B, C, and D actually increased their research expenditures in comparison with their own base period expenditures.

Rules for changes in business ownership

 

General rule

 

The provision includes special rules for computing the credit where a business changes hands. These rules are intended to facilitate an accurate computation of base period expenditures and the credit by attributing research expenditures to the appropriate taxpayer. If the provision did not include rules for changes in ownership of a business, a taxpayer who begins business by buying and operating an existing company might be entitled to a credit even if the amount of qualified research expenditures were not increased. Also, the sale of a unit of a business could cause the seller to lose any credit even though qualified research expenditures increased in the part of the business that was retained. These rules for changes in business ownership, described below, are to apply under Treasury regulations.

 

Acquisitions

 

Under the provision, if a taxpayer acquires (after June 30, 1980) the major portion of a trade or business (or of a separate unit thereof), the credit for any year ending after the acquisition is to be computed as if the business had not changed hands. That is, the taxpayer's qualified research expenditures for periods before the acquisition are to be increased by the amount of qualified research expenditures attributable to the acquired business (or separate unit).

Under these rules, a taxpayer is not to be treated as acquiring the major portion of a trade or business (or of a separate unit thereof) merely because the taxpayer acquires some assets used in that trade or business. Instead, this determination is to be made on the basis of whether the acquisition involves the transfer of a viable trade or business which can be operated by the taxpayer.

 

Dispositions

 

The provision also includes rules for computing the amount of incremental expenditures if a taxpayer disposes (after June 30, 1980) of a major portion of a trade or business (or of a separate unit thereof) in a transaction to which the above acquisition rules apply. In determining the credit allowable to the taxpayer for a taxable year ending after the disposition, the taxpayer's qualified research expenditures for periods before the disposition generally are to be decreased by the amount of the taxpayer's qualified research expenditures attributable to the portion of the business (or separate unit) which has changed hands. (This rule permits a taxpayer which operates two businesses to sell one and nevertheless earn a credit for increased research expenditures in the retained business.) This relief is not provided unless the taxpayer furnishes the acquiring person with information needed to compute the credit under the acquisition rules described in the preceding paragraph.

However, the base period expenditures of a taxpayer which so disposes of a trade or business (or separate unit) will be increased if, during any of the three taxable years following the year of disposition, the taxpayer (or a person whose research expenditures must be aggregated under the provision with those of the taxpayer) reimburses the acquiring person (or a person whose research expenditures must be aggregated under the provision with those of the acquiring entity) for research on behalf of the taxpayer. In such a case, the amount of qualified research expenditures of the taxpayer for the base period for such taxable year shall be increased by the lesser of (1) the amount of decrease (under the rules described in the preceding paragraph) which is allocable to such base period, or (2) the product of the number of years in the base period multiplied by the amount of such reimbursement.

Limitation and carryover

The amount of credit which can be used in a particular taxable year is limited to the taxpayer's income tax liability reduced by certain other nonrefundable credits.

If the amount of allowable credit exceeds this limitation, the excess credit can be carried back three years (including carrybacks to years before enactment of the credit) and carried forward 20 years, beginning with the earliest year.9

Disallowance of deduction

In the case of a noncorporate taxpayer, no deduction is allowed for that portion of qualified research expenditures, paid or incurred during a taxable year in which a credit for research expenditures is allowable, equal to the amount of credit allowable to the taxpayer for the taxable year. Under the provision, the deduction disallowance also applies in the case of a corporation which is a subchapter S corporation, as defined in section 1371(b); a personal holding company, as defined in section 542; or a service organization, as defined in section 414(m)(3).

The deduction is disallowed by the full amount of the credit without regard to the tax liability limitation discussed above. The disallowed amount may not be deducted under sections 162, 167, 172, or 174, or any other deduction provision; that is, the disallowance is not limited to deductibility pursuant to a section 174 deduction election.

In the case of persons whose research expenditures are aggregated pursuant to the rules discussed above (for purposes of computing the credit), the reduction in the allowable deduction is to be allocated under rules similar to those for allocation of the credit.

 

Effective Date

 

 

The provision generally applies to qualified research expenditures paid or incurred after June 30, 1981 and before January 1, 1986. In the case of corporate expenditures for certain basic research qualifying for the credit under the special basic research rule (described above), the special rule applies only to amounts paid or incurred after December 31, 1981 and before January 1, 1986.

 

Revenue Effect

 

 

This provision will reduce fiscal year receipts by $39 million in 1981, $427 million in 1982, $787 million in 1983, $950 million in 1984, $961 million in 1985, and $532 million in 1986.

2. Charitable contributions of scientific property used for research or experimentation purposes

(sec. 242 of the bill and Code sec. 170(e))

 

Present Law

 

 

Overview

Under present law, a corporation may deduct, within certain limitations, the amount of cash or other property contributed to qualified charitable organizations for exempt purposes, including contributions to colleges and universities for research purposes (Code sec. 170). This charitable deduction is limited to five percent of the corporation's taxable income (computed with certain adjustments) for the year in which the contributions are made. If the amount contributed exceeds the five-percent limitation, the excess may be carried forward and deducted over five succeeding years, subject to the five-percent limitation in those years.

General reduction rule

In general, the amount of charitable deduction otherwise allowable for donated property must be reduced by the amount of any ordinary gain which the taxpayer would have realized had the property been sold for its fair market value at the date of the contribution (sec. 170(e)).1 Thus a donor of appreciated ordinary-income property (property the sale of which would not give rise to long-term capital gain) generally can deduct only the basis in the property, rather than its full fair market value.

Exception

In 1976, an exception to this general reduction rule was enacted for contributions by corporations of certain types of ordinary income property (e.g., medical equipment) donated for the care of the needy, the ill, or infants (sec. 170(e)(3)(A)). In the case of such a qualifying charitable contribution of inventory, the exception generally allows a deduction equal to the sum of the taxpayer's basis in the property plus one-half of the unrealized appreciation. However, in no event is a deduction allowed for an amount in excess of twice the basis of the property.

This exception was enacted because the Congress concluded that it was desirable to provide a greater tax incentive than in prior law for contributions of certain types of ordinary income property for the specified category of exempt purposes. At the same time, the Congress also determined that the deduction so allowed should not be such that the donor could be in a better after-tax situation by donating the property than by selling it.

 

Reasons for Change

 

 

The committee believes that an additional incentive is desirable to encourage manufacturers to contribute "state-of-the-art" scientific equipment to colleges and universities for use in research activities.

Academic research and development expenditures have increased in constant dollars by three percent each year since 1974, reversing a spending decline over the prior six years. However, studies indicate that in equipment-intensive research areas such as physics, chemistry, and electrical engineering, the continuing growth of university expenditures has not kept pace with the rising costs of scientific instrumentation.

The general deduction limitation rule, enacted in the Tax Reform Act of 1969, has been effective to prevent situations which led to its enactment, in which individual taxpayers in high marginal tax brackets or corporations could donate to charity substantially appreciated ordinary income property and be better off, after tax, than they would have been had they sold the property and retained all the after-tax proceeds. At the same time, the 1969 rule has resulted in reduced contributions of certain types of property to charities, including educational institutions.

The committee believes that it is desirable to provide a greater tax incentive than in present law for contributions of certain types of new inventory property, manufactured by the donor corporation no more than two years before contribution, which the donee university or college uses in carrying on scientific research activities, including research training. The committee also believes that the deduction so allowed should not be such that the donor corporation could be in a better after-tax situation by donating the property than by selling it.

 

Explanation of Provision

 

 

Overview

The provision provides an additional limited exception to the rules of present law which generally require an otherwise allowable deduction for charitable contributions of appreciated property to be reduced by the amount which would not be long-term capital gain if the property contributed had been sold at its fair market value at the time of the contribution.

The provision allows corporations (with certain exceptions)2 a larger deduction than under present law for charitable contributions of new tangible personal property which is of an inventory nature (within the meaning of sec. 1221(1)), if contributed to an institution of higher education (as defined in secs. 170(b)(1)(A)(ii) and 3304(f)), and if used by the college or university for research purposes.

Requirements for favorable treatment

To qualify, a corporate contribution of ordinary-income property to a college or university must satisfy the following requirements:

 

(1) The property contributed must have been constructed by the taxpayer;3

(2) The contribution must be made within two years of substantial completion of construction of the property;

(3) The original use of the property is by the donee;

(4) The property is scientific equipment or apparatus substantially all the use of which by the donee is for research or experimentation (within the meaning of Code sec. 174), including research training purposes, in the United States in the physical or biological sciences;4

(5) The property is not transferred by the donee in exchange for money, other property, or services; and

(6) The taxpayer receives the donee's written statement representing that the use and disposition of the property contributed will be in accordance with the last two requirements.

 

Allowable deduction

If all the conditions are satisfied, the charitable deduction is generally for the sum of (1) the taxpayer's basis in the property and (2) one-half of the unrealized appreciation. However, in no event is a deduction to be allowed for an amount which exceeds twice the basis of the property.

 

Effective Date

 

 

The provision applies to charitable contributions made after the date of enactment of the bill, in taxable years ending after that date.

 

Revenue Effect

 

 

This provision will reduce budget receipts by less than $5 million annually.

3. Allocation of U.S.-based research and experimental expenditures to U.S. source income

 

Present Law

 

 

Foreign tax credit--background

In general, U.S. citizens and U.S. corporations are subject to taxation by the United States on their worldwide income. To avoid double taxation of U.S. taxpayers on foreign source income, the United States allows a foreign tax credit against the U.S. taxes imposed on foreign source income.

A fundamental principle of the foreign tax credit is that it may not be used to offset the U.S. tax on U.S. source income. The foreign tax credit provisions contain a limitation that insures that the credit will not be used to offset the U.S. tax on U.S. source income. Under the limitation, a U.S. taxpayer is allowed a credit against its U.S. tax for foreign taxes paid on foreign source income only to the extent of the pre-credit U.S. tax on that foreign source income.

The foreign tax credit limitation is calculated by multiplying the taxpayer's U.S. tax on its total taxable income by a fraction, the numerator of which is the taxpayer's foreign source taxable income and the denominator of which is total taxable income.

Treasury regulation sec. 1.861-8

In determining foreign source taxable income for purposes of computing the foreign tax credit limitation, sections 861-863 require taxpayers to allocate or apportion all of their expenses between foreign source income and U.S. source income. Treasury regulation 1.861-8 sets forth the rules on allocating and apportioning these expenses.

Under this regulation, research and development expenditures ("research expenses") are allocated to income based on a broad classification of 32 product groups enumerated in the Standard Industrial Classification ("SIC") Manual. Research expenses are not allocable solely to the income generated by the particular product which benefited from the research activity. Instead, these expenses are allocable to all the income within the SIC product group in which the product is classified. Accordingly, once a research expense is identified with a SIC product group, it is allocated to foreign sources based on the ratio of total foreign source sales receipts or income, as the case may be, within the SIC product group to the total worldwide sales receipts or income, as the case may be, within the SIC product group.

The regulation provides certain "safe harbors" when more than 50 percent of the research expenses are incurred either within or without the United States. For years beginning in 1979, the regulation allows a taxpayer to allocate 30 percent of the research expenses to the geographic source in which more than 50 percent of such expenses were incurred.

The regulation also provides that if the taxpayer's results of operations justify an allocation of research expenses to the country in which the research is performed that would be higher than the 30 percent that is allowed under this safe harbor rule, then the taxpayer may make such higher allocation. The remaining portion of the research expenses are then apportioned based upon the SIC formula.

 

Reasons for Change

 

 

The committee believes that the portion of the sec. 1.861-8 regulation that relates to research and development expenses warrants further study because of its possible adverse effect on U.S. based research and development activities.

Taxpayers that allocate research and development expenses for purposes of the foreign tax credit claim that the allocation results in more deductions being allocated overseas than is allowed as a deduction by the foreign country. Thus, taxpayers claim that their foreign tax credit limitation is lower than the foreign taxes paid and that they will lose foreign tax credits.

Taxpayers argue that because of the application of the regulation, they must transfer research and development activities to the foreign country in order to get a deduction in that country and, thus, get a full foreign tax credit on the income earned in that country. The committee believes that the transfer of research and development activities overseas would not be in the best interest of the United States. Therefore, the committee has concluded that the Treasury should study the impact of the allocation of research and development expenses under Treas. Reg. Sec. 1.861-8 on U.S.-based research and development activities.

 

Explanation of Provision

 

 

In the case of the taxpayer's first taxable year beginning within one year after the date of enactment of this Act, all research and experimental expenditures (within the meaning of section 174) which are paid or incurred in that taxable year (and only in that taxable year) for research activities conducted in the United States shall be allocated or apportioned to sources within the United States.

The Department of the Treasury is directed to conduct a study of the impact that the research and development allocation provisions of Treasury regulation sec. 1.861-8 has on research and development activities conducted in the United States. The study, with recommendations to the Congress, is to be submitted to the Committee on Ways and Means and the Senate Committee on Finance not later than six months after enactment of the bill.

 

Effective Date

 

 

The requirement to allocate or apportion to U.S. sources those research and experimental expenditures which are attributable to research activities performed in the United States is effective for the first taxable year that begins within one year after the date of enactment of this Act. The report to the Congress is due six months after the date of enactment of this Act.

 

Revenue Effect

 

 

This provision will reduce fiscal year receipts by $56 million in 1982, $55 million in 1983, and a negligible amount thereafter.

 

TITLE III--SAVINGS TAX INCENTIVES

 

 

A. Retirement Savings Provisions

 

 

1. Individual retirement savings

(secs. 301 and 302 of the bill and secs. 62, 219, 220, 408, 409, 415, 2039, 2503, 3401, 4973, and 6047 of the Code)

 

Present Law

 

 

Individual retirement accounts

An individual generally is entitled to deduct from gross income the amount contributed to an individual retirement account or annuity, or used to purchase retirement bonds (referred to collectively as "IRAs"). The limitation on the deduction for a taxable year is generally the lesser of 15 percent of compensation for the year or $1,500. Under a spousal IRA, the $1,500 contribution limit is increased to $1,750 for a year, if (1) the contribution is equally divided between an individual and the spouse of the individual, and (2) the spouse has no compensation for the year. However, no IRA deduction is allowed for a taxable year to an individual who is an active participant during any part of the taxable year in a qualified pension, profit-sharing or stock bonus plan, a tax-sheltered annuity program maintained by certain tax-exempt organizations or by public educational organizations, or a government plan (whether or not qualified). Except for tax-free rollovers and certain amounts paid for life insurance under an endowment contract, nondeductible contributions are not permitted to be made to an IRA. Income and gain on amounts held under an IRA are not taxed until distributed. Except in the case of certain correcting distributions, all distributions from IRA's are includible in gross income. Distributions made before age 59-1/2 (other than those attributable to disability or death) are subject to an additional 10-percent income tax. If an individual borrows from an IRA or uses amounts in an IRA as security for a loan, the transaction is treated as a distribution and the usual tax rules for distributions apply. Distributions from an IRA must commence no later than the taxable year in which the individual attains age 70-1/2, and special rules require distributions to be made within a prescribed time after the individual's death. Amounts held in an IRA can qualify for exclusions under the estate tax and gift tax rules.

Simplified employee pensions

If an individual retirement account or individual retirement annuity qualifies as a simplified employee pension (SEP), the annual IRA deduction limitation is increased to the lesser of $7,500 or 15 percent of compensation. The $7,500 limit applies only to employer contributions. An employee with a SEP is entitled to make additional deductible contributions to an IRA only to the extent that the annual deduction limitation (i.e., the lesser of 15 percent of compensation or $1,500) exceeds the amount contributed by the employer for the year under the SEP. An individual retirement account or individual retirement annuity qualifies as a SEP for a calendar year if certain requirements relating to employee withdrawals and the employer contribution allocation formula are met. The allocation rules are designed to assure that employer contributions are made on a basis that does not discriminate in favor of employees who are officers, shareholders, or highly compensated.

Employee contributions

Many qualified plans provide for contributions by both the employer and the employee. In many cases, the employee contributions are mandatory (i.e., required as a condition of employment, a condition of participation in the plan, or a condition of obtaining additional employer-derived benefits). In other cases, employee contributions are voluntary, and the amount, within limits, is left to the discretion of the employee. A plan can provide for both mandatory and voluntary employee contributions. Employee contributions to a qualified plan may not discriminate in favor of employees who are officers, shareholders, or highly compensated. Generally, in the case of voluntary employee contributions, within certain limits, there is presumed to be no discrimination on account of those contributions so long as the opportunity to make the contributions is reasonably available to a nondiscriminatory group of employees. Plan income and gain allocable to an employee's contributions to a qualified plan are generally not taxed to the plan or to the employee until distributed or made available to the employee or the employee's beneficiary. However, the employee is generally not entitled to a deduction or exclusion for employee contributions to the plan. Benefits held in a qualified plan can qualify for exclusions under the estate tax and gift tax rules to the extent the benefits are not attributable to employee contributions.

 

Reasons for Change

 

 

The committee is concerned that a large number of the nation's workers, including many who are covered by employer-sponsored retirement plans, face the prospect of retiring without the resources needed to assure adequate retirement income levels. The committee believes that retirement savings by individuals during their working years can make an important contribution towards assuring retirement income security. The committee understands that personal savings, when compared to personal disposable income (i.e., personal income after personal tax payments), have recently declined. During the years 1973 through 1975, the personal saving rate was as high as 8.6 percent. It declined to 5.2 percent in 1978 and 1979 and rose only slightly in 1980 to 5.6 percent. (These savings estimates include employer payments to private pension funds.)

The committee bill is designed to promote greater retirement income security by increasing the amount which individuals can set aside in an IRA and by permitting active plan participants to contribute to an IRA on the same basis as non-participants. The bill also allows employees a limited deduction for voluntary employee contributions by providing for employee IRAs under qualified plans. The committee believes that uniform rules for all individuals and for all deductible individual retirement savings will greatly simplify the administration of IRAs for individual taxpayers, employers, and sponsoring financial institutions.

Present budgetary limits precluded the committee from giving full consideration to the merits of extending the tax-favored treatment of mandatory employee contributions to employer-sponsored plans by allowing a deduction for such contributions. The committee believes that the question of deductibility of mandatory contributions to employer-sponsored plans should be further reviewed on the merits at a future time when budgetary constraints permit.

 

Explanation of Provision

 

 

Uniform IRA deduction limit

Under the bill, an individual (including an active participant in a qualified plan, etc.) is allowed a deduction for contributions to an IRA limited annually to the lesser of $2,000 or 100 percent of compensation for the year. In the case of a participant in a qualified plan, the deduction is allowed for contributions to an IRA or for voluntary contributions by or on behalf of the employee to an employee IRA under the plan. Under the bill, the first $2,000 of voluntary employee contributions to a plan for a year will be allocated to the employee IRA unless the employee designates otherwise. An employee can allocate voluntary contributions to employee IRAs under all qualified plans in which the employee participates, so long as the total amount allocated does not exceed the deduction limit for the year.

An employee for whom an employer contributes under a simplified employee pension (SEP) is allowed a deduction for his own IRA contributions without regard to the deduction allowed to the employee for employer contributions to the SEP. Under the SEP rules, the annual deduction limit for employer contributions is applied with respect to contributions by, and compensation from, each employer.

If a married couple files a joint return, their IRA contribution limit for the year is equal to the sum of the separate contribution limits computed for each spouse. A couple's IRA contribution need not be equally divided between the spouses, but annual contribution for either spouse cannot exceed $2,000. Thus, for example, if spouses H and W each had at least $2,000 of compensation includible in gross income for a year, their aggregate deduction limit would be $4,000. Because no more than $2,000 could be deducted on behalf of either spouse, they would be allowed the maximum deduction only if each spouse's IRA received $2,000. If, instead, H earned $20,000 and W earned $1,000, their maximum aggregate deduction would be $3,000. Subject to the rule that neither spouse's IRA could receive more than $2,000 for the year, contributions not exceeding $3.000 could be allocated in any manner chosen by H and W (e.g., H's IRA could receive $1,000, and W's could receive $2,000).

Employee IRAs

An account in a qualified trust or under a qualified annuity plan qualifies as an employee IRA if (1) only voluntary employee contributions may be credited to the account, (2) the first $2,000 of such contributions for a calendar year are credited to the account unless the employee designates that all or a portion of the contributions are to be treated as nondeductible, and (3) the employee's balance under the account is adjusted for any income, gain, losses, and expenses at least contributions may be credited to the account, (2) the first $2,000 of such annually. Of course, an account need not be labeled "employee IRA" to qualify for treatment as an employee IRA. As under present law relating to defined contribution plans, these adjustments are to be based on the fair market value of assets. An employee IRA may not be established under a government plan.

Treasury regulations are to provide rules under which an employee may designate that otherwise deductible voluntary contributions to a qualified plan providing employee IRAs are to be treated as nondeductible. As under the present-law IRA rules, certain contributions made to an employee IRA after the close of a calendar year may be treated as if made on the last day of the year. A qualified plan which accepts contributions to an employee IRA is not required to hold assets acquired with such contributions (or income and gain therefrom) apart from the plan's other assets.

Under the bill, the present-law requirements for a qualified plan generally also apply with respect to an employee IRA under5 the plan. For example, the opportunity to make contributions to an employee IRA must be reasonably available to a nondiscriminatory group of employees. This availability standard will apply to the aggregate of employee IRA contributions and nondeductible voluntary contributions and to the employee IRA contributions alone. If the availability standard is satisfied, the limit on the amount of voluntary contributions permitted under qualified plans of an employer is to be applied only to nondeductible voluntary contributions. In addition, contributions to an employee IRA or to an IRA (other than employer contributions to a SEP) are not taken into account for purposes of the limitations on contributions and benefits for qualified plans and tax-sheltered annuities. In the case of a qualified plan which benefits an owner-employee (a sole proprietor or a partner whose partnership interest exceeds 10 percent), deductible contributions to an employee IRA under the plan are not taken into account under the rules which limit (or preclude) voluntary contributions to the plan by the owner-employee as an employee.

Although the bill changes the tax treatment of voluntary employee contributions to a qualified plan, and benefits derived from such contributions, it does not add new tax qualification requirements to the Code or modify the nontax rules of ERISA (the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974).

Treatment of distributions

Amounts held in an employee IRA generally are subject to the same tax treatment accorded amounts held in an IRA established under present law. All distributions from an employee IRA are includible in gross income, except for tax-free rollovers. Distributions from an employee IRA may be made without penalty after age 59-1/2 or in the event of disability or death. Other distributions from an employee IRA are subject to the same 10-percent additional income tax that applies to early withdrawals from an IRA established under present law. If amounts in an employee IRA are distributed as a life annuity which commences after age 59-1/2 (and which provides for regular, periodic, substantially equal payments), the annuity payments are taxed under the same rules which apply to annuity payments under qualified plans. For this purpose, the balance in the employee IRA at the time the payments commence is treated as an amount contributed by the employer which was excluded from the employee's income. Under this rule, if amounts in an employee IRA are applied together with other amounts (including amounts attributable to nondeductible employee contributions) to provide an annuity to the participant, the portion of an annuity payment attributable to the employee IRA need not be separately accounted for by the payor or by the recipient taxpayer.

Under the rollover rules, a distribution from an employee IRA may be transferred, tax-free, to (1) an IRA established under present law or (2) an employee IRA under another qualified plan if the plan administrator of the other plan permits such rollovers on a nondiscriminatory basis. The amount transferred would not be taken into account under the limits on employee contributions to a qualified plan. Such a rollover may be made without regard to whether the distribution from the employee IRA is included in a lump sum distribution or a distribution on account of termination of the qualified plan, and without regard to whether the distribution constitutes a total distribution of the participant's balance under the employee IRA. In addition, a distribution from an IRA established under present law may be rolled over to an employee IRA under a qualified plan under the same rules which apply to IRA-to-IRA transfers, if the plan administrator of the qualified plan accepts such rollover on a nondiscriminatory basis.

Under the bill, the present-law IRA excise tax rules reflecting the requirement that distributions commence not later than the taxable year in which the individual attains age 70-1/2 and that distributions be made within a prescribed time after the individual's death also apply to amounts held in an employee IRA. If an amount in an employee IRA is applied toward the purchase of life insurance, the amount so applied is treated as a distribution to which the usual tax rules for distributions apply. In addition, if an employee borrows any amount from an employee IRA, the employee's entire balance in the employee IRA is treated as if distributed to the employee. If the employee pledges as security for a loan all or a portion of an interest in an employee IRA under a qualified trust, the amount of the security interest is treated as distributed. If an employee borrows against an interest in an employee IRA under a qualified annuity plan, an amount equal to the fair market value of the employee IRA is treated as a distribution to which the usual distribution rules apply.

The rules for employee IRAs differ in certain respects from the rules for individual retirement accounts. For example, an individual retirement account must specifically provide that no amount in the account may be invested in life insurance and that distributions from the account will commence no later than the close of the taxable year in which the individual attains age 70-1/2. With respect to employee IRAs, the bill reflects these IRA requirements in income tax rules which apply if amounts in an employee IRA are used to purchase life insurance or if distributions do not commence before the close of the employee's taxable year in which he attains age 70-1/2. However, these income tax rules for employee IRAs are not required to be included in plan provisions relating to the purchase of life insurance for employees or to the distribution of plan benefits.

Under the bill, amounts held in an employee IRA can qualify for exclusions under the estate tax and gift tax rules which apply to IRAs established under present law.

The distribution of, or the failure to distribute, amounts held in an employee IRA under a qualified plan is not taken into account in determining whether a distribution under the plan is a lump sum distribution. In addition, amounts distributed from an employee IRA are not eligible for 10-year forward income averaging, long-term capital gain treatment, deferred recognition of gain on employer securities, or the income tax death benefit exclusion for certain benefits under qualified plans. In applying certain IRA rules to deductible employee contributions, the committee does not intend to imply that it necessarily would be appropriate to apply such rules to other plan contributions or benefits.

An employer is not required to withhold income tax on an employee's voluntary contributions to any employee IRA if it is reasonable to believe that the employee will be entitled to a deduction for the contributions.

A clarifying amendment is made with regard to the income tax treatment of the proceeds of an IRA retirement bond purchased with a rollover contribution.

 

Effective Dates

 

 

These provisions generally are effective for taxable years beginning after December 31, 1981. The amendments to the estate tax and gift tax rules apply to the estates of decedents dying and to transfers made after such date. The amendment relating to IRA retirement bond rollovers applies to taxable years beginning after December 31, 1974.

 

Revenue Effect

 

 

This provision will reduce fiscal year receipts by $211 million in 1982, $1.290 million in 1983, $1,918 million in 1984, $2,530 million in 1985, and $2,816 million in 1986.

2. Retirement plan deduction for self-employed individuals

(sec. 303 of the bill and secs. 72, 219, 401, 404, 408, 1379, and 4972 of the Code)

 

Present Law

 

 

In general

A pension or profit-sharing plan is a qualified plan only if it is established by an employer for the benefit of employees or their beneficiaries. For this purpose, a sole proprietor is considered both an employee and the employer, and a partnership is considered the employer of each partner. A qualified plan which benefits a self-employed individual (a sole proprietor or partner) is referred to as an "H.R. 10 plan" or "Keogh plan", and is subject to special rules which are in addition to the Code's other qualification requirements. These special rules include limits on the contributions and benefits which can be provided for a self-employed individual. These limits are generally lower than the overall limits on contributions and benefits applicable with respect to all employees under qualified plans.

Limitation on contributions and benefits for self-employed individuals

Under a qualified defined contribution1 H.R. 10 plan, deductible contributions on behalf of a self-employed individual generally are limited annually to the lesser of $7,500 or 15 percent of net earnings from self-employment. Nondeductible, employee contributions by a self-employed individual are generally permitted (within limits) unless all employees covered by the plan are owner-employees (an owner-employee is a sole proprietor or a partner whose partnership interest exceeds 10 percent). Annual contributions on behalf of a self-employed individual in excess of the combined limits on deductible and (if permitted) nondeductible contributions are subject to a six-percent nondeductible excise tax.

Under a qualified defined benefit2 H.R. 10 plan, the annual benefit accruals for a self-employed individual are limited by a special schedule designed to permit the accrual of a pension benefit no greater than that which could be provided by the accumulated annual contributions permitted under a defined contribution H.R. 10 plan.

Subchapter S corporations

A qualified pension or profit-sharing plan maintained by an electing small business corporation (a subchapter S corporation) is subject to special limitations corresponding to those for H.R. 10 plans as well as the overall limits on contributions and benefits applicable to all qualified plans. Under a qualified defined contribution plan of a subchapter S corporation, annual employer contributions on behalf of a shareholder-employee (an employee who owns more than five percent of employer stock) in excess of the lesser of $7,500 or 15 percent of compensation are includible in the income of the shareholder-employee. Under a qualified defined benefit plan of a subchapter S corporation, benefits are limited under the same schedule that applies to a defined benefit H.R. 10 plan.

Simplified employee pensions

If an individual retirement account or individual retirement annuity qualifies as a simplified employee pension (SEP), the annual IRA deduction limitation is increased to the lesser of $7,500 or 15 percent of compensation. The $7,500 limit applies only to employer contributions. An employee with a SEP is entitled to make additional deductible contributions to an IRA only to the extent that the annual deduction limitation (i.e., the lesser of 15 percent of compensation or $1,500) exceeds the amount contributed by the employer for the year under the SEP. An individual retirement account or individual retirement annuity qualifies as a SEP for a calendar year if certain requirements relating to employee withdrawals and the employer contribution allocation formula are met. The allocation rules are designed to assure that employer contributions are made on a basis that does not discriminate in favor of employees who are officers, shareholders, or highly compensated.

Limit on includible compensation

Under present law, only the first $100,000 of compensation may be taken into account under an H.R. 10 plan, a plan of a subchapter S corporation, or a SEP for purposes of testing for discrimination and applying certain limits on contributions or benefits.

Employee borrowing from qualified plans

In general, loans to participants from a qualified plan are permitted if certain requirements are met.3 However, H.R. 10 plans are not permitted to lend to an owner-employee. Also, if an owner-employee participating in H.R. 10 plan borrows from the plan or uses an interest in the plan as security for a loan, the transaction is treated as a plan distribution, and the usual tax rules for distributions apply.

Plan termination distributions

Under present law, an H.R. 10 plan must provide that no benefits will be paid to an owner-employee before he attains age 59-1/2 or is disabled. If a distribution is made to an owner-employee in violation of the rule, no contributions may be made to an H.R. 10 plan on his behalf for the five taxable years following the taxable year of the distribution. This five-year ban applies even if the distribution is made on account of termination of the plan.

Under the rules permitting tax-free rollovers of distributions from qualified plans, all or a part of a total distribution made to an owner-employee on account of the termination of an H.R. 10 plan may be transferred, tax-free, to an IRA. The portion of the distribution rolled over to an IRA is not subject to the 10-percent additional income tax which generally applies to distributions received by an owner-employee before age 59-1/2.

 

Reasons for Change

 

 

The deductible limit for contributions to H.R. 10 plans has not been revised since 1974. The committee believes that this limit should be increased to make these plans more attractive. The committee believes that the $100,000 limit on includible compensation also should be adjusted.

Under present law, partners who are not owner-employees may borrow against their interest in an H.R. 10 plan without penalty. The committee is concerned that the widespread use of such loans diminishes retirement savings. Accordingly, the committee believes the restrictions on loans and pledges currently applicable to owner-employees should be applied to all partners. The committee also believes that changes should be made to permit timely correction of excess contributions to H.R. 10 plans and to permit contributions to an H.R. 10 plan to continue without interruption where an owner-employee has received a distribution before age 59-1/2 from a terminated H.R. 10 plan.

 

Explanation of Provisions

 

 

Increased contribution limit; excess contributions

In general, the bill increases the deduction limit for employer contributions to defined contribution H.R. 10 plans, defined contribution plans maintained by subchapter S corporations, and SEPs to $15,000. The 15-percent limit on contributions is not changed. In addition, the bill provides that if an excess contribution is made, the six-percent excise tax on the excess contribution will not apply if the excess, together with any net income attributable to it, is withdrawn from the plan on or before the date for filing the return for the taxable year (including extensions). This rule corresponds to a rule for excess contributions made to IRAs.

For defined benefit H.R. 10 or subchapter S corporation plans, the compensation taken into account in determining permitted annual benefit accruals is increased to $100,000. The bill continues the requirement of present law under which an increase in the compensation taken into account to determine benefit accruals under a plan is treated as starting a new period of plan participation.

Increase in includible compensation

Under the bill, the maximum amount of compensation which may be used to determine contributions in an H.R. 10 or subchapter S plan, or a SEP is increased from $100,000 to $200,000. However, if annual compensation in excess of $100,000 is taken into account under the plan, the rate of employer contributions for a plan participant who is a common-law employee cannot be less than the equivalent of 7-1/2 percent of that participant's compensation. Of course, as under present law, the amount actually contributed to a particular plan for a participant will be less if the plan is integrated with social security. Also, contributions or benefits under another qualified plan of the employer may be taken into account for the purpose of determining whether the 7-1/2-percent minimum is met.

Employee borrowing

The bill extends to all partners the present law rule under which a loan from an H.R. 10 plan, or the use of an interest in the plan as security for a loan, is treated as a distribution.

Plan termination distributions

The bill provides that the present-law rule which precludes future contributions to an H.R. 10 plan for an owner-employee after certain distributions are made to the owner-employee will not apply with respect to a distribution made on account of plan termination.

 

Effective Dates

 

 

These provisions generally are effective for taxable years beginning after December 31, 1981. However, the bill provides a transitional rule for a loan outstanding on December 31, 1981, to a partner who is not an owner-employee. Such a loan will not be treated as a distribution from the plan unless renegotiated, extended, renewed or revised after that date.

 

Revenue Effect

 

 

These provisions will reduce fiscal year receipts by $56 million in 1982, $161 million in 1983, $189 million in 1984, $208 million in 1985, and $228 million in 1986.

3. Rollovers under bond purchase plans

(sec. 304 of the bill and secs. 219, 405, 408, 2039 and 4973 of the Code)

 

Present Law

 

 

Under a qualified bond purchase plan, contributions by the employer and contributions (if any) by the employee are used to purchase special U.S. bonds issued under the Second Liberty Bond Act. Such bonds may also be purchased with amounts contributed to a trust forming a part of a qualified pension or profit-sharing plan. Bonds purchased for a plan participant are issued in the name of the participant (whose rights under the bond are nonforfeitable at all times) in denominations of $50, $100, $500, or $1,000.

A bond purchased for a plan participant may be redeemed only after the participant dies, attains age 59-1/2, or is disabled. Redemption proceeds in excess of the amount contributed by the employee are includible in gross income as ordinary income. The proceeds may not be rolled over to a qualified plan or to an IRA.

 

Reason for Change

 

 

The committee believes that the rules preventing tax-free rollovers of the redemption proceeds from bonds distributed under a qualified bond purchase plan are unnecessarily restrictive.

 

Explanation of Provision

 

 

In the case of a qualified bond purchased for an employee, any portion of the redemption proceeds in excess of the amount contributed by the employee may be rolled over, tax-free, to an IRA for the benefit of the employee (or the employee's beneficiary). As under present law relating to rollovers, the contribution to the IRA must be made within 60 days after the redemption.

The bill does not change the present-law rule under which a bond may not be redeemed before the individual dies, attains age 59-1/2, or is disabled.

 

Effective Date

 

 

The provision applies to redemptions after the date of enactment in taxable years ending after such date.

 

Revenue Effect

 

 

This provision will have a negligible effect on budget receipts.

4. Investments in collectibles by an individual retirement account or individually-directed account under a qualified plan

(sec. 305(b) of the bill and sec. 408 of the Code)

 

Present Law

 

 

Under present law, broad discretion generally is allowed with respect to investments by qualified plans and IRAs (individual retirement accounts) where self-dealing is not involved.1 The Federal prudent man and diversification standards of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (ERISA) do not apply to IRAs or to individually-directed accounts of employees under qualified plans.

Under present law, only a bank, insurance company, or other qualifying financial institution can act as an IRA trustee or custodian. However, the owner of an IRA can self-direct the investment of assets in the account.

 

Reasons for Change

 

 

In recent years there has been increasing interest in investing retirement savings in collectibles (coins, antiques, art, stamp collections, etc.) under IRAs and individually-directed accounts in qualified plans. The committee is concerned that collectibles divert retirement savings from thrift institutions and other traditional investment media and that investments in collectibles do not contribute to productive capital formation.

 

Explanation of Provision

 

 

Under the bill, an amount in an IRA or in an individually-directed account in a qualified plan which is used to acquire a collectible would be treated as if distributed in the taxable year of the acquisition. The usual income tax rules for distributions from an IRA or from a qualified plan apply.

A "collectible" is defined in the bill as any work of art, rug, antique, metal, gem, stamp, coin, alcoholic beverage, or any other item of tangible personal property specified by the Secretary.

Although the bill changes the tax treatment of the acquisition of collectibles under individually-directed accounts, it does not modify the tax-qualification standards of the Code for pension, profit-sharing, or stock bonus plans or the nontax rules of ERISA. For example, the tax qualification of a pension plan would not be adversely affected merely because an amount was treated as distributed to a participant under this provision at a time when the plan is not permitted to make a distribution to the participant.

The committee expects that Treasury regulations will provide for appropriate adjustments that will avoid double taxation of benefits under a plan where the collectible is not actually distributed.

 

Effective Date

 

 

The provision is effective for property acquired after December 31, 1981, in taxable years ending after that date.

 

Revenue Effect

 

 

This provision will have a negligible effect upon budget receipts.

 

B. Exclusion for Savings Interest Income

 

 

1. Exclusion of interest on qualified savings certificates

(sec. 321 of the bill and secs. 128, 265, 584, 643, 702, and new sec. 129 of the Code)

 

Present Law

 

 

Present law has no specific provision for the exclusion of interest earned on savings certificates. Under section 116, and for calendar years 1981 and 19821 only, up to $200 ($400 on a joint return) of dividends and interest from a variety of domestic sources may be excluded from gross income.

 

Reasons for Change

 

 

During recent periods of high interest rates, savings and loan associations, commercial banks, credit unions and similar depository institutions have experienced substantial disintermediation, as depositors and investors in institutional demand deposits, certificates of deposit and other time deposits have transferred their funds to higher yield financial instruments purchased from other sources (such as money market funds). Unlike depository institutions, the sources of these alternative instruments are not subject to statutory limits on the rates of interest they could pay nor do they have to meet minimum reserve requirements.

In addition, savings and loan associations and many banks and credit unions have made long-term, low-rate loans, especially home loans, in the past. Because of high interest rates, the current cost of obtaining funds to carry these old loans is higher than the income accruing on them. The resulting squeeze on the profitability and cash flow of many of these depository institutions may threaten their financial viability, particularly in light of the disintermediation caused by the competition from financial institutions whose interest rates are not regulated.

Another result of high interest rates has been a significant disruption in the mortgage credit market. Money for new long-term mortgages, when it has been available, has demanded very high rates. The home building industry has suffered as a result and many young couples no longer believe they can afford to own a home.

The committee believes that availability of a tax-exempt savings instrument that can be issued only by depository institutions should help to stem, and perhaps reverse, the flow of deposits out of depository institutions. It also is anticipated that some new savings may be generated by such instruments. In addition, the committee believes that the availability of lower-cost funds from tax-exempt certificates for a 2-year period2 should give the troubled depository institutions an opportunity to retire much of the low-yield loan portions of their portfolios and replace them with more profitable assets.

Finally, the committee believes revitalization of depository institutions, increases in net savings and the requirement that new deposits be invested, in part, in home mortgages will significantly stimulate the home building and real estate industries.

 

Explanation of Provision

 

 

The committee bill provides for a lifetime exclusion from gross income of $1,000 ($2,000 in the case of a joint return) of interest earned on qualified tax-exempt savings certificates.

Qualified certificates

In general, qualified tax-exempt savings certificates are one-year certificates issued after September 30, 1981, and before October 1, 1982, by a qualified depository institution with a yield not in excess of 70 percent of the yield on 52-week Treasury bills.3 A qualified depositor, institution is a bank defined in section 581, a mutual savings bank, cooperative bank, domestic building and loan association, industrial loan association or bank, credit union, or any other savings or thrift institution chartered and supervised under Federal or State law, if the deposits or accounts of the institution are insured under Federal or State law or protected or guaranteed by State law.

For interest to qualify for the exclusion, a certificate issued by a qualified institution must meet several requirements. First, such certificates may be issued only during the one-year period beginning on October 1, 1981, and ending on September 30, 1982. Interest paid after September 30, 1982, with respect to certificates properly issued before that date will be entitled to the exemption. Second, the certificates must have a maturity period of one year. Thus, all of the interest excludable by virtue of the new provision will be earned by October 1, 1983. Third, the certificate must have a yield not in excess of 70 percent of the yield on 52-week Treasury bills. Whether a certificate meets this 70-percent requirement is determined by comparing the yield to maturity on the certificates (including the effect of any compounding of interest) to the yield to maturity on 52-week Treasury bills sold at the last Treasury auction to have occurred in a calendar week preceding the week the certificate is issued. Thus, an auction of 52-week Treasury bills will determine the interest limitation on tax-exempt savings certificates issued from the Monday following such auction until the Monday following the next auction of 52-week Treasury bills.

Finally, the issuing institution must provide that certificates are available for any deposit of $500 or more, subject to any limit on maximum deposits.

The committee does not intend, by this provision, to preempt the authority of Federal or State banking regulatory agencies to regulate interest rates, minimum deposits, interest penalties, maturities or any other aspect of depository accounts. Thus, the provision does not authorize the issuance of qualified tax-exempt savings certificates; however, the committee anticipates that the cognizant regulatory authorities will consider such authorization as expeditiously as practicable.

Required uses of certificate proceeds

Generally, the committee bill requires that at least 75 percent of the proceeds of qualified certificates during calendar quarter issued by an institution other than a credit union be used to provide residential financing by the end of the subsequent calendar quarter. In the case of an institution with net new savings less than the amount of certificates redeemed from such accounts measured at the beginning and end of each calendar quarter. A special rule limits the amount of certificates issued, the 75-percent requirement applies to the amount of net new savings. For this purpose, qualified net savings is the amount by which deposits into passbook savings accounts, 6-month money market certificates, 30-month small saver certificates, time deposits of less than $100,000, and qualified certificates exceeds the amount withdrawn or redeemed from such accounts measured at the beginning and end of each calendar quarter. A special rule limits the amount of certificates issued by a credit union that may be outstanding at the close of any calendar quarter to 100 percent of the credit union's savings deposits as of September 30, 1981, plus 10 percent of any new net savings as of the end of the quarter over the credit union's savings deposits as of September 30, 1981. The amount of qualified certificates, residential financing, and net new savings are to be determined on a net aggregate basis of all corporations (whether or not qualified depository institutions) which are affiliated corporations (within the meaning of sec. 1504), if a consolidated return is filed for any part of that calendar quarter.

Qualified residential financing of an institution is any of the following held by the institution:

 

(a) any loan secured by a lien on a single-family or multifamily residence;

(b) any secured or unsecured qualified home improvement loan;

(c) any mortgage on a single-family or multifamily residence which is insured or guaranteed by the Federal, State, or local government or any instrumentality thereof;

(d) any loan to acquire a mobile home;

(e) any loan for the construction or rehabilitation of a single-family or multifamily residence;

(f) any mortgage secured by single-family or multifamily residences purchased on the secondary market, but only to the extent purchases exceed sales of such assets;

(g) any security issued or guaranteed by the Federal National Mortgage Association, the Government National Mortgage Association, or the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation, or security issued by any other person if such security is secured by mortgages, but only to the extent purchases exceed sales of such assets; or

(h) any agricultural loan.

 

The term single-family residence includes stock in a cooperative housing corporation as defined in section 216.

If an institution fails to meet the proceeds investment test at the end of any calendar quarter, it may not issue additional certificates until the requirement is satisfied.

Limitations

The amount that any individual may exclude from income under the new provision is limited to $1,000. This limitation applies to the aggregate of all interest paid on all certificates. Thus, a calendar year taxpayer who receives, for example, $800 of otherwise exempt interest in 1982 and $500 in 1983 can exclude only $800 of interest in 1982 and $200 of interest in 1983. In the case of individuals filing returns, the limit is increased to $2,000. This is true even if all of the $2,000 is earned by only one of the individuals filing the joint return. If two individuals file a separate return in one year and a joint return in the next year, the separate amount of any exemption claimed in the first year are combined and taken into account in applying the $2,000 limitation in the second year. Similarly, if two individuals file a joint return in one year, they are treated as each having claimed half the amount of any exclusion shown on that return in applying the limitation in any subsequent year for which they file separate returns or joint returns with different individuals.

Interest paid on qualified certificates is excludible only when earned by individuals or by estates that receive such certificates by reason of the decedent's death. In the case of a partnership, the individual partners may exclude their distributive shares of interest paid on qualified certificates held by the partnership subject to each partner's $1,000 lifetime limitation on the exclusion. Under an amendment to section 702, each partnership is required to separately state the amount of such interest distributable to the partners. Amounts paid to trusts (other than common trust funds) or corporations (including real estate investment trusts, subchapter S corporations, and regulated investment companies) will be fully taxable.

In applying the dollar limitation to estates, the estate is treated as having claimed any exclusion taken by the decedent or by a surviving spouse who files a joint return claiming an exclusion.

If a taxpayer earns interest in excess of the excludible amount, the first interest earned is the interest eligible for exclusion.

If any portion of a certificate is redeemed or disposed of before maturity, the exclusion from income is not available for any interest earned on the certificate for the year in which the certificate is redeemed or disposed of or in any subsequent year. The receipt of interest earned on the certificate prior to maturity is not a premature redemption. If interest paid on a certificate is excluded from income in one year and the certificate is prematurely redeemed or disposed of in a subsequent year, then the amount of excluded interest in the prior year must be included in income for the year of the redemption or disposition. Previously excluded amounts that are recaptured under this rule are not taken into account for purposes of the $1,000 limitation. Thus, if a holder redeems a certificate and reinvests a portion in a new certificate, interest on the new certificate can be excluded.

The bill provides that using a certificate or any portion of a certificate as collateral or security for a loan will be treated as a redemption of the entire certificate.

The bill also denies deduction for interest paid on indebtedness incurred to purchase or carry investment in qualified tax-exempt savings certificates. These rules are the same as those that apply under present law with respect to debt incurred or continued to purchase or carry tax-exempt obligations (sec. 265(2)).

Treasury study

The committee bill requires the Secretary of the Treasury to report to the Congress before June 1, 1982, on the results of a study to be conducted by the Treasury on the effectiveness of the new saving certificates provision in generating additional savings. The committee intends to use this study in determining what permanent savings incentives should be enacted.

Coordination with interest and dividends exclusion

Since some interest earned in 1981 may otherwise be eligible for exclusion under both the new provision and the section 116 interest and dividend exclusion, the bill provides a special transition rule. This rule provides that any amount earned on a depository institution tax-exempt savings certificate may be excluded only under new section 128 and may not be excluded under the general interest and dividend exclusion in section 116 of present law, even if the interest on the certificate is not tax-exempt because of a premature redemption or disposition.

 

Effective Date

 

 

This provision of the bill applies to taxable years ending after September 30, 1981.

 

Revenue Effect

 

 

It is estimated that the provision will reduce budget receipts by $418 million in fiscal year 1982, $1,951 million in fiscal year 1983, and $1,348 million in fiscal year 1984.

2. Partial exclusion of dividend and interest income

(sec. 322 of the bill and secs. 116, 265, 584, 643, 702, and 854 of the Code)

 

Present Law

 

 

Under section 61, dividend and interest income received by individuals, in general, is subject to Federal income taxation. An exception to this rule applies to most interest received on State and local government obligations. In addition, a partial exclusion of dividend and interest income is available under section 116.

Prior to the enactment of the Crude Oil Windfall Profit Tax Act of 1980, section 116 provided an exclusion from gross income for the first $100 of dividends received by an individual from domestic corporations. In the case of a husband and wife, each spouse was entitled to a separate exclusion of up to $100 for dividends received with respect to stock owned by that spouse. In the Crude Oil Windfall Profit Tax Act of 1980, Congress expanded section 116 to provide that up to $200 ($400 on a joint return) of dividend and interest income from certain domestic sources may be excluded from gross income. Any combination of eligible dividends and interest may be included within the limits. To encourage further analysis of the appropriate tax treatment of dividend and interest income, Congress allowed the increase in the exclusion and the expansion of coverage to include interest income only in 1981 and 1982. After 1982, section 116 will revert to the prior law provision (i.e., a $100 exclusion of dividends only).

 

Reasons for Change

 

 

The committee believes that the present partial exclusion of $200 ($400 for joint returns) of dividend and interest income has been inefficient in encouraging individual savings. The committee notes, in particular, that the present exclusion provides no added incentive for individuals to save an amount sufficient to earn interest in excess of the limitation.

The committee bill contains a variety of new or expanded incentives for individual savings and investment including reductions in the top marginal tax rate on investment income, a temporary program of tax-exempt savings certificates, increases in the limitations on retirement savings, and a program for dividend reinvestment. In light of the new incentives, the committee believes it is unnecessary to retain the partial interest exclusion.

 

Explanation of Provision

 

 

The committee bill repeals the present $200 ($400 on a joint return) interest and dividend exclusion for taxable years beginning after December 31, 1981. Thus, the $200/$400 exclusion will be available only for taxable years beginning in 1981. For subsequent years, the $100 dividend exclusion of prior law will be available.

 

Effective Date

 

 

This provision of the bill applies to taxable years ending after December 31, 1981.

 

Revenue Effect

 

 

It is estimated that the provision will increase budget receipts by $553 million in fiscal year 1982, and $1,904 million in fiscal year 1983.

 

C. Dividend Reinvestment Plans

 

 

(sec. 341 of the bill and sec. 305 of the Code)

 

Present Law

 

 

Under present law (sec. 305(a)), a pro rata stock distribution is not taxable to a shareholder at the time he or she receives it, but is taxable only when the taxpayer sells or otherwise disposes of the shares received as a distribution. Any gain on the sale generally is treated as a long-term capital gain if the underlying shares (on which the distribution was declared) were held for more than one year.

Stock distributions which are not pro rata, including stock distributions received pursuant to a shareholder's option to receive either stock or cash, are taxable at fair market value when the shares are initially received. The rationale for this different treatment is that with pro rata stock distributions no shareholder has gained any increased interest in the corporation since all shareholders receive a proportionately equal amount of additional stock. But with non-pro rata dividends those receiving the stock distribution do gain an additional interest in the corporation relative to those not receiving stock. Thus, shareholders receiving the stock have gained some value, which is taxed as a dividend. For 1981 and 1982, an individual taxpayer is allowed to exclude from gross income up to $200 ($400 in the case of a joint return) of combined dividends from domestic corporations and certain interest.

 

Reasons for Change

 

 

In providing for expensing of depreciable property and corporate tax rate reductions, the committee acted to stimulate capital formation through internal generation of funds. These funds fundamentally will be used to replace obsolescent capital equipment.

In the case of public utilities, where property is to be recovered over a 10-to 15-year period under the bill, the committee wishes to encourage the generation of funds to provide capital for the purchase of new equipment through the reinvestment of dividends by shareholders. Thus, the committee believes that it is appropriate to allow tax-free treatment of certain stock distributions made to shareholders of public utility corporations.

 

Explanation of Provision

 

 

Under the bill, a domestic public utility corporation may establish a plan under which shareholders who choose to receive a dividend in the form of common stock rather than cash or other property may elect to exclude up to $1,500 per year ($3,000 in the case of a joint return) of the stock dividends from income.

To qualify, the stock must be newly issued common stock. designated by the board of directors of the corporation to qualify for this purpose. The number of shares to be distributed to any shareholder must be determined by reference to a value which is not less than 95 percent (and not more than 105 percent) of the stock's value during the period immediately before the distribution date.

Generally, stock will not qualify where the corporation has repurchased any of its stock within one year before or after the distribution date (or any member of the same affiliated group of corporations has purchased common stock of any other member of such group).

However, if the corporation establishes a business purpose for the purchase not inconsistent with the purpose of the dividend reinvestment provision to aid in the raising of new capital, the purchase will not disqualify any dividend otherwise eligible for exclusion. For example, the purchase of stock to buy out shareholders with very small amounts of stock in order to reduce administrative costs will not disqualify an otherwise qualified distribution. Likewise, redemptions under section 303 to pay estate taxes, or court-ordered repurchases to buy out minority shareholders, will not be deemed inconsistent with the purpose of this section.

Stock received as a qualified dividend will have a zero basis, so that when the stock is later sold the full amount of the sales proceeds will be taxable. In general, proceeds from the sale of such stock will be taxed as capital gains. However, where the stock is sold within one year after distribution, any gain will be treated as ordinary income. In addition, if shares of stock of the distributing corporation are sold by the taxpayer any time after the record date for the dividend and before a date one year after the dividend distribution date, the sale will be treated as a sale of the qualified dividend stock. These rules are designed to prevent the immediate resale of stock without the recognition of ordinary income which would have resulted in the case of a taxable dividend.

Under the bill, the earnings and profits of the distributing corporation will not be reduced by reason of the distribution of qualified stock, whether or not the shareholder elects to exclude the dividend from income.

Only individual shareholders are eligible for the exclusion. Corporations, trusts, estates, non-resident aliens, and persons holding at least 5 percent of the voting power or value of stock in the corporation (using the attribution rules of section 318) are not eligible to exclude any dividends under this provision.

A public utility is qualified if during the 10 years prior to its taxable year in which the dividend is paid, at least 60 percent of the cost of the depreciable property the corporation acquired for the members of an affiliated group (in which the public utility is a member) was public utility recovery property (within the meaning of new sec. 168A). For periods before 1981, the determination of whether property would have been public utility recovery property shall be made as if section 168A had been in effect.

 

Effective Date

 

 

The provisions of the bill will apply to distributions made after December 31, 1981.

 

Revenue Effect

 

 

This provision will reduce fiscal year receipts by $208 million in 1982, $584 million in 1983, $667 million in 1984, $718 million in 1985, and $713 million in 1986.

 

TITLE IV--ESTATE AND GIFT TAX PROVISIONS

 

 

A. Increase in Unified Credit

 

 

(sec. 401 of the bill and secs. 2010, 2505, and 6018 of the Code)

 

Present Law

 

 

Under present law, the estate and gift taxes are unified so that a single progressive rate schedule is applied to cumulative gifts and bequests. The estate and gift tax rates range from 18 percent for the first $10,000 in taxable transfers to 70 percent on taxable transfers in excess of $5 million. Generally, the estate or gift tax liability is determined by first computing the gross gift or estate tax and then subtracting the unified credit to determine the amount of the gift or estate tax.1 The amount of the present unified credit is $47,000. With a unified credit of $47,000, there is no estate or gift tax on transfers of up to $175,625.

The unified credit applicable to the estates of non-resident aliens is $3,600.

 

Reasons for Change

 

 

Currently, with a unified credit of $47,000, cumulative transfers of $175,625 may be made without the imposition of any transfer taxes. The amount of the credit was intended to exempt small- and moderate-sized estates from the estate and gift taxes. However, inflation has been increasing the estate and gift tax burdens by eroding the value of the credit and pushing estates and gifts into higher brackets. In addition, the committee believes that the amount of the credit, established in 1976 and fully effective in 1981, is inadequate to provide relief for estates containing farms, ranches, and small businesses which often are forced to dispose of family businesses to pay the estate or gift tax.

The committee believes that the existing unified credit should be increased to offset the effects of inflation and to provide estate and gift tax relief to small estates, especially those which primarily consist of family businesses.

 

Explanation of Provision

 

 

The committee bill gradually increases the amount of the unified credit from $47,000 to $192,800 over a six-year period. With a unified credit of $192,800, there would be no estate or gift tax on transfers aggregating $600,000 or less. The amount of the credit is $62,800 for decedents dying, and gifts made, in 1982, $79,300 in 1983, $96,300 in 1984, $121,800 in 1985, $155,800 in 1986 and $192,800 in 1987 and subsequent years.

The bill also revises the estate tax filing requirements to reflect the increased unified credit amount. When the credit is phased in fully, the bill requires that an estate tax return be filed only if the decedent's gross estate exceeds $600,000. During the five year phase-in period, the filing requirements are to be $225,000, $275,000, $325,000, $400,000 and $500,000 in 1982, 1983, 1984, 1985, and 1986, respectively. As under present law, the threshold filing requirement will be reduced (but not below zero) by the sum of the adjusted taxable gifts made by the decedent after December 31, 1976, and the amount of the specific gift tax exemption under prior law which may have been used by the decedent with respect to gifts made after September 8, 1976, and before January 1, 1977.

The bill makes no changes to the unified credit for non-resident aliens.

 

Effective Date

 

 

The provision applies to estates of decedents dying after December 31, 1981, and to gifts made after December 31, 1981.

 

Revenue Effect

 

 

This provision will reduce fiscal year receipts by less than $5 million in 1982, $1,077 million in 1983, $1,981 million in 1984, $2,811 million in 1985, and $3,834 million in 1986.

 

B. Rate Reduction

 

 

(sec. 402 of the Bill and sec. 2001 of the Code)

 

Present Law

 

 

Under the unified estate and gift tax rate schedule, rates range from 18 percent on the first $10,000 in taxable transfers to 70 percent on taxable transfers in excess of $5 million.1

 

Reasons for Change

 

 

Despite the substantial increase in the unified credit and the more liberal deferred payment provisions of the committee bill, the present estate and gift tax rates could result in more estate and gift taxes on highly successful closely held and family businesses than their owners could afford without disposing of the businesses. In order to help prevent forced sales of closely held and family businesses from occurring in order to pay estate and gift taxes, the committee believes that the maximum rates of estate and gift taxes should be reduced from 70 percent to 50 percent. In addition, the committee believes that a maximum estate and gift tax rate of 50 percent is consistent with the committee's decision to reduce the maximum rate of income taxes to 50 percent.

 

Explanation of Provision

 

 

The bill reduces the maximum estate and gift tax rate from 70 percent to 50 percent over a 4-year period. The maximum rate is 65 percent for the decedents dying and gifts made in 1982, 60 percent in 1983, 55 percent in 1984, and 50 percent in 1985 and subsequent years. The maximum rate would apply to transfers in excess of $4,000,000 in 1982, $3,500,000 in 1983, $3,000,000 in 1984, and $2,500,000 in 1985 and subsequent years.

Under present law, the estate tax is computed first by determining the gross estate tax and then subtracting the gift taxes payable on gifts made after 1976 (sec. 2001(b)). In order to prevent the change in rates from having a retroactive effect to gifts made prior to 1985, the reduction allowed under section 2001(b) for gift taxes attributable to gifts made after December 31, 1976, will be the amount of tax which would have been payable had the gifts been subject to the rate schedule in effect upon the decedent's death. For example, where a decedent dying in 1982 made a post-1976 gift which was entirely subject to tax at the highest marginal gift tax rate of 70 percent, the amount of the puting the gift tax that would have been payable using the maximum rate in effect at his death (i.e., 65 percent under the committee bill). A similar rule already is provided in present law for gift tax purposes.

 

Effective Date

 

 

The provision applies with respect to gifts made, and decedents dying, after December 31, 1981.

 

Revenue Effect

 

 

This provision will reduce fiscal year receipts by less than $5 million in 1982, $172 million in 1983, $371 million in 1984, $556 million in 1985, and $890 million in 1986.

 

C. Unlimited Marital Deduction

 

 

(sec. 403 of the bill and secs. 2040, 2044, 2056, 2207A, 2515, 2515A, 2519, 2523, and 6019 of the Code)

 

Present Law

 

 

Marital deduction

Present law allows a limited deduction for gifts and bequests between spouses. Under present law, an unlimited gift tax marital deduction is allowed for transfers between spouses for the first $100,000 of gifts. Thereafter, a deduction is allowed for 50 percent of interspousal lifetime transfers in excess of $200,000. In addition, an estate tax marital deduction equal to the greater of $250,000 or one-half of the decedent's adjusted gross estate generally is allowed for the value of property passing from a decedent to the surviving spouse. This amount is adjusted by the excess of the amount of the unlimited marital gift tax deduction over one-half of the lifetime gifts to the surviving spouse.

Under these provisions, transfers of community property or terminable interests do not qualify for either the gift or estate tax marital deductions. Terminable interests generally are created where an interest in property passes to the spouse and another interest in the same property passes from the donor or decedent to some other person for less than adequate consideration.1

Jointly held property

The present estate tax provisions contain several special rules governing the treatment of jointly held property for estate tax purposes. These rules apply to forms of ownership where there is a right of survivorship upon the death of one of the joint tenants. They do not apply to community property or property owned as tenants in common.

In general, under these rules, the gross estate includes the entire value of property held jointly at the time of the decedent's death by the decedent and another person or persons with the right of survivorship, except that portion of the property that was acquired by the other joint owner, or owners, for adequate and full consideration in money or money's worth, or by bequest or gift from a third party (sec. 2040(a)). The decedent's estate has the burden of proving that the other joint owner, or owners, acquired their interest for consideration, or by bequest or gift. Consideration furnished by the surviving joint owner, or owners, does not include money or property shown to have been acquired from the decedent for less than full and adequate consideration in money or money's worth.

In addition, special rules are provided for (1) certain qualified joint interests held by a decedent and his spouse (secs. 2040(b), (d) and (e)) and (2) certain jointly held property used in a farm or other trade or business in which both spouses materially participated (sec. 2040(c)).

The present gift tax provisions contain two special rules governing the treatment of jointly held property. Under section 2515, where a husband and wife take ownership of real property as joint tenants, there is not a gift between spouses until the tenancy is terminated, unless the spouses elect otherwise. Under section 2515A, where a joint interest is created by a husband and wife after December 31, 1976, any gift is computed assuming each spouse owned one-half of the value of the joint interest.

 

Reasons for Change

 

 

Marital deduction

Because the maximum estate tax marital deduction generally is limited, under present law, to one-half of a decedent's adjusted gross estate, the estate of a decedent who bequeaths his entire estate to his surviving spouse may be subject to estate taxes even though the property remains within the marital unit. When the surviving spouse later transfers the property (often to their children), the entire amount is subject to transfer taxes. The cumulative effect is to subject their property to tax one and one-half times, i.e., one-half upon the death of the first spouse and again fully upon the death of the second spouse. This effect typically occurs in the case of jointly held property. Because this additional tax falls most heavily on widows, it is often referred to as the "widow's tax."

Although the committee recognizes that this additional tax can be minimized through proper estate planning,2 it believes that an individual should be free to pass his entire estate to a surviving spouse without the imposition of any additional tax. For similar reasons, the committee believes it appropriate to permit unlimited lifetime transfers between spouses without the imposition of any transfer taxes.

In addition, the committee believes that substantial simplification of the estate and gift taxes can be achieved by allowing an unlimited deduction for transfers between spouses. Under present law, it is often extremely difficult to determine the ownership of property held by the marital unit and to determine whose funds were used to acquire that property. These problems generally will not arise with an unlimited marital deduction.

In addition, the committee believes that the present limitations on the nature of interests qualifying for the marital deduction should be liberalized to permit certain transfers of terminable interests to qualify for the marital deduction. Under present law, the marital deduction is available only with respect to property passing outright to the spouse or in specified forms which give the spouse control over the transferred property. Because the surviving spouse must be given control over the property, the decedent cannot insure that the spouse will subsequently pass the property to his children. Because the maximum marital deduction is limited under present law to one-half of the decedent's adjusted gross estate, a decedent may at least control disposition of one-half of his estate and still maximize current tax benefits. However, unless certain interests which do not grant the spouse total control are eligible for the unlimited marital deduction, a decedent would be forced to choose between surrendering control of the entire estate to avoid imposition of estate tax at his death or reducing his tax benefits at his death to insure inheritance by the children. The committee believes that the tax laws should be neutral and that tax consequences should not control an individual's disposition of property. Accordingly, the committee believes that a deduction should be permitted for certain terminable interests.

Nevertheless, the committee believes that property subject to terminable interests qualifying for the marital deduction should be taxable, as under present law, upon the death of the second spouse (or, if earlier, when the spouse disposes of the terminable interest in such property). Though the committee believes that property subject to the qualifying income interest should be aggregated with the spouse's cumulative gifts to determine the amount of the transfer tax, it does not believe that the spouse's heirs should bear the burden of this tax. Accordingly, the committee believes it appropriate to provide an apportionment rule to avoid imposition of any additional taxes on the property subject to qualifying terminable interests the spouse's heirs and to insure that the transfer taxes imposed on property subject to certain terminable interests are borne by that property.

Jointly held property

The committee believes that present rules governing the taxation of jointly held property between spouses are unnecessarily complex. In particular, the tracing requirements are burdensome to estates and survivors because jointly held assets are frequently purchased with joint funds. Further, because few taxpayers understand the gift tax consequences of joint ownership, there is widespread noncompliance.

In view of the unlimited marital deduction adopted by the committee bill, the taxation of jointly held property between spouses is only relevant for determining the basis of property to the survivor (under sec. 1014) and the qualification for certain provisions (such as current use valuation under sec. 2032A, deferred payment of estate taxes under secs. 6166 or 6166A,3 and for income taxation of redemptions to pay death taxes and administration expenses under sec. 303). Accordingly, the committee believes it appropriate to adopt an easily administered rule under which each spouse would be considered to own one-half of jointly held property, regardless of which spouse furnished the original consideration.

 

Explanation of Provision

 

 

Marital deduction

The committee bill removes the quantitative limits on the marital deduction for both estate and gift tax purposes. Thus, unlimited amounts of property (other than certain terminable interests) can be transferred between spouses without estate or gift tax. The bill removes the provisions of present law which disallow the martial deduction for transfer between spouses of community property. In addition, certain transfers of qualified terminable interests would qualify for the deduction.

Under the bill, if certain conditions are met, a life interest granted to a surviving spouse will not be treated as a terminable interest. The entire property subject to such interest will be treated as passing to such spouse and no interest in such property will be considered to pass to any person other than the spouse. Accordingly, the entire interest will qualify for a marital deduction.

In general, transfers of terminable interests may be considered qualified terminable interests if the decedent's executor (or donor) so elects and the spouse receives a qualifying income interest for life. A qualifying income interest must meet several conditions. First, the spouse must be entitled for a period measured solely by the spouse's life to all the income from the entire interest, or all the income from a specific portion thereof, payable annually or at more frequent intervals. Thus, income interests granted for a term of years or life estates subject to termination upon remarriage or the occurrence of a specified event will not qualify under the committee bill. The bill does not limit qualifying income interests to those placed in trust. However, a qualifying life income interest in any other property must provide the spouse with rights to income which are sufficient to satisfy the rules applicable to marital deduction trusts under present law (Treas. Reg. Sec. 20,2056(b)-(f)).

Second, there must be no power in any person (including the spouse) to appoint any part of the property subject to the qualifying income interest to any person other than the spouse during the spouse's life. This rule will permit the existence of powers in the trustee to invade corpus for the benefit of the spouse but will insure that the value of the property not consumed by the spouse is subject to tax upon the spouse's death (or earlier disposition). However, the bill permits the creation or retention of any powers over all or a portion of the corpus, provided all such powers are exercisable only at or after the death of the spouse.

The bill provides that property subject to an election to be treated as a qualified terminable interest will be subject to transfer taxes at the earlier of (1) the date on which the spouse disposes (either by gift, sale, or otherwise) of all or part of the qualifying income interest, or (2) upon the spouse's death.

If the property is subject to tax as a result of the spouse's lifetime transfer of the qualifying income interest, the entire value of the property, less amounts received by the spouse upon disposition, will be treated as a taxable gift by the spouse under new Code sec. 2519. In general, no annual gift tax exclusion will be permitted with respect to the imputed transfer of the remainder interest (to a person other than the income beneficiary) because the remainder is a future interest. However, if the spouse makes a gift of the qualifying income interest, the gift of the income interest will be considered a gift to the donee, eligible for the annual exclusion and marital deduction, if applicable.

If the property subject to the qualifying income interest is not disposed of prior to the death of the surviving spouse, the fair market value of the property subject to the qualifying income interest determined as of the date of the spouse's death (or the alternate valuation date, if so elected) will be included in the spouse's gross estate pursuant to a new Code section 2044.

The bill also provides apportionment provisions under which the additional estate taxes attributable to the taxation of the qualified terminable interest property (other than the spouse's life estate) are borne by that property. Unless the spouse directs otherwise, the spouse (or the spouse's estate) is granted a right to recover the gift tax paid on the remainder interest as a result of a lifetime transfer of the qualifying income interest, or the estate tax paid as a result of including such property in the spouse's estate. Under the bill, the spouse is also entitled to recover any penalties or interest paid which are attributable to the additional gift or estate tax. If, however, as a result of a lifetime disposition of the qualifying income interest, the inclusion of the entire property as a taxable transfer uses up some or all of the spouse's unified credit, the bill does not permit the spouse to recover the credit amount from the remainder.

Similar rules may apply with respect to lifetime transfers to a spouse which are qualifying terminable interests if the donor makes a irrevocable election at the time of gift.

Charitable gifts

If an individual transfers property outright to charity, no transfer taxes generally are imposed. Similarly, under the unlimited marital deduction provided in the committee bill, no tax generally will be imposed on an outright gift to the decedent's spouse. As a result, the committee finds no justification for imposing transfer taxes on a transfer split between a spouse and a qualifying charity. Accordingly, the bill provides a special rule for transfers of interests in the same property to a spouse and a qualifying charity.

Under the bill, if an individual creates a qualified charitable remainder annuity trust or a charitable remainder unitrust, and the only noncharitable beneficiaries are the donor and his spouse, the disallowance rule for terminable interests does not apply. Therefore, the individual will receive a charitable deduction (under sec. 2055 or 2522) for the amount of the remainder interest and a marital deduction (under sec. 2056 or 2523) for the value of the annuity or unitrust interest; no transfer tax will be imposed.4

Gift tax filing requirements

Because an unlimited marital deduction is permitted for interspousal transfers, the bill generally exempts all such transfers from the gift tax filing requirements. Nevertheless, such transfers will be brought back into the decedent's estate to the extent the rules on inclusion in a decedent's estate of gifts made within three years of death (under sec. 2035) still apply under the committee bill.5 Where the rules of section 2035 apply, gifts made within three years of death for which a gift tax return is not required generally are not includible in the gross estate. However, the bill provides that if section 2035 still applies, this rule does not apply to interspousal gifts for which a return is not required because of the marital deduction. Thus, all interspousal transfers made within three years of death (other than transfers which are less than the annual exclusion (under sec. 2503(b)) will be included in a decedent's gross estate pursuant to section 2035 (without reduction for the amount of the annual exclusion). This rule insures that the exemption for filing a gift tax return on interspousal transfers does not permit decedents to make deathbed transfers to insure that their estates qualify for certain provisions depending on the size and composition of the gross estate (e.g., secs. 303, 2032A, and 6166).

Jointly held property

The bill provides special rules for determining the amount to be included in the gross estate in the case of property held by spouses in joint tenancy with a right of survivorship. Under the bill, the estate of the first spouse to die will include one-half of the value of the property regardless of which spouse furnished the consideration for the acquisition of the property. The bill also repeals certain of the special present law rules applicable to treatment of jointly held property between spouses (secs. 2040(c) to 2040(e), 2515, and 2515A).

 

Effective Date

 

 

In general, the changes with respect to the marital deduction apply with respect to gifts made, or decedents dying, after December 31, 1981.

The committee understands that many existing wills and trusts include a maximum marital deduction formula clause under which the amount of property transferred to the surviving spouse is determined by reference to the maximum allowable marital deduction. Because the maximum estate tax marital deduction under present law is limited to the greater of $250,000 or one-half of the decedent's adjusted gross estate, the committee is concerned that many testators, although using the formula clause, may not have wanted to pass more than the greater of $250,000 or one-half of the adjusted gross estate (recognizing the prior law limitation) to the spouse which might otherwise occur under the committee's adoption of an unlimited marital deduction. For this reason, a transitional rule provides that the increased estate tax marital deduction, as provided by the bill, will not apply to transfers resulting from a will executed or trust created before the date which is 30 days after the date of the bill's enactment, which contains a maximum marital deduction clause provided that (1) the formula clause is not amended before the death of the decedent to refer specifically to an unlimited marital deduction, and (2) there is not enacted a State law, applicable to the estate, which would construe the formula clause as referring to the increased marital deduction as amended by the bill.

 

Revenue Effect

 

 

This provision will reduce fiscal year receipts by less than $5 million in 1982, $303 million in 1983, $304 million in 1984, $311 million in 1985, and $300 million in 1986.

 

D. Current Use Valuation of Certain Property

 

 

(sec. 421 of the bill and secs. 1040, 2032A, and 7479 of the Code)

 

Present Law

 

 

In general

For estate tax purposes, real property ordinarily must be included in a decedent's gross estate at its fair market value based upon its highest and best use. If certain requirements are met, however, present law allows family farms and real property used in a closely held business to be included in a decedent's estate at its current use value, rather than its full fair market value, provided that the gross estate may not be reduced by more than $500,000 (sec. 2032A).1

Qualification requirements

An estate may qualify for current use valuation if (1) the decedent was a citizen or resident of the United States at his death; (2) the adjusted value2 of the farm or closely held business assets in the decedent's estate, including both real and personal property, is at least 50 percent of the adjusted value of the decedent's gross estate; (3) at least 25 percent of the adjusted value of the gross estate is qualified farm or closely held business real property;3 (4) the real property qualifying for current use valuation passes to a qualified heir;4 (5) such real property has been owned by the decedent or a member of his family and used or held for use as a farm or closely held business ("a qualified use") for five of the last eight years prior to the decedent's death and on the date of the death;5 (6) there has been material participation in the operation of the farm or closely held business by the decedent or a member of his family for periods aggregating at least five years out of the eight years immediately preceding the decedent's death;6 (7) the executor makes an election within the time prescribed for filing the decedent's estate tax return; and (8) all parties with any interest in the property to be specially valued enter into an agreement consenting to the election.7

Property is considered to be acquired from a decedent only if the qualified heir receives the property by bequest, devise, or inheritance. Property which is purchased from the decedent's estate by a qualified heir (or is subject to an option in a qualified heir to purchase it from the estate) passes by purchase rather than bequest, devise, or inheritance and may not, therefore, be specially valued.

Property owned indirectly through ownership of an interest in a partnership, a corporation, or a trust qualifies for current use valuation to the extent that it would qualify if it were owned directly.8

Valuation methods

Under present law, the current use value of qualified real property9 can be determined under either of two methods: (1) the multiple factor method or (2) the formula method.

 

Multiple factor method

 

The current use value of all qualified real property may be determined under the multiple factor method (sec. 2032A(e)(8)). The multiple factor method takes into account factors normally used in the valuation of real estate (for example, comparable sales) and any other factors that fairly value the property without regard to any use other than its current use.

 

Formula method

 

If there is comparable land from which the average annual gross cash rental may be determined,10 then farm property (but not property used in other trades or businesses) may also be valued under the formula method (sec. 2032A(e)(7)(A)). Under the formula method, the value of qualified farm property is determined by (1) subtracting the average annual State and local real estate taxes for tracts of comparable land used for farming from the average annual gross cash rental for the tracts of comparable land, and (2) dividing that amount by the average annual effective interest for all new Federal land bank loans.11

The comparable property used by the executor to value the decedent's qualified real property under the formula method must be located in the same locality as the specially valued property. The determination of whether property is comparable is factual and is made on a case-by-case basis, with no single factor being conclusive. Different parcels of real property need not be exactly alike to be comparable, however. Comparability requires only that the value of the different parcels be equivalent or similar in their farming use.12

Recapture

If, within 15 years after the death of the decedent (and before the death of the qualified heir), the property is disposed of to nonfamily members or ceases to be used for the farming or other closely held business purpose based upon which it was valued in the decedent's estate, all or a portion13 of the Federal estate tax benefits obtained by virtue of the reduced valuation are recaptured by means of a special "additional estate tax" or "recapture tax" imposed on the qualified heir.14

Failure by the heir or a member of the heir's family to materially participate in the business operation for periods aggregating three years or more during an eight-year period ending within 15 years after the decedent's death is treated as a cessation of qualified use. Under a special rule, no additional estate tax is imposed where property has been involuntarily converted to the extent it is replaced by qualified property (under sec. 1033) and the heir makes an election.15

If an election is made to value property based on its current use, the qualified heir's income tax basis in the property is the current use value. No adjustment is made to this basis if the additional estate tax is imposed.

 

Reasons for Change

 

 

The committee believes that it is desirable to encourage the continued ownership and operation of farms and other small businesses by family units. When real property is actually used for farming purposes or in other closely held businesses by members of a family (both before and after the death of the owner of the property), the committee believes that it is inappropriate to value the property for estate tax purposes based on a market value that does not reflect its value in its current use. Valuation on the basis of a use other than current use could result in forced liquidation of many family owned and operated businesses to pay Federal estate taxes and could also result in increased concentration of ownership of the real property necessary for survival of these family businesses.

The current use valuation provision has provided extensive relief to numerous family farms and businesses. However, a number of technical requirements of the current use valuation provision have resulted in incomplete relief being received by the owners of many family farms and other businesses which the committee wishes to aid. Additionally, the committee believes that substantive changes to the provision are needed in some instances to insure that the full relief available under the provision is received by its intended beneficiaries. For these reasons, the committee has provided for a number of changes to the current use valuation provision to assist further in the preservation of family owned and operated farms and other businesses.

 

Explanation of Provisions

 

 

1. Overview

The committee bill makes numerous technical changes in the current use valuation provision as well as several substantive changes affecting each of the major areas of the provision: pre-death qualification requirements, election requirements, valuation rules, and post death recapture rules. The bill also provides special rules for woodlands and a limited right of judicial review in certain cases where present law provides no such right. These changes generally expand availability of current use valuation to estates not eligible under present law, enable additional estates to satisfy the election requirement, enable additional farm estates to take advantage of the formula valuation method included in the provision, and reduce the post-death restrictions on qualified heirs inheriting specially valued real property. Some of the technical changes will apply retroactively to certain estates of decedents dying after December 31, 1976.

2. Changes to pre-death qualification requirements

 

Qualified use requirement

 

The bill clarifies the types of operations that are to be considered "qualified uses." The bill divides these operations into three categories: (1) farming (including timber operations other than those included in category two), (2) timber operations for which an election is made to specially value standing timber and to treat active management by certain persons as material participation, and (3) other trades or businesses. The bill does not change the requirement of present law that each of these uses be an active trade or business use, as opposed to a passive, or investment use.

To facilitate the orderly transfer of responsibility for farming operations before death, the bill provides that the qualified use requirement of present law, applicable to periods on and before the date of the decedent's death (sec. 2032A(b)(1)), may be satisfied if either the decedent or a member of the decedent's family uses real property otherwise eligible for current use valuation as a farm for farming purposes, in a timber operation, or in another trade or business.16 As stated above, the bill does not change the present law requirement that this use be an active trade or business use as opposed to a passive, or investment, use.

For example, if a decedent leased otherwise qualified real property to a son pursuant to a net cash lease,17 and the son conducted a farming operation on the property, the son's business use is attributed under the bill to the decedent for purposes of satisfying the qualified use requirement (sec. 2032A (b)(1)). Likewise, if the decedent permitted a member of his family to use the property in a qualified use for the required pre-death periods, without paying any rent, the qualified use requirement would be satisfied.

The bill does not change the present requirement that the qualified heir owning the real property after the decedent's death use it in the qualified use throughout the recapture period.

 

Material participation requirement

 

Time periods.--Under present law, the decedent or a member of his family must materially participate in the farm for periods aggregating five years of the eight years before the decedent's death. On the other hand, if the decedent materially participates in the farm, any income derived from the farm is treated as earned income for social security purposes and, therefore, may reduce social security benefits. Because of the interaction of these two rules, some older citizens are forced to choose between receiving social security retirement benefits and securing the benefits of current use valuation for their estates. To alleviate the problem encountered by these individuals, the bill changes the time periods before the decedent's death when the decedent (or a member of the decedent's family) must materially participate in the operation of the farm or other trade or business where the decedent was disabled or was receiving social security retirement benefits on the date of his or her death. Under the bill, the material participation requirement has to be satisfied during periods aggregating five years or more of the eight-year period ending before the earlier of (1) the date of death, (2) the date on which the decedent became disabled (which condition lasted until the date of the decedent's death), or (3) the date on which the individual began receiving social security retirement benefits (which status continued until the date of the decedent's death).

Under the bill, an individual is considered to be disabled if the individual is mentally or physically unable to materially participate in the operation of the farm or other business. However, while failure by an individual to materially participate may be evidence of disability, no presumption of disability arises from such a failure to materially participate. The committee anticipates that the Treasury Department will develop regulations providing rules for determining when an individual is disabled for purposes of this provision of the bill.

Active management treated as material participation for certain surviving spouses.--The committee recognizes that some surviving spouses may be unable to materially participate in farm operations following the death of the first spouse to die. Therefore, the bill provides an alternative to the material participation requirement for qualification of real property for current use valuation in the estates of surviving spouses who receive the property from a decedent spouse in whose estate it was eligible to be valued based on its current use. The bill provides that the spouse will be treated as having materially participated during periods when the spouse (but not a family member) engaged in active management of the farm or other business operation. The bill contains a special rule for tacking material participation by a decedent spouse in the case of a surviving spouse who dies within eight years of the decedent spouse's death. This rule is illustrated by the following example.

Assume that B dies two years after A (B's spouse) in whose estate Whiteacre was eligible for current use valuation. B engaged in the active management of Whiteacre during the two years following A's death. A was retired for the five years immediately before A's death, but had materially participated in Whiteacre's operation for eight years before his retirement. The six most recent of the eight years before A's retirement will be considered with B's two years of active management for purposes of satisfying the five years of an eight-year period pre-death material participation requirement for B's estate.

Meaning of active management.--Active management means the making of business decisions other than the daily operating decisions of a farm or other trade or business. The determination of whether active management occurs is factual, and the requirement can be met even though no self-employment tax is payable under section 1401 by the spouse with respect to income derived from the farm or other trade or business operation. Among the farming activities, various combinations of which constitute active management, are inspecting growing crops, reviewing and approving annual crop plans in advance of planting, making a substantial number of the management decisions of the business operation, and approving expenditures for other than nominal operating expenses in advance of the time the amounts are expended. Examples of management decisions are decisions such as what crops to plant or how many cattle to raise, what fields to leave fallow, where and when to market crops and other business products, how to finance business operations, and what capital expenditures the trade or business should make.

Qualification of certain property acquired in nontaxable events.--The bill permits tacking of the ownership, qualified use, and material participation requirements in the case of replacement property acquired pursuant to like-kind exchanges under section 1031 and involuntary conversions under section 1033. This tacking is available only for that portion of the replacement property or exchange property which does not exceed the value of the property disposed of in the exchange or conversion, and is permitted only when the replacement property or exchange property is used in the same qualified use as the property which was disposed of. The bill contains special rules for determining the portion of the replacement property or exchange property that qualifies in the case of an exchange in which the two properties are not equal in value.

3. Changes to election requirements

 

Election

 

The committee believes that qualified heirs should not be deprived of the benefits of current use valuation solely because the decedent's estate tax return is filed after the date on which it is due. Under the bill, elections to specially value property must be made on the decedent's estate tax return rather than by the due date of the return as under present law. Therefore, the election is permitted to be made on a late return, if that return is the first estate tax return filed by the estate. As under present law the election is irrevocable once made.

 

Agreement

 

The committee recognizes that appointment of a guardian solely for purposes of signing the agreement to the current use valuation election for heirs who are minors can be burdensome. This is especially true in cases where the minor heirs receive only remainder interests in the specially valued property. The bill permits a custodial parent to sign the required agreement to the current use valuation election on behalf of minor heirs, who otherwise have no guardian empowered to sign on their behalf. The consent by the custodial parent is binding on the minor heir for all purposes under the current use valuation provision, the special lien under section 6324B, and the income tax basis rules for specially valued property.

4. Change in valuation requirements

 

Increase in limitation on reduction in fair market value of qualified property

 

The bill increases the maximum amount by which the fair market value of qualified property may be reduced as a result of current use valuation to take into account increases in real property values since 1976. The present $500,000 limit is increased to $75,000 for decedents dying in 1981, $875,000 in 1982, and $1,000,000 in 1983 and thereafter.

 

Formula valuation method

 

The bill permits substitution of net share rentals for cash rentals in the formula valuation method for farm real property if the executor cannot identify actual tracts of comparable farm real property in the same locality as the decedent's farm property that are rented for cash. This change generally insures availability of the formula method to farms in areas where share, rather than cash, rentals are traditionally used. The bill does not change the present requirement that the executor must substantiate the comparable land and rental information to be used in valuing the decedent's property.

The amount of a net share rental is equal to the gross value of the produce received by the lessor of the comparable land during a calendar year minus the cash operating expenses (other than real property taxes) of growing the produce which are paid by the lessor.18 The term "produce" means a crop or other product, such as cattle, production of which is the business purpose of the farming operation. Where produce is disposed of in an arm's-length transaction within a period no longer than the period established by the U.S. Department of Agriculture for its price support program immediately following the date or dates on which the produce is received (or constructively received) by the lessor, the committee intends that the gross amount received in the disposition will be the gross value of the produce.19

If there is no arm's-length disposition within the established period, the value of the produce may be determined as of the date or dates on which the produce is received (or constructively received) and shall equal the weighted average price for which the produce sold on the closest national or regional commodities market to the farm property on that date or dates.

As under present law, if there is no comparable land from which a cash or share rental can be determined, the real property subject to the election is to be valued using the multiple factor valuation method.

5. Changes to post-death recapture rules

 

Reduction in recapture period

 

The bill reduces the present 15-year recapture period to 10 years; the five-year phase-out period of present law is repealed. Thus, under the bill, the amount subject to recapture is not reduced until expiration of the 10-year period. The 10-year period begins on the date of the decedent's death, or the date on which the qualified heir commences the qualified use, if that use begins within two years after the decedent's death. This period is extended further in the case of an involuntary conversion of specially valued property which is followed by acquisition of qualified replacement property. Such an extension is equal to the excess over two years of the period between the date of the involuntary conversion and the date on which the qualified heir commences use of the replacement property in the qualified use.

 

Qualified use requirement

 

The bill does not change the present requirement that the qualified heir owning the real property after the decedent's death use it in the qualified use throughout the recapture period. However, the bill creates a special two-year grace period immediately following the date of the decedent's death during which failure by the qualified heir to commence use of the property in the qualified use will not result in imposition of a recapture tax. The 10-year recapture period (15 years for estates of decedents dying before December 31, 1981) is extended by a period equal to any part of the two-year grace period which expires before the qualified heir commences using the property in the qualified use. Failure by the heir to use the property in the qualified use based upon which it was valued in the decedent's estate after the two-year grace period and before the end of the recapture period will result in imposition of the recapture tax.20

 

Active management in lieu of material participation for eligible qualified heirs

 

In the case of an eligible qualified heir, the bill provides an alternative to the requirement that there be material participation by a qualified heir (or a members of the heir's family)21 during the recapture period.22 The alternative of using active management applies only during those periods during which the heir is an eligible heir. The material participation requirement for a period is considered to be met during periods when the eligible qualified heir (but not a member of the heir's family) engages in active management of the farm or other business operation. In the case of an eligible heir who has not attained the age of 21 or who is disabled, the active management may be that of a fiduciary (e.g., a guardian or trustee, but not an agent).

Eligible qualified heirs include the spouse of the decedent, a qualified heir who has not attained the age of 21, a qualified heir who is a full-time student (within the meaning of sec. 151(e)(4)), and a qualified heir who is disabled (within the meaning of sec. 2032A(b)(4)(B), as added by the bill). Active management means the making of business decisions other than the daily operating decisions of the trade or business.23

 

Certain like-kind exchanges nontaxable

 

The bill provides that an exchange pursuant to section 1031 of qualified real property solely for qualified replacement property to be used for the same qualified use as the original qualified real property does not trigger a recapture of the benefits from current use valuation.24

 

Repeal of election requirement for special involuntary conversion rules

 

The bill repeals the requirement that a qualified heir make an election to secure the benefits of the special nonrecognition rules for the additional estate tax for involuntary conversions.25

 

Increase in basis of property on which a recapture tax is paid

 

The bill permits a qualified heir to make an irrevocable election to have the income tax basis of qualified real property increased to the fair market value of the property as of the date of the decedent's death (or the alternate valuation date under section 2032, if the estate elected that provision) where the recapture tax is paid. In the case of a recapture tax imposed on a disposition of replacement property previously acquired in a nontaxable event under sections 2032A(h) or (i) (relating to certain involuntary conversions and like-kind exchanges), the adjustment to basis is made by reference to the fair market value of the original specially valued property.

The basis determined under this rule is the basis the qualified heir would have received had current use valuation not been elected for the decedent's estate. This increase in basis is effective as of the date before the disposition or cessation of qualified use; therefore, no retroactive changes in depreciation, or other deductions or credits, would be made to reflect the increased basis. However, in the case of a recapture tax arising from a disposition of the property, the increased basis is used in determining the gain or loss from the disposition.

The bill provides that, in the case of a partial disposition, the income tax basis of the heir's entire interest will be increased by the proportionate amount of the difference in the fair market value and current use value of the entire interest equal to the proportionate part of the total potential recapture tax which is imposed.

If the heir elects this basis adjustment, the heir must pay interest on the amount of the recapture tax from the date which is nine months after the decedent's death until the due date of the recapture tax. The interest is computed at the rate (or rates) charged on deficiencies of tax for the period involved. If the heir does not make the election and pay the interest, no adjustment is made to the basis of the property.

6. Special rules for qualified woodlands

 

General rule

 

The bill permits an executor to elect to treat timber operations as a separate qualified use. The election must be made on the decedent's estate tax return. Only woodlands used in qualified timber operations are eligible for the election. Qualified timber operations are operations where growing and harvesting trees (other than milling) that are not incidental to other types of farming operations. If the election is made, standing timber can be specially valued as part of the real property on which it is located, and active management is treated as material participation in certain cases.26

 

Valuation of qualified woodlands

 

If the election is made, the standing timber on all specially valued land must also be specially valued as part of the real property on which it is located rather than being valued as other growing crops.27 The land and standing timber used in timber operations are specially valued using the multiple factor method (under sec. 2032A(e)(8)).

Under the current use valuation provision as amended by the bill, if specially valued standing timber is severed or otherwise disposed of by the qualified heir during the recapture period, a recapture tax is imposed (sec. 2032A(c)). This recapture tax is determined by treating the timber as an interest in the real property on which the timber stands or stood. For purposes of the present rules governing imposition of the recapture tax in the event of a partial disposition of qualified property (sec. 2032A(c)(2)(D)). the pro rata portion of the value of the property disposed of shall be determined by comparing the number of acres of land on which timber is severed, or otherwise disposed of to the total number of acres of specially valued real property owned by the qualified heir.

The bill provides a special rule for a severance or other disposition of a portion of the standing timber on an identifiable portion of the specially valued land. In such a case, the amount realized (or the fair market value on the date of severance or disposition in any case other than a sale or exchange at arm's-length) on each such severance or disposition is payable as recapture tax until the pro rata portion of recapture tax attributable to an identifiable portion of the land (including all timber thereon) has been paid.

For purposes of these rules on partial dispositions, an identifiable portion of land is defined as an acre or such other area of land by which the taxpayer normally maintains his business records. The committee anticipates that the Treasury Department will develop regulations defining when a complete severance or other disposition of timber on an identifiable portion of land occurs.

 

Active management treated as material participation

 

In the case of qualified woodlands, active management by the decedent (or a member of the decedent's family) is treated as material participation. Likewise, during the recapture period, active management by the qualified heir receiving the property (or a member of the heir's family) is treated as material participation.

A qualified woodland means an identifiable area of real property (for which business records are normally maintained) which is used in qualified timber operations. Qualified woodlands must comprise the otherwise applicable percentages of the adjusted value of the decedent's estate and the same minimum amount of woodland (25 percent of the adjusted value of the decedent's gross estate) would have to be specially valued as is required of other operations before the current use valuation election is available to the estate.

Active management means the making of business decisions other than the daily operating decisions of the trade or business.28

In the case of qualified woodlands, active management includes combinations of activities such as reviewing annual management plans for the property, inspecting the trees for disease and directing any remedial steps when diseased trees are found, determining whether pre-commercial and commercial thinning should be conducted, and deciding where fire lines should be located as well as making other financial and business decisions.

7. Miscellaneous technical changes

 

Property transferred to discretionary trusts

 

The bill provides that property meeting the other requirements for current use valuation can be specially valued if it passes to a discretionary trust in which no beneficiary has a present interest (under sec. 2503) because of the discretion in the trustee to determine the amount to be received by any individual beneficiary so long as all potential beneficiaries of the trust are qualified heirs.

 

Definition of family member

 

The bill changes the definition of family member. The new definition includes an individual's spouse, parents, brothers and sisters, children, stepchildren, and spouses and lineal descendants of those individuals.

 

When property is acquired from a decedent

 

Under present law, only that property which is acquired from a decedent is eligible for current use valuation. The bill expands the circumstances in which property is considered to be so acquired to include property that is purchased from a decedent's estate by a qualified heir as well as property that is received by bequest, devise, inheritance, or in satisfaction of a right to pecuniary bequest.29 This change reverses present law in cases where the decedent gives a qualified heir an option to purchase property otherwise qualified for current use valuation30 as well as in cases where the executor sells the property to an heir in the absence of such a direction in the will.

If purchased property is specially valued, the qualified heir who purchases the property is limited to the current use value of the property as his income tax basis.31

The bill provides that the estate does not recognize gain on the sale for income tax purposes, except to the extent that the sales price exceeds the fair market value of the property on the date of the decedent's death.

The committee is aware that many decedents establish the purchase price for family farm and closely held business property in their wills. In cases where this price is established in the decedent's will by reference to estate tax value, the price will normally be construed under applicable local law as meaning the fair market value unless the will expressly refers to the current use valuation provision. In such cases, the qualified heir's purchase price frequently will be in excess of his income tax basis. The committee intends that this excess not be treated as a taxable gift by the purchasing heir to the estate or the other heirs. In cases where the purchase price is construed under applicable local law as the current use value of the property, the other qualified heirs also are not to be treated as making a taxable gift to the purchasing heir by virtue of giving any required consent to the current use valuation election (and thereby to the lower purchase price).

 

Judicial review of fair market value of specially valued property

 

The committee believes that judicial review of Treasury Department determinations of the fair market value of qualified property should be available without the entire current use of valuation election being disallowed. The bill provides for Tax Court review of Treasury Department determinations of the fair market value of specially valued property.

The bill permits an executor to request the Treasury Department to audit the fair market value of the qualified property and thereby finally determine that value for all purposes. The bill further provides that the Treasury can initiate such audits without the executor's request and thereby finally determine the fair market value of the qualified property for all purposes.

If the Treasury Department determines the fair market value of the specially valued property is different from that value as reported by the executor (either pursuant to an audit requested by the executor or an audit initiated by the Treasury), a notice of the Treasury's determination is to be sent, to the executor by registered or certified mail. If the executor and the Treasury agree on the fair market value after the notice is sent, that value is binding on all parties in future actions. If the executor does not agree with the Treasury Department's determination, the executor has ninety days from the date on which notice of the Treasury's determination is sent in which to petition the Tax Court to review the fair market value of the property. A decision of the Tax Court is binding on all parties in future actions in which the fair market value of the specially valued property on the date of the decedent's death is at issue. The Tax Court decision is not subject to review by any other court.

Failure by the executor to petition the Tax Court within the ninety day period following the date on which the notice of the Treasury Department's determination is sent results in the value as determined by the Treasury being binding on all parties, except where a qualified heir establishes another value to the satisfaction of the Treasury Department. Any disagreement between the qualified heir and the Treasury Department arising from the heir's attempt to establish a different value is not subject to judicial review, except as provided below, and such a disagreement does not affect the binding nature of a previous determination for which judicial review was available.

Because the fair market value of the specially valued property determines the maximum amount of the recapture tax for which a qualified heir is personally liable, the heir is granted a right to intervene in any action brought by an executor. The heir is also given the right to initiate an action in the Tax Court himself within the ninety day period available to the executor. If the heir initiates such an action, the executor is joined as a party in interest.

If the Treasury Department does not determine that the fair market value of the property is different from that value as reported by the executor on the decedent's estate tax return within the period of limitations for assessment of estate tax, the value as reported by the executor is not binding on the executor, the qualified heirs, or the Treasury Department in any future actions involving any matters arising under the use valuation provision, the special lien under section 6324B, and with respect to the qualified heir's income tax basis in the specially valued property.

 

Credit for State recapture tax

 

The bill permits a qualified heir to claim part or all of any recapture tax imposed by a State which has a current use valuation provision like the Federal provision as a credit against the Federal recapture tax. The amount of the credit is equal to the lesser of the State recapture tax or the increase in the credit for State death taxes that would have been allowed to the decedent's estate if the State recapture tax were a creditable death tax. For purposes of this credit, the requirement (under sec. 2011(c)) that a creditable death tax be paid within four years of the decedent's death is waived.

 

Effective Dates

 

 

The changes to the current use valuation provision apply generally to estates of decedents dying after December 31, 1981.

The increase in the limitation on the amount by which the fair market value of specially valued property can be reduced applies to estates of decedents dying after December 31, 1980.

The changes to the recapture period rules on involuntary conversions (under sec. 1033) and like-kind exchanges (under sec. 1031) apply to such exchanges occurring after December 31, 1981, even if the decedent in whose estate the property was specially valued died before that date.

The committee believes that four of the changes included in the bill are primarily technical and should be applied retroactively in certain cases as well as to all estates for which estate tax returns are not due to be filed until after the date of enactment of the bill. The changes which are to be applied retroactively are--

 

(1) The provision that the qualified use requirement may be satisfied during pre-death periods where the trade or business use is that of the decedent or a member of the decedent's family;

(2) The provision that property passing to discretionary trusts, all potential beneficiaries of which are qualified heirs, is considered to have satisfied the requirement that specially valued property be acquired from the decedent;

(3) The provision that property purchased from a decedent's estate by a qualified heir is considered to have satisfied the requirement that specially valued property be acquired from the decedent; and,

(4) The provision permitting a qualified heir a two-year grace period immediately after the decedent's death during which failure to use the specially valued property in the qualified use will not result in imposition of a recapture tax.

 

These four changes apply to all estates for which estate tax returns are due to be filed after the date of enactment of the bill and also apply retroactively to:

 

(a) All estates of decedents dying after December 31, 1976, for which the estate tax return was due and timely filed on or before June 28, 1980, provided that the estate timely elected current use valuation on the decedent's estate tax return (even if the election was subsequently revoked pursuant to Treas. Reg. Sec. 20.2032A-8(d)); and

(b) All estates of decedents for which a timely estate tax return was due and filed after July 28, 1980 (the date on which the final Treasury regulations under section 2032A were adopted), and on or before the date of enactment of the bill, whether or not the estate originally elected the current use valuation provision.

 

Estates for which estate tax returns were due and timely filed before enactment of the bill which are eligible to reinstate (or make) elections because of these retroactive changes will be allowed six months from the date of enactment of the bill in which to reinstate current use valuation elections. The elections are to be reinstated by making a claim for refund accompanied by the documentation presently prescribed in Treasury regulations for making a current use valuation election.

 

Revenue Effect

 

 

This provision will reduce fiscal year receipts by less than $5 million in 1982, $322 million in 1983, $345 million in 1984, $388 million in 1985, and $386 million in 1986.

 

E. Extensions of Time for Payment of Estate Tax Attributable to Interests in Closely Held Businesses

 

 

(sec. 422 of the bill and secs. 303, 6166, 6166A, and 7480 of the Code)

 

Present Law

 

 

Under present law, two overlapping provisions permit deferred payment of estate taxes attributable to interests in closely held businesses. If the value of an interest in a closely held business (reduced by allowable expenses, losses, and indebtedness) exceeds 65 percent of the value of the adjusted gross estate, the estate taxes attributable to the interest may be deferred for up to 14 years (annual interest payments for four years, followed by up to ten annual installments of principal and interest) (sec. 6166). A special four-percent interest rate applies to tax on the first $1 million of interests in closely held businesses (sec. 6601(j)). If the value of the interest in a closely held business exceeds either 35 percent of the gross estate or 50 percent of the taxable estate, the estate taxes attributable to the interest may be paid in up to ten annual installments (sec. 6166A). Under both provisions, the tax balance is accelerated if there is a failure to pay timely any installment, or if there is a disposition of a specified fraction of the value of the decedent's interest in the business. This fraction is one-third in the case of section 6166 and one-half in the case of section 6166A.

Under current income tax law, if more than 50 percent of the gross estate (reduced by allowable expenses losses, and indebtedness) consists of stock in a single corporation,1 redemption of all or a portion of that stock to pay estate taxes, funeral expenses, and administration expenses will be treated as a sale or exchange subject to capital gains treatment instead of dividend income (sec. 303).

 

Reasons for Change

 

 

The committee believes that simplification and clarity are needed in the provisions permitting deferred payment of estate taxes attributable to closely held businesses. Under present law, although both sections 6166 and 6166A permit deferred tax payments for illiquid estates, there are unnecessary differences between the two sections. The definition of a closely held business, the percentage of estate assets required to be represented by such an interest, the length and conditions of the deferral, the appropriate interest rate, and the conditions for acceleration, vary between the sections.

Because the existence of two deferral provisions with differing requirements creates confusion, the committee believes that these provisions should be simplified by merging the two sections to provide a single set of rules to govern the installment payment of estate taxes attributable to an interest in a closely held business.

In addition, the committee believes that the provisions of present law section 6166, which restrict eligibility for deferral to an estate in which the closely held business interest comprises at least 65 percent of the adjusted gross estate, have proven unduly restrictive. The committee believes the minimum percentage of the adjusted gross estate required to be invested in a closely held business should be reduced to 35 percent of the adjusted gross estate.

The committee also believes that certain changes are needed to the present law rules requiring acceleration of the deferred installments of tax. First, the committee believes that deferred payments should not be accelerated because of the late payment of the interest or principal if the entire installment of principal and all accrued interest is paid within six months of the original due date. Second, the committee believes that the requirement that deferred payments be accelerated upon the disposition of the decedent's interest in a closely held business or upon the withdrawal of money from such business should be liberalized to permit dispositions or withdrawals of up to 50 percent of the decedent's interest. Third, in order to help preserve ownership of closely held businesses within a family, the committee believes that the transfer of a qualified interest in a closely held business upon the death of decedent's heir should not trigger acceleration of the original decedent's unpaid deferred estate tax where the subsequent transferee is a family member of the transferor.

Under present law, the decision of the Internal Revenue Service to deny an election to pay all or a portion of the estate tax attributable to closely held businesses generally is not subject to judicial review because no deficiency is involved. The committee believes that taxpayers should be provided with a judicial forum to resolve disputes involving an estate's eligibility for the deferral of estate tax attributable to interests in closely held businesses.

Under present law, the redemption of certain stock in certain closely held businesses to pay estate taxes, funeral expenses, and administration expenses is treated as a sale or exchange instead of a dividend (sec. 303). However, this provision contains a definition of an interest in a closely held business and rules for aggregating multiple interests in closely held businesses which are different from either of the provisions which permit deferred payment of the estate taxes attributable to interests in closely held businesses. The committee believes that the rules governing redemptions of closely held business stock to pay estate taxes, funeral expenses. and administration expenses should be coordinated with the provisions governing the deferral of estate taxes attributable to interests in closely held businesses.

 

Explanation of Provision

 

 

The committee bill repeals 6166A and expands the provisions of present law section 6166 to all estates in which the value of an interest in a closely held business exceeds 35 percent of the value of the adjusted gross estate. If the value of the closely held business (reduced by allowable expenses, losses, and indebtedness) exceeds 35 percent of the value of the adjusted gross estate, the applicable estate taxes may be deferred for up to 14 years (annual interest payment for four years, followed by up to ten annual installments of principal and interest). The special four-percent interest rate of present law continues to apply to estate taxes on the first $1 million of closely held businesses (sec. 6601(j)).

The bill makes several changes to the acceleration rules provided by section 6166. First. the bill allows dispositions of up to 50 percent of the decedent's interest in a closely held business and withdrawals from the business of amounts up to 50 percent of the decedent's interest before triggering acceleration. Under the committee bill, dispositions and withdrawals are aggregated to determine applicability of the acceleration rules. Thus, if an estate withdraws amounts equal to 30 percent of the decedent's interest in all closely held businesses for which deferred payment is elected and separately disposes of 20 percent or more of the decedent's interest in such businesses, the remaining unpaid tax balance will be accelerated.

Second, the bill provides that the transfer of an interest in a closely held business upon the death of the original decedent's heir, or the death of any subsequent transferee receiving the interest as a result of the prior transferor's death, will not be considered a disposition which accelerates payment of the original decedent's unpaid estate taxes provided that each subsequent transferee is a family member (within the meaning of sec. 267(c)(4)) of the transferor from whom the property was received.

Third, the bill provides that acceleration will be triggered by a delinquent payment of interest as well as a delinquent payment of tax. Therefore, an estate may not avoid payment of interest during the initial 5-year period without accelerating payment of the remaining tax balance. However, if the full amount of the delinquent payment (principal and all accrued interest) is paid within six months of its original due date, the remaining tax balance will not be accelerated. Rather, the payment loses eligibility for the special 4-percent interest rate (under sec. 6601(j)) and a penalty is imposed, equal to 5 percent per month, based on the amount of the payment.

In addition, the committee bill provides a procedure for obtaining a declaratory judgment with respect to (1) an estate's eligibility for deferred payment of estate taxes attributable to an interest in a closely held business under section 6166, (2) the computation of the adjusted gross estate. based on the facts and circumstances in existence on the date (including extensions) for filing the estate tax return or, if earlier, the date such return was filed, and (3) whether there is an acceleration of the deferred payments. However, because this declaratory judgment procedure only applies where there is an actual controversy, no declaratory judgment will be available prior to decedent's death (with respect to eligibility for deferral or the amount of the adjusted gross estate) or prior to a transaction involving dispositions or withdrawals of an interest in a closely held business (with respect to whether there is an acceleration). Jurisdiction to issue a declaratory judgment is limited to the United States Tax Court and the determination of that court is final and conclusive and is not reviewable by any other court.

This remedy is available only if the petitioner (i.e., the executor of the decedent's estate) has exhausted all available administrative remedies within the Internal Revenue Service. Thus, the executor must demonstrate that the Internal Revenue Service has acted adversely to the decedent's estate, and that he has appealed any adverse determination by a district office to the appellate division of the Internal Revenue Service, or has requested or obtained through the District Director technical advice of the National Office. To exhaust his administrative remedies, a party must satisfy all procedural requirements of the Service.

In addition, no petition to the Tax Court may be filed after 90 days from the date on which the Secretary or his delegate sends notice to the executor of his determination as to (1) the estate's eligibility for deferred payment, (2) the amount of the adjusted gross estate (determined on the facts and circumstances in existence on the date (including extensions) for filing the estate tax return, or, if earlier, the actual filing date), or (3) the application of the acceleration rules.

The bill also makes conforming changes to section 303 which permits redemption of stock in a closely held business to pay estate taxes, funeral expenses, and administration expenses. Under the bill, redemptions will be permitted if the decedent's interest in closed held corporations comprise at least 35 percent of the decedent's adjusted gross estate. In addition, the section 303 rules regarding the aggregation of interests in two or more corporations are conformed to those in section 6166.

 

Effective Date

 

 

In general, these changes apply to the estates of decedents dying after December 31, 1981. However, the provision regarding acceleration of payment upon the death of an heir applies with respect to transfers made after December 31, 1981.

 

Revenue Effect

 

 

This provision will reduce fiscal year receipts by less than $5 million in 1982, $20 million in 1983, $16 million in 1984, $15 million in 1985, and $12 million in 1986.

 

F. Charitable Gifts of Certain Tangible Personal Property

 

 

(sec. 423 of the bill and secs. 2055 and 2522 of the Code)

 

Present Law

 

 

Present law allows a deduction for certain amounts transferred for charitable purposes in determining both the amount of taxable gifts and the taxable estate. Where the charitable transfer is an interest that is less than the entire interest in property (e.g., a remainder interest), present law requires that the gift take certain specified forms in order to be deductible. Generally, no deduction will be granted for a remainder interest unless the remainder interest is in a charitable remainder annuity trust, charitable remainder unitrust, a pooled income fund, a farm, or a personal residence. In all other cases, the charitable interest must be either a guaranteed annuity or a fixed percentage distributed yearly of the fair market value of the property. In addition, certain undivided interests, including scenic easements, are exempt from the disallowance rule.

The Treasury Department takes the position that an original work of art and a copyright interest relating to that work of art are two interests in the same property (Treas. Regs. Sec. 1.170A-7(b)(1)). Under this interpretation, no charitable deduction is allowable where an individual gives the original of an art work to charity and retains the copyright interest attributable to that art work.

 

Reasons for Change

 

 

The restrictions on split interest transfers to charity were added by the Tax Reform Act of 1969 to insure that there was a reasonable correlation between the amount of the charitable deduction and the value of property received by charity. The rules provided by Congress to insure this result disallowed the charitable deduction where interests in the same property were transferred for both charitable and non-charitable purposes unless the charitable interest was in certain specified forms. However, recent changes in copyright law treat the tangible object (i.e., the original art work) and the intangible copyright as separate items of property.1 These two items of property typically are not transferred together. As a result, the value of each item of property can be determined separately from sales of similar properties. Moreover, the use or exploitation of the art work or copyright generally does not affect the value of the other property. Accordingly, the value of the art work (determined from comparable sales) which is used to determine the amount of the charitable deduction should provide a high degree of correlation with the value of property received by charity. The committee believes, therefore, that the disallowance rule for split interests should not apply to a work of art and its related copyright in cases where the work of art is transferred to charity and there are restrictions to insure that the public will benefit from the transfer. However, the committee believes that this rule should apply only for estate and gift tax purposes and not for income tax purposes. The provisions of the committee bill will allow gifts and bequests of works of art for the benefit of the general public without imposition of a tax, but would not provide an unnecessary tax incentive that could occur if the provision were extended to the income tax.

 

Explanation of Provision

 

 

Under the bill, where a donor or decedent makes a qualified contribution of a copyrightable work of art to a qualified organization, the work of art and its copyright will be treated as separate properties for purposes of the estate and gift tax charitable deduction. Thus, a charitable deduction generally will be allowable for the transfer to charity of a work of art, whether or not the copyright itself is simultaneously transferred to the charitable organization.

A qualified organization is a public charity (i.e., an organization described in sec. 501(c)(3) which is not a private foundation under sec. 509) or a private operating foundation (under sec. 4942(j)(3)). The committee bill provides that a qualified contribution is any transfer to a qualified charitable organization provided the use of the property by the organization is related to its charitable purpose or function.

 

Effective Date

 

 

The provision applies with respect to gifts made, and estates of decedents dying after December 31, 1981.

 

Revenue Effect

 

 

This provision will reduce fiscal year receipts by less than $5 million annually from 1982 through 1986.

 

G. Estate Tax Treatment of Transfers Made Within 3 Years of Decedent's Death

 

 

(sec. 424 of the bill and sec. 2035 of the Code)

 

Present Law

 

 

Under present law, transfers made by a decedent within 3 years of death are included in the decedent's gross estate without regard to whether the gifts were made in contemplation of death. A gift included in the decedent's gross estate is valued at the time of the decedent's death (or alternate valuation date, if elected). However, any gift tax paid is allowed as a credit against the decedent's estate tax. In general, the net effect of these two provisions is to include in the decedent's gross estate the property's appreciation in value from the date of the gift until the date of death.

An exception to these rules applies with respect to transfers of property (other than transfers with respect to a life insurance policy) where no gift tax return was required to be filed with respect to the gift. Thus, a gift for which no gift tax return was required is generally not included in the decedent's gross estate, while a gift subject to the filing requirements is included at its appreciated value, without reduction for the amount of the gift tax annual exclusion.

Generally, where an interest is included in a decedent's gross estate under this provision, the donee's basis in such interest is its fair market value on the date of the decedent's death (or alternate valuation date, if elected), reduced by amounts claimed by the donee as a deduction in computing taxable income prior to the decedent's death.

 

Reasons for Change

 

 

Under the law prior to the Tax Reform Act of 1976, gifts made in contemplation of death (other than gifts made more than 3 years before the decedent's death) were included in a decedent's gross estate to prevent deathbed transfers designed to avoid estate taxes. However, the prior law presumption that gifts made within 3 years of death were made in contemplation of death caused considerable litigation concerning the motives of decedents in making gifts. As a result, Congress, in 1976, eliminated the problem by requiring the inclusion of all such gifts in a decedent's estate without regard to the motives of the decedent.

Under the unified transfer tax system adopted in the Tax Reform Act of 1976, the inclusion in the gross estate of gifts made within 3 years of death generally has the effect of including only the property's post-gift appreciation in the gross estate (because the gift tax paid with respect to the transfer is allowed as a credit against the decedent's estate tax). The committee believes that inclusion of such appreciation generally is unnecessary except for gifts of life insurance and certain property included in the gross estate pursuant to certain of the so-called transfer sections (secs. 2036, 2037, 2038, 2041, and 2042). However, gifts made within 3 years of death should be included in a decedent's gross estate to determine the estate's eligibility for favorable redemption, valuation, and deferral provisions (under secs. 303, 2032A, and 6166) to preclude deathbed transfers designed to qualify that estate for such favorable treatment.

 

Explanation of Provision

 

 

In general, the bill provides that section 2035(a) will not be applicable to the estates of decedents dying after December 31, 1981. Thus, gifts made within 3 years of death will not be included in the decedent's gross estate, and the post-gift appreciation will not be subject to transfer taxes. Accordingly, such property will not be considered to pass from the decedent and the step-up basis rules of section 1014 will not apply.

The committee bill contains exceptions which continue the application of section 2035(a) to (1) gifts of life insurance and (2) interests in property otherwise included in the value of the gross estate pursuant to sections 2036, 2037, 2038, 2041, or 2042 (or those which would have been included under any of such sections if the interest had been retained by the decedent).

In addition, all transfers within 3 years of death (other than gifts eligible for the annual gift tax exclusion) will be included for purposes of determining the estate's qualification for special redemption, valuation, and deferral purposes (under secs. 303, 2032A, and 6166) and for purposes of determining property subject to the estate tax liens (under subchapter C of Chapter 64).

Section 2035(c), requiring the inclusion of all gift taxes paid by the decedent or his estate on any gift made by the decedent or his spouse after December 31, 1976, and within 3 years of death, will continue to apply to all estates.

 

Effective Date

 

 

This provision applies to the estates of decedents dying after December 31, 1981. Thus, the provision will be applicable to determine the inclusion of gifts made prior to December 31, 1981, in the gross estate of a decedent dying after that date.

 

Revenue Effect

 

 

This provision will reduce fiscal year receipts by less than $5 million in 1982 in 1982, $58 million in 1983, $50 million in 1984, $42 million in 1985, and $38 million in 1986.

 

H. Basis of Property Acquired From a Decedent

 

 

(sec. 425 of the bill and sec. 1014 of the Code)

 

Present Law

 

 

Under present law, the cost or basis of property acquired from or passing from a decedent generally is its fair market value at the date of the decedent's death (or, if the executor so elects, at the alternate valuation date). Accordingly, if the fair market value of the property had appreciated, the appreciation would never be subject to income tax or, if the property had decreased in value, the loss could never be deducted for income tax purposes. This "step-up" is applicable regardless of the date on which the decedent acquired the property or the manner of acquisition.

 

Reasons for Change

 

 

Because an heir receives property from a decedent with a stepped-up basis, an heir can transfer appreciated property to a decedent immediately prior to death in the hope of receiving the property back at the decedent's death with a higher basis. The donor-heir might pay gift taxes on the fair market value of the gift (unless it qualified for the marital deduction or the amount of gift is less than the donor's annual exclusion or unified credit) but will pay no income tax on the appreciation. Then, upon the death of the donee-decedent, the donor-heir could receive back the property with a stepped-up basis equal to its fair market value. The stepped-up basis would permanently exempt the appreciation from income tax.

Because the committee bill provides an unlimited marital deduction and substantially increases the unified credit, the committee believes that there would be an even greater incentive to plan such deathbed transfers of appreciated property to a donee-decedent. Because the committee believes that allowing a stepped-up basis in this situation permits unintended and inappropriate tax benefits, the committee provides that the stepped-up basis rules should not apply with respect to appreciated property acquired by the decedent through gift within 3 years of death where such property passes from the decedent to the original donor or the donor's spouse.

 

Explanation of Provision

 

 

For decedents dying after December 31, 1981, the bill provides that the stepped-up basis rules contained in section 1014 will not apply with respect to appreciated property acquired by the decedent through gift within three years of death (including the gift element of a bargain sale), if such property passes, directly or indirectly, from the donee-decedent to the original donor or the donor's spouse. The denial of a stepped-up basis applies where the donor receives the benefit of the appreciated property regardless of whether the bequest by the decedent to the donor is a specific bequest, a general bequest, a pecuniary bequest, or a residuary bequest. However, in the case of a pecuniary bequest, the donor will receive the benefit of the appreciated property only if the inclusion of the appreciated property in the estate of the decedent affected the amount that the donor receives under the pecuniary bequest.

For example, assume that A transfers appreciated property with a basis of $10 and a fair market value of $100 to D within 3 years of D's death and that D's date of death basis was $20 and the date of death fair market value of the property was $200. If A is entitled to receive the property from the decedent, A's basis in the property will be $20. If A subsequently sells the property for its fair market value of $200, he will recognize gain of $180. If, instead, the executor disposes of the property, distributing the proceeds to A, similar rules will apply and the estate will recognize a gain of $180.

This rule applies only to the extent that the donor-heir is entitled to receive the value of the appreciated property. If the heir is only entitled to a portion of the property (e.g., because the property must be used to satisfy debts or administration expenses), the rule applies on a pro-rata basis. Thus, if in the above example, the decedent's estate consisted only of the appreciated property and total estate liabilities were $50, the heir would only be entitled to three-fourths of the appreciated property. Accordingly, the portion of the property to which the donor-heir was not entitled (one quarter in the example) will receive a stepped-up basis. In such a case, the basis of the appreciated property in the hands of the executor or the heir will be $65 (i.e., one quarter of $200 (or $50) plus three quarters of $20 (or $15)).

 

Effective Date

 

 

The provision applies with respect to property acquired after December 31, 1981.

 

Revenue Effect

 

 

This provision will increase fiscal year receipts by less than $5 million annually.

 

I. Disclaimers

 

 

(sec. 426 of the bill and sec. 2518 of the Code)

 

Present Law

 

 

Under present law, a disclaimer is effective for purposes of the Federal estate and gift taxes if it is an irrevocable and unqualified refusal to accept an interest in property and meets four conditions. First, the refusal must be in writing. Second, the written refusal generally must be received by the person transferring the interest, or his legal representative, no later than 9 months after the transfer creating the interest.1 Third, the disclaiming person must not have accepted the interest or any of its benefits before making the disclaimer. Fourth, the interest must pass to a person other than the person making the disclaimer as a result of the refusal to accept the interest. For purposes of this requirement, the person making the disclaimer cannot have the authority to direct the redistribution or transfer of the property to another person and be treated as making a qualified disclaimer.

 

Reasons for Change

 

 

Prior to the enactment of section 2518, a disclaimer, to be effective for purposes of the Federal estate and gift tax, had to be valid under local law, unequivocal, and made within a reasonable time after knowledge of the transfer and before acceptance of any benefits. Thus, the Federal tax consequences of an attempted disclaimer largely depended on its treatment under local law. When Congress enacted section 2518 in the Tax Reform Act of 1976, it intended to create a uniform Federal standard so that a disclaimer could be effective for Federal estate and gift tax purposes whether or not valid under local law.

Section 2518 requires, among other conditions, that the disclaimer be effective under local law to pass title without direction on the part of the person making the disclaimer. As a result, a disclaimer that is ineffective under local law cannot be treated as a qualified disclaimer for purposes of the Federal estate and gift taxes, even if the disclaimant timely transfers the property to the individual who, under local law, would have received the property if there had been an effective disclaimer. Because local disclaimer laws are not uniform, identical refusals to accept property may be treated differently for Federal estate and gift tax purposes depending upon the applicable local law.

Thus, contrary to the original Congressional intent, present law does not provide uniform treatment of disclaimers under the Federal estate and gift tax law. In order to provide uniform treatment among States, the committee believes that where an individual timely transfers the property to the person who would have received the property had the transferor made an effective disclaimer under local law, the transfer will be treated as an effective disclaimer for Federal estate and gift tax purposes provided the transferor has not accepted the interest or any of its benefits.

 

Explanation of Provision

 

 

Under the bill, a transfer of the transferor's entire interest in property to the person or persons who would have otherwise received the property if an effective disclaimer had been made will be treated as a valid disclaimer for purposes of the Federal estate and gift taxes provided the transfer is timely made (sec. 2518(b)(2)) and the transferor has not accepted any of the interest or any of its benefits (sec. 2518(b)(3)). A qualified transfer by an individual is a written transfer made by that individual within 9 months of the transfer creating his interest (or, if later, within 9 months of the date the individual attains age 21) and before the individual accepts the interest or any of its benefits. A transfer will not be considered a transfer of the entire interest in the property if, by reason of the transfer, some or all of the beneficial enjoyment in the property returns to the transferor or the transferor has any power after the transfer to control the beneficial enjoyment from the property.

Local law will be applicable to determine the identity of the transferee, but the transfer need not satisfy any requirements of the local disclaimer statute. In addition, the individual's direction of the transfer to the individual who would have taken under local law pursuant to an effective disclaimer will not be construed as an acceptance of the property.

 

Effective Date

 

 

The provision applies to transfers made after December 31, 1981.

 

Revenue Effect

 

 

This provision will reduce fiscal year receipts by less than $5 million annually.

 

J. Bequests, Etc. to Certain Minor Children

 

 

(sec. 427 of the bill and sec. 2057 of the Code)

 

Present Law

 

 

Prior to the enactment of section 2057, only transfers to charity and surviving spouses were treated more favorably than other testamentary transfers. With the enactment of section 2057, Congress intended to insure that a limited portion of a decedent's estate would be available, tax-free, to support an orphan during minority.

As enacted, section 2057 permits a limited deduction only if a minor child has no known surviving parent and the decedent does not have a surviving spouse. The aggregate amount of the deduction allowed under this provision may not exceed an amount equal to $5,000, multiplied by the excess of 21 over the child's attained age, in years, on the date of decedent's death.

To insure that there is a reasonable correlation between the amount of the exclusion and the amount received by the orphan, the deduction is permitted only if the property passes in certain specified forms. In order to qualify for the deduction, the property passing to an orphaned child may not be a terminable interest (such as a life estate) except that the property is permitted to pass to a person other than the child's estate if the child dies before the youngest living child attains age 21. In addition, amounts passing to a qualified minor's trust are eligible for the deduction.

 

Reasons for Change

 

 

The committee understands that the present provision substantially complicates estate planning and the preparation of wills. Moreover, the committee believes it more appropriate to provide tax-free amounts for eligible minor children through an increased unified credit. Because the committee bill raises the unified credit to $192,800, which will permit cumulative tax-free transfers of up to $600,000, the committee believes that the provision permitting a deduction for amounts passing to eligible minor children should be repealed.

 

Explanation of Provision

 

 

The bill repeals the deduction for certain amounts passing to minor children.

 

Effective Date

 

 

The provision applies to estates of decedents dying after December 31, 1981.

 

Revenue Effect

 

 

This provision will increase fiscal year receipts by less than $5 million annually.

 

K. Increase in Annual Gift Tax Exclusion

 

 

(sec. 441 of the bill and sec. 2503 of the Code)

 

Present Law

 

 

Under present law, an annual exclusion of $3,000 per donee is allowed with respect to gifts of present interests in property. In addition, a gift made by a husband and wife may, with the consent of both, be treated for gift tax purposes as made one-half by each. The full amount of the exclusion is allowed with respect to each spouse's one-half share of gifts of present interests in property. Thus, where a couple agrees to split gifts, they may give up to $6,000 per donee per year without gift tax.

 

Reasons for Change

 

 

The present annual gift tax exclusion of $3,000 per donee was set by the Revenue Act of 1942. The exclusion was intended to be a matter of administrative convenience "... to obviate the necessity of keeping an account of and reporting numerous small gifts..." (S. Rept. No. 665, 72d Cong., 1st Sess. (1932)). In view of the substantial increases, in price levels since that date, the committee believes that the annual gift tax exclusion should be increased to $10,000.

In addition, the committee is concerned that certain payments of tuition made on behalf of children who have attained their majority, and medical expenses on behalf of elderly relatives are technically considered gifts under present law. The committee believes such payments should be exempt from gift taxes without regard to the amount paid for such purposes.

 

Explanation of Provision

 

 

In general, the bill increases the gift tax annual exclusion to $10,000 per donee. With gift-splitting, spouses will be able to transfer a total of $20,000 per donee per year without gift tax.

In addition, the bill provides that any amounts paid on behalf of any individual (1) as tuition to certain educational organizations for the education or training of such individual. or (2) as payment for medical care to any person who provides medical care (as defined in section 213(e)) with respect to such individual. will not be considered as transfers by gift. This exclusion for medical expenses and tuition would be in addition to the $10,000 annual gift tax exclusion and would be permitted without regard to the relationship between the donor and the donee.

The exclusion for medical expenses (including medical insurance) applies only with respect to direct payments made by the donor to the individual or organization providing medical services (i.e., no reimbursement to the donee, as intermediary, will be excludable). Qualifying medical expenses are limited to those defined in section 213 (i.e., those incurred essentially for the diagnosis, cure, mitigation, treatment, or prevention of disease, or for the purpose of affecting any structure or function of the body). However, medical expenses are excludable from gift tax without regard to the percentage limitation contained in section 213.

However, the unlimited exclusion is not permitted for amounts that are reimbursed by insurance. Thus, if a donor pays a qualifying medical expense and the donee also receives insurance reimbursement, the donor's payment, to the extent of the reimbursement, is not eligible for the unlimited exclusion whether or not such reimbursement is paid in the same or subsequent taxable year.

With respect to educational expenses, an unlimited exclusion is permitted with respect to any tuition paid on behalf of an individual directly to the qualifying educational institution providing such service. A qualifying organization is an educational organization described in section 170(b)(1)(A)(ii), i.e., an institution which normally maintains a regular faculty and curriculum and normally has a regularly enrolled body of pupils or students in attendance at the place where its educational activities are regularly carried on. The exclusion is permitted with respect to both full-and part-time students, but is limited to direct tuition costs (i.e., no exclusion is provided for books, supplies, dormitory fees, etc.).

In providing an unlimited exclusion for certain medical expenses and tuition, the committee does not intend to change the law that there is no gift if the person paying the medical expenses or tuition is under an obligation under local law to provide such items to the recipient. In addition, the committee bill does not change the income tax consequences otherwise applicable to such payments.

 

Effective Date

 

 

In general, the increased gift tax exclusion applies to transfers made after December 31, 1981.

Many existing trusts provide powers of appointment specifically defined in terms of the section 2503(b) annual gift tax exclusion which, under present law, is limited to $3,000. The committee is concerned that many settlors, although limiting the power by reference to section 2503(b), may not have wanted to provide a power over property in excess of $3,000. For this reason, the bill contains a transitional rule that the increased annual gift tax exclusion will not apply to powers granted under a trust created before 30 days after the date of enactment and not amended after that date provided that (1) the power is exercisable after December 31, 1981, (2) the power is defined in terms of the section 2503(b) annual gift tax exclusion, and (3) there is not enacted a State law applicable to such instrument which construes the power of appointment as referring to the increased gift tax exclusion provided by the bill.

 

Revenue Effect

 

 

This provision will reduce fiscal year receipts by $123 million in 1982, $204 million in 1983, $201 million in 1984, $187 million in 1985, and $175 million in 1986.

 

L. Annual Payment of Gift Tax

 

 

(sec. 442 of the bill and secs. 2501, 2502, 2503, 2504, 2505, 2512, 2513, 2522, 1015, 6019 and 6075 of the Code)

 

Present Law

 

 

Prior to 1971, gift tax returns were required to be filed, and any gift tax liability paid, on an annual basis.1 For gifts between 1971 and 1976, gift tax returns were required to be filed, and any gift tax liability paid, on a calendar quarter basis. For gifts made after December 31, 1976, a gift tax return is required to be filed, and any gift tax paid, on a quarterly basis if the sum of (1) the taxable gifts made during the calendar quarter plus (2) all other taxable gifts made during the calendar year (and for which a return has not yet been required to be filed) exceeds $25,000.2 If a gift tax return is required to be filed the gift tax return is due, and any gift tax payable, on or before the 15th day of the second month following the close of the calendar year.

If all transfers made in a calendar year that are subject to the gift tax filing requirements do not exceed $25,000 in taxable gifts, a return must be filed, and any gift tax paid, by the filing date for gifts made during the fourth calendar quarter of the calendar year. In 1979 (P.L. 96-167), the due date for an annual return or a return for the fourth calendar quarter was conformed to the due date for filing individual income tax returns, i.e., April 15 of the following year.

 

Reasons for Change

 

 

The committee believes that the quarterly filing requirement has caused confusion and undue administrative burdens for the affected taxpayers and the Internal Revenue Service. Accordingly, the committee believes that returns should be filed on an annual basis.

 

Explanation of Provision

 

 

The bill provides that gift tax returns are to be filed, and any gift tax paid, on an annual basis. In general, the due date for filing the annual gift tax return will be the 15th day of the fourth month following the close of the calendar year. However, for a calendar year in which the donor dies, the gift tax return for that year is required to be filed no later than the due date for filing the donor's estate tax return (including extensions).

 

Effective Date

 

 

The provision applies with respect to gifts made after December 31, 1981.

 

Revenue Effect

 

 

This provision will reduce fiscal year receipts by $63 million in 1982 and by less than $5 million annually in fiscal years 1983 through 1986.

 

TITLE V--TAX TREATMENT OF STRADDLES

 

 

A. Disallowance of Certain Commodity-Related Losses

 

 

(sec. 501 of the bill and new sec. 1092 of the Code)

 

Present Law

 

 

Under present law, gains and losses from commodity-related transactions are treated in the same manner as all other gains and losses from capital assets, except that commodity futures contracts have a 6-month holding period, instead of 1 year, for long-term treatment. Under present rules for individual taxpayers, only 40 percent of net-long-term gains are included in income. Capital losses are fully deductible against capital gains and then against a maximum of $3,000 of ordinary income each year. However, in the case of a net long-term loss, only 50 percent of the excess of such losses over net short-term gain may be deducted, subject to the $3,000 maximum. Excess capital losses may be carried forward indefinitely.

In the case of a corporation, the net capital gain is taxed at an alternative rate of 28 percent. Capital losses are allowed only against capital gains. Any excess loss may be carried back 3 years and forward 5 years.

Individuals' ordinary income is taxed at rates up to 70 percent. The maximum rate of tax on corporate ordinary income is 46 percent. Ordinary losses which are net operating losses may be carried back to each of the three taxable years preceding the losses and forward to each of the seven subsequent taxable years (sec. 172(b)).

Generally, the Internal Revenue Code contains no special rules dealing with straddles in commodities or commodity futures contracts. In the case of the typical straddle in commodities (i.e. the holding of a futures contract to buy a commodity in one month and the holding of another futures contract to sell the same commodity in a different month), neither the wash sale rule applicable to stocks or securities (sec. 1091), nor the special short sales rules preventing conversion of short-term gain to long-term gain or long-term losses to short-term losses (sec. 1233(b) and (d)) apply.

In Revenue Ruling 77-185, 1977-1 C.B. 148, the Internal Revenue Service ruled that the loss from certain silver futures contracts constituting part of a straddle was not deductible because the taxpayer "had no reasonable expectation of deriving an economic profit from the transactions." The ruling also stated that the loss claimed on the disposition of one leg of the straddle was not bona fide because the disposition represented no real economic change and was not a closed and completed transaction. This ruling has been the subject of much controversy, and the IRS is litigating the deductibility of certain losses claimed in straddle transactions.

 

Reasons for Change

 

 

The committee is concerned about the rapidly increasing use of transactions in commodity-related property to shelter unrelated income from taxation. Such shelters, usually structured as straddles or spreads, have been used by both individual and corporate taxpayers to defer income and frequently to convert ordinary income or short-term capital gain into long-term capital gain. These shelters have been widely publicized; promoted by brokerage firms and offered as limited partnership interests in domestic and off-shore syndicates. The growth of these shelters threatens to undermine the integrity of the United States' voluntary tax-assessment system and to create substantial revenue losses.

The committee believes that legislation is necessary to eliminate the uncertainty of present law rules governing the taxation of commodity transactions, particularly those executed in futures contracts. Any judicial determination of the issues raised in Revenue Ruling 77-185 will not be final for years. The longer these issues remain unresolved, the greater the dangers to the tax system and the Treasury from commodity tax shelters. Therefore, the committee bill provides new rules for the taxation of certain commodity-related transactions.

 

Explanation of Provision

 

 

General rule

The bill disallows losses on commodity straddles to the extent such losses exceed gains from both straddle transactions and net non-straddle commodity transactions. The rule is designed to limit the use of straddle losses to defer income which is not related to commodity transactions and to prevent conversion of such income from short-term capital gain into long-term capital gain.

Gain which limits the current deductibility of straddle losses is gain from both straddle transactions and non-straddle commodity transactions which are sales, exchanges, or other dispositions of specified commodity-related property. The types of property covered by these rules are futures contracts, forward contracts, commodities (including metals), Treasury bills, all other evidences of indebtedness, currencies, or any interests in these properties. However, to the extent gain from the sale, exchange, or other disposition of any evidence of indebtedness constitutes interest (including any acquisition or original issue discount), it is not treated as gain from either a straddle or non-straddle commodity transaction. This rule prevents ordinary income from generating the allowance of straddle losses in excess of capital gain from straddle transactions and net capital gain from non-straddle commodity transactions.

 

Application of disallowance rules

 

The rules disallowing certain straddle losses operate to limit the deduction for such losses to the sum of straddle gains and net non-straddle commodity gains. Straddle losses which are disallowed are carried over to the succeeding taxable year and are treated as straddle losses in that year. In the succeeding year, any straddle loss carried over is treated as short-term to the extent the taxpayer has short-term straddle losses which were not offset in the taxable year from which carried.

The loss disallowance rules in new section 1092 and the present law rules of section 1211 (which limit capital losses) are intended to operate in the following order:

 

1. The rules in section 1092 are applied before the limitation in section 1211. Under section 1092, gains and losses from straddle transactions are always netted together first.

2. If there is a net straddle loss and no net non-straddle commodity gain, all straddle gains and losses are excluded from computations under section 1222 (to establish the character and amount of net capital gain or loss) for purposes of applying the section 1211 limitation on capital losses.

3. If there is a net straddle gain, it is treated as a long-term capital gain or a short-term capital gain, whichever is appropriate. A net straddle gain is taken into account under section 1211 as a gain from a single capital asset (sec. 1092(c), second sentence).

4. If there is a net straddle loss (after netting only straddle losses and straddle gains) and a net non-straddle commodity gain (after netting gains and losses from non-straddle commodity transactions only), section 1092(a)(2) and the proportion rule in section 1092(c) are applied. Under section 1092(c), an exclusion fraction is established, which is then applied to each item of non-straddle commodity gain or loss. The exclusion fraction is determined by--

 

(1) using as the numerator, that portion of the net straddle loss which is offset against net non-straddle commodity gain under section 1092(a)(2), and

(2) using as the denominator, the net non-straddle commodity gain, which is determined by taking into account gains and losses from non-straddle commodity transactions only.

After the exclusion fraction is applied to each item of non-straddle commodity gain or loss, the remainder of each item is taken into account along with all other capital gains and losses, which are not commodity-related, for purposes of applying sections 1222 and 1211. This rule means that, in this step, straddle gains and losses and the excluded portions of each item of non-straddle commodity gain or loss (treated as used up by straddle losses under section 1092(c)) are not taken into account.

When all of the steps outlined above are completed, the net amount and character of the taxpayer's capital gain or loss for the taxable year will have been determined.

 

Definitions

 

The bill defines the term 'straddle gain' as any gain from a straddle transaction, that is, any gain on the disposition of a property which is covered by the bill (section 1092(d)(4)) and which is part of a straddle (as defined in section 263A(e)). The term 'straddle loss' means any loss on the disposition of a covered property which is part of a straddle. A "non-straddle commodity transaction" means any disposition of a covered property which has never been part of a straddle. The bill defines 'net non-straddle commodity gain' as the net gain for the taxable year determined by taking into account only those gains and losses which are from non-straddle commodity transactions, for example, gain or loss from the sale of a Treasury bill which has never been offset by a short position.

Special rules

 

Hedging

 

The loss disallowance rule does not apply to any hedging transactions. For purposes of this rule, a hedging transaction means an identified transaction which the taxpayer executes in the normal course of his or her trade or business primarily to reduce certain risks and which results in only ordinary income or loss. Hedging transactions are varied and complex. They may be executed in a wide range of property and forms, including options, futures, forwards, and other contract rights and short sales.

A hedging transaction may be executed to reduce the risk of price change or of currency fluctuations with respect to property which is held or to be held by the taxpayer and which, if disposed of, whether by sale, exchange, lapse, cancellation, or otherwise, at a gain. produces ordinary income. Also, a hedging transaction may be executed to reduce risk of price or interest rate changes, or currency fluctuations with respect to borrowings made or to be made. or obligations incurred or to be incurred, by the taxpayer, provided all income or gain on such borrowings or obligations is treated as ordinary income. Transactions in ordinary income or loss property executed to maintain a positive return from holdings of interest-producing property whose disposition results only in ordinary income or loss should be considered executed primarily to reduce interest rate risks and should be treated as hedging transactions. provided all the requirements of the hedging rules are met and there is no likelihood of tax avoidance through deferral or conversion.

Transactions which result in capital gains or capital losses do not qualify for the hedging exemption. Speculation in commodity futures contracts, for example, does not qualify for this exemption whether a trader takes outright long or short positions, or whether a trader speculates in spreads, because futures speculation is treated as producing capital gains or capital losses.

A transaction in an asset which results in capital gain or loss generally is an investment and is not to be considered a transaction in the normal course of a trade or business.

A special rule for banks, as defined in section 581, permits a bank to treat any transaction entered into in the normal course of its trade or business, as a hedging transaction, provided the transaction is so identified in a timely and proper manner and any gain or loss on the transaction is treated as ordinary income or loss.

For a transaction which would generate ordinary income or loss under normal tax principles to qualify as a hedging transaction, the transaction must be clearly identified in the taxpayer's records as being a hedging transaction before the close of the day on which the transaction was entered into. Regulations should allow taxpayers to minimize bookkeeping identification requirements in as many cases as practicable. In situations where hedging transactions are numerous and complex, but opportunities for manipulation of transactions to obtain deferral or conversion of income are minimal, it generally is unnecessary to require taxpayers to identify and match in their records hedging activities with hedged properties. In certain hedging transactions, for example, those conducted by banks, it may be extremely difficult to match a hedging contract with a specific hedged property. In such cases, it may be sufficient for this identification requirement to mark an entire account, such as a bank's securities trading account, as a hedged account, provided the bank's securities trading account produces only ordinary income or loss and is managed and recorded independently and separately from the bank's investment account (and any other capital asset account).

However, in cases where taxpayers do not maintain and manage their ordinary income transactions separately from their capital transactions and where other factors indicate a danger of manipulation, more detailed identification records should be required. If property, whose disposition is either a straddle or a non-straddle commodity transaction (sec. 1092(d)(4) and (5), has even been identified by the taxpayer as being part of a hedging transaction, gain from the sale or exchange of the property may never be treated as capital gain but must be reported as ordinary income. In no event is the provision of this hedging exemption to be interpreted as precluding the Commissioner of Internal Revenue from exercising his present law authority to require that taxpayers employ accounting methods which clearly reflect their income.

 

Tax-shelter partnerships

 

In order to prevent possible manipulation of the hedging exemption by tax shelters structured as limited partnerships, the exemption for hedging transactions does not apply to transactions entered into by or for syndicates. Thus, a syndicate's commodity-related transactions are taxed under the loss disallowance rule in section 1092 and the capitalization rule in section 263A, discussed in section 502 below. Transactions entered into for a syndicate, whether directly or indirectly through a tiered-partnership or other entity which is not a syndicate, are not eligible for the hedging exemption.

A syndicate means any partnership or other entity (other than a regular, subchapter C corporation), if at any time interests in the entity have been offered for sale in an offering required to be submitted to any Federal or State agency authorized to regulate security sales offerings; or, if more than 35 percent of the entity's losses during any period are allocable to limited partners or limited entrepreneurs within the meaning of section 464(e)(2). An individual who actively participates in the management of an entity is not considered a limited partner or a limited entrepreneur (within the meaning of section 464(e)(2)) with respect to the entity for the period of the individual's active management.

The Secretary of the Treasury shall develop such forms and schedules and shall require persons filing tax returns to supply such information as the Secretary considers necessary to evaluate the effect of this new code section for purposes of the reports to the Congress which are required by section 507 of this bill.

 

Effective Date

 

 

The straddle loss disallowance rule generally applies to gains and losses attributable to property acquired (or positions established) by the taxpayer after January 27, 1981.

The bill provides that taxpayers may elect to apply the straddle loss disallowance rule to all gains and losses from commodity-related transactions in taxable years ending after January 27, 1981, whether the property is acquired before, on, or after January 27, 1981.

 

B. Capitalization of Certain Interest and Carrying Charges

 

 

(sec. 502 of the bill and new sec. 263A of the Code)

 

Present Law

 

 

Under present law, carrying charges, such as storage, insurance, and interest on indebtedness incurred or continued to purchase or carry a commodity held for investment, are deductible as an expense paid or incurred for the management, conservation, or maintenance of property held for the production of income (secs. 163 and 212), notwithstanding that the sale of the property may result in long-term capital gain.

However, a limitation is imposed under section 163(d) on interest on investment indebtedness. Generally, the deduction for such interest is limited to $10,000 per year plus the individual taxpayer's net investment income. Any remaining amount can be carried over to future years.

 

Reasons for Change

 

 

Certain commodity transactions structured as straddles and executed with tax-deductible expenditures are used to defer ordinary income and to convert it into long-term capital gain. These shelters, often called "cash and carry" transactions, create serious tax-avoidance problems and cause significant revenue losses.

"Cash and carry" tax shelters usually involve the purchase of a physical commodity, such as silver, and the acquisition of a futures contract to deliver (sell) an equivalent amount of the same commodity more than twelve months in the future. The taxpayer finances the purchase with borrowed funds, and deducts the interest expense, storage, and insurance costs in the first year. These deductions offset ordinary investment income, e.g., interest and dividends.

Because the price differential between the current price of the physical commodity and the price of the futures contract for a distant month is largely a function of interest and other carrying charges, the futures contract will have a price approximately equal to the total payment for the physical commodity plus interest and carrying costs. The taxpayer will hold the silver and the offsetting futures contract into the next year.

When the 12-month holding period has passed, the taxpayer will deliver the silver on the futures contract and realize a gain on the silver. If the price of silver has increased, the taxpayer can sell the silver, producing long-term capital gain while closing out the short futures position, creating a short-term capital loss. In either event, the net gain on the two positions will be about equal to the interest and carrying charges but will be treated as long-term capital gain. Thus, in 1981, investment income taxable at rates as high as 70 percent, would be deferred for a year and converted into capital gains taxable at maximum rates no higher than 28 percent.

Because the committee believes that certain legitimate business transactions, such as hedging, which result only in ordinary income or loss, lack significant tax avoidance potential, it exempts such activities from the bill's rules on "cash and carry" transactions.

In order to encourage speculation in commodity futures contracts, the committee bill provides a special rule for futures traders who may continue to deduct currently their expenditures for interest and carrying charges in connection with cash and carry straddles, provided they treat such expenses as straddle losses subject to the new rules pertaining to commodity-related transactions in new section 1092, discussed above.

 

Explanation of Provision

 

 

General rule

The committee bill requires taxpayers to capitalize certain otherwise deductible expenditures for personal property if the property is held as part or all of an offsetting position belonging to a straddle. Such expenditures must be charged to the capital account of the property for which the expenditures are made. Thus, these expenditures will reduce the gain or increase the loss recognized upon the disposition of the property.

Expenditures subject to this capitalization requirement are interest on indebtedness incurred or continued to purchase or carry the property, as well as amounts paid or incurred for insuring, storing or transporting the property. The amount of expenditures, called carrying charges, to be capitalized is reduced by any interest income from the property (including original issue discount), which is includible in gross income for the taxable year.

The capitalization rule applies only to cash and carry transactions structured as straddles. The capitalization requirements do not apply to any identified hedging transactions (sec. 1092(e)) or to any position which is not part of a straddle. Thus, for example, a farmer still can deduct currently the costs of financing crops. Similarly, securities dealers' expenses for financing their inventory and trading accounts which generate ordinary income or loss remain deductible currently.

Commodity futures traders are not required to capitalize interest and carrying charges but may deduct such expenditures currently as losses on straddle transactions under the straddle loss disallowance rules in section 1092. This special rule for future traders applies to an individual whose principal activity for the taxable year is engaging in futures contracts transactions for his or her own account and whose principal source of income or loss for the taxable year is from such transactions conducted for his or her own account. Thus, the rule applies to individuals whose principal activity is trading, but does not apply to individuals who are primarily brokers or managers. An individual's principal activity is to be determined by reference to all activities in which the individual engages to make a livelihood. Principal means both substantial and more than any other activity. A principal activity should be determined by taking into account such factors as the time spent by the taxpayer on the activity and the amount of the taxpayer's money and risk involved in it.

The bill defines straddles as offsetting positions with respect to personal property. A taxpayer is treated as holding a straddle if there is a substantial reduction in the taxpayer's risk of loss from holding any position in personal property because the taxpayer holds one or more other positions with respect to personal property. Although the concept of offsetting positions is not narrowly defined in the statute, certain cases fall outside its scope. For example, a mere diversification of positions usually would not substantially diminish risk for purposes of this bill where the positions are not balanced, and thus, would not be offsetting.

Positions in personal property may be treated as offsetting whether or not the property is the same kind. Thus, a straddle can consist of two futures contracts for delivery of silver. A straddle also may consist of two positions which are not the same type of interest in property. A straddle may be made up of a cash position in silver, i.e., holding the physical commodity itself, and of a futures contract to sell the same amount of silver.

If one or more positions offset only a portion of one or more other positions, the method for determining the portion of the latter position or positions to be taken into account is to be established by regulations.

Under the bill, taxpayers are presumed to hold offsetting positions in certain specified circumstances. The first presumption provides that positions in the same personal property, whether in the physical commodity itself or in a contract for the commodity, are considered offsetting positions, provided the values of the positions vary inversely with each other. Generally, values vary inversely if the value of one position decreases when the value of the other position increases. A straddle in silver futures contracts or a straddle in cash silver and a futures contract to sell silver falls within this presumption.

The second presumption covers positions in the same personal property, even though the property may be in a substantially altered form, provided the values of the offsetting positions vary inversely with respect to each other.

The third presumption covers positions in debt instruments of similar maturities if the positions ordinarily vary inversely in value in relation to each other. The Secretary may prescribe other types of positions in debt instruments which will be presumed to be offsetting, provided the inverse variation test is passed.

The fourth presumption treats positions sold or marketed as offsetting positions as straddles. The presumption does not depend on the positions being labeled by any particular name, such as straddle, spread, or butterfly.

The fifth presumption provides that positions are presumed offsetting if the aggregate margin requirement for such positions ordinarily is lower than the sum of the margin requirements for each of the positions when held separately. Thus, if the value or amount of the deposit, pledge, payment, security, or other requirement for holding two or more positions together ordinarily is less than the cost of holding each alone, this presumption applies. Generally, the lower margin for the aggregate holdings is evidence that there is less economic risk associated with holding the combined positions than with holding each of the positions separately.

The bill also authorizes the Secretary to issue regulations prescribing other factors, including subjective or objective tests, to establish a presumption that positions are offsetting. The values of positions presumed offsetting under this regulatory authority must vary inversely. This authority enables the Secretary to develop presumptions which treat complex or innovative types of straddles as offsetting positions.

The presumptions established by the bill may be rebutted if the taxpayer establishes to the satisfaction of the Secretary that the positions were not offsetting.

Definition and special rules

The bill defines personal property as any personal property (other than stock) of a type which is actively traded. However, the term "personal property" also includes commodity substitute stock. A position is an interest in personal property, including a futures contract, a forward contract, or an option. In addition to corporate stock, the bill does not apply to real property nor to property which is not actively traded.

The term "position" includes any stock option which is part of a straddle and which is an option to buy or sell actively traded stock, but does not include a stock option which is traded on a domestic exchange (or similar foreign exchange designated by the Secretary) and which has less than one-year between the date the option was granted and the end of its exercise period.

Commodity-substitute stock is defined as stock of a corporation with 80 percent or more of the value of its business and investment assets consisting of interests in commodities. For purposes of this definition, the term "business and investment assets" means assets used or held for use in the trade or business, and assets held for investment.

The bill would provide that positions held by related persons are treated as held by the taxpayer for purposes of determining whether any positions are offsetting. Under the bill, a person is a related person to the taxpayer if the relationship between such person and the taxpayer would result in a disallowance of losses under section 267 or 707(b), or if such person and the taxpayer are under common control (within the meaning of subsection (b) or (c) of section 414). However, an individual's family would consist only of the individual, his or her spouse, and the individual's children under 18 years of age. In addition, the bill provides attribution of positions to and from a partnership, trust, or other entity if any gain or loss with respect to a position held by such flow-through entity would properly be taken into account by a taxpayer with respect to whom the entity is not a related person.

The Secretary of the Treasury shall develop such forms and schedules and shall require persons filing tax returns to supply such information as the Secretary considers necessary to evaluate the effect of this provision for purposes of the reports to the Congress which are required by section 507 of this bill.

 

Effective Date

 

 

This provision applies to property acquired and positions established by the taxpayer after January 27, 1981, in taxable years ending after that date.

 

C. Certain Governmental Obligations Issued at Discount Treated as Capital Assets

 

 

(sec. 503 of the bill and secs. 1221 and 1232 of the Code)

 

Present Law

 

 

Under present law, most assets held for investment are treated as capital assets. Net long-term gain from the sale or exchange of these assets results in favorable tax treatment and any deductions for net losses from sales or exchanges of capital assets are limited. (See discussion of capital gains under the present law discussion of straddles.) Gain from the disposition of assets, which are neither capital assets nor certain business assets, is treated as ordinary and is not eligible for lower tax rates and losses from such assets, if deductible, are not subject to the capital loss limitations.

Certain governmental obligations (Treasury bills) issued on a discount basis payable without interest at a fixed maturity not exceeding one year from the date of issue are not treated as capital assets (sec. 1221(5)). This provision was originally added to the Internal Revenue Code in 1941, to relieve taxpayers of the requirement of separating the interest element from the short-term capital gain or loss element when an obligation is sold before maturity.1 Thus, all gains or losses from transactions in such obligations are treated as ordinary income or ordinary loss at the time the obligation is paid at maturity, sold, or otherwise disposed of (sec. 454(b)).

The IRS has held that a futures contract to purchase Treasury bills is a capital asset if held for investment.2 Thus, for tax-avoidance purposes, some taxpayers holding offsetting positions in Treasury bill futures take delivery of the Treasury bills on the loss leg of the straddle and sell the bills themselves in order to convert the short-term capital loss on the futures contract into a fully-deductible ordinary loss on the bills.

 

Reasons for Change

 

 

Treasury bills, which are designated by statute as ordinary income property, have been used together with capital assets in the design of tax shelters to convert ordinary income to capital gains. In combination with other bonds, all of which are capital assets, and with futures contracts for Treasury bills, straddles have been structured which, their promoters say, result in significant tax-savings.

Tax straddles in Treasury bill future are believed to offer features unavailable in other futures straddles. These shelters can be used to convert ordinary income, including, for example, salary, wages, interest, and dividends, into long-term capital gain. This opportunity occurs because, under statutory rule, gain or loss on the sale of Treasury bills is considered ordinary income or loss, while, under IRS interpretation, gain or loss on the sale of T-bill futures contracts is considered capital gain or loss. Straddles in Treasury bill futures generally are structured in the same way as other futures straddles: contracts to buy Treasury bills are offset by an equivalent number of contracts to sell Treasury bills. The execution of these "T-bill" shelters involves one difference: in the case of a loss on a long leg, when the delivery month for the loss leg of the straddle arrives, the taxpayer takes delivery of the bills and then disposes of the bills themselves creating an ordinary loss; in the case of a loss on a short leg, the taxpayer purchases the bills at the market price and delivers the bills themselves at the contract's lower price creating an ordinary loss. Ordinary losses are fully deductible against any type of ordinary income.

The remainder of the straddle transaction is executed in the usual fashion. The taxpayer immediately replaces the liquidated leg. In the following year, the entire straddle is closed out and, if the gain occurs on the long position (contract to buy), the gain is reported as long-term capital gain. Some taxpayers may decide to re-straddle in the second year and roll-over their gains and other income indefinitely into the future.

The committee is concerned about the adverse impact of Treasury bill straddles on Government tax revenues. Moreover, the number of contract holders demanding performance on Treasury bill futures contracts has at the end of some years threatened to exceed the supply of deliverable bills. This delivery problem could disrupt Treasury bill markets and damage Government financing generally. Therefore, the committee believes that Government revenue and finance considerations require that these shelter activities be discouraged and that Treasury bills be characterized as capital assets. This change will protect both Government revenues and debt management.

Because securities dealers' inventories are ordinary income or loss accounts under present law, without regard to sec. 1221(5), this change does not affect their operations. The computation of discount income will entail only a minor increase in taxpayers' paperwork. The committee rule is adopted as the simplest and most correct method of measuring such income.

 

Explanation of Provisions

 

 

The committee bill provides that obligations of the United States, of its possessions, of a State or political subdivision of a State, or of the District of Columbia, issued on a discount basis and payable without interest in less than one year, are treated as capital assets in determining gain or loss. Thus, these obligations are treated by the holder in the same manner as similar debt obligations. Any discount at issue is considered interest and is taxed under generally applicable tax rules.3 Obligations with respect to which interest is not includible in income under section 103 are excluded from the new rules.

In order to facilitate the determination of discount applicable to any holder, the bill adds a new paragraph (4) to section 1232(a), treating as ordinary income the gain from the disposition of an obligation to the extent to the ratable share of "acquisition discount" applicable to the taxpayer. The ratable share is the portion equal to the ratio of the number of days the obligation is held by the taxpayer to the number of days between the date of acquisition by the taxpayer and the date of maturity. Acquisition discount is the excess of the stated redemption price at maturity over the taxpayer's basis for the obligation. This formulation will enable each holder to determine the portion of any proceeds from disposition of an obligation to be treated as ordinary discount income without reference to original issue discount or the treatment applicable to any other holder. Any gain exceeding the taxpayer's ratable share of acquisition discount is short-term capital gain and any loss on disposition of an obligation is short-term capital loss.

The Secretary of the Treasury shall develop such forms and schedules and shall require persons filing tax returns to supply such information as the Secretary considers necessary to evaluate the effect of this provision for purposes of the reports to the Congress which are required by section 507 of this bill.

 

Effective Date

 

 

This provision applies to property acquired and positions established by the taxpayer after January 27, 1981.

 

D. Prompt Identification of Securities by Dealers in Securities

 

 

(sec. 504 of the bill and sec. 1236 of the Code)

 

Present Law

 

 

Under present law, gains and losses from property held primarily for sale to customers in the ordinary course of business are taxed as ordinary income or loss. Gains and losses from property held for investment are taxed as capital gains and losses.

Gains and losses of a taxpayer from the sale of property of a type held by the taxpayer primarily for sale are generally ordinary. However, a securities dealer may identify and segregate certain of its assets as held for investment (sec. 1236). Gains and losses from the sale of these assets may be treated as capital gains or losses.

In order to receive capital gains treatment, a security held by a dealer must be "clearly identified" on the dealer's records as held for investment within 30 days following the date of acquisition and may not thereafter be held primarily for sale to customers. If a security is at any time clearly identified as held for investment, ordinary loss treatment is denied.

The term "security" means any share of corporate stock, any note, bond, debenture, or other evidence of indebtedness, or any evidence of an interest in, or right to subscribe to any of the above.

 

Reasons for Change

 

 

Because a dealer can wait 30 days to identify securities held for investment, the dealer may wait the 30 days to determine which securities increase in value. The dealer might choose to identify appreciated securities as held for investment in the expectation that this appreciation will hold or continue and be eligible for preferential treatment as long-term capital gain upon disposition of the security. Also, the dealer might want to treat any securities which have declined in value as held primarily for sale to customers in order to treat losses from these securities as fully deductible ordinary losses.

Some taxpayers consider securities dealers' unique tax-planning opportunities so significant that they establish themselves as broker-dealers solely to exploit these opportunities. Large broker-dealer partnerships pass these tax benefits through to hundreds of partners. Many of these broker-dealer partnerships sell shares in their operations for fees which are based on a percentage, usually ten percent, of the tax loss sought by the investor.

The committee believes that requiring dealers to identify securities held for investment on their date of acquisition will end most abuse of the broker-dealer role. Because computers are used commonly now and because prudent investors, including dealers, know the purpose of their transactions when executed, delay in identification is unnecessary and unwise.

 

Explanation of Provision

 

 

The committee bill requires a dealer in securities to identify a security as held for investment not later than the close of business on the date of the security's acquisition.

The Secretary of the Treasury shall develop such forms and schedules and shall require persons filing tax returns to supply such information as the Secretary considers necessary to evaluate the effect of this provision for purposes of the reports to the Congress which are required by section 507 of this bill.

 

Effective Date

 

 

The provision applies to property acquired and positions established by the taxpayer after December 31, 1981, in taxable years ending after that date.

 

E. Treatment of Gain or Loss From Certain Terminations

 

 

(sec. 505 of the bill and new sec. 1234A of the Code)

 

Present Law

 

 

The definition of capital gains and losses in section 1222 requires that for gain or loss to be capital gain or loss, there must be a "sale or exchange" of a capital asset. Court decisions have interpreted this requirement to mean that when a disposition is not a sale or exchange of a capital asset, for example, a lapse, cancellation, or abandonment, the disposition produces ordinary income or loss.1 This interpretation has been applied even to dispositions which are economically equivalent to a sale or exchange of a capital asset. If a taxpayer can choose the manner of disposing of a capital asset, he may sell or exchange it, if it has appreciated in value, to realize capital gains. However, a transaction-in which a taxpayer has suffered an economic loss may be determinated in a manner which produces a fully deductible ordinary loss, even though the loss economically is the equivalent of a loss from the disposition of a capital asset.

 

Reasons for Change

 

 

The committee believes that the change in the sale or exchange rule is necessary to prevent tax-avoidance transactions designed to create fully-deductible ordinary losses on certain dispositions of capital assets, which if sold at a gain, would produce capital gains. These transactions already cause significant losses to the Treasury.

Some taxpayers and tax shelter promoters have attempted to exploit court decisions holding that ordinary income or loss results from certain dispositions of property whose sale or exchange would produce capital gain or loss. These decisions rely on the definition of capital gains and losses in section 1222 which requires that there be a sale or exchange of a capital asset.

As a result of these interpretations, losses from the termination, cancellation, lapse, abandonment and other dispositions of property, which are not sales or exchanges of the property, are reported as fully deductible ordinary losses instead of as capital losses, whose deductibility is restricted. However, if such property increases in value, it is sold or exchanged so that capital gains, long-term when the holding period requirements are met, are reported. The committee considers this ordinary loss treatment inappropriate if the transaction, such as settlement of a contract to deliver a capital asset, is economically equivalent to a sale or exchange of the contract.

Some of the more common of these tax-oriented ordinary loss and capital gain transactions involve cancellations of forward contracts for currency or securities. For example, a taxpayer may simultaneously enter into a contract to buy German marks for future delivery and a contract to sell German marks for future delivery with very little risk. If the price of German marks thereafter declines, the taxpayer will assign his contract to sell marks to a bank or other institution for a gain equivalent to the excess of the contract price over the lower market price and cancel his obligation to buy marks by payment of an amount in settlement of his obligation to the other party to the contract. The taxpayer will treat the sale proceeds as capital gain and will treat the amount paid to terminate his obligation to buy as an ordinary loss.

 

Explanation of Provision

 

 

In order to insure that gains and losses from transactions economically equivalent to the sale or exchange of a capital asset obtain similar treatment, the bill adds a new section 1234A to the Code providing that gains or losses attributable to the cancellation, lapse, expiration, or other termination of a right or obligation with respect to personal property which is, or which would be if acquired, a capital asset in the hands of the taxpayer shall be treated as gains or losses from the sale of a capital asset. Property subject to this rule is any personal property (other than stock) of a type which is actively traded (sec. 263A(e)(1)) a property which is a commodity-related property (new sec. 1092(d)(4)). The new rule does not apply to dispositions of property, which is neither personal property within the definition in section 263A(e)(1) nor commodity-related property described in section 1092(d)(4). Thus, the tax treatment of such transactions as abandonment losses on trademarks, now treated as ordinary losses, is not changed.

The Secretary of the Treasury shall develop such forms and schedules and shall require persons filing tax returns to supply such information as the Secretary considers necessary to evaluate the effect of this provision for purposes of the reports to the Congress which are required by section 507 of this bill.

 

Effective Date

 

 

This provision applies to property acquired and positions established by the taxpayer after January 27, 1981 in taxable years ending after that date.

 

F. Treasury Study

 

 

(sec. 507 of the Bill)

 

Present Law

 

 

Present law contains no specific provision for studies of new tax rules by the Secretary of the Treasury.

 

Reasons for Change

 

 

The committee recognizes that it has adopted new rules to address serious problems of tax avoidance. The committee believes it important to review the effect of these changes at the earliest possible date.

 

Explanation of Provision

 

 

The bill requires the Secretary of the Treasury to study the effects of the new tax rules enacted in this title. The rules to be evaluated are the limitation on losses from commodity related transactions, the capitalization requirement for certain cash and carry expenses, the characterization of Treasury bills and certain other government obligations as capital assets, the same-day dealer designation rule and the revision of the sale or exchange requirement. The committee expects that the reports shall contain analysis and revenue estimates of the impact of these new provisions on the tax liabilities of professional commodity futures traders, other investment and financial community professionals, and non-professional, private investors. The reports should include an evaluation of the impact, if any, of these provisions on the operation of the futures markets. The reports may also provide recommendations for legislative changes, particularly with respect to any findings indicating continuing tax sheltering, income conversion, or revenue losses.

The Secretary must submit two reports of this study to the Committee on Ways and Means and to the Committee on Finance. The first report must be submitted on or before July 1, 1983, and must include an analysis of tax returns filed for taxable years beginning in 1981. The second report must be submitted on or before July 1, 1984, and must include an analysis of tax returns filed for taxable years beginning in 1982.

 

G. Revenue Effect

 

 

Title V is estimated to increase budget receipts by $100 million in fiscal 1981 and by $940 million in fiscal year 1982. The extent to which the committee bill will affect revenues in future fiscal years will depend upon judicial decisions about the present law treatment of straddles.

 

TITLE VI--OIL AND ENERGY TAX PROVISIONS

 

 

A. Windfall Profit Tax Provisions

 

 

1. Producer exemption

(sec. 601 of the bill, and secs. 4991, 4992 and new sec. 4991A of the Code)

 

Present Law

 

 

Under the Crude Oil Windfall Profit Tax Act of 1980, an excise tax is imposed on the production of domestic crude oil. Differing tax rates and base prices apply to oil, generally depending upon its classification in one of three tiers; lower rates apply to up to 1,000 barrels a day of tier 1 and tier 2 oil produced by independent producers: a 50-percent (as opposed to 70-percent) rate on tier 1 and a 30-percent (as opposed to 60-percent) rate on tier 2. Royalty owners, and persons holding similar non-operating mineral interests, are not independent producers eligible for lower rates. However, royalty owners were eligible for a tax credit on 1980 production (see description below).

Oil in tier 3 of the tax consists of newly discovered oil, heavy oil, and incremental tertiary oil. Oil in tier 3 of the tax generally is subject to the same rate of tax (30 percent) regardless of the identity of its owner.

 

Reasons for Change

 

 

The committee generally believes that all producers should be exempt from the windfall profit tax with respect to some of their oil production. By this action, the committee hopes that many small oil producers will be exempted from the tax entirely.

 

Explanation of Provision

 

 

The bill provides, for all producers, a windfall profit tax exemption for up to 500 barrels of oil a day (the "exempt limit"). This exemption includes, subject to the limitations described below, any barrels of oil selected by the producer. The aggregate number of exempt barrels from tiers 1 and 2, however, may not exceed the number shown, for the appropriate year, in the following table:

 In the case of qualified    The amount in

 

 production during:          barrels is:

 

 

 1982                          100

 

 1983                          100

 

 1984                          100

 

 1985                          200

 

 1986 and thereafter           350

 

 

To prevent a proliferation of interests eligible for the exemption, the bill denies exemption to oil which violates certain transfer rules. These rules are a modified version of the transfer rules currently applicable for purposes of the reduced tax rates for independent producers (Code sec. 4992(d)(3)). An economic interest in oil production never will be eligible for the producer exemption if it is owned, at any time after December 31, 1979, by a person whose production exceeded the limit on the exemption for that oil-generally 500 barrels per day for tier 3 oil, and the special lower limit for tier 1 and tier 2 oil. The bill also provides allocation rules under which the exempt limit and the special limit are allocated among related parties.

Because both the exemption and existing law's lower rates for up to 1,000 barrels per day of oil produced by independent producers apply to oil from tiers 1 and 2, the bill provides that any person's independent producer amount eligible for lower rates is reduced by the amount of tier 1 and 2 oil to which the exemption is applied. The independent producer amount is not reduced, however, by the number of barrels of exempt tier 3 oil.

 

Effective Date

 

 

The provisions take effect on January 1, 1982.

 

Revenue Effect

 

 

This provision will reduce budget receipts by $708 million in fiscal year 1982, $1,003 million in fiscal year 1983, $1,122 million in fiscal year 1984, $1,467 million in fiscal year 1985, and $1,856 million in fiscal year 1986.

2. Windfall profit tax treatment of royalty owners

(sec. 602 of the bill and secs. 4991, 4992, 6429 and new sec. 4991B)

 

Present Law

 

 

Under the Crude Oil Windfall Profit Tax Act of 1980, an excise tax is imposed on the production of domestic crude oil. Differing tax rates and base prices apply to oil, generally depending upon its classification in one of three tiers; lower rates apply on up to 1,000 barrels a day of tier one and tier two oil produced by independent producers. Royalty owners, and persons holding similar non-operating mineral interests, are not independent producers eligible for lower rates.

Present law also provides qualified royalty owners with a credit (or refund) of up to $1,000 against the windfall profit tax imposed on the removal of their royalty oil during calendar year 1980. The credit is available only to individuals, estates, and qualified family farm corporations. It may be claimed in 1981, in accordance with Treasury regulations, either on the royalty owner's income tax return or in a separate refund claim.

 

Reasons for Change

 

 

The committee believes imposition of the windfall profit tax on small amounts of royalty oil income may impose a hardship on many low and middle income taxpayers who are not the recipients of the large oil company profits which led, in part, to the windfall profit tax. The committee believes a one-year extension of the credit, together with an increase in the credit to $2,500, followed by a limited exemption, is needed to assure that small royalty owners are not adversely affected by the tax.

 

Explanation of Provision

 

 

The committee bill makes the royalty owners credit available for calendar year 1981. It also increases the maximum credit from $1,000 to $2,500, for royalty oil production removed from the premises in 1981. A technical amendment permits the Secretary to avoid imposing penalties on persons whose estimated taxes were underpaid solely because of the manner in which the royalty credit interacts with the income tax.

For 1982 and subsequent years, the committee bill provides a limited exemption from the windfall profit tax for specified amounts of royalty production. In 1982 through 1984, royalty owners will be exempt from tax on 1 barrel per day of qualified royalty production. In 1985, the exemption will apply to 2 barrels a day of production, and in 1986 and thereafter 3.5 barrels a day of production will be eligible for the royalty owner exemption. The bill also provides that the royalty owner may designate which barrels of qualified production will be exempt under the provision. It is estimated that a royalty owner with a representative mix of different types of oil will receive benefits from the exemption equal to approximately $5,300 in 1982, $5,700 in 1983, $6,000 in 1984, $12,900 in 1985, and $23,800 in 1986.

The committee bill also provides that the Secretary shall issue regulations permitting royalty owners to claim exemption from withholding of windfall profit tax on qualified royalty owner production.

To prevent a proliferation of royalty interests eligible for the credit and exemption, the committee bill retains, for purposes of the exemption, the allocation and related party rules applicable to the $1,000 credit (with the appropriate conforming modifications). In addition, the credit or exemption will not apply to production from an interest in proven property transferred after June 9, 1981, in a transfer described in the rules relating to eligibility for percentage depletion (sec. 613A(c)(9)(A)). This transfer rule applies to all tiers of oil, and without regard to the methods of its production. However, the transfer rule does not apply to transfers between persons required to share a single $2,500 credit or a single exempt amount if production from the property interest transferred was qualified royalty production for the transferor. There also is an exception to the transfer rule for transfers that would not result in loss of percentage depletion because of the exceptions contained in the depletion rules for transfers at death or among related persons (sec. 613A(c)(9)(B)). Similarly, the credit and exemption are not available for production from an overriding royalty, net profits interest, production payment, or similar interest created out of an interest in a proven property after June 9, 1981. This rule will prevent the creation of new royalty interests out of existing working interests in proven properties. An exception is provided for interests created under binding contracts entered into before June 10, 1981. The rule does not affect the ability of a landowner to retain a royalty on the lease of a proven property.

The committee bill modifies the definition of a qualified family farm corporation to provide that the family ownership and asset usage tests of present law must be satisfied at all times during the calendar year in question. The committee bill eliminates the requirements that a qualified family farm corporation must have been in existence on and must have satisfied the asset usage test on, June 25, 1980.

 

Effective Date

 

 

The royalty owner credit will apply to oil produced in calendar year 1981. The royalty owner exemption will apply to oil produced in calendar years beginning after December 31, 1981.

 

Revenue Effect

 

 

It is estimated that this provision will reduce budget receipts by $1,040 million in fiscal year 1982, $707 million in fiscal year 1983, $753 million in fiscal year 1984, $1,019 million in fiscal year 1985, and $1,486 million in fiscal year 1986.

3. Front-end tertiary projects for independent producers

(sec. 603 of the bill and new sec. 4994(e)(5) of the Code)

 

Present Law

 

 

Prior to the elimination of crude oil price controls on January 28, 1981, front-end tertiary oil was oil that the Department of Energy deregulated to provide the producer with funds to finance a tertiary recovery project. Amounts recoupable by this action were limited to the lesser of 75 percent of specified expenses or $20 million per project or property.

Oil that DOE deregulated as front-end tertiary oil generally was exempt from the windfall profit tax until October 1981 if the project was on a property controlled on January 1, 1980, by independent producers. Front-end tertiary oil related to projects controlled by a major company is covered by other rules.

Oil decontrolled to finance "prepaid expenses," or which could have been deregulated under any other part of the crude oil price control rules, cannot qualify under the provision. As a result, the tax's exemption for front-end tertiary oil was ended when the President eliminated crude oil price controls on January 28, 1981.

 

Reasons for Change

 

 

The committee believes that the independent front-end tertiary rules of the tax should be reestablished for projects certified on or before January 28, 1981, and that the tax's provisions should be extended for these projects as to front-end oil removed from the premises before April 1, 1982.

 

Explanation of Provision

 

 

The bill provides a special front-end tertiary exemption for independent producers' tertiary recovery projects certified on or before January 28, 1981. For this purpose, a project is treated as having been certified if it was reviewed and actually approved by the Department of Energy as a qualifying project, or if it met all the applicable self-certification requirements for qualification. The modified exemption applies to front-end tertiary oil removed from the premises before April 1, 1982.

The bill provides that the rules relating to refunds for tertiary projects of integrated producers (Code sec. 4994(c)(2)) are to be applied as if the bill's special rule for independent projects had not been enacted.

 

Effective Date

 

 

The provision takes effect on January 28, 1981.

 

Revenue Effect

 

 

This provision will reduce budget receipts by $236 million in fiscal year 1982.

4. Natural gas retailers

(sec. 605 of the bill and sec. 4992(b) of the Code)

 

Present Law

 

 

Under present law independent producers eligible for reduced windfall profit tax rates for tiers 1 and 2 do not include oil refiners and certain retailers of oil or natural gas or products derived from oil or gas (Code sec. 4992(b)). For purposes of this exclusion, the windfall profit tax generally uses the rules relating to eligibility for percentage depletion (Code sec. 613A(d)(2) and (4)). As a result, a retailer of natural gas may be ineligible for reduced windfall profit tax rates even though the retailer could qualify for those rates if the natural gas retail sales were disregarded. An oil interest owned by an integrated producer can never be eligible for reduced rates even if it is subsequently transferred to an independent producer.

 

Reasons for Change

 

 

The committee believes that eligibility for reduced windfall profit tax rates should be determined without regard to retail sales of natural gas, and should be based only on retail sales of oil or oil products.

 

Explanation of Provision

 

 

The bill provides that eligibility for reduced windfall profit tax rates is to be determined without regard to retail sales of natural gas or products of natural gas. As under present law (Code secs. 613A(d)(2) and 4992(b)), sales of oil and products of oil are taken into account and would disqualify a producer from eligibility for reduced rates.

The bill provides that a taxpayer who was disqualified from eligibility for reduced tax rates solely because of retail sales of natural gas would not have his oil properties disqualified for purposes of the transfer rule. However, this special rules applies only with respect to transfers after July 22, 1981.

The bill does not alter the definition of integrated oil company for depository and withholding purposes (Code sec. 4995(b)), the percentage depletion rules (Code sec. 613A(c)(9)), or the front-end tertiary exemption.

 

Effective Date

 

 

The bill generally applies with respect to taxable periods beginning after December 31, 1981.

 

Revenue Effect

 

 

This provision will reduce budget receipts by $5 million in fiscal year 1982, $10 million in fiscal year 1983, $10 million in fiscal year 1984, $10 million in fiscal year 1985, and $10 million in fiscal year 1986.

5. Windfall profit tax exemption for oil production of residential child care agencies

(sec. 606 of the bill and sec. 4994(b)(1)(A) of the Code)

 

Present Law

 

 

Under present law, oil production attributable to qualified interests of charitable educational organizations and medical facilities is exempt from the crude oil windfall profit tax. In addition, certain production from interests held on behalf of such organizations or facilities by a church is exempt. To qualify for the exemption, the charitable organization or facility must have owned the interests on January 21, 1980, and at all times thereafter.

An organization for the residential placement, care, or treatment of delinquent, dependent, neglected, or handicapped children generally would not qualify as an educational organization or medical facility for purposes of this exemption.

Except to the extent that oil production is attributable to a royalty or an overriding royalty (Code sec. 512(b)(2)), income from a qualified charitable interest is subject to the unrelated business income tax (Code secs. 511-513).

 

Reasons for Change

 

 

The committee believes that the existing windfall profit tax exemption for specified charitable educational organizations and medical facilities should be expanded to include charitable residential child care organizations.

 

Explanation of Provision

 

 

The bill extends the existing windfall profit tax exemption for specified charitable educational organizations and medical facilities to oil production attributable to economic interests held by charitable organizations, described in Code section 170(c)(2), which are organized and operated primarily for the residential placement, care, or treatment of delinquent, dependent, orphaned, neglected, or handicapped children. To qualify for this exemption, the oil interest must have been held by the organization on January 21, 1980, and at all times thereafter before the last day of the calendar quarter.

If the interest is not held by the organization, the exemption may apply if the interest was held by a church for the benefit of the organization and if all the proceeds from the interest were dedicated on January 21, 1980, and at all times thereafter before the close of the calendar quarter, to the qualifying child care organization. These rules are the same as the present rules for qualifying charitable interests.

 

Effective Date

 

 

The provisions of the bill are effective for calendar quarters beginning after December 31, 1980.

 

Revenue Effect

 

 

This provision will reduce budget receipts by $10 million in fiscal year 1982, $15 million in fiscal year 1983, $15 million in fiscal year 1984, $15 million in fiscal year 1985, and $15 million in fiscal year 1986.

 

B. Exemption of Foreign Oil Extraction Income and Taxation of Oil Related Income

 

 

(secs. 611-614 of the bill and secs. 907, 954, and new sec. 981 of the Code)

 

Present Law

 

 

Foreign tax credit

The foreign tax credit was enacted to prevent U.S. taxpayers from being taxed twice on their foreign income--once by the foreign country where the income is earned and again by the United States as part of the taxpayer's worldwide income. The foreign tax credit is intended to allow U.S. taxpayers to offset the U.S. tax on their foreign income by the income taxes paid to a foreign country. Foreign tax credits may not be used to offset U.S. tax on domestic income.

The credit is available only with respect to foreign income, war profits, or excess profits taxes and certain "in lieu of" taxes (for ease of reference, referred to generally as foreign income taxes). Other taxes paid by the taxpayer are generally not creditable but are treated only as deductible expenses.1

In the case of amounts paid to a foreign government with respect to oil and gas extraction income, it has been difficult to determine whether the payment was a tax on the extraction income or a royalty on the oil and gas extracted (or some other deductible but non-creditable payment such as a severance tax or a share of production--for ease of reference, generally referred to herein as royalties). In most foreign countries, the rights to the oil or gas extracted by the U.S. oil companies are owned by the foreign government. Consequently, the foreign government can collect its revenues from the oil or gas extraction operations either by charging a royalty on the oil and gas extracted or by imposing a tax on the extraction income.

In an attempt to clarify the foreign tax credit rules in this area the Service issued proposed and temporary regulations on November 17, 1980 that set forth certain rules for determining whether a foreign charge was a creditable tax. Essentially, these regulations provide that a payment to a foreign government is an income tax that can be credited against U.S. income taxes only if the charge is computed on realized net income and is not imposed as compensation for a specific economic benefit. In determining whether a tax is imposed on realized net income, the foreign income tax must be "substantially equivalent" to the U.S. income tax, but need not exactly parallel the U.S. tax.

A fundamental premise of the foreign tax credit is that it should not offset the U.S. tax on U.S. source income. Accordingly, the computation of the foreign tax credit contains a limitation to insure that the credit only offsets the U.S. tax on the taxpayer's foreign income. The limitation operates by prorating the taxpayer's total U.S. tax liability before foreign tax credits ("pre-credit U.S. tax") between his U.S. and foreign source taxable income. Therefore, the limitation is determined by using a simple ratio of foreign source taxable income divided by total taxable income. The resulting fraction is multiplied by the total pre-credit U.S. tax to establish the amount of U.S. taxes paid on the foreign income and, thus, the upper limit on the foreign tax credit.

Under the special section 907 extraction tax limitation which was added to the Code in 1975 and later amended, amounts claimed as taxes paid on foreign oil and gas extraction income of a U.S. company only qualify as creditable taxes (if they otherwise so qualify) to the extent they do not exceed 46 percent (which equals the highest U.S. corporate tax rate) of such extraction income.2 Foreign taxes paid in excess of that amount are, in general, neither creditable nor deductible. However, a foreign tax credit carryover is allowed for excess extraction taxes paid to the extent of 2 percent of foreign oil extraction income.

Present law also provides that a taxpayer is to compute the foreign tax credit limitation on a worldwide basis separately for his foreign oil-related income.3 Thus, foreign taxes paid on the taxpayer's foreign oil-related income may not offset his U.S. tax on his other income and vice versa.

The taxpayer's extraction income is generally the sum total of the taxpayer's income and loss from worldwide foreign extraction operations. However, if the extraction activities and sales of the extraction assets in any country result in a net loss for any year, the loss from that country is not taken into account in the computation of the foreign oil extraction income for the year (the special "per-country extraction loss rule"). This benefits the taxpayer because his oil and gas extraction tax limitation is greater by 46 percent of the nonincluded loss. This increases the amount of oil and gas extraction taxes that the taxpayer can treat as a creditable tax. (It should be noted, however, that the per-country extraction loss is included in computing the taxpayer's overall foreign tax credit limitation for foreign oil-related income for the year.)

Another way of describing the impact of this per-country loss rule is that it allows a company to use against any low-taxed foreign trading, refining or shipping income excess oil tax credits from its net foreign extraction income from all foreign countries (that is, its net income taking into account all income and losses from its extraction activities in all foreign countries). To illustrate, if a company's extraction activities generated $300 income in country A and a $100 loss in country B, it would have net income of $200 from those foreign extraction activities on which it would pay $92 of U.S. tax (at a 46-percent rate) before the foreign tax credit. However, because the $100 loss would not be taken into account in computing the 46-percent extraction limitation under present law, the company would be entitled to claim oil tax credits of $138 (46 percent of $300)--using $92 in credits against the U.S. tax on the net extraction income and the $46 excess credits against other income. It should be noted, however, that the $46 of extraction tax credits being used against the tax on other income are generated only as a result of the per-country loss.

Subpart F Income

Under present law, the United States imposes income tax upon the worldwide income of any corporation organized under the laws of the United States. However, foreign corporations (even those which are subsidiaries of U.S. companies) generally are taxed by the United States only to the extent they are engaged in business in the United States or derive investment income here. As a result, the United States usually does not impose a tax on the foreign source income of a foreign corporation even though it is owned or controlled by U.S. persons. Instead, the foreign source earnings of a foreign corporation generally are subject to U.S. income taxes only when they are actually remitted to U.S. shareholders as dividends. The tax in this case is imposed on the U.S. shareholder and not the foreign corporation. U.S. tax on the dividend income may be offset by foreign tax credits. The fact that no U.S. tax is imposed until, and unless, the income is distributed to the U.S. shareholders is generally referred to as "tax deferral."

An exception to the general rule of tax deferral is provided for certain base company type "tax haven" activities of controlled foreign corporations. These are foreign corporations more than 50 percent of the stock of which is owned by U.S. shareholders that own at least 10 percent of the corporation's stock. The U.S. shareholders of these corporations are taxed under the subpart F. provisions of the Code. Under these provisions, this subpart F income is deemed to be distributed to the U.S. shareholders, and it is taxed to them currently whether or not they actually receive the income in the form of a dividend.

There are five categories of subpart F income taxed currently to U.S. shareholders of controlled foreign corporations: (1) income from the insurance of U.S. risks; (2) passive investment income such as dividends, interest royalties, and rents; (3) sales income earned by the foreign subsidiary on the sale of property purchased from, or sold to, a related company if the property was neither manufactured in nor sold for use in the country in which the subsidiary is incorporated: (4) income from services performed for or on behalf of a related person by the foreign subsidiary outside of the country in which it is incorporated: and (5) shipping income earned by a foreign subsidiary outside of the country in which it is incorporated, if that income is not reinvested in shipping assets.

 

Reasons for Change

 

 

Foreign tax credit

The foreign tax credit is available only for "income taxes" paid to a Foreign government. Because of the wide variety of tax systems and types of transactions, defining the term "income tax" with any precision has proved difficult. This difficulty has been compounded where the income relates to the extraction of minerals.

When U.S. oil companies began operations in a number of major oil exporting countries, they only paid a royalty for the oil extracted since there was generally no applicable income tax in those countries. However, in part because of the benefit to the oil companies of imposing a foreign income tax, as opposed to a royalty, those countries have adopted taxes applicable to extraction income and have labeled them income taxes. Moreover, because of this relative advantage to the oil companies of paying income taxes rather than royalties, most oil-producing nations in the post-World War II era have tended to increase their revenues from oil extraction by increasing their taxes on U.S. oil companies. Even after the foreign oil tax rates had been increased to levels higher than the U.S. rate--with the result that additional increases would only produce excess credits unusable by the companies--foreign countries have tended to increase their take by increasing their effective tax rate rather than by increasing the royalty rate. This approach was taken by the foreign countries in large part because the taxes could be increased unilaterally while increases in the royalty rate would require renegotiation of the contract. In any event, as the result of these increases in the effective tax rate, most oil-producing countries now impose taxes on oil income at effective rates as high as 80 percent or more, while the charges designated as royalties are imposed at relatively low rates (usually 20 percent or less) as compared to the taxes paid to those countries.

Beginning with Revenue Ruling 76-215, 1976-1 C.B. 194, which denied the foreign tax credit for amounts paid to Indonesia under production-sharing contracts, the IRS has issued a series of revenue rulings and other administrative determinations denying the foreign tax credit, on a prospective basis, for foreign "taxes" paid to various foreign countries on the grounds that those taxes do not constitute income taxes within the meaning of section 901 of the Internal Revenue Code and thus do not qualify for the credit. These rulings revoked the earlier IRS rulings which had allowed the foreign tax credit for the Saudi Arabian tax and the oil taxes of certain other countries. These rulings have generally been applicable only on a prospective basis (under the authority of sec. 7805(b)), treating taxes paid in prior years as qualifying for the credit.

In addition to the recent series of rulings dealing with particular foreign taxes and with various specific issues as to the creditability of those taxes, in 1978 the IRS and Treasury commenced a regulations project that is intended to clarify on a more comprehensive basis the requirements which the IRS and Treasury believe must be satisfied before a foreign tax can qualify for the U.S. foreign tax credit. The proposed regulations were first issued on June 15, 1979. On November 17, 1980 the regulations were substantially changed and reissued as proposed and temporary regulations.

The rules set forth in the proposed regulations generally follow those which have been articulated in the recent rulings with respect to particular taxes. It can be expected that under the criteria contained in the proposed regulations, most foreign petroleum taxes presently imposed would not be considered to be income taxes qualifying for the foreign tax credit. It should be noted, however, that the regulations are in proposed form and temporary and thus possibly might be changed in certain respects in response to public comments. It is also possible that the proposed regulations might be challenged in court by certain oil companies or other taxpayers who would be denied foreign tax credits by application of the regulations. Alternatively, foreign countries might restructure their taxes on petroleum income so that the taxes satisfy the criteria adopted in the regulations and thus qualify for the foreign tax credit. (This, for example, was done by Indonesia in response to the 1976 ruling disallowing the credits for amounts paid under production sharing contracts; the restructured tax was held to qualify for the foreign tax credit in Rev. Rul. 78-222, 1978-1 CB 232.) Given these possible developments, the exact impact of the proposed regulations on the foreign tax credits claimed for foreign oil taxes will not be finally resolved for some time.

During the last 14 years, the Congress has repeatedly addressed the issue of the creditability of foreign taxes imposed on extraction related activities. This issue was the subject of the Congress' attention in 1969, 1974, 1975, 1976 and in 1979. (See, for example, the testimony by the Honorable George P. Shultz, Secretary of the Treasury, before your Committee on February 4, 1974.) The Congress has repeatedly adopted more and more complex rules in an attempt to resolve the issue. Constant technical tightening of the foreign tax credit has not succeeded. Furthermore, despite this tightening, little additional revenue has accrued to the Treasury.

As a result of these attempts, the Code has been amended in recent years to place additional limitations on the use of excess credits arising from oil and gas production to offset U.S. tax on other foreign source income. These special extraction tax limitations were designed to deal, at least in part, with both the problem of determining what portion of a payment to a foreign government constitutes a creditable income tax and what portion is serving the function of a royalty, and also the problem of excess extraction taxes being used against other income.

The committee has concluded that the rulings, regulations, and legislation that were intended to resolve the issue of the creditability of foreign oil and gas taxes have not achieved their purpose.

The committee recognizes the great difficulty in ascertaining whether a payment labeled as an income tax is, in fact, an income tax or a royalty (or other deductible but not creditable payment such as an excise tax) and concludes that this difficulty leads to a distortion of the foreign tax credit mechanism in the oil and gas area. The committee also is aware that even if the Code were amended to provide a revised and more detailed definition of a creditable tax for foreign oil taxes, the foreign oil-producing countries could, and would, restructure their taxes so they qualified for the foreign tax credit as revised.

Foreign subsidiaries

In addition to extraction income, multinational oil companies earn significant revenues from so-called downstream activities such as the transportation of petroleum, shipping, refining, trading, and retail sales of the petroleum. Prior to 1975, the multinational oil companies had unfettered discretion to shelter their downstream income (often earned in low tax countries) with high extraction taxes. In addition, they were able to use foreign losses to offset U.S. income.

Even with the changes made in 1975 and succeeding years that limited the opportunity to use excess credits to shelter non-extraction income, multinational oil companies have paid relatively little U.S. tax on their foreign operations. In part, this is due to the special source rule of section 907(c)(4) which provides that in computing the 46-percent limitation on extraction taxes, extraction losses are not taken into account if they arise in a country for which the taxpayer has a net extraction loss for the year. Moreover, when the downstream activities are conducted in a foreign subsidiary, U.S. tax can generally be avoided through use of a foreign subsidiary, even if foreign income taxes are not sufficient to shelter all of the foreign income. Also, because of the fungible nature of oil and because of the complex structures involved, oil income is particularly suited to tax haven type operations.

The net result has been that the petroleum companies have paid little or no U.S. tax on their foreign operations despite their extremely high revenues. Your committee believes that its decision to exempt foreign extraction income from U.S. tax and to resolve the oil company's uncertainty as to the creditability of foreign taxes should in the long run be of benefit to them.

However, the committee believes that multinational oil companies should pay U.S. tax on foreign oil related income that is not subject to foreign income tax. Accordingly, your committee's provision will apply the present law anti-tax haven provisions (subpart F) currently to tax certain low taxed foreign oil related income earned by foreign subsidiaries of U.S. companies. Your committee recognizes that international shipping, because it is highly competitive and is generally not taxed by other countries, presents special problems. Accordingly, the tax treatment of that income should not be changed without further study.

 

Explanation of Provisions

 

 

1. Exclusion from gross income of oil and gas income

The bill provides that gross income does not include foreign oil and gas extraction income. Deductions and credits attributable to foreign oil and gas extraction income are not allowed.

The present law definition of the term "foreign oil and gas extraction income" for purposes of the special oil foreign tax credit limitation is retained, but modified so that it does not include gains from the sale of assets used in the oil or gas business. The bill defines foreign oil and gas extraction income as including any amount derived from sources without the United States and its possessions from the extraction of minerals from oil or gas wells.

In addition to income earned directly from the extraction of oil or gas, the term also includes dividends from a foreign corporation in respect of which foreign taxes are deemed paid by the taxpayer under section 902, amounts with respect to which taxes are deemed paid under section 960(a) and the taxpayer's distributive share of any partnership income or loss. These amounts are treated as foreign oil and gas extraction income to the extent that they are attributable to foreign oil and gas extraction income.

Deductions are not allowed for amounts allocated to or chargeable against amounts which are excluded from gross income as foreign oil and gas extraction income to the extent that they are attributable to amounts expended for the exploration for oil and gas outside the United States and its possessions, or for the development of any oil or gas property located outside the United States and its possessions. However, the extraction income eventually generated by those activities would also be exempt from tax.

The provision denies the credit against United States tax for foreign taxes paid or accrued (or deemed paid) with respect to foreign oil and gas extraction income. The investment tax credit is denied for any property used predominantly for exploration and development outside the United States or which is used for the production of income which is excluded from gross income a foreign oil and gas extraction income.

The provision limits the deductibility of losses sustained during a taxable year from the sale, exchange, abandonment, or other disposition of an asset used in a foreign oil and gas extraction business. These losses would be allowed only to the extent of the gains recognized during the year from the sale or exchange of those assets. Gains from the sale of such property are not foreign oil and gas extraction income and therefore are taxable and are not excludable from gross income. Losses that exceed gains from the disposition of foreign oil assets during a year may be carried to the next year as short-term capital gain.

2. Current taxation of foreign oil and gas related income of foreign subsidiaries

The bill would impose current U.S. tax on foreign oil and gas related income earned by a controlled foreign corporation. This would be accomplished by treating foreign oil related income as an additional category of foreign base company income currently included in the U.S. shareholder's income under subpart F. This category of income is foreign base company oil related income.

Foreign oil related income is taxable income derived from sources outside the United States from the processing of minerals extracted from oil or gas wells into their primary products, the transportation of the minerals or primary products, the distribution of oil or gas minerals or primary products,4 the sale or exchange of assets used by the taxpayer in a trade or business encompassing one of these activities, and the performance by the controlled foreign corporation of services for or on behalf of a related person who is engaged in an oil related activity, or in a foreign oil and gas extraction activity. Services include, for example, transportation of oil for a related party, accounting or managerial services for a related party, or insuring oil related or extraction assets of a related party.

Foreign oil related income also includes dividends and interest from a foreign corporation with respect to which taxes are deemed paid by the taxpayer, interest and dividends from a domestic corporation which are treated as income from sources without the United States under the Internal Revenue Code, amounts with respect to which taxes are deemed paid under the subpart F provisions of the Code, and the taxpayer's distributive share of the income of partnerships. These amounts are treated as oil related income, however, only to the extent that they are attributable to foreign oil related income. In addition, interest from a foreign corporation and interest and dividends from a domestic corporation which are treated as foreign source are foreign oil and gas related income (and not excluded extraction income) to the extent attributable to foreign oil and gas extraction income. Accordingly, such interest and dividends would continue to be subject to tax.

Consistent with the base company concept, two exceptions to current taxation are provided. First, foreign oil related income derived from sources within a foreign country in connection with oil or gas which was extracted by the foreign corporation or a related person from an oil or gas well in that foreign country would not be subject to the current taxation rules. For example, income derived in a foreign country by a subsidiary from the purchase and sale of oil extracted by an affiliate in that country would not be treated as subpart F income, but income the subsidiary derives from the purchase and sale of oil extracted in that country by an unrelated party or the government would be subpart F income. Second, foreign oil related income derived from sources within a foreign country in connection with oil or gas related products which are sold by that foreign corporation or by a related person for use or consumption in that country would not be subject to current taxation rules.

For example, if a controlled foreign corporation had income from refining in country A, and half of the income of the corporation was from refining oil extracted by the corporation in country A and half elsewhere, only half of its income would be base company income.

Shipping income which is foreign based company shipping income would not be subject to current tax in the hands of U.S. shareholders as foreign base company oil related income. It would, however, continue to be subject to the provisions of subpart F relating to foreign base company shipping income. The special rule that excludes from base company income amounts earned by a foreign corporation not formed or availed of to reduce taxes does not apply to foreign base company oil related income.

While the bill eliminates the foreign tax credit for taxes paid to foreign countries with respect to foreign oil and gas extraction income, foreign tax credits are still permitted for taxes paid with respect to oil related income.

The special foreign tax credit limitation for oil income is repealed and the general foreign tax credit rules and the overall limitation provided in section 904 of the Code apply.

Under the bill, any foreign income taxes otherwise creditable under the Code which are paid or accrued to any foreign country with respect to foreign oil related income will be creditable against U.S. income taxes, unless those taxes are considered to be abnormally high. The amounts are not creditable to the extent that the Secretary determines that the foreign law that imposes the tax is structured, or in fact operates, so that the amount imposed with respect to foreign oil related income will in most cases be materially greater than the amount generally imposed on income that is not oil related income. The amount not treated as a tax under this provision will be treated as a deduction under the foreign law. Accordingly, the excess amount would be deductible for purposes of computing an appropriate level of foreign income tax.

In determining the amount of taxes which are creditable, the Secretary would take into account the deduction for amounts treated as excess payments under the provision, so that the rate of tax on the oil profits after deduction for the amounts treated as excess payments would not exceed the rate of tax generally imposed by the country on other income.

For example, a foreign country has a generally applicable tax of 40 percent and imposes a "tax" on oil-related income which results in a tax of 55-percent. A company earning $100 of oil-related income on which it paid final oil "taxes" of $55 would, for purposes of computing the amount creditable as a foreign income tax, treat $25 of that payment as a deductible excess payment, leaving U.S. taxable income of $75. The company would be entitled to treat the remaining $30 of the foreign tax as a credit against the $34.50 pre-credit U.S. tax on that $75 taxable income--leaving a net U.S. tax liability of $4.50. The amount of the foreign tax allowed as a credit ($30) would be 40 percent (the generally applicable tax rate of that country) of $75 net taxable income from that country. The amount treated as an income tax is about 55 percent of the amount treated under that country's law as a tax.

The provision contains special rules for the carryover of certain oil taxes. The rules are designed to prevent the carryover of credits disallowed under the special excess deduction provision. Under the carryover rules, foreign oil-related taxes paid in taxable years beginning before, January 1, 1981, can be carried back two years and carried forward five years under the regular foreign tax credit rules. However, the amount of oil-related taxes carried to a taxable year beginning on or after January 1, 1981, cannot, exceed the amount that would have been creditable if the provisions of this Act had been in effect the year in which the foreign taxes were paid. A further limitation is provided so that the old foreign tax credit rules relating to foreign oil related income will be deemed to be in effect for the excess credit year (the year in which the taxes were paid), and for all taxable years thereafter.

 

Effective Dates

 

 

The provision generally applies to taxable years beginning on or after January 1, 1981. The provision relating to excess payments of foreign oil related taxes applies to payments made on or after January 1, 1981.

 

Revenue Effect

 

 

The provision will increase budget receipts by $577 million in fiscal 1982, $436 million in 1983, $486 million in 1984, $523 million in 1985 and $542 million in 1986.

 

C. Builder's Tax Credit for Passive Solar Residential Construction

 

 

(sec. 621 of the bill and new sec. 44G of the Code)

 

Present Law

 

 

Residential energy tax credit

Present law allows a residential energy tax credit equal to 40 percent of so much of the taxpayer's "qualified renewable energy source expenditures" as do not exceed $10,000 (sec. 44C(b)(2)). For this purpose, the term "renewable energy source expenditure" means expenditures made by the taxpayer on or after April 20, 1977, for "renewable energy source property" installed in connection with the taxpayer's principal residence. Renewable energy source expenditures include labor costs properly allocable to the onsite preparation, assembly, or original installation of renewable energy source property, as well as certain expenditures for an onsite well drilled for any geothermal deposit. Renewable energy source expenditures do not include any expenditures properly allocable to a swimming pool or to any other property which has a primary function other than energy purposes. Thus, while renewable energy source expenditures include costs for both active and passive solar systems, Treasury regulations specify that expenditures for dual function components of a passive solar system are not eligible for the credit (Treas. Regs. Sec. 1.44C-2(f)(3)). However, expenditures for a solar panel installed as a roof do not fail to qualify for the credit solely because the panel constitutes a structural component of the dwelling.

The term "renewable energy source property" means property which, when installed in connection with a dwelling in the U.S., transmits or uses (1) solar energy, energy derived from geothermal deposits, or any other form of renewable energy specified in Treasury regulations, for heating or cooling the dwelling or for providing hot water or electricity for use within the dwelling, or (2) wind energy for non-business residential purposes. In addition, the original use of "renewable energy source property" must begin with the taxpayer. The property reasonably must be expected to remain in operation for at least 5 years, and it must meet specified performance and quality standards.

In the case of a newly constructed or reconstructed dwelling, renewable energy source expenditures are treated as made when the original use of the constructed or reconstructed dwelling begins. In addition, in the case of newly constructed residences, the original purchaser may claim the credit, when original use of the residence begins, for separately stated renewable energy sources expenditures.

Property is not eligible for the credit to the extent it is financed with funds provided under a government program a principal purpose of which is to provide subsidized financing for projects designed to conserve or produce energy (sec. 44C(c)(10)(A)).

Solar Bank

Title V of the Energy Security Act of 1980 (Pub. L. 96-294) established the Solar Energy and Energy Conservation Bank (the "Bank") to encourage energy conservation, to promote the use of solar energy, and to contribute to the reduction of U.S. dependence on foreign energy sources. The Bank is authorized to provide funds to lending institutions, utilities, and local governments to further these objectives.

Initially, $1 billion was authorized to fund the Bank's activities through fiscal year 1984, and the fiscal year 1981 appropriation provided $121 million.

In the conference on the Omnibus Reconciliation Act of 1981, the conferees have reached a preliminary agreement to approve annual authorizations of $50 million for each of fiscal years 1982, 1983, and 1984.

 

Background on Passive Solar Construction

 

A passive solar energy system is one in which the energy present in sunlight is used to heat a building by naturally capturing that energy in the structure of the building and distributing it as heat by means of radiation, conduction or convection. Separate collectors, storage systems, or mechanical devices are not necessarily required, nor is it necessary to introduce energy inputs from outside the immediate environment.

Passive systems generally can be classified as direct gain, indirect gain, or isolated gain systems. The most common of these types of systems are described below. The choice between different systems may depend on topography, esthetics, and heating and cooling needs.

In a direct gain passive solar energy system, sunlight enters and directly heats the living area. If the living space is constructed of materials that absorb and store this heat (e.g., masonry floors and walls) or if a storage mass is introduced to the living area, the collected heat is stored and liberated to maintain the living area's temperature when the sun is not present. These systems can be used in most environments.

In a system that uses indirect gain, the thermal storage mass is positioned between the sun and the living space. Sunlight warms the mass which then gradually releases the heat to the living space. The storage masses used in such systems typically are either storage walls or roof ponds. In both cases the storage mass must be enclosed, at least in the absence of sunlight, so that the mass does not lose its heat to the outdoors. These systems are attractive in retrofitting existing masonry structures, in using attached greenhouse applications or in locations where summer cooling is an important consideration.

Isolated gain systems are those in which the collector and storage mass are located apart from the living space. Heat is carried to the living space as needed. These systems are attractive particularly where constant heat is not required.

 

Reasons for Change

 

 

The committee believes that passive solar construction techniques present a significant opportunity for residential energy savings that has been underutilized because of the hesitancy of builders to use new technologies. The committee believes the new credit, which is available to builders, will focus the attention of home builders on the ease and desirability of passive solar construction and will bolster consumer confidence in this valuable technology.

 

Explanation of Provision

 

 

The bill allows a tax credit to builders of new residential units that use passive solar construction techniques. The amount of the credit depends on the estimated energy savings accomplished by use of the passive solar technique, but may not exceed $2,000 per residential unit. If a builder has less than a full proprietary interest in a qualified residential unit, the credit is apportioned on the basis of the ownership interest in the residential unit. A qualified residential unit is a unit designed for residential use and located in the United States. Units must be part of a building containing four or fewer units, and completed after September 30, 1981, and before January 1, 1990. All units must be ready for occupancy before the later date.

To qualify for the credit, a new unit must contain a "passive solar energy system." Such a system contains five recognizable elements. The first element is a "solar collection area." This is defined as an expanse of transparent or translucent material located to allow the sun to warm the absorber directly (see below). This definition includes windows and skylights.

The second element of a passive solar system is an "absorber." An absorber is a hard surface exposed to the sun which absorbs solar radiation and transmits the resulting heat to a "storage mass". The absorber also must have an area of directly irradiated material which is equal to or greater in area than the solar collection area. Typical examples of absorbers include the surfaces of slate floors, stone walls, and enclosed thermal ponds. Since a hard surface is required, open surface or PVC enclosed thermal roof ponds, swimming pool surfaces, and carpeted areas do not qualify as absorbers.

The third required element of a passive solar system is a "storage mass." A "storage mass" is defined as a dense, heavy material that receives and holds heat from the absorber and later releases it to the interior of the structure. Such a mass must have sufficient volume, depth and thermal capacity that store and deliver adequate amounts of solar heat for the structure. The bill also requires proper location of the storage mass so that the stored heat can be distributed directly to the habitable areas. Examples of dense, heavy material which, if properly applied, could have sufficient thermal capacity, include water, eutectic salts in aqueous solutions, stone, and masonry. An inefficient or ineffective mass (due to oversizing) would not qualify as a storage mass.

The fourth requirement of a passive system is the presence of a "heat distribution method." Such methods include the direct release of heat into the structure's habitable areas and the movement of heat from the mass by convection through airflow paths or ducts. A fan or pump of 1 horsepower or less may be used in distributing heat.

The final required element of a passive solar energy system is a "heat regulation device." Such devices are (1) shading or venting mechanisms to control the amount of heat admitted through the collection area, and (2) nighttime insulation (or its equivalent) to control the heat loss from the building. Examples of shading devices include deciduous trees, overhanging rooflines and shutters. Examples of nighttime insulation (or the equivalent) include shutters, thermal windows, and insulating curtains.

If a particular home qualifies for the credit, the builder will calculate the credit as follows. First, the heating load of the house is determined by multiplying the habitable area of the house by one of eight insulation factors determined using a table to be prescribed by the Treasury. These insulation factors will be based on the level of insulation in floors, walls, and ceilings and on the number of panes of glass in each window (i.e., single, double or triple glazing). The factors will range in eight steps from house with no added insulation to a house having the maximum feasible insulation.

Once the heating load is known, the builder will calculate the passive capacity of the house by dividing the heating load by the passive solar collection area. In determining the passive capacity of the home. the builder does not need to consider glazed areas that do not admit direct sunlight or the thermal capacity of the storage mass.

The third step in calculating the credit is to use the passive capacity and location. of the home to find the appropriate credit on a solar construction credit table prescribed by the Treasury. The solar construction table will be based on the estimated annual energy savings of the home when compared to a nonsolar house of similar location and heating load. The credit would be at the rate of $60 per million Btu's saved annually up to a maximum of $2,000 per unit. The table must be developed in consultation with the Department of Energy and the Department of Housing and Urban Affairs.

The bill also provides rules to prevent builders and homeowners from taking advantage of more than one solar tax credit or energy financing program. Specifically, in determining the amount of the passive solar credit for builders, no portion of the passive solar energy system financed from subsidized energy financing (within the meaning of sec. 44C(c)(10)(C)) is taken into account. In addition, the maximum amount of the credit for renewable energy source expenditures is reduced by the amount of the credit allowed to the builder under the new provision. Similarly, an expenditure which gave rise to the builder's passive solar credit would not give rise to a renewable energy source credit under section 44C.

 

Effective Date

 

 

The provisions of the bill will be effective for taxable years ending after September 30, 1981, and will allow a credit with respect to units completed after that date and before January 1, 1990.

 

Revenue Effect

 

 

This provision will reduce budget receipts by $7 million in fiscal year 1982, $24 million in 1983, $44 million in 1984, $70 million in 1985, and $105 million in 1986.

 

TITLE VII--ADMINISTRATIVE PROVISIONS

 

 

A. Disclosure Provisions

 

 

1. Access by General Accounting Office to tax returns and return information in connection with audits of programs administered under the Social Security Act

(sec. 701 of the bill and sec. 6103(i) of the Code)

 

Present Law

 

 

Under present law, the General Accounting Office is permitted access to tax returns and return information for the purpose of conducting an audit of the Internal Revenue Service or the Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco and Firearms, and for the purpose of auditing the safeguards used by other agencies to safeguard returns and return information (Code sec. 6103(i)(6)). In addition, the GAO is permitted access to returns and return information when it is acting as an agent for the Committee on Ways and Means, Committee on Finance, or Joint Committee on Taxation (Code sec. 6103(f)(4)(A)). Thus, for example, if the GAO audited the Social Security Administration, it could have access to tax data maintained by SSA only if it were acting as agent of one of the specified committees.

Before the GAO receives tax data in connection with the audit of an agency, it must notify the Joint Committee of the audit. The Joint Committee may disapprove an audit by a vote of two-thirds of its members within 30 days of receipt of notice of the proposed audit.

 

Reasons for Change

 

 

Under present law, the GAO does not have independent authority to review tax information which the Social Security Administration or the Department of Health and Human Services has received from the IRS. Because the committee is concerned that this has the effect of hampering on-going, as well as planned, studies of various programs administered under the Social Security Act, the committee has decided that GAO should be given freer access to tax information held by the Social Security Administration and Department of Health and Human Services.

 

Explanation of Provisions

 

 

The bill provides that, upon written request by the Comptroller General, returns and return information will be available to officers and employees of the GAO for the purpose of, and to the extent necessary in, making an audit of any program or activity carried out under the Social Security Act.

 

Effective Date

 

 

The provision will take effect on the date of enactment.

 

Revenue Effect

 

 

The provision will have no direct effect on Federal budget receipts.

2. Prohibition of disclosure of methods for selection of tax returns for audit

(sec. 702 of the bill and sec. 6103 of the Code)

 

Present Law

 

 

Section 6103 of the Internal Revenue Code governs the disclosure of returns and return information. In general, returns and return information are confidential and may be disclosed only as specifically provided in the Code.1

Some doubt has been raised concerning whether the disclosure restrictions cover data derived by the Internal Revenue Service from its Taxpayer Compliance Measurement Program (TCMP).2 This data is used by the IRS to develop variables used to derive scores that are used for the purpose of selecting tax returns for audit.

 

Reasons for Change

 

 

The committee believes that Congress never intended to permit public disclosure of information that would seriously compromise the integrity of the Federal tax system. Furthermore, the committee believes that maintaining the confidentiality of certain data that the IRS uses for establishing its audit techniques outweighs any legitimate public interest or benefit to be served by the disclosure of such information. Thus, the committee bill makes it clear that such information (including any such information that is being sought in any pending litigation) is protected under the disclosure provisions of the tax law.

 

Explanation of Provision

 

 

The bill provides that nothing in the tax law, or in any other Federal law, will be construed to require the disclosure of standards used, or to be used, for the selection of returns for examination (or data used, or to be used, for determining such standards), if the Secretary determines that such disclosure will seriously impair assessment, collection, or enforcement under the internal revenue laws. However, the committee intends that nothing in this provision be construed to limit disclosure of statistical data or other information (other than of the type that could be used by the IRS to determine criteria for selecting returns for examination) to the extent permitted under present law. Thus, any information that is currently made available will continue to be available.

 

Effective Date

 

 

The provision applies to any disclosures after July 19, 1981.

In other words, disclosure of any information that the bill protects will not be permitted after that date.

 

Revenue Effect

 

 

This provision will have no effect on Federal revenues.

 

B. Interest Rates on Tax Payments

 

 

(sec. 711 of the bill and sec. 6621 of the Code)

 

Present Law

 

 

Under present law, the interest rate applicable to tax refunds and deficiencies (the "tax interest rate") is prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury (Code sec. 6621). The tax interest rate generally is set at 90 percent of the "average predominant prime rate quoted by commercial banks to large business, as determined by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System." The Secretary must establish a new tax interest rate by October 15th, of any applicable year, if 90 percent of the average predominant prime rate for the preceding September is at least one full percentage point above or below the existing tax interest rate. A new tax interest rate is effective for the period beginning on February 1st of the year immediately succeeding that in which it was established and ending with the earlier of the tax payment or the effective date of a new tax interest rate.1 Adjustments in the tax interest rate may not be made more frequently than every 23 months.

The current tax interest rate, for the period from February 1, 1980, is 12 percent.

 

Reasons for Change

 

 

The committee believes that the interest rate applicable to tax refunds and deficiencies should coincide more closely with the actual cost of borrowing than it does under present law. Because the tax interest rate historically has exceeded both the prime interest rate and the average interest rate on grade AAA bonds, the Treasury has had an incentive to credit or refund tax overpayments expeditiously, taxpayers have been encouraged to compute their taxes accurately and to pay them promptly, and both taxpayers and the Government have had an incentive to conclude controversies in a timely manner. In recent years, however, the tax interest rate has been significantly lower than the cost of commercial borrowing. For example, in calendar year 1980, the tax interest rate was 12 percent and the average prime rate was 15.27 percent.

The committee believes that the current disparity between the tax interest rate and the actual cost of borrowing has contributed to the increasing number and value of delinquent tax accounts. From 1978 to 1980, for example, the number of delinquent tax accounts increased from 886,000 to 1,204,000, and their value increased from $2,356 million to $3,631 million. A similar pattern is discernible from the cases filed in the Tax Court.

To encourage timely refunds and tax payments, the committee has decided to modify the rules for determining the tax interest rate.

 

Explanation of Provision

 

 

The provision requires the tax interest rate to be established at 100 percent, rather than 90 percent, of the average predominant prime rate. In addition, the tax interest rate is to be set annually.

Starting in 1983, the tax interest rate will become effective on January 1st, rather than on February 1st, of the year immediately following that in which the rate is set.

 

Effective Date

 

 

The provision is effective for adjustments made after the date of enactment.

 

Revenue Effect

 

 

It is estimated that the provision will increase budget receipts by $100 million in fiscal year 1982, by a negligible amount in fiscal year 1983, by $100 million in fiscal year 1984, and by $60 million in fiscal year 1986; it also is estimated to reduce budget receipts by $100 million in fiscal year 1985.

 

C. Penalties and Requirements for Returns

 

 

1. Penalties for false withholding allowances

(sec. 721 of the bill and secs. 6682 and 7205 of the Code).

 

Present Law

 

 

Under present law, a civil penalty of $50 may apply for claiming withholding allowances based on false information (Code sec. 6682). The criminal penalty for willfully failing to supply information, or for willfully supplying false or fraudulent information, in connection with wage withholding is a fine of up to $500 and/or up to one year imprisonment.

 

Reasons for Change

 

 

The committee believes that the penalties for filing false information in connection with wage withholding should be more significant than they are under present law. Events over the past several years have indicated that many individuals do not consider the existing monetary penalties to be a significant deterrent to supplying false wage withholding information. To attempt to correct this situation, the committee has decided to increase the penalties.

 

Explanation of Provision

 

 

The committee bill increases to $500 the civil penalty for filing false information with respect to wage withholding. This penalty applies if an individual makes a statement with respect to wage withholding (Code sec. 3402) which results in a decrease in the amounts deducted and withheld, and if there was no reasonable basis for the statement at the time it was made.

Because it applies generally to wage withholding, the penalty applies to statements which provide the basis for determining the amount to be withheld. Thus, for example, the penalty applies to statements relating to withholding exemptions (Code sec. 3402(b), (c), (f)), estimated itemized deductions (Code sec. 3402(m)), absence of tax liability (Code sec. 3402(n)), and situations to which Code section 6682 of present law applies.

The penalty, however, may be waived by the Secretary if the individual's income taxes for the taxable year do not exceed the sum of the individual's estimated income tax payments and tax credits.

The committee bill also increases the criminal penalty for willfully failing to supply information, or for willfully supplying falsified information, in connection with wage withholding to $1,000.

 

Effective Date

 

 

The provision is effective for acts and failures to act after December 31, 1981.

 

Revenue Effect

 

 

The provision is estimated to have a negligible revenue effect.

2. Penalty for valuation overstatements

(sec. 722 of the bill and new sec. 6659 of the Code)

 

Present Law

 

 

Present law imposes an addition to tax, or penalty, with respect to certain tax underpayments due to negligence or civil fraud (Code sec. 6653). The penalty for negligence is 5-percent of any underpayment that is due to negligent or intentional disregard for rules and regulations but not with intent to defraud. The alternative civil fraud penalty is 50 percent of any underpayment. For purposes of these penalties, an underpayment generally is a deficiency less the sum of the tax shown on a timely filed return and any previously collected amount.

 

Reasons for Change

 

 

The Committee believes that a specific penalty is needed to deal with various problems related to valuation of property. This particular need is illustrated by the fact that there are about 500,000 tax disputes outstanding which involve property valuation questions of more than routine significance. These cases alone involve approximately $2.5 billion in tax attributable to the valuation issues.

The committee recognizes that valuation issues frequently involve difficult questions of fact. Often, these issues seem to be resolved simply by "dividing the difference" in the values asserted by the Internal Revenue Service and those claimed by the taxpayer. Because of this approach to valuation questions, the committee believes that taxpayers have been encouraged to overvalue certain types of property and to delay the resolution of valuation issues. Because the tax interest rate has been below the prevailing cost of borrowing, this tendency probably has been accentuated somewhat.

In recognition of the fact that valuation issues often are difficult, especially where unique property is concerned, the committee has decided to adopt a "bright line" test for the application of a new penalty. Under this test, only significant overvaluations will be penalized. This approach to the problem, however, is not intended to condone minor overvaluations; rather, it is intended to remove questions involving small differences from the ambit of this new penalty.

 

Explanation of Provision

 

 

The bill provides a graduated addition to tax applicable to certain income tax "valuation overstatements." The addition to tax applies only to the extent of any income tax underpayment which is attributable to such an overstatement, and only if the taxpayer is an individual, a closely held corporation, or a personal service corporation.

Under the bill, there is a valuation overstatement if the value of any property, or the adjusted basis of any property, claimed on any return exceeds 150 percent of the amount determined to be the correct amount of the valuation, or adjusted basis. If there is a valuation overstatement, the following percentages are used to determine the applicable addition to tax:

 If the valuation claimed

 

 is the following percent      The applicable

 

 of the correct valuation      percentage is

 

 

 150 percent or more but

 

   not more than 200 percent       10

 

 More than 200 percent but

 

   not more than 250 percent       20

 

 More than 250 percent             30

 

 

There are two exceptions to the new penalty. First, the valuation overstatement penalty does not apply if the underpayment for the taxable year attributable to the valuation overstatement is less than $1,000. Under this exception, the penalty could apply to one or more, but less than all, taxable years affected by the valuation overstatement. Second, the penalty is inapplicable to any property which, as of the close of the taxable year for which there is a valuation over-statement, has been held by the taxpayer for more than 5 years. In addition, the bill grants the Secretary discretionary authority to waive all or part of the penalty on a showing by the taxpayer that there was a reasonable basis for the valuation or adjusted basis claimed on the return and that the claim was made in good faith.

For purposes of the penalty, the term "underpayment" has the same meaning as under the present law rules relating to negligence and civil fraud penalties (Code sec. 6653(c)(1)).

The new addition to tax applies only to individuals, closely held corporations, and personal service corporations. A closely held corporation is defined as a corporation (described in Code sec. 465(a)(1)(C), relating to at risk rules) with respect to which more than 50 percent in value of its outstanding stock is owned, directly or indirectly, by or for not more than 5 individuals. See Code sec. 542(a)(2). A personal service corporation is a corporation which is a service organization (within the meaning of Code section 414(m)(3), relating to pension plans).

 

Effective Date

 

 

The provision applies to returns filed after December 31, 1981.

 

Revenue Effect

 

 

The provision is estimated to have a negligible revenue effect.

3. Addition to negligence penalty

(sec. 722(b) of the bill and new sec. 6653(a)(2) of the Code)

 

Present Law

 

 

Present law imposes an addition to tax, or penalty, with respect to certain tax underpayments due to negligence or civil fraud (Code sec. 6653). The penalty for negligence is 5 percent of any underpayment that is due to negligent or intentional disregard for rules and regulations but not with intent to defraud. The alternative civil penalty is 50 percent of any underpayment. For purposes of these penalties, an underpayment generally is a deficiency less the sum of the tax shown on a timely filed return and any previously collected amount.

 

Reasons for Change

 

 

The committee believes that the existing negligence penalty should be augmented to encourage accurate and good faith actions in compliance with tax laws. After considering alternative ways of accomplishing this objective, the committee decided that linking the penalty with the interest payable on tax underpayments would be an effective method of giving taxpayers an extra incentive to make sure that their actions or inactions are not negligent. In addition, by linking the new penalty to the interest payable on underpayments, the committee believes that there will be less incentive to delay, unduly, the settlement of outstanding tax disputes.

 

Explanation of Provision

 

 

The provision imposes an addition to tax equal to 50 percent of the interest (determined under Code sec. 6601) attributable to that portion of an underpayment which is attributable to negligent or intentional disregard for rules or regulations. The addition to tax is 50 percent of the interest for the period beginning on the last day for payment of the underpayment and ending on the date of the assessment.

As an addition to tax, amounts imposed under this new penalty are nondeductible.

 

Effective Date

 

 

The provision applies to taxes the last date for payment of which is after December 31, 1981

 

Revenue Effect

 

 

The provision is estimated to have a negligible effect on revenues.

4. Information return penalties

(sec. 723 of the bill and secs. 6401, 6652, and 6678 of the Code)

 

Present Law

 

 

Present law requires taxpayers to file a variety of information returns with the Secretary. Generally, such returns relate to payments to, and transactions with, other persons. The penalty for failure to file most information returns is $1 per return, subject to a maximum of $1,000 for any calendar year (Code sec. 6652(b)). Present law generally does not require a taxpayer who must file an information return to furnish a copy to the person to whom the payment relates. However, such a requirement is imposed as to some information returns (Code sec. 6678).

 

Reasons for Change

 

 

The committee believes that persons to whom payments shown on information returns relate should be entitled to receive a copy of the return, especially since the payment shown on the return could affect the payee's tax liability. In addition, the committee believes that the penalties for failure to comply with obligations relating to information returns should be increased to encourage payors to comply with those obligations.

 

Explanation of Provision

 

 

The provision generally requires that information returns be furnished to the person to whom the payments on the return relate. The returns which must be furnished to such a person are those required by section 6041(a) (relating to certain payments of $600 or more), section 6050A(b) (relating to certain fishing boat operators), section 6050C (relating to the windfall profit tax), section 6051(b) (relating to certain income tax withheld), and section 6053(b) (relating to tips). Failure to furnish such a statement subjects the taxpayer to a penalty of $10 for each statement, subject to a maximum penalty of $25,000 for any calendar year. The penalty is not applicable, however, if the taxpayer's failure is due to reasonable cause and not to willful neglect. An example of reasonable cause might be the absence of a current address for the payment's recipient. These generally are the same rules and penalty as apply under present law when such a statement must be furnished.

The statement required as to payments of $600 or more must be furnished on or before January 31 of the year following the calendar year for which the return relates.

The provision also increases the penalty for failure to file most information returns with the Secretary. The returns with respect to which the increased penalty applies are those required by section 6041(a) or (b) (relating to certain information at the source), section 6042(a)(1) (relating to dividend payments aggregating $10 or more), section 6044(a)(1) (relating to patronage dividends aggregating $10 or more), section 6049(a)(1) (relating to interest payments of $10 or more), section 6050A (relating to fishing boat operators), and section 6051(d) (relating to information returns with respect to withheld income taxes). The increased penalty is $10 for each return, subject to a maximum penalty of $25,000 for only calendar year. As under present law, the penalty does not apply if the failure is due to reasonable cause and not to willful neglect.

Because the obligation to furnish a statement and the requirement to file an information return are different obligations, a taxpayer could be subject to both the information and statement penalties.

The bill retains the $1 penalty of present law for failure to file information returns with respect to certain payments aggregating less than $10.

 

Effective Date

 

 

The provision is effective as to returns and statements required to be furnished after December 31, 1981.

 

Revenue Effect

 

 

It is estimated that the provision will have a negligible revenue effect.

5. Penalty for overstated tax deposit claims

(sec. 724 of the bill and new sec. 6656(b) of the Code)

 

Present Law

 

 

Present law requires periodic deposits of various taxes prior to the close of the taxable year (see e.g., Code sec. 6302, relating to tax deposits). Taxpayers who fail to comply with these depository requirements may be subject to a penalty of 5 percent of any under-deposit not deposited on or before the prescribed date, unless it is shown that the failure is due to reasonable cause and not due to willful neglect (Code sec. 6656(a)). In addition, criminal penalties may apply with respect to taxpayers who make a false return claiming to have made deposits of tax (Code sec. 7206), or who fail to collect, account for, or pay over collected taxes (Code secs. 7215, 7512).

 

Reasons for Change

 

 

The committee believes that a specific civil penalty should apply to persons who claim falsely to have made deposits of taxes which, in fact, were not deposited as required, or which were overstated.

 

Explanation of Provision

 

 

The committee bill contains a specific penalty applicable to persons who make an overstated deposit claim. The penalty is 25 percent of the overstated deposit claim, and applies in addition to any other applicable penalty. However, the overstated deposit claim penalty does not apply if the overstated deposit claim is due to reasonable cause and not due to willful neglect.

The bill provides that the term 'overstated deposit claim' means the excess of the tax claimed, in a return filed with the Secretary, to have been deposited in a government depository for any period, over the aggregate amount deposited in a government depository, for that period, on or before the date that the return is filed. Thus, overstated deposit claims include failure to deposit, as well as claims of deposits in excess of the amount actually deposited in a government depository and claims of deposits which are not deposited in such a depository. However, overstated deposit claims do not include accurate and timely deposits of taxes required to be deposited which are deposited in a government depository other than the one indicated on the return filed.

The bill also provides for the assessment, collection, and payment of the penalty in the same manner as applicable to the assessment, collection, and payment of taxes, as specified in Code section 6659(a).

 

Effective Date

 

 

The penalty applies to returns filed after the date of enactment.

 

Revenue Effect

 

 

It is estimated that this provision will have a negligible effect on budget receipts.

6. Declaration and payment of estimated taxes by individuals

(sec. 725 of the bill and secs. 6015 and 6654 of the Code)

 

Present Law

 

 

Declaration and payment of estimated tax is required of single persons, or married couples with one earner entitled to file a joint return, whose gross income is expected to exceed $20,000 for the taxable year; a married individual entitled to file a joint return, whose gross income is expected to exceed $10,000 for the taxable year, if both spouses receive wages; and a married individual, not entitled to file a joint return, whose gross income is expected to exceed $5,000 (Code sec. 6015). In addition, an individual taxpayer who expects to receive more than $500 from sources other than wages during the year is required to file a declaration of estimated tax. Thus, an individual who expects to receive more than $500 during the taxable year in the form of dividends and/or interest payments generally is required to pay estimated taxes on those amounts. However, no declaration is required if an individual's tax liability for the year, including self-employment tax liability, reasonably can be expected to be less than $100 over the amounts withheld during the year.

Individuals who fail to pay, in full, an installment of estimated tax on or before the due date may be subject to a penalty which may not be waived for reasonable cause (Code sec. 6654). This penalty, which is applied to the period of underpayment of any installment (currently at a rate of 12 percent), applies to the difference between the payments (including withholding), made on or before the due date of each installment and 80 percent of the total tax shown on the return for the year, divided by the number of installments that should have been made. In addition, present law contains four exceptions to the general underpayment penalty. No penalty is imposed upon a taxpayer if: (1) total tax payments (withholding plus estimated tax payments) exceed the preceding year's tax liability; (2) total tax payments exceed the tax on prior year's income under the current year's tax rates and exemptions; (3) total tax payments exceed 80 percent of the taxes which would be due if the income already received during the current year were placed on an annual basis; or (4) total tax payments exceed 90 percent of the tax which would be due on the income actually received from the beginning of the year to the computation date.

 

Reasons for Change

 

 

The committee is concerned that the $100 tax liability threshold for filing estimated taxes is too low. Often individuals with modest amounts of income that is not subject to withholding discover that they either must declare and pay estimated taxes or subject themselves to penalties for failure to do so. Accordingly, the committee has agreed to raise the tax liability threshold for individual estimated tax payments to $500. However, in order to minimize the immediate potential revenue loss of this change, the committee decided to phase in the increase over a four-year period.

 

Explanation of Provision

 

 

Under the committee bill, the tax liability threshold for the payment of estimated taxes by individuals will be increased to $500 by 1986. Thus, in 1986 and subsequent years, no declaration of estimated tax will be required, and no penalty will be imposed, if an individual's tax liability for the year, including self-employment tax liability, reasonably can be expected to be less than $500 over the amounts withheld during the year.

The increase in the tax liability threshold will be phased in over a four-year period, beginning in 1982. For 1982, the tax liability threshold will be $200. For 1983 and 1984, the amount will be $300 and $400 respectively. For 1985, and subsequent years, the amount will be $500.

 

Effective Date

 

 

The provision will apply to estimated tax for taxable years beginning after December 31, 1981.

 

Revenue Effect

 

 

This provision will reduce fiscal year receipts by $44 million in 1982, $29 million in 1983, $38 million in 1984, $40 million in 1985, and $38 million in 1986.

 

D. Cash Management

 

 

Estimated Income Tax Payments of Large Corporations

 

 

(sec. 731 of the bill and sec. 6655 of the Code)

 

Present Law

 

 

Under present law, a corporation must make estimated tax payments, if the estimated tax for the taxable year can reasonably be expected to be $40 or more (Code sec. 6154). In general, a corporation's estimated tax is the estimated income tax (other than the minimum tax) less any estimated credits against the tax. Any corporation required to make estimated tax payments must make such payments in installments. The number of installments, and the amount of each installment, is determined in accordance with the following table:

                                  The following percentages

 

                                  of the estimated tax shall

 

 If the $40 threshold             be paid on the 15th day

 

 is first met                     of the

 

                                  ------------------------------

 

                                   4th      6th      9th    12th

 

                                   mo.      mo.      mo.     mo.

 

 ---------------------------------------------------------------

 

 Before the 1st day of the 4th

 

   month of the taxable year        25      25       25      25

 

 After the last day of the 3d

 

   month and before the 1st day

 

   of the 6th month of the

 

   taxable year                             33-1/2   33-1/2  33-1/2

 

 After the last day of the 5th

 

   month and before the 1st day

 

   of the 9th month of the

 

   taxable year                                      50      50

 

 After the last day of the 8th

 

   month and before the 1st day

 

   of the 12th month of the

 

   taxable year                                             100

 

 

A corporation that fails to pay the proper estimated tax when due may be subject to an underpayment penalty (Code sec. 6655). The penalty is figured for the period of underpayment, determined under section 6655 of the Code, at a rate determined under section 6621. (The penalty rate currently is 12 percent.) The amount of underpayment is, for purposes of this penalty, the excess of the amount of the installment which would be required to be paid if the estimated tax were equal to 80 percent of the tax shown on the return for the taxable year (or if no return was filed, 80 percent of the tax for such year) over the amount, if any, of the installment paid on or before the last date prescribed for payment.

In general, no penalty is charged with respect to the underpayment of a corporation's estimated tax liability if the corporation made payments on or before the due date of the installment and the total payments up to the particular due date in question equal or exceed the amount which would have been due had the estimated tax been based on any of the following amounts: (1) the preceding year's liabilities, if a return showing a tax liability was filed by the corporation for the preceding taxable year and such preceding year was a taxable year of 12 months; (2) tax liabilities computed by using the current year's tax rates for the prior year's return and the law that applies to the prior year; or (3) 80 percent of the taxes which would have been due if the income which the corporation had already received during the current year had been placed on an annualized basis.

However, in the case of the two exceptions based upon prior year's tax liability (items (1) and (2) above), a special rule applies to large corporations. The estimated tax payments of a large corporation generally must equal at least 60 percent of the tax shown on its income tax return for the taxable year (or the actual tax if no return is filed). A large corporation, for purposes of this requirement, is a corporation that had taxable income of $1 million or more in any of the three taxable years immediately preceding the taxable year involved.

In the case of component members of a controlled group of corporations (within the meaning of Code section 1563), the $1 million amount for any taxable year in the 3-year base period is divided among the members of the group in the same manner in which the benefits of the graduated tax rates are allocated for that year.

 

Reasons for Change

 

 

The committee believes there is no reason for large corporations to be only 60 percent current with their tax payments because they had little or no tax liability in their prior year. Allowing these corporations to pay less than the generally required 80 percent of current year tax liability amounts, in effect, to a large interest free loan from the Federal Government. Thus, the committee has agreed to eliminate the prior year exceptions to the general estimated tax penalty rules in the case of large corporations.

 

Explanation of Provision

 

 

The committee bill provides that the estimated tax payments of a large corporation must equal at least 80 percent of the tax shown on its income tax return for the taxable year (or the actual tax if no return is filed). The bill retains the present law definition of a large corporation and retains the same allocation rule for component members of a controlled group of corporations.

 

Effective Date

 

 

The provision is effective for taxable years ending after December 31, 1981.

 

Revenue Effect

 

 

This provision increases fiscal year receipts by $2,429 million in 1982, $776 million in 1983, $125 million in 1984, and $7 million in 1985, and reduces them by $194 million in 1986.

 

E. Railroad Retirement Revenue Provisions

 

 

1. Increases in tier-II railroad retirement taxes

(sec. 741 of the bill and secs. 3201, 3211, and 3221 of the Code)

 

Overview

 

 

The railroad retirement system is a Federally legislated retirement system covering employees in the railroad industry, with benefits and financing partially intertwined with the social security program Credits are secured by employment in the railroad industry and financed through a combination of employee, employer, and Federal Government contributions to a trust fund. Slightly more than 1 million beneficiaries received payments totaling over $4.7 billion in fiscal year 1980.

Under present law, the flow of revenue from railroad retirement taxes is inadequate to finance existing benefit levels. The current yearly deficit is nearly $835 million and is expected to continue to be of that order of magnitude. The need to restore a measure of financial soundness to the system is urgent; the administration and the Congressional Budget Office predict that, under existing law, insufficient balances to issue full benefit payments may occur in the Railroad Retirement Account as early as spring of 1982.

The current structure of the railroad retirement system stems from a reorganization enacted in 1974. The 1974 Railroad Retirement Act established three benefit components. The system was divided into two "tiers," one of which roughly approximates social security (tier I), and the other, an industry staff retirement benefit (tier II). The first tier pays benefits based upon combined railroad industry and any social security covered earnings, and is financed by a tax on employers and employees on the same basis as social security. The second tier is related to service in the railroad industry and is financed by taxes on industry employers. The industry pension tier-II component is a principal factor causing the system's financial problems. The third component preserved certain "windfalls" for employees who had qualified for both Railroad Retirement and Social Security benefits prior to the 1974 Act. The phaseout of these windfalls was to be financed by level general revenue payments to the Railroad Retirement Account through the attrition of eligible beneficiaries.

It is estimated that the Railroad Retirement Account will run into cash flow problems in the spring of 1982. The shortfall is expected to be temporarily alleviated by that year's financial interchange with Social Security, but would recur in the spring of 1983, with complete insolvency predicted within two years after that.

Several factors contribute to a cash flow problem for the Railroad Retirement Account. First, because of differences between Social Security and Railroad Retirement Tier I benefits, Tier I disbursements are inadequately financed by the matching employer/employee Tier I tax and the Social Security interchange payment. Second, Tier II is inadequately financed by the current employer tax rate for those benefits. Third, the Railroad Retirement Account experience for windfall benefit payments exceeds reimbursement from the Federal Government. Fourth, because reserves are being depleted, interest on invested reserves is a declining source of revenues to the fund. Finally, over the life of the Railroad Retirement system, there has been a steady increase in the number of beneficiaries, while the number of employees has fallen. Although the relationship of employees to beneficiaries has apparently stabilized (and the trend will actually reverse, probably by the end of the decade), the experience over the last few decades of a falling employee-to-beneficiary ratio has meant lower revenue to the fund during a time of increasing demand for payment.

Traditionally, because management and labor are affected by Federal decisions in railroad retirement, both have been given leading roles in the development of solutions to problems arising in the program. Over the last three years, representatives of management and labor have sought agreement for placing the system on a sound financial basis. The provision adopted by the committee reflects the agreement negotiated by representatives of railway management and labor (including benefit restructuring included in the House-passed omnibus reconciliation bill, H.R. 3982, June 26, 1981).

 

Present Law

 

 

Code sec. 3221 imposes on railroad employers a tax (Tier II tax) of 9.5 percent of compensation paid to the railroad employees in a calendar month, subject to a maximum limitation. Currently, the annual taxable compensation base is $22,200; however, in no case does the tax apply to any amount paid in a month in excess of one-twelfth of the annual limitation ($1,850 in 1981). The annual (and monthly) limitation on taxable compensation for the purposes of Code sec. 3221 is indexed pursuant to secs. 230(c) and (d) of the Social Security Act. The rate of tax under sec. 3221 applies to employers only.

 

Explanation of Provision

 

 

The provision adopted by the committee will increase the rate of tax on railroad employers under section 3221 and will impose a new tax on railroad employees under section 3201.

The rate of tax on railroad employers will be increased from 9.5 to 11.75 percent of taxable compensation. In addition, there will be imposed a tax, in addition to other taxes under the Railroad Retirement Tax Act, of 2.0 percent on the taxable compensation of railroad employees. For the purposes of both the railroad employer and employee taxes, taxable compensation will be that amount of compensation determined under sections 230(c) and (d) of the Social Security Act.

 

Effective Date

 

 

This provision is effective with respect to compensation paid for services rendered after September 30, 1981.

 

Revenue Effect

 

 

It is estimated that this provision will increase budget receipts by $512 million in fiscal year 1982, $555 million in 1983, $604 million in 1984, $657 million in 1985, and $712 million in 1986.

2. Advance transfers to the railroad retirement account

 

Present Law

 

 

Since 1946, the railroad retirement system and the social security programs have been coordinated. Presently, the two systems are coordinated through a complex financial interchange, linking benefits and taxes under the OASDHI programs with the tier-I railroad benefit component. The purpose of the financial interchange, created by legislation in 1951, is to place the social security trust funds in the same position they would have been if railroad employment had been covered under social security since its inception.

Generally, under the interchange, for a given fiscal year there is computed the amount of social security taxes that would have been collected if railroad employment had been covered directly by social security. This amount is netted against the amount of benefits social security would have paid to railroad beneficiaries based on railroad and nonrailroad earnings during that period. Where social security benefits that would have been paid exceed social security taxes that would have been due, the excess, plus an allowance for interest and administrative expenses, is transferred from the social security trust funds to the Railroad Retirement Account. That transfer is currently estimated to be approximately $1.6 billion for fiscal year 1981. The determination of the amount to be transferred through the financial interchange for a given fiscal year is made in June of the year following the close of the preceding fiscal year. There is no authority in current law that would enable the Railroad Retirement Account to receive transfers of any other funds from the general fund of the Treasury. Revenues to the system are limited under present law to automatically appropriated receipts from railroad retirement taxes, a Federal Government contribution for certain "windfall benefits", and interest earned on invested reserves.

 

Explanation of Provision

 

 

In order to make available to the Railroad Retirement Account funds from the forthcoming financial interchange in the event of inadequate reserves in months prior to the transfer, the provision establishes limited authority in the Railroad Retirement Board to request from the Secretary of the Treasury and receive from the general fund such amounts as the Board may find necessary to maintain a balance in the Account sufficient to pay annuity amounts payable during the following month. Although the provision is an amendment to section 15 of the Railroad Retirement Act. 45 U.S.C. sec. 228, it is the view of the committee that the provision applies to transfers of revenues into the Railroad Retirement Account which are within its jurisdiction. The total amount of monies outstanding in the Account from the general fund at any time during any fiscal year could not exceed the total amount of monies the Board and the trustees of the social security system estimate would be transferred under the financial interchange for such fiscal year. The rate of interest paid on amounts outstanding for any month would equal the average investment yield for the most recent auction of Treasury bills with maturities of 52 weeks.

 

Effective Date

 

 

This provision is effective upon enactment.

 

Revenue Effect

 

 

This provision will have no effect on unified budget receipts or outlays, although it might result in intrabudgetary transfers in some circumstances.

3. Payments of employee taxes by railroad employers

 

Present Law

 

 

Under present law (Code sec. 3231(e)(1)(iii)), payments made by railroad employers of railroad employee taxes under section 3201 without deduction from the remuneration of the employee are excluded from the definition of compensation for the purposes of the Railroad Retirement Tax Act (RRTA). Until 1981, a similar provision was included in the Federal Insurance Contributions Act (sec. 3121(a)(6) of the Code and sec. 209(f) of the Social Security Act). The exclusion of such payments from the definition of wages for FICA tax and social security benefit computation purposes was eliminated by section 1141(a)(1) of Public Law 96-499, the Omnibus Reconciliation Act of 1980.

 

Explanation of Provision

 

 

In amending the provisions of the Federal Insurance Contributions Act (FICA) that had excluded employer paid employee FICA taxes from the definition of taxable wages, Congress was responding to concerns about the effect certain payroll practices utilizing the exclusion were having on the reported earnings of workers for benefit computation purposes and the potential such practices had for eroding the social security tax base. While such payments hitherto had been excluded from taxable compensation for employment tax purposes, they have always been considered gross income to employees for Federal income tax purposes.

The provision would amend the Railroad Retirement Tax Act so that payments by an employer of employee railroad taxes under sec. 3201, without deduction from the remuneration of the employee, would be included in taxable compensation for RRTA purposes.

 

Effective Date

 

 

This provision is effective with respect to compensation paid for services rendered after September 30, 1981.

 

Revenue Effect

 

 

This provision will increase budget receipts by less than $1 million per year.

 

TITLE VIII--MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

 

 

A. Stock Options

 

 

1. Restricted stock options

(sec. 801 of the bill and sec. 424 of the Code)

 

Present Law

 

 

Under present law, the taxation of stock options granted by an employer to an employee as compensation is governed by section 83. The value of the option constitutes ordinary income to the employee when granted only if the option itself has a readily ascertainable fair market value at that time. If the option does not have a readily ascertainable value when granted, it does not constitute ordinary income at the time. Instead, when the option is exercised, the difference between the value of the stock at exercise and the option price constitutes ordinary income to the employee. Ordinary income on grant or exercise of the option is treated as personal service income and, hence, generally is taxed at a maximum rate of 50 percent.

An employer who grants a stock option generally is allowed a business expense deduction equal to the amount includible in the employee's income in its corresponding taxable year (sec. 83(h)).

 

Background of Tax Treatment of Stock Options

 

 

Restricted stock options

The Revenue Act of 1950 enacted provisions for "restricted stock options," under which neither grant nor exercise of the option gave rise to income to the employee. Instead, income generally was recognized when the employee sold stock received through exercise of the option. No deduction was allowed to the employer matching the amount of income recognized by the employee (the gain or sale of the stock).

If the option price was at least 95 percent of the market price of the stock at the time the option was granted, the entire amount of any gain realized by the employee at the time the stock was sold was treated as capital gain. If the option price was between 85 and 95 percent of the market price at the time the option was granted, the difference between the market value of stock at the time of the option grant and the option price was treated as ordinary income when the stock was sold, and any additional gain at the time the stock was sold was treated as capital gain.

For a stock option to be classified as "restricted," the option price had to have been at least 85 percent of the market price of the stock at the time the option was granted; the stock or the option had to have been held by the employee for at least two years after the date of the granting of the option, and the stock held for at least six months after it was transferred to the employee; the option could not have been transferable other than at death; the individual could not have held ten percent or more of the stock of the corporation (unless the option price was at least 110 percent of the fair market value); and the option could not have been for a period of more than ten years.

Qualified stock options

The Revenue Act of 1964 repealed the restricted stock option provisions and enacted provisions for "qualified stock options." These qualified stock options generally were taxed similarly to restricted stock options.

Qualified options had to be granted with an option price of at least the stock's market price when the option was granted (subject to a 150-percent inclusion in income if a good faith attempt to meet this requirement failed). In addition, qualified stock options were subject to the requirements that the stock had to be held three years or more; the option could not be held more than five years; stockholder approval had to be obtained; the options had to be exercised in the order granted; and no option could be granted to shareholders owning more than five percent of the stock (increased up to ten percent for corporations with less than $2 million equity capital).

1969 Tax Reform Act--Minimum tax and maximum tax

The Tax Reform Act of 1969 enacted a minimum tax, under which a tax was imposed equal to ten percent of the items of tax preference (reduced by a $30,000 exemption plus regular tax liability). Both the bargain element on restricted and qualified stock options and the excluded portion of capital gains were items of tax preference.

In addition, a 50-percent maximum marginal tax rate on income from personal services was added by the 1969 Act. Income eligible for this rate was reduced generally by the sum of the items of tax preference in excess of $30,000.

1976 Tax Reform Act--Repeal of qualified stock options

The Tax Reform Act of 1976 repealed qualified stock option treatment for options granted after May 20, 1976 (except for certain transitional options which ceased to be qualified after May 20, 1981). The 1976 Act also increased the minimum tax rate to 15 percent, reduced the exemptions for the minimum and maximum tax, and permitted deferred compensation to qualify for the 50-percent maximum rate on personal service income.

Revenue Act of 1978--Treatment of capital gains

The Revenue Act of 1978 removed the excluded portion of capital gains from the minimum and maximum tax and made it subject to a new alternative minimum tax. In addition, taxes on capital gains were reduced, so that the maximum rate of tax on capital gains is 28 percent.

 

Reasons for Change

 

 

The committee believes that reinstitution of the restricted stock option provision will provide an important incentive device for corporations to attract new management and retain the service of executives who might otherwise leave by providing an opportunity to acquire an interest in the business. Encouraging the management of business to have a proprietary interest in its successful operation will provide an important incentive to expand and improve the profit position of the companies involved. However, the committee believes that, in the case of publicly traded companies, the total amount of stock options granted to an employee in any one year should be limited.

 

Explanation of Provision

 

 

In general

The bill reinstitutes "restricted stock options," under which there is no tax consequences when a restricted stock option is granted or when the option is exercised, and the employee is generally taxed at capital gains rates when the stock received on exercise of the option is sold.1 Similarly, no business expense deduction will be allowed to the employer with respect to a restricted stock option.

Requirements (holding period, etc.)

To receive restricted stock option treatment, the bill provides that the employee must not dispose of the stock within two years after the option is granted, and must hold the stock itself for at least one year. If all requirements other than these holding period rules are met, the tax will be imposed on sale of the stock, but gain will be treated as ordinary income rather than capital gain, and the employer will be allowed a deduction at that time.

In addition, at the time the option is exercised, the option holder must be an employee either of the company granting the option, a parent or subsidiary of that corporation, or a corporation (or parent or subsidiary of that corporation) which has assumed the option of another corporation as a result of a corporate reorganization, liquidation, etc., or must have been such an employee within three months of the date of exercise (twelve months if the employee is disabled (within the meaning of section 105(d)). This requirement and the holding period requirements are waived in the case of the death of the employee.

Terms of option

For an option to qualify as a "restricted stock option," terms of the option itself must meet the following conditions:

 

1. The option must by its terms be exercisable within ten years of the date it is granted.

2. The option price must equal or exceed 85 percent of the fair market value of the stock at the time the option is granted.

3. The option by its terms must be nontransferable other than at death and must be exercisable during the employee's lifetime only by the employee.

4. The employee must not, immediately before the option is granted, own stock representing more than ten percent of the voting power or value of all classes of stock of the employer corporation or its parent or subsidiary.2 However, the stock ownership limitation will be waived if the option price is at least 110 percent of the fair market value (at the time the option is granted) of the stock subject to the option and the option by its terms is not exercisable more than five years from the date it is granted.

5. In the case of a corporation whose stock is tradable on a stock exchange or any over-the-counter market, under the terms of the plan, the aggregate fair market value of the stock (determined at the time of grant of the option) for which any employee may be granted restricted stock options in any calendar year may not exceed $75,000.

 

Other rules

The bill provides that stock acquired on exercise of the option may be paid for with stock of the corporation (or its parent or subsidiary) granting the option.

The difference between the option price and the fair market value of the stock at the exercise of the option will not be an item of tax preference.

 

Effective Date

 

 

The proposal will apply to options granted after May 21, 1976, and exercised after December 31, 1980. However, in the case of an option which was granted on or before January 1, 1981, and which was not a qualified option, the corporation granting the option may elect (within six months after enactment of the bill) to have the option not be treated as a restricted stock option.

In the case of an option granted after May 21, 1976, and outstanding on the date of enactment, the option terms (or the terms of the plan under which the option was granted) may be changed, to conform to the restricted stock option rules, within one year of the date of enactment of the bill, without the change giving rise to a new option requiring the setting of an option price based on a later valuation date.

All such changes relate back to the time of granting the original option. For example, if the option price of a ten-year option granted in 1978 is increased during the one year after date of enactment to 85 percent (110 percent, if applicable) of the fair market value of the stock on the date the option was granted in 1978, the price requirement will be met. Likewise, if the term of an option held by a 10-percent shareholder is shortened to five years from the date the option was granted, the 10-percent stock ownership limitation will not apply.

Any restricted stock option must meet the requirements of new section 424(b)(5), limiting the amount of options which may be granted to an employee to $75,000 per year (determined at time of grant). In the case of options outstanding on date of enactment granted under a plan (or plans) providing for the granting of more than $75,000 of options per year, the employer may amend the plan to specify that only certain options under the plan (up to $75,000 granted per year) will be treated as restricted stock options.

 

Revenue Effect

 

 

This provision will reduce fiscal year receipts by less than $5 million in 1981 through 1984. In addition, this provision will increase receipts by $11 million in fiscal year 1985 and by $21 million in fiscal year 1986.

2. Property transferred to employees subject to certain restrictions

(sec. 810 of the bill and sec. 83 of the Code)

 

Present Law

 

 

Under present law, the taxation of property transferred by an employer to an employee as compensation is governed by section 83.

Generally, if property (including stock) received is not transferable or is subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture (such as the obligation to perform future services), taxation is postponed until the stock or the property is transferable or is no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture. The Tax Court has ruled1 that section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, under which an "insider's" profit may be recovered by a corporation if the stock is sold within six months of receipt, does not make the stock nontransferable, and therefore does not affect the taxation of the stock. Thus, the value of the stock (less any amount paid) is treated as compensation when received.

An employer generally is allowed a business expense deduction equal to the amount includible in the employee's income in its corresponding taxable year (sec. 83(h)).

 

Reasons for Change

 

 

The committee believes that the imposition of Federal restrictions, which limit the ability of an "insider" to dispose of stock for a short period of time after receipt, should be taken into account in determining the manner in which the value of the stock should be included in income. Because of mandated restriction on transferability, the committee believes it may be inequitable to tax the employee before the restriction lapses.

 

Explanation of Provision

 

 

Under the provision, a taxpayer who receives stock subject to the application of section 16(b) of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934 will be treated as being subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture for the 6-month period during which that section applies. Thus, the employee will include in income, and the employer may deduct, at the time the restriction lapses, the difference between the value of the stock at that time and the amount paid for the stock (if any).

A similar rule is applicable if the stock is subject to restriction by reason of the need to comply with the "Pooling-of-Interests Accounting" rules set forth in Accounting Series Release Numbered 130 ((10/5/72) 37 FR 20937; 17 CFR 211.130) and Accounting Series Release Numbered 135 ((1/18/73) 38 FR 1734; CFR 211.135).

 

Effective Date

 

 

The provision will apply to taxable years ending after June 30, 1969.

However, for taxable years beginning before January 1, 1982, the provision will apply only if the person receiving the property elects, in accordance with Treasury regulations, to have the provision apply.

 

Revenue Effect

 

 

This provision is estimated to affect revenues by less than $15 million.

 

B. State Legislators Travel Expenses

 

 

(sec. 802 of the bill and sec. 604 of the Tax Reform Act of 1976)

 

Present Law

 

 

In general

Under present law, an individual is allowed a deduction for traveling expenses (including amounts expended for meals and lodging) while away from home overnight in the pursuit of a trade or business (Code sec. 162(a)).1 These expenses are deductible only if they are reasonable and necessary in the taxpayer's business and directly attributable to it. "Lavish or extravagant" expenses are not allowable deductions. In addition, except as expressly allowed under the Code, no deductions are allowed for personal, living, and family expenses (Code sec. 262). Moreover, deductible "away from home" expenses exclude commuting costs.2

Generally, under Code section 262, expenses and losses attributable to a dwelling unit which is occupied by a taxpayer as his personal residence are not deductible. However, deductions for interest, certain taxes, and casualty losses attributable to a personal residence are expressly allowed under other provisions of the tax laws (Code secs. 163, 164, and 165).

A taxpayer's "home" for purposes of the deduction of traveling expenses generally means his principal place of business or employment. Where a taxpayer has more than one trade or business, or a single trade or business which requires him to spend a substantial amount of time at two or more localities, his "home" is held to be at his principal place of business. A taxpayer's principal place of business is determined on an objective basis taking into account the facts and circumstances in each case. The more important factors to be considered in determining the taxpayer's principal place of business (or tax home) are: (1) the total time ordinarily spent by the taxpayer at each of his business posts, (2) the degree of business activity at each location, (3) the amount of income derived from each location, and (4) other significant contracts of the taxpayer at each location. No one factor is determinative.3

State legislators

Prior to the Tax Reform Act of 1976, there was no special rule for ascertaining the location of a State legislator's tax home. As a result, the generally applicable rules, described previously, determined the location of a State legislator's tax home.

The Tax Reform Act of 1976 provided an election for the tax treatment of State legislators for taxable years beginning before January 1, 1976. This was extended for one year by the Tax Reduction and Simplification Act of 1977 to taxable years beginning before January 1, 1977, and was extended further by Public Law 95-258 to taxable years beginning before January 1, 1978. Public Law 96-167, again, extended the State legislator election to taxable years beginning before January 1, 1981. In the absence of further congressional action, the tax home of a State legislator, for taxable years beginning after 1980, must be determined under the general rules described previously.

The election provisions of the 1976 Act applied to all taxable years beginning before January 1, 1976, for which the period of assessing or collecting a deficiency had not expired before the Act's date of enactment.

Under this election, a State legislator may, for any such taxable year, treat his place of residence within his legislative district as his tax home for purposes of computing the deduction for living expenses. If this election is made, the legislator is treated as having expended for living expenses an amount equal to the sum of the daily amount for per diem generally allowed to employees of the U.S. Government for traveling away from home,4 multiplied by the numbers of days during that year that the State legislature was in session, including any day in which the legislature was in recess for a period of four or fewer consecutive days. In addition, if the State legislature was in recess for more than four consecutive days, a State legislator may count each day in which his physical presence was formally recorded at a meeting of a committee of the State legislature. For this purpose, the rate of per diem to be used is to be the rate that was in effect during the period for which the deduction was claimed.

These limitations apply only with respect to living expenses incurred in connection with the trade or business of being a legislator. The 1976 Act did not impose a limitation on living expenses incurred by a legislator in connection with a trade or business other than that of being a legislator. As to any other trade or business, the ordinary and necessary test of prior law continues to apply.5

The State legislator provision of the 1976 Act was construed by the Tax Court in Eugene A. Chappie v. Commissioner, 73 T.C. 823 (1980). In that case, the Tax Court held that the generally applicable business deduction rules of the Code (sec. 162) required a California Assemblyman to be away from home overnight in order to be entitled to a business deduction for traveling and living expenses. Because section 604 of the Tax Reform Act of 1976 made no change in this rule for State legislators, the Tax Court held that no such deduction was available as to days when a legislator actually was not away from his tax home (i.e., his place of residence in the district represented) overnight. The Court explained that the present law rules pertaining to business deductions and commuting expenses (Code secs. 162 and 262) precluded a deduction for expenditures incurred in the legislator's travels to and from Sacramento. Because the legislator did not comply with the generally applicable business deduction rules, as modified by section 604 of the Tax Reform Act of 1976, he could not be deemed to have expended the per diem amount allowable to electing State legislators as living expenses under the provision of the 1976 Act.

 

Reasons for Change

 

 

The committee believes that the election provisions of the Tax Reform Act of 1976 pertaining to State legislators should be modified and extended for two additional years. The committee also believes that a special exception should be made for State legislators in not applying the generally applicable away from home overnight test of Code section 162. The committee also recognizes that State legislators may not have been aware of the application of this test to business expenses generally. To compensate for this as to taxable years beginning on or after January 1, 1973, the committee has decided to apply the bill's rules to all such years, as well as to election years before 1983. The committee stresses, however, that this action is not to be considered to be precedent as to any other taxpayers or for any other purpose.

 

Explanation of Provision

 

 

The bill makes several changes in, and extends for two years, the provisions of the Tax Reform Act of 1976 which relate to a State legislator's annual election to treat his or her place of residence within the legislative district represented as his or her tax home.

The bill allows a State legislator to elect, for any taxable year, to treat his residence within the legislative district represented as his "tax home" for purposes of computing the deduction for living expenses allowed under section 162 of the Code. An electing legislator is treated as having expended for living expenses (incurred in connection with the trade or business of being a legislator) an amount equal to the sum determined by multiplying each of the individual's legislative days during the taxable year by the greater of: (1) the amount generally allowable with respect to such a day to employees of the executive branch of the State of which the individual is a legislator for per diem while away from home, or (2) the amount generally allowable for per diem with respect to such day to employees of the U.S. Government for traveling away from home. In determining which per diem allowance is greater, a State per diem allowance for a day is taken into account only to the extent that it does not exceed 110 percent of the Federal per diem for that day.

Under the bill, an electing State legislator is deemed to have expended for business purposes an amount equal to the sum of the appropriate per diem times the legislator's legislative days for the taxable year. In addition, an electing legislator is deemed to be away from home in the pursuit of a trade or business on each legislative day. This is an exception to the general rules of Code section 162. As a result, an electing legislator is entitled to a deduction equal to the sum of that computed under the statutory formula. Because such an individual is deemed to be away from home in the pursuit of a trade or business while incurring the deemed expenses, such an electing legislator is not required to be present at the legislature for that day (or for any day in a legislative recess of four or fewer consecutive days), or away from home overnight. This change, in effect, reverses the Tax Court decision in Chappie v. Commissioner, 73 T.C. 823 (1980), as to electing State legislators only, for open and future tax years. The bill, however, does not provide for opening closed years or for new elections in past years.

In determining the appropriate rate of per diem to be utilized for the deduction computation, the rate of both Federal and State per diems to be used are those rates which were in effect for the legislative days for which the deduction is claimed.

For taxable years beginning after 1980, the bill provides that the generally applicable State legislator rules do not apply to any legislator whose actual home within the district represented is within 50 miles or less of the State capitol building. As a result, such legislators may not elect to have this special provision apply to them. Instead, such legislators must establish the location of their tax homes under the generally applicable facts and circumstances test. In addition, legislators excluded by this 50 mile test may not use the statutory formula for computing deductible business expenses. Rather, these legislators are subject to the business expense tests of Code sections 162 and 274.

 

Effective Date

 

 

The provision generally is effective for taxable years beginning on or after January 1, 1973.

 

Revenue Effect

 

 

It is estimated that this provision will reduce budget receipts by $11 million in fiscal year 1982 and $3 million in fiscal year 1983.

 

C. Tax-Exempt Bond Financing

 

 

1. Obligations issued for the purchase of mass transit equipment

(sec. 803 of the bill and sec. 103(b) of the Code)

 

Present Law

 

 

Under section 103, interest on State and local government obligations is generally exempt from Federal income tax. However, tax exemption is denied to State and local government issues of industrial development bonds with certain exceptions. A State or local government bond is an industrial development bond (IDB) if (1) all or a major portion of the proceeds of the issue are to be used in any trade or business not carried on by a State or local government or tax-exempt organization, and (2) payment of principal or interest is secured, in whole or in major part, by an interest in, or derived from payments with respect to, property used in a trade or business.

Certain industrial development bonds qualify for tax exemption where the proceeds of the bonds are used to provide exempt activity facilities. Such facilities include mass commuting facilities. These facilities do not include the equipment used for commuting purposes, such as buses, subway cars, or railroad passenger cars used in a commuting system.

 

Reasons for Change

 

 

Under present law, a State or local government unit, such as a mass transit authority, could issue tax-exempt bonds to finance the acquisition of mass commuting vehicles which it owned directly. However, because tax-exempt industrial development bonds cannot be issued for mass commuting vehicles, it is not possible for a State or local government to issue tax-exempt obligations to finance mass commuting vehicles that would be leased from a nonexempt person to the State or local governmental unit for use in providing mass transit services to the general public. If such a transaction were permitted, the nonexempt lessor would be allowed certain tax benefits, such as depreciation deductions, all or a portion of which could be flowed through to the State or local government in the form of lower lease payments. The committee believes that these types of arrangements should be permitted in the case of mass transit vehicles because of the financial stress placed upon State and local governments in providing mass transit services by high interest rates and equipment costs.

 

Explanation of Provision

 

 

The committee bill provides that interest on obligations of a State or local government will be exempt from Federal income tax if substantially all of the proceeds of the obligations are used to provide qualified mass commuting vehicles. Qualified mass commuting vehicles is defined in the committee bill to mean any bus, subway car, rail car, or similar equipment which is leased to a mass transit system which is wholly owned by one or more governmental units and which is principally used by the mass transit system in providing mass commuting services to the general public.

 

Effective Date

 

 

The authority to issue bonds under this provision will be in effect from the date of enactment through December 31,1984.

 

Revenue Effect

 

 

This provision will reduce fiscal year receipts by $7 million in 1983. $29 million in 1984, $54 million in 1985, and $64 million in 1986.

2. Tax exemption for interest on obligations of certain volunteer fire departments

(sec. 811 of the bill and sec. 103 of the Code)

 

Present Law

 

 

In general

In general, present law excludes from gross income interest on obligations of a State or of its political subdivisions (Code sec. 103(a)(1)). Under Treasury Regulations, the term "political subdivision" includes any division of a State or local governmental unit which is a municipal corporation or which has been delegated the right to exercise part of the sovereign power of the unit (Treas. Reg. sec. 1.103-1(b)). Three generally acknowledged sovereign powers of States are the power to tax, the power of eminent domain, and the police power.1

Present Treasury Regulations treat obligations issued by or on behalf of any State or local governmental unit by constituted authorities empowered to issue such obligations as the obligations of such a unit (Treas. Reg. sec. 1.103-1(b)). Several requirements must be satisfied in order for an issuer to qualify as a constituted authority of a State or local governmental unit (See Rev. Rul. 57-187, 1957-1 C.B. 65; Rev. Rul. 63-20, 1963-1 C.B. 26; and Prop. Treas. Reg. sec. 1.103-1(c)(2)).2

In an early ruling,3 the Internal Revenue Service ruled that interest received on certificates of indebtedness, known as "fire relief certificates," issued in the State of Minnesota constituted interest on the obligations of a State and, therefore, was not taxable. In another early ruling,4 the Service held that interest on fire district bonds issued by a political subdivision of a State and assumed by a private corporation (without releasing the municipality from liability) was exempt from taxation.

The U.S. Tax Court has held that certain volunteer fire departments (in Pennsylvania, West Virginia, Delaware, Maryland, and Kentucky) were not political subdivisions of the States in which they were located and, hence, that interest on their obligations was not exempt from tax under Code section 103(a)(1)(Seagrave Corporation, 38 T.C. 247 (1962)). The rationale for this holding was that the volunteer fire departments involved were not created by any special statutes and received no delegation of State power.

Bonds for tax-exempt fire departments

The exclusion for interest on State and local government bonds does not apply, with certain exceptions, to interest on State and local government issues of "industrial development bonds." An obligation constitutes an industrial development bond if (1) all or a major portion of the proceeds of the issue are to be used in any trade or business of a person other than a State or local government or an organization which is exempt from tax under Code section 501(c)(3), and (2) payment of principal or interest is secured by an interest in, or derived from payments with respect to, property, or borrowed money, used in a trade or business (Code sec. 103(b)(2)). Thus, an obligation issued by a State or local government the proceeds of which would be used by a volunteer fire department that qualifies for tax exemption under Code section 501(c)(3) would not be an industrial development bond5 and the interest thereon would be exempt from tax.

 

Reasons for Change

 

 

The committee believes that volunteer fire departments are vital for the protection of human lives and property, and that in many situations they serve as extensions of local governments. As such, the committee believes that they should have the same ability as municipal fire departments have to borrow at tax-exempt interest rates. In addition, the committee is aware that some volunteer fire departments have issued obligations in the past under the belief that the interest on those obligations was tax exempt only to discover, at a later date, that the interest on the obligations they had issued was, in fact, taxable. Accordingly, the committee has decided that volunteer fire departments should be treated as political subdivisions for the purposes of issuing tax-exempt obligations for certain limited purposes.

 

Explanation of Provision

 

 

Under the committee bill, an obligation of a volunteer fire department is treated as an obligation of a political subdivision of a State if the department is a qualified volunteer fire departments with respect to an area within the jurisdiction of such political subdivision, and the obligation is issued as part of an issue substantially all the proceeds of which are to be used for the acquisition, construction, reconstruction, or improvement of qualified firefighting property used, or to be used, by such department.

To be qualified, the department must be organized and operated to provide firefighting services for persons in an area (within the jurisdiction of a political subdivision of a State) which is not provided with any other firefighting services, and must be required by the political subdivision (by agreement or otherwise) to furnish firefighting services in such area. Furthermore, the fire department must receive more than half of the funds for outfitting its members and providing and maintaining its qualified firefighting property from the political subdivision, and must not charge for its firefighting services.

Qualified firefighting property, for which a tax-exempt obligation can be issued, is depreciable property that is used principally in the performance of (or in training for the performance of) firefighting or ambulance services, or property that is used principally to house such property.

 

Effective Date

 

 

The provision applies to obligations issued after December 31, 1968.

 

Revenue Effect

 

 

This provision will reduce budget receipts by less than $1 million per year.

 

D. Extension, Revision, and Increase in Targeted Jobs Tax Credit and Termination of WIN Credit

 

 

(sec. 804 of the bill and secs. 51 and 50B of the Code)

 

Present Law

 

 

Targeted jobs tax credit

 

General rules

 

The targeted jobs credit, which applies to eligible wages paid before January 1, 1982, is available on an elective basis for hiring individuals from one or more of seven target groups. The credit is equal to 50 percent of the first $6,000 of qualified first-year wages and 25 percent of the first $6,000 of qualified second-year wages paid to each individual. Qualified first-year wages are wages that are paid for services during the one-year period which begins with the day the individual first begins working for the employer. However, in the case of a vocational rehabilitation referral, this period begins with the day the individual starts work for the employer that is on or after the beginning of the individual's rehabilitation plan. Qualified second-year wages are wages attributable to services rendered during the one-year period immediately following the close of the first one-year period.

Since no more than $6,000 of wages during either the first or second year of employment may be taken into account with respect to any individual, the maximum credit per individual is $3,000 in the first year of employment and $1,500 in the second year of employment. However, the deduction for wages is reduced by the amount of the credit (determined without regard to the tax liability limitation on the credit). Thus, for an employer who hires an eligible employee who earns $6,000 in his first year of employment, the credit results in an actual tax reduction that ranges from $900 (for an employer in the 70-percent bracket) to $2,580 (for an employer in the 14-period bracket). However, because all wages are deductible for employees who are not members of target groups, after-tax costs of the first $6,000 of wages paid to such employees range from $1,800 (for an employer in the 70-percent bracket) to $5,160 (for an employer in the 14-percent bracket). Thus, the credit provides a 50-percent reduction in the after-tax costs of the first $6,000 of wages paid to target group employees in the first year of employment, regardless of the employer's tax bracket.

 

Target groups

 

The targeted jobs tax credit is available only with respect to the hiring of individuals who are members of one of seven target groups.

The statute contains certification provisions which relieve the employer of responsibility for proving to the Internal Revenue Service that an individual is a member of a target group. The Secretaries of Treasury and Labor are required jointly to designate a single employment agency in each locality to make this determination and to issue a certificate which, without further investigation on the part of the employer, is sufficient evidence that the individual is a member of such group. An exception to this procedure is made for cooperative education students, whose eligibility is certified by the qualified school participating in the program.

The seven target groups are described in detail in the following discussion:

(1) Vocational rehabilitation referrals
Vocational rehabilitation referrals are those individuals who have a physical or mental disability which constitutes a substantial handicap to employment and who have been referred to the employer while receiving, or after completing, vocational rehabilitation services under an individualized, written rehabilitation plan under a state plan approved under the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, or under a rehabilitation plan for veterans carried out under chapter 31 of title 38, U.S. Code. Certification can be performed by the designated local employment agency, upon assurances from the vocational rehabilitation agency that the employee has met the above conditions.
(2) Economically disadvantaged youths
Economically disadvantaged youths are individuals at least age 18 but not age 25 on the date they are hired by employers, and who are members of economically disadvantaged families (defined as families with income during the preceding 6 months, which on an annual basis would be less than 70 percent of the Bureau of Labor Statistics lower living standard as determined by the designated local employment agency).
(3) Economically disadvantaged Vietnam-era veterans
The third target group consists of Vietnam-era veterans certified by the designated local employment agency as under the age of 35 on the date they are hired by the employer and who are members of economically disadvantaged families. A Vietnam-era veteran is an individual who has served on active duty (other than for training) in the Armed Forces more than 180 days, or who has been discharged or released from active duty in the Armed Forces for a service-connected disability, but in either case the active duty must have taken place after August 4, 1964, and before May 8, 1975. However, any individual who has served for a period of more than 90 days during which the individual was on active duty (other than for training) is not an eligible employee if any of this active duty occurred during the 60-day period ending on the date the individual is hired by the employer. This latter rule is intended to prevent employers who hire current members of the armed services (or those recently departed from service) from receiving the credit. The definition of an economically disadvantaged family and the procedures for certifying to the employer that an individual is a member of such a family are the same as those discussed above.
(4) SSI recipients
SSI recipients are those receiving either Supplemental Security Income under Title XVI of the Social Security Act including State supplements described in section 1616 of that Act or section 212 of P.L. 93-66. To be an eligible employee, the individual must have received SSI payments during a month ending during the 60-day period which ends on the date the individual is hired by the employer. The designated local agency will issue the certification after a determination by the agency making the payments that these conditions have been fulfilled.
(5) General assistance recipients
General assistance recipients are individuals who receive general assistance for a period of not less than 30 days if this period ends within the 60-day period ending on the date the individual is hired by the employer. General assistance programs are State and local programs which provide individuals with money payments based on need. These programs are referred to by a wide variety of names, including home relief, poor relief, temporary relief, and direct relief. Examples of individuals who may receive money payments from general assistance include those ineligible for a Federal program, or waiting to be certified by such a program, unemployed individuals not eligible for unemployment insurance, and incapacitated or temporarily disabled individuals. Some general assistance programs provide needs to those individuals who find themselves in a one-time emergency situation; however, many of these families will not meet the "30-day requirement" described above. Because of the wide variety of such programs, the law provides that a recipient will be an eligible employee only after the program has been designated by the Secretary of the Treasury, after consultation with the Secretary of Health and Human Services, as a program which provides cash payments to needy individuals. Certification will be performed by the designated local agency.
(6) Cooperative education students
The sixth target group consists of youths who actively participate in qualified cooperative education programs, who have attained age 16 but who have not attained age 20, and who have not graduated from high school or vocational school. The definitions of a qualified cooperative education program and a qualified school are similar to those used in the Vocational Education Act of 1963. Thus, a qualified cooperative education program means a program of vocational education for individuals who, through written cooperative arrangements between a qualified school and one or more employers, receive instruction, including required academic instruction, by alternation of study in school with a job in any occupational field, but only if these two experiences are planned and supervised by the school and the employer so that each experience contributes to the student's education and employability.

For this purpose, a qualified school is (1) a specialized high school used exclusively or principally for the provision of vocational education to individuals who are available for study in preparation for entering the labor market, (2) the department of a high school used exclusively or principally for providing vocational education to persons who are available for study in preparation for entering the labor market, or (3) a technical or vocational school used exclusively or principally for the provision of vocational education to persons who have completed or left high school and who are available for study in preparation for entering the labor market. In order for a nonpublic school to be a qualified school, it must be exempt from income tax under section 501(a) of the Code. In the case of individuals in this group, wages paid or incurred by the employer are taken into account only if the school certifies that the individual is enrolled in and actively pursuing the qualified cooperative education program, is age 16 through 19, and is not a vocational or high school graduate.

(7) Economically disadvantaged former convict
Any individual who is certified by the designated local employment agency as having at some time been convicted of a felony under State or Federal law and who is a member of an economically disadvantaged family is an eligible employee for purposes of the targeted jobs credit, if such individual is hired within five years of the later of release from prison or date of conviction. The definition of an economically disadvantaged family and the procedures for certifying to the employer that an individual is a member of such a family are the same as those discussed above.

 

Limitations on amount of credit

 

Wages may be taken into account for purposes of the credit only if more than one-half of the wages paid during the taxable year to the employee are for services in the employer's trade or business. In addition, wages for purposes of the credit do not include amounts paid to an individual for whom the employer is receiving payments for on-the-job training under Federally-funded programs, such as the Comprehensive Employment and Training Act (CETA). Moreover, the employer may not claim the targeted jobs credit for wages paid to an individual with respect to whom a WIN credit is claimed.

Qualified first-wages for all targeted employees may not exceed 30 percent of FUTA wages for all employees during the calendar year ending in the current tax year.

Finally, in order to prevent taxpayers from escaping all tax liability by reason of the credit, the credit may not exceed 90 percent of the employer's tax liability after being reduced by all other non-refundable credits, except the residential energy credit (sec. 44C), the credit for producing fuel from a non-conventional source (sec. 44D), and the alcohol fuel credit (sec. 44E). Excess credits may be carried back three years and carried forward seven years.

 

Special rules

 

For purposes of determining the years of employment of any employee, wages for any employee up to $6,000, and the 30-percent FUTA cap, all employees of all corporations that are members of a controlled group of corporations are treated as if they are employees of the same corporation. Under the controlled group rules, the amount of credit allowed to the group is generally the same which would be allowed if the group were a single company. Comparable rules are provided in the case of partnerships, proprietorships, and other trades or businesses (whether or not incorporated) that are under common control. Thus, all employees of such organizations generally are treated as if they are employed by a single person. The amount of targeted jobs credit available to each member of a controlled group is each member's proportionate share of the wages giving rise to the credit.

The targeted jobs tax credit may be used as an offset against the alternative minimum tax except to the extent that the minimum tax is attributable to net capital gains and adjusted itemized deductions.

WIN tax credit

 

General rules

 

In the case of trade or business employment, taxpayers are allowed a WIN tax credit equal to 50 percent of qualified first-year wages and 25 percent of qualified second-year wages paid to WIN registrants and AFDC recipients. For employment other than in a trade or business, the credit is 35 percent of qualified first-year wages.

No more than $6,000 of wages during either the first or second year may be taken into account with respect to any individual. Thus, the maximum credit per individual employed in a trade or business is $3,000 in the first year of employment and $1,500 in the second year of employment. Since the employer's deduction for wages is reduced by the amount of the credit, an employer who pays an eligible employee $6,000 in his first year of trade or business employment receives an actual reduction in taxes ranging from $900 (for an employer in the 70-percent bracket) to $2,580 (for an employer in the 14-percent bracket). However, because all wages are deductible for non-eligible employees, after-tax costs of the first $6,000 of wages paid to such employees range from $1,800 (for an employer in the 70-percent bracket) to $5,160 (for an employer in the 14-percent bracket). Thus, the credit provides a 50-percent reduction in after-tax costs of the first $6,000 of wages paid to eligible employees in the first year of employment, regardless of the employer's tax bracket.

 

Eligible employees

 

An eligible employee is one who either is a member of an AFDC (Aid to Families with Dependent Children) family that has been receiving AFDC for at least 90 continuous days preceding the date of hiring or is placed in employment under the WIN program. Either of these requirements must be certified to by the Secretary of Labor or by the appropriate state or local agency. In addition, for the credit to be available, the employee must be employed by the taxpayer for more than 30 consecutive days on a substantially full-time basis, or, in the case of an employee whose employment is related to providing child day care services, on a full-time or part-time basis.

No credit is available in the case of: (1) expenses reimbursed, for example, by a grant; (2) employees who displace other employees from employment; (3) migrant workers; or (4) employees who are close relatives, dependents, or major stockholders of the employer.

 

Limitations on amount of credit

 

The WIN-welfare recipient tax credit may not exceed 100 percent of tax liability. Unused credits may be carried back three years and carried forward seven years.

In the case of non-trade or business wages, the maximum amount of creditable wages is $12,000. In effect, this permits a taxpayer to claim the credit for up to two full-time nonbusiness employees.

Finally, the credit for dependent care expenses (Code sec. 44A) may not be claimed with respect to any wages for which the taxpayer is allowed a WIN-welfare recipient credit.

 

Special rules

 

The WIN-welfare recipient credit contains rules similar to those applicable in the case of the targeted jobs credit for controlled groups. Thus, the amount of credit allowable to each member of a controlled group is the member's share of wages giving rise to the credit.

The WIN credit may be used as an offset against the alternative minimum tax, except to the extent that the alternative minimum tax is attributable to net capital gains and adjusted itemized deductions, to the extent the credit is attributable to the active conduct of a trade or business by the taxpayer claiming the credit.

 

Reasons for Change

 

 

The committee believes that experience with the targeted job credit since its enactment in 1978 is sufficiently promising to warrant an extension. At the same time, several shortcomings have become apparent and are corrected in this bill.

First, the committee believes that the credit should be extended for three years, so that all employees who are hired before 1985 will be eligible for a full two years of credit.

Second, the bill provides an increase in the amount of annual wages taken into account, in order to provide an additional incentive for employers to hire target group members for jobs the wages of which may exceed the minimum wage.

Third, the committee believes that cooperative education students should be eligible only if they are members of economically disadvantaged families. At the same time, other economically disadvantaged youth, in other educational programs, should be eligible for the credit, since the increased availability of jobs may encourage them to continue their schooling. Handicapped children in special education programs also should be eligible for the credit.

Fourth, the WIN credit is merged with the targeted jobs credit. The existence of similar credits for different groups of employees has proved to be confusing to employers, and it is hoped that including AFDC recipients and WIN registrants in the targeted jobs credit will increase the hiring opportunities available to these individuals and simplify the overall administration of the program.

Fifth, the bill requires that certification that an individual is a member of a target group be made within 30 days of the hiring date. This change will allow the credit only to those employers for whom it provides an incentive to hire target-group members.

Sixth, the bill provides that the state employment security agencies and the United States Employment Services are the agencies which should have the responsibility for administering and publicizing the credit. The diffusion of responsibility among several agencies in the past few years has limited employer participation.

In addition, the bill provides for various technical amendments in order to simplify the structure and administration of the credit.

 

Explanation of Provisions

 

 

The committee bill makes several changes to the targeted jobs tax credit. It extends the time period for which the credit will be available, increases the amount of the credit, revises definitions of some of the targeted groups, adds AFDC recipients and WIN registrants as targeted groups, changes the certification rules, and makes other changes of a technical nature.

Extension of credit

Under the bill, the targeted jobs tax credit is available for the wages paid to eligible individuals who begin work for the employer before January 1, 1985. Thus, if an eligible individual begins work on December 31, 1984, the employer would be able to claim the credit with respect to qualified first-year and qualified second-year wages paid to that employee.

Amount of credit

The amount of wages eligible for the credit is increased from $6,000 to $10,000. Thus, the maximum credit is $5,000 for the first year of employment and $2,500 for the second year of employment. In the case of an employee who begins work prior to January 1, 1982, the increased credit would apply to qualified second-year wages if the employee's second year of employment begins after December 31, 1981.

Targeted groups

Several changes are made to the provisions relating to targeted groups. The credit for youths participating in qualified cooperative education programs is limited to youths who are economically disadvantaged, in the case of youths hired after December 31, 1981. Qualified cooperative education includes a program of special education for handicapped children, and participants in such a program will be target group members even if they are not members of economically disadvantaged families. Economically disadvantaged youths includes individuals who are 16 and 17 years of age, provided that, unless they have graduated from high school or vocational school, they have not terminated their education. The committee intends that the State employment security agencies are to develop a system to insure that employers cannot claim a credit for continued employment of students who drop out of school after their hiring date. Moreover, WIN registrants and AFDC recipients will be added to the list of targeted groups. Because of this, the WIN credit will not be available with respect to amounts paid or incurred in taxable years beginning after December 31, 1981. Furthermore, in the case of Vietnam veterans, the age limitation will be eliminated. Thus, employers will be able to claim credit for hiring Vietnam veterans who are age 35 or over.

Certification

The bill revises the rules relating to the certification of individuals or members of target groups. In general, a certification is not effective unless made before the 30th day after the hiring date, however, later certifications will be permitted if the employer requests certification in writing within that time. The bill provides that certifications are to be made by State employment security agencies. The committee intends that other agencies involved in providing information for certification, such as the Social Security Administration (for SSI recipients) and the Veterans' Administration (for handicapped and Vietnam-era veterans), will fully cooperate with the State employment security agencies requests for assistance in administering the certification process.

Wage limitation

The bill eliminates the FUTA wage limitation on first-year wages eligible for the credit. Thus, employers will receive credit for first-year wages paid to targeted employees even though those wages may exceed 30 percent of FUTA wages paid to all employees.

Technical changes

The bill makes several technical changes to the targeted jobs tax credit. For example, the bill provides that a determination that an individual is a member of an economically disadvantaged family will be valid for 45 days from the date on which the determination is made. Moreover, the bill provides that the United States Employment Service (rather than the Department of Labor) will have the responsibility for keeping employers apprised of the availability of the targeted jobs tax credit. The committee intends that the Internal Revenue Service should fully cooperate with the Employment Service's efforts to market and publicize the credit. Furthermore, the bill provides that no credit will be available for the hiring of certain related individuals (primarily dependents of the taxpayer). The bill also clarifies that the hiring date is the day on which the employee is first hired by the employer, and thus is not any date on which an employee is subsequently rehired by the same employer. This result was the original intent of the provision.

 

Effective Dates

 

 

The provisions generally will be effective in the case of individuals who begin work after December 31, 1981, in taxable years ending after that date.

The changes in the certification requirements will apply to individuals whose hiring dates are after July 16, 1981.

 

Revenue Effect

 

 

This provision will reduce fiscal year receipts by $198 million in 1982, $460 million in 1983, $624 million in 1984, $451 million in 1985, and $131 million in 1986.

 

E. Tax Treatment of Employee Fringe Benefits

 

 

(sec. 805 of the bill and sec. 61 of the Code)

 

Present Law

 

 

Section 61 of the Internal Revenue Code defines gross income as including "all income from whatever source derived" and specifies that it includes "compensation for services". The regulations (sec. 1.61-2(a)(1)) provide that income includes compensation for services paid for other than in money. Further, the Supreme Court has stated that section 61 "is broad enough to include in taxable income any economic or financial benefit conferred on the employee as compensation whatever the form or mode by which it is effected." In actual practice, however, the "economic benefit" test has not been rigidly followed. Thus, where compensation is paid in some form other than cash, the issue as to taxability has been resolved by statutes, regulations, and administrative rulings which take account of several different factors.

Some fringe benefits, such as the provision of health insurance by an employer for its employees, are expressly excluded from gross income by the Internal Revenue Code; others are excluded by legislation outside the Code; and yet other exclusions are based on judicial authority or on administrative practice. Some fringe benefits have been excluded under administrative practice on the basis of a de minimis principle, i.e., accounting for the benefit would be unreasonable or administratively impractical. Other items are excluded due to a combination of valuation difficulties and wide-held perceptions that the items do not constitute income.

In 1978, Congress enacted Public Law 95-427, to prohibit the Treasury Department from issuing final regulations, under section 61 of the Code, relating to the income tax treatment of fringe benefits prior to 1980. The Act further provided that no regulations relating to the treatment of fringe benefits under section 61 were to be proposed which were to be effective prior to 1980. Public Law 96-167 extended the prohibition on fringe benefit regulations through May 31, 1981.

 

Reasons for Change

 

 

The committee believes that the prohibition on fringe benefit regulations should be extended to allow Congress and the Treasury Department additional time to review the tax treatment of existing fringe benefits. The committee believes that additional hearings should be conducted on issues relating to the valuation and taxation of existing fringe benefits. Responses to the hearings by the Subcommittee on Selected Revenue Measures indicated to the committee that there is great public and professional concern about the issues related to fringe benefits and their appropriate treatment under the income tax. To allow professional organizations and the public the opportunity to present views on these issues the committee believes that the recently expired prohibition on fringe benefit regulations should be reinstated through May 31, 1983.

 

Explanation of Provision

 

 

The committee bill provides that the Treasury Department is precluded from issuing final regulations, under Code section 61, relating to the income tax treatment of fringe benefits prior to June 1, 1983. In addition, no regulations relating to the treatment of fringe benefits under Code section 61 are to be proposed which would be effective prior to that date.

Although the provisions of the bill relate only to the issuance of regulations, it is the committee's intent that the Treasury Department not alter, or deviate from, in any significant way, the historical treatment of fringe benefits through the issuance of revenue rulings or revenue procedures.

 

Effective Date

 

 

The provision is effective upon enactment.

 

Revenue Effect

 

 

The provision does not affect estimated budget receipts because it, in effect, continues present administrative practices.

 

F. Tax Treatment of Commuting Expenses

 

 

(sec. 806 of the bill, Rev. Rul. 76-453, and secs. 62, 162, and 262 of the Code)

 

Present Law

 

 

In general, a taxpayer is allowed a deduction for ordinary and necessary expenses paid or incurred in carrying on a trade or business. This includes transportation expenses incurred in the pursuit of a trade or business. However, no deduction is allowed for personal, living, or family expenses, including the cost of commuting to and from work. Problems have arisen in delineating between transportation expenses which are considered to be nondeductible personal commuting expenses and other transportation expenses which are deductible business expenses. Generally, transportation expenses are not deductible if the taxpayer is going to his principal place of work from his residence or is returning to his home from his principal place of work. On the other hand, transportation expenses to temporary worksites other than the taxpayer's principal place of work often are deductible as a business expense.

On November 22, 1976, the IRS published Revenue Ruling 76-453 (1976-2 C.B. 86) which states that a taxpayer's transportation expenses incurred in traveling between the taxpayer's residence and place of work, even though temporary, will be nondeductible commuting expenses, regardless of the nature of the work performed, the distance traveled, the mode of transport, or the degree of necessity. In addition, the ruling states that reimbursement for such expenses will be considered "wages" for purposes of FICA, FUTA, and income tax withholding. The ruling was originally effective for transportation costs paid or incurred after December 31, 1976. The Service postponed the effective date of this ruling, and on September 23, 1977, announced that the ruling was suspended indefinitely and that proposed regulations inviting public comment would be issued shortly. Proposed regulations have not as yet been issued.

Public Law 95-427 was enacted in 1978, and amended by Public Law 96-167, to require that the application of the income tax, FICA, FUTA, and withholding provisions relating to the treatment of transportation expenses paid or incurred after 1976 and before June 1, 1981, in traveling between a taxpayer's residence and place of work, made fully in accordance with the rules in effect prior to the issuance of Revenue Ruling 76-453 on November 22, 1976.

 

Reasons for Change

 

 

The committee believes that the Congress should have an additional opportunity to study this area prior to the adoption of any rules or regulations by the IRS changing the treatment of expenses for specified transportation.

 

Explanation of Provision

 

 

The bill extends the provisions of Public Law 95-427 to apply to expenses, paid or incurred prior to June 1, 1983.

 

Effective Date

 

 

The provision is effective with respect to expenses, paid or incurred after May 31, 1981, and before June 1, 1983.

 

Revenue Effect

 

 

This provision continues present administrative practice and thus has no effect on budget receipts.

 

G. Amortization of Real Property Construction Period Interest and Taxes for Low-Income Housing

 

 

(sec. 807 of the bill and sec. -- of the Code)

 

Present Law

 

 

Individuals, subchapter S corporations and personal holding companies must capitalize real property construction period interest and taxes in the year they are paid or accrued and amortize them over a 10-year period, if the property is held (or will be held) for business or investment purposes (sec. 189). However, shorter amortization periods apply until this general rule is fully phased in. Section 189 does not apply to low-income housing until taxable years beginning after 1981 and the 10-year amortization period will not be fully phased in until 1988. For this purpose, low-income housing means government housing entitled to the special rules relating to recapture of depreciation (under sec. 1250(a)(1)(B)).

 

Reasons for Change

 

 

To prevent a slow down of construction of low-income housing, the committee believes it is necessary to exempt low-income housing from the rule requiring capitalization and amortization of construction period interest and taxes.

 

Explanation of Provision

 

 

Under the committee bill, construction period interest and taxes paid or accrued with respect to low-income housing during the period 1982 through 1986 will be exempted from application of section 189, and, thus, will not be required to be capitalized and amortized.

 

Effective Date

 

 

The provision is effective for amounts paid or accrued in a taxable year beginning in 1982.

 

Revenue Effect

 

 

This provision will reduce budget receipts by $14 million in fiscal year 1982, $33 million in fiscal year 1983, $27 million in fiscal year 1984, $23 million in fiscal year 1985, and $21 million in fiscal year 1986.

 

H. Payments to the Governments of Guam and the Virgin Islands

 

 

(sec. 808 of the Bill)

 

Present Law

 

 

The Organic Acts and other laws which pertain to the internal governmental operations of Guam and the Virgin Islands authorize the governments of these U.S. possessions to impose income taxes. The governments of the three possessions use the same income tax laws that are applied in the United States, giving them what is called a "mirror image" of the U.S. income tax laws.

As a result of using the "mirror image," whenever U.S. income tax law is amended, the tax laws of Guam and the Virgin Islands are also changed automatically. The passage of the Tax Reduction Act of 1975 and the Tax Reduction and Simplification Act of 1977, for example caused an identical change in the "mirror image" laws of these possessions. Thus, the refunds and other income tax reductions under the 1975 and 1977 Acts reduced the tax collections in these possessions, which, in interaction with restrictions placed upon their governments to issue indebtedness, caused a financial hardship for the possessions.

In the case of the Virgin Islands, the burden caused by the Tax Reduction Act of 1975 was reduced by passage in late 1976 of legislation (P.L. 94-392) which authorized an $8.5 million appropriation for the government of the Virgin Islands to reimburse it for at least part of the tax revenues it lost under the 1975 Act. Public Law 95-134 authorized additional appropriations of $15 million to Guam and $14 million to the Virgin Islands to reimburse them for lost revenues under the 1975 Act and the Tax Reform Act of 1976. Both of these reimbursement bills were handled by the Interior Committees and together they provided Guam and the Virgin Islands with compensation for the losses they sustained in 1975 and 1976 as the result of the 1975 and 1976 Acts.

The Tax Reduction and Simplification Act of 1977 authorized appropriations to compensate Guam, the Virgin Islands, and American Samoa for reductions during 1977 in their tax receipts attributable to changes in the standard deduction and general tax credit made by the Act. Further, Public Law 96-597 authorized additional declining appropriations ranging from $15 million in fiscal 1982 to $4 million in fiscal 1985 for Guam and $12 million to $3 million for the same years for the Virgin Islands.

 

Reasons for Change

 

 

The committee believes that the United States Government should compensate the governments of Guam, and the Virgin Islands for the reduction in individual income tax revenues resulting from this bill.

 

Explanation of Provision

 

 

The bill authorizes an appropriation for these governments to compensate them for refunds of 1981 taxes they will make and also for reductions in revenues they will have because of the changes for 1982 and later tax years. The amounts of the payments under this provision are to be determined by the Secretary of the Treasury upon certification by the governments of the two possessions. The amounts for Guam are to be certified by the U.S. Government Comptroller for Guam and the amount for the Virgin Islands is to be certified by the U.S. Government Comptroller for the Virgin Islands.

Receipt of this payment by a possession is made contingent on its furnishing certain information to the Secretary of the Treasury that may be needed to prevent double payments of a tax refund and a special payment to beneficiaries of certain income maintenance programs.

 

Effective Date

 

 

The provision is effective on enactment of the bill.

 

Budget Effect

 

 

It is estimated that budget outlays will be $17 million in fiscal year 1982, $38 million in fiscal year 1983, $54 million in fiscal year 1984, $56 million in fiscal year 1985, and $58 million in fiscal year 1986.

 

I. Deduction for Diminution in Value of Motor Carrier Operating Authorities

 

 

(sec. 809 of the bill)

 

Present Law

 

 

Background

Enacted in 1935, Part II of the Interstate Commerce Act (the "1935 Act") provided the basic framework for regulation of the motor carrier industry until enactment of the Motor Carrier Act of 1980. Under the 1935 Act, carriers were obligated to provide nondiscriminatory service at regulated rates for the public convenience and necessity, and further industry regulation was effected by issuing or withholding certificates of operating authority.

During the period 1935 to 1980, the Interstate Commerce Commission ("ICC") granted a limited number of permits and certificates of operating authority to motor carriers and freight forwarders. The basis for the grant of an authority from the ICC was a showing that additional services of the type for which authority was sought was, or would be, required by the public convenience and necessity. Businesses with existing operating rights could intervene in a proceeding for a request of operating authority to show that the proposed service was not, or would not be, required by the public convenience and necessity.

The right of existing operators to intervene (based on ICC procedural rules) and the applicant's burden of showing that the proposed service was required by the public convenience and necessity (based on the 1935 Act) gave existing operators protection against competition. Persons wishing either to enter the motor carrier business or expand an existing business, therefore, often would purchase an existing business with its operating authority.

Substantial amounts were paid for these operating authorities, reflecting, in part, the protection against competition afforded authority owners under ICC administration of the 1935 Act. The value of the operating authorities provided owners with an asset that constituted a substantial part of a carrier's asset structure and a source of loan collateral.

In 1975, the ICC began to grant a higher percentage of requests for operating authorities under the standard of "required by the public convenience and necessity." On July 1, 1980, the Motor Carrier Act of 1980 was enacted (P.L. 96-296). Under the 1980 Act, applicants need not show that the proposed service is required by the public convenience and necessity. Existing operators protesting the grant of an authority bear the burden of showing the proposed service is inconsistent with the public convenience and necessity. Thus, the 1980 statute further lessened restrictions on entry into the interstate motor carrier business. However, an operating authority still must be obtained to conduct interstate motor carrier business. As a result of the increased ease of gaining entry into the interstate motor carrier business, the value of motor carrier operating authorities has been diminished substantially.

The ICC, following an opinion of the Financial Accounting Standards Board, has required that the value assigned to certificates of authority in the regulated books of motor carriers be written off in one year.

Deduction for realized loss of property

Code section 165 allows a deduction for certain losses, including any loss incurred in a trade or business which is sustained during the taxable year and not compensated for by insurance or otherwise. In general, the amount of the deduction equals the adjusted basis of the property involved (sec. 165(b)).

Treasury regulations provide that, to be allowable as a deduction, the loss must be realized, i.e., "evidenced by closed and completed transactions, fixed by identifiable events" (Treas. Reg. Sec. 1.165-1(b)). As a general rule, no deduction is allowed for a decline in value of property absent a sale, abandonment, or other disposition of the property1 nor for loss of anticipated income or profits.2 Thus, for a loss to be allowed under present law, generally either the business must be discontinued or the property must be abandoned or permanently discarded from use in the business (Treas. Reg. Sec. 1.165-2). Generally, if a capital asset declines in value and is sold or exchanged at a loss, the loss is a capital loss, the deduction of which is subject to the limitations of sections 1211 and 1212 (sec. 165(f)).

The courts, in several decisions,3 have denied a loss deduction when the value of an operating permit or license decreased as a result of legislation expanding the number of licenses or permits that could be issued. These decisions held that the diminution in the value of a license or permit did not constitute an event giving rise to a loss deduction under section 165 if the license or permit continued to have value as a right to carry on a business.

In the Consolidated Freight Lines case,4 the Ninth Circuit denied deductions for lost "monopoly rights" when the State of Washington deregulated the intrastate motor carrier industry by eliminating restrictions on entry. The court reasoned that the taxpayer had not lost any rights conferred by the certificate of operating authority because the taxpayer still was permitted to do business and the operating authority had not given any further rights. Any "monopoly rights," the court stated, resulted from legislation and State administration restricting the availability of operating authorities. Since the taxpayer could not own (or purchase) property rights in legislation or regulations, repeal or modification of legislation or regulations did not give rise to a deductible loss, even if such action had the result of making the taxpayer's business property less valuable.

 

Reasons for Change

 

 

The deregulation of the interstate motor carrier industry has significantly reduced the value of motor carrier operating rights acquired before deregulation. In many cases, these rights represented a substantial part of a taxpayer's equity in his business and often were collateralized to raise capital. The legislative history of the Motor Carrier Act of 1980 recognized that deregulation might require future consideration of relief for the diminution of the value of these rights.5

The committee concludes that the unique circumstances of the deregulation of the interstate motor carrier industry requires some form of relief that is not available under the present tax laws.

 

Explanation of Provision

 

 

The committee bill provides that an ordinary deduction will be allowed ratably over a 60-month period for taxpayers who held one or more motor carrier operating authorities on July 1, 1980. The amount of the deduction is the total adjusted bases of all motor carrier operating authorities either held by the taxpayer on July 1, 1980, or acquired after that date under a binding contract in effect on July 1, 1980. The 60-month period begins July 1, 1980 (or at the taxpayer's election, with the first month of the taxpayer's first taxable year beginning after July 1, 1980).

Under the committee bill, adjustments are to be made to the bases of operating authorities held on July 1, 1980 (or acquired thereafter under a binding contract in effect on July 1, 1980) to reflect amounts allowable as deductions.

Under regulations to be prescribed by the Secretary, a taxpayer may elect to allocate to the basis of an operating authority held by the taxpayer on July 1, 1980, a portion of the cost basis in the stock of a qualified acquiring corporation. A qualified acquiring corporation is a corporation that directly or indirectly acquired the stock of a corporation on or before July 1, 1980 (or after such date under a binding contract in effect on such date) and such acquired corporation held the operating authority at the time of acquisition. If the acquiring corporation directly acquired the stock of a corporation holding the operating authority, a portion of the acquiring corporation's cost basis in the stock of the acquired corporation could be allocated to the operating authority. The portion allocable is the amount that would have been properly allocable under section 334(b)(2) if the acquiring corporation had liquidated the acquired corporation immediately after its acquisition. In the case of an acquiring corporation that indirectly acquired the stock of a corporation holding an operating authority (such as by directly acquiring the stock of one or more other corporations), a portion of the acquiring corporation's cost basis in the stock of the directly acquired corporation or corporations could be allocated to the operating authority. The portion allocable is the portion that would have been properly allocable under section 334(b)(2) if immediately after the direct acquisition the directly and indirectly acquired corporations had been liquidated in such a way that the acquiring corporation would have received the operating authority.

It is anticipated that under regulations the holder of an authority on July 1, 1980, will be able to make an election under this special provision only if the holder is the qualified acquiring corporation or a member of an affiliated group as defined in section 1502(a) of which the qualified acquiring corporation is a member.

Further, it is anticipated that under regulations, a holder will not have a choice of more than one election with respect to one operating authority because more than one qualified acquisition has been made by a member or members of an affiliated group.

In all cases, adjustments shall also be made to the basis of the stock of the acquiring corporation to take into account any allocation of the basis in the stock to an operating authority. In addition, the regulations shall in all cases, provide for an appropriate adjustment to the basis of other assets.

 

Effective Date

 

 

This provision is effective for taxable years ending after June 30, 1980.

 

Revenue Effect

 

 

This provision will reduce fiscal year receipts by $21 million in 1981, $121 million in 1982, $71 million in 1983 and in 1984, $54 million in 1985, and $18 million in 1986.

 

TITLE IX--LOANS TO STATE UNEMPLOYMENT FUNDS

 

 

Present Law

 

 

Under present law, the costs of State unemployment compensation benefits and one-half of the costs of Federal/State extended benefits are funded by State unemployment payroll taxes paid by covered employers. (In 3 States, Alaska, Alabama and New Jersey, employees also contribute to the tax). As of January 1981, the maximum unemployment tax rate ranged from a low of 2.7 percent in Nebraska and Utah to a high of 8.5 percent in Michigan. In all States, the tax must be applied to the first $6,000 of each employee's annual wages. Seventeen States have legislated a higher wage base, with Alaska having the highest at $13,300.

If State unemployment tax revenues exceed unemployment benefits expenditures, the surplus amounts are retained by the State in an interest-bearing account in the Federal Unemployment Trust Fund. If benefit costs exceed revenues, States draw down their accumulated surpluses from prior years. If those surpluses become depleted, States are allowed to receive interest-free Federal loans, up to the amount necessary to meet State unemployment benefit costs, from an account which is funded through the Federal unemployment payroll tax. (If there are insufficient Federal unemployment tax revenues for this purpose, additional funds are obtained from the general fund of the Treasury.)

The standard net Federal unemployment tax (FUTA), which is paid by all covered employers in all States, is currently 0.7 percent on the first $6,000 of wages paid annually to each employee. (The gross FUTA tax rate is 3.4 percent: however, employers are eligible for a 2.7 percent credit, unless this credit has been reduced because of overdue outstanding loans as explained below. The standard 2.7 percent credit reduces the gross tax rate from 3.4 to the net rate of 0.7 percent.)

States that borrow funds from the Federal unemployment account have 2 to 3 years to repay the loan, depending on the month the loan is received. (Technically, a State has until November 10 of the calendar year in which the second consecutive January 1 passes with the State still having an outstanding advance. This means that a State may have from 22 months and 10 days to 34 months and 10 days to repay the advance, depending on when it obtained the outstanding advance.) If a State does not fully repay the loan within the 2-to 3-year period, employers in the State become subject to an annual 0.3 percent reduction in the 2.7 percent credit against the 3.4 Federal tax. (In other words, the 0.7 percent net Federal unemployment tax rate becomes subject to 0.3 percent annual increases). The credit reduction is applied to the calendar year beginning with the second consecutive January 1 in which the loan has been outstanding and continues until it is repaid fully. The increase in the Federal tax resulting from the credit reduction is payable no later than January 31 of the calendar year following the calendar year to which the increase applies. The proceeds from the increased tax are used to reduce the principal of the State's outstanding loan.

The credit reduction (or increase in the 0.7 percent net Federal tax rate) of 0.3 percent per year increases each year until the maximum FUTA tax rate of 3.4 percent is reached. In addition, there are two additional potential credit reductions during the ensuing calendar year in which the loan is outstanding: (a) in the calendar years in which the third and fourth consecutive January firsts pass, the employers in the State face an additional reduction equal to the amount that 2.7 percent exceeds the State's average tax rate on taxable wages in the calendar year to which the reduction applies: (b) in the calendar years in which the fifth through ninth consecutive January firsts pass, the employers face a reduction equal to the higher of the amount in (a) or the amount that the State's 5-year benefit-cost rate exceeds the State's average tax rate on taxable wages in the calendar year to which the reduction applies. The 5-year benefit-cost rate is one-fifth of the benefits paid in the first 5 of the last 6 completed calendar years preceding the calendar year to which the credit reduction applies, divided by taxable wages in the last of the same preceding calendar years.

 

Reasons for Change

 

 

The committee recognized that interest-free loans to States are an indirect subsidy from the solvent States to those States borrowing money to finance unemployment compensation benefits. Allowing these loans provides a temptation for borrowing States to delay the date the trust fund is made solvent. At the same time the committee recognized that, for many States, charging interest immediately would cause great economic harm to the affected States--a loss of jobs, a further increase in the insolvency of their trust fund and would make it even more difficult to reach a completely solvent and debt-free status. Thus the committee delayed the effective date on when interest would be charged on new loans until October 1982. However, at the same time, in order to encourage all States to be debt-free, the committee adopted an interest charge on all loans outstanding on January 1, 1989. All States are thus given enough time to erase their outstanding debt.

The committee determined that the current reduction in Federal credit offset did not contemplate the huge debt which some States have accumulated. The 0.3 of 1 percent (in some cases even greater) increase each year rapidly escalates into a huge tax burden and does not recognize any action the State might take to lower benefits or raise State taxes in order to become solvent. The committee capped the Federal credit reduction only when certain solvency conditions are met. Again, because of the nature of the problem facing several States, the solvency test becomes more difficult with the passage of time. The solvency test adopted by the committee recognized that the solvency of the unemployment compensation system should be measured over the length of an economic cycle and not by what happens to a State's trust fund over a one-year period.

 

Explanation of Provisions

 

 

1. Limit on Federal tax credit reduction

Effective October 1, 1981, in States that meet the solvency requirements described below, reductions in the Federal tax credit resulting from outstanding Federal loans would be limited to 0.6 percent; or, if higher, the level that was in effect in the year prior to the year the State qualifies for the limitation. In a State in which the credit reduction exceeds 1.0 percent, it would be decreased by 0.3 percent per year, but not below 1.0 percent, in any year in which the State meets the solvency requirements. The years in which a State meets the requirements, and therefore qualifies for a limitation (or decrease) in the credit reduction, would not count in determining the level of the increase in the net Federal tax in subsequent years in which the State does not meet the solvency requirements.

In order to qualify for the limitation on the credit reduction, a State must meet the following conditions:

 

(a) the State has not reduced its tax effort from the previous year (i.e., there have been no legislative changes which lower State unemployment taxes--including changes in the tax rate or wage base: and, for tax years beginning with 1982, the State has not switched to a lower tax schedule and, so long as Federal law allows for "lump sum repayments" out of State trust funds in lieu of a credit reduction as described below, the State does not provide a credit against State taxes to offset Federal tax increases or other Federal liabilities. If Federal law does not provide for the "lump sum repayment" option, a State with a credit against State taxes would meet the conditions of this section only if the credit was in effect prior to date of enactment of this act.);

(b) the State has taken no action during the 12-month period ending on the preceding September 30, excluding for tax year 1981 any action required under State law in effect prior to date of enactment of this act, which has resulted or will result in a net decrease in the solvency of the State unemployment compensation system; and

(c) the estimated average unemployment tax rate in the State for the year in question (total unemployment taxes paid by State employers in the calendar year divided by total wages of employers subject to State unemployment taxes) is equal to or greater than the average of the ratio of benefit expenditures (minus reimbursable benefits) to total wages of employers subject to State unemployment taxes for the last 5 calendar years. (For purposes of this requirement, for tax years 1981-1983, all Federal unemployment taxes in excess of the standard amount (currently 0.7 percent)--using the Federal tax rate the State would pay if it qualifies for the limit on the tax credit reduction--would be added to all State unemployment taxes in determining the average tax rate in the State. For tax year 1984, only the amount of Federal unemployment taxes in excess of the standard 0.7 percent plus 0.6 percent would be added to State unemployment taxes. Beginning with tax year 1985, only State taxes would be counted. For tax years 1981-1983, in making the determination of benefit expenditures for the previous five years, only expenditures for regular State benefits would be counted for all years up through 1981. For tax year 1984, the State share of extended benefits payments would be added to State benefit expenditures for 1981; and, for tax year 1985, extended benefit payments would be added to State benefit expenditures for 1980 and 1981. For all years beginning with 1982, benefit expenditures would include payments for regular State benefits, extended benefits and interest charges on Federal loans).

(d) A State that meets conditions (a) and (b), but not (c), could qualify for the limitation in tax years 1981, 1982 and 1983 if it meets the following conditions:

 

(1) for tax year 1981, the average State tax rate for that year (total State taxes paid in the calendar year divided by total wages) equals or exceeds 125 percent of the national average tax rate for that year, and the State has enacted legislation since January 1, 1980 that increased State unemployment taxes (i.e., gross revenues) for tax year 1981 by at least 30 percent over what the taxes would have been in that year absent such legislation:

(2) for tax year 1982, the average State tax rate equals or exceeds 140 percent of the national average tax rate, and the State has enacted legislation since January 1, 1980 that increased State taxes by at least 40 percent over what the taxes would have been absent such legislation; and

(3) for tax year 1983, the average State tax rate equals or exceeds 150 percent of the national average tax rate, and the State has enacted legislation since January 1, 1980 that increased State taxes by at least 50 percent over what the taxes would have been absent such legislation.

2. Lump-sum repayment in lieu of credit reduction

A State with outstanding Federal loans in default (i.e., loans that have not been repaid within the period allowed before a credit reduction takes effect) could avoid the automatic increase in the Federal tax for any year in which it repays by September 30 of that year a lump sum amount equal to the amount of revenues that would have been generated by the increase in the Federal tax, plus, for tax years beginning with 1983, any additional loans it received during the previous 12 months. A State could use this method of repayment only if the Secretary of Labor certifies that it has sufficient funds in its State unemployment trust fund to finance all unemployment compensation benefits for the months remaining in the calendar year in which the lump sum repayment is made without borrowing additional Federal funds.

For any year in which a State uses the lump-sum repayment option, the additional Federal unemployment taxes that would have been levied on employers if the State had not made the lump sum repayment would not be added to the State taxes for purposes of determining the estimated average unemployment tax rate in the State under the solvency requirement (c) described above. A lump-sum repayment in lieu of increases in the Federal tax would not be considered a "non-FUTA repayment" for purposes of the provision described in item 4 below.

3. Interest on Federal unemployment compensation loans to States

Interests would be charged on Federal unemployment loans to States received after October 1, 1982. The rate of interest charged in any year would be the same rate as that paid by the Federal government on balances in State unemployment trust funds for the quarter ending December 31 of the preceding year, up to a maximum of 10 percent per annum.

A State would not have to pay interest on a loan that is repaid by September 30 of the calendar year in which the advance was received, if the State receives no new advances during the period remaining in the calendar year following the repayment. If a State does receive additional loans during the period remaining in calendar year after such a repayment, interest would be charged on the repaid loan from the date it was received until the date it was repaid. Interest on new loans would be waived for a period of up to two years (depending on the month in which the loan is received) if the State is not subject to a credit reduction because of outstanding Federal unemployment loans and the State has an average State tax rate (State unemployment taxes divided by total wages) equal to at least 150 percent of the national average.

Beginning January 1, 1989, interest would be charged on the outstanding amounts of all loans received prior to or after enactment of this act, except as specifically excluded in the preceding paragraph.

Interest would be payable on the last day of the fiscal year in which the loan is received. The payment of interest on loans received in the last six months of any fiscal year could be delayed until the last day of the following fiscal year; however, interest at the rate specified above would be charged against the amount of interest for which payment was delayed. A State could not pay interest on Federal loans out of its unemployment trust fund.

4. Non-FUTA repayments

Any non-FUTA State repayments (not including the lump sum repayment in lieu of the credit reduction in Item #2 above) would be credited first to the most recent loans received by the State that have not triggered a credit reduction.

 

Effective Date

 

 

The limitation on the reduction in the Federal tax credit in States that meet the solvency requirements is effective October 1, 1981.

The interest charge on unemployment loans to States applies to loans received after October 1, 1982.

 

Budget Effect

 

 

This provision will result in a net budget effect of--$76 million in fiscal year 1982 and--$39 million in fiscal year 1983, and will result in a net positive budget effect of $167 million in fiscal year 1984. The effect for fiscal years 1985 and 1986 are not available.

 

V. EFFECT OF THE BILL ON THE BUDGET AND VOTE OF THE COMMITTEE IN REPORTING THE BILL

 

 

A. Budget Effects of the Bill

 

 

In compliance with clause 7 of Rule XIII of the Rules of the House of Representatives, the following statement is made relative to the effect on the budget of H.R. 4242. The table below summarizes the changes in budget receipts made by H.R. 4242 for fiscal years 1981-1986. Separate estimates are shown for each title of the bill, and more detailed estimates are presented in Part III, Revenue Effects, of this report.

[Estimate Table not reproduced.]

Under the Administration's economic assumptions, the Treasury Department estimates of the net budget changes made by H.R. 4242 differ from those made by the committee. Treasury estimates are shown below and are comparable to the committee estimates, but do not include the effects of the 1984 individual income tax rate reductions.

[Estimate Table not reproduced.]

 

B. Vote of the Committee

 

 

In compliance with clause 2(1)(2)(B) of Rule XI of the Rules of the House of Representatives, the following statement is made relative to the vote of the committee on the motion to report the bill. H.R. 4242 was ordered favorably reported by a voice vote.

 

VI. OTHER MATTERS REQUIRED TO BE DISCUSSED UNDER HOUSE RULES

 

 

In compliance with clauses 2(1)(3) and 2(1)(4) of Rule XI of the Rules of the House of Representatives, the following statements are made.

 

Oversight Findings

 

 

With regard to subdivision (A) of clause (3), the committee advises that in carrying out its oversight function it came to the conclusion that certain tax reductions and revisions were needed. The committee held public hearings on tax reduction and revision proposals from March 24 through April 7, 1981.

As a result, the committee took the following actions: (1) it reduced individual income taxes generally and provided other reductions for certain targeted individuals; (2) it increased the ability of business to replace obsolescent equipment and to increase capital formation by depreciation reform, adjustments in the investment credit, reducing corporate income tax rates and modified small business tax provisions; (3) it expanded incentives for personal saving through increases in deductions for individual retirement accounts, tax-exemption for all-savers certificates interest and reinvestment of public utility dividends; (4) it reduced the tax burden on smaller estates by increasing the credit against the unified estate and gift tax, eased the tax burden on estates with a closely held business or farm, and reduced the tax rates on the taxable estate; (5) it reduced the ability of individuals to use tax straddles on commodity exchanges to shelter from the income tax ordinary income earned in other activities; (6) it made revisions to oil and energy-related tax provisions; (7) it made adjustments in various activities related to tax administration and estimated tax payment provisions; (8) it approved several miscellaneous amendments; (9) it modified the railroad retirement tax provisions; and (10) it made revisions in the Federal unemployment fund loan provisions.

 

New Budget Authority, Outlays and Tax Expenditures

 

 

New Budget Authority

 

 

In compliance with subdivision (B) of clause 2(1)(3), and after consultation with the Director of the Congressional Budget Office, the committee states that its bill will extend new budget authority and outlays for the entitlements to individuals whose tax liability is less than the earned income credit for which they are eligible and for payments to the Governments of Guam and the Virgin Islands.

Under the tax cuts that would go into effect in 1981 and 1982, the increased outlays due to revisions in the refundable earned income credit will be $49 million in fiscal year 1982, $649 million in 1983, $638 million in 1984, $586 million in 1985, and $540 million in 1986. If the tax cuts approved provisionally for 1984 are put into effect because of economic conditions, the additional outlays that result will increase total outlays in fiscal year 1984 to $656 million, in 1985 to $1,130 million and in 1986 to $1,039 million.

This bill authorizes payments to the Governments of Guam and the Virgin Islands to compensate for the losses in tax revenue associated with the tax reductions. The estimated increases in budget outlays will be $17 million in fiscal year 1982, $38 million in fiscal year 1983, $54 million in fiscal year 1984, $56 million in fiscal year 1985, and $58 million in fiscal year 1986.

 

Tax Expenditures

 

 

The bill generally increases tax expenditures, through expansion of some existing tax expenditures and additions of several new ones. In addition, several tax expenditures have been reduced.

Increased tax expenditures

Increases in individual tax expenditures will be made for the earned income credit, the child care credit, and U.S. citizens who earn income in foreign countries. Business tax expenditures will be increased by the general acceleration of rates of depreciation for both personal and real property, increasing the investment credit for rehabilitation of older structures, extending the period during which construction period interest and taxes may be expensed, extending the investment carryback period for unused investment credits of distressed industries, increasing the carryforward period for all unused investment tax credits, and lower tax rates for small corporations.

Tax expenditures for personal savings will be expanded by increasing deductible amounts for contributions to individual retirement accounts, the exclusion of interest income on certain savings certificates, and allowing tax-free reinvestment of dividend income in public utility stock. Capital gains received from the sale of a principal residence need not be reinvested in another principal residence for 2 years, and the one-time exclusion of gain for taxpayers 55 years or older is increased from $100,000 to $125,000. Certain tax expenditures within the estate and gift tax provisions will be increased.

Other increases in tax expenditures are the increased allowance for State legislators' expenses away from home, tax-exempt financing for fire-fighting equipment for volunteer fire companies and vehicles used for mass commuting vehicles, and adjustments in the targeted jobs credit.

New tax expenditures

Under the bill, the new tax expenditures are the deduction for two-earner families, the tax credits for increasing research expenditures and for contributions to university research activities, and the tax credit to builders of passive solar homes.

Decreased tax expenditures

Tax expenditures will be decreased by the repeal of the investment tax credit for expense-method depreciated property, reducing use of commodity tax straddles, treating loans to owner-employees from self-employed pension plans as taxable contributions, reducing the deferral on foreign gas and oil income, and repealing the $100/$200 interest exclusion.

 

Consultation with Congressional Budget Office

 

 

With respect to subdivision (c) of clause 2(1)(3) of Rule XI of the House, and section 403 of the Congressional Budget Control Act of 1974, the committee advises that the Director of the Congressional Budget Office has examined the committee's budget estimates (as shown in Part III of this report) and agrees with the methodology used and the resulting dollar amounts. The Director of the Congressional Budget Office has submitted the following statement with respect to H.R. 4242.

U.S. CONGRESS, CONGRESSIONAL BUDGET OFFICE, Washington, D.C., July 24, 1981. Hon. DAN ROSTENKOWSKI, Chairman, Committee on Ways and Means, U.S. House of Representatives, Washington, D.C.

DEAR MR. CHAIRMAN: Pursuant to Section 403 of the Budget Act, the Congressional Budget Office has examined the House Committee on Ways and Means tax bill, H.R. 4242, the Tax Incentive Act of 1981. This bill contains the following general tax provisions:

 

1. Individual tax provisions including rate reductions and changes in the taxation of foreign earned income;

2. Business tax incentive provisions including capital cost recovery provisions, corporate rate reductions, and incentives for research and development;

3. Savings tax provisions concerning individual and self-employed retirement plans and saving certificates;

4. Estate and gift tax provisions;

5. Commodity tax straddle provisions;

6. Oil and energy tax provisions including windfall profit tax provision changes and solar residential construction credits;

7. Administrative provisions requiring changes in interest rates on overpayments and underpayments and other changes in estimated tax payment requirements for large corporations;

8. Miscellaneous provisions including adjustments to the new jobs credit, state legislators' travel expenses, and motor carrier operating rights; and

9. Unemployment fund provisions.

 

The Congressional Budget Office agrees with the methods used to generate the estimates of revenue effects in the committee's report. The revenue estimates are based on economic assumptions which are different from those in the First Budget Resolution for fiscal year 1982. The economic assumption differences imply different estimates of the revenue effects of this bill. It is not feasible, however, to estimate these revenue loss differences at this time.

Sincerely, ALICE M. RIVLIN, Director.

 

Oversight by Committee on Government Operations

 

 

With respect to subdivision (D) of clause 2(1)(3), the Committee advises that no oversight findings or recommendations have been made by the Committee on Government Operations regarding the subject matter contained in the bill.

 

Inflation Impact

 

 

In compliance with clause 2(1)(4), the Committee states that the bill is not expected to increase the consumer price index compared to what it might otherwise be, and the additional incentives to investment through their effects of increasing productive efficiency and capacity may lead to decreases in the consumer price index from what it might otherwise be.

 

VII. CHANGES IN EXISTING LAW MADE BY THE BILL, AS REPORTED

 

 

In compliance with clause 3 of rule XIII of the Rules of the House of Representatives, changes in existing law made by the bill, as reported, are shown as follows (existing law proposed to be omitted is enclosed in black brackets, new matter is printed in italic, existing law in which no change is proposed is shown in roman):

 

INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1954

 

 

* * * * * * *

 

 

CHAPTER 1--NORMAL TAXES AND SURTAXES

 

 

* * * * * * *

 

 

Subchapter A--Determination of Tax Liability

 

 

* * * * * * *

 

 

PART I--TAX ON INDIVIDUALS

 

 

* * * * * * *

 

 

[SECTION 1. TAX IMPOSED.

 

[(a) MARRIED INDIVIDUALS FILING JOINT RETURNS AND SURVIVING SPOUSES.--There is hereby imposed on the taxable income of--

 

[(1) every married individual (as defined in section 143) who makes a single return jointly with his spouse under section 6013, and

[(2) every surviving spouse (as defined in section 2(a)), a tax determined in accordance with the following table:

 If taxable income is:                    The tax is:

 

 

 

 Not over $3,400                          No tax.

 

 Over $3,400 but not over $5,500          14% of excess over $3,400.

 

 Over $5,500 but not over $7,600          $294, plus 16% of excess over

 

                                            $5,500.

 

 Over $7,600 but not over $11,900         $630, plus 18% of excess over

 

                                            $7,600.

 

 Over $11,900 but not over $16,000        $1,404, plus 21% of excess over

 

                                            $11,900.

 

 Over $16,000 but not over $20,200        $2,265, plus 24% of excess over

 

                                            $16,000.

 

 Over $20,200 but not over $24,600        $3,273, plus 28% of excess over

 

                                            $20,200.

 

 Over $24,600 but not over $29,900        $4,505, plus 32% of excess over

 

                                            $24,600.

 

 Over $29,900 but not over $35,200        $6,201, plus 37% of excess over

 

                                            $29,900.

 

 Over $35,200 but not over $45,800        $8,162, plus 43% of excess over

 

                                            $35,200.

 

 Over $45,800 but not over $60,000        $12,720, plus 49% of excess over

 

                                            $45,800.

 

 Over $60,000 but not over $85,600        $19,678, plus 54% of excess over

 

                                            $60,000.

 

 Over $85,600 but not over $109,400       $33,502, plus 59% of excess over

 

                                            $85,600.

 

 Over $109,400 but not over $162,400      $47,544, plus 64% of excess over

 

                                            $109,400.

 

 Over $162,400 but not over $215,400      $81,464, plus 68% of excess over

 

                                            $162,400.

 

 Over $215,400                            $117,504, plus 70% of excess over

 

                                            $215,400.

 

[(b) HEADS OF HOUSEHOLDS.--There is hereby imposed on the taxable income of every individual who is the head of a household (as defined in section 2(b)) a tax determined in accordance with the following table:

 

 If taxable income is:                     The tax is:

 

 

 

 Not over $2,300                           No tax.

 

 Over $2,300 but not over $4,400           14% of excess over $2,300.

 

 Over $4,400 but not over $6,500           $294, plus 16% of excess over

 

                                             $4,400.

 

 Over $6,500 but not over $8,700           $630, plus 18% of excess over

 

                                             $6,500.

 

 Over $8,700 but not over $11,800          $1,026, plus 22% of excess over

 

                                             $8,700.

 

 Over $11,800 but not over $15,000         $1,708, plus 24% of excess over

 

                                             $11,800.

 

 Over $15,000 but not over $18,200         $2,476, plus 26% of excess over

 

                                             $15,000.

 

 Over $18,200 but not over $23,500         $3,308, plus 31% of excess over

 

                                             $18,200.

 

 Over $23,500 but not over $28,800         $4,951, plus 36% of excess over

 

                                             $23,500.

 

 Over $28,800 but not over $34,100         $6,859, plus 42% of excess over

 

                                             $28,800.

 

 Over $34,100 but not over $44,700         $9,085, plus 46% of excess over

 

                                             $34,100.

 

 Over $44,700 but not over $60,600         $13,961, plus 54% of excess over

 

                                             $44,700.

 

 Over $60,600 but not over $81,800         $22,547, plus 59% of excess over

 

                                             $60,600.

 

 Over $81,800 but not over $108,300        $35,055, plus 63% of excess over

 

                                             $81,800.

 

 Over $108,300 but not over $161,300       $51,750, plus 68% of excess over

 

                                             $108,300.

 

 Over $161,300                             $87,790, plus 70% of excess over

 

                                             $161,300.

 

[(c) UNMARRIED INDIVIDUALS (OTHER THAN SURVIVING SPOUSES AND HEADS OF HOUSEHOLDS).--There is hereby imposed on the taxable income of every individual (other than a surviving spouse as defined in section (2)(a) or the head of a household as defined in section 2(b)) who is not a married individual (as defined in section 143) a tax determined in accordance with the following table:

 

 If taxable income is:                    The tax is:

 

 

 Not over $2,300                          No tax.

 

 Over $2,300 but not over $3,400          14% of excess over $2,300.

 

 Over $3,400 but not over $4,400          $154, plus 16% of excess over

 

                                            $3,400.

 

 Over $4,400 but not over $6,500          $314, plus 18% of excess over

 

                                            $4,400.

 

 Over $6,500 but not over $8,500          $692, plus 19% of excess over

 

                                            $6,500.

 

 Over $8,500 but not over $10,800         $1,072, plus 21% of excess over

 

                                            $8,500.

 

 Over $10,800 but not over $12,900        $1,555, plus 24% of excess over

 

                                            $10,800.

 

 Over $12,900 but not over $15,000        $2,059, plus 26% of excess over

 

                                            $12,900.

 

 Over $15,000 but not over $18,200        $2,605, plus 30% of excess over

 

                                            $15,000.

 

 Over $18,200 but not over $23,500        $3,565, plus 34% of excess over

 

                                            $18,200.

 

 Over $23,500 but not over $28,800        $5,367, plus 39% of excess over

 

                                            $23,500.

 

 Over $28,800 but not over $34,100        $7,434, plus 44% of excess over

 

                                            $28,800.

 

 Over $34,100 but not over $41,500        $9,766, plus 49% of excess over

 

                                            $34,100.

 

 Over $41,500 but not over $55,300        $13,392, plus 55% of excess over

 

                                            $41,500.

 

 Over $55,300 but not over $81,800        $20,982, plus 63% of excess over

 

                                            $55,300.

 

 Over $81,800 but not over $108,300       $37,677, plus 68% of excess over

 

                                            $81,800.

 

 Over $108,300                            $55,697, plus 70% of excess over

 

                                            $108,300.

 

[(d) MARRIED INDIVIDUALS FILING SEPARATE RETURNS.--There is hereby imposed on the taxable income of every married individual (as defined in section 143) who does not make a single return jointly with his spouse under section 6013 a tax determined in accordance with the following table:

 

 If taxable income is:                    The tax is:

 

 

 Not over $1,700                          No tax.

 

 Over $1,700 but not over $2,750          14% of excess over $1,700.

 

 Over $2,750 but not over $3,800          $147, plus 16% of excess over

 

                                            $2,750.

 

 Over $3,800 but not over $5,950          $315, plus 18% of excess over

 

                                            $3,800.

 

 Over $5,950 but not over $8,000          $702, plus 21% of excess over

 

                                            $5,950.

 

 Over $8,800 but not over $10,100         $1,132.50, plus 24% of excess over

 

                                            $8,000.

 

 Over $10,100 but not over $12,300        $1,636.50, plus 28% of excess over

 

                                            $10,100.

 

 Over $12,300 but not over $14,950        $2,252.50, plus 32% of excess over

 

                                            $12,300.

 

 Over $14,950 but not over $17,600        $3,100.50, plus 37% of excess over

 

                                            $14,950.

 

 Over $17,600 but not over $22,900        $4,081, plus 43% of excess over

 

                                            $17,600.

 

 Over $22,900 but not over $30,000        $6,360, plus 49% of excess over

 

                                            $22,900.

 

 Over $30,000 but not over $42,800        $9,839, plus 54% of excess over

 

                                            $30,000.

 

 Over $42,800 but not over $54,700        $16,751, plus 59% of excess over

 

                                            $42,800.

 

 Over $54,700 but not over $81,200        $23,772, plus 64% of excess over

 

                                            $54,700.

 

 Over $81,200 but not over $107,700       $40,732, plus 68% of excess over

 

                                            $81,200.

 

 Over $107,700                            $58,752, plus 70% of excess over

 

                                            $107,700.

 

[(e) ESTATES AND TRUSTS.--There is hereby imposed on the taxable income of every estate and trust taxable under this subsection a tax determined in accordance with the following table:

 

 If taxable income is:                    The tax is:

 

 

 

 Not over $1,050                          14% of taxable income.

 

 Over $1,050 but not over $2,100          $147, plus 16% of excess over

 

                                            $1,050.

 

 Over $2,100 but not over $4,250          $315, plus 18% of excess over

 

                                            $2,100.

 

 Over $4,250 but not over $6,300          $702, plus 21% of excess over

 

                                            $4,250.

 

 Over $6,300 but not over $8,400          $1,132.60, plus 24% of excess over

 

                                            $6,300.

 

 Over $8,400 but not over $10,600         $1,636.50, plus 28% of excess over

 

                                            $8,400.

 

 Over $10,600 but not over $13,250        $2,252.50, plus 32% of excess over

 

                                            $10,600.

 

 Over $13,250 but not over $15,900        $3,100.50, plus 37% of excess over

 

                                            $13,250.

 

 Over $15,900 but not over $21,200        $4,081, plus 43% of excess over

 

                                            $15,900.

 

 Over $21,200 but not over $28,300        $6,360, plus 49% of excess over

 

                                            $21,200.

 

 Over $28,300 but not over $41,100        $9,839, plus 54% of excess over

 

                                            $28,300.

 

 Over $41,100 but not over $53,000        $16,751, plus 59% of excess over

 

                                            $41,100.

 

 

SECTION 1. TAX IMPOSED.

 

(a) MARRIED INDIVIDUALS FILING JOINT RETURNS AND SURVIVING SPOUSES.--There is hereby imposed on the taxable income of every married individual (as defined in section 143) who makes a single return jointly with his spouse under section 6013, and every surviving spouse (as defined in section 2(a)), a tax determined in accordance with the following tables:

 

(1) FOR 1981.--
 If taxable income is:                     The tax is:

 

 

 

 Not over $3,500                           No tax.

 

 Over $3,500 but not over $5,600           13% of excess over $3,500.

 

 Over $5,600 but not over $7,700           $273, plus 16% of excess over

 

                                             $5,600.

 

 Over $7,700 but not over $12,000          $609, plus 18% of excess over

 

                                             $7,700.

 

 Over $12,000 but not over $16,100         $1,383, plus 20% of excess over

 

                                             $12,000.

 

 Over $16,100 but not over $20,300         $2,203, plus 24% of excess over

 

                                             $16,100.

 

 Over $20,300 but not over $24,700         $3,211, plus 28% of excess over

 

                                             $20,300.

 

 Over $24,700 but not over $30,000         $4,443, plus 32% of excess over

 

                                             $24,700.

 

 Over $30,000 but not over $35,300         $6,139, plus 37% of excess over

 

                                             $30,000.

 

 Over $35,300 but not over $45,900         $8,100, plus 43% of excess over

 

                                             $35,300.

 

 Over $45,900 but not over $60,100         $12,658, plus 49% of excess over

 

                                             $45,900.

 

 Over $60,100 but not over $85,700         $19,616, plus 54% of excess over

 

                                             $60,100.

 

 Over $85,700 but not over $109,500        $33,440, plus 59% of excess over

 

                                             $85,700.

 

 Over $109,500 but not over $162,500       $47,482, plus 64% of excess over

 

                                             $109,500.

 

 Over $162,500 but not over $215,500       $81,402, plus 68% of excess over

 

                                             $162,500.

 

 Over $215,500                             $117,442, plus 70% of excess over

 

                                             $215,500.

 

 

 

(2) FOR 1982.--
 If taxable income is:                      The tax is:

 

 

 Not over $3,800                            No tax.

 

 Over $3,800 but not over $5,900            13% of excess over $3,800.

 

 Over $5,900 but not over $8,000            $273, plus 14% of excess over

 

                                              $5,900.

 

 Over $8,000 but not over $12,300           $567, plus 15% of excess over

 

                                              $8,000.

 

 Over $12,300 but not over $16,400          $1,212, plus 19% of excess over

 

                                              $12,300.

 

 Over $16,400 but not over $20,600          $1,991, plus 21% of excess over

 

                                              $16,400.

 

 Over $20,600 but not over $25,000          $2,873, plus 23% of excess over

 

                                              $20,600.

 

 Over $25,000 but not over $30,000          $3,885, plus 28% of excess over

 

                                              $25,000.

 

 Over $30,300 but not over $35,600          $5,369, plus 34% of excess over

 

                                              $30,300.

 

 Over $35,600 but not over $46,200          $7,171, plus 41% of excess over

 

                                              $35,600.

 

 Over $46,200 but not over $60,400          $11,517, plus 49% of excess over

 

                                              $46,200.

 

 Over $60,400 but not over $86,000          $18,475, plus 53% of excess over

 

                                              $60,400.

 

 Over $86,000 but not over $109,800         $32,043, plus 58% of excess over

 

                                              $86,000.

 

 Over $109,800                              $45,847, plus 60% of excess over

 

                                              $109,800.

 

 

 

(3) FOR 1983.--
 If taxable income is:                      The tax is:

 

 

 

 Not over $3,800                            No tax.

 

 Over $3,800 but not over $5,900            11% of excess over $3,800.

 

 Over $5,900 but not over $8,000            $231, plus 13% of excess over

 

                                              $5,900.

 

 Over $8,000 but not over $12,300           $504, plus 14% of excess over

 

                                              $8,000.

 

 Over $12,300 but not over $16,400          $1,106, plus 18% of excess over

 

                                              $12,300.

 

 Over $16,400 but not over $20,600          $1,844, plus 19% of excess over

 

                                              $16,400.

 

 Over $20,600 but not over $25,000          $2,642, plus 22% of excess over

 

                                              $20,600.

 

 Over $25,000 but not over $30,300          $3,610, plus 25% of excess over

 

                                              $25,000.

 

 Over $30,300 but not over $35,600          $4,935, plus 34% of excess over

 

                                              $30,300.

 

 Over $35,600 but not over $46,200          $6,737, plus 41% of excess over

 

                                              $35,600.

 

 Over $46,200 but not over $60,400          $11,083, plus 48% of excess over

 

                                              $46,200.

 

 Over $60,400                               $17,099, plus 50% of excess over

 

                                              $60,400.

 

 

 

(4) FOR 1984 AND THEREAFTER.--
 If taxable income is:                    The tax is:

 

 

 Not over $4,000                           No tax.

 

 Over $4,000 but not over $6,100           $0, plus 10% of excess over

 

                                             $4,000.

 

 Over $6,100 but not over $8,200           $210, plus 12% of excess over

 

                                             $6,100.

 

 Over $8,200 but not over $12,500          $462, plus 14% of excess over

 

                                             $8,200.

 

 Over $12,500 but not over $16,600         $1,064, plus 16% of excess over

 

                                             $12,500.

 

 Over $16,600 but not over $20,800         $1,710, plus 17% of excess over

 

                                             $16,600.

 

 Over $20,800 but not over $25,200         $2,434, plus 22% of excess over

 

                                             $20,800.

 

 Over $25,200 but not over $30,500         $3,402, plus 24% of excess over

 

                                             $25,200.

 

 Over $30,500 but not over $35,800         $4,674, plus 29% of excess over

 

                                             $30,500.

 

 Over $35,800 but not over $46,400         $6,211, plus 37% of excess over

 

                                             $35,800.

 

 Over $46,400 but not over $70,000         $10,133, plus 44% of excess over

 

                                             $46,400.

 

 Over $70,000                              $20,517 plus 50% of excess over

 

                                             $70,000.

 

(b) HEADS OF HOUSEHOLDS.--There is hereby imposed on the taxable income of every individual who is the head of a household (as defined in section 2(b)) a tax determined in accordance with the following tables:

 

(1) FOR 1981.--
 If taxable income is:                      The tax is:

 

 

 Not over $2,350                            No tax.

 

 Over $2,350 but not over $4,450            13% of excess over $2,350.

 

 Over $4,450 but not over $6,550            $273, plus 16% of excess over

 

                                              $4,450.

 

 Over $6,550 but not over $8,750            $609, plus 18% of excess over

 

                                              $6,550.

 

 Over $8,750 but not over $11,850           $1,005, plus 21% of excess over

 

                                              $8,750.

 

 Over $11,850 but not over $15,050          $1,656, plus 24% of excess over

 

                                              $11,850.

 

 Over $15,050 but not over $18,250          $2,424, plus 26% of excess over

 

                                              $15,050.

 

 Over $18,250 but not over $23,550          $3,256, plus 31% of excess over

 

                                              $18,250.

 

 Over $23,550 but not over $28,850          $4,899, plus 36% of excess over

 

                                              $23,550.

 

 Over $28,850 but not over $34,150          $6,807, plus 42% of excess over

 

                                              $28,850.

 

 Over $34,150 but not over $44,750          $9,033, plus 46% of excess over

 

                                              $34,150.

 

 Over $44,750 but not over $60,650          $13,909, plus 54% of excess over

 

                                              $44,750.

 

 Over $60,650 but not over $81,850          $22,495, plus 59% of excess over

 

                                              $60,650.

 

 Over $81,850 but not over $108,350         $35,003, plus 63% of excess over

 

                                              $81,850.

 

 Over $108,350 but not over $161,350        $51,698, plus 68% of excess over

 

                                              $108,350.

 

 Over $161,350                              $87,738, plus 70% of excess over

 

                                              $161,350.

 

(2) FOR 1982.--
 If taxable income is:                     The tax is:

 

 

 Not over $2,500                           No tax.

 

 Over $2,500 but not over $4,600           13% of excess over $2,500.

 

 Over $4,600 but not over $6,700           $273, plus 14% of excess over

 

                                             $4,600.

 

 Over $6,700 but not over $8,900           $567, plus 15% of excess over

 

                                             $6,700.

 

 Over $8,900 but not over $12,000          $897, plus 21% of excess over

 

                                             $8,900.

 

 Over $12,000 but not over $15,200         $1,548, plus 22% of excess over

 

                                             $12,000.

 

 Over $15,200 but not over $18,400         $2,252, plus 23% of excess over

 

                                             $15,200.

 

 Over $18,400 but not over $23,700         $2,988, plus 28% of excess over

 

                                             $18,400.

 

 Over $23,700 but not over $29,000         $4,472, plus 34% of excess over

 

                                             $23,700.

 

 Over $29,000 but not over $34,300         $6,274, plus 40% of excess over

 

                                             $29,000.

 

 Over $34,300 but not over $44,900         $8,394, plus 46% of excess over

 

                                             $34,300.

 

 Over $44,900 but not over $60,800         $13,270, plus 53% of excess over

 

                                             $44,900.

 

 Over $60,800 but not over $82,000         $21,697, plus 58% of excess over

 

                                             $60,800.

 

 Over $82,000                              $33,993, plus 60% of excess over

 

                                             $82,000.

 

 

 

(3) FOR 1983.--
 If taxable income is:                     The tax is:

 

 

 

 Not over $2,500                           No tax.

 

 Over $2,500 but not over $4,600           11% of excess over 2,500.

 

 Over $4,600 but not over $8,900           $231, plus 14% of excess over

 

                                             $4,600.

 

 Over $8,900 but not over $12,000          $833, plus 19% of excess over

 

                                             $8,900.

 

 Over $12,000 but not over $18,400         $1,422, plus 20% of excess over

 

                                             $12,000.

 

 Over $18,400 but not over $23,700         $2,702, plus 25% of excess over

 

                                             $18,400.

 

 Over $23,700 but not over $29,000         $4,027, plus 32% of excess over

 

                                             $23,700.

 

 Over $29,000 but not over $34,300         $5,723, plus 39% of excess over

 

                                             $29,000.

 

 Over $34,300 but not over $44,900         $7,790, plus 44% of excess over

 

                                             $34,300.

 

 Over $44,900                              $12,454, plus 50% of excess over

 

                                             $44,900.

 

(4) FOR 1984 AND THEREAFTER.--
 If taxable income is:                     The tax is:

 

 

 Not over $2,600                           No tax.

 

 Over $2,600 but not over $4,700           $0, plus 10% of excess over

 

                                             $2,600.

 

 Over $4,700 but not over $6,800           $210, plus 13% of excess over

 

                                             $4,700.

 

 Over $6,800 but not over $9,000           $483, plus 14% of excess over

 

                                             $6,800.

 

 Over $9,000 but not over $12,100          $791, plus 16% of excess over

 

                                             $9,000.

 

 Over $12,100 but not over $15,300         $1,287, plus 18% of excess over

 

                                             $12,100.

 

 Over $15,300 but not over $18,500         $1,863, plus 20% of excess over

 

                                             $15,300.

 

 Over $18,500 but not over $23,800         $2,503, plus 24% of excess over

 

                                             $18,500.

 

 Over $23,800 but not over $29,100         $3,775, plus 30% of excess over

 

                                             $23,800.

 

 Over $29,100 but not over $34,400         $5,365, plus 36% of excess over

 

                                             $29,100.

 

 Over $34,400 but not over $50,000         $7,273, plus 43% of excess over

 

                                             $34,400.

 

 Over $50,000                              $13,981, plus 50% of excess over

 

                                             $50,000.

 

 

 

(c) UNMARRIED INDIVIDUAL (OTHER THAN SURVIVING SPOUSES AND HEADS OF HOUSEHOLDS).--There is hereby imposed on the taxable income of every individual (other than a surviving spouse as defined in section 2(a) or the head of a household as defined in section 2(b)) who is not married individual (as defined in section 143) a tax determined in accordance with the following tables:

 

(1) FOR 1981.--
 If taxable income is:                      The tax is:

 

 

 Not over $2,350                            No tax.

 

 Over $2,350 but not over $3,450            13% of excess over $2,350.

 

 Over $3,450 but not over $4,450            $143, plus 16% of excess over

 

                                              $3,450.

 

 Over $4,450 but not over $6,550            $303, plus 18% of excess over

 

                                              $4,450.

 

 Over $6,550 but not over $8,550            $681, plus 19% of excess over

 

                                              $6,550.

 

 Over $8,550 but not over $10,850           $1,061, plus 20% of excess over

 

                                              $8,550.

 

 Over $10,850 but not over $12,950          $1,521, plus 24% of excess over

 

                                              $10,850.

 

 Over $12,950 but not over $15,050          $2,025, plus 26% of excess over

 

                                              $12,950.

 

 Over $15,050 but not over $18,250          $2,571, plus 30% of excess over

 

                                              $15,050.

 

 Over $18,250 but not over $23,550          $3,531, plus 34% of excess over

 

                                              $18,250.

 

 Over $23,550 but not over $28,850          $5,333, plus 39% of excess over

 

                                              $23,550.

 

 Over $28,850 but not over $34,150          $7,400, plus 44% of excess over

 

                                              $28,850.

 

 Over $34,150 but not over $41,550          $9,732, plus 49% of excess over

 

                                              $34,150.

 

 Over $41,550 but not over $55,350          $13,358, plus 55% of excess over

 

                                              $41,550.

 

 Over $55,350 but not over $81,850          $20,948, plus 63% of excess over

 

                                              $55,350.

 

 Over $81,850 but not over $108,350         $37,643, plus 68% of excess over

 

                                              $81,850.

 

 Over $108,350                              $55,663, plus 70% of excess over

 

                                              $108,350.

 

 

 

(2) FOR 1982.--
 If taxable income is:                      The tax is:

 

 

 Not over $2,500                           No tax.

 

 Over $2,500 but not over $3,600           13% of excess over $2,500.

 

 Over $3,600 but not over $4,600           $143, plus 14% of excess over

 

                                             $3,600.

 

 Over $4,600 but not over $6,700           $283, plus 15% of excess over

 

                                             $4,600.

 

 Over $6,700 but not over $8,700           $598, plus 17% of excess over

 

                                             $6,700.

 

 Over $8,700 but not over $11,000          $938, plus 19% of excess over

 

                                             $8,700.

 

 Over $11,000 but not over $15,200         $1,375, plus 21% of excess over

 

                                             $11,000.

 

 Over $15,200 but not over $18,400         $2,257, plus 26% of excess over

 

                                             $15,200.

 

 Over $18,400 but not over $23,700         $3,089, plus 31% of excess over

 

                                             $18,400.

 

 Over $23,700 but not over $29,000         $4,732, plus 35% of excess over

 

                                             $23,700.

 

 Over $29,000 but not over $34,300         $6,587, plus 41% of excess over

 

                                             $29,000.

 

 Over $34,300 but not over $41,700         $8,760, plus 48% of excess over

 

                                             $34,300.

 

 Over $41,700 but not over $55,500         $12,312, plus 54% of excess over

 

                                             $41,700.

 

 Over $55,500                              $19,764, plus 60% of excess over

 

                                             $55,500.

 

(3) FOR 1983.--
 If taxable income is:                     The tax is:

 

 

 Not over $2,500                           No tax.

 

 Over $2,500 but not over $3,600           11% of excess over $2,500.

 

 Over $3,600 but not over $6,700           $121, plus 14% of excess over

 

                                             $3,600.

 

 Over $6,700 but not over $8,700           $555, plus 15% of excess over

 

                                             $6,700.

 

 Over $8,700 but not over $11,000          $855, plus 17% of excess over

 

                                             $8,700.

 

 Over $11,000 but not over $13,100         $1,246, plus 19% of excess over

 

                                             $11,000.

 

 Over $13,100 but not over $15,200         $1,645, plus 20% of excess over

 

                                             $13,100.

 

 Over $15,200 but not over $18,400         $2,065, plus 24% of excess over

 

                                             $15,200.

 

 Over $18,400 but not over $23,700         $2,833, plus 30% of excess over

 

                                             $18,400.

 

 Over $23,700 but not over $29,000         $4,423, plus 34% of excess over

 

                                             $23,700.

 

 Over $29,000 but not over $34,300         $6,225, plus 39% of excess over

 

                                             $29,000.

 

 Over $34,300 but not over $41,700         $8,398, plus 48% of excess over

 

                                             $34,300.

 

 Over $41,700                              $11,950, plus 50% of excess over

 

                                             $41,700.

 

 

 

(4) FOR 1984 AND THEREAFTER.--
 If taxable income is:                    The tax is:

 

 

 Not over $2,600                           No tax.

 

 Over $2,600 but not over $3,700           $0, plus 10% of excess over

 

                                             $2,600.

 

 Over $3,700 but not over $4,700           $110, plus 13% of excess over

 

                                             $3,700.

 

 Over $4,700 but not over $6,800           $240, plus 14% of excess over

 

                                             $4,700.

 

 Over $6,800 but not over $8,800           $534, plus 15% of excess over

 

                                             $6,800.

 

 Over $8,800 but not over $11,100          $834, plus 16% of excess over

 

                                             $8,800.

 

 Over $11,100 but not over $13,200         $1,202, plus 17% of excess over

 

                                             $11,100.

 

 Over $13,200 but not over $15,300         $1,559, plus 19% of excess over

 

                                             $13,200.

 

 Over $15,300 but not over $18,500         $1,958, plus 22% of excess over

 

                                             $15,300.

 

 Over $18,500 but not over $23,800         $2,662, plus 26% of excess over

 

                                             $18,500.

 

 Over $23,800 but not over $29,100         $4,040, plus 30% of excess over

 

                                             $23,800.

 

 Over $29,100 but not over $34,400         $5,630, plus 36% of excess over

 

                                             $29,100.

 

 Over $34,400 but not over $45,000         $7,538, plus 43% of excess over

 

                                             $34,400.

 

 Over $45,000                              $12,096, plus 50% of excess over

 

                                             $45,000.

 

(d) MARRIED INDIVIDUALS FILING SEPARATE RETURNS.--There is hereby imposed on the taxable income of every married individual (as defined in section 143) who does not make a single return jointly with his spouse under section 6013 a tax determined in accordance with the following table:

 

(1) FOR 1981.--
 If taxable income is:                      The tax is:

 

 

 

 Not over $1,750                            No tax.

 

 Over $1,750 but not over $2,800            13% of excess over $1,750.

 

 Over $2,800 but not over $3,850            $136, plus 16% of excess over

 

                                              $2,800.

 

 Over $3,850 but not over $6,000            $304, plus 18% of excess over

 

                                              $3,850.

 

 Over $6,000 but not over $8,050            $691, plus 20% of excess over

 

                                              $6,000.

 

 Over $8,050 but not over $10,150           $1,101, plus 24% of excess over

 

                                              $8,050.

 

 Over $10,150 but not over $12,350          $1,605, plus 28% of excess over

 

                                              $10,150.

 

 Over $12,350 but not over $15,000          $2,221, plus 32% of excess over

 

                                              $12,350.

 

 Over $15,000 but not over $17,650          $3,069, plus 37% of excess over

 

                                              $15,000.

 

 Over $17,650 but not over $22,950          $4,050, plus 43% of excess over

 

                                              $17,650.

 

 Over $22,950 but not over $30,050          $6,329, plus 49% of excess over

 

                                              $22,050.

 

 Over $30,050 but not over $42,850          $9,808, plus 54% of excess over

 

                                              $30,050.

 

 Over $42,850 but not over $54,750          $16,720, plus 59% of excess over

 

                                              $42,850.

 

 Over $54,750 but not over $81,250          $23,741, plus 64% of excess over

 

                                              $54,750.

 

 Over $81,250 but not over $107,750         $40,701, plus 68% of excess over

 

                                              $81,250.

 

 Over $107,750                              $58,721, plus 70% of excess over

 

                                              $107,750.

 

 

 

(2) FOR 1982.--
 If taxable income is:                 The tax is:

 

 

 Not over $1,900                       No tax.

 

 Over $1,900 but not over $2,950       13% of excess over $1,900.

 

 Over $2,950 but not over $4,000       $136, plus 14% of excess over

 

                                         $2,950.

 

 Over $4,000 but not over $6,150       $283, plus 15% of excess over

 

                                         $4,000.

 

 Over $6,150 but not over $8,200       $606, plus 19% of excess over

 

                                         $6,150.

 

 Over $8,200 but not over $10,300      $995, plus 21% of excess over

 

                                         $8,200.

 

 Over $10,300 but not over $12,500     $1,436, plus 23% of excess over

 

                                         $10,300.

 

 Over $12,500 but not over $15,150     $1,942, plus 28% of excess over

 

                                         $12,500.

 

 Over $15,150 but not over $17,800     $2,684, plus 34% of excess over

 

                                         $15,150.

 

 Over $17,800 but not over $23,100     $3,585, plus 41% of excess over

 

                                         $17,800.

 

 Over $23,100 but not over $30,200     $5,758, plus 49% of excess over

 

                                         $23,100.

 

 Over $30,200 but not over $43,000     $9,237, plus 53% of excess over

 

                                         $30,200.

 

 Over $43,000 but not over $54,900     $16,021, plus 58% of excess over

 

                                         $43,000.

 

 Over $54,900                          $22,923, plus 60% of excess over

 

                                         $54,900.

 

(3) FOR 1983.--
 If taxable income is:                 The tax is:

 

 

 Not over $1,900                       No tax.

 

 Over $1,900 but not over $2,950       11% of excess over $1,900.

 

 Over $2,950 but not over $4,000       $115, plus 13% of excess over

 

                                         $2,950.

 

 Over $4,000 but not over $6,150       $252, plus 14% of excess over

 

                                         $4,000.

 

 Over $6,150 but not over $8,200       $553, plus 18% of excess over

 

                                         $6,150.

 

 Over $8,200 but not over $10,300      $922, plus 19% of excess over

 

                                         $8,200.

 

 Over $10,300 but not over $12,500     $1,321, plus 22% of excess over

 

                                         $10,300.

 

 Over $12,500 but not over $15,150     $1,805, plus 25% of excess over

 

                                         $12,500.

 

 Over $15,150 but not over $17,800     $2,467, plus 34% of excess over

 

                                         $15,150.

 

 Over $17,800 but not over $23,100     $3,368, plus 41% of excess over

 

                                         $17,800.

 

 Over $23,100 but not over $30,200     $5,541, plus 48% of excess over

 

                                         $23,100.

 

 Over $30,200                          $8,949, plus 50% of excess over

 

                                         $30,200.

 

(4) FOR 1984 AND THEREAFTER.--
 If taxable income is:                 The tax is:

 

 

 Not over $2,000                       No tax.

 

 Over $2,000 but not over $3,050       $0, plus 10% of excess over

 

                                         $2,000.

 

 Over $3,050 but not over $4,100       $105, plus 12% of excess over

 

                                         $3,050.

 

 Over $4,100 but not over $6,250       $231, plus 14% of excess over

 

                                         $4,100.

 

 Over $6,250 but not over $8,100       $532, plus 16% of excess over

 

                                         $6,250.

 

 Over $8,300 but not over $10,400      $860, plus 17% of excess over

 

                                         $8,300.

 

 Over $10,400 but not over $12,600     $1,217, plus 22% of excess over

 

                                         $10,400.

 

 Over $12,600 but not over $15,250     $1,701, plus 24% of excess over

 

                                         $12,600.

 

 Over $15,250 but not over $17,900     $2,337, plus 29% of excess over

 

                                         $15,250.

 

 Over $17,900 but not over $23,200     $3,105, plus 37% of excess over

 

                                         $17,900.

 

 Over $23,200 but not over $35,000     $5,066, plus 44% of excess over

 

                                         $23,200.

 

 Over $35,000                          $10,258, plus 50% of excess over

 

                                         $35,000.

 

 

 

(e) ESTATES AND TRUSTS.--There is hereby imposed on the taxable income of every estate and trust taxable under this subsection a tax determined in accordance with the following tables:

 

(1) FOR 1981.--
 If taxable income is:                  The tax is:

 

 

 Not over $1,050                        13% of taxable income.

 

 Over $1,050 but not over $2,100        $136, plus 16% of excess over

 

                                          $1,050.

 

 Over $2,100 but not over $4,250        $304, plus 18% of excess over

 

                                          $2,100.

 

 Over $4,250 but not over $6,300        $691, plus 20% of excess over

 

                                          $4,250.

 

 Over $6,300 but not over $8,400        $1,101, plus 24% of excess over

 

                                          $6,300.

 

 Over $8,400 but not over $10,600       $1,605, plus 28% of excess over

 

                                          $8,400.

 

 Over $10,600 but not over $13,250      $2,221, plus 32% of excess over

 

                                          $10,600.

 

 Over $13,250 but not over $15,900      $3,069, plus 37% of excess over

 

                                          $13,250.

 

 Over $15,900 but not over $21,200      $4,050, plus 43% of excess over

 

                                          $15,900.

 

 Over $21,200 but not over $28,300      $6,329, plus 49% of excess over

 

                                          $21,200.

 

 Over $28,300 but not over $41,100      $9,808, plus 54% of excess over

 

                                          $28,300.

 

 Over $41,100 but not over $53,000      $16,720, plus 59% of excess over

 

                                          $41,100.

 

 Over $53,000 but not over $79,500      $23,741, plus 64% of excess over

 

                                          $53,000.

 

 Over $79,500 but not over $106,000     $40,701, plus 68% of excess over

 

                                          $79,500.

 

 Over $106,000                          $58,721, plus 70% of excess over

 

                                          $106,000.

 

(2) FOR 1982.--
 If taxable income is:                  The tax is:

 

 

 Not over $1,050                        13% of taxable income.

 

 Over $1,050 but not over $2,100        $136, plus 14% of excess over

 

                                          $1,050.

 

 Over $2,100 but not over $4,250        $283, plus 15% of excess over

 

                                          $2,100.

 

 Over $4,250 but not over $6,300        $606, plus 19% of excess over

 

                                          $4,250.

 

 Over $6,300 but not over $8,400        $995, plus 21% of excess over

 

                                          $6,300.

 

 Over $8,400 but not over $10,600       $1,436, plus 23% of excess over

 

                                          $8,400.

 

 Over $10,600 but not over $13,250      $1,942, plus 28% of excess over

 

                                          $10,600.

 

 Over $13,250 but not over $15,900      $2,684, plus 34% of excess over

 

                                          $13,250.

 

 Over $15,900 but not over $21,200      $3,585, plus 41% of excess over

 

                                          $15,900.

 

 Over $21,200 but not over $28,300      $5,758, plus 49% of excess over

 

                                          $21,200.

 

 Over $28,300 but not over $41,100      $9,237, plus 53% of excess over

 

                                          $28,300.

 

 Over $41,100 but not over $53,000      $16,021, plus 58% of excess over

 

                                          $41,100.

 

 Over $53,000                           $22,923, plus 60% of excess over

 

                                          $53,000.

 

(3) FOR 1983.--
 If taxable income is:                  The tax is:

 

 

 

 Not over $1,050                        11% of taxable income.

 

 Over $1,050 but not over $2,100        $115, plus 13% of excess over

 

                                          $1,050.

 

 Over $2,100 but not over $4,250        $252, plus 14% of excess over

 

                                          $2,100.

 

 Over $4,250 but not over $6,300        $553, plus 18% of excess over

 

                                          $4,250.

 

 Over $6,300 but not over $8,400        $922, plus 19% of excess over

 

                                          $6,300.

 

 Over $8,400 but not over $10,600       $1,321, plus 22% of excess over

 

                                          $8,400.

 

 Over $10,600 but not over $13,250      $1,805, plus 25% of excess over

 

                                          $10,600.

 

 Over $13,250 but not over $15,900      $2,467, plus 34% of excess over

 

                                          $13,250.

 

 Over $15,900 but not over $21,200      $3,368, plus 41% of excess over

 

                                          $15,900.

 

 Over $21,200 but not over $28,300      $5,541, plus 48% of excess over

 

                                          $21,200.

 

 Over $28,300                           $8,949, plus 50% of excess over

 

                                          $28,300.

 

(4) FOR 1984 AND THEREAFTER.--
 If taxable income is:                  The tax is:

 

 

 Not over $1,050                        10% of taxable income.

 

 Over $1,050 but not over $2,100        $105, plus 18% of excess over

 

                                          $1,050.

 

 Over $2,100 but not over $4,250        $231, plus 14% of excess over

 

                                          $2,100.

 

 Over $4,250 but not over $6,300        $552, plus 16% of excess over

 

                                          $4,250.

 

 Over $6,300 but not over $8,400        $860, plus 17% of excess over

 

                                          $6,300.

 

 Over $8,400 but not over $10,600       $1,217, plus 22% of excess over

 

                                          $8,400.

 

 Over $10,600 but not over $13,250      $1,701, plus 24% of excess over

 

                                          $10,600.

 

 Over $13,250 but not over $15,900      $2,337, plus 29% of excess over

 

                                          $13,250.

 

 Over $15,900 but not over $21,200      $3,105, plus 37% of excess over

 

                                          $15,900.

 

 Over $21,200 but not over $33,000      $5,066, plus 44% of excess over

 

                                          $21,200.

 

 Over $33,000                           $10,258, plus 50% of excess over

 

                                          $33,000.

 

 

 

(f) COORDINATION WITH SECTION 21.--For purposes of section 21, if for any calendar year there is a change in rates under the preceding subsections of this section, the effective date of such change shall be treated as the first day of the calendar year.

(g) RATE REDUCTION FOR 1984 ONLY IF CERTAIN CONDITIONS ARE MET.--

 

(1) IN GENERAL.--If the requirements of paragraph (2) are not met--

 

(A) the rate schedule set forth in paragraph (4) of subsections (a), (b), and (c) shall not apply, and

(B) the rate schedule set forth in paragraph (3) shall continue to apply after 1983.

 

(2) CONDITIONS.--The requirements of this paragraph are met if (and only if) the Secretary of the Treasury determines, and publishes such determination in the Federal Register, before November 15, 1983, that all of the following conditions have been met:

 

(A) the deficit in the Federal budget for fiscal year 1983 was $22.9 billion or less,

(B) the average of the Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers (as published by the bureau of Labor Statistics) for July, August, and September of 1983 was 309 or less, and

(C) the average investment yield for United States Treasury bills with maturities of 91 days (which were auctioned during the third quarter of calendar year 1983) was 7.5 percent or less.

* * * * * * *

 

 

SEC. 3. TAX TABLES FOR INDIVIDUALS.

 

(a) IMPOSITION OF TAX TABLE TAX.--

* * * * * * *

(b) SECTION INAPPLICABLE TO CERTAIN INDIVIDUALS.--This section shall not apply to--

 

[(1) an individual to whom--

 

[(A) section 1301 (relating to income averaging, or

[(B) section 1348 (relating to maximum rate on personal service income),

 

applies for the taxable year.]

(1) an individual to whom section 1301 (relating to income averaging) applies for the taxable year,

* * * * * * *

 

 

PART II--TAX ON CORPORATIONS

 

 

Sec. 11. Tax imposed.

Sec. 12. Cross references relating to tax on corporations.

SEC. 11. TAX IMPOSED.

 

(a) CORPORATIONS IN GENERAL.--* * *

[(b) AMOUNT OF TAX.--The amount of the tax imposed by subsection (a) shall be the sum of--

 

[(1) 17 percent of so much of the taxable income as does not exceed $25,000;

[(2) 20 percent of so much of the table income as exceeds $25,000 but does not exceed $50,000;

[(3) 30 percent of so much of the taxable income as exceeds $50,000 but does not exceed $75,000;

[(4) 40 percent of so much of the taxable income as exceeds $75,000 but does not exceed $100,000; plus

[(5) 46 percent of so much of the taxable income as exceeds $100,000.]

 

(b) AMOUNT OF TAX.--

 

(1) IN GENERAL.--The amount of the tax imposed by subsection (a) shall be the sum determined by applying each tax rate under the applicable rate schedule to the portion of the taxable income to which such tax rate applies.

(2) RATE SCHEDULES.--For purposes of paragraph (1)--

 

(A) 1982 RATE SCHEDULE.--The rate schedule for 1982 is--
  For so much of taxable

 

  income as

 

 ------------------------------    The tax rate (as

 

 Exceeds:  But does not exceed:    a percent) is:

 

 

       0      $ 37,500                    17

 

 $37,500        75,000                    20

 

  75,000       112,500                    30

 

 112,500       150,000                    40

 

 150,000                                  46

 

(B) 1983 RATE SCHEDULE.--The rate schedule for 1983 is--
  For so much of taxable

 

  income as

 

 -------------------------------    The tax rate (as

 

 Exceeds:   But does not exceed:    a percent) is:

 

 

        0      $ 50,000                 17

 

 $ 50,000       100,000                 20

 

  100,000       150,000                 30

 

  150,000       200,000                 40

 

  200,000                               46

 

(C) 1984 RATE SCHEDULE.--The rate schedule for 1984 and thereafter is--
  For so much of taxable

 

  income as

 

 --------------------------------    The tax rate (as

 

 Exceeds:    But does not exceed:    a percent) is:

 

 

        0        $ 50,000                  15

 

 $ 50,000         100,000                  20

 

  100,000         150,000                  25

 

  150,000         200,000                  30

 

  200,000                                  43

 

(3) REDUCTION IN TOP RATE FOR YEARS AFTER 1984.--Subparagraph (2) shall be applied by substituting for "43" the number appearing in the following table:
                              The tax rate (as

 

 FOR:                           a percent) is:

 

 

 1985                           40

 

 1986                           37

 

 1987 and thereafter            34

 

(4) COORDINATION WITH SECTION 21.--For purposes of section 21, if for any calendar year there is a change in rates under paragraph (2) or (3), the effective date of such change shall be treated as the first day of the calendar year.
* * * * * * *

 

 

PART V--CREDITS AGAINST TAX

 

 

* * * * * * *

 

 

Subpart A--Credits Allowable

 

 

Sec. 31. Tax withheld on wages.

Sec. 32. Tax withheld at source on nonresident aliens and foreign corporations and on tax-free covenant bonds.

Sec. 33. Taxes of foreign countries and possessions of the United States; possession tax credit.

Sec. 37. Credit for the elderly.

Sec. 38. Investment in certain depreciable property.

Sec. 39. Certain uses of gasoline, special fuels, and lubricating oil.

Sec. 40. Expenses of work incentive programs.

Sec. 41. Contributions to candidates for public office.

Sec. 42. General tax credit.

Sec. 43. Earned income.

Sec. 44. Purchase of new principal residence.

Sec. 44A. Expenses for household and dependent care services necessary for gainful employment.

Sec. 44B. Credit for employment of certain new employees.

Sec. 44C. Residential energy credit.

Sec. 44D. Credit for producing fuel from a nonconventional source.

Sec. 44F. Credit for increasing research activities.

Sec. 44G. Credit for passive solar residential construction.

Sec. 44E. Alcohol used as fuel.

Sec. 45. Overpayments of tax.

 

* * * * * * *

 

 

SEC. 37. CREDIT FOR THE ELDERLY.

 

(a) GENERAL RULE.--* * *

* * * * * * *

(e) ELECTION OF PRIOR LAW WITH RESPECT TO PUBLIC RETIREMENT SYSTEM INCOME.--

 

(1) IN GENERAL.--* * *

* * * * * * *

(9) DEFINITIONS.--For purposes of this subsection--

 

(A) PUBLIC RETIREMENT SYSTEM DEFINED.--The term "public retirement system" means a pension, annuity, retirement, or similar fund or system established by the United States, a State, a possession of the United States, any political subdivision of any of the foregoing, or the District of Columbia.

(B) EARNED INCOME.--The term "earned income" has the meaning assigned to such term by section [911(b)] 911(d)(2), except that such term does not include any amount received as a pension or annuity.

* * * * * * *

 

 

SEC. 43. EARNED INCOME.

 

(a) ALLOWANCE OF CREDIT.--In the case of an eligible individual, there is allowed as a credit against the tax imposed by this subtitle for the taxable year an amount equal to [10] 11 percent of so much of the earned income for the taxable year as does not exceed [$5,000] $6,000.

[(b) LIMITATION.--The amount of the credit allowable to a taxpayer under subsection (a) for any taxable year shall not exceed the excess, (if any) of--

 

[(1) $500, over

[(2) 12.5 percent of so much of the adjusted gross income (or, if greater, the earned income) of the taxpayer for the taxable year as exceeds $6,000.]

(Effective after December 31, 1981)

 

 

(b) LIMITATION.--The amount of the credit allowable to a taxpayer under subsection (a) for any taxable year shall not exceed the excess (if any) of--

 

(1) $550, over

(2) 13.75 percent of so much of the adjusted gross income (or, it greater, the earned income) of the taxpayer for the taxable year as exceeds $8,000.

(Effective after December 31, 1981)

 

 

(b) LIMITATION.--The amount of the credit allowable to the taxpayer under subsection (a) for any taxable year shall not exceed the excess (if any) of--

 

(1) $660, over

(2) 13.2 percent of so much of the adjusted gross income (or, if greater, the earned income) of the taxpayer for the taxable year as exceeds $9,000.

 

(c) DEFINITIONS.--For purposes of this section--

 

(1) ELIGIBLE INDIVIDUAL.--

 

(A) IN GENERAL.--* * *

* * * * * * *

(C) INDIVIDUAL WHO CLAIMS BENEFITS OF SECTION 911, [913] OR 931 NOT ELIGIBLE INDIVIDUAL.--The term "eligible individual" does not include an individual who, for the taxable year, claims the benefits of--

 

(i) section 911 (relating to [income earned by individuals in certain camps outside the United States], citizens or residents of the United States living abroad),

[(ii) section 913 (relating to deduction for certain expenses of living abroad), or]

[(iii) (ii) section 931 (relating to income from sources within possessions of the United States).

* * * * * * *
(Effective after December 31, 1981)

 

 

(f) AMOUNT OF CREDIT TO BE DETERMINED UNDER TABLES.--

 

(1) IN GENERAL.--The amount of the credit allowed by this section shall be determined under tables prescribed by the Secretary.

(2) REQUIREMENTS FOR TABLES.--The tables prescribed under paragraph (1) shall reflect the provisions of subsection (a) and (b) and shall have income brackets of not greater than $50 each--

 

(A) for earned income between $0 and [$10,000] $12,000, and

(B) for adjusted gross income between [$6,000] $8,000 and [$10,000,] $12,000.

(Effective after December 31, 1983)

 

 

(f) AMOUNT OF CREDIT TO BE DETERMINED UNDER TABLES.--

 

(1) IN GENERAL.--The amount of the credit allowed by this section shall be determined under tables prescribed by the Secretary.

(2) REQUIREMENTS FOR TABLES.--The tables prescribed under paragraph (1) shall reflect the provisions of subsections (a) and (b) and shall have income brackets of not greater than $50 each--

 

(A) for earned income between $0 and [$12,000] $14,000, and

(B) for adjusted gross income between [$8,000] $9,000 and [$12,000] $14,000.

* * * * * * *

 

SEC. 44A EXPENSES FOR HOUSEHOLD AND DEPENDENT CARE SERVICES NECESSARY FOR GAINFUL EMPLOYMENT.

 

[(a) ALLOWANCE OF CREDIT.--In the case of an individual who maintains a household which includes as a member one or more qualifying individuals (as defined in subsection (c)(1)), there shall be allowed as a credit against the tax imposed by this chapter for the taxable year an amount equal to 20 percent of the employment-related expenses (as defined in subsection (c)(2)) paid by such individual during the taxable year.]

(a) ALLOWANCE OF CREDIT.--

 

(1) IN GENERAL.--In the case of an individual who maintains a household which includes as a member one or more qualifying individuals (as defined in subsection (c)(1)), there shall be allowed as a credit against the tax imposed by this chapter for the taxable year an amount equal to the applicable percentage of the employment-related expenses (as defined in subsection (e)(2)) paid by such individual during the taxable year.

(2) APPLICABLE PERCENTAGE DEFINED.--For purposes of paragraph (1), the term "applicable percentage" means 40 percent reduced (but not below 20 percent) by 1 percentage point for each full $1,000 by which the taxpayer's adjusted gross income for the taxable year exceed $10,000.

 

* * * * * * *

(c) DEFINITIONS OF QUALIFYING INDIVIDUAL AND EMPLOYMENT-RELATED EXPENSES.--For purposes of this section--

 

(1) QUALIFYING INDIVIDUAL.--The term "qualifying individual" means--

 

(A) a dependent of the taxpayer who is under the age of 15 and with respect to whom the taxpayer is entitled to a deduction under section 151(e).

(B) a dependent of the taxpayer who is physically or mentally incapable of caring for himself, or

(C) the spouse of the taxpayer, if he is physically or mentally incapable of caring for himself.

 

(2) EMPLOYMENT-RELATED EXPENSES.

 

(A) IN GENERAL.--The term "employment-related expenses" means amounts paid for the following expenses, but only if such expenses are incurred to enable the taxpayer to be gainfully employed for any period for which there are 1 or more qualifying individuals with respect to the taxpayer:

 

(i) expenses for household services, and

(ii) expenses for the care of a qualifying individual.

 

[(B) EXCEPTION.--Employment-related expenses described in subparagraph (A) which are incurred for services outside the taxpayer's household shall be taken into account only if incurred for the care of a qualifying individual described in paragraph (1)(A).]

deduction under section 151(e).

(B) EXCEPTION.--Employment-related expenses described in subparagraph (A) which are incurred for services outside the taxpayer's household shall be taken into account only if incurred for the care of--

 

(i) a qualifying individual described in paragraph (1)(A), or

(ii) a qualifying individual (not described in paragraph (1)(A)) who regularly spends at least 8 hours each day in the taxpayer's household.

(d) DOLLAR LIMIT ON AMOUNT CREDITABLE.--The amount of the employment-related expenses incurred during any taxable year which may be taken into account under subsection (a) shall not exceed--

 

(1) [$2,000] $2,400 if there is 1 qualifying individual with respect to the taxpayer for such taxable year, or

(2) [$4,00] $4,800 if there are 2 or more qualifying individuals with respect to the taxpayer for such taxable year.

 

(e) EARNED INCOME LIMITATION.--

 

(1) IN GENERAL.--Except as otherwise provided in this subsection, the amount of the employment-related expenses incurred during any taxable year which may be taken into account under subsection (a) shall not exceed--

 

(A) in the case of an individual who is not married at the close of such year, such individual's earned income for such year, or

(B) in the case of an individual who is married at the close of such year, the lesser of such individual's earned income or the earned income of his spouse for such year.

 

(2) SPECIAL RULE FOR SPOUSE WHO IS A STUDENT OR INCAPABLE OF CARING FOR HIMSELF.--In the case of a spouse who is a student or a qualified individual described in subsection (c)(1)(C), for purposes of paragraph (1), such spouse shall be deemed for each month during which such spouse is a full-time student at an educational institution, or is such a qualifying individual, to be gainfully employed and to have earned income of not less than--

 

(A) [$166] $200 if subsection (d)(1) applies for the taxable year, or

(B) [$333] $400 if subsection (d)(2) applies for the taxable year.

 

In the case of any husband and wife, this paragraph shall apply with respect to only one spouse for any one month.
* * * * * * *

 

 

SEC. 44E. ALCOHOL USED AS FUEL.

 

(a) GENERAL RULE.--* * *

* * * * * * *

(e) LIMITATION BASED ON AMOUNT OF TAX.--

 

* * * * * * *

(1) IN GENERAL.--* * *

* * * * * * *

(2) CARRYOVER OF UNUSED CREDIT.--

 

(A) IN GENERAL.--If the amount of the credit determined under subsection (a) for any taxable year exceeds the limitation provided by paragraph (1) for such taxable year (hereinafter in this paragraph referred to as the "unused credit year"), such excess shall be an alcohol fuel credit carryover to each of the [7] 20 taxable years following the unused credit year, and shall be added to the amount allowable as credit under subsection (a) for such years. The entire amount of the unused credit for an unused credit year shall be carried to the earliest of the [7] 20 taxable years to which (by reason of the preceding sentence) such credit may be carried, and then to each of the other [6] 19 taxable years to the extent that, because of the limitation contained in subparagraph (B), such unused credit may not be added for a prior taxable year to which such unused credit may be carried.
* * * * * * *

 

SEC. 44F. CREDIT FOR INCREASING RESEARCH ACTIVITIES.

 

(a) GENERAL RULE.--There shall be allowed as a credit against the tax imposed by this chapter for the taxable year an amount equal to 25 percent of the excess (if any) of--

 

(1) the qualified research expenses for the taxable year, over

(2) the base period research expenses.

 

(b) QUALIFIED RESEARCH EXPENSES.--For purposes of this section--

 

(1) QUALIFIED RESEARCH EXPENSES.--The term "qualified research expenses" means the sum of the following amounts which are paid or incurred by the taxpayer during the taxable year in carrying on any trade or business of the taxpayer--

 

(A) in-house research expenses, and

(B) contract research expenses.

 

(2) IN-HOUSE RESEARCH EXPENSES.--

 

(A) IN GENERAL.--The term "in-house research expenses" means--

 

(i) any wages paid or incurred to an employee for qualified services performed by such employee,

(ii) any amount paid or incurred for supplies used in the conduct of qualified research, and

(iii) any amount paid or incurred to another person for the right to use personal property in the conduct of qualified research.

 

(B) QUALIFIED SERVICES.--The term "qualified services" means services consisting of--

 

(i) engaging in qualified research, or

(ii) engaging in the direct supervision or direct support of research activities which constitute qualified research.

 

If substantially all of the services performed by an individual for the taxpayer during the taxable year consists of services meeting the requirements of clause (i) or (ii), the term "qualified services" means all of the services performed by such individual for the taxpayer during the taxable year.

(C) SUPPLIES.--The term "supplies" means any tangible property other than--

 

(i) land or improvements to land, and

(ii) property of a character subject to the allowance for depreciation.

 

(D) WAGES.--

 

(i) IN GENERAL.--The term "wages" has the meaning given such term by section 340(a).

(ii) SELF-EMPLOYED INDIVIDUALS AND OWNER-EMPLOYEES.--In the case of an employee (within the meaning of section 401(c)(1)), the term "wages" includes the earned income (as defined in section 401(c)(2)) of such employee.

(iii) EXCLUSION FOR WAGES TO WHICH NEW JOBS OR WIN CREDIT APPLIES.--The term "wages" shall not include any amount taken into account in computing the credit under section 40 or 44B.

(3) CONTRACT RESEARCH EXPENSES.--

 

(A) IN GENERAL.--The term "contract research expenses" means 65 percent of any amount paid or incurred by the taxpayer to any person (other than an employee of the taxpayer) for qualified research.

(B) PREPAID AMOUNTS.--If any contract research expenses paid or incurred during any taxable year are attributable to qualified research to be conducted after the close of such taxable year, such amount shall be treated as paid or incurred during the period during which the qualified research is conducted.

(c) BASE PERIOD RESEARCH EXPENSES.--For purposes of this section--

 

(1) IN GENERAL.--The term "base period research expenses" means the average of the qualified research expenses for each year in the base period.

(2) BASE PERIOD.--

 

(A) IN GENERAL.--For purposes of this subsection, the term "base period" means the 3 taxable years immediately preceding the taxable year for which the determination is being made (hereinafter in this subsection referred to as the "determination year").

(B) TRANSITIONAL RULES.--Subparagraph (A) shall be applied--

 

(i) by substituting "first taxable year" for "3 taxable years" in the case of the first determination year ending after June 30, 1981, and

(ii) by substituting "2" for "3" in the case of the second determination year ending after June 30, 1981.

(3) MINIMUM BASE PERIOD RESEARCH EXPENSES.--In no event shall the base period research expenses be less than 50 percent of the qualified research expenses for the determination year.

 

(d) CREDIT AVAILABLE WITH RESPECT TO CERTAIN BASIC RESEARCH BY COLLEGES, UNIVERSITIES, AND CERTAIN RESEARCH ORGANIZATIONS.--

 

(1) IN GENERAL.--65 percent of any amount paid or incurred by a corporation to any qualified organization for basic research to be performed by such organization shall be treated as contract research expenses. The preceding sentence shall apply only if the amount is paid or incurred pursuant to a written research agreement between the corporation and the qualified organization.

(2) NOT INCLUDED IN BASE YEAR EXPENSES.--For purposes of determining the amount of the credit allowed under this section for any taxable year, any amount treated as contract research expenses under paragraph (1) shall not be included in the qualified research expenses for any year in the base period.

(3) QUALIFIED ORGANIZATION.--For purposes of this subsection, the term 'qualified organization' means--

 

(A) any educational organization which is described in section 170(b)(1)(A)(ii) and which is an institution of higher education (as defined in section 3304(f)), and

(B) any other organization which--

 

(i) is described in section 501(c)(3) and exempt from tax under section 501(a),

(ii) is organized and operated primarily to conduct scientific research, and

(iii) is not a private foundation.

(4) BASIC RESEARCH.--The term "basic research" means any original investigation for the advancement of scientific knowledge not having a specific commercial objective.

(5) SPECIAL RULES FOR GRANTS TO CERTAIN FUNDS.--

 

(A) IN GENERAL.--For purposes of this subsection, a qualified fund shall be treated as a qualified organization and the requirements of paragraph (1) that the basic research be performed by the qualified organization shall not apply.

(B) QUALIFIED FUND.--For purposes of subparagraph (A), the term "qualified fund" means any organization which--

 

(i) is described in section 501(c)(3) and exempt from tax under section 501(a) and is not a private foundation,

(ii) is established and maintained by an organization established before July 10, 1981, which meets the requirements of clause (i),

(iii) is organized and operated exclusively for purposes of making grants pursuant to written research agreements to organizations described in paragraph (3)(A) for purposes of basic research, and

(iv) makes an election under this paragraph.

 

(C) EFFECT OF ELECTION.--

 

(i) IN GENERAL.--Any organization which makes an election under this paragraph shall be treated as a private foundation for purposes of this title (other than section 4940, relating to excise tax based on investment income).

(ii) ELECTION REVOCABLE ONLY WITH CONSENT.--An election under this paragraph, once made, may be revoked only with the consent of the Secretary.

(6) CERTAIN CORPORATIONS NOT ELIGIBLE.--For purposes of this subsection, the term "corporation" shall not include--

 

(A) an electing small business corporation (as defined in section 1371(b)),

(B) a personal holding company (as defined in section 542), and

(C) a service organization (as defined in section 414(m)(3)).

 

(7) EFFECTIVE DATE.--This subsection shall only apply to amounts paid or incurred after December 31, 1981.

 

(e) QUALIFIED RESEARCH.--For purposes of this section--

 

(1) IN GENERAL.--The term "qualified research" means--

 

(A) research for the purpose of discovering information which may be potentially useful in--

 

(i) the development of a new business item for the taxpayer, or

(ii) bringing about a significant improvement in an existing business item of the taxpayer, or

 

(B) applying results obtained by research to develop a plan or design for a new business item for the taxpayer, or for a significant improvement in an existing business item of the taxpayer.

 

(2) EXCLUSIONS.--The term "qualified research" does not include--

 

(A) any activity conducted outside the United States,

(B) any activity in the social sciences or the humanities,

(C) any activity for purposes of ascertaining the existence, location, extent, or quality of any deposit of ore or other mineral (including oil and gas), and

(D) for purposes of determining the credit allowable under this section to the taxpayer, any activity performed by the taxpayer for another person (or governmental entity) whether pursuant to a grant, contract, or otherwise.

 

(3) DEFINITIONS.--For purposes of this subsection--

 

(A) RESEARCH.--The term "research" means a planned search or critical investigation, and includes experimentation.

(B) BUSINESS ITEM.--The term "business item" means a product or technique for use or sale by the taxpayer in a trade or business.

(C) EXISTING.--The term "existing" means a business item sold or used by the taxpayer in a trade or business before the taxpayer paid or incurred the amounts for qualified research.

 

(4) LIMITATION ON APPLIED RESEARCH.--The term "qualified research" shall not include any activity after the point at which--

 

(A) the new business item or significantly improved business item meets specific functional and economic requirements of the taxpayer for that item, or

(B) the new or improved item is ready for manufacture, sale, or use.

(f) SPECIAL RULES.--For purposes of this section--

 

(1) AGGREGATION OF EXPENDITURES.--

 

(A) CONTROLLED GROUP OF CORPORATIONS.--In determining the amount of the credit under this section--

 

(i) all members of the same controlled group of corporations shall be treated as a single taxpayer, and

(ii) the credit (if any) allowable by this section to each such member shall be its proportionate share of the increase in qualified research expenses giving rise to the credit.

 

(B) COMMON CONTROL.--Under regulations prescribed by the Secretary, in determining the amount of the credit under this section--

 

(i) all trades or business (whether or not incorporated) which are under common control shall be treated as a single taxpayer, and

(ii) the credit (if any) allowable by this section to each such person shall be its proportionate share of the increase in qualified research expenses giving rise to the credit.

 

The regulations prescribed under this subparagraph shall be based on principles similar to the principles which apply in the case of subparagraph (A).

 

(2) ALLOCATIONS.--

 

(A) PASSTHROUGH IN THE CASE OF SUBCHAPTER S CORPORATIONS, ETC.--Under regulations prescribed by the Secretary, rules similar to the rules of subsections (d) and (e) of section 52 shall apply.

(B) ALLOCATION IN THE CASE OF PARTNERSHIPS.--In the case of partnerships, the credit shall be allocated among partners under regulations prescribed by the Secretary.

 

(3) ADJUSTMENTS FOR CERTAIN ACQUISITIONS, ETC.--Under regulations prescribed by the Secretary--

 

(A) ACQUISITIONS.--If, after June 30, 1980, a taxpayer acquires the major portion of a trade or business of another person (hereinafter in this paragraph referred to as the "predecessor") or the major portion of a separate unit of a trade or business of a predecessor, then, for purposes of applying this section for any taxable year ending after such acquisition, the amount of qualified research expenses paid or incurred by the taxpayer during periods before such acquisition shall be increased by so much of such expenses paid or incurred by the predecessor with respect to the acquired trade or business as is attributable to the portion of such trade or business or separate unit acquired by the taxpayer.

(B) DISPOSITIONS.--If, after June 30, 1980--

 

(i) a taxpayer disposes of the major portion of any trade or business or the major portion of a separate unit of a trade or business in a transaction to which subparagraph (A) applies, and

(ii) the taxpayer furnished the acquiring person such information as is necessary for the application of subparagraph (A),

 

then, for purposes of applying this section for any taxable year ending after such disposition, the amount of qualified research expenses paid or incurred by the taxpayer during periods before such disposition shall be decreased by so much of such expenses as is attributable to the portion of such trade or business or separate unit disposed of by the taxpayer.

(C) INCREASE IN BASE PERIOD.--If during any of the 3 taxable years following the taxable year in which a disposition to which subparagraph (B) applies occurs, the disposing taxpayer (or a person with whom the taxpayer is required to aggregate expenditures with the taxpayer under paragraph (1)) reimburses the acquiring person (or a person required to so aggregate expenditures with such person) for research on behalf of the taxpayer, then the amount of research expenses of the taxpayer for the base period for such taxable year shall be increased by the lesser of--

 

(i) the amount of the decrease under subparagraph (B) which is allocable to such base period, or

(ii) the product of the number of years in the base period, multiplied by the amount of the reimbursement described in this subparagraph.

(4) SHORT TAXABLE YEARS.--In the case of any short taxable year, qualified research expenses shall be annualized in such circumstances and under such methods as the Secretary may prescribe by regulation.

(5) CONTROLLED GROUP OF CORPORATIONS.--The term "controlled group of corporations" has the same meaning given to such term by section 1563(a), except that--

 

(A) "more than 50 percent" shall be substituted for "at least 80 percent" each place it appears in section 1563(a)(1), and

(B) the determination shall be made without regard to subsections (a)(4) and (e)(3)(C) of section 1563.

(g) LIMITATION BASED ON AMOUNT OF TAX.--

 

(1) IN GENERAL.--The credit allowed by subsection (a) for any taxable year shall not exceed the amount of the tax imposed by this chapter reduced by the sum of the credits allowable under a section of this part having a lower number or letter designation than this section, other than the credits allowable by section 31, 39, and 43. For purposes of the preceding sentence, the term "tax imposed by this chapter" shall not include any tax treated as not imposed by this chapter under the last sentence of section 53(a).

(2) CARRYBACK AND CARRYOVER OF UNUSED CREDIT.--

 

(A) ALLOWANCE OF CREDIT.--If the amount of the credit determined under this section for any taxable year exceeds the limitation provided by paragraph (1) for such taxable year (hereinafter in this paragraph referred to as the "unused credit year"), such excess shall be--

 

(i) a research credit carryback to each of the 3 taxable preceding the unused credit year, and

(ii) a research credit carryover to each of the 7 taxable years preceding the unused credit year, and

 

and shall be added to the amount allowable as a credit by this section for such years. If any portion of such excess is a carryback to a taxable year beginning before January 1, 1981, this section shall be deemed to have been in effect for such taxable year for purposes of allowing such carryback as a credit under this section. The entire amount of the unused credit for an unused credit year shall be carried to the earliest of the 10 taxable years to which (by reason of clauses (i) and (ii)) such credit may be carried, and then to each of the other 9 taxable years to the extent that, because of the limitation contained in subparagraph (B), such unused credit may not be added for a prior taxable year to which such unusual credit may be carried.

(B) LIMITATION.--The amount of the unused credit which may be added under subparagraph (A) for any preceding or succeeding taxable year shall not exceed the amount by which the limitation provided by paragraph (1) for such taxable year exceeds the sum of--

 

(i) the credit allowable under this section for such taxable year, and

(ii) the amounts which, by reason of this paragraph, are added to the amount allowable for such taxable year and which are attributable to taxable years preceding the unused credit year.

SEC. 44G. CREDIT FOR PASSIVE SOLAR RESIDENTIAL CONSTRUCTION.

 

(a) ALLOWANCE OF CREDIT.--In the case of a builder of a new residential unit which incorporates a passive solar energy system, there shall be allowed as a credit against the tax imposed by this chapter for the taxable year an amount determined under the solar construction credit table prescribed by the Secretary under subsection (d).

(b) LIMITATIONS.--

 

(1) MAXIMUM DOLLAR AMOUNT PER UNIT.--

 

(A) IN GENERAL.--The amount of the credit allowed by subsection (a) shall not exceed $2,000 for a residential unit.

(B) PHASEOUT OF CREDIT AFTER 1986.--In the case of a residential unit completed after December 31, 1986, there shall be substituted for "$2,000" in subparagraph (A) the amount determined in accordance with the following table:

 Units completed in    The amount is

 

 

       1987              $1,500

 

       1988               1,000

 

       1989                 500.

 

(2) APPLICATION WITH OTHER CREDITS.--The credit allowed by subsection (a) shall not exceed the tax imposed by this chapter for the taxable year, reduced by the sum of the credits allowable under a section of this subpart having a lower number or letter designation that this section, other than credits allowable by sections 31, 39, and 43.

 

(c) DEFINITIONS; SPECIAL RULES.--For purposes of this section--

 

(1) BUILDER.--The term "builder" means a person who is in the trade or business of building residential units and has a proprietary interest in the residential unit built.

(2) NEW RESIDENTIAL UNIT.--The term "new residential unit" means any unit--

 

(A) which is located in the United States,

(B) which is designed for use as a residence,

(C) which is a unit of a building having less than 5 residential units,

(D) the construction of which is completed after September 30, 1981, and before January 1, 1990, and

(E) which is ready for occupancy before January 1, 1990.

 

(3) PASSIVE SOLAR ENERGY SYSTEM.--The term "passive solar energy system" means a system--

 

(A) which contains--

 

(i) a solar collection area,

(ii) an absorber,

(iii) a storage mass.

(iv) a heat distribution method, and

(v) heat regulation devices, and

 

(B) which is a part of, or incorporated in, a new residential unit.

 

(4) SOLAR COLLECTION AREA.--The term "solar collection area" means an expanse of transparent or translucent material which is located in such a place on the structure that the rays of the Sun directly strike an absorber.

(5) ABSORBER.--The term "absorber" means a hard surface which--

 

(A) is exposed to the rays of the Sun admitted through a solar collection area,

(B) converts solar radiation into heat,

(C) transfers heat to a storage mass, and

(D) has an area of directly irradiated material equal to or greater than the solar collection area.

 

(6) STORAGE MASS.--The term "storage mass" means a dense, hearty material which--

 

(A) receives and holds heat from an absorber and later releases the heat to the interior of the structure,

(B) has a volume, depth, and thermal energy capacity which can store and deliver adequate amounts of solar heat for the structure in which it is incorporated, and

(C) is located so that it is capable of distributing the stored heat directly to the habitable areas of the structure through a heat distribution method.

 

(7) HEAT DISTRIBUTION METHOD.--The term "heat distribution method" means--

 

(A) the release of radiant heat from a storage mass within the habitable areas of the structure, or

(B) convective heating from a storage mass, through airflow paths provided by openings or by ducts (with or without the assistance of a fan or pump having a horsepower rating of less than 1 horsepower) in the storage mass, to habitable areas of a structure.

 

(8) HEAT REGULATION DEVICE.--The term "heat regulation device" means--

 

(A) shading or venting mechanisms to control the amount of solar heat admitted through solar collection areas; and

(B) nighttime insulation or its equivalent to control the amount of heat permitted to escape from the interior of a structure.

 

(9) JOINT PROPRIETARY INTERESTS IN RESIDENTIAL UNIT.--If a builder has less than a full proprietary interest in a residential unit (determined at the time the unit is substantially completed), the credit allowable under subsection (a) (after the application of subsection (b)(1)) shall be apportioned on the basis of the ownership interests in the residential unit.

(10) PROPERTY FINANCED BY SUBSIDIZED ENERGY FINANCING.--

 

(A) IN GENERAL.--For purposes of determining the amount of credit with respect to a residential unit, there shall not be taken into account any portion of a passive solar energy system which is financed from subsidized energy financing.

(B) SUBSIDIZED ENERGY FINANCING.--For purposes of subparagraph (A), the term "subsidized energy financing" has the meaning given such term by section 44C(c)(10)(C).

 

(11) SWIMMING POOLS EXCLUDED.--The amount of credit under subsection (a) shall be determined without regard to any swimming pool.

(12) PURCHASER'S RESIDENTIAL ENERGY CREDIT REDUCED BY CREDIT ALLOWED TO BUILDER.--

 

(A) IN GENERAL.--The maximum amount of credit allowable under section 44C for renewable energy source expenditures to the first purchaser of a residential unit for which a credit is allowed under this section shall be reduced by the credit so allowed.

(B) BUILDER TO INFORM PURCHASER OF CREDIT ALLOWED.--No credit shall be allowed under this section to a builder with respect to a residential unit unless the builder, not later than the time of the purchase of the residence, notifies the purchaser of the credit allowed under this section.

(C) RELATED PARTY RULE.--For purposes of the notice requirement of subparagraph (B), any person who is a related person (within the meaning of section 168(e)(8)(D)) with respect to the builder shall be treated as the builder.

(d) SOLAR CONSTRUCTION CREDIT TABLE.--

 

(1) PRESCRIPTION OF TABLE.--After consultation with the Secretary of Energy and the Secretary of Housing and Urban Development, the Secretary by regulations shall--

 

(A) prescribe the solar construction credit table referred to in subsection (a) which meets the requirements set forth in paragraph (2), and

(B) prescribe a table of insulation factors, based on the amounts of insulation in floors, walls, and ceilings and the number of panes of glass in the windows of a structure, for 8 categories of residential units ranging from one having no added insulation to one having the maximum feasible amount of insulation.

 

(2) REQUIREMENTS FOR SOLAR CONSTRUCTION CREDIT TABLE.--

 

(A) IN GENERAL.--In order to meet the requirements of this paragraph, the table prescribed by the Secretary--

 

(i) shall provide a credit at the rate of $60 of each 1 million Btu's of annual energy savings per residential unit, and

(ii) shall set forth different amounts of credit for different ratios of solar collection area to house heating load and for residential units located in different areas of the United States.

 

(B) ANNUAL ENERGY SAVINGS PER RESIDENTIAL UNIT.--For purposes of subparagraph (A), the annual energy saving for a residential unit shall be the amount by which the number of Btu's of nonsolar energy required to provide heat to a reference house for a calendar year exceeds the number of Btu's of nonsolar energy required to heat a similar house, in the same or a similar location, which uses a passive solar energy system for a calendar year.

(C) REFERENCE HOUSE.--For purposes of subparagraph (B), the term "reference house" means a residential unit with 1,500 square feet of habitable floor space and a heating load of 7.5 Btu's per square foot per degree day.

(D) HEATING LOAD.--For purposes of subparagraph (C), the term "heating load" means the product of the number of square feet of habitable floor space of a residential unit multiplied by the appropriate insulation factor, set forth in the table prescribed by the Secretary under paragraph (1)(B), for that unit.

(e) TERMINATION.--The credit allowable by subsection (a) shall not be allowed with respect to a residential unit the construction of which is completed after December 31, 1989.
* * * * * * *

 

 

Subpart B--Rules for Computing Credit for Investment in Certain Depreciable Property

 

 

* * * * * * *

 

 

SEC. 46. AMOUNT OF CREDIT.

 

(a) GENERAL RULE.--

 

(1) FIRST-IN-FIRST-OUT RULE.--The amount of the credit allowed by section 38 for the taxable year shall be an amount equal to the sum of--

 

(A) the investment credit carryovers carried to such taxable year,

(B) the amount of the credit determined under paragraph (2) for such taxable year, plus

(C) the investment credit carrybacks carried to such taxable year.

 

(2) AMOUNT OF CREDIT.--

 

(A) IN GENERAL.--The amount of the credit determined under this paragraph for the taxable year shall be an amount equal to the sum of the following percentages of the qualified investment (as determined under subsections (c) and (d)):

 

(i) the regular percentage,

(ii) in the case of energy property, the energy percentage, [and]

(iii) the employee plan percentage [.], and

(iv) in the case of that portion of the basis of any property which is attributable to qualified rehabilitation expenditures, the rehabilitation percentage.

 

* * * * * * *

(F) REHABILITATION PERCENTAGE.--For purposes of this paragraph--

 

(i) IN GENERAL.--
 In the case of qualified reha-    The rehabilita-

 

 bilitation expenditures             tion percent-

 

 with respect to a:                  age is:

 

 

 30-year building                    15

 

 40-year building                    20

 

 Certified historic structure        25

 

(ii) REGULAR PERCENTAGE AND ENERGY PERCENTAGE NOT TO APPLY.--The regular percentage and energy percentage shall not apply to that portion of the basis of any property which is attributable to qualified rehabilitation expenditures.

(iii) DEFINITIONS.--

 

(I) 30-YEAR BUILDING.--The term "30-year building" means a qualified rehabilitated building other than a 40-year building and other than a certified historic structure.

(II) 40-YEAR BUILDING.--The term "40-year building" means any building (other than a certified historic structure) which would meet the requirements of section 48(g)(1) if '40' were substituted for "30" each place it appears in subparagraph (B) thereof.

(III) CERTIFIED HISTORIC STRUCTURE.--The term "certified historic structure" has the meaning given to such term by section 191(d)(1).

(b) CARRYBACK AND CARRYOVER OF UNUSED CREDITS.--

 

(1) IN GENERAL.--If the sum of the amount of the investment credit carryovers to the taxable year under subsection (a)(1)(A) plus the amount determined under subsection (a)(1)(B) for the taxable year exceeds the amount of the limitation imposed by subsection (a)(3) for such taxable year (hereinafter in this subsection referred to as the "unused credit year"), such excess attributable to the amount determined under subsection (a)(1)(B) shall be--

 

(A) an investment credit carryback to each of the 3 taxable years preceding the unused credit year, and

(B) an investment credit carryover to each of the 7 taxable years following the unused credit year,

 

and, subject to the limitations imposed by paragraphs (2) and (3), shall be taken into account under the provisions of subsection (a)(1) in the manner provided in such subsection. The entire amount of the unused credit for an unused credit year shall be carried to the earliest of the 10 taxable years to which (by reason of subparagraphs (A) and (B)) such credit may be carried and then to each of the other 9 taxable years to the extent, because of the limitations imposed by paragraph (2) and (3), such unused credit may not be taken into account under subsection (a)(1) for a prior taxable year to which such unused credit may be carried. In the case of an unused credit for an unused credit year ending before January 1, 1971, which is an investment credit carryover to a taxable year beginning after December 31, 1970 (determined without regard to this sentence), this paragraph shall be applied--

 

(C) by substituting "10 taxable years" for "7 taxable years" in subparagraph (B), and by substituting "13 taxable years" for "10 taxable years," and "12 taxable years" for "9 taxable years" in the preceding sentence, and

(D) by carrying such an investment credit carryover to a later taxable year (than the taxable year to which it would, but for this subparagraph, be carried) to which it may be carried if, because of the amendments made by section 802(b)(2) of the Tax Reform Act of 1976, carrying such carryover to the taxable year to which it would, but for this subparagraph, be carried would cause a portion of an unused credit from an unused credit year ending after December 31, 1970 to expire.

In the case of an unused credit for an unused credit year ending after December 31, 1973, this paragraph shall be applied by substituting "20" for "7" in subparagraph (B), and by substituting "23" for "10", and "22" for "9" in the second sentence.

(c) QUALIFIED INVESTMENT.--

 

(1) IN GENERAL.--For purposes of this subpart, the term "qualified investment" means, with respect to any taxable year, the aggregate of--

 

(A) the applicable percentage of the basis of each new section 38 property (as defined in section 48(b)) placed in service by the taxpayer during such taxable year, plus

(B) the applicable percentage of the cost of each used section 38 property (as defined in section 48(c)(1)) placed in service by the taxpayer during such taxable year.

 

(2) APPLICABLE PERCENTAGE.--For purposes of paragraph (1), the applicable percentage for any property shall be determined under the following table:
 If the useful life is    The applicable

 

                          percentage is

 

 

 3 years or more but

 

   less than 5 years         33-1/3

 

 5 years or more but

 

   less than 7 years         66-2/3

 

 7 years or more            100

 

For purposes of this subpart, the useful life of any property shall be the useful life used in computing the allowance for depreciation under section 167 for the taxable year in which the property is placed in service: except that, in the case of expense-method property, the useful life shall be the class life (as defined in section 167(t)(3)(B)) for such property (or if there is no such class life for such property, a useful life determined on the facts and circumstances).
* * * * * * *

 

 

SEC. 48. DEFINITIONS; SPECIAL RULES.

 

(a) SECTION 38 PROPERTY.--

 

(1) IN GENERAL.--* * *

(2) PROPERTY USED OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES.--

 

(A) IN GENERAL.--Except as provided in subparagraph (B), the term "section 38 property" does not include property which is used predominantly outside the United States.

(B) EXCEPTIONS.--Subparagraph (A) shall not apply to--

 

(i) any aircraft which is registered by the Administrator of the Federal Aviation Agency and which is operated to and from the United States or is operated under contract with the United States;

[(ii) rolling stock, of a domestic railroad corporation providing transportation subject to subchapter I of chapter 105 of title 49, which is used within and without the United States;]

(ii) rolling stock--

 

(I) of a domestic corporation providing transportation subject to subchapter I of chapter 105 of title 49, or

(II) of a United States person which is leased to a corporation described in subclause (I),

 

which is used within and without the United States;
* * * * * * *

(4) PROPERTY USED BY CERTAIN TAX-EXEMPT ORGANIZATIONS.--Property used by an organization (other than a cooperative described in section 521) which is exempt from the tax imposed by this chapter shall be treated as section 38 property only if such property is used predominantly in an unrelated trade or business the income of which is subject to tax under section 511. If the property is debt-financed property (as defined in section 514(c)), the basis or cost of such property for purposes of computing qualified investment under section 46(c) shall include only that percentage of the basis or cost which is the same percentage as is used under section 514(b), for the year the property is placed in service, in computing the amount of gross income to be taken into account during such taxable year with respect to such property. If any qualified rehabilitated building is used by the tax-exempt organization pursuant to a lease, this paragraph shall not apply to that portion of the basis of such building which is attributable to qualified rehabilitation expenditures.

(5) PROPERTY USED BY GOVERNMENTAL UNITS.--Property used by the United States, any State or political subdivision thereof, any international organization, or any agency or instrumentality of any of the foregoing shall not be treated as section 38 property. For purposes of the preceding sentence, the International Telecommunications Satellite Consortium, the International Maritime Satellite Organization, and any successor organization of such Consortium or Organization shall not be treated as an international organization. If any qualified rehabilitated building is used by the governmental unit pursuant to a lease, this paragraph shall not apply to that portion of the basis of such building which is attributable to qualified rehabilitation expenditures.

* * * * * * *

(11) EXPENSE-METHOD PROPERTY.--For purposes of applying the regular percentage, the term "section 38 property" shall not include any expense-method property (as defined in section 168). The preceding sentence shall not apply to any property described in paragraph (9) placed in service before 1985.

 

* * * * * * *

(c) USED SECTION 38 PROPERTY--

 

(1) IN GENERAL.--For purposes of this subpart, the term "used section 38 property" means section 38 property acquired by purchase after December 31, 1961, which is not new section 38 property. Property shall not be treated as "used section 38 property" if, after its acquisition by the taxpayer, it is used by a person who used such property before such acquisition (or by a person who bears a relationship described in [section 179(d)(2)(A) or (B)] subparagraph (A) or (B) of section 179(d)(2) (as in effect on the day before the date of the enactment of the Tax Incentive Act of 1981) to a person who used such property before such acquisition).

* * * * * * *

(3) DEFINITIONS.--For purposes of this subsection--

 

(A) PURCHASE.--The term "purchase" has the meaning assigned to such term by section 179(d)(2) (as in effect on the day before the date of the enactment of the Tax Incentive Act of 1981).
* * * * * * *

(g) SPECIAL RULES FOR QUALIFIED REHABILITATED BUILDINGS.--For purposes of this subpart--

 

(1) QUALIFIED REHABILITATED BUILDING DEFINED.--

 

(A) IN GENERAL.--The term "qualified rehabilitated building" means any building (and its structural components)--

 

(i) which has been rehabilitated.

(ii) which was placed in service before the beginning of the rehabilitation, and

(iii) 75 percent or more of the existing external walls of which are retained in place as external walls in the rehabilitation process.

 

(B) [20] 30 YEARS MUST HAVE ELAPSED SINCE CONSTRUCTION OR PRIOR REHABILITATION.--A building shall not be a qualified rehabilitated building unless there is a period of at least [20] 30 years between--

 

(i) the date of the physical work on this rehabilitation of the building began, and

(ii) the later of--

 

(I) the date such building was first placed in service, or

(II) the date such building was placed in service in connection with a prior rehabilitation with respect to which a credit was allowed by reason of subsection (a)(1)(E).

(C) MAJOR PORTION TREATED AS SEPARATE BUILDING IN CERTAIN CASES.--Where there is a separate rehabilitation of a major portion of a building, such major portion shall be treated as a separate building.

(D) REHABILITATION INCLUDES RECONSTRUCTION.--Rehabilitation includes reconstruction.

 

(2) QUALIFIED REHABILITATION EXPENDITURE DEFINED.--

 

(A) IN GENERAL.--The term "qualified rehabilitation expenditure" means any amount properly chargeable to capital account which is incurred after October 31, 1978--

 

(i) for property (or additions or improvements to property) with a useful life of 5 years or more, and

(ii) in connection with the rehabilitation of a qualified rehabilitated building.

 

(B) CERTAIN EXPENDITURES NOT INCLUDED.--The term "qualified rehabilitation expenditure" does not include--

 

[(i) PROPERTY OTHERWISE SECTION 38 PROPERTY.--Any expenditure for property which constitutes section 38 property (determined without regard to subsections (a)(1)(E) and (1).]

(i) PROPERTY FOR WHICH DECLINING BALANCE METHOD ELECTED.--Any expenditure for property to which an election under section 167(8)(1)(C)(ii) (relating to election to use declining balance method) applies.

(ii) COST OF ACQUISITION.--The cost of acquiring any building or any interest therein.

(iii) ENLARGEMENTS.--Any expenditure attributable to the enlargement of the existing building.

(iv) CERTIFIED HISTORIC STRUCTURES.--Any expenditure attributable to the rehabilitation of a certified historic structure (within the meaning of section 191(d)(1), unless the rehabilitation is a certified rehabilitation (within the meaning of section 191(d)(4)).

(3) PROPERTY TREATED AS NEW SECTION 38 PROPERTY.--Property which is treated as section 38 property by reason of subsection (a)(1)(E) shall be treated as new section 38 property.

(4) SUBSECTION (a)(3) NOT TO APPLY TO CERTIFIED HISTORIC STRUCTURES.--Subsection (a)(3) shall not apply to that portion of the basis of a certified historic structure (within the meaning of section 191(d)(1)) which is attributable to qualified rehabilitation expenditures unless such structure is used for residential purposes by the taxpayer or a member of the taxpayer's family (as defined in section 267(c)(4)).

(5) ADJUSTMENTS TO BASIS OF PROPERTY.--

 

(A) IN GENERAL.--The basis of any qualified rehabilitated building shall be reduced, for purposes of this subtitle other than this subpart, by an amount equal to the rehabilitation percentage of the qualified rehabilitation expenditures with respect to such building. The preceding sentence shall not apply in the case of any certified historic structure (within the meaning of section 191(d)(1)).

(B) CERTAIN DISPOSITIONS.--If there is a recapture amount determined with respect to any qualified rehabilitated building the basis of which was reduced under subparagraph (A), the basis of such building (immediately before the event resulting in such recapture amount. For purposes of the preceding sentence, the term "recapture amount" means any increase in tax (or adjustment in carrybacks or carryovers) determined under section 47(a).

Subpart C--Rules for Computing Credit for Expenses of Work Incentive Programs

 

 

Sec. 50A. Amount of credit.

Sec. 50B. Definitions; special rules.

SEC. 50A. AMOUNT OF CREDIT.

 

(a) DETERMINATION OF AMOUNT.--

* * * * * * *

(b) CARRYBACK AND CARRYOVER OF UNUSED CREDIT.--

 

(1) ALLOWANCE OF CREDIT.--If the amount of the credit determined under subsection (a)(1) for any taxable year exceeds the limitation provided by subsection (a)(2) for such taxable year (hereinafter in this subsection referred to as "unused credit year"), such excess shall be--

 

(A) a work incentive program credit carryback to each of the 3 taxable years preceding the unused credit year, and

(B) a work incentive program credit carryover to each of the 7 taxable years following the unused credit year,

 

and shall be added to the amount allowable as a credit by section 40 for such years, except that such excess may be a carryback only to a taxable year beginning after December 31, 1971. The entire amount of the unused credit for an unused credit year shall be carried to the earliest of the 10 taxable years to which (by reason of subparagraphs (A) and (B) such credit may be carried, and then to each of the other 9 taxable years to the extent that, because of the limitation contained in paragraph (2), such unused credit may not be added for a prior taxable year to which such unused credit may be carried. In the case of an unused credit for an unused credit year ending after December 31, 1973, this paragraph shall be applied by substituting "20" for "7" in subparagraph (B), and by substituting "23" for "10", and "22" for "9" in the second sentence.
* * * * * * *

 

 

SEC. 50B. DEFINITIONS; SPECIAL RULES

 

(a) WORK INCENTIVE PROGRAM EXPENSES.--For purposes of this subpart--

 

(1) IN GENERAL.--The term "work incentive program expenses" means the amount of wages paid or incurred by the taxpayer for services rendered by eligible employees.

(2) FIRST-YEAR WORK INCENTIVE PROGRAM EXPENSES.--The term "first-year work incentive program expenses" means, with respect to any eligible employee, work incentive program expenses attributable to service rendered during the one-year period which begins on the day the eligible employee begins work for the taxpayer.

(3) SECOND-YEAR WORK INCENTIVE PROGRAM EXPENSES.--The term "second-year work incentive program expenses" means, with respect to any eligible employee, work incentive program expenses attributable to service rendered during the one-year period which begins on the day after the last day of the one-year period described in paragraph (2).

(4) LIMITATION ON AMOUNT OF WORK INCENTIVE PROGRAM EXPENSES.--The amount of the work incentive program expenses taken into account with respect to any eligible employee for any one-year period described in paragraph (2) or (3) (as the case may be) shall not exceed $6,000.

(5) TERMINATION.--The term "work incentive program expenses" shall not include any amount paid or incurred by the taxpayer in a taxable year beginning after December 31, 1981.

* * * * * * *

 

 

Subpart D--Rules for Computing Credit for Employment of Certain New Employees

 

 

Sec. 51. Amount of credit.

Sec. 52. Special rules.

Sec. 53. Limitation based on amount of tax.

SEC. 51. AMOUNT OF CREDIT.

 

(a) DETERMINATION OF AMOUNT.--The amount of the credit allowable by section 44B for the taxable year shall be the sum of--

 

(1) 50 percent of the qualified first-year wages for such year, and

(2) 25 percent of the qualified second-year wages for such year.

 

(b) QUALIFIED WAGES DEFINED.--For purposes of this subpart--

 

(1) IN GENERAL.--The term "qualified wages" means the wages paid or incurred by the employer during the taxable year to individuals who are members of a targeted group.

(2) QUALIFIED FIRST-YEAR WAGES.--The term "qualified first year wages" means, with respect to any individual, qualified wages attributable to service rendered during the 1-year period beginning with the day the individual begins work for the employer (or, in the case of a vocational rehabilitation referral, the day the individual begins work for the employer on or after the beginning of such individual's rehabilitation plan).

(3) QUALIFIED SECOND-YEAR WAGES.--The term "qualified second-year wages" means, with respect to any individual, the qualified wages attributable to service rendered during the 1-year period beginning on the day after the last day of the 1-year period with respect to such individual determined under paragraph (2).

(4) ONLY FIRST [$6,000] $10,000 OF WAGES PER YEAR TAKEN INTO ACCOUNT.--The amount of the qualified first-year wages, and the amount of the qualified second-year wages, which may be taken into account with respect to any individual shall not exceed [$6,000] $10,000 per year.

 

(c) WAGES DEFINED.--For purposes of this subpart--

 

(1) IN GENERAL.--Except as otherwise provided in this subsection, subsection (d)(8)(D), and subsection (h)(2), the term "wages" has the meaning given to such term by subsection (b) of section 3306 (determined without regard to any dollar limitation contained in such section).

(2) EXCLUSION FOR EMPLOYERS RECEIVING ON-THE-JOB TRAINING PAYMENTS.--The term "wages" shall not include any amount paid or incurred by an employer for any period to any individual for whom the employer receives federally funded payments for on-the-job training of such individual for such period.

[(3) INDIVIDUALS FOR WHOM WIN CREDIT CLAIMED.--The term "wages" does not include any amount paid or incurred by the employer to an individual with respect to whom the employer claims credit under section 40.]

[(4) TERMINATION.--The term "wages" shall not include any amount paid or incurred after December 31, 1981.]

(4) TERMINATION.--The term "wages" shall not include any amount paid or incurred to an individual who begins work for the employer after December 31, 1984.

 

(d) MEMBERS OF TARGETED GROUPS.--For purposes of this subpart--

 

(1) IN GENERAL.--An individual is a member of a targeted group if such individual is--

 

(A) a vocational rehabilitation referral,

(B) an economically disadvantaged youth,

(C) an economically disadvantaged Vietnam-era veteran,

(D) an SSI recipient,

(E) a general assistance recipient,

(F) a youth participating in a cooperative education program, [or]

(G) an economically disadvantaged ex-convict [.] ,or

(H) a WIN registrant.

 

* * * * * * *

(3) ECONOMICALLY DISADVANTAGED YOUTH.--

 

(A) IN GENERAL.--The term "economically disadvantaged youth" means any individual who is certified by the designated local agency as--

 

(i) meeting the age requirements of subparagraph (B), and

(ii) being a member of an economically disadvantaged family (as determined under paragraph [(9)] (10)).

 

[(B) AGE REQUIREMENTS.--An individual meets the age requirements of this subparagraph if such individual has attained age 18 but not age 25 on the hiring date.]

(B) AGE REQUIREMENTS.--An individual meets the age requirements of this subparagraph--

 

(i) if such individual has attained age 18 but not 25 on the hiring date, or

(ii) if--

 

(I) such individual has attained age 16 but not age 18 on the hiring date, and

(II) such individual has not terminated his education before the hiring date other than after graduation from a high school or vocational school.

(4) VIETNAM VETERAN WHO IS A MEMBER OF AN ECONOMICALLY DISADVANTAGED FAMILY.--The term "Vietnam veteran who is a member of an economically disadvantaged family" means any individual who is certified by the designated local agency as--

 

(A)(i) having served on active duty (other than active duty for training) in the Armed Forces of the United States for a period of more than 180 days, any part of which occurred after August 4, 1964, and before May 8, 1975, or

 

(ii) having been discharged or released from active duty in the Armed Forces of the United States for a service-connected disability if any part of such active duty was performed after August 4, 1964, and before May 8, 1975.

 

(B) not having any day during the pre-employment period which was a day of extended active duty in the Armed Forces of the United States, and

(C) being a member of an economically disadvantaged family (determined under paragraph [(9>)] (10) [and].

[(D) not having attained the age of 35 on the hiring date.]

 

For purposes of subparagraph (B), the term "extended active duty" means a period of more than 90 days during which the individual was on active duty (other than active duty for training).

* * * * * * *

(7) ECONOMICALLY DISADVANTAGED EX-CONVICT.--The term "economically disadvantaged ex-convict" means any individual who is certified by the designated local agency--

 

(A) as having been convicted of a felony under any statute of the United States or any State,

(B) as being a member of an economically disadvantaged family (as determined under paragraph [9] (10)), and

(C) as having a hiring date which is not more than 5 years after the last date on which such individual was so convicted or was released from prison.

 

(8) YOUTH PARTICIPATING IN A QUALIFIED COOPERATIVE EDUCATION PROGRAM--

 

[(A) IN GENERAL.--The term "youth participating in a qualified cooperative education program" means any individual who is certified by the school participating in the program as--

 

[(i) having attained age 16 and not having attained age 20,

[(ii) not having graduated from a high school or vocational school, and

[(iii) being enrolled in and actively pursuing a qualified cooperative education program.

 

[(B) QUALIFIED COOPERATIVE EDUCATION PROGRAM DEFINED.--The term "qualified cooperative education program" means a program of vocational education for individuals who (through written cooperative arrangements between a qualified school and 1 or more employers) receive instruction (including required academic instruction) by alternation of study and school with a job in any occupational field (but only if these 2 experiences are planned by the school and employer so that each contributes to the student's education and employability).

[(C) QUALIFIED SCHOOL DEFINED.--The term "qualified school" means--

 

[(i) a specialized high school used exclusively or principally for the provision of vocational education to individuals who are available for study in preparation for entering the labor market.

[(ii) the department of a high school exclusively or principally used for providing vocational education to persons who are available for study in preparation for entering the labor market, or

[(iii) a technical or vocational school used exclusively or principally for the provision of vocational education to persons who have completed or left high school and who are available for study in preparation for entering the labor market.

 

[A school which is not a public school shall be treated as a qualified school only if it is exempt from tax under section 501(a).]

(A) In GENERAL.--The term "youth participating in a qualified cooperative education program" means any individual who is certified by the school participating in the program as--

 

(i) having attained age 16 and not having attained age 20,

(ii) not having graduated from a high school or vocational school,

(iii) being enrolled in and actively pursuing a qualified cooperative education program, and

(iv) being a member of an economically disadvantaged family (as determined under paragraph (9)).

 

Clause (iv) shall not apply in the case of an individual participating in a program described in subparagraph (B)(ii).

(B) QUALIFIED COOPERATIVE EDUCATION PROGRAM DEFINED.--The term "qualified cooperative education program" means a program of--

 

(i) vocational education, or

(ii) special education for handicapped children (as defined in section 602(1) of the Education of the Handicapped Act (20 U.S.C. 1401)).

 

pursuant to which individuals (through written cooperative arrangements between a qualified school and 1 or more employers) receive instruction (including required academic instruction) by alternation of study and school with a job in any occupational field (but only if these 2 experiences are planned by the school and employer so that each contributes to the student's education and employability).

(C) QUALIFIED SCHOOL DEFINED.--The term "qualified school" means--

 

(i) a specialized high school used exclusively or principally for the provision of vocational education to individuals who are available for study in preparation for entering the labor market or for the provision of special education to handicapped children (as defined in section 602(1) of the Education of the Handicapped Act),

(ii) the department of a high school exclusively or principally used for providing education described in clause (i), or

(iii) a technical or vocational school used exclusively or principally for the provision of vocational education to persons who have completed or left high school and who are available for study in preparation for entering the labor market.

 

A school which is not a public school shall be treated as a qualified school only if it is exempt from tax under section 501(a).

(D) WAGES.--In the case of remuneration attributable to services performed while the individual meets the requirements of subparagraph (A), wages, and unemployment insurance wages, shall be determined without regard to section 3306(c)(10)(C).

 

(9) WIN REGISTRANT.--The term "WIN registrant" means any individual who is certified by the designated local agency as--

 

(A) being eligible for financial assistance under part A of title IV of the Social Security Act and as having continually received such financial assistance for any period of not less than 90 days ending within the pre-employment period, or

(B) having been placed in employment under a work incentive program established under section 432(b)(1) of the Social Security Act.

 

[(9) MEMBERS OF ECONOMICALLY DISADVANTAGED FAMILIES.--An individual is a member of an economically disadvantaged family if the designated local agency determines that such individual was a member of a family which had an income during the 6 months immediately preceding the month in which the hiring date occurs, which, on an annual basis would be less than 70 percent of the Bureau of Labor Statistics lower living standard.]

(10) MEMBERS OF ECONOMICALLY DISADVANTAGED FAMILIES.--An individual is a member of an economically disadvantaged family if the designated local agency determines that such individual was a member of a family which had income (during the 6 months immediately preceding the month in which such determination is made) which, on an annual basis, would be 70 percent or less of the Bureau of Labor Statistics lower living standard. Any such determination shall be valid for the 45-day period beginning on the day on which it was made.

[(10] (11) PREEMPLOYMENT PERIOD.--The term "pre-employment period" means the 60-day period ending on the hiring date.

[(11)] (12) HIRING DATE.--The term "hiring date" means the day the individual is first hired by the employer.

[(12) DESIGNATED LOCAL AGENCY.--The term "designated local agency" means the agency for any locality designated jointly by the Secretary and the Secretary of Labor to perform certification of employees for employers in that locality.]

(13) DESIGNATED LOCAL AGENCY.--The term "designated local agency" means the State employment security agency established in accordance with the Act of June 6, 1933, as amended (29 U.S.C. 49-49n). Each designated local agency shall take such steps (through sample techniques or otherwise) as may be appropriate to ensure that certification made by such agency under this section are reasonably accurate.

(14) LATE CERTIFICATIONS.--No certification of any individual by the designated local agency shall be taken into account under this subsection unless--

 

(A) such certification was made before the 30th day after the hiring date, or

(B) the employer requested the designated local agency to make a certification with respect to such individual before such 30th day.

[(e) QUALIFIED FIRST-YEAR WAGES CANNOT EXCEED 30 PERCENT OF FUTA WAGES FOR ALL EMPLOYEES.--The amount of the qualified first-year wages which may be taken into account under subsection (a)(1) for any taxable year shall not exceed 30 percent of the aggregate unemployment insurance wages paid by the employer during the calendar year ending in such taxable year. For purposes of the preceding sentence, except as provided in subsection (h)(1), the term "unemployment insurance wages" has the meaning given to the term "wages" by section 3306(b).]

(f) REMUNERATION MUST BE FOR TRADE OR BUSINESS EMPLOYMENT.--

 

(1) IN GENERAL.--For purposes of this subpart, remuneration paid by an employer to an employee during any taxable year shall be taken into account only if more than one-half of the remuneration so paid is for services performed in a trade or business of the employer.

(2) SPECIAL RULE FOR CERTAIN DETERMINATION.--Any determination as to whether paragraph (1), or subparagraph (A) or (B) of subsection (h)(1), applies with respect to any employee for any taxable year shall be made without regard to subsections (a) and (b) of section 52.

[(3) YEAR DEFINED.--For purposes of this subsection and subsection (h), the term "year" means the taxable year; except that, for purposes of applying so much of such subsections as relates to subsection (e), such term means the calendar year.]

 

(g) [SECRETARY OF LABOR] UNITED STATES EMPLOYMENT SERVICE TO NOTIFY EMPLOYEES OF AVAILABILITY OF CREDIT.--The [Secretary of Labor] United States Employment Service in consultation with the Internal Revenue Service, shall take such steps as may be necessary or appropriate to keep employers apprised of the availability of the credit provided by section 44B.

* * * * * * *

(i) INELIGIBLE INDIVIDUALS.--No credit shall be allowed under subsection (a) with respect to amounts paid or incurred to any individual who--

 

(1) bears any of the relationships described in paragraphs (1) through (8) of section 152(a) to the taxpayer, or, if the taxpayer is a corporation, to an individual who owns, directly or indirectly, more than 50 percent in value of the outstanding stock of the corporation (determined with the application of section 276(c)),

(2) if the taxpayer is an estate or trust, is a grantor, beneficiary, or fiduciary, of the estate or trust, or is an individual who bears any of the relationships described in paragraphs (1) through (8) of section 152(a) to grantor, beneficiary, or fiduciary of the estate or trust, or

(3) is a dependent (described in section 152(a)(9)) of the taxpayer, or, if the taxpayer is a corporation, of an individual described in subparagraph (A), or, if the taxpayer is an estate or trust, of a grantor, beneficiary, or fiduciary of the estate or trust.

SEC. 53. LIMITATION BASED ON AMOUNT OF TAX.

 

(a) GENERAL RULE.--* * *

* * * * * * *

(c) CARRYBACK AND CARRYOVER OF UNUSED CREDIT.--

 

(1) ALLOWANCE OF CREDIT.--If the amount of the credit determined under section 51 for any taxable year exceeds the limitation provided by subsection (a) for such taxable year (hereinafter in this subsection referred to as the "unused credit year"), such excess shall be--

 

(A) a new employee credit carryback to each of the 3 taxable years preceding the unused credit year, and

(B) a new employee credit carryover to each of the [7] 20 taxable years following the unused credit year,

 

and shall be added to the amount allowable as a credit by section 44B for such years. If any portion of such excess is a carryback to a taxable year beginning before January 1, 1977, section 44B shall be deemed to have been in effect for such taxable year for purposes of allowing such carryback as a credit under such section. The entire amount of the unused credit for an unused credit year shall be carried to the earliest of the [10] 23 taxable years to which (by reason of subparagraphs (A) and (B)) such credit may be carried, and then to each of the other [9] 22 taxable years to the extent that, because of the limitation contained in paragraph (2), such unused credit may not be added for a prior taxable year to which such unused credit may be carried.
EFFECTIVE AFTER DECEMBER 31, 1981

 

 

PART VI--MINIMUM TAX FOR TAX PREFERENCES

 

 

Sec. 55. Alternative Minimum Tax for Taxpayers Other than Corporations.

Sec. 56. Imposition of tax.

Sec. 57. Items of tax preference.

Sec. 58. Rules for application of this part.

SEC. 55. ALTERNATIVE MINIMUM TAX FOR TAXPAYERS OTHER THAN CORPORATIONS.

 

(a) ALTERNATIVE MINIMUM TAX IMPOSED.--In the case of a taxpayer other than a corporation, if--

 

(1) an amount equal to the sum of--

 

(A) 10 percent of so much of the alternative minimum taxable income as exceeds $20,000 but does not exceed $60,000 plus

(B) 20 percent of so much of the alternative minimum taxable income as exceeds $60,000 but does not exceed $100,000, plus

(C) [25] 24 percent of so much of the alternative minimum taxable income as exceeds $100,000, exceeds

 

(2) the regular tax for the taxable year,

 

then there is imposed (in addition to all other taxes imposed by this title) a tax equal to the amount of such excess.
(EFFECTIVE AFTER DECEMBER 31, 1982)

 

 

(a) ALTERNATIVE MINIMUM TAX IMPOSED.--In the case of a taxpayer other than a corporation, if--

 

(1) an amount equal to the sum of--

 

[(A) 10 percent of so much of the alternative minimum taxable income as exceeds $20,000 but does not exceed $60,000 plus

[(B) 20 percent of so much of the alternative minimum taxable income as exceeds $60,000 but does not exceed $100,000, plus

[(C) 25 percent of so much of the alternative minimum taxable income as exceeds $100,000, exceeds

 

[(2) the regular tax for the taxable year,

 

then there is imposed (in addition to all other taxes imposed by this title) a tax equal to the amount of such excess.]

 

(1) an amount equal to the sum of--

 

(A) 10 percent of so much of the alternative minimum taxable income as exceeds $20,000 but does not exceed $60,000, plus

(B) 20 percent of so much of the alternative minimum taxable income as exceeds $60,000, exceeds.

* * * * * * *

(c) CREDITS.--

 

(1) IN GENERAL.--For purposes of--* * * *

* * * * * * *

(4) CARRYOVER AND CARRYBACK OF CERTAIN CREDITS.--

 

(A) IN GENERAL.--For purposes of determining the amount of any carryover or carryback to any other taxable year of any credit allowable under subpart A of part IV of this subchapter (other than section 33), the amount of the limitation under section [44E(e)(1)] 44F(g)(1), 44E(e)(1), 44C(b)(1) and (2), 53(b), 50A(a)(2), or 46(a)(3) (to the extent such limitation does not exceed the amount of the credit allowable in computing the regular tax for the current taxable year) shall be increased for the current taxable year by the amount determined under subparagraph (A) of paragraph (1) of this subsection, and decreased by--

 

(i) the sum of the credits allowed under a section having a lower number designation than the section allowing such credit (other than the credits allowable by sections 31, 33, 39, and 43) against the tax imposed by subsection (a), and

(ii) the amount determined with respect to such credit under paragraph (2)(B) for the current taxable year.

 

(B) AMOUNT OF CREDIT.--Any increase under paragraph (2)(A) shall be taken into account in determining the amount of any carryover or carryback from the current taxable year.
* * * * * * *

 

 

SEC. 57. ITEMS OF TAX PREFERENCE.

 

(a) IN GENERAL.--For purposes of this part, the items of tax preference are--

 

(1) ADJUSTED ITEMIZED DEDUCTIONS.--In the case of an individual, an amount equal to the adjusted itemized deductions for the taxable year (as determined under subsection (b)).

(2) ACCELERATED DEPRECIATION ON REAL PROPERTY.--With respect to each section 1250 property (as defined in section 1250(c), the amount by which the deduction allowable for the taxable year for exhaustion, wear and tear, obsolescence, or amortization exceeds the depreciation deduction which would have been allowable for the taxable year had the taxpayer depreciated the property under the straight line method for each taxable year of its useful life (determined without regard to section 167(k) or 191) for which the taxpayer has held the property.

[(3) ACCELERATED DEPRECIATION ON LEASED PERSONAL PROPERTY.--With respect to each item of section 1245 property (as defined in section 1245(a)(3)) which is subject to a lease, the amount by which--

 

[(A) the deduction allowable for the taxable year for depreciation or amortization, exceeds

[(B) the deduction which would have been allowable for the taxable year had the taxpayer depreciated the property under the straight-line method for each taxable year of its useful life for which the taxpayer has held the property.

 

[For purposes of subparagraph (B), useful life shall be determined as if section 167(m)(1) (relating to asset depreciation range) did not include the last sentence thereof.]

* * * * * * *

 

[Paragraphs (3) and (11)] Paragraph (11) shall not apply to a corporation other than an electing small business corporation (as defined in section 1371(b)) and a personal holding company (as defined in section 542). For purposes of section 56, in the case of a taxpayer other than a corporation, the adjusted itemized deductions described in paragraph (1) and capital gains described in paragraph (9) shall not be treated as items of tax preference.

 

* * * * * * *

(6) STOCK OPTIONS.--With respect to the transfer of a share of stock pursuant to the exercise of a qualified stock option (as defined in section 422(b)) [or a restricted stock option (as defined in section 424(b))], the amount by which the fair market value of the share at the time of exercise exceeds the option price.

* * * * * * *

 

 

Subchapter B--Computation of Taxable Income

 

 

Part I. Definition of gross income, adjusted gross income, taxable income, etc.

Part II. Items specifically included in gross income.

Part III. Items specifically excluded from gross income.

Part IV. Determination of marital status.

Part V. Deductions for personal exemptions.

Part VI. Itemized deductions for individual and corporations.

Part VII. Additional itemized deductions for individuals.

Part VIII. Special deductions for corporations.

Part IX. Items not deductible.

Part X. Terminal railroad corporations and their shareholders.

 

PART I--DEFINITION OF GROSS INCOME, ADJUSTED GROSS INCOME, TAXABLE INCOME, ETC.

 

 

Sec. 61. Gross income defined.

Sec. 62. Adjusted gross income defined.

Sec. 63. Taxable income defined.

Sec. 64. Ordinary income defined.

Sec. 65. Ordinary loss defined.

Sec. 66. Treatment of community income where spouses live apart.

 

* * * * * * *

 

 

SEC. 62. ADJUSTED GROSS INCOME DEFINED.

For purposes of this subtitle, the term "adjusted gross income" means, in the case of an individual, gross income minus the following deductions:

(1) * * *

* * * * * * *

(10) RETIREMENT SAVINGS.--The deduction allowed by section 219 (relating to deduction for certain retirement savings) [and the deduction allowed by section 220 (relating to retirement savings for certain married individuals)]

* * * * * * *

[(14) DEDUCTION FOR CERTAIN EXPENSES OF LIVING ABROAD.--The deduction allowed by section 913.]

[(15)] (14) RESTORATION EXPENSES.--The deduction allowed by section 194.

[(16)] (15) CERTAIN REQUIRED REPAYMENTS OF SUPPLEMENTAL UNEMPLOYMENT COMPENSATION BENEFITS.--The deduction allowed by section 165 for the repayment to a trust described in paragraph (9) or (17) of section 501(c) of supplemental unemployment compensation benefits received from such trust if such repayment is required because of the receipt of trade readjustment allowances under section 231 or 232 of the Trade Act of 1974 (19 U.S.C. 2291 and 2292).

(16) DEDUCTION FOR TWO-EARNER MARRIED COUPLES.--The deduction allowed by section 221.

 

Nothing in this section shall permit the same item to be deducted more than once.
(Effective after December 31, 1980)

 

 

SEC. 63. TAXABLE INCOME DEFINED.

 

(a) CORPORATIONS.--* * *

* * * * * * *

(d) ZERO BRACKET AMOUNT.--For purposes of this subtitle, the term "zero bracket amount" means--

 

(1) [$3,400] $3,500 in the case of--

 

(A) a joint return under section 6013, or

(B) a surviving spouse (as defined in section 2(a)),

 

(2) [$2,300] $2,350 in the case of an individual who is not married and who is not a surviving spouse (as so defined),

(3) [$1,700] $1,750 in the case of a married individual filing a separate return, or

(4) zero in any other case.

(Effective after December 31, 1981)

 

 

(d) ZERO BRACKET AMOUNT.--For purposes of this subtitle, the term "zero bracket amount" means--

 

(1) [$3,500] $3,800 in the case of--

 

(A) a joint return under section 6013, or

(B) a surviving spouse (as defined in section 2(a)),

 

(2) [$2,350] $2,500 in the case of an individual who is not married and who is not a surviving spouse (as so defined),

(3) [$1,750] $1,900 in the case of a married individual filing a separate return, or

(4) zero in any other case.

(Effective after December 31, 1983)

 

 

(d) ZERO BRACKET AMOUNT.--For purposes of this subtitle, the term "zero bracket amount" means--

 

(1) [$3,800] $4,000 in the case of--

 

(A) a joint return under section 6013, or

(B) a surviving spouse (as defined in section 2(a)),

 

(2) [$2,500] $2,600 in the case of an individual who is not married and who is not a surviving spouse (as so defined),

(3) [$1,900] $2,000 in the case of a married individual filing a separate return, or

(4) zero in any other case.

 

(e) UNUSED ZERO BRACKET AMOUNT.--

 

(1) * * *

* * * * * * *

(2) COMPUTATION.--For purposes of this subtitle, an individual's unused zero bracket amount for the taxable year is an amount equal to the excess (if any) of--

 

(A) the zero bracket amount, over

(B) the itemized deductions.

 

In the case of an individual referred to in paragraph (1)(D), if such individual's earned income (as defined in section [911(b)] 911(d)(2)) exceeds the itemized deductions, such earned income shall be substituted for the itemized deductions in subparagraph (B).
* * * * * * *

 

 

PART II--ITEMS SPECIFICALLY INCLUDED IN GROSS INCOME

 

 

Sec. 71. Alimony and separate maintenance payments.

Sec. 72. Annuities, certain proceeds of endowment and life Insurance contracts.

Sec. 73. Services of child.

Sec. 74. Prizes and awards.

Sec. 75. Dealers in tax-exempt securities.

Sec. 77. Commodity credit loans.

Sec. 78. Dividends received from certain foreign corporations by domestic corporations choosing foreign tax credit.

Sec. 79. Group-term life Insurance purchased for employees.

Sec. 80. Restoration of value of certain securities.

Sec. 81. Certain increases in expense accounts.

Sec. 82. Reimbursement for expenses of moving.

Sec. 83. Property transferred in connection with performance of services.

Sec. 84. Transfer of appreciated property to political organization.

Sec. 85. Unemployment compensation.

Sec. 86. Alcohol fuel credit.

 

* * * * * * *

 

 

SEC. 72. ANNUITIES; CERTAIN PROCEEDS OF ENDOWMENT AND LIFE INSURANCE CONTRACTS.

 

(a) GENERAL RULE FOR ANNUITIES.--* * *

* * * * * * *

(m) SPECIAL RULES APPLICABLE TO EMPLOYEE ANNUITIES AND DISTRIBUTIONS UNDER EMPLOYEE PLANS.--

 

(1) * * *

* * * * * * *

(6) OWNER-EMPLOYEE DEFINED.--For purposes of this subsection, the term "owner-employee" has the meaning assigned to it by section 401(c)(3) and includes an individual for whose benefit an individual retirement account or annuity described in section 408(a) or (b) is maintained. For purposes of the preceding sentence, the term "owner-employee" shall include an employee within the meaning of section 401(c)(1).

(7) MEANING OF DISABLED.--For purposes of this section, an individual shall be considered to be disabled if he is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determined physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or to be of long-continued and indefinite duration. An individual shall not be considered to be disabled unless he furnishes proof of the existence thereof in such form and manner as the Secretary may require.

(8) LOANS TO OWNER-EMPLOYEES.--If, during any taxable year, an owner-employee receives, directly or indirectly, any amount as a loan from a trust described in section 401(a) which is exempt from tax under section 501(a), such amount shall be treated as having been received by such owner-employee as a distribution from such trust.

(9) RETURN OF EXCESS CONTRIBUTIONS BEFORE DUE DATE OF RETURN.--

 

(A) IN GENERAL.--If an excess contribution is distributed in a qualified distribution--

 

(i) such distribution shall not be included in gross income, and

(ii) this section (other than this paragraph) shall be applied as if such excess contribution and such distribution had not been made.

 

(B) EXCESS CONTRIBUTION.--For purposes of this paragraph, the term "excess contribution" means any contribution to a qualified trust described in section 401(a) or under a plan described in section 403(a) or 405(a) made on behalf of an employee (within the meaning of section 401(c)) for any taxable year to the extent such contribution exceeds the amount allowable as a deduction under section 404(a).

(C) QUALIFIED DISTRIBUTION.--The term "qualified distribution" means any distribution of an excess contribution which meets requirements similar to the requirements of subparagraphs (A), (B), and (C) of section 408(d)(4). In the case of such a distribution, the rules of the last sentence of section 408(d)(4) shall apply.

SEC. 83. PROPERTY TRANSFERRED IN CONNECTION WITH PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES.

 

(a) GENERAL RULE.--* * *

* * * * * * *

(c) SPECIAL RULES.--For purposes of this section--

 

[(1) SUBSTANTIAL RISK OF FORFEITURE.--The rights of a person in property are subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture if such person's rights to full enjoyment of such property are conditioned upon the future performance of substantial services by any individual.]

(1) SUBSTANTIAL RISKS OF FORFEITURE.--The rights of a person and property are subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture if--

 

(A) such person's rights to full enjoyment of such property are conditioned upon the just performance of substantial services by any individual, or

(B) the sale of such property at a profit could subject such person to suit under section 16(b) of the Securities Act of 1934.

* * * * * * *

 

 

SEC. 85. UNEMPLOYMENT COMPENSATION.

 

(a) IN GENERAL.--If the sum for the taxable year of the adjusted gross income of the taxpayer (determined without regard to this section [and without regard to section 105(d] , section 105(d) and section 221) and the unemployment compensation exceeds the base amount, gross income for the taxable year includes unemployment compensation in an amount equal to the lesser of--

 

(1) one-half of the amount of the excess of such sum over the base amount, or

(2) the amount of the unemployment compensation.

* * * * * * *

 

 

PART III--ITEMS SPECIFICALLY EXCLUDED FROM GROSS INCOME

 

 

Sec. 101. Certain death benefits.

Sec. 102. Gifts and inheritances.

Sec. 103. Interest on certain governmental obligations.

Sec. 104. Compensation for injuries or sickness.

Sec. 105. Amounts received under accident and health plans.

Sec. 106. Contributions by employer to accident and health plans.

Sec. 107. Rental value of parsonages.

Sec. 108. Income from discharge of indebtedness.

Sec. 109. Improvements by lessee on lessor's property.

Sec. 110. Income taxes paid by lessee corporation.

Sec. 111. Recovery of bad debts, prior taxes, and delinquency amounts.

Sec. 112. Certain combat pay of members of the Armed Forces.

Sec. 113. Mustering-out payments for members of the Armed Forces.

Sec. 114. Sports programs conducted for the American National Red Cross.

Sec. 115. Income of States, municipalities, etc.

Sec. 116. Partial exclusion of dividends received by individuals.

Sec. 117. Scholarships and fellowship grants.

Sec. 118. Contributions to the capital of a corporation.

Sec. 119. Meals or lodging furnished for the convenience of the employer.

Sec. 120. Amounts received under qualified group legal services plans.

Sec. 121. One-time exclusion of gain from sale of principal residence by individual who has attained age 55.

Sec. 122. Certain reduced uniformed services retirement pay.

Sec. 123. Amounts received under insurance contracts for certain living expenses.

Sec. 124. Qualified transportation provided by employer.

Sec. 125. Cafeteria plans.

Sec. 126. Certain cost-sharing payments.

Sec. 127. Educational assistance programs.

[Sec. 128. Cross references to other Acts.]

Sec. 128. Interest on certain savings certificates.

Sec. 129. Cross references to other Acts.

 

* * * * * * *

 

 

SEC. 103. INTEREST ON CERTAIN GOVERNMENTAL OBLIGATIONS.

 

(a) GENERAL RULE.--Gross income does not include interest on--

 

(1) * * *

* * * * * * *

 

(b) INDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENT BONDS.--

 

(1)* * *

* * * * * * *

(4) CERTAIN EXEMPT ACTIVITIES.--Paragraph (1) shall not apply to any obligation which is issued as part of an issue substantially all of the proceeds of which are to be used to provide--

 

(A) projects for residential rental property if each obligation issued pursuant to the issue is in registered form and if--

 

(i) 15 percent or more in the case of targeted area projects, or

(ii) 20 percent or more in the case of any other project,

 

of the units in each project are to be occupied by individuals of low or moderate income (within the meaning of section 167(k)(3)(B)),

(B) sports of facilities,

(C) convention or trade show facilities,

(D) airports, docks, wharves, mass commuting facilities, parking facilities, or storage or training facilities directly related to any of the foregoing,

(E) sewage or solid waste disposal facilities or facilities for the local furnishing of electric energy or gas,

(F) air or water pollution control facilities,

(G) facilities for the furnishing of water for any purpose if--

 

(i) the water is or will be made available to members of the general public (including electric utility, industrial, agricultural, or commercial users), and

(ii) either the facilities are operated by a governmental unit or the rates for the furnishing or sale of the water have been established or approved by a State or political subdivision thereof, by an agency or instrumentality of the United States, or by a public service or public utility commission or other similar body of any State or political subdivision thereof, [or]

 

(H) qualified hydroelectric (I) Qualified mass commuting vehicles, generating facilities[.] , or

 

For purposes of subparagraph (A), the term "targeted area project" means a project located in a qualified census tract (within the meaning of section 103A(k)(2)) or an area of chronic economic distress (within the meaning of section 103A(k)(3)).

For purposes of subparagraph (E), the local furnishing of electric energy from a facility shall include furnishing solely within the area consisting of a city and 1 contiguous county.

* * * * * * *

(9) QUALIFIED MASS COMMUTING VEHICLES.--

 

(A) IN GENERAL.--For purposes of paragraph (4)(I), the term "qualified mass commuting vehicle" means any bus, subway car, rail car, or similar equipment--

 

(i) which is leased to a mass transit system wholly owned by 1 or more governmental units (or agencies or instrumentalities thereof), and

(ii) which is used by such system in providing mass commuting services.

 

(B) TERMINATION.--Paragraph (4)(I) shall not apply to any obligation issued after December 31, 1984.

 

[(9)] (10) EXCEPTION.--Paragraphs (4), (5), (6), and (7) shall not apply with respect to any obligation for any period during which it is held by a person who is a substantial user of the facilities or a related person.

 

* * * * * * *

(i) OBLIGATIONS OF CERTAIN VOLUNTEER FIRE DEPARTMENTS.--

 

(1) IN GENERAL.--An obligation of a volunteer fire department shall be treated as an obligation of a political subdivision of a State if--

 

(A) such department is a qualified volunteer fire department with respect to an area within the jurisdiction of such political subdivision, and

(B) such obligation is issued as part of an issue substantially all of the proceeds of which are to be used for the acquisition, construction, reconstruction, or improvement of qualified fire fighting property used or to be used by such department.

 

(2) QUALIFIED VOLUNTEER FIRE DEPARTMENT.--For purposes of this subsection, the term "qualified volunteer fire department" means, with respect to a political subdivision of a State, any organization--

 

(A) which is organized and operated to provide fire fighting services for persons in an area (within the jurisdiction of such political subdivision) which is not provided with any other firefighting services,

(B) which is required (by agreement or otherwise) by the political subdivision to furnish firefighting services in such area,

(C) which receives over half of the funds for outfitting its members and providing and maintaining its qualified fire fighting property from the political subdivision, and

(D) which makes no charge for its firefighting services.

 

(3) QUALIFIED FIREFIGHTING PROPERTY.--For purposes of this subsection, the term "qualified firefighting property means property--

 

(A) which is of a character subject to the allowance for depreciation, and

(B) the principal use of which it

 

(i) the training for the performance of, or the performance of, firefighting or ambulance services, or

(ii) to house the property described in clause (i).

[(i)] (j) CROSS REFERENCES.--

For provisions relating to the taxable status of--

 

(1) Puerto Rican bonds, see section 3 of the Act of March 2, 1917, as amended (48 U.S.C. 745).

(2) Virgin Islands issuer and municipal bonds, see section 1 of the Act of October 27, 1919 (48 U.S.C. 1403).

(3) Certain obligations issued under title 1 of the Housing Act of 1949, see section 102(g) of title 1 of such Act (42 U.S.C. 1452(g)).

* * * * * * *

 

 

SEC. 105. AMOUNTS RECEIVED UNDER ACCIDENT AND HEALTH PLANS.

 

(a) AMOUNTS ATTRIBUTABLE TO EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS--* * *

* * * * * * *

(d) CERTAIN DISABILITY PAYMENTS.--

 

(1) IN GENERAL.--In the case of a taxpayer who--

 

(A) has not attained age 65 before the close of the taxable year, and

(B) retired on disability and, when he retired, was permanently and totally disabled.

 

gross income does not include amounts referred to in subsection (a) if such amounts constitute wages or payments in lieu of wages for a period during which the employee is absent from work on account of permanent and total disability.

(2) LIMITATION.--This subsection shall not apply to the extent that the amounts referred to in paragraph (1) exceed a weekly rate of $100.

(3) PHASEOUT OVER $15,000.--If the adjusted gross income of the taxpayer for the taxable year (determined without regard to this subsection and section 221) exceeds $15,000, the amount which but for this paragraph would be excluded under this subsection for the taxable year shall be reduced by an amount equal to the excess of the adjusted gross income (as so determined) over $15,000.

 

* * * * * * *

(h) AMOUNT PAID TO HIGHLY COMPENSATED INDIVIDUALS UNDER A DISCRIMINATORY SELF-INSURED MEDICAL EXPENSE REIMBURSEMENT PLAN.--

 

(1) IN GENERAL.--In the case of amounts paid to a highly compensated individual under a self-insured medical reimbursement plan which does not satisfy the requirements of paragraph (2) for a plan year, subsection (b) shall not apply to such amounts to the extent they constitute an excess reimbursement of such highly compensated individual.

(2) PROHIBITION OF DISCRIMINATION.--A self-insured medical reimbursement plan satisfies the requirements of this paragraph only if--

 

(A) the plan does not discriminate in favor of highly compensated individuals as to eligibility to participate; and

(B) the benefits provided under the plan do not discriminate in favor of participants who are highly compensated individuals.

 

(3) NONDISCRIMINATORY ELIGIBILITY CLASSIFICATIONS.--

 

(A) IN GENERAL.--A self-insured medical reimbursement plan does not satisfy the requirements of subparagraph (A) of paragraph (2) unless such plan benefits--

 

(i) 70 percent or more of all employees, or 80 percent or more of all the employees who are eligible to benefit under the plan if 70 percent or more of all employees are eligible to benefit under the plan; or

(ii) such employees as qualify under a classification set up by the employer and found by the Secretary not to be discriminatory in favor of highly compensated individuals.

 

(B) EXCLUSION OF CERTAIN EMPLOYEES.--For purposes of subparagraph (A), there may be excluded from consideration--

 

(i) employees who have not completed 3 years of service;

(ii) employees who have not attained age 25;

(iii) part-time or seasonal employees;

(iv) employees not included in the plan who are included in a unit of employees covered by an agreement between employee representatives and one or more employers which the Secretary finds to be a collective bargaining agreement, if accident and health benefits were the subject of good faith bargaining between such employee representatives and such employer or employers; and

(v) employees who are nonresident aliens and who receive no earned income (within the meaning of section [911(b)] 911(d)(2) from the employer which constitutes income from sources within the United States (within the meaning of section 861(a)(3)).

* * * * * * *

 

 

SEC. 119. MEALS OR LODGING FURNISHED FOR THE CONVENIENCE OF THE EMPLOYER.

 

(a) * * *

* * * * * * *

(c) EMPLOYEES LIVING IN CERTAIN CAMPS.--

 

(1) IN GENERAL.--In the case of an individual who is furnished lodging in a camp located in a foreign country by or on behalf of his employer, such camp shall be considered to be part of the business premises of the employer.

(2) CAMP.--For purposes of this section, a camp constitutes lodging which is--

 

(A) provided by or on behalf of the employer for the convenience of the employer because the place at which such individual renders services is in a remote area where satisfactory housing is not available on the open market,

(B) located, as near as practicable, in the vicinity of the place at which such individual renders services, and

(C) furnished in a common area (or enclave) which is not available to the public and which normally accommodates 10 or more employees.

* * * * * * *

 

 

SEC. 121. ONE-TIME EXCLUSION OF GAIN FROM SALE OF PRINCIPAL RESIDENCE BY INDIVIDUAL WHO HAS ATTAINED AGE 55.

 

(a) GENERAL RULE.--* * *

(b) LIMITATIONS.--

 

(1) DOLLAR LIMITATION.--The amount of the gain excluded from gross income under subsection (a) shall not exceed [$100,000 ($50,000] $125,000 ($62,500) in the case of a separate return by a married individual).
* * * * * * *

 

 

SEC. 128. INTEREST ON CERTAIN SAVINGS CERTIFICATES.

 

(a) EXCLUSION FROM GROSS INCOME.--In the case of an individual, gross income does not include amounts received as interest on qualified tax-exempt savings certificates.

(b) MAXIMUM DOLLAR AMOUNT.--

 

(1) IN GENERAL.--The aggregate amount excludible under subsection (a) for any taxable year shall not exceed the excess of--

 

(A) $1,000 ($2,000 in the case of a joint return under section 6013), over

(B) the aggregate amount received by the taxpayer which was excludible under subsection (a) for any prior taxable year.

 

(2) SPECIAL RULE.--For purposes of paragraph (1)(B), one half of the amount excluded under subsection (a) on any joint return shall be treated as received by each spouse.

 

(c) QUALIFIED TAX-EXEMPT SAVINGS CERTIFICATE.--For purposes of this section--

 

(1) IN GENERAL.--The term "qualified tax-exempt savings certificate" means any certificate--

 

(A) which is issued by a qualified institution after September 30, 1981, and before October 1, 1982,

(B) which has a maturity of 1 year,

(C) which has an investment yield which does not exceed 70 percent of the average investment yield for the most recent auction (before the week in which the certificate is issued) of United States Treasury bills with maturities of 52 weeks, and

(D) which is issued under a plan of the qualified institution under which--

 

(i) the minimum deposit required for the issuance of the certificate does not exceed $500, and

(ii) subject to any maximum limitation imposed by the institution, certificates will be issued for any amount in excess of $500.

Such term does not include any certificate issued by a qualified institution after the date on which the Secretary publishes in the Federal Register a notice that such institution has failed to substantially comply with the requirements of subsection (d).

(2) QUALIFIED INSTITUTION.--The term "qualified institution" means--

 

(A) a bank (as defined in section 581),

(B) a mutual savings bank, cooperative bank, domestic building and loan association, industrial loan association or bank, or other savings institution chartered and supervised as a savings and loan or similar institution under Federal or State law, or

(C) a credit union,

 

the deposits or accounts of which are insured under Federal or State law or are protected or guaranteed under State law.

 

(d) INSTITUTIONS REQUIRED TO PROVIDE RESIDENTIAL PROPERTY FINANCING.--FOR PURPOSES OF THIS SECTION--

 

(1) IN GENERAL.--If a qualified institution (other than an institution described in subparagraph (C) of subsection (c)(2)) issues any qualified tax-exempt savings certificate during any calendar quarter, the amount of the qualified residential financing provided by such institution during the succeeding calendar quarter shall not be less than the lesser of--

 

(A) 75 percent of the face amount of qualified tax-exempt savings certificates issued during the calendar quarter, or

(B) 75 percent of the qualified net savings for the calendar quarter.

 

The aggregate amount of qualified tax-exempt savings certificates issued by any institution described in subparagraph (C) of subsection (c)(2) which are outstanding at the close of any calendar quarter may not exceed the limitation determined under paragraph (4) with respect to such institution for such quarter.

(2) PENALTY FOR FAILURES TO MEET REQUIREMENTS.--If, as of the close of any calendar quarter, a qualified institution has not met the requirement of paragraph (1) with respect to the preceding calendar quarter, such institution may not issue any qualified tax-exempt savings certificate until it meets such requirements.

(3) QUALIFIED RESIDENTIAL FINANCING.--The term "qualified residential financing" includes, and is limited to--

 

(A) any loan secured by a lien on a single-family or multifamily residence,

(B) any secured or unsecured qualified home improvement loan (within the meaning of section 103A(1)(6) without regard to the $15,000 limit),

(C) any mortgage (within the meaning of section 103A(l)(1)) on a single-family or multifamily residence which is insured or guaranteed by the Federal, State, or local government or any instrumentality thereof,

(D) any loan to acquire a mobile home,

(E) any construction loan for the construction or rehabilitation of a single-family or multifamily residence,

(F) the purchase of mortgages secured by single-family or multifamily residences on the secondary market, but only to the extent the amount of such purchases exceeds the amount of sales of such mortgages by an institution,

(G) the purchase of securities issued or guaranteed by the Federal National Mortgage Association, the Government National Mortgage Association, or the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation, or securities issued by any other person, if such securities are secured by mortgages originated by a qualified institution, but only to the extent the amount of such purchases exceeds the amount of sales of such securities by an institution, and

(H) any loan for agricultural purposes. For purposes of this paragraph, the term "single-family residence" includes 2, 3, and 4 family residences, and the term "residence" includes stock in a cooperative housing corporation (as defined in section 216(b)).

 

(4) Limitation for credit unions.--For purposes of paragraph (1), the limitation determined under this paragraph with respect to any institution for any calendar quarter is the sum of--

 

(A) the aggregate of the amounts described in subparagraph (A) of paragraph (5) with respect to such institution as of September 30, 1981, plus

(B) 10 percent of the excess of--

 

(i) the aggregate of such amounts as of the close of such calendar quarter, over

(ii) the amount referred to in subparagraph (A).

(5) QUALIFIED NET SAVINGS.--The term "qualified net savings" means, with respect to any qualified institution, the excess of--

 

(A) the amounts paid into passbook savings accounts, 6-month money market certificates, 30-month small-saver certificates, time deposits with a face amount of less than $100,000, and qualified tax-exempt savings certificates issued by such institution, over

(B) the amounts withdrawn or redeemed in connection with the accounts and certificates described in subparagraph (A).

 

(6) CONSOLIDATED GROUPS.--For purposes of this subsection, all members of the same affiliated group (as defined in section 1504) which file a consolidated return for the taxable year shall be treated as 1 corporation.

 

(e) PENALTY FOR EARLY WITHDRAWALS.--

 

(1) IN GENERAL.--If any portion of a qualified tax-exempt savings certificate is redeemed before the date on which it matures--

 

(A) subsection (a) shall not apply to any interest on such certificate for the taxable year of redemption and any subsequent taxable year, and

(B) there shall be included in gross income for the taxable year of redemption the amount of any interest on such certificate excluded under subsection (a) for any preceding taxable year.

 

(2) CERTIFICATE PLEDGED AS COLLATERAL.--For purposes of paragraph (1), if the taxpayer pledges any qualified tax-exempt savings certificate as collateral or security for a loan, the taxpayer shall be treated as having redeemed such certificate.

 

(f) OTHER SPECIAL RULES.--

 

(1) COORDINATION WITH SECTION 116.--Section 116 shall not apply to the interest on any qualified tax-exempt savings certificate.

(2) ESTATES AND TRUSTS.--

 

(A) IN GENERAL.--Except as provided in subparagraph (B), the exclusion provided by this section shall not apply to estates and trusts.

(B) CERTIFICATES ACQUIRED BY ESTATE FROM DECEDENT.--In the case of qualified tax-exempt savings certificate acquired by an estate by reason of the death of the decedent--

 

(i) subparagraph (A) shall not apply, and

(ii) paragraph (1) of subsection (b) shall be applied as if the estate were the decedent.

* * * * * * *

 

 

SEC. [128] 129. CROSS REFERENCES TO OTHER ACTS.

 

(a) For exemption of--

 

(1) Allowances and expenditures to meet losses sustained by persons serving the United States abroad, due to appreciation of foreign currencies, see section 5943 of title 5, United States Code.

(2) Amounts credited to the Maritime Administration under section 9(b)(6) of the Merchant Ship Sales Act of 1946 see section 9(c)(1) of that Act (50 U.S.C. App. 1742).

(3) Benefits under laws administered by the Veterans' Administration, see section 3101 of title 38, United States Code.

(4) Earnings of ship contractors deposited in special reserve funds, see section 607(d) of the Merchant Marine Act, 1936 (46 U.S.C. 1177).

(5) Income derived from Federal Reserve banks, including capital stock and surplus, see section 7 of the Federal Reserve Act (12 U.S.C. 531).

(6) Railroad retirement annuities and pensions, see section 12 of the Railroad Retirement Act of 1935 (45 U.S.C. 2281).

(7) Railroad unemployment benefits which are not includible in gross income under section 85, see section 2(e) of the Railroad Unemployment Insurance Act (45 U.S.C. 352).

(8) Special pensions on Army and Navy medal of honor roll, see 38 U.S.C. 562(a)(c).

PART VI--ITEMIZED DEDUCTIONS FOR INDIVIDUALS AND CORPORATIONS

 

 

Sec. 161. Allowance of deductions.

Sec. 162. Trade or business expenses.

Sec. 163. Interest.

Sec. 164. Taxes

Sec. 165. Losses.

Sec. 166. Bad debts.

Sec. 167. Depreciation.

Sec. 168. Expense-method depreciation.

Sec. 168A. Simplified cost recovery for long-life public utility property.

Sec. 169. Amortization of pollution control facilities.

Sec. 170. Charitable, etc., contributions and gifts.

Sec. 171. Amortized bond premium.

Sec. 172. Net operating loss deduction.

Sec. 173. Circulation expenditures.

Sec. 174. Research and experimental expenditures.

Sec. 175. Soil and water conservation expenditures.

Sec. 176. Payments with respect to employees of certain foreign corporations.

Sec. 177. Trademark and trade name expenditures.

Sec. 178. Depreciation or amortization of improvements made by lessee on lessor's property.

[Sec. 179. Additional first-year depreciation allowance for small business.]

Sec. 180. Expenditures by farmers for fertilizer, etc.

Sec. 182. Expenditures by farmers for clearing land.

Sec. 183. Activities engaged in for credit.

Sec. 184. Amortization of certain railroad rolling stock.

Sec. 185. Amortization of railroad grading and tunnel bores.

Sec. 186. Recoveries of damages for antitrust violations, etc.

Sec. 188. Amortization of certain expenditures for child care facilities.

Sec. 189. Amortization of real property construction period interest and taxes.

Sec. 190. Expenditures to remove architectural and transportation barriers to the handicapped and elderly.

Sec. 191. Amortization of certain rehabilitation expenditures for certified historic structures.

Sec. 192. Contributions to black lung benefit trust.

Sec. 193. Tertiary injectants.

Sec. 194. Contributions to employer liability trusts.

Sec. 194. Amortization of reforestation expenditures.

Sec. 195. Start-up expenditures.

 

* * * * * * *

 

 

SEC. 167. DEPRECIATION.

 

(a) GENERAL RULE.--There shall be allowed as a depreciation a reasonable allowance for the exhaustion, wear and tear (including a reasonable allowance for obsolescence)--

 

(1) of property used in the trade or business, or

(2) of property held for the production of income.

 

In the case of expense-method property (as defined in section 168), the deduction allowable under section 168 shall be deemed to constitute the reasonable allowance provided by this section. In the case of public utility recovery property (within the meaning of section 168A), the deduction allowable under section 168A shall be deemed to constitute the reasonable allowance provided by this section.

* * * * * * *

[(e) CHANGE IN METHOD.--

 

[(1) CHANGE FROM DECLINING BALANCE METHOD.--In the absence of an agreement under subsection (d) containing a provision to the contrary, a taxpayer may at any time elect in accordance with regulations prescribed by the Secretary to change from the method of depreciation described in subsection (b)(2) to the method described in subsection (b)(1).]

 

(e) CHANGE IN METHOD.--In the absence of an agreement under subsection (d) containing a provision to the contrary, the taxpayer may at any time elect in accordance with regulations prescribed by the Secretary to change from any method of depreciation described in subsection (b) (other than paragraph (1) thereof) to another method described in such subsection which would have resulted in a smaller allowance for the year in which the property was placed in service.

* * * * * * *

(l) REASONABLE ALLOWANCE IN CASE OF PROPERTY OF CERTAIN UTILITIES.--

 

(1) PRE-1970 PUBLIC UTILITY PROPERTY.--* * *

(3) DEFINITIONS.--For purposes of this subsection--

 

(A) PUBLIC UTILITY PROPERTY.--The term "public utility property" means property used predominantly in the trade or business of the furnishing or sale of--

 

(i) electrical energy, water, or sewage disposal services,

(ii) gas or steam through a local distribution system,

(iii) telephone services, or other communication services if furnished or sold by the Communications Satellite Corporation for purposes authorized by the Communications Satellite Act of 1962 (47 U.S.C. 701), or

(iv) transportation of gas or steam by pipeline,

 

if the rates for such furnishing or sale, as the case may be, have been established or approved by a State or political subdivision thereof, by any agency or instrumentality of the United States, or by a public service or public utility commission or other similar body of any State or political subdivision thereof.

(B) PRE-1970 PUBLIC UTILITY PROPERTY.--The term "pre-1970 public utility property" means property which was public utility property in the hands of any person at any time before January 1, 1970.

(C) POST-1969 PUBLIC UTILITY PROPERTY.--The term "post-1969 public utility property" means any public utility property which is not pre-1970 public utility property and which is placed in service before January 1, 1981.

* * * * * * *

(n) STRAIGHT LINE METHOD IN CERTAIN CASES.--

 

(1) * * *

* * * * * * *

(4) APPLICATION OF SUBSECTION.--This subsection shall apply to that portion of the basis which is attributable to construction, reconstruction, or erection after December 31, 1975, and before January 1, 1982 [January 1, 1984].

 

* * * * * * *

[(r) RETIREMENT-REPLACEMENT-BETTERMENT METHOD.--In the case of railroad track used by a common carrier by railroad (including a railroad switching company or a terminal company), the term "reasonable allowance" as used in subsection (a) includes an allowance for such track computed under the retirement-replacement-betterment method.]

(s) METHOD OF DEPRECIATING CERTAIN REAL PROPERTY.--

 

(1) IN GENERAL.--In the case of section 167(s) property, not-withstanding any other provision of this section, the depreciation allowance under subsection (a) shall be computed--

 

(A) using a useful life of 15, 25, 35, or 45 years (as selected by the taxpayer),

(B) treating the salvage value as zero, and

(C) under--

 

(i) the straight line method, or

(ii) if the taxpayer makes an election with respect to such property under this clause, the applicable declining balance method.

If an election under clause (ii) of subparagraph (C) is made with respect to any property, the taxpayer shall be deemed to have selected a useful life of 15 years for such property.

(2) APPLICABLE DECLINING BALANCE METHOD.--For purposes of paragraph (1), the applicable declining balance method is--

 

(A) in the case of property other than low-income housing and targeted area property, the declining balance method using a rate not in excess of 150 percent of the straight line rate, and

(B) in the case of low-income housing and targeted area property, the declining balance method using a rate not in excess of 200 percent of the straight line rate.

 

(3) ELECTION.--An election under clause (ii) of paragraph (1)(C) with respect to any property shall be made on or before the due date prescribed by law (including extensions thereof) for filing the return under this chapter for the taxable year in which such property is placed in service. Except as provided in subsection (e), such an election, once made, shall be irrevocable.

(4) COMPONENTS OF BUILDINGS.--

 

(A) IN GENERAL.--Except as otherwise provided in this paragraph--

 

(i) an election made under clause (ii) of paragraph (1)(C) with respect to any building shall apply to all components of such building, and

(ii) no election may be made under clause (ii) of paragraph (1)(C) with respect to any component of a building unless such an election has been made with respect to such building.

 

(B) TRANSITIONAL RULE.--In the case of any building placed in service by the taxpayer before January 1, 1981, for purposes of applying subparagraph (A) to components of such building placed in service after December 31, 1980, an election under clause (ii) of paragraph (1)(C) with respect to the first component placed in service after December 31, 1980 (or a failure too make such an election with respect to such first component) shall be treated as an election (or failure to make an election) with respect to such building.

(C) EXCEPTION FOR SUBSTANTIAL IMPROVEMENTS.--

 

(i) IN GENERAL.--For purposes of this paragraph, a substantial improvement shall be treated as a separate building.

(ii) SUBSTANTIAL IMPROVEMENT.--For purposes of clause (i), the term "substantial improvement" means the improvements added to capital account with respect to any building during any taxable year, but only if the sum of the amounts added to such account during such year equals or exceeds 25 percent of the adjusted basis of the property (determined without regard to the adjustments provided in paragraphs (2) and (3) of section 1016(a)) as of the first day of such taxable year.

(iii) IMPROVEMENTS MUST BE MADE AFTER PROPERTY IN SERVICE FOR 3 YEARS.--For purposes of this paragraph, the term "substantial improvement" shall not include any improvement made before the date 3 years after the building was placed in service.

(5) DEFINITIONS.--For purposes of this subsection--

 

(A) SECTION 167(S) PROPERTY.--Except as provided in subparagraph (B), the term "section 167(s) property" means any property--

 

(i) which is section 1250 property, or which is an elevator or escalator which would be section 1250 property but for subparagraph (C) or (D) of section 1245(a)(3), and

(ii) which is placed in service after December 31, 1980.

 

For purposes of the preceding sentence, the determination of whether any property is (or would be) section 1250 property shall be made without regard to section 1245(a)(3)(F).

(B) EXCEPTIONS.--The term "section 167(s) property" shall not include--

 

(i) any property for which a class life of 12-1/2 years or less is in effect under subsection (m) as of January 1, 1981,

(ii) any mobile home, and

(iii) any property for which amortization (in lieu of depreciation) or for which subsection (k) is properly elected.

 

(C) LOW-INCOME HOUSING.--The term "low-income housing" means any property described in clause (i), (ii), (iii), or (iv) of section 1250(a)(1)(B).

(D) TARGETED AREA PROPERTY.--

 

(i) IN GENERAL.--The term "targeted area property" means any section 167(s) property which is placed in service in (or directly adjacent to) an economically distressed area. Such term shall not include any low-income housing or residential rental property (as defined in subsection (i)(2)(B)).

(ii) ECONOMICALLY DISTRESSED AREA.--The term "economically distressed area" means a census tract or enumeration district designated by the Secretary--

 

(I) in which at least 70 percent of the families have incomes below 80 percent of the median income for the State in which such area is located, and

(II) in which at least 30 percent of the families have incomes below the national poverty level.

 

(iii) INFORMATION USED.--The determinations under clause (i) shall be made on the basis of the most recent decennial census for which data are available before the date 1 year before the date on which the property is placed in service; except that in no event shall a decennial census before the 1980 census be used.

 

(E) BUILDING INCLUDES OTHER STRUCTURE.--The term "building" includes any other structure.

 

(6) SPECIAL RULES FOR FOREIGN PROPERTY.--In the case of any section 167(s) property outside the United States--

 

(A) the taxpayer shall use a useful life of 35 years (in lieu of the amount provided in paragraph (1)(A)), and

(B) the applicable declining balance method shall be the method described in paragraph (2)(A).

 

(7) TRANSFEREE BOUND BY TRANSFEROR'S TREATMENT OF PROPERTY IN CERTAIN CASES.--Rules similar to the rules of section 168(e)(8) shall apply to section 167(s) property.

 

(t) SPECIAL RULES FOR CERTAIN PROPERTY PLACED IN SERVICE AFTER DECEMBER 31, 1980.--

 

(1) IN GENERAL.--For purposes of this section, the useful life of any property to which this subsection applies shall be--

 

(A) the lower limit life applicable to such property, or

(B) if there is no lower limit life for such property, a useful life determined on the facts and circumstances.

 

(2) PROPERTY TO WHICH SUBSECTION APPLIES.--This subsection shall apply to--

 

(A) any expense-method property to the extent that an election under section 168(c) applies to such property, and

(B) any property which would be expense-method property as determined under section 168 but for section 168(d).

 

For purposes of the preceding sentence, section 168(d)(4) shall be applied as if it did not contain subparagraph (A) thereof and without regard to the present class life requirement of subparagraph (B).

(3) LOWER LIMIT LIFE.--For purposes of this subsection--

 

(A) LOWER LIMIT LIFE.--The term "lower limit life" means the class life for the property reduced by an amount equal to 20 percent of such class life (rounded to the nearest half year).

(B) CLASS LIFE.--The term "class life" means, with respect to any property which is included in a class for which a class life has been prescribed, the class life prescribed by the Secretary which reasonably reflects the anticipated useful life of such class of property to the industry or other group. Except as provided by the Secretary, after the date of the enactment of this section, the classes of property and class lives shall be the same as those in effect under subsection (m) of such date of enactment.

 

(4) SPECIAL RULES FOR CERTAIN PROPERTY.--

 

(A) USEFUL LIFE.--In the case of any property--

 

(i) to which an election under section 168(c) applies,

(ii) described in paragraph (1) or (2) of section 168(d), or

(iii) which is public utility property,

 

the class life for such property shall be taken into account under paragraph (1) in lieu of the lower limit life.

(B) STRAIGHT-LINE METHOD FOR CERTAIN CASES.--In the case of any property--

 

(i) to which an election under section 168(c) applies,

(ii) described in paragraph (2) of section 168(d), or

(iii) which is public utility property,

 

the term "reasonable allowance" (as used in subsection (a)) means only an allowance computed under the straight-line method.

 

(5) SPECIAL RULES.--

 

(A) PUBLIC UTILITY PROPERTY.--For purposes of this subsection, the term "public utility property" has the meaning given to such term by section 168(f)(3).

(B) RAILROAD TANK CARS, ETC.--In the case of any railroad tank car, oil pipeline, or property which would be section 167(s) property but for clause (i) or (ii) of subsection (s)(5)(B)--

 

(i) this section (other than this subparagraph) shall not apply, but

(ii) rules similar to the rules of section 168A which apply to class 1 public utility recovery property shall apply.

(u) [(s)] DEPRECIATION OF IMPROVEMENTS IN THE CASE OF MINES, ETC.--

For additional rule applicable to depreciation of improvements in the case of mines, oil and gas wells, other natural deposits, and timber, see section 611.

 

SEC. 168. EXPENSE-METHOD DEPRECIATION.

 

(a) ALLOWANCE OF DEDUCTION.--There shall be allowed as a deduction an amount equal to the basis of each expense-method property placed in service by the taxpayer during the taxable year.

(b) EXPENSE-METHOD PROPERTY DEFINED.--Except as otherwise provided in this section, for purposes of this title, the term "expense-method property" means tangible property--

 

(1) which is of a character subject to the allowance for depreciation,

(2) which is--

 

(A) personal property,

(B) other property (not including a building and its structural components) but not so long as it meets the requirements of clause (i), (ii), or (iii) of section 1245(a)(3)(B), or

(C) a storage facility used in connection with the distribution of oil, gas, or any primary product of oil or gas, and

 

(3) which is placed in service by the taxpayer after December 31, 1980.

 

(c) FLEXIBILITY.--

 

(1) IN GENERAL.--The taxpayer may elect to have all (or any portion) of the basis of any expense-method property--

 

(A) not taken into account under subsection (a), but

(B) depreciable under the rules of section 167(t).

 

(2) SPECIAL RULE FOR TRANSITION.--An election under this subsection may apply only with respect to the portion of the basis of any expense-method property to which this section applies (determined after the application of paragraphs (1) and (2) of subsection (g)).

(3) ELECTION.--An election under this subsection shall be made on or before the due date prescribed by law (including extensions thereof) for filing the return under this chapter for the taxable year in which the property is placed in service. Such election shall be made in such manner as the Secretary may be regulations prescribe. Any such election may not be revoked except with the consent of the Secretary.

 

(d) CERTAIN PROPERTY EXCLUDED FROM DEFINITION OF EXPENSE-METHOD PROPERTY.--For purposes of this section--

 

(1) PROPERTY USED PREDOMINANTLY OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES.--The term "expense-method property" does not include property which, during the taxable year, is used predominantly outside The United States A within the meaning of paragraph (2) of section 48(a)).

(2) NONCORPORATE LESSORS.--

 

(A) IN GENERAL.--In the case of a person other than a corporation, the term "expense-method property" includes property with respect to which the taxpayer is the lessor only if the requirement of subparagraph (A) or (B) of section 46(e)(3) are met with respect to such property.

(B) CORPORATE PARTNERS.--In the case of any property of which a partnership is the lessor, subparagraphs (A) shall not apply with respect to such property in the case of any partner which is a corporation.

(C) SPECIAL RULES FOR CERTAIN CORPORATIONS.--For purposes of this paragraph, the term "corporation" does not include--

 

(i) an electing small business corporation (as defined in section 1371),

(ii) a personal holding company (as defined in section 542), and

(iii) any service organization (as defined in section 414(m)(3)).

(3) PROPERTY FOR WHICH INVESTMENT CREDIT NOT ALLOWABLE UNDER PRIOR LAW.--The term "expense-method property" does not include any property which, if it had been placed in service before January 1, 1981, would have been excluded from the definition of section 38 property under--

 

(A) paragraph (3) of section 48(a) (relating to property used for lodging),

(B) paragraph (4) of section 48(a) (relating to property used by certain tax-exempt organization), or

(C) paragraph (5) of section 48(a) (relating to property used by governmental units).

 

(4) PUBLIC UTILITY PROPERTY.--The term "expense-method property" does not include--

 

(A) any public utility property with a present class life of more than 18 years, and

(B) in the case of a taxpayer which is regulated on a rate of return basis, any public utility property with a present class life of 18 years or less unless the taxpayer uses a normalization method of accounting (within the meaning of section 168A(d)(2)(B)) with respect to such property.

 

(5) PROPERTY ACQUIRED AT DEATH.--The term "expense-method property" does not include any property the basis of which in the hands of the taxpayer is determined under section 1014(a).

(6) CERTAIN LIVESTOCK.--

 

(A) IN GENERAL.--The term "expense-method property" does not include any livestock (determined under section 1231(b)(3) without regard to the period for which held by the taxpayer) unless the taxpayer elects to treat such livestock as expense-method property.

(B) LIMITATION IN THE CASE OF HORSES.--In the case of a horse, an election under subparagraph (A) shall only apply to so much of the basis of the horse as does not exceed $100,000.

 

(7) RAILROAD TANK CARS.--The term "expense-method property" does not include any railroad tank car.

(8) OIL PIPELINES.--The term "expense-method property" does not include any oil pipeline.

(9) CERTAIN FILMS.--The term "expense-method property" does not include any qualified film (as defined in section 48(k)(1)(B)).

 

(e) COORDINATION WITH SECTION 1245.--In the case of any disposition of expense-method property--

 

(1) the excess referred to in paragraph (1) of section 1245(a) shall be determined as if such paragraph did not contain subparagraph (A) thereof,

(2) paragraph (1) of section 1245(b) shall not apply, and

(3) paragraph (3) of section 1245(b) (and paragraph (5) of section 1245(b) to the extent it relates to such paragraph (3)) shall not apply unless the transfer is in a transaction to which section 381(a) applies.

 

(f) DEFINITIONS AND SPECIAL RULES.--

 

(1) DISPOSITIONS WITHIN 1 YEAR AFTER PROPERTY PLACED IN SERVICE.--The term "expense-method property" does not include any property disposed of by the taxpayer before the date 1 year after the date on which such property was placed in service.

(2) PROPERTY WHICH CEASES TO BE EXPENSE-METHOD PROPERTY.-- If any expense-method property for which a deduction was allowable to the taxpayer under this section ceases to be expense-method property with respect to the taxpayer (other than by disposition)--

 

(A) the taxpayer shall be treated as having disposed of such property on the date of such cessation, and

(B) the basis of such property in the hands of the taxpayer after the date of such cessation shall be treated as equal to its fair market value as of such date.

 

(3) PUBLIC UTILITY PROPERTY.--For purposes of this section, the term "public utility property" has the meaning given to such term by section 167(1)(3)(A).

(4) PRESENT CLASS LIFE.--The present class life of any property is the class life (if any) which would be applicable to such property as of January 1, 1981, under subsection (m) of section 167 (determined without regard to any regulation, ruling, or announcement published by the Secretary after such date, and as if the taxpayer had made an election under such subsection).

(5) COORDINATION WITH SECTION 453.--The Secretary shall prescribe regulations to the extent he determines such regulations are necessary to prevent undue benefits from combining the benefits of this section with the benefits of section 453.

(6) BASIS.--For purposes of this section, the basis of any property shall be the adjusted basis provided in section 1011 for purposes of determining the gain on the sale or other disposition of such property.

(7) LIFE TENANTS AND BENEFICIARIES OF TRUSTS AND ESTATES.-- Rules similar to the rules of section 167(h) shall apply for purposes of this section.

(8) TRANSFEREE BOUND BY TRANSFEROR'S TREATMENT OF PROPERTY IN CERTAIN CASES.--

 

(A) IN GENERAL.--In the case of expense-method property transferred in a transaction described in subparagraph (B), the transferee shall be treated as the transferor for purposes of computing the deduction allowable under subsection (a) with respect to so much of the basis in the hands of the transferee as does not exceed the adjusted basis in the hands of the transferor.

(B) TRANSACTIONS COVERED.--For purposes of subparagraph (A), the transactions described in this subparagraph are--

 

(i) any transaction of property if the basis of such property in the hands of the transferee is determined by reference to its basis in the hands of the transferor by reason of section 332, 351, 361, 371(a), 374(a), 721, or 731,

(ii) any acquisition where the transferor and transferee are related persons (other than a transaction to which section 334(b)(2) applies), and

(iii) any acquisition of property by any person if such person acquired the property from another person and leases it back to such other person (or a person related to such other person).

 

(C) PROPERTY REACQUIRED BY THE TAXPAYER.--Under regulations prescribed by the Secretary, expense-method property which is disposed of and then reacquired by the taxpayer shall be treated, for purpose of computing the deduction allowable under subsection (a), as if such property had not been disposed of.

(D) RELATED PERSON DEFINED.--For purposes of this paragraph, a person is related to another person if--

 

(i) the person bears a relationship to such other person specified in section 267(b) or 707(b)(1), or

(ii) such persons are engaged in trades or businesses under common control (within the meaning of subsections (a) and (b) of section 252).

 

For purposes of clause (i), sections 267(b) and 707(b)(1) shall be applied by substituting '10 percent' for '50 percent'.
(g) TRANSITIONAL RULES.--

 

(1) IMMEDIATE EXPENDING FOR FIRST $25,000 OF PROPERTY.--

 

(A) IN GENERAL.--The taxpayer may designate items of expense-method property which shall be deductible under subsection (a) without regard to the rules of paragraphs (2) and (3) of this subsection.

(B) LIMITATION.--The aggregate bases of expense-method property which are placed in service during any taxable year and which are designated under subparagraph (A) shall not exceed $25,000.

 

(2) ONLY CERTAIN PORTION OF PROPERTY TAKEN INTO ACCOUNT.--

 

(A) IN GENERAL.--Except in the case of property designated by the taxpayer under paragraph (1), this section (other than subsection (e)) shall apply only to the applicable percentage of the basis of expense-method property of the taxpayer placed in service before 1985.

(B) APPLICABLE PERCENTAGE.--For purposes of subparagraph (A)--

 In the case of

 

   property placed       The applicable

 

   in service during:      percentage is:

 

 

       1981                20

 

       1982                40

 

       1983                60

 

       1984                80.

 

(3) HALF-YEAR CONVENTION.--

 

(A) IN GENERAL.--Except in the case of property designated by the taxpayer under paragraph (1), the deduction for any expense-method property placed in service before 1990 shall be allowed for the taxable year in which placed in service and for the succeeding taxable year in accordance with the following table:
                                The following percentage of the deduction

 

                                with respect to the property shall be

 

                                allowed:

 

                                -------------------------------------------

 

                                For the taxable year

 

 In the case of property        in which placed in       For the succeeding

 

 placed in service:             service:                 taxable year:

 

 

 After 1980 and before 1986       50                       50

 

 During 1986                      60                       40

 

 During 1987                      70                       30

 

 During 1988                      80                       20

 

 During 1989                      90                       10

 

 

 

(B) DEDUCTION.--For purposes of subparagraph (A), the term "deduction" means, with respect to any property, the amount allowable as a deduction under subsection (a) with respect to such property for the taxable year in which such property is placed in service (determined without regard to this paragraph but with regard to paragraph (2)).

 

(4) SPECIAL RULES FOR DESIGNATIONS UNDER PARAGRAPH (1)--

 

(A) DESIGNATION.--

 

(i) IN GENERAL.--A designation under subparagraph (A) of paragraph (1) shall be made on or before the due date prescribed by law (including extensions thereof) for filing the return under this chapter for the taxable year is which the property is placed in service. The designation shall be made in such manner as the Secretary may by regulations prescribe. Any such designation may not be revoked except with the consent of the Secretary.

(ii) DESIGNATION APPLIES TO ENTIRE BASIS.--A designation under subparagraph (A) of paragraph (1) shall apply to the entire basis of the property being designated, except that the designation may apply to a portion of the basis of one item if (but for this exception) the designation of such item would result in the limitation of subparagraph (B) of paragraph (1) being exceeded.

 

(B) PARAGRAPH (1) NOT TO APPLY TO ESTATES AND TRUSTS.--Paragraph (1) shall not apply to estates and trusts.

(C) DOLLAR LIMITATION FOR CONTROLLED GROUP.--For purposes of paragraph (1)--

 

(i) all component members of a controlled group shall be treated as one taxpayer, and

(ii) the Secretary shall apportion the dollar limitation of subparagraph (B) of paragraph (1) among the component members of such controlled group in such manner as he shall be regulations prescribe.

 

(D) CONTROLLED GROUP DEFINED.--For purposes of subparagraph (C), the term "controlled group" has the meaning assigned to it by section 1563(a), except that, for such purposes, the phrase "more than 50 percent" shall be substituted for the phrase "at least 80 percent" each place it appears in section 1563(a)(1).

(E) DOLLAR LIMITATION IN CASE OF PARTNERSHIPS.--In the case of a partnership, the dollar limitation of subparagraph (B) of paragraph (1) shall apply with respect to the partnership and with respect to each partner.

(F) MARRIED INDIVIDUALS.--In the case of a separate return by a married individual (within the meaning of section 143), the dollar limitation of subparagraph (B) of paragraph (1) shall be $12,500 in lieu of $25,000.

(G) TRANSITIONAL RULE.--In the case of any taxable year which begins before January 1, 1981, and ends after December 31, 1980, the dollar limitation of subparagraph (B) of paragraph (1) shall be an amount which bears the same ratio to the amount which (but for this subparagraph) would be such limitation, as--

 

(i) the number of months in such taxable year beginning after December 31, 1980, bears to

(ii) 12.

 

A similar rule shall also apply in the case of a short taxable year beginning after December 31, 1980.

 

(5) SPECIAL RULES FOR TRANSITION PERIOD.--

 

(A) INVESTMENT TAX CREDIT ALLOWED FOR REMAINING BASIS.--

 

(i) IN GENERAL.--Paragraph (11) of section 48(a) shall not apply to that portion of the basis of any expense-method property to which this section does not apply (hereinafter in this paragraph referred to as the "remain basis").

(ii) CLARIFICATION OF LIMIT ON USED PROPERTY.-- For purposes of section 48(c)(2), the cost of any used section 38 property shall not include the portion of the cost of such property to which this section applies.

 

(B) DEPRECIATION DEDUCTION ALLOWED.--The depreciation deduction provided by section 167 shall apply to the remaining basis without regard to the second sentence of section 167(a). For purposes of computing such deduction, the taxpayer may use a useful life which has a variance up or down of not more than 20 percent (rounded to the nearest half year) from the present class life for such property (whether or not the taxpayer has made an election under section 167(m)).

 

(6) TRANSITIONAL RULES DO NOT APPLY TO SHORT LIFE PROPERTY.--This subsection shall not apply to any expense-method property which, without regard to this section, would have been depreciable over a period of less than 2 years.

(7) RRB REPLACEMENTS PROPERTY GETS IMMEDIATE EXPENSING.--This subsection shall not apply to any property described in section 48(a)(9).

SEC. 168A. SIMPLIFIED COST RECOVERY FOR LONG-LIFE PUBLIC UTILITY PROPERTY.

 

(a) ALLOWANCE OF DEDUCTION.--In the case of a public utility recovery property, there shall be allowed, in lieu of any deduction allowed by any other section of this part, the recovery deduction provided by this section.

(b) AMOUNT OF DEDUCTION.--The amount of the deduction allowable by subsection (a) for any taxable year shall be the aggregate determined by applying--

 

(1) the recovery percentage for each class of property, to

(2) the balance in the recovery account for such class at the end of such year.

 

(c) CLASS AND RECOVERY PERIOD.--

 

(1) TABLE.--All recovery property--

 

(A) shall be placed in 1 of the 2 classes set forth in the following table, and

(B) shall have the recovery percentage set forth for such class in the following table:

 Class and Recovery Percentage Table

 

 

                       Recovery

 

 Class:                  percentage:

 

 

 1                       15

 

 2                       10

 

 

 

(2) CLASS 1.--Public utility recovery property with a present class life of more than 18 years but not more than 25 years shall be placed in class 1.

(3) CLASS 2.--Public utility property with a present class life of more than 25 shall be placed in class 2.

(4) PRESENT CLASS LIFE.--For purposes of this section, the term "present class life" has the meaning given to such term by section 168(e)(4).

 

(d) PUBLIC UTILITY RECOVERY PROPERTY.--For purposes of this section--

 

(1) IN GENERAL.--Except as otherwise provided in this sub-section, the term "public utility recovery property" means any property--

 

(A) which is public utility property (as defined in section 168(f)(3)), and

(B) which would be expense-method property but for section 168(d)(4).

 

(2) NORMALIZATION RULES.--

 

(A) IN GENERAL.--In the case of a taxpayer which is regulated on a rate of return basis, the term "public utility recovery property" does not include any property unless the taxpayer uses a normalization method of accounting with respect to such property.

(B) USE OF NORMALIZATION METHOD DEFINED.--For purposes of subparagraph (A), in order to use a normalization method of accounting with respect to any public utility property--

 

(i) the taxpayer must, in computing its tax expense for purposes of establishing its cost of service for rate-making purposes and reflecting operating results in its regulated books of account, use a method of depreciation with respect to such property that is the same as, and a depreciation period for such property that is no shorter than, the method and period used to compute its depreciation expense for such purposes; and

(ii) the taxpayer must make adjustments to a reserve to reflect the deferral of taxes resulting from the allowance of a deduction with respect to such property under this section instead of the allowance of a deduction under section 167 using--

 

(I) the method of depreciation used to compute regulated tax expense under clause (i), and

(II) the depreciation period used to compute regulated tax expense under clause (i) (or, if shorter, the class life (as defined in section 167(t)(3)(B)) applicable to such property).

(3) AMORTIZATION PROPERTY.--The term "public utility recovery property" does not include property with respect to which the taxpayer--

 

(A) is entitled to elect amortization (in lieu of depreciation), and

(B) elects such amortization.

(e) RECOVERY ACCOUNT.--

 

(1) IN GENERAL.--The taxpayer shall establish a recovery account for each class of public utility recovery property.

(2) ADDITIONS TO ACCOUNT.--The recovery account for any class of recovery property shall be increased by an amount equal to the sum of--

 

(A) one-half of the basis of each public utility recovery property in such class which is placed in service by the taxpayer during the taxable year, plus

(B) one-half of the basis of each public utility recovery property in such class which was placed in service by the taxpayer during the preceding taxable year.

 

(3) REDUCTIONS IN ACCOUNT.--

 

(A) PROPERTY DISPOSED OF DURING YEAR.--The recovery account for any class of public utility recovery property shall be reduced by an amount equal to the amount realized on each public utility recovery property of such class disposed of by the taxpayer during the taxable year.

(B) AMOUNT ALLOWED UNDER THIS SECTION.--The recovery account for any class of public utility recovery property shall be reduced by an amount equal to the amount of the deduction allowed under subsection (a) with respect to such class (but not less than the amount allowable).

 

(4) TIME FOR MAKING ADJUSTMENTS.--

 

(A) IN GENERAL.--Any adjustment under paragraph (2) or (3)(A) shall be made as of the close of the taxable year but before the determination of the amount allowable as a deduction under subsection (a) for such taxable year.

(B) REDUCATION FOR DEDUCTION.--Any reduction under paragraph (3)(B) shall be made as of the beginning of the taxable year following the taxable year for which the amount was allowed (or allowable) as a deduction under subsection (a).

 

(5) COORDINATION WITH OTHER PROVISIONS.--

 

(A) DISPOSITIONS NOT TREATED AS DISPOSITIONS FOR CERTAIN PURPOSES.--For purposes of this title (other than this section and section 47), the disposition of any property in a recovery account shall be treated as if it were not a disposition.

(B) NEGATIVE BALANCE.--If, as of the close of any taxable year (after the adjustments under paragraphs (2) and (3)(A)), there is a negative balance in any recovery account then, notwithstanding any other provision of this subtitle--

 

(i) an amount equal to the amount by which--

 

(I) such negative balance (expressed as a positive number), exceeds

(II) one-half of the basis of all public utility recovery property in the class of recovery property for which such account is established which was placed in service by the taxpayer during the taxable year

 

shall be included in gross income for such taxable year as ordinary income, and

(ii) the balance in the account shall be adjusted (as of the beginning of the following taxable year) by adding to the account an amount equal to the amount included in gross income under clause (i).

(f) SPECIAL RULES.--

 

(1) NO ADJUSTMENT WHERE PROPERTY DISPOSED OF BEFORE CLOSE OF TAXABLE YEAR IN WHICH PLACED IN SERVICE.--No adjustment shall be made under paragraphs (2) and (3)(A) of subsection (c) in respect of any property which is disposed of by the taxpayer before the close of the taxable year in which placed in service by the taxpayer.

(2) PROPERTY CEASING TO BE RECOVERY PROPERTY.--If any property taken into account under subsection (e) ceases to be public utility recovery property during any taxable year--

 

(A) such property shall be treated as disposed of by the taxpayer during such taxable year, and

(B) the basis of such property in the hands of the taxpayer after such cessation shall be treated as equal to its fair market value.

 

(3) DISPOSITIONS OTHER THAN SALE OR EXCHANGE.--If any public utility recovery property is disposed of in a disposition which is not a sale, exchange, or involuntary conversion and which is not described in paragraph (4) or (5), the reduction under paragraph (3)(A) of subsection (e) for such disposition shall be the fair market value of the property disposed of. In the case of property disposed of by abandonment, the fair market value thereof shall be treated as if it were zero.

(4) TRANSFERS WHERE BASIS GOES OVER.--

 

(A) IN GENERAL.--If any public utility recovery property is transferred and the transferee's basis of such property is determined in whole or in part by reference to the adjusted basis of the transferor, then, under regulations prescribed by the Secretary--

 

(i) the transferor's recovery account for the class of property in which the public utility recovery property falls shall be reduced by the transferred amount, and

(ii) for purposes of determining the transferee's basis in such property, the adjusted basis of such property in the hands of the transferor shall be treated as equal to the transferred amount.

 

(B) TRANSFERRED AMOUNT.--For purposes of subparagraph (A), the transferred amount shall be the amount which bears the same relation to--

 

(i) the total amount in the transferor's recovery account immediately before the transfer, as

(ii) the fair market value of the transferred property bears to the fair market value of all property in such account immediately before the transfer.

 

(C) AUTHORITY TO PRESCRIBE ALTERNATE METHODS OF ALLOCATION.--The Secretary may by regulations prescribe alternate methods for allocating the balance in any recovery account for purposes of determining the transferred amount of any property.

(D) COORDINATION WITH SECTION 170(e).--In the case of any charitable contribution of public utility recovery property, the excess of the fair market value of such property (determined at the time of such contribution) over the transferred amount shall be treated as gain described in section 170(e)(1)(A).

 

(5) LIKE KIND EXCHANGES; INVOLUNTARY CONVERSIONS.--Under regulations prescribed by the Secretary, in the case of any exchange described in section 1031 or 1033--

 

(A) if the properties fall in the same class changes shall be made in the taxpayer's recovery account for such class only to the extent necessary to reflect the money or other property (within the meaning of section 1031) or property not similar or related in service or use (within the meaning of section 1033) paid, exchanged, or received, as the case may be, and

(B) if the properties fall in different classes, proper adjustments in the recovery accounts for both classes shall be made to carry out the nonrecognition provided for in such sections.

 

(6) SHORT TAXABLE YEARS.--The application of this section to taxable years of less than 12 months shall be in accordance with regulations prescribed by the Secretary.
SEC. 170. CHARITABLE, ETC., CONTRIBUTIONS AND GIFTS.

 

* * * * * * *

(e) CERTAIN CONTRIBUTIONS OF ORDINARY INCOME AND CAPITAL GAIN PROPERTY.--

 

(1) GENERAL RULE.--The amount of any charitable contribution of property otherwise taken into account under this section shall be reduced by the sum of--

 

(A) the amount of gain which would not have been long-term capital gain if the property contributed had been sold by the taxpayer at its fair market value (determined at the time of such contribution), and

(B) in the case of a charitable contribution--

 

(i) of tangible personal property, if the use by the donee is unrelated to the purpose or function constituting the basis for its exemption under section 501 (or, in the case of a governmental unit, to any purpose or function described in subsection (c)), or

(ii) to or for the use of a private foundation (as defined in section 509(a)), other than a private foundation described in subsection (b)(1)(D),

 

40 percent the applicable fraction [28/46] in the case of a corporation) of the amount of gain which would have been long-term capital gain if the property contributed had been sold by the taxpayer at its fair market value (determined at the time of such contribution).

 

For purposes of applying this paragraph (other than in the case of gain to which section 617(d)(1), 1245(a), 1250(a), 1251(c), 1252(a), or 1254(a) applies), property which is property used in the trade or business (as defined in section 1231(b)) shall be treated as a capital asset. For purposes of the first sentence of this paragraph, the term "applicable fraction" means the fraction the numerator of which is the rate of tax for the taxable year under section 1201(a)(2) and the denominator of which is the highest rate of tax for such year under section 11(b).

* * * * * * *

(4) SPECIAL RULE FOR CONTRIBUTIONS OF SCIENTIC PROPERTY USED FOR RESEARCH.--

 

(A) LIMIT ON REDUCTION.--In the case of a qualified research contribution, the reduction under paragraph (1)(A) shall be no greater than the amount determined under paragraph (3)(B).

(B) QUALIFIED RESEARCH CONTRIBUTIONS.--For purposes of this paragraph, the term "qualified research contribution" means a charitable contribution by a corporation of tangible personal property described in paragraph (1) of section 1221, but only if--

 

(i) the contribution is to an educational organization which is described in subsection (b)(1)(A)(ii) of this section and which is an institution of higher education (as defined in section 3304(f)),

(ii) the property is constructed by the taxpayer,

(iii) the contribution is made not later than 2 years after the date the construction of the property is substantially completed,

(iv) the original use of the property is by the donee,

(v) the property is scientific equipment or apparatus substantially all of the use of which by the donee is for research or experimentation (within the meaning of section 174), or for research training, in the United States in physical or biological sciences,

(vi) the property is not transferred by the donee in exchange for money, other property, or services, and

(vii) the taxpayer receives from the donee a written statement representing that its use and disposition of the property will be in accordance with the provisions of clauses (v) and (vi.)

 

(C) CONSTRUCTION OF PROPERTY BY TAXPAYER.--For purposes of this paragraph, property shall be treated as constructed by the taxpayer only if the cost of the parts used in the construction of such property (other than parts manufactured by the taxpayer or a related person) do not exceed 50 percent of the taxpayer's basis in such property.

(D) CORPORATION.--For purposes of this paragraph, the term "corporation" shall have the meaning given to such term by section 44F(d)(6).

SEC. 172. NET OPERATING LOSS DEDUCTION.

 

(a) * * *

 

* * * * * * *

 

(b) NET OPERATING LOSS CARRYBACKS AND CARRYOVERS.--

 

(1) YEARS TO WHICH LOSS MAY BE CARRIED.--

 

* * * * * * *

(B) Except as provided in subparagraphs (C), (D), (E), (F), (G), and (I) a net operating loss for any taxable year ending after December 31, 1955, shall be a net operating loss carryover to each of the 5 taxable years following the taxable year of such loss. Except as provided in subparagraphs (C), (D), (E) and (F), a net operating loss for any taxable year ending after December 31, 1975, shall be a net operating loss carryover to each of the [7] 20 taxable years following the taxable year of such loss.

(C) In the case of a taxpayer which is a regulated transportation corporation (as defined in subsection (g)(1)), a net operating loss for any taxable year ending after December 31, 1955, and before January 1, 1976, shall (except as provided in subsection (g)) be a net operating loss carryover to each of the 7 taxable years following the taxable year of such loss. [For any taxable year ending after December 31, 1975, the preceding sentence shall be applied by substitute "9 taxable years" for "7 taxable year".]

(D) In the case of a taxpayer which has a foreign expropriation loss (as defined in subsection (h)) for any taxable year ending after December 31, 1958, the portion of the net operating loss for such year attributable to such foreign expropriation loss shall not be a net operating loss carryback to any taxable year preceding the taxable year of such loss and shall be a net operating loss carryover to each of the 10 taxable years following the taxable year of such loss (or, with respect to that portion of the net operating loss for such year attributable to a Cuban expropriation loss, to each of the 20 taxable years following the taxable year of such loss).

(E)(i) A net operating loss for a REIT year--

(I) shall not be a net operating loss carryback to any taxable year preceding the taxable year of such loss, and

(II) shall be a net operating loss carryover to each of the [8] 20 taxable years following the taxable year of such loss.

 

[(ii) In the case of any net operating loss for a taxable year which is not a REIT year--

 

[(I) such loss shall not be carried back to any taxable year which is a REIT year, and

[(II) the number of taxable years to which such loss may be a net operating loss carryover under subparagraph (B) shall be increased (to a number not greater than 8) by the number of taxable years to which such loss may not be a net operating loss carryback by reason of subclause (I).]

 

(ii) In the case of any net operating loss for a taxable year which is not a REIT year, such loss shall not be carried back to any taxable year which is a REIT year.

(iii) For purposes of this subparagraph, the term "REIT year" means any taxable year for which the provisions of part II of subchapter M (relating to real estate investment trusts) apply to the taxpayer.

(g) CARRYOVER OF NET OPERATING LOSS FOR CERTAIN REGULATED TRANSPORTATION CORPORATIONS.--

 

(1) DEFINITIONS.--* *

* * * * * * *

(3) LIMITATION.--For purposes of subsection (b)(1)(C)--

 

(A) a net operating loss may not be a net operating loss carryover to the 6th taxable year following the loss year unless the taxpayer is a regulated transportation corporation for such 6th taxable year; and

(B) a net operating loss may not be a net operating loss carryover to the 7th taxable year following the loss year unless the taxpayer is a regulated transportation corporation for the 6th taxable year following the loss year and for such 7th taxable year[;and].

[(C) in the case of a net operating loss carryover from a loss year ending after December 31, 1975, subparagraph (A) and (B) shall be applied by substituting "8th taxable year" for "6th taxable year" and "9th taxable year" for "7th taxable year."]

* * * * * * *

 

 

SEC. 179. ADDITIONAL FIRST-YEAR DEPRECIATION ALLOWANCE FOR SMALL BUSINESS.

 

[(a) GENERAL RULE.--In the case of section 179 property, the term "reasonable allowance" as used in section 167(a) may, at the election of the taxpayer, include an allowance, for the first taxable year for which a deduction is allowable under section 167 to the taxpayer with respect to such property, of 20 percent of the cost of such property.

[(b) DOLLAR LIMITATION.--If in any one taxable year the cost of section 179 property with respect to which the taxpayer may elect an allowance under subsection (a) for such taxable year exceeds $10,000, then subsection (a) shall apply with respect to those items selected by the taxpayer, but only to the extent of an aggregate cost of $10,000. In the case of a husband and wife who file a joint return under section 6013 for the taxable year, the limitation under the preceding sentence shall be $20,000 in lieu of $10,000.

[(c) ELECTION.--

 

[(1) IN GENERAL.--The election under this section for any taxable year shall be made within the time prescribed by law (including extensions thereof) for filing the return for such taxable year. The election shall be made in such manner as the Secretary may by regulations prescribe.

[(2) ELECTION IRREVOCABLE.--Any election made under this section may not be revoked except with the consent of the Secretary.

 

[(d) DEFINITIONS AND SPECIAL RULES.--

 

[(1) SECTION 179 PROPERTY.--For purposes of this section, the term "section 179 property" means tangible personal property--

 

[(A) of a character subject to the allowance for depreciation under section 167,

[(B) acquired by purchase after December 31, 1957, for use in a trade or business or for holding for production of income, and

[(C) with a useful life (determined at the time of such acquisition) of 6 years or more.

 

[(2) PURCHASE DEFINED.--For purposes of paragraph (1), the term "purchase" means any acquisition of property, but only if--

 

[(A) the property is not acquired from a person whose relationship to the person acquiring it would result in the disallowance of losses under section 267 or 707(b) (but, in applying section 267(b) and (c) for purposes of this section, paragraph (4) of section 267(c) shall be treated as providing that the family of an individual shall include only his spouse, ancestors, and lineal descendants),

[(B) the property is not acquired by one component member of a controlled group from another component member of the same controlled group, and

[(C) the basis of the property in the hands of the person acquiring it is not determined--

 

[(i) in whole or in part by reference to the adjusted basis of such property in the hands of the person from whom acquired, or

[(ii) under section 1014(a) (relating to property acquired from a decedent).

[(3) COST.--For purposes of this section, the cost of property does not include so much of the basis of such property as is determined by reference to the basis of other property held at any time by the person acquiring such property.

[(4) SECTION NOT TO APPLY TO TRUSTS.--This section shall not apply to trusts.

[(5) ESTATES.--In the case of an estate, any amount apportioned to an heir, legatee, or devisee under section 167(h) shall not be taken into account in applying subsection (b) of this section to section 179 property of such their, legatee, or devisee not held by such estate.

[(6) DOLLAR LIMITATION OF CONTROLLED GROUP.--For purposes of subsection (b) of this section--

 

[(A) all component members of a controlled group shall be treated as one taxpayer, and

[(B) the Secretary shall apportion the dollar limitation contained in such subsection (b) among the component members of such controlled group in such manner as he shall by regulations prescribe.

 

[(7) CONTROLLED GROUP DEFINED.--For purposes of paragraphs (2) and (6), the term "controlled group" has the meaning assigned to it by section 1563(a); except that, for such purposes, the phrase "more than 50 percent" shall be substituted for the phrase "at least 80 percent" each place it appears in section 1563(a)(1).

[(8) DOLLAR LIMITATION IN CASE OF PARTNERSHIPS.--In the case of a partnership, the dollar limitation contained in the first sentence of subsection (b) shall apply with respect to the partnership and with respect to each partner.

[(9) ADJUSTMENT TO BASIS; WHEN MADE.--In applying section 167(g), the adjustment under section 1016(a)(2) resulting by reason of an election made under this section with respect to any section 179 property shall be made before any other deduction allowed by section 167(a) is computed.

 

[(e) REGULATIONS.--The Secretary shall prescribe such regulations as may be necessary to carry out the purposes of this section.]

 

SEC. 183. ACTIVITIES NOT ENGAGED IN FOR PROFIT.

 

(a) GENERAL RULE.--* * *

* * * * * * *

(d) PRESUMPTION.--If the gross income derived from an activity for 2 or more of the taxable years in the period of 5 consecutive taxable years which ends with the taxable year exceeds the deductions attributable to such activity (determined without regard to whether or not such activity is engaged in for profit), then, unless the Secretary establishes to the contrary, such activity shall be presumed for purposes of this chapter for such taxable year to be an activity engaged in for profit. In the case of an activity which consists in major part of the breeding, training, showing, or racing of horses, the preceding sentence shall be applied by substituting the period of 7 consecutive taxable years for the period of 5 consecutive taxable years. For purposes of this subsection and subsection (e)(2), in the case of expense-method property (as defined in section 168), there shall be substituted for the deductions under section 168 the deductions which would be allowed for each taxable year if section 167 had applied and if the taxpayer had applied the double declining balance method using a useful life determined under the rules of section 167(t)(1).

 

SEC. 189. AMORTIZATION OF REAL PROPERTY CONSTRUCTION PERIOD INTEREST AND TAXES

 

(a) CAPITALIZATION OF CONSTRUCTION PERIOD INTEREST AND TAXES.--Except as otherwise provided in this section or in section 266 (relating to carrying charges), in the case of an individual, no deduction shall be allowed for real property construction period interest and taxes. For purposes of this section, an electing small business corporation (as defined in section 1371(b)), a personal holding company (as defined in section 542), and a foreign personal holding company (as defined in section 552) shall be treated as an individual.

(b) AMORTIZATION OF AMOUNTS CHARGED TO CAPITAL ACCOUNT.--Any amount paid or accrued which would (but for subsection (a)) be allowable as a deduction for the taxable year shall be allowable for such taxable year and each subsequent amortization year in accordance with the following table:

 

                                                                 The percent-

 

                                                                 age of such

 

    If the amount is paid or accrued in a taxable year           amount allow-

 

      beginning in                                               able for each

 

 ---------------------------------------------------------       amortization

 

                   Residential real                              year shall be

 

                   property (other                               the following

 

 Nonresidential    than low-income                               percentage of

 

 real property     housing)            Low-income housing        such amount

 

 

 1976                                                             see subsection

 

                                                                      (f)

 

                     1978               [1982]        1987            25

 

 1977                1979               [1983]        1988            20

 

 1978                1980               [1984]        1989            16-2/3

 

 1979                1981               [1985]        1990            14-2/7

 

 1980                1982               [1986]        1991            12-1/2

 

 1981                1983               [1987]        1992            11-1/9

 

 after 1981        after 1983         [after 1987]  after 1992        10

 

*  *  *  *  *  *  *

 

 

PART VII-ADDITIONAL ITEMIZED DEDUCTIONS FOR INDIVIDUALS

 

 

Sec. 211. Allowance of deductions.

Sec. 212. Expenses for production of income.

Sec. 213. Medical, dental, etc., expenses.

Sec. 215. Alimony, etc., payments.

Sec. 216. Deduction of taxes, interest, and business depreciation by cooperative housing corporation tenant-stockholder.

Sec. 217. Moving expenses.

Sec. 218. Contributions to candidates for public office.

Sec. 219. Retirement saving.

[Sec. 220. Retirement savings for certain married individuals.

[Sec. 221. Cross references.]

Sec. 221. Deduction for two-earner married couples.

Sec. 222. Cross references.

[SEC. 219. RETIREMENT SAVINGS.

 

[(a) DEDUCTION ALLOWED.--In the case of an individual, there is allowed as a deduction amounts paid in cash for the taxable year by or on behalf of such individual for his benefit--

 

[(1) to an individual retirement account described in section 408(a),

[(2) for an individual retirement annuity described in section 408(b), or

[(3) for a retirement bond described in section 409 (but only if the bond is not redeemed within 12 months of the date of its issuance).

 

For purposes of this title, any amount paid by an employer to such a retirement account or for such a retirement annuity or retirement bond constitutes payment of compensation to the employee (other than a self-employed individual who is an employee within the meaning of section 401(c)(1) includible in his gross income, whether or not a deduction for such payment is allowable under this section to the employee after the application of subsection (b).

[(b) LIMITATIONS AND RESTRICTIONS.--

 

[(1) MAXIMUM DEDUCTION.--The amount allowable as a deduction under subsection (a) to an individual for any taxable year may not exceed an amount equal to 15 percent of the compensation includible in his gross income for such taxable year, or $1,500, whichever is less.

[(2) COVERED BY CERTAIN OTHER PLANS.--No deduction is allowed under subsection (a) for an individual for the taxable year if for any part of such year--

 

[(A) he was an active participant in--

 

[(i) a plan described in section 401(a) which includes a trust exempt from tax under section 501(a),

[(ii) an annuity plan described in section 403(a),

[(iii) a qualified bond purchase plan described in section 405(a), or

[(iv) a plan established for its employees by the United States, by a State or political subdivision thereof, or by an agency or instrumentality of any of the foregoing, or

 

[(B) amounts were contributed by his employer for an annuity contract described in section 403(b) (whether or not his rights in such contract are nonforfeitable.)

 

[(3) CONTRIBUTIONS AFTER AGE 70-1/2.--No deduction is allowed under subsection (a) with respect to any payment described in subsection (a) which is made during the taxable year of an individual who had attained age 70-1/2 before the close of such taxable year.

[(4) RECONTRIBUTED AMOUNTS.--No deduction is allowed under this section with respect to a rollover contribution described in section 402(a)(5), 402(a)(7), 403(a)(4), 403(b)(8), 408(d)(3), or 409(b)(3)(C).

[(5) AMOUNTS CONTRIBUTED UNDER ENDOWMENT CONTRACT.--In the case of an endowment contract described in section 408(b), no deduction is allowed under subsection (a) for that portion of the amounts paid under the contract for the taxable year properly allocable, under regulations prescribed by the Secretary, to the cost of life insurance.

[(6) ALTERNATIVE DEDUCTION.--No deduction is allowed under subsection (a) for the taxable year if the individual claims the deduction allowed by section 220 for the taxable year.

[(7) SPECIAL RULES IN CASE OF SIMPLIFIED EMPLOYEE PENSIONS.--

 

[(A) LIMITATION.--If there is an employer contribution on behalf of the employee to a simplified employee pension, the limitation under paragraph (1) shall be the lesser of--

 

[(i) 15 percent of the compensation includible in the employee's gross income for the taxable year (determined without regard to the employer contribution to the simplified employee pension). or

[(ii) the sum of--

 

[(I) the amount contributed by the employer to the simplified employee pension and included in gross income (but not in excess of $7,500), and

[(II) $1,500, reduced (but not below zero) by the amount described in subclause (I).

[(B) CERTAIN LIMITATIONS DO NOT APPLY TO EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTION.--Paragraphs (2) and (3) shall not apply with respect to the employer contribution to a simplified employee pension.

[(C) SPECIAL RULE FOR APPLYING SUBPARAGRAPH (A)(ii).--In the case of an employee who is an officer, shareholder, or owner-employee described in section 408(k)(3), the $7,500 amount specified in subparagraph (A)(ii)(I) shall be reduced by the amount of tax taken into account with respect to such individual under subparagraph (D) of section 408(k)(3).

[(c) DEFINITIONS AND SPECIAL RULES.--

 

[(1) COMPENSATION.--For purposes of this section, the term "compensation" includes earned income as defined in section 401(c)(2).

[(2) MARRIED INDIVIDUALS.--The maximum deduction under subsection (b)(1) shall be computed separately for each individual, and this section shall be applied without regard to any community property laws. For purposes of this section, the determination of whether an individual is married shall be made in accordance with the provisions of section 143(a).

[(3) TIME WHEN CONTRIBUTIONS DEEMED MADE.--For purposes of this section, a taxpayer shall be deemed to have made a contribution on the last day of the preceding taxable year if the contribution is made on account of such taxable year and is made not later than the time prescribed by law for filing the return for such taxable year (including extensions thereof).

[(4) PARTICIPATION IN GOVERNMENTAL PLANS BY CERTAIN INDIVIDUALS.--

 

[(A) MEMBERS OF RESERVE COMPONENTS.--A member of a reserve component of the armed forces (as defined in section 261(a) of title 10) is not considered to be an active participant in a plan described in subsection (b)(2)(A)(iv) for a taxable year solely because he is a member of a reserve component unless he has served in excess of 90 days on active duty (other than active duty for training) during the year.

[(B) VOLUNTEER FIREFIGHTERS.--An individual whose participation in a plan described in subsection (b)(2)(A)(iv) is based solely upon his activity as a volunteer firefighter and whose accrued benefit as of the beginning of the taxable year is not more than an annual benefit of $1,800 (when expressed as a single life annuity commencing at age 65) is not considered to be an active participant in such a plan for the taxable year.

 

[(5) EXCESS CONTRIBUTIONS TREATED AS CONTRIBUTION MADE DURING SUBSEQUENT YEAR FOR WHICH THERE IS AN UNUSED LIMITATION.--

 

[(A) IN GENERAL.--If for the taxable year the maximum amount allowable as a deduction under this section exceeds the amount contributed, then the taxpayer shall be treated as having made an additional contribution for the taxable year in an amount equal to the lesser of--

 

[(i) the amount of such excess, or

[(ii) the amount of the excess contributions for such taxable year (determined under section 4973(b)(2) without regard to subparagraph (C) thereof).

 

[(B) AMOUNT CONTRIBUTED.--For purposes of this paragraph, the amount contributed--

 

[(i) shall be determined without regard to this paragraph, and

[(ii) shall not include any rollover contribution.

 

[(C) SPECIAL RULE WHERE EXCESS DEDUCTION WAS ALLOWED FOR CLOSED YEAR.--Proper reduction shall be made in the amount allowable as a deduction by reason of this paragraph for any amount allowed as a deduction under this section or section 220 for a prior taxable year for which the period for assessing deficiency has expired if the amount so allowed exceeds the amount which should have been allowed for such prior taxable year.]
SEC. 219. RETIREMENT SAVINGS.

 

(a) ALLOWANCE OF DEDUCTION.--In the case of an individual, there shall be allowed as a deduction an amount equal to the qualified retirement contributions of the individual for the taxable year.

(b) MAXIMUM AMOUNT OF DEDUCTION.--

 

(1) IN GENERAL.--The amount allowable as a deduction under subsection (a) to any individual for any taxable year shall not exceed the lesser of--

 

(A) $2,000, or

(B) an amount equal to the compensation includible in the individual's gross income for such taxable year.

 

(2) SPECIAL RULES FOR EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS UNDER SIMPLIFIED EMPLOYEE PENSIONS.--

 

(A) LIMITATION.--The amount allowable as a deduction under subsection (a) for any employer contribution on behalf of the employee to a simplified employee pension shall be the lesser of--

 

(i) 15 percent of the compensation from the employer includible in the employee's gross income for the taxable year (determined without regard to the employer contribution to the simplified employee pension), or

(ii) the amount contributed by such employer to the simplified employee pension and included in gross income (but not in excess of $15,000).

 

(B) CERTAIN LIMITATIONS DO NOT APPLY TO EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTION.--Paragraph (1) of this subsection and paragraph (1) of subsection (c) shall not apply with respect to the employer contribution to a simplified employee pension.

(C) SPECIAL RULE FOR APPLYING SUBPARAGRAPH (A)(ii).--In the case of an employee who is an officer, shareholder, or owner-employee described in section 408(k)(3), the $15,000 amount specified in subparagraph (A)(ii) shall be reduced by the amount of tax taken into account with respect to such individual under subparagraph (D) of section 408(k)(3).

 

(3) SPECIAL RULE WHERE INDIVIDUAL CONTRIBUTES TO EMPLOYEE IRA.--If the individual has paid any qualified retirement contribution for the taxable year to an employee IRA, the amount of the qualified retirement contributions (other than employer contributions to a simplified employee pension) which are paid for the taxable year to an individual retirement plan (other than an employee IRA) and which are allowable as a deduction under subsection (a) for such taxable year shall not exceed--

 

(A) the amount determined under paragraph (1) for such taxable year, reduced by

(B) the amount of the qualified retirement contributions for the taxable year to an employee IRA.

(c) OTHER LIMITATIONS AND RESTRICTIONS.--

 

(1) INDIVIDUALS WHO HAVE ATTAINED AGE 70-1/2.--No deduction shall be allowed under this section with respect to any qualified retirement contribution which is made for a taxable year of an individual if such individual has attained age 70-1/2 before the close of such taxable year.

(2) RECONSTRUCTED AMOUNTS.--No deduction shall be allowed under this section with respect to a rollover contribution described in section 402(a)(5), 402(a)(7), 403(a)(4), 403(b)(8), 405(d)(3), 408(d)(3), or 409(b)(3)(C).

(3) AMOUNTS CONTRIBUTED UNDER ENDOWMENT CONTRACT.--In the case of an endowment contract described in section 408(b), no deduction shall be allowed under this section for that portion of the amounts paid under the contract for the taxable year which is properly allocable, under regulations prescribed by the Secretary, to the cost of life insurance.

 

(d) DEFINITION OF RETIREMENT SAVINGS CONTRIBUTIONS, ETC.--For purposes of this section--

 

(1) QUALIFIED RETIREMENT CONTRIBUTION.--The term "qualified retirement contribution" means any amount paid in cash during the taxable year by or on behalf of the individual for his benefit to an individual retirement plan.

(2) SPECIAL RULE FOR RETIREMENT BONDS.--For purposes of paragraph (1), the term "individual retirement plan" includes a retirement bond described in section 409 only if the bond is not redeemed within 12 months of its issuance.

(3) PAYMENTS FOR CERTAIN PLANS.--The term "amounts paid to an individual retirement plan" includes amounts paid for an individual retirement annuity or a retirement bond.

 

(e) OTHER DEFINITIONS AND SPECIAL RULES.--

 

(1) COMPENSATION.--For purposes of this section, the term "compensation" includes earned income as defined in section 401(c)(2).

(2) MARRIED INDIVIDUALS.--

 

(A) COMMUNITY PROPERTY LAWS.--This section shall be applied without regard to any community property laws.

(B) SPECIAL RULES FOR JOINT RETURNS.--In the case of a joint return under section 6013 for the taxable year--

 

(i) the amount allowable as a deduction under this section for the taxable year shall be the sum of the amounts determined under paragraph (1) of subsection (b) separately computed for each spouse, and

(ii) no deduction shall be allowed under this section for contributions paid for the taxable year for the benefit of any one spouse to the extent that such contributions exceed $2,000.

 

(C) SPECIAL RULE FOR ALLOCATING EXCESS CONTRIBUTIONS.--If the aggregate amount of the contributions paid to individual retirement plans for the taxable year for the benefit of an individual and his spouse exceeds the limitation of subparagraph (B)(i), such excess shall be allocated between the spouses in proportion to the respective contributions made for the benefit of the spouses for the taxable year.

(D) SPECIAL RULE.--Subparagraphs (B) and (C) shall not apply to any employer contribution to a simplified employee pension allowable as a deduction under subsection (a).

 

(3) TIME WHEN CONTRIBUTIONS DEEMED MADE.--For purposes of this section. a taxpayer shall be deemed to have made a contribution to an individual retirement plan on the last day of the preceding taxable year if the contribution is made on account of such taxable year and is made not later than the time prescribed by law for filing the return for such taxable year. In the case of an employee IRA, the preceding sentence shall apply only to the extent permitted under the plan and without regard to the reference to extensions.

(4) EMPLOYER PAYMENTS.--For purposes of this title, any amount paid by an employer to an individual retirement plan shall be treated as payment of compensation to the employee (other than a self-employed individual who is an employee with in the meaning of section 401(c)(1)) includible in his gross income, whether or not a deduction for such payment is allowable under this section to the employee after the application of subsection (b).

(5) EXCESS CONTRIBUTIONS TREATED AS CONTRIBUTION MADE DURING SUBSEQUENT YEAR FOR WHICH THERE IS AN UNUSED LIMITATION.--

 

(A) IN GENERAL.--If for the taxable year the maximum amount allowable as a deduction under this section for contributions to an individual retirement plan exceeds the amount contributed, then the taxpayer shall be treated as having made an additional contribution for the taxable year in an amount equal to the lesser of--

 

(i) the amount of such excess, or

(ii) the amount of the excess contributions for such taxable year (determined under section 4973(b)(2) without regard to subparagraph (C) thereof).

 

(B) AMOUNT CONTRIBUTED.--For purposes of this paragraph, the amount contributed--

 

(i) shall be determined without regard to this paragraph, and

(ii) shall not include any rollover contribution.

 

(C) SPECIAL RULE WHERE EXCESS DEDUCTION WAS ALLOWED FOR CLOSED YEAR.--Proper reduction shall be made in the amount allowable as a deduction by reason of this paragraph for any amount allowed as a deduction under this section for a prior taxable year for which the period for assessing deficiency has expired if the amount so allowed exceeds the amount which should have been allowed for such prior taxable year.
[SEC. 220. RETIREMENT SAVINGS FOR CERTAIN MARRIED INDIVIDUALS.

 

[(a) DEDUCTION ALLOWED.--In the case of an individual, there is allowed as a deduction amounts paid in cash for a taxable year by or on behalf of such individual for the benefit of himself and his spouse--

 

[(1) to an individual retirement account described in section 408(a).

[(2) for an individual retirement annuity described in section 408(b), or

[(3) for a retirement bond described in section 409 (but only if the bond is not redeemed within 12 months of the date of its issuance).

 

For purposes of this title, any amount paid by an employer to such a retirement account or for such a retirement annuity or retirement bond constitutes payment of compensation to the employee (other than a self-employed individual who is an employee within the meaning of section 401(c)(1) includible in his gross income, whether or not a deduction for such payment is allowable under this section to the employee after the application of subsection (b).

[(b) LIMITATIONS AND RESTRICTIONS.--

 

[(1) MAXIMUM DEDUCTION.--The amount allowable as a deduction under subsection (a) to an individual for any taxable year may not exceed--

 

[(A) twice the amount paid to the account, for the annuity, or for the bond, established for the individual or for his spouse to or for which the lesser amount was paid for the taxable year,

[(B) an amount equal to 15 percent of the compensation includible in the individual's gross income for the taxable year, or

[(C) $1,750,

 

whichever is the smallest amount.

[(2) ALTERNATIVE DEDUCTION.--No deduction is allowed under subsection (a) for the taxable year if the individual claims the deduction allowed by section 219 for the taxable year.

[(3) COVERAGE UNDER CERTAIN OTHER PLANS.--No deduction is allowed under subsection (a) for an individual for the taxable year if for any part of such year--

 

[(A) he or his spouse was an active participant in--

 

[(i) a plan described in section 401(a) which includes a trust exempt from tax under section 501(a),

[(ii) an annuity plan described in section 403(a),

[(iii) a qualified bond purchase plan described in section 405(a), or

[(iv) a plan established for its employees by the United States, by a State or political subdivision thereof, or by an agency or instrumentality of any of the foregoing, or

 

[(B) amounts were contributed by his employer, or his spouse's employer, for an annuity contract described in section 403(b) (whether or not his, or his spouse's, rights in such contract are nonforfeitable).

 

[(4) CONTRIBUTIONS AFTER AGE 70-1/2.--No deduction is allowed under subsection (a) with respect to any payment described in subsection (a) which is made for a taxable year of an individual if either the individual or his spouse has attained age 70-1/2 before the close of such taxable year.

[(5) RECONTRIBUTED AMOUNTS.--No deduction is allowed under this section with respect to a rollover contribution described in section 402(a)(5), 402(a)(7), 403(a)(4), 403(b)(8), 408(d)(3), or 409(b)(3)(C).

[(6) AMOUNTS CONTRIBUTED UNDER ENDOWMENT CONTRACT.--In the case of an endowment contract described in section 408(b), no deduction is allowed under subsection (a) for that portion of the amounts paid under the contract for the taxable year properly allocable, under regulations prescribed by the Secretary, to the cost of life insurance.

[(7) EMPLOYED SPOUSES.--No deduction is allowed under subsection (a) with respect to a payment described in subsection (a) made for any taxable year of the individual if the spouse of the individual has any compensation (determined without regard to section 911) for the taxable year of such spouse ending with or within such taxable year.

 

[(c) DEFINITIONS AND SPECIAL RULES.--

 

[(1) COMPENSATION.--For purposes of this section, the term "compensation" includes earned income as defined in section 401(c)(2).

[(2). MARRIED INDIVIDUALS.--This section shall be applied without regard to any community property laws.

[(3) DETERMINATION OF MARITAL STATUS.--The determination of whether an individual is married for purposes of this section shall be made in accordance with the provisions of section 143(a).

[(4) TIME WHEN CONTRIBUTIONS DEEMED MADE.--For purposes of this section, a taxpayer shall be deemed to have made a contribution on the last day of the preceding taxable year if the contribution is made on account of such taxable year and is made not later than the time prescribed by law for filing the return for such taxable year (including extensions thereof).

[(5) PARTICIPATION IN GOVERNMENTAL PLANS BY CERTAIN INDIVIDUALS.--A member of a reserve component of the armed forces or a volunteer firefighter is not considered to be an active participant in a plan described in subsection (b)(3)(A)(iv) if, under section 219(c)(4), he is not considered to be an active participant in such a plan.

[(6) EXCESS CONTRIBUTIONS TREATED AS CONTRIBUTION MADE DURING SUBSEQUENT YEAR FOR WHICH THERE IS AN UNUSED LIMITATION.--

 

[(A) IN GENERAL.--If for the taxable year the maximum amount allowable as a deduction under this section exceeds the amount contributed, then the taxpayer shall be treated as having made an additional contribution for the taxable year in an amount equal to the lesser of--

 

[(i) the amount of such excess, or

[(ii) the amount of the excess contributions for such taxable year (determined under section 4973(b)(2) with regard to subparagraph (C) thereof).

 

[(B) AMOUNT CONTRIBUTED.--For purposes of this paragraph, the amount contributed--

 

[(i) shall be determined without regard to this paragraph, and

[(ii) shall not include any rollover contribution.

 

[(C) SPECIAL RULE WHERE EXCESS DEDUCTION WAS ALLOWED FOR CLOSED YEAR.--Proper reduction shall be made in the amount allowable as a deduction by reason of this paragraph for any amount allowed as a deduction under this section or section 219 for a prior taxable year for which the period for assessing a deficiency has expired if the amount so allowed exceeds the amount which should have been allowed for such prior taxable year.]
SEC. 221. DEDUCTION FOR TWO-EARNER MARRIED COUPLES.

 

(a) DEDUCTION ALLOWED.--In the case of a joint return under section 6013 for the taxable year, there shall be allowed as a deduction an amount equal to 10 percent of the lesser of--

 

(1) $50,000, or

(2) the qualified earned income of the spouse with the lower qualified earned income for such taxable year.

 

(b) QUALIFIED EARNED INCOME DEFINED.--

 

(1) IN GENERAL.--For purposes of this section, the term "qualified earned income" means an amount equal to the excess of--

 

(A) the earned income of the spouse for the taxable year, over

(B) an amount equal to the sum of the deductions described in paragraphs (1), (2), (7), (9), (10), and (15) of section 62 to the extent such deductions are properly allocable to or chargeable against earned income described in subparagraph (A).

 

The amount of qualified earned income shall be determined without regard to any community property laws.

(2) EARNED INCOME.--For purposes of paragraph (1), the term "earned income" means income which is earned income within the meaning of section 911(d)(2) or 401(c)(2)(C), except that--

 

(A) such term shall not include any amount--

 

(i) not includible in gross income,

(ii) received as a pension or annuity,

(iii) paid or distributed out of an individual retirement plan (within the meaning of section 7701(a)(37)),

(iv) received as deferred compensation, or

(v) received for services performed by an individual in the employ of his spouse (within the meaning of section 3121(b)(3)(A)), and

 

(B) section 911(d)(2)(B) shall be applied without regard to the phrase "not in excess of 30 percent of his share of the net profits of such trade or business."
(c) DEDUCTION DISALLOWED FOR INDIVIDUAL CLAIMING BENEFITS OF SECTION 911 OR 931.--No deduction shall be allotted under this section for any taxable year if either spouse claims the benefits of section 911 or 931 for such taxable year.

 

SEC. [221] 222. CROSS REFERENCES.
(1) For deduction for long-term capital gains in the case of a taxpayer other than a corporation, see section 1202.

(2) For deductions in respect of a decedent, see section 691.

PART VIII-SPECIAL DEDUCTIONS FOR CORPORATIONS

 

 

Sec. 241. Allowance of special deductions.

Sec. 243. Dividends received by corporations.

Sec. 244. Dividends received on certain preferred stock.

Sec. 245. Dividends received from certain foreign corporations.

Sec. 246. Rules applying.

Sec. 247. Dividends paid on certain preferred stock of public utilities.

Sec. 248. Organizational expenditures.

Sec. 249. Limitation on deduction of bond premium on repurchase.

Sec. 250. Certain payments to the National Railroad Passenger Corporation.

 

* * * * * * *

 

 

SEC. 243. DIVIDENDS RECEIVED BY CORPORATIONS.

 

(a) GENERAL RULE.--* * *

(b) QUALIFYING DIVIDENDS.--

 

(1) DEFINITION.--* * *

* * * * * *

(3) EFFECT OF ELECTION.--If an election by an affiliated group is effective with respect to a taxable year of the common parent corporation, then under regulations prescribed by the Secretary--

 

(A) no member of such affiliated group may consent to an election under section 1562 for such taxable year,

(B) the member of such affiliated group shall be treated as one taxpayer for purposes of making the election under section 901(a) (relating to allowance of foreign tax credit), and

(C) the members of such affiliated group shall be limited to one--

 

(i) [$150,000] minimum accumulated earnings credit section 535(c)(2) or (3),

(ii) $400,000 limitation for certain expenditures under section 617(h)(1),

(iii) $25,000 limitation on small business deduction of life insurance companies under sections 804(a)(3) and 809(d)(10), and

(iv) surtax exemption, and one amount under section 6154(c)(2) and section 6655(e)(2), for purposes of estimated tax payment requirements under section 6154 and the addition to the tax under section 6655 for failure to pay estimated tax.

* * * * * * *

 

 

PART IX-ITEMS NOT DEDUCTIBLE

 

 

Sec. 261. General rule for disallowance of deductions.

Sec. 262. Personal, living, and family expenses.

Sec. 263. Capital expenditures.

Sec. 263A. Certain interest and carrying costs in the case of straddles.

 

[* * * * * * *]

 

 

Sec. 280C. Expenditures for which credit is claimed under action 40, 44B, or 44F.

SEC. 263A. CERTAIN INTEREST AND CARRYING COSTS IN THE CASE OF STRADDLES.

 

(a) GENERAL RULE.--No deduction shall be allowed for interest and carrying charges properly allocable to personal property which is part of a straddle. Any amount not allowed as a deduction by reason of the preceding sentence shall be chargeable to the capital account with respect to the personal property to which such amount relates.

(b) INTEREST AND CARRYING CHARGES DEFINED.--For purposes of subsection (a), the term "insert and carrying charges" means the excess of--

 

(1) the sum of--

 

(A) interest on indebtedness incurred or continued to purchase or carry the personal property, and

(B) amounts paid or incurred to insure, store, or transport the personal property, over

 

(2) the sum of--

 

(A) the amount of interest (including original issue discount) includible in gross income for the taxable year with respect to the property described in subparagraph (A), and

(B) any amount treated as ordinary income under section 1232(a)(4)(A) with respect to such property for the taxable year.

(c) EXCEPTION FOR HEDGING TRANSACTIONS.--This section shall not apply in the case of any hedging transaction (as defined in section 1092(d)).

(d) TRADERS ALLOWED TO OFFSET GAINS FROM COMMODITY-RELATED TRANSACTIONS.--

 

(1) IN GENERAL.--In the case of any trader--

 

(A) subsection (a) shall not apply, but

(B) the aggregate amount which, but for subparagraph (A), would have been disallowed as a deduction for any taxable year under subsection (a)--

 

(i) shall be treated as an ordinary loss to the extent such amount does not exceed the net straddle ordinary gain for the taxable year, and

(ii) to the extent such amount exceeds the net commodity ordinary gain, shall be treated as a short-term straddle loss for the taxable year (within the meaning of section 1092).

(2) TRADER DEFINED.--For purposes of paragraph (1), the term "trader" means an individual whose--

 

(A) principal activity for the taxable year is engaging in futures contracts transactions for his own account, and

(B) principal source of income or loss from the taxable year is from the activity described in subparagraph (A).

 

(3) NET STRADDLE ORDINARY GAIN.--For purposes of paragraph (1), the term "net straddle ordinary gain" means the net ordinary gain determined by taking into account ordinary gains and losses from straddle transactions to which section 1092 applies.

 

(e) STRADDLE DEFINED.--For purposes of this section--

 

(1) IN GENERAL.--The term "straddle" means offsetting positions with respect to personal property.

(2) OFFSETTING POSITIONS.--

 

(A) IN GENERAL.--A taxpayer holds offsetting positions with respect to personal property if there is a substantial diminution of the taxpayer's risk of loss from holding any position with respect to personal property by reason of his holding 1 or more other positions with respect to personal property (whether or not of the same kind).

(B) ONE SIDE LARGER THAN OTHER SIDE.--If 1 or more positions offset only a portion of 1 or more other positions, the Secretary shall by regulations prescribe the method for determining the portion of such other positions which is to be taken into account for purposes of this section.

 

(3) PRESUMPTION.--

 

(A) IN GENERAL.--For purposes of paragraph (2), 2 or more positions shall be presumed to be offsetting if--

 

(i) the positions are in the same personal property (whether established in such property or a contract for such property),

(ii) the positions are in the same personal property, even though such property may be in a substantially altered form,

(iii) the positions are in debt instruments of a similar maturity or other debt instruments described in regulations prescribed by the Secretary;

(iv) the positions are sold or marketed as offsetting positions (whether or not such positions are called a straddle, spread, butterfly, or any similar name),

(v) the aggregate marking requirement for such positions in lower than the sum of the margin requirements for each such position (if held separately), or

(vi) there are such other factors (or satisfaction of subjective or objective tests) as the Secretary may by regulations prescribe as indicating that such positions are offsetting.

 

For purposes of the preceding sentence, 2 or more positions shall be treated as described in clause (i), (ii), (iii), or (vi) only if the value of 1 or more of such positions ordinarily varies inversely with the value of 1 or more other such positions.

(B) PRESUMPTION MAY BE REBUTTED.--Any presumption established pursuant to subparagraph (A) may be rebutted if the taxpayer establishes to the satisfaction of the Secretary that the positions were not offsetting.

(f) OTHER DEFINITIONS AND SPECIAL RULES.--For purposes of this section--

 

(1) PERSONAL PROPERTY.--The term "personal property" means any personal property (other than stock) of a type which is actively traded. Such term also includes any commodity substitute stock.

(2) POSITION.--

 

(A) IN GENERAL.--The term "position" means an interest (including a futures or forward contract or option) in personal property.

(B) SPECIAL RULE FOR STOCK OPTIONS.--The term "position" includes any stock option which is a part of a straddle and which is an option to buy or sell stock which is actively traded, but does not include a stock option which--

 

(i) is traded on a domestic exchange (or on a similar foreign market designated by the Secretary), and

(ii) is of a type with respect to which the maximum period during which such option may be exercised is less than one year from when granted.

(3) POSITIONS HELD BY RELATED PERSONS, ETC.--

 

(A) IN GENERAL.--In determining whether 2 or more positions are offsetting, the taxpayer shall be treated as holding any position held by a related person.

(B) RELATED PERSON.--For purposes of subparagraph (A), a person is a related person to the taxpayer if--

 

(i) the relationship between such person and the taxpayer would result in a disallowance of losses under section 267 or 707(b), or

(ii) such person and the taxpayer are under common control (within the meaning of subsection (b) or (c) of section 414).

 

For purposes of clause (i), an individual's family shall consist only of such individual, such individual's spouse, and a child of such individual who has not attained the age of 18.

(C) CERTAIN FLOW-THROUGH ENTITIES.--If part or all of the gain or loss with respect to a position held by a partnership, trust, or other entity would properly be taken into account for purposes of this chapter by a taxpayer with respect to whom the entity is not a related person, then, except to the extent otherwise provided in regulations--

 

(i) such position shall be treated as held by the taxpayer, and

(ii) the offsetting positions held by the taxpayer shall be treated as held by the entity.

(4) COMMODITY SUBSTITUTE STOCK.--The term "commodity substitute stock" means any stock of a corporation 80 percent or more in value of the business and investment assets of which consist of interests in commodities. For purposes of this paragraph, the term "business and investment assets" means assets used or held for use in the trade or business, and assets held for investment.
* * * * * * *

 

 

SEC. 265. EXPENSES AND INTEREST RELATING TO TAX-EXEMPT INCOME

No deduction hall be allowed for--

(1) EXPENSES.--* * *

* * * * * * *

(2) INTEREST.--Interest on indebtedness incurred or continued to purchase or carry obligations the interest on which is wholly exempt from the taxes imposed by this subtitle, or to purchase or carry obligations or shares, or to make deposits or other investments, the interest on which is described in section 116(c) to the extent such interest is excludable from gross income under section 116 or to purchase or carry any certificate to the extent the interest on such certificate is excludable under section 128. In applying the proceeding sentence to a financial institution (other than a bank) which is a face-amount certificate company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-1 and following) and which is subject to the banking laws of the State in which such institution is incorporated, interest on face-amount certificates (as defined in section 2(a)(15) of such Act) issued by such institution, and interest on amounts received for the purchase of such certificates to be issued by such institution, shall not be considered as interest on indebtedness incurred or continued to purchase or carry obligations the interest on which is wholly exempt from the taxes imposed by this subtitle, to the extent that the average amount of such obligations held by such institution during the taxable year (as determined under regulations prescribed by the Secretary) does not exceed 15 percent of the average of the total assets held by such institution during the taxable year (as so determined.

* * * * * * *

 

 

SEC. 280B. DEMOLITION OF CERTAIN HISTORIC STRUCTURES.

 

(a) GENERAL RULE.--* * *

* * * * * * *

(c) APPLICATION OF SECTION.--This section shall apply with respect to demolitions commencing after June 30, 1976, and before [January 1, 1984.] January 1, 1982.

* * * * * * *

 

SEC. 280C. EXPENDITURES FOR WHICH CREDIT IS CLAIMED UNDER SECTION 40, 44B, OR 44F.

 

(a) RULE FOR SECTION 40 CREDIT.--* * *

(c) RULE FOR SECTION 44F CREDIT.--Except in the case of a corporation (within the meaning of section 44F(d)(6)), no deduction shall be allowed for that portion of qualified research expenses (within the meaning of section 44F(b)) paid or incurred during the taxable year which is equal to the amount allowable as a credit under section 44F with respect to such expenses (determined without regard to section 44F(g)).

Subchapter C--Corporate Distributions and Adjustments

 

 

* * * * * * *

 

 

PART I--DISTRIBUTIONS BY CORPORATIONS

 

 

* * * * * * *

 

 

Subpart A--Effects on Recipients

 

 

Sec. 301. Distribution of property.

Sec. 302. Distribution in redemption of stock.

Sec. 303. Distributions in redemption of stock to pay death taxes.

Sec. 304. Redemption through use of related corporations.

Sec. 305. Distributions of stock and stock rights.

Sec. 306. Dispositions of certain stock.

Sec. 307. Basis of stock and stock rights acquired in distributions.

 

* * * * * * *

 

 

SEC. 303. DISTRIBUTIONS IN REDEMPTION OF STOCK TO PAY DEATH TAXES.

 

* * * * * * *

 

 

(b) LIMITATIONS ON APPLICATION OF SUBSECTION (a).--

 

(1) PERIOD FOR DISTRIBUTOR.--Subsection (a) shall apply only to amounts distributed after the death of the decedent and--

 

(A) * * *

* * * * * * *

(C) if an election has been made under section 6166 [or 6166A] and if the time prescribed by this subparagraph expires at a later date than the time prescribed by subparagraph (B) of this paragraph, within the time determined under section 6166 [or 6166A] for the payment of the installments.

 

(2) RELATIONSHIP OF STOCK TO DECEDENTS ESTATE--

 

(A) IN GENERAL.--Subsection (a) shall apply to a distribution by a corporation only if the value (for Federal estate tax purposes) of all of the stock of such corporation which is included in determining the value of the decedent's gross estate exceeds 35 percent [50 percent] of the excess of--

[(B) SPECIAL RULE FOR STOCK IN TWO OR MORE CORPORATIONS.--For purposes of the 50 percent requirement of subparagraph (A), stock of two or more corporations, with respect to each of which there is included in determining the value of the decedent's gross estate more than 75 percent in value of the outstanding stock, shall be treated as the stock of a single corporation. For the purpose of the 75 percent requirement of the preceding sentence stock which, at the decedent's death, represents the surviving spouse's interest in property held by the decedent and the surviving spouse as community property shall be treated as having been included in determining the value of the decedent's gross estate.]

(B) SPECIAL RULE FOR STOCK IN 2 OR MORE CORPORATIONS.--For purposes of subparagraph (A), stock of 2 or more corporations, with respect to each of which there is included in determining the value of the decedent's gross estate 20 percent or more in value of the outstanding stock, shall be treated as the stock of a single corporation. For purposes of the 20-percent requirement of the preceding sentence, stock which, at the decedent's death, represents the surviving spouse's interest in property held by the decedent and the surviving spouse as community property or as joint tenants, tenants by the entirety, or tenants in common shall be treated as having been included in determining the value of the decedent's gross estate.

* * * * * * *

 

 

SEC. 305. DISTRIBUTIONS OF STOCK AND STOCK RIGHTS.

 

(a) GENERAL RULE.--* * *

* * * * * * *

(d) DEFINITIONS.--

 

(1) RIGHTS TO ACQUIRE STOCK.--For purposes this section (other than subsection (e)) [this section] the term "stock" includes rights to acquire such stock.

* * * * * * *

 

(e) DIVIDEND REINVESTMENT IN STOCK OF PUBLIC UTILITIES.--

 

(1) IN GENERAL.--Subsection (b) shall not apply to any qualified reinvested dividend.

(2) QUALIFIED REINVESTED DIVIDEND DEFINED.--For purposes of this subsection, the term "qualified reinvested dividend" means--

 

(A) a distribution by a qualified public utility of shares of its qualified common stock to an individual with respect to the common or preferred stock of such corporation pursuant to a plan under which shareholders may elect to receive dividends in the form of stock instead of property, but

(B) only if the shareholder elects to have this subsection apply to such shares.

 

(3) QUALIFIED PUBLIC UTILITY DEFINED.--

 

(A) IN GENERAL.--For purposes of this subsection, the term "qualified public utility" means, for any taxable year of the corporation, a domestic corporation which, for the 10-year period ending on the day before the beginning of the taxable year, acquired public utility recovery property having a cost equal to at least 60 percent of the aggregate cost of all tangible personal property acquired by the corporation during such period.

(B) SPECIAL RULES.--For purposes of subparagraph (A)--

 

(i) all members of an affiliated group shall be treated as one corporation,

(ii) a successor corporation shall take into account the acquisitions of its predecessor, and

(iii) a new corporation to which clause (ii) does no apply shall substitute its period of existence for the 10 year period set forth in subparagraph (A).

 

(C) DEFINITIONS.--For purposes of this paragraph--

 

(i) AFFILIATED GROUP.--The term "affiliated group' has the meaning given to such term by subsection (a) of section 1504 (determined without regard to subsection (b) of section 1504).

(ii) PUBLIC UTILITY RECOVERY PROPERTY.--The term "public utility recovery property" has the meaning given to such term by section 168A, except that any requirement that the property be placed in service after December 31, 1980, shall not apply.

(4) QUALIFIED COMMON STOCK DEFINED.--

 

(A) IN GENERAL.--For purposes of this subsection, the term "qualified common stock" means authorized but unissued common stock of the corporation--

 

(i) which has been designated by the board of directors of the corporation as issued for purposes of this subsection, but

(ii) only if the number of shares to be issued to shareholder was determined by reference to a value which is not less than 95 percent and not more than 105 percent of the stock's fair market value during the period immediately before the distribution (determined under regulations prescribed by the Secretary).

 

(B) CERTAIN PURCHASES BY CORPORATION OF ITS OWN STOCK.--Except as provided in subparagraph (D), if a corporation has purchased or purchases its common stock within a 2-year period beginning 1 year before the date of the distribution and ending 1 year after such date, such distribution shall be treated as not being a qualified reinvested dividend.

(C) MEMBERS OF AFFILIATED GROUP.--For purposes of subparagraph (B), the purchase by any corporation which is a member of the same affiliated group (as defined in paragraph (3)(C)(i) as the distributing corporation of common stock in any corporation which is a member of such group from any person (other than a member of such group) shall be treated as a purchase by the distributing corporation of its common stock.

(D) WAIVER OF SUBPARAGRAPH (B) WHERE THERE IS BUSINESS PURPOSE.--Under regulations prescribed by the Secretary, subparagraph (B) shall not apply where the distributing corporation establishes that there was a business purpose for the purchase of the stock and such purchase is not inconsistent with the purposes of this subsection.

 

(5) SHARE INCLUDES FRACTIONAL SHARE.--For purposes of this subsection, the term "share" includes a fractional share.

(6) LIMITATION.--

 

(A) IN GENERAL.--In the case of any individual, the aggregate amount of distributions to which this subsection applies for the taxable year shall not exceed $1,500 ($3,000 in the case of a joint return).

(B) APPLICATION OF CEILING.--If, but for this subparagraph, a share of stock would, by reason of subparagraph (A), be treated as partly within this subsection and partly outside this subsection, such share be treated as outside this subsection.

 

(7) BASIS AND HOLDING PERIOD.--In the case of stock received as a qualified reinvestment dividend--

 

(A) notwithstanding section 307, the basis shall be zero, and

(B) the holding period shall begin on the date the dividend would (but for this subsection) be includible in income.

 

(8) ELECTION.--An election under this subsection with respect to any share shall be made on the shareholder's return for the taxable year in which the dividend would (but for this subsection) be includible in income. Any such election, once made, shall be revocable only with the consent of the Secretary.

(9) DISPOSITIONS WITHIN 1 YEAR OF DISTRIBUTION.--Under regulations prescribed by the Secretary--

 

(A) DISPOSITION OF OTHER COMMON STOCK.--If--

 

(i) a shareholder receives any qualified reinvestment dividend from a corporation, and

(ii) during the period which begins on the record date for the qualified reinvestment dividend and ends 1 year after the date of the distribution of such dividend, the shareholder disposes of any common stock of such corporation.

 

the shareholder shall be treated as having disposed of the stock received as a qualified reinvested dividend (to the extent there remains such stock to which this paragraph has not applied).

(B) ORDINARY INCOME TREATMENT.--If any stock received as a qualified reinvested dividend is disposed of within 1 year after the date such stock is distributed, such disposition shall be treated as a disposition of property which is not a capital asset.

 

(10) NO REDUCTION IN EARNINGS AND PROFITS FOR DISTRIBUTION OF QUALIFIED COMMON STOCK.--The earnings and profits of any corporation shall not be reduced by reason of the distribution of any qualified common stock of such corporation pursuant to a plan under which shareholders may elect to receive dividends in the form of stock instead of property.

(11) CERTAIN INDIVIDUALS INELIGIBLE.--

 

(A) IN GENERAL.--This subsection shall not apply to any individual who is--

 

(i) a trust or estate, or

(ii) a nonresident alien individual.

 

(B) 5 PERCENT SHAREHOLDERS INELIGIBLE.--Any distribution by a corporation to a 5 percent shareholder in such corporation shall not be treated as a qualified invested dividend.

(C) 5 PERCENT SHAREHOLDER DEFINED.--For purposes of subparagraph (B), the term "5 percent shareholder" means any individual who, immediately before the distribution, owns (directly or through the application of section 318)--

 

(i) stock possessing more than 5 percent of the total combined voting power of the distributing corporation, or

(ii) more than 5 percent of the total value of all classes of stock of the distributing corporation.

[(e)] (f) CROSS REFERENCES.--

For special rules--

 

(1) Relating to the receipt of stock rights in corporate organizations and reorganizations. see part III (sec. 351 and following).

(2) In the case of a distribution which results in a gift, see section 2501 and following.

(3) In the case of a distribution which has the effect of the payment of compensation, see section 61(a)(1).

Subpart B--Effects on Corporation

 

 

Sec. 311. Taxability of corporation on distribution.

Sec. 312. Effect on earnings and profits.

 

* * * * * * *

 

 

SEC. 312. EFFECT ON EARNINGS AND PROFITS.

 

(a) GENERAL RULE.--* * *

* * * * * * *

(k) EFFECT OF DEPRECIATION ON EARNINGS AND PROFITS.--

 

(1) GENERAL RULE.--* * *

* * * * * * *

(4) Special rules for property placed in service after December 31, 1980.

 

(A) EXPENSE-METHOD PROPERTY, ETC.--For purposes of paragraph (1), the useful life of any expense-method property (as defined in section 168) or public utility recovery property (as defined in section 168A) shall be--

 

(i) the lower limit life applicable to such property, or

(ii) if there is no lower limit life for such property, a useful life determined on the facts and circumstances.

 

(B) REAL PROPERTY.--In the case of any section 167(s) property, for purposes of paragraph (1), the useful life of such property shall be 35 years.

(C) LOWER LIMIT LIFE.--For purposes of this paragraph--

 

(i) LOWER LIMIT LIFE.--The term "lower limit life" has the meaning given to such term by section 167(t)(3)(A).

(ii) FOREIGN ASSETS.--In the case of any property described in paragraph (1) of section 168(c), the class life (as defined in section 167(t)(3)(B)) for the property shall be taken into account under subparagraph (A) in lieu of the lower limit life.

* * * * * * *

 

 

PART II--CORPORATE LIQUIDATIONS

 

 

* * * * * * *

 

 

Subpart C--Collapsible Corporations

 

 

Sec. 341. Collapsible corporations.

SEC. 341. COLLAPSIBLE CORPORATIONS.

 

(a) TREATMENT OF GAIN TO SHAREHOLDERS.--* * *

* * * * * * *

(c) PRESUMPTION IN CERTAIN CASES.--

 

(1) IN GENERAL.--For purposes of this section, a corporation shall, unless shown to the contrary, be deemed to be a collapsible corporation if (at the time of the sale or exchange, or the distribution, described in subsection (a)) the fair market value of its section 341 assets (as defined in subsection (b)(3)) is--

 

(A) 50 percent or more of the fair market value of its total assets, and

(B) 120 percent or more of the adjusted basis of such section 341 assets.

 

Absence of the conditions described in subparagraphs (A) and (B) shall not give rise to a presumption that the corporation was not a collapsible corporation.

(2) DETERMINATION OF TOTAL ASSETS.--In determining the fair market value of the total assets of a corporation for purposes of paragraph (1)(A), there shall not be taken into account--

 

(A) cash,

(B) obligations which are capital assets in the hands of the corporation [(and governmental obligations described in section 1221(5))], and

(C) stock in any other corporation.

* * * * * * *

 

 

PART V--CARRYOVERS

 

 

Sec. 381. Carryovers in certain corporate acquisitions.

Sec. 382. Special limitations on net operating loss carryovers.

Sec. 383. Special limitations on carryovers of unused investment credits, work incentive program credits, new employee credits, alcohol fuel credits, research credits, foreign taxes, and capital losses.

SEC. 381. CARRYOVERS IN CERTAIN CORPORATE ACQUISITIONS.

 

(a) GENERAL RULE.--* * *

* * * * * * *

(c) ITEMS OF THE DISTRIBUTOR OR TRANSFEROR CORPORATION.--The items referred to in subsection (a) are:

 

(1) NET OPERATING LOSS CARRYOVERS.--* * *

* * * * * * *

(28) CREDIT UNDER SECTION 44F.--The acquiring corporation shall take into account (to the extent proper to carry out the purposes of this section and section 44F, and under such regulations as may be prescribed by the Secretary) the items required to be taken into account for purposes of section 44F in respect of the distributor or transferor corporation.

* * * * * * *

 

 

SEC. 383. SPECIAL LIMITATIONS ON CARRYOVERS OF UNUSED INVESTMENT CREDITS, WORK INCENTIVE PROGRAM CREDITS, NEW EMPLOYEE CREDITS, ALCOHOL FUEL CREDITS, RESEARCH CREDITS, FOREIGN TAXES, AND CAPITAL LOSSES.

 

If--

 

(1) the ownership and business of a corporation are changed in the manner described in section 382(a)(1), or

(2) in the case of a reorganization specified in paragraph (2) of section 381(a), there is a change in ownership described in section 382(b)(1)(B).

 

then the limitation provided in section 382 in such cases with respect to the carryover of net operating losses shall apply in the same manner, as provided under regulations prescribed by the Secretary or his delegate, with respect to any unused investment credit of the corporation which can otherwise be carried forward under section 46(b), to any unused work incentive program credit of the corporation which can otherwise be carried forward under section 50A(b), to any unused new employee credit of the corporation which could otherwise be carried forward under section 53(b), to any unused credit of the corporation which could otherwise be carried forward under section 44E(e)(2), to any unused credit of the corporation which could otherwise by carried forward under section 44F(g)(2) to any excess foreign taxes of the corporation which can otherwise be carried forward under section 904(d), and to any net capital loss of the corporation which can otherwise be carried forward under section 1212.
[Not effective until 1982.]

 

 

SEC. 383. SPECIAL LIMITATIONS ON UNUSED INVESTMENT CREDITS, WORK INCENTIVE PROGRAM CREDITS, NEW EMPLOYEE CREDITS, ALCOHOL FUEL CREDITS, RESEARCH CREDITS, FOREIGN TAXES, AND CAPITAL LOSSES.

In the case of a change of ownership of a corporation in the manner described in section 382(a) or (b), the limitations provided in section 382 in such cases with respect to net operating losses shall apply in the same manner, as provided under regulations prescribed by the Secretary, with respect to any unused investment credit of the corporation under section 46(b), to any unused work incentive program credit of the corporation under section 50A(b), to any unused new employee credit of the corporation under section 53(b), to any unused credit of the corporation under section 44E (e)(2), to any unused credit of the corporation under section 44F(g)(2), to any excess foreign taxes of the corporation under section 904(c), and to any net capital loss of the corporation under section 1212.

 

Subchapter D--Deferred Compensation, Etc.

 

 

Part I. Pension, profit-sharing, stock bonus plans, etc.

Part II. Certain stock options.

 

PART I--PENSION, PROFIT-SHARING, STOCK BONUS PLANS, ETC.

 

 

Subpart A--General Rule

 

 

Sec. 401. Qualified pension, profit-sharing, and stock bonus plans.

Sec. 402. Taxability of beneficiary of employees' trust.

Sec. 403. Taxation of employee annuities.

Sec. 404. Deduction for contributions of an employer to an employees' trust or annuity plan and compensation under a deferred-payment plan.

Sec. 404A. Deduction for certain foreign deferred compensation plans.

Sec. 405. Qualified bond purchase plans.

Sec. 406. Certain employees of foreign subsidiaries.

Sec. 407. Certain employees of domestic subsidiaries engaged in business outside the United States.

Sec. 408. Individual retirement accounts.

Sec. 409. Retirement bonds.

Sec. 409A. Qualifications for tax credit employee stock ownership plans.

SEC. 401. QUALIFIED PENSION, PROFIT-SHARING, AND STOCK BONUS PLANS.

 

(a) REQUIREMENTS FOR QUALIFICATION.--A trust created or organized in the United States and forming part of a stock bonus, pension, or profit-sharing plan of an employer for the exclusive benefit of his employees or their beneficiaries shall constitute a qualified trust under this section--

 

(1) * * *

(17) In the case of a plan which provides contributions or benefits for employees some or all of whom are employees within the meaning of subsection (c)(1), or are shareholder-employees within the meaning of section 1379(d) [if the annual compensation of each employee taken into account under the plan does not exceed the first $100,000 of such compensation.]

 

(A) the annual compensation of each employee taken into account under the plan does not exceed the first $200,000 of compensation, and

(B) in the case of any plan with respect to which compensation in excess of $100,000 is taken into account, contributions on behalf of each employee (other than an employee within the meaning of section 401(c)(1) to the plan or plans are at a rate (expressed as a percentage of compensation) not less than 7.5 percent.

* * * * * * *

(d) ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS FOR QUALIFICATION OF TRUSTS AND PLANS BENEFITING OWNER-EMPLOYEES--A trust forming part of the pension or profit-sharing plan which provides contributions or benefits for employees some or all of whom are owner-employees shall constitute a qualified trust under this section only if, in addition to meeting the requirements of subsection (a), the following requirements of this subsection are met by the trust and by the plan of which such trust is a part:

 

(1) * * *

* * * * * * *

(4) Under the plan--

 

(A) contributions or benefits are not provided for any owner-employee unless such owner-employee has consented to being included under the plan; and

(B) no benefits in excess of contributions made by an owner-employee as an employee may be paid to any owner-employee, except in the case of his becoming disabled (within the meaning of section 72(m)(7)), prior to his attaining the age of 59-1/2 years.

 

Subparagraph (B) shall not apply to any distribution to which section 72(m)(9) applies.

(5) The plan does not permit--

 

(A) contributions to be made by the employer on behalf of any owner-employee in excess of the amounts which may be deducted under section 404 for the taxable year;

(B) in the case of a plan which provides contributions or benefits only for owner-employees, contributions to be made on behalf of any owner-employee in excess of the amounts which may be deducted under section 404 for the taxable year; and

(C) if a distribution under the plan is made to any employee and if any portion of such distribution is an amount described in section 72(m)(5)(A)(i), contributions to be made on behalf of such employee for the 5 taxable years succeeding the taxable year in which such distribution is made.

 

Subparagraphs (A) and (B) do not apply to contributions described in subsection (e). Subparagraph (C) shall not apply to a distribution on account of the termination of the plan.

* * * * * * *

 

(e) CONTRIBUTIONS FOR PREMIUMS ON ANNUITY, ETC., CONTRACTS.--A contribution by the employer on behalf of an owner-employee is described in this subsection if--

 

(1) under the plan such contribution is required to be applied (directly or through a trustee) to pay premiums or other consideration for one or more annuity, endowment, or life insurance contracts on the life of such owner-employee issued under the plan,

(2) the amount of such contribution exceeds the amount deductible under section 404 with respect to contributions made by the employer on behalf of such owner-employee under the plan, and

(3) the amount of such contribution does not exceed the average of the amounts which were deductible under section 404 with respect to contributions made by the employer on behalf of such owner-employee under the plan (or which would have been deductible if such section had been in effect) for the first three taxable years (A) preceding the year in which the last such annuity, endowment, or life insurance contract was issued under the plan, and (B) in which such owner-employee derived earned income from the trade or business with respect to which the plan is established, or for so many of such taxable years as such owner-employee was engaged in such trade or business and derived earned income therefrom.

 

In the case of any individual on whose behalf contributions described in paragraph (1) are made under more than one plan as an owner-employee during any taxable year, the preceding sentence does not apply if the amount of such contributions under all such plans [for all such years exceeds $7,500] for such taxable year exceeds $15,000. Any contribution which is described in this subsection shall, for purposes of section 4972(b), be taken into account as a contribution made by such owner-employee as an employee to the extent that the amount of such contribution is not deductible under section 404 for the taxable year, but only for the purpose of applying section 4972(b) to other contributions made by such owner-employee as an employee.

(j) DEFINED BENEFIT PLANS PROVIDING BENEFITS FOR SELF-EMPLOYED INDIVIDUALS AND SHAREHOLDER-EMPLOYEES.--

 

(1) IN GENERAL.--A defined benefit plan satisfies the requirements of this subsection only if the basic benefit accruing under the plan for each plan year of participation by an employee within the meaning of subsection (c)(1) (or a shareholder-employee) is permissible under regulations prescribed by the Secretary under this subsection to insure that there will be reasonable comparability (assuming lever funding) between the maximum retirement benefits which may be provided with favorable tax treatment under this title for such employees under--

 

(A) defined contribution plans,

(B) defined benefit plans, and

(C) a combination of defined contribution plans and defined benefit plans.

 

(2) GUIDELINES FOR REGULATIONS.--The regulations prescribed under this subsection shall provide that a plan does not satisfy the requirements of this subsection if, under the plan, the basic benefit of any employee within the meaning of subsection (c)(1) (or a shareholder-employee) may exceed the sum of the products for each plan year of participation of--

 

(A) his annual compensation (not in excess of [$50,000] $100,000) for such year, and

(B) the applicable percentage determined under paragraph (3).

 

(3) APPLICABLE PERCENTAGE.--

 

(A) TABLE.--For purposes of paragraph (2), the applicable percentage of any individual for any plan year shall be based on the percentage shown in the following table opposite his age when his current period of participation in the plan began.
 Age when

 

 participation     Applicable

 

 began:            percentage

 

 

 30 or less          6.5

 

 35                  5.4

 

 40                  4.4

 

 45                  3.6

 

 50                  3.0

 

 55                  2.5

 

 60 or over          2.0

 

(B) ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS.--The regulations prescribed under this subsection shall include provisions--

 

(i) for applicable percentages for ages between any two ages shown on the table,

(ii) for adjusting the applicable percentages in the case of plans providing benefits other than a basic benefit,

(iii) that any increase in the rate of accrual, and any increase in the compensation base which may be taken into account, shall, with respect only to such increase, begin a new period of participation in the plan, and

(iv) when appropriate, in the case of periods beginning after December 31, 1977, for adjustments in the applicable percentages based on changes in prevailing interest and mortality rates occurring after 1973.

 

For purposes of this paragraph, a change in the annual compensation taken into account under subparagraph (A) of subsection (j)(2) shall be treated as beginning a new period of plan participation.
* * * * * * *

 

 

SEC. 402. TAXABILITY OF BENEFICIARY OF EMPLOYEES' TRUST.

 

(a) TAXABILITY OF BENEFICIARY OF EXEMPT TRUST.--

* * * * * * *

(Effective after December 31, 1980)

 

 

(e) TAX ON LUMP SUM DISTRIBUTIONS.--

 

(1) IMPOSITION OF SEPARATE TAX ON LUMP SUM DISTRIBUTIONS.--

 

(A) SEPARATE TAX.--There is hereby imposed a tax (in the amount determined under subparagraph (B)) on the ordinary income portion of a lump sum distribution.

(B) AMOUNT OF TAX.--The amount of tax imposed by subparagraph (A) for any taxable year shall be an amount equal to the amount of the initial separate tax for such taxable year multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the ordinary income portion of the lump sum distribution for the taxable year and the denominator of which is the total taxable amount of such distribution for such year.

(C) INITIAL SEPARATE TAX.--The initial separate tax for any taxable year is an amount equal to 10 times the tax which would be imposed by subsection (c) of section 1 if the recipient were an individual referred to in such subsection and the taxable income were an amount equal to [$2,300] $2,350 plus one-tenth of the excess of--

 

(i) the total taxable amount of the lump sum distribution for the taxable year, over

(ii) the minimum distribution allowance.

(Effective after December 31, 1981)

 

 

(e) TAX ON LUMP SUM DISTRIBUTIONS.--

 

(1) IMPOSITION OF SEPARATE TAX ON LUMP SUM DISTRIBUTIONS.--

 

(A) SEPARATE TAX.--There is hereby imposed a tax (in the amount determined under subparagraph (B)) on the ordinary income portion of a lump sum distribution.

(B) AMOUNT OF TAX.--The amount of tax imposed by subparagraph (A) for any taxable year shall be an amount equal to the amount of the initial separate tax for such taxable year multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the ordinary income portion of the lump sum distribution for the taxable year and the denominator of which is the total taxable amount of such distribution for such year.

(C) INITIAL SEPARATE TAX.--The initial separate tax for any taxable year is an amount equal to 10 times the tax which would be imposed by subsection (c) of section 1 if the recipient were an individual referred to in such subsection and the taxable income were an amount equal to [$2,350] $2,500 plus one-tenth of the excess of--

 

(i) the total taxable amount of the lump sum distribution for the taxable year, over

(ii) the minimum distribution allowance.

(Effective after December 31, 1983)

 

 

(e) TAX ON LUMP SUM DISTRIBUTIONS.--

 

(1) IMPOSITION OF SEPARATE TAX ON LUMP SUM DISTRIBUTIONS.--

 

(A) SEPARATE TAX.--There is hereby imposed a tax (in the amount determined under subparagraph (B)) on the ordinary income portion of a lump sum distribution.

(B) AMOUNT OF TAX.--The amount of tax imposed by subparagraph (A) for any taxable year shall be an amount equal to the amount of the initial separate tax for such taxable year multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the ordinary income portion of the lump sum distribution for the taxable year and the denominator of which is the total taxable amount of such distribution for such year.

(C) INITIAL SEPARATE TAX.--The initial separate tax for any taxable year is an amount equal to 10 times the tax which would be imposed by subsection (c) of section 1 if the recipient were an individual referred to in such subsection and the taxable income were an amount equal to [$2,500] $2,600 plus one-tenth of the excess of--

 

(i) the total taxable amount of the lump sum distribution for the taxable year, over

(ii) the minimum distribution allowance.

SEC. 404. DEDUCTION FOR CONTRIBUTIONS OF AN EMPLOYER TO AN EMPLOYEES' TRUST OR ANNUITY PLAN AND COMPENSATION UNDER A DEFERRED-PAYMENT PLAN

 

(a) GENERAL RULE.--* * *

(e) SPECIAL LIMITATIONS FOR SELF-EMPLOYED INDIVIDUALS.--

 

(1) IN GENERAL.--In the case of a plan included in subsection (a)(1), (2), or (3) which provides contributions or benefits for employees some or all of whom are employees within the meaning of section 401(c)(1), the amounts deductible under subsection (a) in any taxable year with respect to contributions on behalf of any employee within the meaning of section 401(c)(1) shall, subject to paragraphs (2) and (4), not exceed [$7,500] $15,000, or 15 percent of the earned income derived by such employee from the trade or business with respect to which the plan is established, whichever is the lesser.

(2) CONTRIBUTIONS MADE UNDER MORE THAN ONE PLAN.--

 

(A) OVERALL LIMITATION.--In any taxable year in which amounts are deductible with respect to contributions under two or more plans on behalf of an individual who is an employee within the meaning of section 401(c)(1) with respect to such plans, the aggregate amount deductible for such taxable year under such plans with respect to contributions on behalf of such employee shall (subject to paragraph (4)) not exceed [$7,500] $15,000, or 15 percent of the earned income derived by such employee from the trades or businesses with respect to which the plans are established, whichever is the lesser.

(B) ALLOCATION OF AMOUNTS DEDUCTIBLE.--In any case in which the amounts deductible under subsection (a) (with the application of the limitations of this subsection) with respect to contributions made on behalf of an employee within the meaning of section 401(c)(1) under two or more plans are, by reason of subparagraph (A), less than the amounts deductible under such subsection determined without regard to such subparagraph, the amount deductible under subsection (a) with respect to such contributions under each such plan shall be determined in accordance with regulations prescribed by the Secretary.

SEC. 405. QUALIFIED BOND PURCHASE PLANS.

 

(a) REQUIREMENTS FOR QUALIFICATION.--* * *

* * * * * * *

(d) TAXABILITY OF BENEFICIARY OF QUALIFIED BOND PURCHASE PLAN.--

 

(1) GROSS INCOME NOT TO INCLUDE BONDS AT TIME OF DISTRIBUTION.--For purposes of this chapter, in the case of a distributee of a bond described in subsection (b) under a qualified bond purchase plan, or from a trust described in section 401(a) which is exempt from tax under section 501(a), gross income does not include any amount attributable to the receipt of such bond. Upon redemption of such bond, [the proceeds] except as provided in paragraph (3), the proceeds shall be subject to taxation under this chapter, but the provisions of section 72 (relating to annuities, etc.) and section 1232 (relating to bonds and other evidences of indebtedness) shall not apply.

(2) BASIS.--The basis of any bond received by a distributee under a qualified bond purchase plan--

 

(A) if such bond is distributed to an employee, or with respect to an employee, who, at the time of purchase of the bond, was an employee other than an employee within the meaning of section 401(c)(1), shall be the amount of the contributions by the employee which were used to purchase the bond, and

(B) if such bond is distributed to an employee, or with respect to an employee, who, at the time of purchase of the bond, was an employee within the meaning of section 401(c)(1), shall be the amount of the contributions used to purchase the bond which were made on behalf of such employee and were not allowed as a deduction under subsection (c).

 

The basis of any bond described in subsection (b) received by a distributee from a trust described in section 401(a) which is exempt from tax under section 501(a) shall be determined under regulations prescribed by the Secretary.

(3) ROLLOVER INTO AN INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ACCOUNT OR ANNUITY.--

 

(A) IN GENERAL.--If--

 

(i) any qualified bond is redeemed,

(ii) any portion of the excess of the proceeds from such redemption over the basis of such bond is transferred to an individual retirement plan which is maintained for the benefit of the individual redeeming such bond, and

(iii) such transfer is made on or before the 60th day after the day on which the individual received the proceeds of such redemption,

 

then, gross income shall not include the proceeds to the extent so transferred and the transfer shall be treated as a rollover contribution described in section 408(d)(3).

(B) QUALIFIED BOND.--For purposes of this paragraph, the term "qualified bond" means any bond described in subsection (b) which is distributed under a qualified bond purchase plan or from a trust described in section 401(a) which is exempt from tax under section 501(a).

* * * * * * *

 

 

SEC. 408. INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ACCOUNTS.

 

(a) INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ACCOUNT.--For purposes of this section, the term "individual retirement account" means a trust created or organized in the United States for the exclusive benefit of an individual or his beneficiaries, but only if the written governing instrument creating the trust meets the following requirements:

 

(1) Except in the case of a rollover contribution described in subsection (d)(3), in section 402(a)(5), 402(a)(7), 403(a)(4), 403(b)(8), 405(d)(3), or 409(b)(3)(C), no contribution will be accepted unless it is in cash, and contributions will not be accepted for the taxable year in excess of [$1,500] $2,000 on behalf of any individual.

* * * * * * *

 

(b) INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ANNUITY.--For purposes of this section, the term "individual retirement annuity" means an annuity contract, or an endowment contract (as determined under regulations prescribed by the Secretary), issued by an insurance company which meets the following requirements:

 

(1) The contract is not transferable by the owner.

(2) Under the contract--

 

(A) the premiums are not fixed.

(B) the annual premium on behalf of any individual will not exceed [$1,500] $2,000, and

(C) any refund of premiums will be applied before the close of the calendar year following the year of the refund toward the payment of future premiums or the purchase of additional benefits.

 

(3) The entire interest of the owner will be distributed to him not later than the close of his taxable year in which he attains age 70-1/2 or will be distributed, in accordance with regulations prescribed by the Secretary, over--

 

(A) the life of such owner or the lives of such owner and his spouse, or

(B) a period not extending beyond the life expectancy of such owner or the life expectancy of such owner and his spouse.

 

(4) If the owner dies before his entire interest has been distributed to him, or if distribution has been commenced as provided in paragraph (3) to his surviving spouse and such surviving spouse dies before the entire interest has been distributed to such spouse, the entire interest (or the remaining part of such interest if distribution thereof has commenced) will, within 5 years after his death (or the death of the surviving spouse), be distributed, or applied to the purchase of an immediate annuity for his beneficiary or beneficiaries (or the beneficiary or beneficiaries of his surviving spouse) which will be payable for the life of such beneficiary or beneficiaries (or for a term certain not extending beyond the life expectancy of such beneficiary or beneficiaries) and which annuity will be immediately distributed to such beneficiary or beneficiaries. The preceding sentence shall have no application if distributions over a term certain commenced before the death of the owner and the term certain is for a period permitted under paragraph (3).

(5) The entire interest of the owner is non-forfeitable.

 

Such term does not include such an annuity contract for any taxable year of the owner in which it is disqualified on the application of subsection (e) or for any subsequent taxable year. For purposes of this subsection, no contract shall be treated as an endowment contract if it matures later than the taxable year in which the individual in whose name such contract is purchased attains age 70-1/2; if it is not for the exclusive benefit of the individual in whose name it is purchased or his beneficiaries; or if the aggregate annual premiums under all such contracts purchased in the name of such individual for any taxable year exceeds [$1,500] $2,000.

* * * * * * *

(d) TAX TREATMENT OF DISTRIBUTIONS.--

 

(1) IN GENERAL.--Except as otherwise provided in this subsection, any amount paid or distributed out of an individual retirement account or under an individual retirement annuity shall be included in gross income by the payee or distributee, as the case may be, for the taxable year in which the payment or distribution is received. Notwithstanding any other provision of this title (including chapters 11 and 12), the basis of any person in such an account or annuity is zero.

(2) DISTRIBUTIONS OF ANNUITY CONTRACTS.--Paragraph (1) does not apply to any annuity contract which meets the requirements of paragraphs (1), (3), (4), and (5) of subsection (b) and which is distributed from an individual retirement account. Section 72 applies to any such annuity contract, and for purposes of section 72 the investment in such contract is zero.

* * * * * * *

(4) EXCESS CONTRIBUTIONS RETURNED BEFORE DUE DATE OF RETURN.--Paragraph (1) does not apply to the distribution of any contribution paid during a taxable year to an individual retirement account or for an individual retirement annuity to the extent that such contribution exceeds the amount allowable as a deduction under section 219 [or 220] if--

 

(A) such distribution is received on or before the day prescribed by law (including extensions of time) for filing such individual's return for such taxable year.

(B) no deduction is allowed under section 219 [or 220] with respect to such excess contribution, and

(C) such distribution is accompanied by the amount of net income attributable to such excess contribution.

 

In the case of such a distribution, for purposes of section 61, any net income described in subparagraph (C) shall be deemed to have been earned and receivable in the taxable year in which such excess contribution is made.

(5) CERTAIN DISTRIBUTIONS OF EXCESS CONTRIBUTIONS AFTER DUE DATE FOR TAXABLE YEAR.

 

(A) IN GENERAL.--In the case of any individual, if the aggregate contributions (other than rollover contributions) paid for any taxable year to an individual retirement account or for an individual retirement annuity do not exceed [$1,750] $2,000, paragraph (1) shall not apply to the distribution of any such contribution to the extent that such contribution exceeds the amount allowable as a deduction under section 219 [or 220] for the taxable year for which the contribution was paid--

 

(i) if such distribution is received after the date described in paragraph (4),

(ii) but only to the extent that no deduction has been allowed under section 219 [or 220] with respect to such excess contribution.

If employer contributions on behalf of the individual are paid for the taxable year to a simplified employee pension, the dollar limitation of the preceding sentence shall be increased by the lesser of the amount of such contributions or [$7,500] $15,000.

(j) INCREASE IN MAXIMUM LIMITATIONS FOR SIMPLIFIED EMPLOYEE PENSIONS--In the case of a simplified employee pension, this section shall be applied by substituting "[$7,500] $15000" for [$1,500] $2,000 in the following provisions:

 

(1) paragraph (1) of subsection (a), and

(2) paragraph (2) of subsection (b).

 

(k) SIMPLIFIED EMPLOYEE PENSION DEFINED--

 

(1) IN GENERAL-- * * *

* * * * * * *

(3) CONTRIBUTIONS MAY NOT DISCRIMINATE IN FAVOR OF THE HIGHLY COMPENSATED, ETC.--

 

(A) IN GENERAL--* * *

* * * * * * *

[(C) CONTRIBUTIONS MUST BEAR A UNIFORM RELATIONSHIP TO TOTAL COMPENSATION.--For purposes of subparagraph (A), employer contributions to simplified employee pensions shall be considered discriminatory unless contributions thereto bear a uniform relationship to the total compensation (not in excess of the first $100,000) of each employee maintaining a simplified employee pension.]

(C) CONTRIBUTIONS MUST BEAR A UNIFORM RELATIONSHIP TO TOTAL COMPENSATION.--For purposes of subparagraph (A), employer contributions to simplified employee pensions shall be considered discriminatory unless--

 

(i) contributions thereto bear a uniform relationship to the total compensation (not in excess of the first $200,000) of each employee maintaining a simplified employee pension, and

(ii) if compensation in excess of $100,000 is taken into account under a simplified employee pension for an employee, contributions to a simplified employee pension on behalf of each employee for whom a contribution is required are at a rate (expressed as a percentage of compensation) not less than 7.5 percent.

* * * * * * *

(m) EMPLOYEE IRA's.--

 

(1) TREATMENT AS AN INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ACCOUNT.--An employee IRA shall be treated as an individual retirement account for purposes of--

 

(A) section 219 (relating to deduction for retirement savings),

(B) subsections (d), (e)(other than paragraphs (1) and (2) thereof), (f), and (i) of this section,

(C) sections 4972(c), 4973, and 4974 (relating to certain excise taxes),

(D) sections 101(b), 401(d), 402, 403, 415, 2039, and 2517, and

(E) any limitation on the amount of voluntary employee contributions.

 

For purposes of applying section 4974, rules similar to the rules of paragraphs (6) and (7) of subsection (a) shall be treated as applying to the account.

(2) TREATMENT AS PART OF QUALIFIED TRUST.--Except to the extent inconsistent with paragraph (1), for purposes of this title, an employee IRA shall be treated as part of a qualified trust under section 401 or an annuity plan described in section 403(a) (as the case may be).

(3) EMPLOYEE IRA DEFINED.--For purposes of this title, the term "employee IRA" means an account (separately accounted for) in a trust which is a qualified trust under section 401 or under an annuity plan described in section 403(a), but only if, under the rules governing such account--

 

(A) except in the case of a rollover contribution, only voluntary contributions may be credited to the account,

(B) the first $2,000 of voluntary contributions by the employee for a calendar year are credited to the account unless the employee designate (at such time and in such manner as the Secretary shall by regulations prescribe) part or all of such contributions as nondeductible, and

(C) there is regular adjusting of the account (not less frequently than once a year) for its proportionate share of the interest, expenses, and other gains and losses of the trust or plan (as the case may be).

 

The term "employee IRA" does not include an account in a governmental plan (within the meaning of section 414(d)).

(4) DEFINITIONS AND SPECIAL RULES.--

 

(A) VOLUNTARY CONTRIBUTION.--For purposes of this subsection, the term 'voluntary contribution' means any contribution made by an employee which is not a mandatory contribution (as defined in section 411(c)(2)(C)).

(B) TREATMENT OF AMOUNTS DISTRIBUTED AS ANNUITIES.-- If amounts in an employee IRA are distributed to the individual in the form of an annuity which commences after the individual attains age 59-1/2--

 

(i) the amounts so distributed shall be taxable under section 72 (and subsection (d) of this section shall not apply), and

(ii) for purposes of applying section 72, the amount in the accounts shall be treated as an employer contribution which was not includible in the gross income of the individual.

 

(C) AMOUNTS USED TO PURCHASE LIFE INSURANCE.--If any amount in an employee IRA is used to purchase life insurance, the amount so used shall be treated as distributed to the individual.
(n) INVESTMENT IN COLLECTIBLES TREATED AS DISTRIBUTIONS--

 

(1) IN GENERAL.--The acquisition by an individual retirement account or by an individually-directed account under a plan described in section 401(a) of any collectible shall be treated (for purposes of this section and section 402) as a distribution from such account in an amount equal to the cost to such account of such collectible.

(2) COLLECTIBLE DEFINED.--For purposes of this subsection, the term "collectible" means--

 

(A) any work of art,

(B) any rug or antique,

(C) any metal or gem,

(D) any stamp or coin,

(E) any alcoholic beverage, or

(F) any other tangible personal property specified by the Secretary for purposes of this subsection.

(o) [(m)] CROSS REFERENCES.--

 

(1) For tax on excess contributions in individual retirement accounts or annuities, see section 4973.

(2) For tax on certain accumulations in individual retirement accounts or annuities, see section 4974.

SEC. 409. RETIREMENT BONDS.

 

(a) RETIREMENT BOND.--For purposes of this section and section 219(a), the term "retirement bond" means a bond issued under the Second Liberty Bond Act, as amended, which by its terms, or by regulations prescribed by the Secretary under such Act--

 

(1) * * *

* * * * * * *

(4) provides that, except in the case of a rollover contribution described in subsection (b)(3)(C) or in section 402(a)(5), 402(a)(7), 403(a)(4), 403(b)(8), or 408(b)(3) the registered owner may not contribute on behalf of any individual for the purchase of such bonds in excess of [$1,500] $2,000 for any taxable year; and

* * * * * * *

 

(b) INCOME TAX TREATMENT OF BONDS.--

 

(1) IN GENERAL.--Except as otherwise provided in this subsection, on the redemption of a retirement bond the entire proceeds shall be included in the gross income of the taxpayer entitled to the proceeds on redemption. If the registered owner has not tendered it for redemption before the close of the taxable year in which he attains age 70-1/2 such individual shall include in his gross income for such taxable year the amount of proceeds he would have received if the bond had been redeemed at age 70-1/2. The provisions of section 72 (relating to annuities) and section 1232 (relating to bonds and other evidences of indebtedness) shall not apply to a retirement bond.

(2) BASIS.--The basis of a retirement bond is zero.

(3) EXCEPTIONS.--

 

(A) REDEMPTION WITHIN 12 MONTHS.--If a retirement bond is redeemed within 12 months after the date of its issuance, the proceeds are excluded from gross income if no deduction is allowed under section 219 on account of the purchase of such bond. The preceding sentence shall not apply to the extent that the bond was purchased with a rollover distribution described in subparagraph (C) of this paragraph or in section 402(a)(5), 402(a)(7), 403(a)(4), 403(b)(8), 405(d)(3), or 408(d)(3).
* * * * * * *

 

 

SEC. 410. MINIMUM PARTICIPATION STANDARDS.

 

(a) PARTICIPATION.--

* * * * * * *

(b) ELIGIBILITY.--

 

(1) IN GENERAL.--* * *

* * * * * * *

(3) EXCLUSION OF CERTAIN EMPLOYEES.--For purposes of paragraphs (1) and (2), there shall be excluded from consideration--

 

(A) * * *

* * * * * * *

(C) employees who are nonresident aliens and who receive no earned income (within the meaning of [section 911(b)] section 911(d)(2)) from the employer which constitutes income from sources within the United States (within the meaning of section 861(a)(3)).

* * * * * * *

 

 

SEC. 415. LIMITATIONS ON BENEFITS AND CONTRIBUTION UNDER QUALIFIED PLANS.

 

(a) GENERAL RULE.--

 

(1) TRUSTS.--* * *

[(2) SECTION APPLIES TO CERTAIN ANNUITIES AND ACCOUNTS.--Except as provided in paragraph (3), in the case of--

 

[(A) an employee annuity plan described in section 403(a),

[(B) an annuity contract described in section 403(b),

[(C) an individual retirement account described in section 408(a),

[(D) an individual retirement annuity described in section 408(b),

[(E) a simplified employer pension,

[(F) a plan described in section 405(a), or

[(G) a retirement bond described in section 409, such contract, annuity plan, account, annuity, plan, or bond shall not be considered to be described in section 403(a), 403(b), 405(a), 408(a), 408(b), or 409, as the case may be, unless it satisfies the requirements of subparagraph (A) or subparagraph (B) of paragraph (1), whichever is appropriate, and has not been disqualified under subsection (g). In the case of an annuity contract described in section 403(b), the preceding sentence shall apply only to the portion of the annuity contract which exceeds the limitation of subsection (b) or the limitation of subsection (c), whichever is appropriate, and the amount of the contribution for such portion shall reduce the exclusion allowance as provided in section 403(b)(2).]

 

(2) SECTION APPLIES TO CERTAIN ANNUITIES AND ACCOUNTS.--In the case of--

 

(A) an employee annuity plan described in section 403(a),

(B) an annuity contract described in section 403(b),

(C) a simplified employee pension described in section 408(k), or

(D) a plan described in section 405(a),

 

such a contract, plan, or pension shall not be considered to be described in section 403(a), 403(b), 405(a), or 408(k), as the case may be, unless it satisfies the requirements of subparagraph (A) or subparagraph (B) of paragraph (1), whichever is appropriate, and has not been disqualified under subsection (g). In the case of an annuity contract described in section 403(b), the preceding sentence shall apply only to the portion of the annuity contract which exceeds the limitation of subsection (b) or the limitation of subsection (c), whichever is appropriate, and the amount of the contribution for such portion shall reduce the exclusion allowance as provided in section 403(b)(2).

[(3) ACCOUNTS, ETC., ESTABLISHED FOR NON-EMPLOYED SPOUSE.--Paragraph (2) shall not apply for any year to an account, annuity, or bond described in section 408(a), 408(b), or 409, respectively, established for the benefit of the spouse of the individual contributing to such account, or for such annuity or bond if a deduction is allowed under section 220 to such individual with respect to such contribution for such year.]

 

(c) LIMITATION FOR DEFINED CONTRIBUTION PLANS.--

 

(1) IN GENERAL.--Contributions and other additions with respect to a participant exceed the limitation of this subsection if, when expressed as an annual addition (within the meaning of paragraph (2)) to the participant's account, such annual addition is greater than the lesser of--

 

(A) $25,000, or

(B) 25 percent of the participant's compensation.

 

(2) ANNUAL ADDITION.--For purposes of paragraph (1), the term "annual addition" means the sum for any year of--

 

(A) employer contributions,

(B) the lesser of--

 

(i) the amount of the employee contributions in excess of 6 percent of his compensation, or

(ii) one-half of the employer contributions, and

 

(C) forfeitures.

 

[For the purposes of this paragraph, employee contributions under subparagraph (B) are determined without regard to any rollover contributions (as defined in sections 402(a)(5), 403(a)(4), 408(d)(3), and 409(b)(3)(C)).]

For the purposes of this paragraph, employee contributions under subparagraph (B) are determined without regard to any rollover contributions (as defined in sections 402(a)(5), 403(a)(4), 403(b)(8), 405(d)(3), 408(d)(3), and 409(b)(3)(C)) and without regard to employee contributions to a simplified employee pension.

 

* * * * * * *

(e) LIMITATION IN CASE OF DEFINED BENEFIT PLAN AND DEFINED CONTRIBUTION PLAN FOR SAME EMPLOYEE.--

 

(1) IN GENERAL.--* * *

* * * * * * *

[(5) SPECIAL RULES FOR SECTIONS 403(b) AND 408.--For purposes of this section, any annuity contract described in section 403(b) except in the case of a participant who has elected under subsection (c)(4)(D) to have the provisions of subsection (c)(4)(C) apply), any individual retirement account described in section 408(a), any individual retirement annuity described in section 408(b), and any retirement bond described in section 409, for the benefit of a participant shall be treated as a defined contribution plan maintained by each employer with respect to which the participant has the control required under subsection (b) or (c) of section 414 (as modified by subsection (h)). For purposes of this section, any contribution by an employer to a simplified employee pension for an individual for a taxable year shall be treated as an employer contribution to a defined contribution plan for such individual for such year. In the case of any annuity contract described in section 403(b), the amount of the contribution disqualified by reason of subsection (g) shall reduce the exclusion allowance as provided in section 403(b)(2).]

(5) SPECIAL RULES FOR SECTIONS 403(B) AND 408.--For purposes of this section, any annuity contract described in section 403(b) (except in the case of a participant who has elected under subsection (c)(4)(D) to have the provisions of subsection (c)(4)(C) apply) for the benefit of a participant shall be treated as a defined contribution plan maintained by each employer with respect to which the participant has the control required under subsection (b) or (c) of section 414 (as modified by subsection (h)). For purposes of this section, any contribution by an employer to a simplified employee pension for an individual for a taxable year shall be treated as an employer contribution to a defined contribution plan for such individual for such year. In the case of any annuity contract described in section 403(b), the amount of the contribution disqualified by reason of subsection (g) shall reduce the exclusion allowance as provided in section 403(b)(2).

* * * * * * *

 

 

PART II-CERTAIN STOCK OPTIONS

 

 

Sec. 421. General rules.

Sec. 422. Qualified stock options.

Sec. 423. Employee stock purchase plans.

Sec. 424. Restricted stock options.

Sec. 425. Definitions and special rules.

SEC. 424. RESTRICTED STOCK OPTIONS.

 

(a) IN GENERAL.--Section 421(a) shall apply with respect to the transfer of a share of stock to an individual pursuant to his exercise after 1949 of a restricted stock option, if--

 

(1) no disposition of such share is made by him within 2 years from the date of the granting of the option nor within 6 months [9 months for taxable years beginning in 1977; 1 year for taxable years beginning after December 31, 1977] after the transfer of such share to him, and

(2) at the time he exercises such option--

 

(A) he is an employee of either the corporation granting such option, a parent or subsidiary corporation of such corporation, or a corporation or a parent or subsidiary corporation of such corporation issuing or assuming a stock option in a transaction to which section 425(a) applies, or

(B) he ceased to be an employee of such corporations within the 3-month period preceding the time of exercise.

For purposes of subparagraph (B), in the case of an employee who is disabled (within the meaning of section 105(d)(4)), the 3-month period shall be 1 year.

(b) RESTRICTED STOCK OPTION.--For purposes of this part, the term "restricted stock option" means an option granted after February 26, 1945, and before January 1, 1964 [(or, if it meets the requirements of subsection (c)(3), an option granted after December 31, 1963),], an option which meets the requirements of subsection (c)(3) granted after December 31, 1963, and before January 1, 1981, or an option exercised or granted after December 31, 1980, to an individual, for any reason connected with his employment by a corporation, if granted by the employer corporation or its parent or subsidiary corporation, to purchase stock of any of such corporations, but only if--

 

(1) at the time such option is granted--

 

(A) the option price is at least 85 percent of the fair market value at such time of the stock subject to the option, or

(B) in the case of a variable price option, the option price (computed as if the option had been exercised when granted) is at least 85 percent of the fair market value of the stock at the time such option is granted;

 

(2) such option by its terms is not transferable by such individual otherwise than by will or the laws of descent and distribution, and is exercisable, during his lifetime, only by him;

(3) such individual, at the time the option is granted, does not own stock possessing more than 10 percent of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the employer corporation or of its parent or subsidiary corporation. This paragraph shall not apply if at the time such option is granted the option price is at least 110 percent of the fair market value of the stock subject to the option, and such option either by its terms is not exercisable after the expiration of 5 years from the date such option is granted or is exercised within one year after August 16, 1954. For purposes of this paragraph, the provisions of section 425(d) shall apply in determining the stock ownership of an individual; [and]

(4) such option by its terms is not exercisable after the expiration of 10 years from the date such option is granted, if such option has been granted on or after June 22, 1954[.] ; and

(5) in the case of an option exercised after December 31, 1980, under terms of the plan, the aggregate fair market value (determined as of the time the option is granted) of the stock for which any employee may be granted options in any calendar year (under all plans of his employer corporation and its parent and subsidiary corporations providing options qualifying under this subsection) shall not exceed $75,000.

 

Paragraph (5) shall apply only if stock in the employer corporation (or its parent or any subsidiary) is a marketable security (within the meaning of section 453(f)(2)). An option exercised after December 31, 1980, shall not fail to qualify as a restricted stock option merely because the employee may pay for the stock with property (including stock of the employer corporation or of its parent or subsidiary corporation) if such property is taken into account at its fair market value (at the time of the exercise of the option).

(c) SPECIAL RULES.--

 

(1) OPTIONS UNDER WHICH OPTION PRICE IS BETWEEN 85 PERCENT AND 95 PERCENT OF VALUE OF STOCK.--If no disposition of a share of stock acquired by an individual on his exercise after 1949 of a restricted stock option is made by him within 2 years from the date of the granting of the option nor within 6 months [9 months for taxable years beginning in 1977; 1 year for taxable years beginning after December 31, 1977] after the transfer of such share to him, but, at the time the restricted stock option was granted, the option price (computed under subsection (b)(1)) was less than 95 percent of the fair market value at such time of such share, then, in the event of any disposition of such share by him, or in the event of the granting of the option nor within 6 months [9 months for [sic] shall be included as compensation (and not as gain upon the sale or exchange of a capital asset) in his gross income, for the taxable year in which falls the date of such disposition or for the taxable year closing with his death, whichever applies--

 

(A) in the case of a share of stock acquired under an option qualifying under subsection (b)(1)(A), an amount equal to the amount (if any) by which the option price is exceeded by the lesser of--

 

(i) the fair market value of the share at time at such disposition or death, or

(ii) the fair market value of the share at the time the option was granted; or

 

(B) in the case of stock acquired under an option qualifying under subsection (b)(1)(B), an amount equal to the lesser of--

 

(i) the excess of the fair market value of the share at the time of such disposition or death over the price paid under the option, or

(ii) the excess of the fair market value of the share at the time the option was granted over the option price (computed as if the option had been exercised at such time).

In the case of a disposition of such share by the individual, the basis of the share in his hands at the time of such disposition shall be increased by an amount equal to the amount so includible in his gross income.

(2) VARIABLE PRICE OPTION.--For purposes of subsection (b)(1), the term "variable price option" means an option under which the purchase price of the stock is fixed or determinable under a formula in which the only variable is the fair market value of the stock at any time during a period of 6 months [9 months for taxable years beginning in 1977; 1 year for taxable years beginning after December 31, 1977] which includes the time the option is exercised; except that in the case of options granted after September 30, 1958, such term does not include any such option in which such formula provides for determining such price by reference to the fair market value of the stock at any time before the option is exercised if such value may be greater than the average fair market value of the stock during the calendar month in which the option is exercised.

(3) CERTAIN OPTIONS GRANTED AFTER DECEMBER 31, 1963.--For purposes of subsection (b), an option granted after December 31, 1963, meets the requirements of this paragraph if granted pursuant to--

 

(A) a binding written contract entered into before January 1, 1964, or

(B) a written plan adopted and approved before January 1, 1964, which (as of January 1, 1964, and as of the date of the granting of the option)--

 

(i) met the requirements of paragraphs (4) and (5) of section 423(b), or

(ii) was being administered in a way which did not discriminate in favor of officers, persons whose principal duties consist of supervising the work of other employees, or highly compensated employees.

[An option described in the preceding sentence shall be treated as ceasing to meet the requirements of this paragraph if it is not exercised before May 21, 1981.]
* * * * * * *

 

 

Subchapter G--Corporations Used to Avoid Income Tax on Shareholders

 

 

* * * * * * *

 

 

PART I--CORPORATIONS IMPROPERLY ACCUMULATING SURPLUS

 

 

* * * * * * *

 

 

SEC. 534. BURDEN OF PROOF.

 

(a) GENERAL RULE.--In any proceeding [before the Tax Court involving a notice of deficiency] based in whole or in part on the allegation that all or any part of the earnings and profits have been permitted to accumulate beyond the reasonable needs of the business, the burden of proof with respect to such allegation shall--

 

(1) if notification has not been sent in accordance with subsection (b), be on the Secretary; or

(2) if the taxpayer has submitted the statement described in subsection (c), be on the Secretary with respect to the grounds set forth in such statement in accordance with the provisions of such subsection.

 

(b) NOTIFICATION BY SECRETARY.--Before mailing the notice of deficiency [referred to in subsection (a)] based in whole or in part on an allegation described in subsection (a), the Secretary may send by certified mail or registered mail a notification informing the taxpayer that the proposed notice of deficiency includes an amount with respect to the accumulated earnings tax imposed by section 531.

* * * * * * *

(d) JEOPARDY ASSESSMENT.--If pursuant to section 6861(a) a jeopardy assessment is made before the mailing of the notice of deficiency referred to in subsection [(a),] (b), for purposes of this section such notice of deficiency shall, to the extent that it informs the taxpayer that such deficiency includes the accumulated earnings tax imposed by section 531, constitute the notification described in subsection (b), and in that event the statement described in subsection (c) may be included in the taxpayer's petition to the Tax Court.

 

SEC. 535. ACCUMULATED TAXABLE INCOME.

 

(a) DEFINITION.--* * *

* * * * * * *

(c) ACCUMULATED EARNINGS CREDIT.--

 

(1) GENERAL RULE.--For purposes of subsection (a), in the case of a corporation other than a mere holding or investment company the accumulated earnings credit is (A) an amount equal to such part of the earnings and profits for the taxable year as are retained for the reasonable needs of the business, minus (B) the deduction allowed by subsection (b)(6). For purposes of this paragraph, the amount of the earnings and profits for the taxable year exceed the dividends paid deduction (as defined in section 561) for such year.

[(2) MINIMUM CREDIT.--The credit allowable under subparagraph (1) shall in no case be less than the amount by which $150,000 exceeds the accumulated earnings and profits of the corporation at the close of the preceding taxable year.]

(2) MINIMUM CREDIT.--

 

(A) IN GENERAL.--The credit allowable under paragraph (1) shall in no case be less than the amount by which $250,000 exceeds the accumulated earnings and profits of the corporation at the close of the preceding taxable year.

(B) CERTAIN SERVICE CORPORATIONS.--In the case of a corporation the principal function of which is the performance of services in the field of health, law, engineering, architecture, accounting, actuarial science, performing arts, or consulting subparagraph (A) shall be applied by substituting "$150,000" for "$250,000."

 

(3) HOLDING AND INVESTMENT COMPANIES.--In the case of a corporation which is a mere holding or investment company, the accumulated earnings credit is the amount (if any) by which [$150,000] $250,000 exceeds the accumulated earnings and profits of the corporation at the close of the preceding taxable year.
* * * * * * *

 

 

SEC. 537. REASONABLE NEEDS OF THE BUSINESS.

 

(a) GENERAL RULE.--For purposes of this part, the term "reasonable needs of the business" includes--

 

(1) the reasonably anticipated needs of the business,

(2) the section 303 redemption needs of the business, and

(3) the excess business holdings redemption needs of the business.

 

(b) SPECIAL RULES.--For purposes of subsection (a)--

 

(1) SECTION 303 REDEMPTION NEEDS.--The term "section 303 redemption needs" means, with respect to the taxable year of the corporation immediately preceding the taxable year in which a shareholder of the corporation died or any taxable year thereafter, the amount needed (or reasonably anticipated to be needed) to make a redemption of stock included in the gross estate of the decedent (but not in excess of the maximum amount of stock to which section 303(a) may apply).
* * * * * * *

 

 

PART II--PERSONAL HOLDING COMPANIES

 

 

* * * * * * *

 

 

(Effective after December 31, 1981)

 

 

SEC. 541. IMPOSITION OF PERSONAL HOLDING COMPANY TAX.

In addition to other taxes imposed by this chapter, there is hereby imposed for each taxable year on the undistributed personal holding company income (as defined in section 545) of every personal holding company (as defined in section 542) a personal holding company tax equal to [70] 60 percent of the undistributed personal holding company income.

 

(Effective after December 31, 1982)

 

 

SEC. 541. IMPOSITION OF PERSONAL HOLDING COMPANY TAX.

In addition to other taxes imposed by this chapter, there is hereby imposed for each taxable year on the undistributed personal holding company income (as defined in section 545) of every personal holding company (as defined in section 542) a personal holding company tax equal to [60] 50 percent of the undistributed personal holding company income.

 

* * * * * * *

 

 

Subchapter H--Banking Institutions

 

 

* * * * * * *

 

 

PART I--RULES OF GENERAL APPLICATION TO BANKING INSTITUTIONS

 

 

* * * * * * *

 

 

SEC. 584. COMMON TRUST FUNDS.

 

(a) DEFINITIONS.--* * *

* * * * * * *

(c) INCOME OF PARTICIPANTS IN FUND.--

 

(1) INCLUSIONS IN TAXABLE INCOME.--* * *

(2) DIVIDENDS OR INTEREST RECEIVED.--The proportionate share of each participant in the amount of dividends or interest received by the common trust fund and to which section 116 or 128 applies shall be considered for purposes of such section as having been received by such participant.

* * * * * * *

 

 

PART II--MUTUAL SAVINGS BANKS, ETC.

 

 

* * * * * * *

 

 

SEC. 593. RESERVES FOR LOSSES ON LOANS.

 

(a) ORGANIZATIONS TO WHICH SECTION APPLIES.--* * *

(b) ADDITION TO RESERVES FOR BAD DEBTS.--

 

(1) IN GENERAL.--* * *

* * * * * * *

(2) PERCENTAGE OF TAXABLE INCOME METHOD.--

 

(A) IN GENERAL.--* * *

* * * * * * *

(E) COMPUTATION OF TAXABLE INCOME.--For purposes of this paragraph, taxable income shall be computed--

 

(i) by excluding from gross income any amount included therein by reason of subsection (e),

(ii) without regard to any deduction allowable for any addition to the reserve for bad debts,

(iii) by excluding from gross income an amount equal to the net gain for the taxable year arising from the sale or exchange of stock of a corporation or of obligation the interest on which is excludable from gross income under section 103,

(iv) by excluding from gross income an amount equal to the lesser of [18/46] the applicable fraction of the net long-term capital gain for the taxable year of [18/46] the applicable fraction of the net long-term capital gain for the taxable year from the sale or exchange of property other than property described in clause (iii), and

(v) by excluding from gross income dividends with respect to which a deduction is allowable by part VIII of subchapter B, reduced by an amount equal to the applicable percentage (determined under subparagraphs (A) and (B)) of the dividends received deduction (determined without regard to section 596) for the taxable year.

 

For purposes of clause (iv), the term "applicable fraction" means the fraction the numerator of which is the excess of the highest rate of tax for the taxable year under section 11(b) over the rate of tax for such year under section 1201(a)(2), and the denominator of which is the highest rate of tax for such year under section 11(b).
* * * * * * *

 

 

Subchapter J--Estates, Trusts, Beneficiaries, and Decedents

 

 

* * * * * * *

 

 

PART I--ESTATES, TRUSTS, AND BENEFICIARIES

 

 

* * * * * * *

 

 

Subpart A--General Rules for Taxation of Estates and Trusts

 

 

* * * * * * *

 

 

SEC. 643. DEFINITIONS APPLICABLE TO SUBPARTS A, B, C, AND D.

 

(a) DISTRIBUTABLE NET INCOME.--For purposes of this part, the term "distributable net income" means, with respect to any taxable year, the taxable income of the estate or trust computed with the following modifications--

 

(1) DEDUCTION FOR DISTRIBUTIONS.--

* * * * * * *

(7) DIVIDENDS OR INTEREST.--There shall be included the amount of any dividends or interest excluded from gross income pursuant to section 116 (relating to partial exclusion of dividends or interest received) section 128 (relating to interest on certain savings certificates).

 

If the estate or trust is allowed a deduction under section 642(c), the amount of the modifications specified in paragraphs (5) and (6) shall be reduced to the extent that the amount of income which is paid, permanently set aside, or to be used for the purposes specified in section 642(c) is deemed to consist of items specified in those paragraphs. For this purpose, such amount shall (in the absence of specific provisions in the governing instrument) be deemed to consist of the same proportion of each class of items of income of the estate or trust as the total of each class bears to the total of all classes.
* * * * * * *

 

 

PART II--INCOME IN RESPECT OF DECEDENTS

 

 

* * * * * * *

 

 

SEC. 691. RECIPIENTS OF INCOME IN RESPECT OF DECEDENTS.

 

(a) INCLUSION IN GROSS INCOME.--

 

(1) GENERAL RULE.--* * *

 

* * * * * * *

(c) DEDUCTION FOR ESTATE TAX.--

 

(1) ALLOWANCE OF DEDUCTION.-* * *

* * * * * * *

(3) SPECIAL RULE FOR GENERATION-SKIPPING TRANSFERS.--For purposes of this section--

 

(A) the tax imposed by section 2601 or any State inheritance tax described in section 2602(c)(5)[(C)](B) on any generation-skipping transfer shall be treated as a tax imposed by section 2001 on the estate of the deemed transferor (as defined in section 2612(a));
* * * * * * *

 

 

Subchapter K--Partners and Partnerships

 

 

* * * * * * *

 

 

PART I--DETERMINATION OF TAX LIABILITY

 

 

* * * * * * *

 

 

SEC. 702. INCOME AND CREDITS OF PARTNER.

 

(a) GENERAL RULE.--In determining his income tax, each partner shall take into account separately his distributive share of the partnership's--

 

(1) gains and losses from sales or exchanges of capital assets held for not more than 1 year,

(2) gains and losses from sales or exchanges of capital assets held for more than 1 year,

(3) gains and losses from sales or exchanges of property described in section 1231 (relating to certain property used in a trade or business and involuntary conversions),

(4) charitable contributions (as defined in section 170(c)),

(5) dividends or interest with respect to which there is provided an exclusion under section 116 or 128, or a deduction under part VIII of subchapter B,

(6) taxes, described in section 901, paid or accrued to foreign countries and to possessions of the United States,

(7) other items of income, gain, loss, deduction, or credit, to the extent provided by regulations prescribed by the Secretary, and

(8) taxable income or loss, exclusive of items requiring separate computation under other paragraphs of this subsection.

* * * * * * *

 

 

PART II--CONTRIBUTIONS, DISTRIBUTIONS, AND TRANSFERS

 

 

* * * * * * *

 

 

Subpart D--Provisions Common to Other Subparts

 

 

* * * * * * *

 

 

SEC. 751. UNREALIZED RECEIVABLES AND INVENTORY ITEMS.

 

(a) SALE EXCHANGE OF INTEREST IN PARTNERSHIP.--* * *

* * * * * * *

(c) UNREALIZED RECEIVABLES.--For purposes of this subchapter, the term "unrealized receivables" includes, to the extent not previously includible in income under the method of accounting used by the partnership, any rights (contractual or otherwise) to payment for--

 

(1) goods delivered, or to be delivered, to the extent the proceeds therefrom would be treated as amounts received from the sale or exchange of property other than a capital asset, or

(2) services rendered, or to be rendered.

 

For purposes of this section and sections 731, 736, and 741, such term also includes mining property (as defined in section 617(f)(2)), stock in a DISC (as described in section 992(a)), section 1245 property (as defined in section 1245(a)(3)), stock in certain foreign corporations (as described in section 1248), section 1250 property (as defined in section 1250(c)), farm recapture property (as defined in section 1251(e)(1)), farm land (as defined in section 1252(a)), franchises, trademarks, or trade names (referred to in section 1253(a)), and an oil, gas, or geothermal property (described in section 1254) but only to the extent of the amount which would be treated as gain to which section 617(d)(1), 995(c), 1245(a), 1248(a), 1250(a), 1251(c), 1252(a), 1253(a), or 1254(a) would apply if (at the time of the transaction described in this section or section 731, 736, or 741, as the case may be, such property had been sold by the partnership at its fair market value. For purposes of this section and sections 731, 736, and 741, the excess of the aggregate fair market value of the property in any recovery account established under section 168A(e) over the balance in such account shall be treated as an unrealized receivable.
* * * * * * *

 

 

Subchapter L--Insurance Companies

 

 

* * * * * * *

 

 

PART I--LIFE INSURANCE COMPANIES

 

 

* * * * * * *

 

 

Subpart C--Gain and Loss from Operations

 

 

* * * * * * *

 

 

SEC. 812. OPERATIONS LOSS DEDUCTION.

 

(a) DEDUCTION ALLOWED.--There shall be allowed as a deduction for the taxable year an amount equal to the aggregate of--

 

(1) the operations loss carryovers to such year, plus

(2) the operations loss carrybacks to such year.

 

For purposes of this part, the term "operations loss deduction" means the deduction allowed by this subsection.

(b) OPERATIONS LOSS CARRYBACKS AND CARRYOVERS.--

 

(1) YEARS TO WHICH LOSS MAY BE CARRIED.--The loss from operations for any taxable year (hereinafter in this section referred to as the "loss year") shall be--

 

(A) an operations loss carryback to each of the 3 taxable years preceding the loss year,

(B) an operations loss carryover to each of the 5 taxable years following the loss year, and

(C) subject to subsection (e), if the life insurance company is a new company for the loss year, an operations loss carryover to each of the 3 taxable years following the 5 taxable years described in subparagraph (B).

 

In the case of an-operations loss for any taxable year ending after December 31, 1975, this paragraph shall be applied by substituting "[7] 20 taxable years" for "5 taxable years".

(2) AMOUNT OF CARRYBACKS AND CARRYOVERS.--The entire amount of the loss from operations for any loss year shall be carried to the earliest of the taxable years to which (by reason of paragraph (1)) such loss may be carried. The portion of such loss which shall be carried to each of the other taxable years shall be the excess (if any) of the amount of such loss over the sum of the offsets (as defined in subsection (d)) for each of the prior taxable years to which such loss may be carried.

(3) ELECTION FOR OPERATIONS LOSS CARRYBACKS.--In the case of a loss from operations for any taxable year ending after December 31, 1975, the taxpayer may elect to relinquish the entire carryback period for such loss. Such election shall be made by the due date (including extensions of time) for filing the return for the taxable year of the loss from operations for which the election is to be in effect, and once made for any taxable year, such election shall be irrevocable for that taxable year.

* * * * * * *

 

 

PART II--MUTUAL INSURANCE COMPANIES (OTHER THAN LIFE AND CERTAIN MARINE INSURANCE COMPANIES AND OTHER THAN FIRE OR FLOOD INSURANCE COMPANIES WHICH OPERATE ON BASIS OF PERPETUAL POLICIES OR PREMIUM DEPOSITS)

 

 

* * * * * * *

 

 

SEC. 821. TAX ON MUTUAL INSURANCE COMPANIES TO WHICH PART II APPLIES.

 

(a) IMPOSITION OF TAX.--

 

(1) IN GENERAL.--A tax is hereby imposed for each taxable year on the mutual insurance company taxable income of every mutual insurance company (other than a life insurance company and other than a fire, flood, or marine insurance company subject to the tax imposed by section 831). Such tax shall be computed by multiplying the mutual insurance company taxable income by the rates provided in section 11(b).

[(2) CAP ON TAX WHERE INCOME IS LESS THAN $12,000.--The tax imposed by paragraph (1) shall not exceed 34 percent of the amount by which the mutual insurance company taxable income exceeds $6,000.]

(2) CAP ON TAX WHERE INCOME IS LESS THAN $12,000.--The tax imposed by paragraph (1) on so much of the mutual insurance company taxable income as does not exceed $12,000 shall not exceed 34 percent (30 percent for taxable years beginning after December 31, 1983) of the amount by which such income exceeds $6,000.

 

* * * * * * *

(c) ALTERNATIVE TAX FOR CERTAIN SMALL COMPANIES.--

 

(1) IMPOSITION OF TAX.--

 

(A) IN GENERAL.--There is hereby imposed for each taxable year on the income of every mutual insurance company to which this subsection applies a tax (which shall be in lieu of the tax imposed by subsection (a)). Such tax shall be computed by multiplying the taxable investment income by the rates provided in section 11(b).

[(B) CAP WHERE INCOME IS LESS THAN $6,600--The tax imposed by subparagraph (A) shall not exceed 34 percent of the amount by which the taxable investment income exceeds $3,000.]

(B) CAP WHERE INCOME IS LESS THAN $6,000.--The tax imposed by subparagraph (A) on so much of the taxable investment income as does not exceed $6,000 shall not exceed 34 percent (30 percent for taxable years beginning after December 31, 1983) of the amount by which such income exceeds $3,000.

* * * * * * *

 

 

SEC. 825. UNUSED LOSS DEDUCTION.

 

(a) AMOUNT OF DEDUCTION.--* * *

* * * * * * *

(d) YEARS TO WHICH CARRIED.--

 

(1) IN GENERAL.--The unused loss for any taxable year shall be--

 

(A) an unused loss carryback to each of the 3 taxable years preceding the lost year, and

(B) an unused loss carryover to each of the 5 taxable years following the loss year.

 

In the case of an unused loss for a taxable year ending after December 31, 1975, such unused loss shall be an unused loss carryover to each of the [7] 20 taxable years following the lost year.
* * * * * * *

 

 

Subchapter N--Tax Based on Income From Sources Within or Without the United States

 

 

* * * * * * *

 

 

PART II--NONRESIDENT ALIENS AND FOREIGN CORPORATIONS

 

 

* * * * * * *

 

 

Subpart A--Nonresident Alien Individuals

 

 

* * * * * * *

 

 

SEC. 871. TAX ON NONRESIDENT ALIEN INDIVIDUALS.

 

(a) INCOME NOT CONNECTED WITH UNITED STATES BUSINESS--30 PERCENT TAX.--* * *

* * * * * * *

(g) CROSS REFERENCES.--

 

(1) For tax treatment of certain amounts distributed by the United States to nonresident alien individuals, see section 402(a)(4).

(2) For taxation of nonresident alien individuals who are expatriate United States citizens, see section 877.

(3) For doubling of tax on citizens of certain foreign countries, see section 891.

(4) For adjustment of tax in case of nationals or residents of certain foreign countries, see section 896.

(5) For withholding of tax at source on nonresidents alien individuals, see section 1441.

(6) For the requirement of making a declaration of estimated tax by certain nonresident alien individuals, see section 6015[(i)](j).

(7) For election to treat married nonresident alien individual as well as resident of United States in certain cases, see subsections (g) and (h) of section 6013.

(8) For special tax treatment of gain or loss from the disposition by a nonresident alien individual of a United States real property interest, see section 897.

SEC. 879. TAX TREATMENT OF CERTAIN COMMUNITY INCOME IN THE CASE OF A RESIDENT OR CITIZEN OF THE UNITED STATES WHO IS MARRIED TO A NONRESIDENT ALIEN INDIVIDUAL.

 

* * * * * * *

(a) GENERAL RULE.--In the case of a citizen or resident of the United States who is married to a nonresident alien individual and who has community income for the taxable year, such community income shall be treated as follows:

 

(1) Earned income (within the meaning of section 911[(b)](d)(2)), other than trade or business income and a partner's distributive share of partnership income, shall be treated as the income of the spouse who rendered the personal services,
* * * * * * *

 

 

PART III--INCOME FROM SOURCES WITHOUT THE UNITED STATES

 

 

Subpart A. Foreign tax credit.

Subpart B. Earned income of citizens of United States.

Subpart C. Western Hemisphere trade corporations.

Subpart D. Possession of the United States.

Subpart E. China Trade Act corporations.

Subpart F. Controlled foreign corporations.

Subpart G. Export trade corporations.

Subpart H. Exclusion from gross income of foreign oil and gas extraction income.

 

Subpart A--Foreign Tax Credit

 

 

Sec. 901. Taxes of foreign countries and of possessions of United States.

Sec. 902. Credit for corporate stockholder in foreign corporation.

Sec. 903. Credit for taxes in lieu of income, etc., taxes.

Sec. 904. Limitation on credit.

Sec. 905. Applicable rules.

Sec. 906. Nonresident alien individuals and foreign corporations.

[Sec. 907. Special rules in case of foreign oil and gas income.]

Sec. 907. Foreign taxes on oil related income at rate in excess of foreign general rate of taxation not treated as taxes.

Sec. 908. Reduction of credit for participation in or cooperation with an international boycott.

 

* * * * * * *

 

 

[SEC. 907. SPECIAL RULES IN CASE OF FOREIGN OIL AND GAS INCOME.

 

[(a) REDUCTION IN AMOUNT ALLOWED AS FOREIGN TAX UNDER SECTION 901.--In applying section 901, the amount of any oil and gas extraction taxes paid or accrued (or deemed to have been paid) during the taxable year which would (but for this subsection) be taken into account for purposes of section 901 shall be reduced by the amount (if any) by which the amount of such taxes exceeds the product of--

 

[(1) the amount of the foreign oil and gas extraction income for the taxable year,

[(2) multiplied by--

 

[(A) in the case of a corporation, the percentage which is equal to the highest rate of tax specified under section 11(b), or

[(B) in the case of an individual, a fraction the numerator of which is the tax against which the credit under section 901(a) is taken and the denominator of which is the taxpayer's entire taxable income.

[(b) APPLICATION OF SECTION 904 LIMITATION.--The provisions of section 904 shall be applied separately with respect to--

 

[(1) foreign oil related income, and

[(2) other taxable income.

 

[(c) FOREIGN INCOME DEFINITIONS AND SPECIAL RULES.--For purposes of this section--

 

[(1) FOREIGN OIL AND GAS EXTRACTION INCOME.--The term "foreign oil and gas extraction income" means the taxable income derived from sources without the United States and its possessions from--

 

[(A) the extraction (by the taxpayer or any other person) of minerals from oil or gas wells, or

[(B) the sale or exchange of assets used by the taxpayer in the trade or business described in subparagraph (A).

 

[(2) FOREIGN OIL RELATED INCOME.--The term "foreign oil related income" means the taxable income derived from sources outside the United States and its possessions from--

 

[(A) the extraction (by the taxpayer or any other person) of minerals from oil or gas wells,

[(B) the processing of such minerals into their primary products,

[(C) the transportation of such minerals or primary products,

[(D) the distribution or sale of such minerals or primary products, or

[(E) the sale or exchange of assets used by the taxpayer in the trade or business described in subparagraph (A), (B), (C), or (D).

 

[(3) DIVIDENDS, INTEREST, PARTNERSHIP DISTRIBUTION, ETC.--The term "foreign oil and gas extraction income" and the term "foreign oil related income" include--

 

[(A) dividends and interest from a foreign corporation in respect of which taxes are deemed paid by the taxpayer under section 902.

[(B) dividends from a domestic corporation which are treated under section 861(a)(2)(A) as income from sources without the United States,

[(C) amounts with respect to which taxes are deemed paid under section 960(a), and

[(D) the taxpayer's distributive share of the income of partnerships,

 

to the extent such dividends, interest, amounts, or distributive share is attributable to foreign oil and gas extraction income, or to foreign oil related income, as the case may be; except that interest described in subparagraph (A) and dividends described in subparagraph (B) shall not be taken into account in computing foreign oil and gas extraction income but shall be taken into account in computing foreign oil and gas extraction income but shall be taken into account in computing foreign oil-related income.

[(4) CERTAIN LOSSES.--If for any foreign country for any taxable year the taxpayer would have a net operating loss if only items from sources within such country (including deductions properly apportioned or allocated thereto) which relate to the extraction of minerals from oil or gas wells were taken into account, such items--

 

[(A) shall not be taken into account in computing foreign oil and gas extraction income for such year, but

[(B) shall be taken into account in computing foreign oil related income for such year.

 

[(5) OIL AND GAS EXTRACTION TAXES.--The term "oil and gas extraction taxes" means any income, war profits, and excess profits tax paid or accrued (or deemed to have been paid under section 902 or 960) during the taxable year with respect to foreign oil and gas extraction income (determined without regard to paragraph (4)) or loss which would be taken into account for purposes of section 901 without regard to this section.

 

[(d) DISREGARD OF CERTAIN POSTED PRICES, ETC.--For purposes of this chapter, in determining the amount of taxable income in the case of foreign oil and gas extraction income, if the oil or gas is disposed of, or is acquired other than from the government of a foreign country, at a posted price (or other pricing arrangement) which differs from the fair market value for such oil or gas, such fair market value shall be used in lieu of such posted price (or other pricing arrangement).

[(e) TRANSITIONAL RULES.--

 

[(1) TAXABLE YEARS ENDING AFTER DECEMBER 31, 1974--In applying subsections (d) and (e) of section 904 (as in effect on the day before the date of enactment of the Tax Reform Act of 1976) for purposes of determining the amount which may be carried over from a taxable year ending before January 1, 1975, to any taxable year ending after December 31, 1974--

 

[(A) subsection (a) of this section shall be deemed to have been in effect for such prior taxable year and for all taxable years thereafter, and

[(B) the carryover from such prior year shall be divided (effective as of the first day of the first taxable year ending after December 31, 1974) into--

 

[(i) a foreign oil related carryover, and

[(ii) another carryover,

 

on the basis of the proportionate share of the foreign oil related income, or the other taxable income, as the case may be, of the total taxable income taken into account in computing the amount of such carryover.

 

[(2) TAXABLE YEARS ENDING AFTER DECEMBER 31, 1975.--In applying subsections (d) and (e) of section 904 (as in effect on the day before the date of enactment of the Tax Reform Act of 1976) for purposes of determining the amount which may be carried over from a taxable year ending before January 1, 1976, to any taxable year ending after December 31, 1975, if the per-country limitation provided by section 904(a)(1) (as so in effect) applied to such prior taxable year and to the taxpayer's last taxable year ending before January 1, 1976, then in the case of any foreign oil related carryover--

 

[(A) the first sentence of section 904(e)(2) (as so in effect) shall not apply, but

[(B) such amount may not exceed the amount which could have been used in such succeeding taxable year if the per-country limitation continued to apply.

[(f) CARRYBACK AND CARRYOVER OF DISALLOWED CREDITS.--

 

[(1) IN GENERAL.--If the amount of the oil and gas extraction taxes paid or accrued during any taxable year exceeds the limitation provided by subsection (a) for such taxable year (hereinafter in this subsection referred to as the "unused credit year"), so much of such excess as does not exceed 2 percent of foreign oil and gas extraction income for such taxable year shall be deemed to be oil and gas extraction taxes paid or accrued in the second preceding taxable year, in the first preceding taxable year, and in the first, second, third, fourth, or fifth succeeding taxable year, in that order and to the extent not deemed tax paid or accrued in a prior taxable year by reason of the limitation imposed by paragraph (2). Such amount deemed paid or accrued in any taxable year may be availed of only as a tax credit and not as a deduction and only if the taxpayer for such year chooses to have the benefits of this subpart as to taxes paid or accrued for that year to foreign countries or possessions. For purposes of this subsection, the terms "second preceding taxable year", and "first preceding taxable year" do not include any taxable year ending before January 1, 1975. For purposes of determining the amount of such taxes which may be deemed paid or accrued in any taxable year ending in 1975, 1976, or 1977, the first sentence of this paragraph shall be applied by substituting "such excess" for "so much of such excess as does not exceed 2 percent of the foreign oil and gas extraction income for such taxable year".

[(2) LIMITATION.--The amount of the unused oil and gas extraction taxes which under paragraph (1) may be deemed paid or accrued in any preceding or succeeding taxable year shall not exceed the lesser of--

 

[(A) the amount by which the limitation provided by subsection (a) for such taxable year exceeds the sum of--

 

[(i) the oil and gas extraction taxes paid or accrued during such taxable year, plus

[(ii) the amounts of the oil and gas extraction taxes which by reason of this subsection are deemed paid or accrued in such taxable year and are attributable to taxable years preceding the unused credit year; or

 

[(B) the amount by which the limitation provided by section 904 on taxes paid or accrued with respect to foreign oil-related income for such taxable year exceeds the sum of--

 

[(i) the taxes paid or accrued (or deemed to have been paid under section 902 or 960) to all foreign countries and possessions of the United States with respect to such income during such taxable year,

[(ii) the amount of such taxes which were deemed paid or accrued in such taxable year under section 904(c) and which are attributable to taxable years preceding the unused credit year, plus

[(iii) the amount of the oil and gas extraction taxes which by reason of this subsection are deemed paid or accrued in such taxable year and are attributable to taxable years preceding the unused credit year.

[(3) SPECIAL RULES.--

 

[(A) In the case of any taxable year which is an unused credit year under this subsection and which is an unused credit year under section 904(c) with respect to oil-related income, the provisions of this subsection shall be applied before section 904(c).

[(B) For purposes of determining the amount of oil-related taxes paid or accrued in any taxable year which may be deemed paid or accrued in a preceding or succeeding taxable year under section 904(c), any tax deemed paid or accrued in such preceding or succeeding taxable year under this subsection shall be considered to be tax paid or accrued unused oil and gas extraction taxes which under paragraph in such preceding or succeeding taxable year.

[(C) For purposes of determining the amount of the unused oil and gas extraction taxes which under paragraph (1) may be deemed paid or accrued in any taxable year ending before January 1, 1977, subparagraph (A) of paragraph (2) shall be applied as if the amendment made by section 1035(a) of the Tax Reform Act of 1976 applied to such taxable year.

[(g) WESTERN HEMISPHERE TRADE CORPORATIONS WHICH ARE MEMBERS OF AN AFFILIATED GROUP.--If a Western Hemisphere trade corporation is a member of an affiliated group for the taxable year, then in applying section 901, the amount of any income, war profits, and excess profits taxes paid or accrued (or deemed to have been paid) during the taxable year with respect to foreign oil and gas extraction income which would (but for this section and section 1503(b)) be taken into account for purposes of section 901 shall be reduced by the greater of--

 

[(1) the reduction with respect to such taxes provided by subsection (a) of this section, or

[(2) the reduction determined under section 1503(b) by applying section 1503(b) separately with respect to such taxes, but not by both such reductions.]

SEC. 907. FOREIGN TAXES ON OIL RELATED INCOME AT RATE IN EXCESS OF FOREIGN GENERAL RATE OF TAXATION NOT TREATED AS TAXES.

 

(a) EXCESS FOREIGN OIL RELATED PAYMENTS.--For purposes of this subtitle, in the case of taxes paid or accrued to any foreign country with respect to foreign oil related income, the term "income, war profits, and excess profits taxes" does not includes any amount paid or accrued to the extent that the Secretary determines that the foreign law imposing the amount is structured, or in fact operates, so that the amount imposed with respect to foreign oil related income will generally be materially greater, over a reasonable period of time, than the amount generally imposed on income that is not foreign oil related income. In computing the amount not treated as tax under this section, such amount shall be treated as a deduction under the foreign law.

(b) DEFINITIONS AND SPECIAL RULES.--For purposes of this chapter--

 

(1) FOREIGN OIL RELATED INCOME.--The term "foreign oil related income" means the taxable income derived from sources outside the United States and its possessions from--

 

(A) the processing of minerals extracted (by the taxpayer or by any other person) from oil or gas wells into their primary products,

(B) the transportation of such minerals or primary products,

(C) the distribution or sale of such minerals or primary products,

(D) the sale or exchange of assets used by the taxpayer in the trade or business described in subparagraph (A), (B), or (C), or

(E) the performance of a service by or on behalf of a related person who is engaged in an activity described in subparagraphs (A), (B), (C), or (D) or an activity described in sections 981(b)(1), relating to the exclusion from gross income of foreign oil and gas extraction income.

 

(2) DIVIDENDS, INTEREST, PARTNERSHIP DISTRIBUTIONS, ETC.--The term "foreign oil related income" includes--

 

(A) dividends and interest from a foreign corporation in respect of which taxes are deemed paid by the taxpayer under section 902.

(B) interest and dividends from a domestic corporation which are treated under sections 861(a)(1)(B) and 861(a)(2)(A) as income from sources without the United States,

(C) amounts with respect to which taxes are deemed paid under section 960(a), and

(D) the taxpayer's distributive share of the income of partnerships,

 

to the extent such dividends, interest, amounts, or distributive share is attributable to foreign oil related income, except that such term also includes interest described in subparagraph (A) attributable to foreign oil and gas extraction income, and interest and dividends described in subparagraph (B) which are attributable to foreign oil and gas extraction income.

(3) DISREGARD OF CERTAIN POSTED PRICES, ETC.--In determining the amount of taxable income in the case of foreign oil related income, if the oil or gas is disposed of, or is acquired other than from the government of a foreign country, at a posted price (or other pricing arrangement) which differs from the fair market value for such oil or gas, such fair market value shall be used in lieu of such posted price (or other pricing arrangement).

 

(c) CARRYOVER OF CERTAIN OIL TAXES.--For purposes of determining the amount of taxes paid or accrued in any taxable year beginning before January 1, 1981 (hereinafter in this subsection referred to as the "excess credit year"), which under section 904(c) are deemed paid or accrued in a taxable year beginning on or after January 1, 1981--

 

(1) the amendments made by sections 612 and 613 of the Foreign Oil and Gas Tax Act of 1981 shall be deemed to have been in effect for such excess credit year and for all taxable years thereafter, and

(2) section 907(b) (as in effect on the day before the date of the enactment of the Foreign Oil and Gas Tax Act of 1981) shall be deemed to be in effect for such excess credit year and for all taxable years thereafter.

* * * * * * *

 

 

Subpart B--Earned Income of Citizens of United States

 

 

Sec. 911. [Income earned by individuals in certain camps or from charitable services.] Citizens or residents of the United States living abroad.

Sec. 912. Exemptions for certain allowances.

[Sec. 913. Deduction for certain expenses of living abroad.]

[SEC. 911. INCOME EARNED BY INDIVIDUALS IN CERTAIN CAMPS OR FROM CHARITABLE SERVICES.

 

[(a) GENERAL RULE.--In the case of an individual described in section 913(a) who, because of his employment, resides in a camp located in a hardship area, or who performs qualified charitable services in a lesser developed country, the following items shall not be included in gross income and shall be exempt from taxation under this subtitle:

 

[(1) BONA FIDE RESIDENT OF FOREIGN COUNTRY.--If such individual is described in section 913(a)(1), amounts received from sources within a foreign country or countries (except amounts paid by the United States or any agency thereof) which constitute earned income attributable to services performed during the period of bona fide residence. The amount excluded under this paragraph for any taxable year shall be computed by applying the special rules contained in subsection (c).

[(2) PRESENCE IN FOREIGN COUNTRY FOR 17 MONTHS.--If such individual is described in section 913(a)(2), amounts received from sources within a foreign country or countries (except amounts paid by the United States or any agency thereof) which constitute earned income attributable to services performed during the 18-month period. The amount excluded under this paragraph for any taxable year shall be computed by applying the special rules contained in subsection (c).

 

[An individual shall not be allowed as a deduction from his gross income any deduction or as a credit against the tax imposed by this chapter any credit for the amount of taxes paid or accrued to a foreign country or possession of the United States, to the extent that such deduction or credit is properly allocable to or chargeable against amounts excluded from gross income under this subsection, other than the deduction allowed by section 217 (relating to moving expenses).

[(b) DEFINITION OF EARNED INCOME.--For purposes of this section, the term "earned income" means wages, salaries, or professional fees, and other amounts received as compensation for personal services actually rendered, but does not include that part of the compensation derived by the taxpayer for personal services rendered by him to a corporation which represents a distribution of earnings or profits rather than a reasonable allowance as compensation for the personal services actually rendered. In the case of a taxpayer engaged in a trade or business in which both personal services and capital are material income-producing factors, under regulations prescribed by the Secretary, a reasonable allowance as compensation for the personal services rendered by the taxpayer, not in excess of 30 percent of his share of the net profits of such trade or business, shall be considered as earned income.

[(c) SPECIAL RULES.--For purposes of computing the amount excludable under subsection (a), the following rules shall apply:

 

[(1) LIMITATIONS ON AMOUNT OF EXCLUSION.--

 

[(A) DOLLAR LIMITATIONS.--

 

[(i) CAMP RESIDENTS.--In the case of an individual who resides in a camp located in a hardship area, the amount excluded from the gross income of the individual under subsection (a) for any taxable year shall not exceed an amount which shall be computed on a daily basis at an annual rate of $20,000 for days during which he resides in a camp.

[(ii) EMPLOYEES OF CHARITABLE ORGANIZATIONS.--If any individual performs qualified charitable services in a lesser developed country during any taxable year, the amount of the earned income attributable to such services excluded from the gross income of the individual under subsection (a) for the taxable year shall not exceed an amount which shall be computed on a daily basis at an annual rate of $20,000.

[(iii) SPECIAL RULE.--If any individual performs qualified charitable services in a lesser developed country and performs other services while residing in a camp located in a hardship area during any taxable year, the amount of the earned income attributable to such other services excluded from the gross income of the individual under subsection (a) for the taxable year shall not (after the application of clause (i) with respect to such earned income) exceed $20,000 reduced by the amount of the earned income attributable to qualified charitable services excluded from gross income under subsection (a) for the taxable year.

 

[(B) CAMP.--For purposes of this section, an individual shall not be considered to reside in a camp because of his employment unless the camp constitutes substandard lodging which is--

 

[(i) provided by or on behalf of the employer for the convenience of the employer because the place at which such individual renders services is in a remote area where satisfactory housing is not available on the open market.

[(ii) located, as near as practicable, in the vicinity of the place at which such individual renders services, and

[(iii) furnished in a common area (or enclave) which is not available to the public and which normally accommodates 10 or more employees.

 

[(C) HARDSHIP AREA.--For purposes of this section, the term "hardship area" has the same meaning as in section 913(h).

[(D) QUALIFIED CHARITABLE SERVICES.--For purposes of this subsection, the term "qualified charitable services" means services performed by an employee for an employer which--

 

[(i) meets the requirements of section 501(c)(3), and

[(ii) is not a private foundation (within the meaning of section 509(a)).

 

[(E) LESSER DEVELOPED COUNTRY.--The term "lesser developed country" means any foreign country other than--

 

[(i) a country listed in the first sentence of section 502(b) of the Trade Act of 1974 (19 U.S.C. 2462), or

[(ii) a country designated by the President as not being a lesser developed country.

[(2) ATTRIBUTION TO YEAR IN WHICH SERVICES ARE PERFORMED.--For purposes of applying paragraph (1), amounts received shall be considered received in the taxable year in which the services to which the amounts are attributable are performed.

[(3) TREATMENT OF COMMUNITY INCOME.--In applying paragraph (1) with respect to amounts received for services performed by a husband or wife which are community income under community property laws applicable to such income, the aggregate amount excludible under subsection (a) from the gross income of such husband and wife shall equal the amount which would be excludable if such amounts did not constitute such community income.

[(4) REQUIREMENT AS TO TIME OF RECEIPT.--No amount received after the close of the taxable year following the taxable year in which the services to which the amounts are attributable are performed may be excluded under subsection (a).

[(5) CERTAIN AMOUNTS NOT EXCLUDIBLE.--No amount--

 

[(A) received as a pension or annuity, or

[(B) included in gross income by reason of section 402(b) (relating to taxability of beneficiary of non-exempt trust), section 403(c) (relating to a taxability of beneficiary under a non-qualified annuity), or section 403(d) (relating to taxability of beneficiary under certain forfeitable contracts purchased by exempt organizations),

 

may be excluded under subsection (a).

[(6) TEST OF BONA FIDE RESIDENCE.--A statement by an individual who has earned income from sources within a foreign country to the authorities of that country that he is not a resident of that country, if he is held not subject as a resident of that country to the income tax of that country by its authorities with respect to such earnings, shall be conclusive evidence with respect to such earnings that he is not a bona fide resident of that country for purposes of subsection (a)(1).

[(7) BUSINESS PREMISES OF THE EMPLOYER.--In the case of an individual residing in a camp who elects the exclusion provided in this section for a taxable year, the camp shall be considered to be part of the business premises of the employer for purposes of section 119 for such taxable year.

 

[(d) SECTION NOT TO APPLY.--An individual entitled to the benefits of this section for a taxable year may elect, in such manner and at such time as shall be prescribed by the Secretary, not to have the provisions of this section apply for the taxable year.

[(e) CROSS REFERENCES.--

 

[(1) For administrative and penal provisions relating to the exclusion provided for in this section, see sections 6001, 6011, 6012(c), and the other provisions of subtitle F.

[(2) For elections as to treatment of income subject to foreign community property laws, see section 981.]

SEC. 911. CITIZENS OR RESIDENTS OF THE UNITED STATES LIVING ABROAD.

 

(a) EXCLUSION FROM GROSS INCOME.--At the election of a qualified individual (made separately with respect to paragraphs (1) and (2)), there shall be excluded from the gross income of such individual, and exempt from taxation under this subtitle, for any taxable year--

 

(1) the foreign earned income of such individual, and

(2) the housing cost amount of such individual.

 

(b) FOREIGN EARNED INCOME.--

 

(1) DEFINITION.--For purposes of this section--

 

(A) IN GENERAL.--The term "foreign earned income" with respect to any individual means the amount received by such individual from sources within a foreign country or countries which constitute earned income attributable to services performed by such individual during the period described in subparagraph (A) or (B) of subsection (d)(1), whichever is appropriate.

(B) CERTAIN AMOUNTS NOT INCLUDED IN FOREIGN EARNED INCOME.--The foreign earned income for an individual shall not include amounts--

 

(i) received as a pension or annuity,

(ii) paid by the United States or an agency thereof if such individual is eligible for an exclusion from gross income or an exemption from taxation of any portion of such amount under any other section of this subpart or under any other provision of United States law,

(iii) included in gross income by reason of section 402(b) (relating to taxability of beneficiary of non-exempt trust) or section 403(c) (relating to taxability of beneficiary under a nonqualified annuity), or

(iv) received after the close of the taxable year following the taxable year in which the services to which the amounts are attributable are performed.

(2) LIMITATION ON FOREIGN EARNED INCOME.--

 

(A) IN GENERAL.--The foreign earned income of an individual which may be excluded under subsection (a)(1) for any taxable year shall not exceed the amount of foreign earned income computed on a daily basis at the annual rate set forth in the following table for each day of the taxable year within the period described in subparagraph (A) or (B) of subsection (d)(1):
 In the case of taxable    The annual

 

 years beginning in:         rate is:

 

 

 1982                        $75,000

 

 1983                         80,000

 

 1984                         85,000

 

 1985                         90,000

 

 1986 and thereafter          95,000

 

(B) ATTRIBUTION TO YEAR IN WHICH SERVICES ARE PERFORMED.--For purposes of applying subparagraph (A), amounts received shall be considered received in the taxable year in which the services to which the amounts are attributable are performed.

(C) TREATMENT OF COMMUNITY INCOME.--In applying subparagraph (A) with respect to amounts received from services performed by a husband or wife which are community income under community property laws applicable to such income, the aggregate amount which may be excludable from the gross income of such husband and wife under subsection (a)(1) for any taxable year shall equal the amount which would be so excludable if such amounts did not constitute community income.

(c) HOUSING COST AMOUNT.--For purposes of this section--

 

(1) IN GENERAL.--The term "housing cost amount" means an amount equal to the excess of--

 

(A) the housing expenses of an individual for the taxable year, over

(B) an amount equal to the product of--

 

(i) 16 percent of the salary (computed on a daily basis) of an employee of the United States who is compensated at a rate equal to the annual rate paid for step 1 of grade GS-14, multiplied by

(ii) the number of days of such taxable year within the period described in subparagraph (A) or (B) of subsection (d)(1).

(2) HOUSING EXPENSES.--

 

(A) IN GENERAL.--The term "housing expenses" means the reasonable expenses paid or incurred during the taxable year by or on behalf of an individual for housing for the individual (and, if they reside with him, for his spouse and dependents) in a foreign country. The term--

 

(i) includes expenses attributable to the housing (such as utilities and insurance), but

(ii) does not include interest and taxes of the kind deductible under section 163 or 164 or any amount allowable as a deduction under section 216(a).

 

Housing expenses shall not be treated as reasonable to the extent such expenses are lavish or extravagant under the circumstances.

(B) SECOND FOREIGN HOUSEHOLD.--

 

(i) IN GENERAL.--Except as provided in clause (ii), only housing expenses incurred with respect to that abode which bears the closest relationship to the tax home of the individual shall be taken into account under paragraph (1).

(ii) SEPARATE HOUSEHOLD FOR SPOUSE AND DEPENDENTS.--If an individual maintains a separate abode outside the United States for his spouse and dependents and they do not reside with him because of living conditions which are dangerous, unhealthful, or otherwise adverse, then--

 

(I) the words "if they reside with him" in subparagraph (A) shall be disregarded, and

(II) the housing expenses incurred with respect to such abode shall be taken into account under paragraph (1).

(3) SPECIAL RULES WHERE HOUSING EXPENSES NOT PROVIDED BY EMPLOYER.--

 

(A) IN GENERAL.--To the extent the housing cost amount of any individual for any taxable year is not attributable to employer provided amounts, such amount shall be treated as a deduction allowable in computing adjusted gross income to the extent of the limitation of subparagraph (B).

(B) LIMITATION.--For purposes of subparagraph (A), the limitation of this subparagraph is the excess of--

 

(i) the foreign earned income of the individual for the taxable year, over

(ii) the amount of such income excluded from gross income under subsection (a)(1) for the taxable year.

 

(C) 1-YEAR CARRYOVER OF HOUSING AMOUNTS NOT ALLOWED BY REASON OF SUBPARAGRAPH (B).--

 

(i) IN GENERAL.--The amount not allowable as a deduction for any taxable year under subparagraph (A) by reason of the limitation of subparagraph (B) shall be treated as a deduction allowable in computing adjusted gross income for the succeeding taxable year (and only to the succeeding taxable year) to the extent of the limitation of clause (ii) for such succeeding taxable year.

(ii) LIMITATION.--For purposes of clause (i), the limitation of this clause for any taxable year is the excess of--

 

(I) the limitation of subparagraph (B) for such taxable year, over

(II) amounts treated as a deduction under subparagraph (B) for such taxable year.

(D) EMPLOYER PROVIDED AMOUNTS.--For purposes of this paragraph, the term "employer provided amounts" means any amount paid or incurred on behalf of the individual by the individual's employer which is foreign earned income included in the individual's gross income for the taxable year (without regard to this section).

(E) FOREIGN EARNED INCOME.--For purposes of this paragraph, an individual's foreign earned income for any taxable year shall be determined without regard to the limitation of subparagraph (A) of subsection (b)(2).

(d) DEFINITIONS AND SPECIAL RULES.--For purposes of this section--

 

(1) QUALIFIED INDIVIDUAL.--The term "qualified individual" means an individual whose tax home is in a foreign country and who is--

 

(A) a citizen of the United States and establishes to the satisfaction of the Secretary that he has been a bona fide resident of a foreign country or countries for an uninterrupted period which includes an entire taxable year, or

(B) a citizen or resident of the United States and who, during any period of 12 consecutive months, is present in a foreign country or countries during at least 330 full days in such period.

 

(2) EARNED INCOME.--

 

(A) IN GENERAL.--The term "earned income" means wages, salaries, or professional fees, and other amounts received as compensation for personal services actually rendered, but does not include that part of the compensation derived by the taxpayer for personal services rendered by him to a corporation which represents a distribution of earnings or profits rather than a reasonable allowance as compensation for the personal services actually rendered.

(B) TAXPAYER ENGAGED IN TRADE OR BUSINESS.--In the case of a taxpayer engaged in a trade or business in which both personal services and capital are material income-producing factors, under regulations prescribed by the Secretary, a reasonable allowance as compensation for the personal services rendered by the taxpayer, not in excess of 30 percent of his share of the net profits of such trade or business, shall be considered as earned income.

 

(3) TAX HOME.--The term "tax home" means, with respect to any individual, such individual's home for purposes of section 162(a)(2) (relating to traveling expenses while away from home). An individual shall not be treated as having a tax home in a foreign country for any period for which his abode is within the United States.

(4) WAIVER OF PERIOD OF STAY IN FOREIGN COUNTRY.-- Notwithstanding paragraph (1), an individual who--

 

(A) is a bona fide resident of, or is present in, a foreign country for any period,

(B) leaves such foreign country after August 31, 1978--

 

(i) during any period during which the Secretary determines, after consultation with the Secretary of State or his delegate, that individuals were required to leave such foreign country because of war, civil unrest, or similar adverse conditions in such foreign country which precluded the normal conduct of business by such individuals, and

(ii) before meeting the requirements of such paragraph (1), and

 

(C) establishes to the satisfaction of the Secretary that such individual could reasonably have been expected to have met such requirements but for the conditions referred to in clause (i) of subparagraph (B),

 

shall be treated as a qualified individual with respect to the period described in subparagraph (A) during which he was a bona fide resident of, or was present in, the foreign country, and in applying subsections (b)(2)(A) and (c)(1)(B)(ii) with respect to such individual, only the days within such period shall be taken into account.

(5) TEST OF BONA FIDE RESIDENCE.--If--

 

(A) an individual who has earned income from sources within a foreign country submits a statement to the authorities of that country that he is not a resident of that country, and

(B) such individual is held not subject as a resident of that country to the income tax of that country by its authorities with respect to such earnings,

 

then such individual shall not be considered a bona fide resident of that country for purposes of paragraph (1)(A).

(6) DENIAL OF DOUBLE BENEFITS.--No deduction or exclusion from gross income under this subtitle or credit against the tax imposed by this chapter (including any credit or deduction for the amount of taxes paid or accrued to a foreign country or possession of the United States) shall be allowed to the extent such deduction, exclusion, or credit is properly allocable to or chargeable against amounts excluded from gross income under subsection (a).

(7) REGULATIONS.--The Secretary shall prescribe such regulations as may be necessary or appropriate to carry out the purposes of this section, including regulations providing rules--

 

(A) for cases where a husband and wife each have earned income from sources outside the United States, and

(B) for married individuals filing separate returns.

(e) ELECTION.--

 

(1) IN GENERAL.--An election under subsection (a) shall apply to the taxable year for which made and to all subsequent taxable years unless revoked under paragraph (2).

(2) REVOCATION.--A taxpayer may revoke an election made under paragraph (1) for any taxable year after the taxable year for which such election was made. Except with the consent of the Secretary, any taxpayer who makes such a revocation for any taxable year may not make another election under this section for to the taxable year for which made and to all subsequent taxable year for which such revocation was made.

 

(f) CROSS REFERENCES.--

For administrative and penal provisions relating to the exclusions provided for in this section, see sections 6001, 6011, 6012(c), and the other provisions of subtitle F.

* * * * * * *

 

 

SEC. 913. DEDUCTION FOR CERTAIN EXPENSES OF LIVING ABROAD.

 

[(a) ALLOWANCE OF DEDUCTION.--In the case of an individual who is--

 

[(1) BONA FIDE RESIDENT OF FOREIGN COUNTRY.--A citizen of the United States and who establishes to the satisfaction of the Secretary that he has been a bona fide resident of a foreign country or countries for an uninterrupted period which includes an entire taxable year, or

[(2) PRESENCE IN FOREIGN COUNTRY FOR 17 MONTHS.--A citizen or resident of the United States and who during any period of 18 consecutive months is present in a foreign country or countries during at least 510 full days in such period,

 

there shall be allowed as a deduction for such taxable year or for any taxable year which contains part of such period, the sum of the amounts set forth in subsection (b).

[(b) AMOUNTS.--The amounts referred to in this subsection are:

 

[(1) The qualified cost-of-living differential.

[(2) The qualified housing expenses.

[(3) The qualified schooling expenses.

[(4) The qualified home leave travel expenses.

[(5) The qualified hardship area deduction.

 

[(c) DEDUCTION NOT TO EXCEED NET FOREIGN SOURCE EARNED INCOME.--

 

[(1) IN GENERAL.--The deduction allowed by subsection (a) to any individual for the taxable year shall not exceed--

 

[(A) such individual's earned income from sources outside the United States for the portion of the taxable year in which such individual's tax home is in a foreign country, reduced by

[(B) the sum of--

 

[(i) any earned income referred to in subparagraph (A) which is excluded from gross income under section 119, and

[(ii) the allocable deductions.

[(2) ALLOCABLE DEDUCTIONS DEFINED.--For purposes of paragraph (1)(B)(ii), the term "allocable deductions" means the deductions properly allocable to or chargeable against the earned income deferred to in paragraph (1)(A), other than the deduction allowed by this section.

 

[(d) QUALIFIED COST-OF-LIVING DIFFERENTIAL.--

 

[(1) IN GENERAL.--For purposes of this section, the term "qualified cost-of-living differential" means a reasonable amount determined under tables (or under another method) prescribed by the Secretary establishing the amount (if any) by which the general cost of living in the foreign place in which the individual's tax home is located exceeds the general cost of living for the metropolitan area in the continental United States (excluding Alaska) having the highest general cost of living. The tables (or other methods) so prescribed shall be revised at least once during each calendar year.

[(2) SPECIAL RULES.--For purposes of paragraph (1)--

 

[(A) COMPUTATION ON DAILY BASIS.--The differential shall be computed on a daily basis for the period during which the individual's tax home is in a foreign country.

[(B) DIFFERENTIAL TO BE BASED ON DAILY LIVING EXPENSES.--An individual's cost-of-living differential shall be determined by reference to reasonable daily living expenses (excluding housing and schooling expenses).

[(C) BASIS OF COMPARISON.--The differential prescribed for any foreign place--

 

[(i) shall vary depending on the composition of the family (spouse and dependents) residing with the individual (or at a qualified second household), and

[(ii) shall reflect the costs of living of a family whose income is equal to the salary of an employee of the United States who is compensated at a rate equal to the annual rate paid for step 1 of grade GS-14.

 

[(D) STATE DEPARTMENT'S INDEX MAY BE TAKEN INTO ACCOUNT.--The Secretary, in determining the qualified cost-of-living differential for any foreign place, may take into account the Department of State's Local Index of Living Costs Abroad as it relates to such place.

[(E) NO DIFFERENTIAL FOR PERIODS DURING WHICH INDIVIDUAL IS ELIGIBLE UNDER SECTION 119.--Except as provided in subsection (i)(1)(A)(ii) an individual shall not be entitled to any qualified cost-of-living differential for any period for which such individual's meals and lodging are excluded from gross income under section 119.

[(e) QUALIFIED HOUSING EXPENSES.--

 

[(1) IN GENERAL.--For purposes of this section, the term "qualified housing expenses" means the excess of--

 

[(A) the individual's housing expenses, over

[(B) the individual's base housing amount.

 

[(2) HOUSING EXPENSES.--

 

[(A) IN GENERAL.--For purposes of paragraph (1), the term "housing expenses" means the reasonable expenses paid or incurred during the taxable year by or on behalf of the individual for housing for the individual (and, if they reside with him, for his spouse and dependents), in a foreign country. Such term--

 

[(i) except as provided in clause (ii), includes expenses attributable to the housing (such as utilities and insurance), and

[(ii) does not include interest and taxes of the kind deductible under section 163 or 164 or any amount allowable as a deduction under section 216(a).

 

[(B) PORTION WHICH IS LAVISH OR EXTRAVAGANT NOT ALLOWED.--For purposes of subparagraph (A), housing expenses shall not be treated as reasonable to the extent such expenses are lavish or extravagant under the circumstances.

 

[(3) BASE HOUSING AMOUNT.--For purposes of paragraph (1)--

 

[(A) IN GENERAL.--The term "base housing amount" means 20 percent of the excess of--

 

[(i) the individual's housing income (reduced by the deductions properly allocable to or chargeable against such housing income (other than the deduction allowed by this section)), over

[(ii) the sum of--

 

[(I) the housing expenses taken into account under paragraph (1)(A) of this subsection,

[(II) the qualified cost-of-living differential,

[(III) the qualified school expenses,

[(IV) the qualified home leave travel expenses, and

[(V) the qualified hardship area deduction.

[(B) BASE HOUSING AMOUNT TO BE ZERO IN CERTAIN CASES.--If, because of adverse living conditions, the individual maintains a household for his spouse and dependents at a foreign place other than his tax home which is in addition to the household he maintains as his tax home, and if his tax home is in a hardship area as defined in subsection (h), the base housing amount for the household maintained at his tax home shall be zero.

 

[(4) PERIODS TAKEN INTO ACCOUNT.--

 

[(A) IN GENERAL.--The expenses taken into account under this subsection shall be only those which are attributable to housing during periods for which--

 

[(i) the individual's tax home is in a foreign country, and

[(ii) except as provided in subsection (i)(1)(B)(iii), the value of the individual's housing is not excluded under section 119.

 

[(B) DETERMINATION OF BASE HOUSING AMOUNT.--The base housing amount shall be determined for the periods referred to in subparagraph (A) (as modified by subsection (i)(1)(B)(iii)).

 

[(5) ONLY ONE HOUSE PER PERIOD.--If, but for this paragraph, housing expenses for any individual would be taken into account under paragraph (2) of subsection (b) with respect to more than one abode for any period, only housing expenses with respect to that abode which bears the closest relationship to the individual's tax home shall be taken into account under such paragraph (2) for such period.

[(6) HOUSING INCOME.--For purposes of this subsection, the term "housing income" has the meaning given to the term "earned income" by section 911(b) (determined with the rule set forth in paragraph (3) of section 911(c)).

[(7) RECAPTURE OF EXCESS HOUSING DEDUCTIONS ATTRIBUTABLE TO TREATMENT OF AFTER-RECEIVED COMPENSATION.--

 

[(A) IN GENERAL.--There shall be included in the gross income of the individual for the taxable year in which any after received compensation is received an amount equal to any excess housing deduction determined for such year.

[(B) EXCESS HOUSING DEDUCTION.--For purposes of subparagraph (A), the excess housing deduction determined for any taxable year is the excess (if any) of--

 

[(i) the aggregate amount which has been allowed as a housing deduction (for such taxable year and all prior taxable years), over

[(ii) the aggregate amount which would have been allowable as a housing deduction (for such taxable year and all prior taxable years for which a housing deduction has been allowed), by taking after-received compensation into account under this subsection as if it had been received in the taxable year in which the services were performed.

 

In applying the preceding sentence to any taxable year, proper adjustment shall be made for the effect of applying such sentence for purposes of all prior taxable years.

[(C) TREATMENT OF AMOUNT INCLUDED IN INCOME.--Any amount included in gross income under subparagraph (A) shall not be treated as income for purposes of applying subsection (c) of this section.

[(D) DEFINITIONS.--For purposes of this paragraph--

 

[(i) HOUSING DEDUCTION.--The term "housing deduction" means that portion of the deduction allowable under subsection (a) for any taxable year which is attributable to qualified housing expenses. For such purpose, qualified housing expenses shall be taken into account after all other amounts described in subsection (b).

[(ii) AFTER-RECEIVED COMPENSATION.--The term "after-received compensation" means compensation received by an individual in a taxable year which is attributable to services performed by such individual in the third preceding, second preceding, or first preceding taxable year.

[(f) QUALIFIED SCHOOLING EXPENSES.--

 

[(1) IN GENERAL.--For purposes of this section, the term "qualified schooling expenses" means the reasonable schooling expenses paid or incurred by or on behalf of the individual during the taxable year for the education of each dependent of the individual at the elementary or secondary level. For purposes of the preceding sentence, the elementary or secondary level means education which is the equivalent of education from the kindergarten through the 12th grade in a United States-type school.

[(2) EXPENSES INCLUDED.--For purposes of paragraph (1), the term "schooling expenses" means the cost of tuition, fees, books, and local transportation and of other expenses required by the school. Except as provided in paragraph (3), such term does not include expenses of room and board or expenses of transportation other than local transportation.

[(3) ROOM, BOARD, AND TRAVEL ALLOWED IN CERTAIN CASES.--If an adequate United States-type school is not available within a reasonable commuting distance of the individual's tax home, the expenses of room and board of the dependent and the expenses of the transportation of the dependent each school year between such tax home and the location of the school shall be treated as schooling expenses.

[(4) DETERMINATION OF REASONABLE EXPENSES.--If--

 

[(A) there is an adequate United States-type school available within a reasonable commuting distance of the individual's tax home, and

[(B) the dependent attends a school other than the school referred to in subparagraph (A).

 

then the amount taken into account under paragraph (2) shall not exceed the aggregate amount which would be charged for the period by the school referred to in subparagraph (A).

[(5) PERIOD TAKEN INTO ACCOUNT.--An amount shall be taken into account as a qualified schooling expense only if it is attributable to education for a period during which the individual's tax home is in a foreign country.

 

[(g) QUALIFIED HOME LEAVE TRAVEL EXPENSES.--

 

[(1) IN GENERAL.--For purposes of this section, the term "qualified home leave travel expenses" means the reasonable amounts paid or incurred by or on behalf of an individual for the transportation of such individual, his spouse, and each dependent--

 

[(A) from a point outside the United States to the individual's principal domestic residence, and

[(B) from the individual's principal domestic residence to a point outside the United States.

 

[(2) LIMITATION TO COST BETWEEN TAX HOME AND PLACE OF RESIDENCE.--The amount taken into account under subparagraph (A) or (B) of paragraph (1) with respect to any transportation shall not exceed the reasonable amount for transportation between the location of the individual's tax home outside the United States and the individual's principal domestic residence.

[(3) SUBSTITUTION OF NEAREST PORT OF ENTRY IN CERTAIN CASES.--With respect to any person whose travel in the United States is not travel to and from the individual's principal domestic residence, paragraphs (1) and (2) shall be applied by substituting the nearest port of entry in the United States for the individual's principal domestic residence.

[(4) NEAREST PORT OF ENTRY.--For purposes of paragraph (3), the nearest port of entry in the United States shall not include a nearest port of entry located in Alaska or Hawaii unless the individual elects to have such port of entry taken into account.

[(5) PRINCIPAL DOMESTIC RESIDENCE DEFINED.--For purposes of this subsection, an individual's principal domestic residence is the location of such individual's present (or, if none, most recent) principal residence in the United States.

[(6) 1 ROUND TRIP PER 12-MONTH PERIOD ABROAD.--Amounts may be taken into account under paragraph (4) of subsection (b) only with respect to 1 trip to the United States, and 1 trip from the United States, per person for each continuous period of 12 months for which the individual's tax home is in a foreign country.

 

[(h) QUALIFIED HARDSHIP AREA DEDUCTION.--

 

[(1) IN GENERAL.--For purposes of this section, the term "qualified hardship area deduction" means an amount computed on a daily basis at an annual rate of $5,000 for days during which the individual's tax home is in a hardship area.

[(2) HARDSHIP AREA DEFINED.--For purposes of this section, the term "hardship area" means any foreign place designated by the Secretary of State as a hardship post where extraordinarily difficult living conditions, notably unhealthful conditions, or excessive physical hardships exist and for which a post differential of 15 percent or more--

 

[(A) is provided under section 5925 of title 5, United States Code, or

[(B) would be so provided if officers and employees of the Government of the United States were present at that place.

[(i) SPECIAL RULES WHERE INDIVIDUAL MAINTAINS SEPARATE HOUSEHOLD FOR SPOUSE AND DEPENDENTS BECAUSE OF ADVERSE LIVING CONDITIONS AT TAX HOME.--

 

[(1) IN GENERAL.--For any period during which an individual maintains a qualified second household--

 

[(A) QUALIFIED COST-OF-LIVING DIFFERENTIAL.--

 

[(i) ALLOWANCE DETERMINED BY REFERENCE TO LOCATION OF QUALIFIED SECOND HOUSEHOLD.--Paragraph (1) of subsection (d) shall be applied by substituting "the qualified second household" for "the individual's tax home",

[(ii) DISREGARD OF SECTION 119 RULE.-- Subparagraph (E) of subsection (d)(2) shall not apply with respect to the spouse and dependents.

 

[(B) QUALIFIED HOUSING EXPENSES.--

 

[(i) EXPENSES WITH RESPECT TO QUALIFIED SECOND HOUSEHOLD TAKEN INTO ACCOUNT.--For purposes of subsection (e), the expenses for housing of an individual's spouse and dependents at the qualified second household shall be treated as housing expenses if they would meet the requirements of subsection (e)(2) if the individual resided at such household.

[(ii) SEPARATE APPLICATION OF SUBSECTION (e).--Subsection (e) shall be applied separately with respect to the housing expenses for the qualified second household; except that, in determining the base housing amount, the housing expenses (if any) of the individual for housing at his tax home shall also be taken into account under subsection (e)(3)(A)(ii).

[(iii) CERTAIN RULES NOT TO APPLY.--Paragraphs (4)(A)(ii) and (5) of subsection (e) shall not apply with respect to housing expenses for the qualified second household.

 

[(C) REQUIREMENT THAT SPOUSE AND DEPENDENTS RESIDE WITH INDIVIDUAL FOR PURPOSES OF SCHOOLING AND HOME LEAVE.--

 

[(i) IN GENERAL.--The requirement of subsection (j)(3) that the dependent or spouse of the individual (as the case may be) reside with the individual at his tax home shall be treated as met if such spouse or dependent resides at the qualified second household.

[(ii) SUBSTITUTION OF HOUSEHOLD FOR TAX HOME.--In any case where clause (i) applies, paragraphs (3) and (4) of subsection (f), and subsection (g), shall be applied with respect to amounts paid or incurred for the spouse or dependent by substituting the location of the qualified second household for the individual's tax home.

 

[(2) DEFINITION OF QUALIFIED SECOND HOUSEHOLD.--For purposes of this section, the term "qualified second household" means any household maintained in a foreign country by an individual for the spouse and dependents of such individual at a place other than the tax home of such individual because of adverse living conditions at the individual's tax home.
[(j) OTHER DEFINITIONS AND SPECIAL RULES.--

 

[(1) DEFINITIONS.--For purposes of this section--

 

[(A) EARNED INCOME.--The term "earned income" has the meaning given to such term by section 911(b) (determined with the rules set forth in paragraphs (2), (3), (4), and (5) of section 911(c)), except that such term does not include amounts paid by the United States or any agency thereof.

[(B) TAX HOME.--The term "tax home" means, with respect to any individual, such individual's home for purposes of section 162(a)(2) (relating to traveling expenses while away from home). An individual shall not be treated as having a tax home in a foreign country for any period for which his abode is within the United States.

[(C) RESIDENCE AT TAX HOME.--A household or residence shall be treated as at the tax home of an individual if such household or residence is within a reasonable commuting distance of such tax home.

[(D) ADVERSE LIVING CONDITIONS.--The term "adverse living conditions" means living conditions which are dangerous, unhealthful, or otherwise adverse.

[(E) UNITED STATES.--The term "United States", when used in a geographical sense, includes the possessions of the United States and the areas set forth in paragraph (1) of section 638 and so much of paragraph (2) of section 638 as relates to the possessions of the United States.

 

[(2) LIMITATION TO COACH OR ECONOMY FARE.--The amount taken into account under this section for any transportation by air shall not exceed the lowest coach or economy rate at the time of such transportation charged by a commercial airline for such transportation during the calendar month in which such transportation is furnished. If there is no such coach or economy rate or if the individual is required to use first-class transportation because of a physical impairment, the preceding sentence shall be applied by substituting "first-class" for "coach or economy".

[(3) REQUIREMENT THAT SPOUSE AND DEPENDENTS RESIDE WITH INDIVIDUAL FOR PURPOSES OF SCHOOLING AND HOME LEAVE.--Except as provided in subsection (i)(1)(C)(i), amounts may be taken into account under subsection (f) with respect to any dependent of the individual, and under subsection (g) with respect to the individual's spouse or any dependent of the individual, only for the period that such spouse or dependent (as the case may be) resides with the individual at his tax home.

[(4) WAIVER OF PERIOD OF STAY IN FOREIGN COUNTRY.--For purposes of paragraphs (1) and (2) of subsection (a), an individual who--

 

[(A) for any period is a bona fide resident of or is present in a foreign country,

[(B) leaves such foreign country after August 31, 1978--

 

[(i) during any period during which the Secretary determines, after consultation with the Secretary of State or his delegate, that individuals were required to leave such foreign country because of war, civil unrest, or similar adverse conditions in such foreign country which precluded the normal conduct of business by such individuals, and

[(ii) before meeting the requirements of such paragraphs (1) and (2), and

 

[(C) establishes to the satisfaction of the Secretary that he could reasonably have been expected to have met such requirements but for the conditions referred to in clause (i) of subparagraph (B),

 

shall be treated as having met such requirements with respect to the period described in subparagraph (A) during which he was a bona fide resident or was present in the foreign country.

 

[(k) CERTAIN DOUBLE BENEFITS DISALLOWED.--An individual shall not be allowed--

 

[(1) as a deduction (other than the deduction under section 151),

[(2) as an exclusion, or

[(3) as a credit under section 44A (relating to household and dependent care services), any amount to the extent that such amount is taken into account under subsection (d), (e), (f), or (g).

 

[(l) APPLICATION WITH SECTION 911.--An individual shall not be allowed the deduction allowed by subsection (a) for any taxable year with respect to which he elects the exclusion provided in section 911.

[(m) REGULATIONS.--The Secretary shall prescribe such regulations as may be necessary or appropriate to carry out the purposes of this section, including regulations providing rules--

 

[(1) for cases where a husband and wife each have earned income from sources outside the United States, and

[(2) for married individuals filing separate returns.]

* * * * * * *

 

 

Subpart F--Controlled Foreign Corporations

 

 

* * * * * * *

 

 

SEC. 954. FOREIGN BASE COMPANY INCOME.

 

(a) FOREIGN BASE COMPANY INCOME.--For purposes of section 952(a)(2), the term "foreign base company income" means for any taxable year the sum of--

 

(1) the foreign personal holding company income for the taxable year (determined under subsection (c) and reduced as provided in subsection (b)(5)),

(2) the foreign base company sales income for the taxable year (determined under subsection (d) and reduced as provided in subsection (b)(5)),

(3) the foreign base company services income for the taxable year (determined under subsection (e) and reduced as provided in subsection (b)(5)), [and]

(4) the foreign base company shipping income for the taxable year (determined under subsection (f) and reduced as provided in subsection (b)(5))[.], and

(5) the foreign base company oil related income for the taxable year (determined under subsection (h) and reduced as provided in subsection (b)(5)).

 

(b) EXCLUSIONS AND SPECIAL RULES.--

 

(1) [Repealed]

(2) EXCLUSION FOR REINVESTED SHIPPING INCOME.--For purposes of subsection (a), foreign base company income does not include foreign base company shipping income to the extent that the amount of such income does not exceed the increase for the taxable year in qualified investments in foreign base company shipping operations of the controlled foreign corporation (as determined under subsection (g)).

(3) SPECIAL RULE WHERE FOREIGN BASE COMPANY INCOME IS LESS THAN 10 PERCENT OR MORE THAN 70 PERCENT OF GROSS INCOME.--For purposes of subsection (a)--

 

(A) If the foreign base company income (determined without regard to paragraphs (2) and (5)) is less than 10 percent of gross income, the entire gross income of the taxable year shall, subject to the provisions of paragraphs (2), (4), and (5), be treated as foreign base company income.

(B) If the foreign base company income (determined without regard to paragraphs (2) and (5)) exceeds 70 percent of gross income, the entire gross income of the taxable year shall, subject to the provisions of paragraphs (2), (4), and (5), be treated as foreign base company income.

 

(4) EXCEPTION FOR FOREIGN CORPORATIONS NOT AVAILED OF TO REDUCE TAXES.--For purposes of subsection (a), foreign base company income does not include any item of income received by a controlled foreign corporation if it is established to the satisfaction of the Secretary that neither--

 

(A) the creation or organization of such controlled foreign corporation under the laws of the foreign country in which it is incorporated (or, in the case of a controlled foreign corporation which is an acquired corporation, the acquisition of such corporation created or organized under the laws of the foreign country in which it is incorporated), nor

(B) the effecting of the transaction giving rise to such income through the controlled foreign corporation,

 

has as one of its significant purposes a substantial reduction of income, war profits, or excess profits or similar taxes. The preceding sentence shall not apply to foreign base company oil related income described in subsection (a)(5).

(5) DEDUCTIONS TO BE TAKEN INTO ACCOUNT.--For purposes of subsection (a), the foreign personal holding company income, the foreign base company sales income, the foreign base company services income [and the foreign base company shipping income], the foreign base company shipping income, and the foreign base company oil related income shall be reduced, under regulations prescribed by the Secretary, so as to take into account deductions (including taxes) properly allocable to such income.

* * * * * * *

(8) SPECIAL RULE FOR FOREIGN OIL RELATED INCOME.-- Income of a corporation which is foreign base company oil related income under paragraph (5) of subsection (a) shall not be considered foreign base company income of such corporation under paragraph (1), (2), or (3) of subsection (a).

 

(h) FOREIGN BASE COMPANY OIL RELATED INCOME.--For purposes of subsection (a)(5), the term "foreign base company oil related income" means foreign oil related income (as defined in section 907(b)) other than income derived from sources within--

 

(1) a foreign country in connection with oil or gas which was extracted by the foreign corporation or a related person from an oil or gas well in such foreign country, or

(2) a foreign country in connection with oil or gas related products which are sold by the foreign corporation or a related person for use or consumption within such country.

* * * * * * *

 

 

Subpart H--Exclusion From Gross Income of Foreign Oil and Gas Extraction Income

 

 

Sec. 981. Exclusion from gross income of foreign oil and gas extraction income.

SEC. 981. EXCLUSION FROM GROSS INCOME OF FOREIGN OIL AND GAS EXTRACTION INCOME.

 

(a) EXCLUSION FROM GROSS INCOME.--Gross income does not include any foreign oil and gas extraction income of the taxpayer.

(b) FOREIGN OIL AND GAS EXTRACTION INCOME.--For purposes of this chapter--

 

(1) IN GENERAL.--The term "foreign oil and gas extraction income" means any amount derived from sources without the United States and its possessions from the extraction (by the taxpayer or any other person) of minerals from oil or gas wells.

(2) DIVIDENDS, PARTNERSHIP DISTRIBUTIONS, ETC.--The term "foreign oil and gas extraction income" includes--

 

(A) dividends from a foreign corporation in respect of which taxes are deemed paid by the taxpayer under section 902,

(B) amounts with respect to which taxes are deemed paid under section 960(a), and

(C) the taxpayer's distributive share of income from partnerships,

 

to the extent such dividends, amounts, or distributive share is attributable to foreign oil and gas extraction income.

 

(c) DEDUCTIONS AND CREDITS DISALLOWED.--

 

(1) No deduction shall be allowed--

 

(A) for any amount allocated to or chargeable against amounts excluded from gross income under subsection (a); or

(B) for any amount expended for the exploration for oil and gas outside the United States and its possessions, or for the development of any oil or gas property located outside the United States and its possessions.

 

(2) No credit shall be allowed--

 

(A) under section 901 for taxes pair or accrued (or deemed paid) with respect to amounts excluded from gross income under subsection (a); and

(B) under section 38 for section 38 property used predominantly for exploration or development described in paragraph (1) or for the production of amounts excluded from gross income under subsection (a).

(d) LIMITATION ON LOSSES.--

 

(1) IN GENERAL.--Losses sustained during the taxable year on the sale, exchange, abandonment, or other disposition of any assets used in a trade or business described in subsection (b)(1) shall be allowed only to the extent of the gains recognized during such year from the sale or exchange of oil or gas properties located outside the United States.

(2) CARRYOVER OF UNUSED LOSSES.--Any amount of loss disallowed under clause (i) shall be carried to the succeeding taxable year and treated as a short-term loss sustained in such succeeding year from the sale or exchange of oil or gas properties located outside the United States.

 

(e) REPORTING REQUIRED.--Every taxpayer shall furnish such information with respect to amounts excluded from gross income and subsection (a) as the Secretary may by regulations prescribe.
Subchapter O--Gain or Loss on Disposition of Property

 

 

Part I. Determination of amount of and recognition of gain or loss.

Part II. Basis rules of general application.

Part III. Common nontaxable exchanges.

Part IV. Special rules.

Part V. Changes to effectuate FCC policy.

Part VI. Exchanges in obedience to SEC orders.

Part VII. [Wash sales of stock or securities.] Wash sales; straddle losses.

Part VIII. Distributions pursuant to Bank Holding Company Act of 1956.

 

* * * * * * *

 

 

PART II--BASIS RULES OF GENERAL APPLICATION

 

 

Sec. 1011. Adjusted basis for determining gain or loss.

Sec. 1012. Basis of property--cost.

Sec. 1013. Basis of property included in inventory.

Sec. 1014. Basis of property acquired from a decedent.

Sec. 1015. Basis of property acquired by gifts and transfers in trust.

Sec. 1016. Adjustments to basis.

Sec. 1017. Discharge of indebtedness.

Sec. 1018. Adjustment of capital structure before September 22, 1938. [repealed]

Sec. 1019. Property on which lessee has made improvements.

Sec. 1021. Sale of annuities.

Sec. 1023. Carryover basis for certain property acquired from a decedent dying after December 31, 1976.

Sec. 1024. Cross references.

 

* * * * * * *

 

 

SEC. 1014. BASIS OF PROPERTY ACQUIRED FROM A DECEDENT.

 

(a) IN GENERAL.--* * *

* * * * * * *

(e) APPRECIATED PROPERTY ACQUIRED BY DECEDENT BY GIFT WITHIN 3 YEARS OF DEATH.--

 

(1) IN GENERAL.--In the case of a decedent dying after December 31, 1981, if--

 

(A) appreciated property was acquired by the decedent by gift during the 3-year period ending on the date of the decedent's death, and

(B) such property is acquired from the decedent by (or passes from the decedent to) the donor of such property (or the spouse of such donor),

 

the basis of such property in the hands of such donor (or spouse) shall be the adjusted basis of such property in the hands of the decedent immediately before the death of the decedent.

(2) DEFINITIONS.--For purposes of paragraph (1)--

 

(A) APPRECIATED PROPERTY.--The term "appreciated property" means any property if the fair market value of such property on the day it was transferred to the decedent by gift exceeds its adjusted basis.

(B) TREATMENT OF CERTAIN PROPERTY SOLD BY ESTATE.--In the case of any appreciated property described in subparagraph (A) of paragraph (1) sold by the estate of the decedent, rules similar to the rules of paragraph (1) shall apply to the extent the donor of such property (or the spouse of such donor) is entitled to the proceeds from such sale.

SEC. 1015. BASIS OF PROPERTY ACQUIRED BY GIFTS AND TRANSFERS IN TRUST.

 

(a) GIFTS AFTER DECEMBER 31, 1920.--* * *

* * * * * * *

(d) INCREASED BASIS FOR GIFT TAX PAID.--

 

(1) IN GENERAL.--IF--

 

(A) the property is acquired by gift on or after September 2, 1958, the basis shall be the basis determined under subsection (a), increased (but not above the fair market value of the property at the time of the gift) by the amount of gift tax paid with respect to such gift, or

(B) the property was acquired by gift before September 2, 1958, and has not been sold, exchanged, or otherwise disposed of before such date, the basis of the property shall be increased on such date by the amount of gift tax paid with respect to such gift, but such increase shall not exceed an amount equal to the amount by which the fair market value of the property at the time of the gift exceeded the basis of the property in the hands of the donor at the time of the gift.

 

(2) AMOUNT OF TAX PAID WITH RESPECT TO GIFT.--For purposes of paragraph (1), the amount of gift tax paid with respect to any gift is an amount which bears the same ratio to the amount of gift tax paid under chapter 12 with respect to all gifts made by the donor for the [calendar quarter (or calendar year if the gift was made before January 1, 1971)] calendar year (or preceding calendar period) in which such gift is made as the amount of such gift bears to the taxable gifts (as defined in section 2503(a) but computed without the deduction allowed by section 2521) made by the donor during such calendar [quarter or year.] year or period. For purposes of the preceding sentence, the amount of any gift shall be the amount included with respect to such gift in determining (for the purposes of section 2503(a)) the total amount of gifts made during the calendar [quarter or year,] year or period, reduced by the amount of any deduction allowed with respect to such gift under section 2522 (relating to charitable deduction) or under section 2523 (relating to marital deduction).
* * * * * * *

 

 

SEC. 1016. ADJUSTMENTS TO BASIS.

 

(a) GENERAL RULE.--* * *

* * * * * * *

[(c) INCREASE IN BASIS IN THE CASE OF CERTAIN INVOLUNTARY CONVERSIONS.--

 

[(1) IN GENERAL.--IF--

 

[(A) there is a compulsory or involuntary conversion (within the meaning of section 1033) of any property, and

[(B) an additional estate tax is imposed on such conversion under section 2032A(c),

 

[then the adjusted basis of such property shall be increased by the amount of such tax.

[(2) TIME ADJUSTMENT MADE.--Any adjustment under paragraph (1) shall be deemed to have occurred immediately before the compulsory or involuntary conversion.]

 

(c) INCREASE IN BASIS OF PROPERTY ON WHICH ADDITIONAL ESTATE TAX IS IMPOSED.--

 

(1) TAX IMPOSED WITH RESPECT TO ENTIRE INTEREST.--If an additional estate tax is imposed under section 2032A(c)(1) with respect to any interest in property and the qualified heir makes an election under this subsection with respect to the imposition of such tax, the adjusted basis of such interest shall be increased by an amount equal to the excess of--

 

(A) the fair market value of such interest on the date of the decedent's death (or the alternate valuation date under section 2032, if the executor of the decedent's estate elected the application of such section), over

(B) the value of such interest determined under section 2032A(a).

 

(2) PARTIAL DISPOSITIONS.--

 

(A) IN GENERAL.--In the case of any partial disposition for which an election under this subsection is made, the increase in basis under paragraph (1) shall be an amount--

 

(i) which bears the same ratio to the increase which would be determined under paragraph (1) (without regard to this paragraph) with respect to the entire interest, as

(ii) the amount of the tax imposed under section 2032(c)(1) with respect to such disposition bears to the adjusted tax difference attributable to the entire interest (as determined under section 2032A(c)(2)(B)).

 

(B) PARTIAL DISPOSITION.--For purposes of subparagraph (A), the term "partial disposition" means any disposition or cessation to which subsection (c)(2)(D), (h)(1)(B), or (i)(1)(B) of section 2032A applies.

 

(3) TIME ADJUSTMENT MADE.--Any increase in basis under this subsection shall be deemed to have occurred immediately before the disposition or cessation resulting in the imposition of the tax under section 2032A(c)(1).

(4) SPECIAL RULE IN THE CASE OF SUBSTITUTED PROPERTY.--If the tax under section 2032A(c)(1) is imposed with respect to qualified replacement property (as defined in section 2032A(h)(3)(B)) or qualified exchange property (as defined in section 2032A(i)(3)), the increase in basis under paragraph (1) shall be made by reference to the property involuntarily converted or exchanged (as the case may be).

(5) ELECTION.--

 

(A) IN GENERAL.--An election under this subsection shall be made at such time and in such manner as the Secretary shall by regulations prescribe. Such an election, once made, shall be irrevocable.

(B) INTEREST ON RECAPTURED AMOUNT.--If an election is made under this subsection with respect to any additional estate tax imposed under section 2032A(c)(1), for purposes of section 6601 (relating to interest on underpayments), the last date prescribed for payment of such tax shall be deemed to be the late date prescribed for payment of the tax imposed by section 2001 with respect to the estate of the decedent (as determined for purposes of section 6601).

* * * * * * *

 

 

PART III--COMMON NONTAXABLE EXCHANGES

 

 

Sec. 1031. Exchange of property held for productive use or investment.

Sec. 1032. Exchange of stock for property.

Sec. 1033. Involuntary conversions.

Sec. 1034. Rollover of gain on sale of principal residence.

Sec. 1035. Certain exchanges of insurance policies.

Sec. 1036. Stock for stock of same corporation.

Sec. 1037. Certain exchanges of United States obligations.

Sec. 1038. Certain reacquisitions of real property.

Sec. 1039. Certain sales of low-income housing projects.

Sec. 1040. [Use of farm, etc., real property to satisfy pecuniary bequest.] Transfer of certain farm, etc., real property.

SEC. 1033. INVOLUNTARY CONVERSIONS.

 

* * * * * * *

(a) GENERAL RULE.--* * *

* * * * * * *

(g) CONDEMNATION OF REAL PROPERTY HELD FOR PRODUCTIVE USE IN TRADE OR BUSINESS OR FOR INVESTMENT.--

 

(1) SPECIAL RULE.--For purposes of subsection (a), if real property (not including stock in trade or other property held primarily for sale) held for productive use in trade or business or for investment is (as the result of its seizure, requisition, or condemnation, or threat or imminence thereof) compulsorily or involuntarily converted, property of a like kind to be held either for productive use in trade or business or for investment shall be treated as property similar or related in service or use to the property so converted.

(2) LIMITATION.--Paragraph (1) shall not apply to the purchase of stock in the acquisition of control of a corporation described in subsection (a)(2)(A).

(3) ELECTION TO TREAT OUTDOOR ADVERTISING DISPLAYS AS REAL PROPERTY.--

 

(A) IN GENERAL.--A taxpayer may elect, at such time and in such manner as the Secretary may prescribe, to treat property which constitutes an outdoor advertising display as real property for purposes of this chapter. The election provided by this subparagraph may not be made with respect to any property with respect to which the credit allowed by section 38 (relating to investment in certain depreciable property) is or has been claimed or with respect to which an election under section 179(a) [(relating to additional first-year depreciation allowance for small business)] as in effect on the day before the date of the enactment of the Tax Incentive Act of 1981 is in effect.

(B) ELECTION.--An election made under subparagraph (A) may not be revoked without the consent of the Secretary.

(C) OUTDOOR ADVERTISING DISPLAY.--For purposes of this paragraph, the term "outdoor advertising display" means a rigidly assembled sign, display, or device permanently affixed to the ground or permanently attached to a building or other inherently permanent structure constituting, or used for the display of, a commercial or other advertisement to the public.

(D) CHARACTER OF REPLACEMENT PROPERTY.--For purposes of this subsection, an interest in real property purchased as replacement property for a compulsory or involuntarily converted outdoor advertising display defined in subparagraph (C) (and treated by the taxpayer as real property) shall be considered property of a like kind as the property converted without regard to whether the taxpayer's interest in the replacement property is the same kind of interest the taxpayer held in the converted property.

 

(4) SPECIAL RULE.--In the case of a compulsory or involuntary conversion described in paragraph (1), subsection (a)(2)(B)(i) shall be applied by substituting "3 years" for "2 years".

 

* * * * * * *

 

SEC. 1034. ROLLOVER OF GAIN ON SALE OF PRINCIPAL RESIDENCE.

 

(a) NONRECOGNITION OF GAIN.--If property (in this section called "old residence") used by the taxpayer as his principal residence is sold by him and, within a period beginning [18 months] 2 years before the date of such sale and ending [18 months] 2 years after such date, property (in this section called "new residence") is purchased and used by the taxpayer as his principal residence, gain (if any) from such sale shall be recognized only to the extent that the taxpayer's adjusted sales price (as defined in subsection (b)) of the old residence exceeds the taxpayer's cost of purchasing the new residence.

(b) ADJUSTED SALES PRICE DEFINED.--

 

(1) IN GENERAL.--For purposes of this section, the term "adjusted sales price" means the amount realized, reduced by the aggregate of the expenses for work performed on the old residence in order to assist in its sale.

(2) LIMITATIONS.--The reduction provided in paragraph (1) applies only to expenses--

 

(A) for work performed during the 90-day period ending on the day on which the contract to sell the old residence is entered into;

(B) which are paid on or before the 30th day after the date of the sale of the old residence; and

(C) which are--

 

(i) not allowable as deductions in computing taxable income under section 63 (defining taxable income), and

(ii) not taken into account in computing the amount from the sale of the old residence.

(c) RULES FOR APPLICATION OF SECTION.--For purposes of this section:

 

(1) An exchange by the taxpayer of his residence for other property shall be treated as a sale of such residence, and the acquisition of a residence on the exchange of property shall be treated as a purchase of such residence.

(2) A residence any part of which was constructed or reconstructed by the taxpayer shall be treated as purchased by the taxpayer. In determining the taxpayer's cost of purchasing a residence, there shall be included only so much of his cost as is attributable to the acquisition, construction, reconstruction, and improvements made which are properly chargeable to capital account, during the period specified in subsection (a).

(3) If a residence is purchased by the taxpayer before the date of his sale of the old residence, the purchased residence shall not be treated as his new residence if sold or otherwise disposed of by him before the date of the sale of the old residence.

(4) If the taxpayer, during the period described in subsection (a), purchases more than one residence which is used by him as his principal residence at some time within [18 months] 2 years after the date of the sale of the old residence, only the last of such residences so used by him after the date of such sale shall constitute the new residence. If a principal residence is sold in a sale to which subsection (d)(2) applies within [18 months] 2 years after the sale of the old residence, for purposes of applying the preceding sentence with respect to the old residence, the principal residence so sold shall be treated as the last residence used during such [18-month] 2-year period

[(5) In the case of a new residence the construction of which was commenced by the taxpayer before the expiration of 18 months after the date of the sale of the old residence, the period specified in subsection (a), and the 18 months referred to in paragraph (4) of this subsection, shall be treated as including a period of 2 years beginning with the date of the sale of the old residence.]

 

(d) LIMITATION.--

 

(1) IN GENERAL.--Subsection (a) shall not apply with respect to the sale of the taxpayer's residence if within [18 months] 2 years before the date of such sale the taxpayer sold at a gain other property used by him as his principal residence, and any part of such gain was not recognized by reason of subsection (a).

(2) SUBSEQUENT SALE CONNECTED WITH COMMENCING WORK AT NEW PLACE.--Paragraph (1) shall not apply with respect to the sale of the taxpayer's residence if--

 

(A) such sale was in connection with the commencement of work by the taxpayer as an employee or as a self-employed individual at a new principal place of work, and

(B) if the residence so sold is treated as the former residence for purposes of section 217 (relating to moving expenses), the taxpayer would satisfy the conditions of subsection (c) of section 217 (as modified by the other subsections of such section).

(e) BASIS OF NEW RESIDENCE.--Where the purchase of a new residence results, under subsection (a) or under section 112(n) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1939, in the nonrecognition of gain on the sale of an old residence, in determining the adjusted basis of the new residence as of any time following the sale of the old residence, the adjustments to basis shall include a reduction by an amount equal to the amount of the gain not so recognized on the sale of the old residence. For this purpose, the amount of the gain not so recognized on the sale of the old residence includes only so much of such gain as is not recognized by reason of the cost, up to such time, of purchasing the new residence.

(f) TENANT-STOCKHOLDER IN A COOPERATIVE HOUSING CORPORATION.--For purposes of this section, section 1016 (relating to adjustments to basis), and section 1223 (relating to holding period), references to property used by the taxpayer as his principal residence, and references to the residence of a taxpayer, shall include stock held by a tenant-stockholder (as defined in section 216, * * *

* * * * * * *

(h) MEMBERS OF ARMED FORCES.--The running of any period of time specified in subsection (a) or (c) (other than the [18 months] 2 years referred to in subsection (c)(4)) shall be suspended during any time that the taxpayer (or his spouse if the old residence and the new residence are each used by the taxpayer and his spouse as their principal residence) serves on extended active duty with the Armed Forces of the United States after the date of the sale of the old residence except that any such period of time as so suspended shall not extend beyond the date 4 years after the date of the sale of the old residence. For purposes of this subsection, the term "extended active duty" means any period of active duty pursuant to a call or order to such duty for a period in excess of 90 days or for an indefinite period.

* * * * * * *

(k) INDIVIDUAL WHOSE TAX HOME IS OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES.-- The running of any period of time specified in subsection (a) or (c) (other than the [18 months] 2 years referred to in subsection (c)(4)) shall be suspended during any time that the taxpayer (or his spouse if the old residence and the new residence are each used by the taxpayer and his spouse as their principal residence) has a tax home (as defined in section [913(j)(1)(B)] 911(d)(3)) outside the United States after the date of the sale of the old residence; except that any such period of time as so suspended shall not extend beyond the date 4 years after the date of the sale of the old residence.

* * * * * * *

 

 

[SEC. 1040. USE OF FARM, ETC., REAL PROPERTY TO SATISFY PECUNIARY REQUEST.

 

[(a) GENERAL RULE.--If the executor of the estate of any decedent satisfies the right of a qualified heir (within the meaning of section 2032A(e)(1)) to receive a pecuniary bequest with property with respect to which an election was made under section 2032A, then gain on such exchange shall be recognized to the estate only to the extent that, on the date of such exchange, the fair market value of such property exceeds the value of such property for purposes of chapter 11 (determined without regard to section 2032A).

[(b) SIMILAR RULE FOR CERTAIN TRUSTS.--To the extent provided in regulations prescribed by the Secretary, a rule similar to the rule provided in subsection (a) shall apply where--

 

[(1) by reason of the death of the decedent, a qualified heir has a right to receive from a trust a specific dollar amount which is the equivalent of a pecuniary bequest, and

[(2) the trustee of the trust satisfies such right with property with respect to which an election was made under section 2032A.]

SEC. 1040. TRANSFER OF CERTAIN FARM, ETC., REAL PROPERTY.

 

(a) GENERAL RULE.--If the executor of the estate of any decedent transfers to a qualified heir (within the meaning of section 2032A(e)(1)) any property with respect to which an election was made under section 2032A, then gain on such transfer shall be recognized to the estate only to the extent that, on the date of such exchange, the fair market value of such property exceeds the value of such property for purposes of chapter 11 (determined without regard to section 2032A).

(b) SIMILAR RULE FOR CERTAIN TRUSTS.--To the extent provided in regulations prescribed by the Secretary, a rule similar to the rule in subsection (a) shall apply where the trustee of a trust (any portion of which is included in the gross estate of the decedent) transfers property with respect to which an election was made under section 2032A.

PART VII--WASH SALES, LIMITATION ON STRADDLE LOSSES

 

 

[PART VII--WASH SALES OF STOCK OR SECURITIES]

 

 

Sec. 1091. Loss from wash sales of stock or securities.

Sec. 1092. Limitation on straddle losses.

 

* * * * * * *

 

 

SEC. 1092. LIMITATION ON STRADDEL LOSSES.

 

(a) GENERAL RULE.--Straddle losses shall be allowed only to the extent of the sum of--

 

(1) straddle gains, and

(2) net non-straddle commodity gain.

 

(b) CARRYOVER OF DISALLOWED LOSSES.--Any straddle loss which is disallowed for the taxable year under subsection (a) shall be treated as a straddle loss in the succeeding taxable year.

(c) ANTICONVERSION RULES.--For purposes of section 1222, subsection (a) shall be treated as having used up--

 

(1) all straddle gains and losses, and

(2) a proportion of each gain or loss from a commodity-related transaction (other than a straddle transaction) equal to the proportion of the net capital gain from such transactions offset under subsection (a)(2).

 

For purposes of section 1222, any excess of straddle gains shall be treated as a long-term capital gain or a short-term capital gain (whichever is the appropriate result after applying section 1222 solely with respect to straddle gains and losses) from a single asset.

(d) DEFINITIONS AND SPECIAL RULES.--For purposes of this section--

 

(1) STRADDLE GAIN.--The term "straddle gain" means any gain from a straddle transaction.

(2) STRADDLE LOSS.--The term "straddle loss" means any loss from a straddle transaction.

(3) NET NON-STRADDLE COMMODITY LOAN.--The term "net non-straddle commodity gain" means the net gain for the taxable year determined by taking into account only gains and losses from non-straddle commodity transactions.

(4) STRADDLE TRANSACTION.--The term "straddle transaction" means any sale, exchange, or other disposition of--

 

(A) a futures contract,

(B) a forward contract,

(C) a commodity (including any metal),

(D) a Treasury bill or other evidence of indebtedness,

(E) currency, or

(F) any interest in any of the foregoing,

 

if such property was at any time part of a straddle (as defined in section 263A(e)).

(5) NON-STRADDLE COMMODITY TRANSACTION.--The term "non-straddle commodity transaction" means any sale, exchange, or other disposition of property described in paragraph (4) if at no time was such property part of a straddle.

(6) COMMODITY-RELATED TRANSACTION.--The term "commodity-related transaction" means any sale, exchange, or other disposition of property described in paragraph (4).

(7) INTEREST ON CERTAIN OBLIGATIONS.--Gain from the sale, exchange, or other disposition of an evidence of indebtedness shall not be treated as gain from a transaction described in paragraph (4) or (5) to the extent such gain is interest (including any amount treated as ordinary income under section 1232).

(8) CHARACTER OF CARRYOVER.--Any loss carried over to a succeeding taxable year under subsection (b) shall be treated as short term to the extent the taxpayer had short-term straddle losses (not used to offset short-term gains) for the taxable year from which carried.

 

(e) SECTION NOT TO APPLY TO HEDGING TRANSACTIONS.--

 

(1) SECTION NOT TO APPLY.--This section shall not apply in the case of a hedging transaction.

(2) DEFINITION OF HEDGING TRANSACTION.--For purposes of this subsection, the term "hedging transaction" means any transaction if--

 

(A) such transaction is entered into by the taxpayer in the normal course of the taxpayer's trade or business primarily--

 

(i) to reduce risk of price change or currency fluctuations with respect to property which is held or to be held by the taxpayer, or

(ii) to reduce risk of interest rate or price changes or currency fluctuations with respect to borrowing made or to be made, or obligations incurred or to be incurred, by the taxpayer,

 

(B) the gain or loss on such transactions is treated as ordinary income or loss, and

(C) before the close of the day on which such transaction was entered into, the taxpayer clearly identifies such transaction as being a hedging transaction.

 

(3) SPECIAL RULE FOR SYNDICATES.--

 

(A) IN GENERAL.--Notwithstanding paragraph (2), the term "hedging transaction" shall not include any transaction entered into by or for a syndicate.

(B) SYNDICATE DEFINED.--For purposes of subparagraph (A), the term "syndicate" means any partnership or other entity (other than a C corporation)--

 

(i) if at any time interests in such entity have been offered for sale in any offering required to be registered with any Federal or State agency having authority to regulate the offering of securities for sale, or

(ii) if more than 35 percent of the losses of such entity during any period are allocable to limited partners or limited entrepreneurs (within the meaning of section 464(e)(2)).

 

(C) DEFINITIONS.--For purposes of this paragraph--

 

(i) C CORPORATION.--The term "C corporation" means any corporation other than an electing small business corporation (as defined in section 1371(b)).

(ii) HOLDING ATTRIBUTABLE TO ACTIVE PARTICIPATION IN MANAGEMENT.--An individual shall not be treated as a limited partner or limited entrepreneur (within the meaning of section 464(e)(2)) with respect to any entity for any period during which such individual actively participates in the management of such entity.

(iii) SPECIAL RULES FOR BANKS.--In the case of a bank (as defined in section 581), subparagraph (A) of paragraph (2) shall be applied as if it read as follows:

 

"(A) such transaction is entered into by the taxpayer in the normal course of the taxpayer's trade or business,".
(f) SPECIAL RULES.--

 

(1) DENIAL OF CAPITAL GAINS TREATMENT FOR PROPERTY IDENTIFIED AS PART OF A HEDGING TRANSACTION.--For purposes of this title, gain from any property described in subsection (b) shall in no event be considered as gain from the sale or exchange of a capital asset if such property was at any time identified under subsection (e)(2)(C) by the taxpayer as being part of a hedging transaction.

(2) SPECIAL RULE FOR ORDINARY GAIN OR LOSS.--This section shall be applied separately with respect to--

 

(A) capital gains and losses, and

(B) ordinary gains and losses not in hedging transactions.

(g) EFFECTIVE DATE.--

 

(1) IN GENERAL.--Except as provided in paragraph (2), gains and losses shall be taken into account under this section only if they are attributable to property acquired (or positions established) by the taxpayer after January 27, 1981.

(2) ELECTION TO TAKE INTO ACCOUNT ALL GAINS AND LOSSES.-- If the taxpayer so elects (at such time and in such manner as the Secretary shall by regulations prescribe), this section shall apply to all gains and losses from commodity-related transactions in taxable years ending after January 27, 1981 (whether the property is acquired before, on, or after January 27, 1981).

* * * * * * *

 

 

Subchapter P--Capital Gains and Losses

 

 

* * * * * * *

 

 

PART III--GENERAL RULES FOR DETERMINING CAPITAL GAINS AND LOSSES

 

 

Sec. 1221. Capital asset defined.

Sec. 1222. Other terms relating to capital gains and losses.

Sec. 1223. Holding period of property.

SEC. 1221. CAPITAL ASSET DEFINED.

For purposes of this subtitle, the term "capital asset" means property held by the taxpayer (whether or not connected with his trade or business), but does not include--

(1) stock in trade of the taxpayer or other property of a kind which would properly be included in the inventory of the taxpayer if on hand at the close of the taxable year, or property held by the taxpayer primarily for sale to customers in the ordinary course of his trade or business;

(2) property, used in his trade or business, of a character which is subject to the allowance for depreciation provided in section 167, or real property used in his trade or business;

(3) a copyright, a literary, musical, or artistic composition, a letter or memorandum, or similar property, held be--

 

(A) a taxpayer whose personal efforts created such property,

(B) in the case of a letter, memorandum, or similar property, a taxpayer for whom such property was prepared or produced, or

(C) a taxpayer in whose hands the basis of such property is determined, for purposes of determining gain from a sale or exchange, in whole or part by reference to the basis of such property in the hands of a taxpayer described in subparagraph (A) or (B);

 

(4) accounts or notes receivable acquired in the ordinary course of trade or business for services rendered or from the sale of property described in paragraph (1);

[(5) an obligation of the United States or any of its possessions, or of a State or any political subdivision thereof, or of the District of Columbia, issued on or after March 1, 1941, on a discount basis and payable without interest at a fixed maturity date not exceeding one year from the date of issue; or]

[(6)] (5) a publication of the United States Government (including the Congressional Record) which is received from the United States Government or any agency thereof, other than by purchase at the price at which it is offered for sale to the public, and which is held by--

 

(A) a taxpayer who so received such publication, or

(B) a taxpayer in whose hands the basis of such publication is determined, for purposes of determining gain from a sale or exchange, in whole or in part by reference to the basis of such publication in the hands of a taxpayer described in subparagraph (A).

* * * * * * *

 

 

PART IV--SPECIAL RULES FOR DETERMINING CAPITAL GAINS AND LOSSES

 

 

Sec. 1231. Property used in the trade or business and involuntary conversions.

Sec. 1232. Bonds and other evidences of indebtedness.

Sec. 1233. Gains and losses from short sales.

Sec. 1234. Options to buy or sell.

Sec. 1234A. Gains or losses from certain terminations.

Sec. 1235. Sale or exchange of patents.

Sec. 1236. Dealers in securities.

Sec. 1237. Real property subdivided for sale.

Sec. 1238. Amortization in excess of depreciation.

Sec. 1239. Gain from sale of depreciable property between certain related taxpayers.

Sec. 1241. Cancellation of lease or distributor's agreement.

Sec. 1242. Losses on small business investment company stock.

Sec. 1243. Loss of small business investment company.

Sec. 1244. Losses on small business stock.

Sec. 1245. Gain from dispositions of certain depreciable property.

Sec. 1246. Gain on foreign investment company stock.

Sec. 1247. Election by foreign investment companies to distribute income currently.

Sec. 1248. Gain from certain sales or exchanges of stock in certain foreign corporations.

Sec. 1249. Gain from certain sales or exchanges of patents, etc., to foreign corporations.

Sec. 1250. Gain from dispositions of certain depreciable realty.

Sec. 1251. Gain from disposition of property used in farming where farm losses offset nonfarm income.

Sec. 1252. Gain from disposition of farm land.

Sec. 1253. Transfers of franchises, trademarks, and trade names.

Sec. 1254. Gain from disposition of interest in oil, gas, or geothermal property.

SEC. 1231. PROPERTY USED IN THE TRADE OR BUSINESS AND INVOLUNTARY CONVERSIONS.

 

(a) GENERAL RULE-- * * *

(b) DEFINITION OF PROPERTY USED IN THE TRADE OR BUSINESS.--For purposes of this section--

 

(1) GENERAL RULE.--The term "property used in the trade or business" means property used in the trade or business, of a character which is subject to the allowance for depreciation provided in section 167, held for more than 1 year, and real property used in the trade or business, held for more than 1 year, which is not--

 

(A) property of a kind which would properly be includible in the inventory of the taxpayer if on hand at the close of the taxable year,

(B) property held by the taxpayer primarily for sale to customers in the ordinary course of his trade or business,

(C) a copyright, a literary, musical, or artistic composition, a letter or memorandum, or similar property, held by a taxpayer described in paragraph (3) of section 1221, or

(D) a publication of the United States Government (including the Congressional Record) which is received from the United States Government, or any agency thereof, other than by purchase at the price at which it is offered for sale to the public, and which is held by a taxpayer described in paragraph [(6)] (5) of section 1221.

* * * * * * *

 

SEC. 1232. BONDS AND OTHER EVIDENCES OF INDEBTEDNESS.

 

(a) GENERAL RULE.--For purposes of this subtitle, in the case of bonds, debentures, notes, or certificates or other evidences of indebtedness, which are capital assets in the hands of the taxpayer, and which are issued by any corporation, or by any government or political subdivision thereof--

 

(1) RETIREMENT.--Amounts received by the holder on retirement of such bonds or other evidences of indebtedness shall be considered as amounts received in exchange therefor (except that in the case of bonds or other evidences of indebtedness issued before January 1, 1955, this paragraph shall apply only to those issued with interest coupons or in registered form, or to those in such form on March 1, 1954).

(2) SALE OR EXCHANGE.--

 

(A) CORPORATE BONDS ISSUED AFTER MAY 27, 1969.--Except as provided in subparagraph (C), on the sale or exchange of bonds or other evidences of indebtedness issued by a corporation after May 27, 1969, held by the taxpayer more than 1 year, any gain realized shall (except as provided in the following sentence) be considered gain from the sale or exchange of a capital asset held for more than 1 year. If at the time of original issue there was an intention to call the bond or other evidence of indebtedness before maturity, any gain realized on the sale or exchange thereof which does not exceed an amount equal to the original issue discount (as defined in subsection (b)) reduced by the portion of original issue discount previously includible in the gross income of any holder (as provided in paragraph (3)(B)) shall be considered as ordinary income.

(B) CORPORATE BONDS ISSUED ON OR BEFORE MAY 27, 1969, AND GOVERNMENT BONDS.--Except as provided in subparagraph (C), on the sale or exchange of bonds or other evidences of indebtedness issued by a government or political subdivision thereof after December 31, 1954, or by a corporation after December 31, 1954, and on or before May 27, 1969, held by the taxpayer more than 1 year, any gain realized which does not exceed--

 

(i) an amount equal to the original issue discount (as defined in subsection (b)), or

(ii) if at the time of original issue there was no intention to call the bond or other evidence of indebtedness before maturity, an amount which bears the same ratio to the original issue discount (as defined in subsection (b)) as the number of complete months that the bond or other evidence of indebtedness was held by the taxpayer bears to the number of complete months from the date of original issue to the rate of maturity.

 

shall be considered as ordinary income. Gain in excess of such amount shall be considered gain from the sale or exchange of a capital asset held more than 1 year.

(C) EXCEPTIONS.--This paragraph shall not apply to--

 

(i) obligations the interest on which is not includible in gross income under section 103 (relating to certain governmental obligations), or

(ii) any holder who has purchased the bond or other evidence of indebtedness at a premium.

 

(D) DOUBLE INCLUSION IN INCOME NOT REQUIRED.--This section shall not require the inclusion of any amount previously includible in gross income.

 

(3) INCLUSION IN INCOME OF ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT ON CORPORATE BONDS ISSUED AFTER MAY 27, 1969.--

 

(A) GENERAL RULE.--There shall be included in the gross income of the holder of any bond or other evidence of indebtedness issued by a corporation after May 27, 1969, the ratable monthly period of original issue discount multiplied by the number of complete months (plus any fractional part of a month determined in accordance with the last sentence of this subparagraph) such holder held such bond or other evidence of indebtedness during the taxable year. Except as provided in subparagraph (B), the ratable monthly portion of original issue discount shall equal the original issue discount (as defined in subsection (b)) divided by the number of complete months from the date of original issue to the stated maturity date of such bond or other evidence of indebtedness. For purposes of this section, a complete month commences with the date of original issue and the corresponding day of each succeeding calendar month (or the last day of a calendar month in which there is no corresponding day); and, in any case where a bond or other evidence of indebtedness is acquired on any other day, the ratable monthly portion of original issue discount for the complete month in which such acquisition occurs shall be allocated between the transferor and the transferee in accordance with the number of days in such complete month each held the bond or other evidence of indebtedness.

(B) REDUCTION IN CASE OF ANY SUBSEQUENT HOLDER.--For purposes of this paragraph, the ratable monthly portion of original issue discount shall not include an amount, determined at the time of any purchase after the original issue of such bond or other evidence of indebtedness, equal to the excess of--

 

(i) the cost of such bond or other evidence of indebtedness incurred by such holder, over

(ii) the issue price of such bond or other evidence of indebtedness increased by the portion of original discount previously includible in the gross income of any holder (computed without regard to this subparagraph), divided by the number of complete months (plus any fractional part of a month commencing with the date of purchase) from the date of such purchase to the stated maturity date of such bond or other evidence of indebtedness.

 

(C) PURCHASE DEFINED.--For purposes of subparagraph (B), the term "purchase" means any acquisition of a bond or other evidence of indebtedness, but only if the basis of the bond or other evidence of indebtedness is not determined in whole or in part by reference to the adjusted basis of such bond or other evidence of indebtedness in the hands of the person from whom acquired, or under section 1014(a) (relating to property acquired from a decedent).

(D) EXCEPTION.--This paragraph shall not apply to any holder--

 

(i) who has purchased the bond or other evidence of indebtedness at a premium, or

(ii) which is a life insurance company to which section 818(b) applies.

 

(E) BASIS ADJUSTMENTS.--The basis of any bond or other evidence of indebtedness in the hands of the holder thereof shall be increased by the amount included in his gross income pursuant to subparagraph (A).

 

(4) CERTAIN SHORT-TERM GOVERNMENT OBLIGATIONS.--

 

(A) IN GENERAL.--On the sale or exchange of any short-term Government obligation, any gain realized which does not exceed an amount equal to the ratable share of the acquisition discount shall be treated as ordinary income. Gain in excess of such amount shall be considered gain from the sale or exchange of a capital asset held less than 1 year.

(B) SHORT-TERM GOVERNMENT OBLIGATION.--For purposes of this paragraph, the term "short-term Government obligation" means any obligation of the United States or any of its possessions, or of a State or any political subdivision thereof, or of the District of Columbia which is issued on a discount basis and payable without interest at a fixed maturity date not exceeding 1 year from the date of issue. Such term does not include any obligation the interest on which is not includible in gross income under section 103 (relating to certain governmental obligations).

(C) ACQUISITION DISCOUNT.--For purposes of this paragraph, the term "acquisition discount" means the excess of the stated redemption price at maturity over the taxpayer's basis for the obligation.

(D) RATABLE SHARE.--For purposes of this paragraph, the ratable share of the acquisition discount is an amount which bears the same ratio to such discount as--

 

(i) the number of days which the taxpayer held the obligation, bears to

(ii) the number of days after the date the taxpayer acquired the obligation and up to (and including) the date of its maturity.

SEC. 1234A. GAINS OR LOSSES FROM CERTAIN TERMINATIONS.

Gain or loss attributable to the cancellation, lapse, expiration, or other termination of a right or obligation with respect to personal property (as defined in section 263(a)(f)(1)) or property described in section 1092(c)(4) which is (or on acquisition would be) a capital asset in the hands of the taxpayer shall be treated as gain or loss from the sale of a capital asset.

 

* * * * * * *

 

 

SEC. 1236. DEALERS IN SECURITIES.

 

(a) CAPITAL GAINS.--Gain by a dealer in securities from the sale or exchange of any security shall in no event be considered as gain from the sale or exchange of a capital asset unless--

 

(1) the security was, [before the expiration of the 30th day after the date of its acquisition] before the close of the day on which it was acquired, clearly identified in the dealer's records as a security held for investment or if acquired before October 20, 1951, was so identified before November 20, 1951; and

(2) the security was not, at any time after the [expiration of such 30th day] close of such day, held by such dealer primarily for sale to customers in the ordinary course of his trade or business.

* * * * * * *

 

 

SEC. 1244. LOSSES ON SMALL BUSINESS STOCK.

 

(a) GENERAL RULE.--* * *

* * * * * * *

(c) SECTION 1244 STOCK DEFINED.--

 

(1) IN GENERAL.--For purposes of this section, the term "section 1244 stock" means [common] stock in a domestic corporation if--

 

(A) at the time such stock is issued, such corporation was a small business corporation,

(B) such stock was issued by such corporation for money or other property (other than stock and securities), and

(C) such corporation, during the period of its 5 most recent taxable years ending before the date the loss on such stock was sustained, derived more than 50 percent of its aggregate gross receipts from sources other than royalties, rents, dividends, interests, annuities, and sales or exchanges or securities.

 

* * * * * * *

 

(d) SPECIAL RULES.--

 

(1) LIMITATIONS ON AMOUNT OF ORDINARY LOSS.--

 

(A) CONTRIBUTIONS OF PROPERTY HAVING BASIS IN EXCESS OF VALUE.--If--

 

(i) section 1244 stock was issued in exchange for property,

(ii) the basis of such stock in the hands of the taxpayer is determined by reference to the basis in his hands of such property, and

(iii) the adjusted basis (for determining loss) of such property immediately before the exchange exceeded its fair market value at such time,

 

then in computing the amount of the loss on such stock for purposes of this section the basis of such stock shall be reduced by an amount equal to the excess described in clause (iii).

(B) INCREASES IN BASIS.--In computing the amount of the loss on stock for purposes of this section, any increase in the basis of such stock (through contributions to the capital of the corporation, or otherwise) shall be treated as allocable to stock which is not section 1244 stock.

 

(2) RECAPITALIZATIONS, CHANGES IN NAME, ETC.--To the extent provided in regulations prescribed by the Secretary, [common] stock in a corporation, the basis of which (in the hands of a taxpayer) is determined in whole or in part by reference to the basis in his hands of stock in such corporation which meets the requirements of subsection (c)(1) (other than subparagraph (C) thereof), or which is received in a reorganization described in section 368(a)(1)(F) in exchange for stock which meets such requirements. For purposes of paragraphs (1)(C) and (3)(A) of subsection (c), a successor corporation in a reorganization described in section 368(a)(1)(F) shall be treated as the same corporation as its predecessor.
SEC. 1245. GAIN FROM DISPOSITIONS OF CERTAIN DEPRECIABLE PROPERTY.

 

(a) GENERAL RULE.--

 

(1) ORDINARY INCOME.--Except as otherwise provided in this section, if section 1245 property is disposed of during a taxable year beginning after December 31, 1962, the amount by which the lower of--

 

(A) the recomputed basis of the property, or

(B)(i) in the case of a sale, exchange, or involuntary conversion, the amount realized, or

 

(ii) in the case of any other disposition, the fair market value of such property,
exceeds the adjusted basis of such property shall be treated as ordinary income. Such gain shall be recognized notwithstanding any other provision of this subtitle.

(2) RECOMPUTED BASIS.--For purposes of this section, the term "recomputed basis" means--

 

(A) with respect to any property referred to in paragraph (3)(A) or (B), its adjusted basis recomputed by adding thereto all adjustments, attributable to periods after December 31, 1961,

(B) with respect to any property referred to in paragraph (3)(C), its adjusted basis recomputed by adding thereto all adjustments, attributable to periods after June 30, 1963,

(C) with respect to livestock, its adjusted basis recomputed by adding thereto all adjustments attributable to periods after December 31, 1969, or

(D) with respect to any property referred to in paragraph (3)(D), its adjusted basis recomputed by adding thereto all adjustments attributable to periods beginning with the first month for which a deduction for amortization is allowed under section 169, 185, 190, 193, or 194

 

reflected in such adjusted basis on account of deductions (whether in respect to the same or other property) allowed or allowable to the taxpayer or to any other person for depreciation, or for amortization under section 168 (as in effect before its repeal by the Tax Reform Act of 1976), 169, 184, 185, 188, 190, 193, 194, or (in the case of property described in paragraph (3)(C)) 191. For purposes of the preceding sentence, if the taxpayer can establish by adequate records or other sufficient evidence that the amount allowed for depreciation, or for amortization under section 168 (as in effect before its repeal by the Tax Reform Act of 1976), 169, 184, 185, 188, 190, 193, 194, or (in the case of property described in paragraph (3)(C)) 191, for any period was less than the amount allowable, the amount added for such period shall be the amount allowed. For purposes of this section, any deduction allowable under section 190, 193, or 194 shall be treated as if it were a deduction allowable for amortization. For purposes of this section, if any portion of the purchase price of property acquired after December 31, 1981, was deducted as an expense and the deduction was not disallowed, the amount so allowed as a deduction shall be treated as allowed for depreciation.

(3) SECTION 1245 PROPERTY.--For purposes of this section, the term "section 1245 property" means any property which is or has been property of a character subject to the allowance for depreciation provided in section 167 (or subject to the allowance of amortization provided in section 185) and is either--

 

(A) personal property,

(B) other property (not including a building or its structural components) but only if such other property is tangible and has an adjusted basis in which there are reflected adjustments described in paragraph (2) for a period in which such property (or other property)--

 

(i) was used as an integral part of manufacturing, production, or extraction or of furnishing transportation, communication, electrical energy, gas, water, or sewage disposal services, or

(ii) constituted a research facility used in connection with any of the activities referred to in clause (i), or

(iii) constituted a facility used in connection with any of the activities referred to in clause (i) for the bulk storage of fungible commodities (including commodities in a liquid or gaseous state),

 

(C) an elevator or an escalator, [or]

(D) so much of any real property (other than any property described in subparagraph (B) which has an adjusted basis in which there are reflected adjustments for amortization under section 169, 185, 188, 190, 193, or 194[.],

(E) a storage facility used in connection with the distribution of oil, gas, or any primary product of oil or gas, or

(F) any property--

 

(i) with respect to which an election under section 167(s)(1)(C)(ii) applied, and

(ii) which is not low-income housing (as defined in section 167(s)(5)(C)) and is not residential rental property (as defined in section 167(j)(2)(B)).

 

If only a portion of a building (or other structure) is section 1245 property, gain from any disposition of such building (or other structure) shall be allocated first to the portion of the building (or other structure) which is section 1245 property (to the extent of the amount which may be treated as ordinary income under this section) and then to the portion of the building or other structure which is section 1250 property.
Subchapter Q--Readjustment of Tax Between Years and Special Limitations

 

 

* * * * * * *

 

 

PART I--INCOME AVERAGING

 

 

Sec. 1301. Limitation on tax.

Sec. 1302. Definition of averageable income; related definitions.

Sec. 1303. Eligible individuals.

Sec. 1304. Special rules.

Sec. 1305. Regulations.

 

* * * * * * *

 

 

SEC. 1302. DEFINITION OF AVERAGING INCOME; RELATED DEFINITIONS.

 

(a) AVERAGABLE INCOME.--

 

(1) IN GENERAL.--For purposes of this part, the term "averageable income" means the amount by which taxable income for the computation year (reduced as provided in paragraph (2)) exceeds 120 percent of average base period income.

(2) REDUCTIONS.--The taxable income for the computation year shall be reduced by--

 

(A) the amount (if any) to which section 72(m)(5) applies, and

(B) the amounts included in the income of a beneficiary of a trust under section 667(a).

(b) AVERAGE BASE PERIOD INCOME.--For purposes of this part--

 

(1) IN GENERAL.--The term "average base period income" means one-fourth of the sum of the base period incomes for the base period.

(2) BASE PERIOD INCOME.--The base period income for any taxable year is the taxable income for such year--

 

(A) increased by an amount equal to the excess of--

 

(i) the amount excluded from gross income under section 911 (relating to [income earned by employees in certain camps]) citizens or residents of the United States living abroad and subpart D of part III of subchapter N (sec. 931 and following, relating to income from sources within possessions of the United States), over

(ii) the deductions which would have been properly allocable to or chargeable against such amount but for the exclusion of such amount from gross income; and

 

(B) decreased by the amounts included in the income of a beneficiary of a trust under section 667(a).
* * * * * * *

 

SEC. 1303. ELIGIBLE INDIVIDUALS.

 

(a) GENERAL RULE.--Except as otherwise provided in this section, for purposes of this part the term "eligible individual" means any individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States throughout the computation year.

(b) NONRESIDENT ALIEN INDIVIDUALS.--For purposes of this part, an individual shall not be an eligible individual for the computation year if, at any time during such year or the base period, such individual was a nonresident alien.

(c) INDIVIDUALS RECEIVING SUPPORT FROM OTHERS.--

 

(1) IN GENERAL.--For purposes of this part, an individual shall not be an eligible individual for the computation year if, for any base period year, such individual (and his spouse) furnished less than one-half of his support.

(2) EXCEPTIONS.--Paragraph (1) shall not apply to any computation year if--

 

(A) such year ends after the individual attained age 25 and, during at least 4 of his taxable years beginning after he attained age 21 and ending with his computation year, he was not a full-time student,

(B) more than one-half of the individual's taxable income for the computation year is attributable to work performed by him in substantial part during 2 or more of the base period years, or

(C) the individual makes a joint return for the computation year and not more than 25 percent of the aggregate adjusted gross income of such individual and his spouse for the computation year is attributable to such individual.

 

In applying subparagraph (C), amounts which constitute earned income (within the meaning of section [911(b)] 911(d)(2) and are community income under community property laws applicable to such income shall be taken into account as if such amounts did not constitute community income.

 

* * * * * * *

 

SEC. 1304. SPECIAL RULES.

 

(a) TAXPAYER MUST CHOOSE BENEFITS.--This part shall apply to the taxable year only if the taxpayer chooses to have the benefits of this part for such taxable year. Such choice may be made or changed at any time before the expiration of the period prescribed for making a claim for credit or refund of the tax imposed by this chapter for the taxable year.

(b) CERTAIN PROVISIONS INAPPLICABLE.--If the taxpayer chooses the benefits of this part for the taxable year, the following provisions shall not apply to him for such year:

 

(1) section 911 (relating to [income earned by employees in certain camps] citizens or residents of the United States living abroad),

(2) subpart D of part III of subchapter N (sec. 931 and following, relating to income from sources within possession of the United States), and

(3) section 1348 (relating to 50-percent maximum rate on personal service income).

 

(c) FAILURE OF CERTAIN MARRIED INDIVIDUALS TO MAKE JOINT RETURN, ETC.--

 

(1) APPLICATION OF SUBSECTION.--Paragraphs (2) and (3) of this subsection shall apply in the case of any individual who was married for any base period year or the computation year, except that--

 

(A) such paragraphs shall not apply in respect of a base period year if--

 

(i) such individual and his spouse makes a joint return, or such individual makes a return as a surviving spouse (as defined in section 2(b)), for the computation year, and

(ii) such individual was not married to any other spouse for such base period year, and

 

(B) paragraph (3) shall not apply in respect of the computation year if the individual and his spouse make a joint return for such year.

 

(2) MINIMUM BASE PERIOD INCOME.--For purposes of this part, the base period of an individual for any base period year shall not be less than 50 percent of the base period income which would result from combining his income and deduction for such year--

 

(A) with the income and deductions for such year of the individual who is his spouse for the computation year, or

(B) if greater, with the income and deductions for such year of the individual who was his spouse for such base period year.

 

(3) COMMUNITY INCOME ATTRIBUTABLE TO SERVICES.--In the case of amounts which constitute earned income (within the meaning of section [911(b)] 911(d)(2) and are community income under community property laws applicable to such income--

 

(A) the amount taken into account for any base period year for purposes of determining base period income shall not be less than the amount which would be taken into account if such amounts did not constitute community income, and

(B) the amount taken into account for purposes of determining taxable income for the computation year shall not exceed the amount which would be taken into account if such amounts did not constitute community income.

* * * * * * *

 

 

[PART IV--MAXIMUM RATE ON PERSONAL SERVICE INCOME

 

 

[Sec. 1348. 50-percent maximum rate on personal service income.

[SEC. 1348. 50-PERCENT MAXIMUM RATE ON PERSONAL SERVICE INCOME.

 

[(a) GENERAL RULE.--If for any taxable year an individual has personal service taxable income which exceeds the amount of taxable income specified in paragraph (1), the tax imposed by section 1 for such year shall, unless the taxpayer chooses the benefits of part I (relating to income averaging), be the sum of--

 

[(1) the tax imposed by section 1 on the highest amount of taxable income on which the rate of tax does not exceed 50 percent.

[(2) 50 percent of the amount by which his personal service taxable income exceeds the amount of taxable income specified in paragraph (1) of this subsection, and

[(3) the excess of the tax computed under section 1 without regard to this section over the tax so computed with reference solely to his personal service taxable income.

 

[(b) DEFINITIONS.--For purposes of this section--

 

[(1) PERSONAL SERVICE INCOME.--

 

[(A) IN GENERAL.--The term "personal service income" means any income which is earned income within the meaning of section 401(c)(2)(C) or section 911(b) or which is an amount received as a pension or annuity which arises from an employer-employee relationship or from tax-deductible contributions to a retirement plan. For purposes of this subparagraph, section 911(b) shall be applied without regard to the phrase ",not in excess of 30 percent of his share of net profits of such trade or business,".

[(B) EXCEPTIONS.--The term "personal service income" does not include any amount--

 

[(i) to which section 72(m)(5), 402(a)(2), 402(e), 403(a)(2), 408(e)(2), 408(e)(3), 408(e)(4), 408(e)(5), 408(f), or 409(c) applies, or

[(ii) which is includible in gross income under section 409(b) because of the redemption of a bond which was not tendered before the close of the taxable year in which the registered owner attained age 70-1/2.

[(2) PERSONAL SERVICE TAXABLE INCOME.--The personal service taxable income of individual is the excess of--

 

[(A) the amount which bears the same ratio (but not in excess of 100 percent) to his taxable income as his personal service net income bears to his adjusted gross income, over

[(B) the sum of the items of tax preference described in subsection (a) (other than paragraph (9)) of section 57 for the taxable year.

For purposes of subparagraph (A), the term "personal service net income" means personal service income reduced by any deductions allowable under section 62 which are properly allocable to or chargeable against such personal service income.

[(c) MARRIED INDIVIDUALS.--This section shall apply to a married individual only if such individual and his spouse make a single return jointly for the taxable year.]

Subchapter S--Election of Certain Small Business Corporations as to Taxable Status

 

 

Sec. 1371. Definitions.

Sec. 1372. Election by small business corporation.

Sec. 1373. Corporation undistributed taxable income taxed to shareholders.

Sec. 1374. Corporation net operating loss allowed to shareholders.

Sec. 1375. Special rules applicable to distributions of electing small business corporations.

Sec. 1376. Adjustment to basis of stock of, and indebtedness owing, shareholders.

Sec. 1377. Special rules applicable to earnings and profits of electing small business corporations.

Sec. 1378. Tax imposed on certain capital gains.

Sec. 1379. Certain qualified pension, etc., plans.

SEC. 1371. DEFINITIONS.

 

(a) SMALL BUSINESS CORPORATION.--For purposes of this subchapter, the term "small business corporation" means a domestic corporation which is not a member of an affiliated group (as defined in section 1504) and which does not--

 

(1) have more than [15] 25 shareholders;

(2) have as a shareholder a person (other than an estate and other than a trust described in subsection (e)) who is not an individual;

(3) have a nonresident alien as a shareholder; and

(4) have more than one class of stock.

 

* * * * * * *

[(e) CERTAIN TRUSTS PERMITTED AS SHAREHOLDERS.--For purposes of subsection (a), the following trusts may be shareholders:

 

[(1)(A) A trust all of which is treated as owned by the grantor (who is an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States) under subpart E of part I of subchapter J of this chapter.

 

[(B) A trust which was described in subparagraph (A) immediately before the death of the grantor and which continues in existence after such death, but only for the 60-day period beginning on the day of the grantor's death. If a trust is described in the preceding sentence and if the entire corpus of the trust is includible in the gross estate of the grantor, the preceding sentence shall be applied by substituting "2-year period" for '60-day period.'

 

[(2) A trust created primarily to exercise the voting power of stock transferred to it.

[(3) Any trust with respect to stock transferred to it pursuant to the terms of a will, but only for the 60-day period beginning on the day on which such stock is transferred to it.

[In the case of a trust described in paragraph (1), the grantor shall be treated as the shareholder.

 

In the case of a trust described in paragraph (2), each beneficiary of the trust shall, for purposes of subsection (a)(1), be treated as a shareholder.]

(e) CERTAIN TRUSTS PERMITTED AS SHAREHOLDERS.--

 

(1) IN GENERAL.--For purposes of subsection (a), the following trusts may be shareholders:

 

(A) A trust all of which is treated (under subpart E of part I of subchapter J of this chapter) as owned by an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States.

(B) A trust which was described in subparagraph (A) immediately before the death of the deemed owner and which continues in existence after such death, but only for the 60-day period beginning on the day of the deemed owner's death. If a trust is described in the preceding sentence and if the entire corpus of the trust is includible in the gross estate of the deemed owner, the preceding sentence shall be applied by substituting "2-year period" for "60-day period."

(C) A trust with respect to stock transferred to it pursuant to the terms of a will, but only for the 60-day period beginning on the day on which such stock is transferred to it.

(D) A trust created primarily to exercise the voting power of stock transferred to it.

 

(2) TREATMENT AS SHAREHOLDERS.--For purposes of subsection (a)--

 

(A) In the case of a trust described in subparagraph (A) of paragraph (1), the deemed owner shall be treated as the shareholder.

(B) In the case of a trust described in subparagraph (B) of paragraph (1), the estate of the deemed owner shall be treated as the shareholder.

(C) In the case of a trust described in subparagraph (C) of paragraph (1), the estate of the testator shall be treated as the shareholder.

(D) In the case of a trust described in subparagraph (D) of paragraph (1), each beneficiary of the trust shall be treated as a shareholder.

* * * * * * *

(a) ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENT FOR QUALIFICATION OF STOCK BONUS OR PROFIT SHARING PLANS.--A trust forming part of a stock bonus or profit-sharing plan which provides contributions or benefits for employees some or all of whom are shareholder-employees shall not constitute a qualified trust under section 401 (relating to qualified pension, profit-sharing, and stock bonus plans) unless the plan of which such trust is a part provides that forfeitures attributable to contributions deductible under section 404(a)(3) for any taxable year (beginning after December 31, 1970) of the employer with respect to which it is an electing small business corporation may not inure to the benefit of any individual who is a shareholder-employee for such taxable year. A plan shall be considered as satisfying the requirement of this subsection for the period beginning with the first day of a taxable year and ending with the 15th day of the third month following the close of such taxable year, if all the provisions of the plan which are necessary to satisfy this requirement are in effect by the end of such period and have been made effective for all purposes with respect to the whole of such period.

(b) TAXABILITY OF SHAREHOLDER-EMPLOYEE BENEFICIARIES.--

 

(1) INCLUSION OF EXCESS CONTRIBUTIONS IN GROSS INCOME.-- Notwithstanding the provisions of section 402 (relating to taxability of beneficiary of employees' trust), section 403 (relating to taxation of employee annuities), or section 405(d) (relating to tax-ability of beneficiaries under qualified bond purchase plans), an individual who is a shareholder-employee of an electing small business corporation shall include in gross income, for his taxable year in which or with which the taxable year of the corporation ends, the excess of the amount of contributions paid on his behalf which is deductible under section 404(a)(1), (2), or (3) by the corporation for its taxable year over the lesser of--

 

(A) 15 percent of the compensation received or accrued by him from such corporation during its taxable year, or

(B) [$7,500.] $15,000.

* * * * * * *

 

 

Sec. 1401. Rate of tax.

Sec. 1402. Definitions.

Sec. 1403. Miscellaneous provisions.

 

* * * * * * *

 

 

SEC. 1402. DEFINITIONS.

 

(a) NET EARNINGS FROM SELF-EMPLOYMENT.--The term "net earnings from self-employment" means the gross income derived by an individual from any trade or business carried on by such individual, less the deductions allowed by this subtitle which are attributable to such trade or business, plus his distributive share (whether or not distributed) of income or loss described in section 702(a)(8) from any trade or business carried on by a partnership of which he is a member; except that in computing such gross income and deductions and such distributive share of partnership ordinary income or loss--

 

(1) * * *

* * * * * * *

(8) an individual who is a duly ordained, commissioned, or licensed minister of a church or a member of a religious order shall compute his net earnings from self-employment derived from the performance of service described in subsection (c)(4) without regard to section 107 (relating to rental value of parsonages), section 119 (relating to meals and lodging furnished for the convenience of the employer), section 911 (relating to [income earned by employees in certain camps] citizens or residents of the United States living abroad) and section 931 (relating to income from sources within possessions of the United States;

* * * * * * *

[(11) in the case of an individual who has been a resident of the United States during the entire taxable year, the exclusion from gross income provided by section 911(a)(2) shall not apply.]

(11) in the case of an individual described in section 911(d)(1)(B), the exclusion from gross income provided by section 911(a)(1) shall not apply; and

* * * * * * *

 

 

CHAPTER 6--CONSOLIDATED RETURNS

 

 

* * * * * * *

 

 

Subchapter B--Related Rules

 

 

PART I--IN GENERAL

 

 

Sec. 1551. Disallowance of the benefits of the graduated corporate rates and accumulated earnings credit.

Sec. 1552. Earnings and profits.

SEC. 1551. DISALLOWANCE OF THE BENEFITS OF THE GRADUATED CORPORATE RATES AND ACCUMULATED EARNINGS CREDIT.

 

(a) IN GENERAL.--If--

 

(1) any corporation transfers, on or after January 1, 1951, and on or before June 12, 1963, all or part of its property (other than money) to a transferee corporation.

(2) any corporation transfers, directly or indirectly, after June 12, 1963, all or part of its property (other than money) to a transferee corporation, or

(3) five or fewer individuals who are in control of a corporation transfer, directly or indirectly, after June 12, 1963, property (other than money) to a transferee corporation.

 

and the transferee corporation was created for the purpose of acquiring such property or was not actively engaged in business at the time of such acquisition, and if after such transfer the transferor or transferors are in control of such transferee corporation during any part of the taxable year of such transferee corporation, then for such taxable year of such transferee corporation the Secretary may (except as may be otherwise determined under subsection (c)) disallow the benefits of the rates contained in section 11(b) which are lower than the highest rate specified in such section, or the [$150,000] accumulated earnings credit provided in paragraph (2) or (3) of section 535(c), unless such transferee corporation shall establish by the clear preponderance of the evidence that the securing of such benefits or credit was not a major purpose of such transfer.
* * * * * * *

 

 

PART II-CERTAIN CONTROLLED CORPORATIONS

 

 

Sec. 1561. Limitations on certain multiple tax benefits in the case of certain controlled corporations.

Sec. 1563. Definitions and special rules.

Sec. 1564. Transitional rules in the case of certain controlled corporations.

SEC. 1561. LIMITATIONS ON CERTAIN MULTIPLE TAX BENEFITS IN THE CASE OF CERTAIN CONTROLLED CORPORATIONS.

 

(a) GENERAL RULE.--The component members of a controlled group of corporations on a December 31 shall, for their taxable years which include such December 31, be limited for purposes of this subtitle to--

 

(1) one surtax exemption under section 11(d),

(2) one [$150,000] $250,000 ($150,000 if any component member is a corporation described in section 535(c)(2)(B)) amount for purposes of computing the accumulated earnings credit under section 535(c)(2) and (3), and

(3) one $25,000 amount for purposes of computing the limitation on the small business deduction of life insurance companies under sections 804(a)(3) and 809(d)(10).

* * * * * * *

 

 

Subtitle B--Estate and Gift Taxes

 

 

* * * * * * *

 

 

CHAPTER 11--ESTATE TAX

 

 

* * * * * * *

 

 

Subchapter A-Estates of Citizens or Residents

 

 

* * * * * * *

 

 

PART I-TAX IMPOSED

 

 

* * * * * * *

 

 

SEC. 2001. IMPOSITION AND RATE OF TAX.

 

(a) IMPOSITION.--A tax is hereby imposed on the transfer of the taxable estate of every decedent who is a citizen or resident of the United States.

(b) COMPUTATION OF TAX.--The tax imposed by this section shall be the amount equal to the excess (if any) of--

 

(1) a tentative tax computed in accordance with the rate schedule set forth in subsection (c) on the sum of--

 

(A) the amount of the taxable estate, and

(B) the amount of the adjusted taxable gifts, over

 

[(2) the aggregate amount of tax payable under chapter 12 with respect to gifts made by the decedent after December 31, 1976.]

(2) the aggregate amount of tax which would have been payable under chapter 12 with respect to gifts made by the decedent after December 31, 1976, if the rate schedule set forth in subsection (c) (as in effect at the decedent's death) had been applicable at the time of such gifts.

 

For purposes of paragraph (1)(B), the term "adjusted taxable gifts" means the total amount of the taxable gifts (within the meaning of section 2503) made by the decedent after December 31, 1976, other than gifts which are includible in the gross estate of the decedent.

(c) RATE SCHEDULE.--

 

(1) IN GENERAL.--
 If the amount with

 

 respect to which the

 

 tentative tax to be

 

 computed is:                 The tentative tax is:

 

 

 Not over $10,000          18 percent of such amount.

 

 Over $10,000 but not      $1,800, plus 20 percent of the excess of

 

   over $20,000              such amounts over $20,000.

 

 Over $20,000 but not      $3,800, plus 22 percent of the excess of

 

   over $40,000              such amount over $20,000.

 

 Over $40,000 but not      $8,200, plus 24 percent of the excess of

 

   over $60,000              such amount over $40,000.

 

 Over $60,000 but not      $13,000, plus 26 percent of the excess

 

   over $80,000              of such amount over $60,000.

 

 Over $80,000 but not      $18,200, plus 28 percent of the excess

 

   over $100,000             of such amount over $80,000.

 

 Over $100,000 but not     $23,800, plus 30 percent of the excess

 

   over $150,000             of such amount over $100,000.

 

 Over $150,000 but not     $38,800, plus 32 percent of the excess

 

   over $250,000             of such amount over $150,000.

 

 Over $250,000 but not     $70,800, plus 34 percent of the excess

 

   over $500,000             of such amount over $250,000.

 

 Over $500,000 but not     $155,800, plus 37 percent of the excess

 

   over $750,000             of such amount over $500,000.

 

 Over $750,000 but not     $248,300, plus 39 percent of the excess

 

   over $1,000,000           of such amount over $750,000.

 

 Over $1,000,000 but not   $345,800, plus 41 percent of the excess

 

   over $1,250,000           of such amount over $1,000,000.

 

 Over $1,250,000 but not   $448,300, plus 43 percent of the excess

 

   over $1,500,000           of such amount over $1,250,000.

 

 Over $1,500,000 but not   $555,800, plus 45 percent of the excess

 

   over $2,000,000           of such amount  over $1,500,000.

 

 Over $2,000,000 but not   $780,800, plus 49 percent of the excess

 

   over $2,500,000           of such amount over $2,000,000.

 

 [Over $2,500,000 but not  $1,025,800, plus 53 percent of the excess

 

   over $3,000,000           of such amount over $2,500,000.

 

 [Over $3,000,000 but not  $1,200,800, plus 57 percent of the excess

 

   over $3,500,000           of such amount over $3,000,000.

 

 [Over $3,500,000 but not  $1,575,800, plus 61 percent of the excess

 

 over $4,000,000             of such amount over $3,500,000.

 

 [Over $4,000,000 but not  $1,800,800, plus 65 percent of the excess

 

 over $4,500,000             of such amount over $4,000,000.

 

 [Over $4,500,000 but not  $2,205,800, plus 69 percent of the excess

 

 over $5,000,000             of such amount over $4,500,000.

 

 [Over $5,000,000          $2,550,800, plus 70 percent of the excess

 

                             of such amount over $5,000,000.]

 

 Over $2,500,000           $1,025,800, plus 50 percent of the excess

 

                             over $2,500,000.

 

(2) PHASE-IN OF 50 PERCENT MAXIMUM RATE.--

 

(A) IN GENERAL.--In the case of decedents dying, and gifts made, before 1985, there shall be substituted for the last item in the schedule contained in paragraph (1) the items determined under this paragraph.

(B) FOR 1982.--In the case of decedents dying, and gifts made, in 1982, the substitution under this paragraph shall be as follows:

 Over $2,500,000 but not    $1,025,800, plus 53% of the excess over

 

   over $3,000,000.           $2,500,000.

 

 Over $3,000,000 but not    $1,290,800, plus 57% of the excess over

 

   over $3,500,000.           $3,000,000.

 

 Over $3,500,000 but not    $1,575,800, plus 61% of the excess over

 

   over $4,000,000.           $3,500,000.

 

 Over $4,000,000            $1,880,800, plus 65% of the excess over

 

                              $4,000,000.

 

 

 

(C) FOR 1983.--In the case of decedents dying, and gifts made, in 1983, the substitution under this paragraph shall be as follows:
 Over $2,500,000 but not     $1,025,800, plus 53% of the excess over

 

   over $3,000,000.            $2,500,000.

 

 Over $3,000,000 but not     $1,290,800, plus 57% of the excess over

 

   over $3,500,000.            $3,000,000.

 

 Over $3,500,000             $1,575,800, plus 60% of the excess over

 

                               $3,500,000.

 

(D) FOR 1984.--In the case of decedents dying, and gifts made, in 1984, the substitution under this paragraph shall be as follows:
 Over $2,500,000 but not    $1,025,800, plus 53% of the excess over

 

   over $3,000,000.           $2,500,000.

 

 Over $3,000,000            $1,290,800, plus 55% of the excess over

 

                              $3,000,000.

 

PART II-CREDITS AGAINST TAX

 

 

Sec. 2010. Unified credit against estate tax.

Sec. 2011. Credit for State death taxes.

Sec. 2012. Credit for gift tax.

Sec. 2013. Credit for tax on prior transfers.

Sec. 2014. Credit for foreign death taxes.

Sec. 2015. Credit for death taxes on remainders.

Sec. 2016. Recovery of taxes claimed as credit.

SEC. 2010. UNIFIED CREDIT AGAINST ESTATE TAX.

 

(a) GENERAL RULE.--A credit of [$47,000] $192,800 shall be allowed to the estate of every decedent against the tax imposed by section 2001.

[(b) PHASE-IN OF $47,000 CREDIT.--

 

                             Subsection (a) shall be applied

 

 [In the case of decedents     by substituting for "$47,000"

 

   dying in:                   the following amount:

 

 

       [1977                    $30,000

 

       [1978                     34,000

 

       [1979                     38,000

 

       [1980                     42,500]

 

(b) PHASE-IN OF CREDIT.--

 

                             Subsection (a) shall be applied

 

 In the case of decedents      by substituting for "$192,800"

 

   dying in:                   the following amount:

 

 

       1982                    $ 62,800.

 

       1983                      79,300.

 

       1984                      96,300.

 

       1985                     121,800.

 

       1986                     155,800.

 

* * * * * * *

 

SEC. 2011. CREDIT FOR STATE DEATH TAXES.

 

(a) IN GENERAL.--* * *

* * * * * * *

(c) PERIOD OF LIMITATION ON CREDIT.--The credit allowed by this section shall include only such taxes as were actually paid and credit therefor claimed within 4 years after the filing of the return required by section 6018, except that--

 

(1) If a petition for redetermination of a deficiency has been filed with the Tax Court within the time prescribed in section 6213(a), then within such 4-year period or before the expiration of 60 days after the decision of the Tax Court becomes final.

(2) If, under section [6161, 6166 or 6166A] 6161 or 6166 an extension of time has been granted for payment of the tax shown on the return, or of a deficiency, then within such 4-year period or before the date of the expiration of the period of the extension.

(3) If a claim for refund or credit of an overpayment of tax imposed by this chapter has been filed within the time prescribed in section 6511, then within such 4-year period or before the expiration of 60 days from the date of mailing by certified mail or registered mail by the Secretary to the taxpayer of a notice of the disallowance of any part of such claim, or before the expiration of 60 days after a decision by any court of competent jurisdiction becomes final with respect to a timely suit instituted upon such claim, whichever is later.

 

Refund based on the credit may (despite the provisions of sections 6511 and 6512) be made if claim therefor is filed within the period above provided. Any such refund shall be made without interest.

 

SEC. 2012. CREDIT FOR GIFT TAX.

 

(a) IN GENERAL.--If a tax on a gift has been paid under chapter 12 (sec. 2501 and following), or under corresponding provisions of prior laws, and thereafter on the death of the donor any amount in respect of such gift is required to be included in the value of the gross estate of the decedent for purposes of this chapter, then there shall be credited against the tax imposed by section 2001 the amount of the tax paid on a gift under chapter 12, or under corresponding provisions of prior laws, with respect to so much of the property which constituted the gift as is included in the gross estate, except that the amount of such credit shall not exceed an amount which bears the same ratio to the tax imposed by section 2001 (after deducting from such tax the credit for State death taxes provided by section 2011 and the unified credit provided by section 2010) as the value (at the time of the gift or at the time of the death, whichever is lower) of so much of property which constituted the gift as is included in the gross estate bears to the value of the entire gross estate reduced by the aggregate amount of the charitable and marital deductions allowed under sections 2055, 2056, and 2106(a)(2).

(b) VALUATION REDUCTIONS.--In applying, with respect to any gift, the ratio stated in subsection (a), the value at the time of the gift or at the time of the death, referred to in such ratio, shall be reduced--

 

(1) by such amount as will properly reflect the amount of such gift which was excluded in determining (for purposes of section 2503(a)), or of corresponding provisions of prior laws, the total amount of gifts made during the calendar quarter (or calendar year if the gift was made before January 1, 1971) in which the gift was made;

[(2) if a deduction with respect to such gift is allowed under section 2056(a) (relating to marital deduction), then by an amount which bears the same ratio to such value (reduced as provided in paragraph (1) of this subsection) as the aggregate amount of the marital deductions allowed under section 2056(a) bears to the aggregate amount of such marital deductions computed without regard to subsection (c) thereof; and]

(2) if a deduction with respect to such gift is allowed under section 2056(a) (relating to marital deduction), then by the amount of such value, reduced as provided in paragraph (1); and

(3) if a deduction with respect to such gift is allowed under sections 2055 or 2106(a)(2) (relating to charitable deduction), then by the amount of such value, reduced as provided in paragraph (1) of this subsection.

* * * * * * *

 

 

PART III--GROSS ESTATE

 

 

Sec. 2031. Definition of gross estate.

Sec. 2032. Alternate valuation.

Sec. 2032A. Valuation of certain farm, etc., real property.

Sec. 2033. Property in which the decedent had an interest.

Sec. 2034. Dower or curtesy interests.

Sec. 2035. Adjustments for gifts made within 3 years of decedent's death.

Sec. 2036. Transfers with retained life estate.

Sec. 2037. Transfers taking effect at death.

Sec. 2038. Revocable transfers.

Sec. 2039. Annuities.

Sec. 2040. Joint interests.

Sec. 2041. Powers of appointment.

Sec. 2042. Proceeds of life insurance.

Sec. 2043. Transfers for insufficient consideration.

Sec. 2044. Certain property for which marital deduction was previously allowed.

Sec. [2044.] 2045. Prior interest.

Sec. [2045.] 2046. Disclaimers.

 

* * * * * * *

 

 

SEC. 2032A. VALUATION OF CERTAIN FARM, ETC., REAL PROPERTY.

 

(a) VALUE BASED ON USE UNDER WHICH PROPERTY QUALIFIES.--

 

(1) GENERAL RULE.--If--

 

(A) the decedent was (at the time of his death) a citizen or resident of the United States, and

(B) the executor elects the application of this section and files the agreement referred to in subsection (d)(2),

 

then, for purposes of this chapter, the value of qualified real property shall be its value for the use under which it qualifies, under subsection (b), as qualified real property.

[(2) LIMITATIONS.--The aggregate decrease in the value of qualified real property taken into account for purposes of this chapter which results from the application of paragraph (1) with respect to any decedent shall not exceed $500,000.]

(2) LIMIT ON AGGREGATE REDUCTION IN FAIR MARKET VALUE.--The aggregate decrease in the value of qualified real property taken into account for purposes of this chapter which results from the application of paragraph (1) with respect to any decedent shall not exceed the applicable limit set forth in the following table:

 In the case of

 

 decedents             The applicable

 

 dying in:             limit is:

 

 

 1981                    $  750,000

 

 1982                       875,000

 

 1983 or thereafter       1,000,000.

 

(b) QUALIFIED REAL PROPERTY.--

 

(1) IN GENERAL.--For purposes of this section, the term "qualified real property" means real property located in the United States which was acquired from or passed from the decedent to a qualified heir of the decedent and which, on the date of the decedent's death, was being used for a qualified use by the decedent or a member of the decedent's family, but only if--

 

(A) 50 percent or more of the adjusted value of the gross estate consists of the adjusted value of real or personal property which--

 

(i) on the date of the decedent's death, was being used for a qualified use by the decedent or a member of the decedent's family, and

(ii) was acquired from or passed from the decedent to a qualified heir of the decedent.

 

(B) 25 percent or more of the adjusted value of the gross estate consists of the adjusted value of real property which meets the requirements of subparagraphs (A)(ii) and (C),

(C) during the 8-year period ending on the date of the decedent's death there have been periods aggregating 5 years or more during which--

 

(i) such real property was owned by the decedent or a member of the decedent's family and used for a qualified use by the decedent or a member of the decedent's family, and

(ii) there was material participation by the decedent or a member of the decedent's family in the operation of the farm or other business, and

 

(D) such real property is designated in the agreement referred to in subsection (d)(2).

 

(2) QUALIFIED USE.--For purposes of this section, the term "qualified use" means the devotion of the property to any of the following:

 

[(A) use as a farm for farming purposes, or

[(B) use in a trade or business other than the trade or business of farming.]

(A) use as a farm for farming purposes.

(B) use in timber operations in a trade or business, or

(C) use in a trade or business other than the trade or business of farming or timber operations.

 

(3) ADJUSTED VALUE.--For purposes of paragraph (1), the term "adjusted value" means--

 

(A) in the case of the gross estate, the value of the gross estate for purposes of this chapter (determined without regard to this section), reduced by any amounts allowable as a deduction under paragraph (4) of section 2053(a), or

(B) in the case of any real or personal property, the value of such property for purposes of this chapter (determined without regard to this section), reduced by any amounts allowable as a deduction in respect to such property under paragraph (4) of section 2053(a).

 

(4) DECEDENTS WHO ARE RETIRED OR DISABLED.--

 

(A) IN GENERAL.--If, on the date of the decedent's death, the requirements of paragraph (1)(C)(ii) with respect to the decedent for any property are not met, and the decedent--

 

(i) was receiving old-age benefits under title II of the Social Security Act for a continuous period ending on such date, or

(ii) was disabled for a continuous period ending on such date,

 

then paragraph (1)(C)(ii) shall be applied with respect to such property by substituting "the date on which the longer of such continuous periods began" for "the date of the decedent's death" in paragraph (1)(C).

(B) DISABLED DEFINED.--For purposes of subparagraph (A), an individual shall be disabled if such individual has a mental or physical impairment which renders him unable to materially participate in the operation of the farm or other business.

(C) COORDINATION WITH RECAPTURE.--For purposes of subsection (c)(6)(B)(i), if the requirements of paragraph (1)(C)(ii) are met with respect to any decedent by reason of subparagraph (A), the period ending on the date on which the continuous period taken into account under subparagraph (A) began shall be treated as the period immediately before the decedent's death.

 

(5) SPECIAL RULES FOR SURVIVING SPOUSES.--

 

(A) IN GENERAL.--If property is qualified real property with respect to a decedent (hereinafter in this paragraph referred to as the 'first decedent') and such property was acquired from or passed from the first decedent to the surviving spouse of the first decedent, for purposes of applying this subsection and subsection (c) in the case of the estate of such surviving spouse active management of the farm or other business by the surviving spouse shall be treated as material participation by such surviving spouse in the operation of such farm or business.

(B) SPECIAL RULE.--For the purposes of subparagraph (A), the determination of whether property is qualified real property with respect to the first decedent shall be made without regard to subparagraph (D) of paragraph (1) and without regard to whether an election under this section was made.

(c) TAX TREATMENT OF DISPOSITIONS AND FAILURES TO USE FOR QUALIFIED USE.--

 

(1) IMPOSITION OF ADDITIONAL ESTATE TAX.--If, within [15] 10 years after the decedent's death and before the death of the qualified heir--

 

(A) the qualified heir disposes of any interest in qualified real property (other than by a disposition to a member of his family), or

(B) the qualified heir ceases to use for the qualified use the qualified real property which was acquired (or passed) from the decedent, then there is hereby imposed an additional estate tax.

 

(2) AMOUNT OF ADDITIONAL TAX.--

 

(A) IN GENERAL.--The amount of the additional tax imposed by paragraph (1) with respect to any interest shall be the amount equal to the lesser of--

 

(i) the adjusted tax difference attributable to such interest, or

(ii) the excess of the amount realized with respect to the interest (or, in, any case other than a sale or exchange at arm's length, the fair market value of the interest) over the value of the interest determined under subsection (a).

 

(B) ADJUSTED TAX DIFFERENCE ATTRIBUTABLE TO INTEREST.--For purposes of subparagraph (A), the adjusted tax difference attributable to an interest is the amount which bears the same ratio to the adjusted tax difference with respect to the estate (determined under subparagraph (C)) as--

 

(i) the excess of the value of such interest for purposes of this chapter (determined without regard to subsection (a)) over the value of such interest determined under subsection (a), bears to

(ii) a similar excess determined for all qualified real property.

 

(C) ADJUSTED TAX DIFFERENCE WITH RESPECT TO THE ESTATE.--For purposes of subparagraph (B), the term "adjusted tax difference with respect to the estate" means the excess of what would have been the estate tax liability but for subsection (a) over the estate tax liability. For purposes of this subparagraph, the term "estate tax liability" means the tax imposed by section 2001 reduced by the credits allowable against such tax.

(D) PARTIAL DISPOSITIONS.--For purposes of this paragraph, where the qualified heir disposes of a portion of the interest acquired by (or passing to) such heir (or a predecessor qualified heir) or there is a cessation of use of such a portion--

 

(i) the value determined under subsection (a) taken into account under subparagraph (A)(ii) with respect to such portion shall be its pro rata share of such value of such interest, and

(ii) the adjusted tax difference attributable to the interest taken into account with respect to the transaction involving the second or any succeeding portion shall be reduced by the amount of the tax imposed by this subsection with respect to all prior transactions involving portions of such interest.

 

(E) SPECIAL RULE FOR DISPOSITION OF TIMBER.--In the case of qualified woodland to which an election under subsection (e)(13)(A) applies, if the qualified heir disposes of (or severs) any standing timber on such qualified woodland--

 

(i) such disposition (or severance) shall be treated as a disposition of a portion of the interest of the qualified heir in such property, and

(ii) the amount of the additional tax imposed by paragraph (1) with respect to such disposition shall be an amount equal to the lesser of--

 

(I) the amount realized on such disposition (or, in any case other than a sale or exchange at arm's length, the fair market value of the portion of the interest disposed or severed), or

(II) the amount of additional tax determined under this paragraph (without regard to this subparagraph) if the entire interest of the qualified heir in the qualified woodland had been disposed of, less the sum of the amount of the additional tax imposed with respect to all prior transactions involving such woodland to which this subparagraph applied.

For purposes of the preceding sentence, the disposition of a right to sever shall be treated as the disposition of the standing timber. The amount of additional tax imposed under paragraph (1) in any case in which a qualified heir disposes of his entire interest in the qualified woodland shall be reduced by any amount determined under this subparagraph with respect to such woodland.

(F) TREATMENT OF STATE RECAPTURE TAXES.--

 

(i) IN GENERAL.--If any State recapture tax is imposed with respect to any disposition (or cessation) of an interest in qualified real property, for purposes of applying this subsection to such disposition (or cessation) and subsequent dispositions (or cessations), the adjusted tax difference attributable to the interest involved shall be reduced by the creditable recapture tax.

(ii) CREDITABLE RECAPTURE TAX.--For purposes of clause (i), the term "creditable recapture tax" means the lesser of--

 

(I) the State recapture tax, or

(II) the excess credit limitation reduced by any State recapture tax imposed with respect to prior dispositions (or cessations).

 

(iii) EXCESS CREDIT LIMITATION.--For purposes of this subparagraph, the term "excess credit limitation" means the excess of the limitation determined under section 2011(b) (determined without regard to section 2011(c)) with respect to the estate of the decedent over the credit allowed by section 2011(a).

(iv) STATE RECAPTURE TAX.--For purposes of this subparagraph, the term "State recapture tax" means any tax actually paid to any State which is similar to the tax imposed by this subsection.

[(3) PHASEOUT OF ADDITIONAL TAX BETWEEN 10TH AND 15TH YEARS.--If the date of the disposition or cessation referred to in paragraph (1) occurs more than 120 months and less than 180 months after the date of the death of the decedent, the amount of the tax imposed by this subsection shall be reduced (but not below zero) by an amount determined by multiplying the amount of such tax (determined without regard to this paragraph) by a fraction--

 

[(A) the numerator of which is the number of full months after such death in excess of 120, and

[(B) the denominator of which is 60.]

 

[(4)] (3) ONLY 1 ADDITIONAL TAX IMPOSED WITH RESPECT TO ANY 1 PORTION.--In the case of an interest acquired from (or passing from) any decedent, if subparagraph (A) or (B) of paragraph (1) applies to any portion of an interest, subparagraph (B) or (A), as the case may be, of paragraph (1) shall not apply with respect to the same portion of such interest.

[(5)] (4) DUE DATE.--The additional tax imposed by this subsection shall become due and payable on the day which is 6 months after the date of the disposition or cessation referred to in paragraph (1).

[(6)] (5) LIABILITY FOR TAX FURNISHING OF BOND.--The qualified heir shall be personally liable for the additional tax imposed by this subsection with respect to his interest unless the heir has furnished bond which meets the requirements of subsection (e)(11).

[(7)] (6) CESSATION OF QUALIFIED USE.--For purposes of paragraph (1)(B), real property shall cease to be used for the qualified use if--

 

(A) such property ceases to be used for the qualified use set forth in subparagraph (A) or (B) of subsection (b)(2) under which the property qualified under subsection (b), or

(B) during any period of 8 years ending after the date of the decedent's death and before the date of the death of the qualified heir, there had been periods aggregating more than 3 years during which--

 

(i) in the case of periods during which the property was held by the decedent, there was no material participation by the decedent or any member of his family in the operation of the farm or other business, and

(ii) in the case of periods during which the property was held by any qualified heir, there was no material participation by such qualified heir or any member of his family in the operation of the farm or other business.

(7) SPECIAL RULES.--

 

(A) NO TAX IF USE BEGINS WITHIN 2 YEARS.--If the date on which the qualified heir begins to use the qualified real property (hereinafter in this subparagraph referred to as the commencement date) is before the date 2 years after the decedent's death--

 

(i) no tax shall be imposed under paragraph (1) by reason of the failure by the qualified heir to so use such property before the commencement date, and

(ii) the 10-year period under paragraph (1) shall be extended by the period after the decedent's death and before the commencement date.

 

(B) ACTIVE MANAGEMENT BY ELIGIBLE QUALIFIED HEIR TREATED AS MATERIAL PARTICIPATION.--For purposes of paragraph (6)(B)(ii), the active management of a farm or other business by--

 

(i) an eligible qualified heir, or

(ii) a fiduciary of an eligible qualified heir described in clause (ii) or (iii) of subparagraph (C),

 

shall be treated as material participation by such eligible qualified heir in the operation of such farm or business. In the case of an eligible qualified heir described in clause (ii), (iii), or (iv) of subparagraph (C), the preceding sentence shall apply only during periods during which such heir meets the requirements of such clause.

(C) ELIGIBLE QUALIFIED HEIR.--For purposes of this paragraph, the term "eligible qualified heir" means a qualified heir who--

 

(i) is the surviving spouse of the decedent,

(ii) has not attained the age of 21,

(iii) is disabled (within the meaning of subsection (b)(4)(B)), or

(iv) is a student.

 

(D) STUDENT.--For purposes of subparagraph (C), an individual shall be treated as a student with respect to periods during any calendar year if (and only if) such individual is a student (within the meaning of section 151(e)(4)) for such calendar year.
(d) ELECTION AGREEMENT.--

 

[(1) ELECTION.--The election under this section shall be made not later than the time prescribed by section 6075(a) for filing the return of tax imposed by section 2001 (including extensions thereof), and shall be made in such manner as the Secretary shall by regulations prescribe.]

(1) ELECTION.--The election under this section shall be made on the return of the tax imposed by section 2001. Such election shall be made in such manner as the Secretary shall by regulations prescribe. Such an election, once made, shall be irrevocable.

(2) AGREEMENT.--The agreement referred to in this paragraph is a written agreement signed by each person in being who has an interest (whether or not in possession) in any property designated in such agreement consenting to the application of subsection (c) with respect to such property. For purposes of the preceding sentence, if (but for this sentence) no person would be empowered to sign the agreement for a minor, a custodial parent may sign such an agreement on behalf of such minor. Such signature shall be binding for purposes of this section.

 

(e) DEFINITIONS; SPECIAL RULES.--For purposes of this section--

 

(1) QUALIFIED HEIR.--The term "qualified heir" means, with respect to any property, a member of the decedent's family who acquired such property (or to whom such property passed) from the decedent. If a qualified heir disposes of any interest in qualified real property to any member of his family, such member shall thereafter be treated as the qualified heir with respect to such interest.

[(2) MEMBER OF FAMILY.--The term "member of the family" means, with respect to any individual, only such individual's ancestor or lineal descendant, a lineal descendant of a grand-parent of such individual, the spouse of such individual, or the spouse of any such descendant. For purposes of the preceding sentence, a legally adopted child of an individual shall be treated as a child of such individual by blood.]

(2) MEMBER OF FAMILY.--The term "member of the family" means, with respect to any individual, only--

 

(A) an ancestor of such individual,

(B) the spouse of such individual,

(C) a lineal descendant of such individual, of such individual's spouse, or of a parent of such individual, or

(D) the spouse of any lineal descendant described in subparagraph (C).

 

For purposes of the preceding sentence, a legally adopted child of an individual shall be treated as the child of such individual by blood.

(3) CERTAIN REAL PROPERTY INCLUDED.--In the case of real property which meets the requirements of subparagraph (C) of subsection (b)(1), residential buildings and related improvements on such real property occupied on a regular basis by the owner or lessee of such real property or by persons employed by such owner or lessee for the purpose of operating or maintaining such real property, and roads, buildings, and other structures and improvements functionally related to the qualified use shall be treated as real property devoted to the qualified use.

(4) FARM.--The term "farm" includes stock, dairy, poultry, fruit, fur-bearing animal, and truck farms, plantations, ranches, nurseries, ranges, greenhouses or other similar structures used primarily for the raising of agricultural or horticultural commodities; and orchards and woodlands.

(5) FARMING PURPOSES.--The term "farming purposes" means--

 

(A) cultivating the soil or raising or harvesting any agricultural or horticultural commodity (including the raising, shearing, feeding, caring for, training, and management of animals) on a farm;

(B) handling, drying, packing, grading, or storing on a farm any agricultural or horticultural commodity in its unmanufactured state, but only if the owner, tenant, or operator of the farm regularly produces more than one-half of the commodity so treated; and

[(C)(i) the planting, cultivating, caring for, or cutting of trees, or

 

[(ii) the preparation (other than milling) of trees for market.]

 

(C) timber operations but only if such operations are incidental to other farming operations.

 

(6) MATERIAL PARTICIPATION.--Material participation shall be determined in a manner similar to the manner used for purposes of paragraph (1) of section 1402(a) (relating to net earnings from self-employment).

(7) METHOD OF VALUING FARMS.--

 

(A) IN GENERAL.--Except as provided in subparagraph (B), the value of a farm for farming purposes shall be determined by dividing--

 

(i) the excess of the average annual gross cash rental for comparable land used for farming purposes and located in the locality of such farm over the average annual State and local real estate taxes for such comparable land, by

(ii) the average annual effective interest rate for all new Federal Land Bank loans.

 

For purposes of the preceding sentence, each average annual computation shall be made on the basis of the 5 most recent calendar years ending before the date of the decedent's death.

(B) VALUE BASED ON NET SHARE RENTAL IN CERTAIN CASES.--

 

(i) IN GENERAL.--If there is no comparable land from which the average annual gross cash rental may be determined but there is comparable land from which the average net share rental may be determined, subparagraph (A)(i) shall be applied by substituting "average net share rental" for "average gross cash rental".

(ii) NOT SHARE RENTAL.--For purposes of this paragraph, the term "net share rental" means the excess of--

 

(I) the value of the produce received by the lessor of the land on which such produce is grown, over

(II) the cash operating expenses of growing such produce which, under the lease, are paid by the lessor.

[(B)] (C) EXCEPTION.--The formula provided by subparagraph (A) shall not be used--

 

(i) where it is established that there is no comparable land from which the average annual gross cash rental may be determined, or

(ii) where the executor elects to have the value of the farm for farming purposes determined and that there is no comparable land from which the average net share rental may be determined under paragraph (8).

(8) METHOD OF VALUING CLOSELY HELD BUSINESS INTERESTS, ETC.--In any case to which paragraph (7)(A) does not apply, the following factors shall apply in determining the value of any qualified real property:

 

(A) The capitalization of income which the property can be expected to yield for farming or closely held business purposes over a reasonable period of time under prudent management using traditional cropping patterns for the area, taking into account soil capacity, terrain configuration, and similar factors,

(B) The capitalization of the fair rental value of the land for farmland or closely held business purposes,

(C) Assessed land values in a State which provides a differential or use value assessment law for farmland or closely held business,

(D) Comparable sales of other farm or closely held business land in the same geographical area far enough removed from a metropolitan area so that nonagricultural use is not a significant factor in the sales price, and

(E) Any other factor which fairly values the farm or closely held business value of the property.

 

(9) PROPERTY ACQUIRED FROM DECEDENT.--Property shall be considered to have been acquired from or to have passed from the decedent if--

 

(A) such property is so considered under section 1014(b) (relating to basis of property acquired from a decedent),

[(B) such property is acquired by any person from the estate in satisfaction of the right of such person to a pecuniary bequest, or

[(C) such property is acquired by any person from a trust in satisfaction of a right (which such person has by reason of the death of the decedent) to receive from the trust a specific dollar amount which is the equivalent of a pecuniary bequest.]

(B) such property is acquired by any person from the estate, or

(C) such property is acquired by any person from a trust (to the extent such property is includible in the gross estate of the decedent).

 

(10) COMMUNITY PROPERTY.--If the decedent and his surviving spouse at any time held qualified real property as community property, the interest of the surviving spouse in such property shall be taken into account under this section to the extent necessary to provide a result under this section with respect to such property which is consistent with the result which would have obtained under this section if such property had not been community property.

(11) BOND IN LIEU OF PERSONAL LIABILITY.--If the qualified heir makes written application to the Secretary for determination of the maximum amount of the additional tax which may be imposed by subsection (c) with respect to the qualified heir's interest, the Secretary (as soon as possible, and in any event within 1 year after the making of such application) shall notify the heir of such maximum amount. The qualified heir, on furnishing a bond in such amount and for such period as may be required, shall be discharged from personal liability for any additional tax imposed by subsection (c) and shall be entitled to a receipt or writing showing such discharge.

(12) ACTIVE MANAGEMENT.--The term "active management" means the making of the management decisions of a business (other than the daily operating decisions).

(13) SPECIAL RULES FOR WOODLANDS.--

 

(A) IN GENERAL.--In the case of any qualified woodland with respect to which the executor elects to have this subparagraph apply--

 

(i) trees growing on such woodland shall not be treated as a crop, and

(ii) active management in the operation of such woodland shall be treated as material participation in the operation of such woodland.

 

(B) QUALIFIED WOODLAND.--The term "qualified woodland" means any real property which--

 

(i) is used in timber operations, and

(ii) is an identifiable area of land such as an acre or other area for which records are normally maintained in conducting timber operations.

 

(C) TIMBER OPERATIONS.--The term "timber operations" means--

 

(i) the planting, cultivating, caring for, or cutting of trees, or

(ii) the preparation (other than milling) of trees for market.

 

(D) ELECTION.--An election under subparagraph (A) shall be made on the return of the tax imposed by section 2001. Such election shall be made in such manner as the Secretary shall by regulations prescribe. Such an election, once made, shall be irrevocable.

 

(14) TREATMENT OF REPLACEMENT PROPERTY ACQUIRED IN SECTION 1031 OR 1033 TRANSACTIONS.--

 

(A) IN GENERAL.--In the case of any qualified replacement property, any period during which there was ownership, qualified use, or material participation with respect to the replaced property by the decedent or any member of his family shall be treated as a period during which there was such ownership, use, or material participation (as the case may be) with respect to the qualified replacement property.

(B) LIMITATION.--Subparagraph (A) shall not apply to the extent that the fair market value of the qualified replacement property (as of the date of its acquisition) exceeds the fair market value of the replaced property (as of the date of its disposition).

(C) DEFINITIONS.--For purposes of this paragraph--

 

(i) QUALIFIED REPLACEMENT PROPERTY.--The term "qualified replacement property" means any real property which is--

 

(I) acquired in an exchange which qualifies under section 1031, or

(II) the acquisition of which results in the non-recognition of gain under section 1033.

 

Such term shall only include property which is used for the same qualified use as the replaced property was being used before the exchange.

(ii) REPLACED PROPERTY.--The term "replaced property" means--

 

(I) the property transferred in the exchange which qualifies under section 1031, or

(II) the property compulsorily or involuntarily converted (within the meaning of section 1033).

(f) STATUTE OF LIMITATIONS.--If qualified real property is disposed of the ceases to be used for a qualified use, then--

 

(1) The statutory period for the assessment of any additional tax under subsection (c) attributable to such disposition or cessation shall not expire before the expiration of 3 years from the date of the Secretary is notified (in such manner as the Secretary may by regulations prescribe) of such disposition or cessation (or if later in the case of an involuntary conversion or exchange to which [an election under] subsection (h) or (i) applies, 3 years from the date the Secretary is notified of the replacement of the converted property or of an intention not to replace or of the exchange of property), and

(2) such additional tax may be assessed before the expiration of such 3-year period notwithstanding the provisions of any other law or rule of law which would otherwise prevent such assessment.

 

(g) APPLICATION OF THIS SECTION AND SECTION 6324B TO INTERESTS IN PARTNERSHIPS, CORPORATIONS AND TRUSTS.--The Secretary shall prescribe regulations setting forth the application of this section and section 6324B in the case of an interest in a partnership, corporation, or trust which, with respect to the decedent, is an interest in a closely held business (within the meaning of paragraph (1) of section 6166(b)). For purposes of the preceding sentence, an interest in a discretionary trust all the beneficiaries of which are qualified heirs shall be treated as a present interest.

(h) SPECIAL RULES FOR INVOLUNTARY CONVERSIONS OF QUALIFIED REAL PROPERTY.--

 

(1) TREATMENT OF CONVERTED PROPERTY.--

 

(A) IN GENERAL.--If there is an involuntary conversion of an interest in qualified real property [and the qualified heir makes an election under this subsection]--

 

(i) no tax shall be imposed by subsection (c) on such conversion if the cost of the qualified replacement property equals or exceeds the amount realized on such conversion, or

(ii) if clause (i) does not apply, the amount of the tax imposed by subsection (c) on such conversion shall be the amount determined under subparagraph (B).

 

(B) AMOUNT OF TAX WHERE THERE IS NOT COMPLETE REINVESTMENT.--The amount determined under this subparagraph with respect to any involuntary conversion is the amount of the tax which (but for this subsection) would have been imposed on such conversion reduced by an amount which--

 

(i) bears the same ratio to such tax, as

(ii) the cost of the qualified replacement property bears to the amount realized on the conversion.

(2) TREATMENT OF REPLACEMENT PROPERTY.--For purposes of subsection (c)--

 

(A) any qualified replacement property shall be treated in the same manner as if it were a portion of the interest in qualified real property which was involuntarily converted [except that with respect to such qualified replacement property--

 

[(i) the 15-year period under paragraph (1) of subsection (c) shall be extended by any period, beyond the 2-year period referred to in section 1033(a)(2)(B)(i), during which the qualified heir was allowed to replace the qualified real property, and

[(ii) the phaseout period under paragraph (3) of subsection (c) shall be appropriately adjusted to take into account the extension referred to in clause (i).]

 

; except that with respect to such qualified replacement property the 10-year period under paragraph (1) of subsection (c) shall be extended by any period, beyond the 2-year period referred to in section 1033(a)(2)(B)(i), during which the qualified heir was allowed to replace the qualified real property,

(B) any tax imposed by subsection (c) on the involuntary conversion shall be treated as a tax imposed on a partial disposition, and

(C) paragraph [(7)] (6) of subsection (c) shall be applied--

 

(i) by not taking into account periods after the involuntary conversion and before the acquisition of the qualified replacement property, and

(ii) by treating material participation with respect to the converted property as material participation with respect to the qualified replacement property.

(3) DEFINITIONS AND SPECIAL RULES.--For purposes of this subsection--

 

(A) INVOLUNTARY CONVERSION.--The term "involuntary conversion" means a compulsory or involuntary conversion within the meaning of section 1033.

(B) QUALIFIED REPLACEMENT PROPERTY.--The term "qualified replacement property" means--

 

(i) in the case of an involuntary conversion described in section 1033(a)(1), any real property into which the qualified real property is converted, or

(ii) in the case of an involuntary conversion described in section 1033(a)(2), any real property purchased by the qualified heir during the period specified in section 1033(a)(2)(B) for purposes of replacing the qualified real property.

Such term only includes property which is to be used for the qualified use set forth in subparagraph (A) or (B) of subsection (b)(2) under which the qualified real property qualified under subsection (a).

(4) CERTAIN RULES MADE APPLICABLE.--The rules of the last sentence of section 1033(a)(2)(A) shall apply for purposes of paragraph (3)(B)(ii).

[(5) ELECTION.--Any election under this subsection shall be made at such time and in such manner as the Secretary may by regulations prescribe.]

 

(i) EXCHANGES OF QUALIFIED REAL PROPERTY.--

 

(1) TREATMENT OF PROPERTY EXCHANGED.--

 

(A) EXCHANGES SOLELY FOR QUALIFIED EXCHANGE PROPERTY.--If an interest in qualified real property is exchanged solely for an interest in qualified exchange property in a transaction which qualifies under section 1031, no tax shall be imposed by subsection (c) by reason of such exchange.

(B) EXCHANGES WHERE OTHER PROPERTY RECEIVED.--If an interest in qualified real property is exchanged for an interest in qualified exchange property and other property in a transaction which qualifies under section 1031, the amount of the tax imposed by subsection (c) by reason of such exchange shall be the amount of tax which (but for this subparagraph) would have been imposed on such exchange under subsection (c)(1), reduced by an amount which--

 

(i) bears the same ratio to such tax, as

(ii) the fair market value of the other property bears to the fair market value of the qualified real property exchanged.

 

For purposes of clause (ii) of the preceding sentence, fair market value shall be determined as of the time of the exchange.

 

(2) TREATMENT OF QUALIFIED EXCHANGE PROPERTY.--For purposes of subsection (c)--

 

(A) any interest in qualified exchange property shall be treated in the same manner as if it were a portion of the interest in qualified real property which was exchanged,

(B) any tax imposed by subsection (c) by reason of the exchange shall be treated as a tax imposed on a partial disposition, and

(C) paragraph (6) of subsection (c) shall be applied by treating material participation with respect to the exchanged property as material participation with respect to the qualified exchange property.

 

(3) QUALIFIED EXCHANGE PROPERTY.--For purposes of this subsection, the term "qualified exchange property" means real property which is to be used for the qualified use set forth in subparagraph (A), (B), or (C) of subsection (b)(2) under which the real property exchanged therefor originally qualified under subsection (a).
* * * * * * *

 

 

SEC. 2035. ADJUSTMENTS FOR GIFTS MADE WITHIN 3 YEARS OF DECEDENT'S DEATH.

 

(a) INCLUSION OF GIFTS MADE BY DECEDENT.--Except as provided in subsection (b), the value of the gross estate shall include the value of all property to the extent of any interest therein of which the decedent has at any time made a transfer, by trust or otherwise, during the 3-year period ending on the date of the decedent's death.

(b) EXCEPTIONS.--Subsection (a) shall not apply--

 

(1) to any bona fide sale for an adequate and full consideration in money or money's worth, and

(2) to any gift to a donee made during a calendar year if the decedent was not required by section 6019 (other than by reason of section 6019(a)(2)) to file any gift tax return for such year with respect to gifts to such donee. Paragraph (2) shall not apply to any transfer with respect to a life insurance policy.

 

* * * * * * *

(d) DECEDENTS DYING AFTER 1981.--

 

(1) IN GENERAL.--Except as otherwise provided in this subsection, subsection (a) shall not apply to the estate of a decedent dying after December 31, 1981.

(2) EXCEPTIONS FOR CERTAIN TRANSFERS.--Paragraph (1) shall not apply to a transfer of an interest in property which is included in the value of the gross estate under section 2036, 2037, 2038, 2041, or 2042 or would have been included under any of such sections if such interest had been retained by the decedent.

(3) 3-YEAR RULE RETAINED FOR CERTAIN PURPOSES.--Paragraph (1) shall not apply for purposes of--

 

(A) section 303(b) (relating to distributions in redemption of stock to pay death taxes),

(B) section 2032A (relating to special valuation of certain farm, etc., real property),

(C) section 6166 (relating to extension of time for payment of estate tax where estate consists largely of interest in closely held business), and

(D) subchapter C of chapter 64 (relating to lien for taxes).

* * * * * * *

 

 

SEC. 2039. ANNUITIES.

 

(a) GENERAL * * *

* * * * * * *

(e) EXCLUSION OF INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ACCOUNTS, ETC.--Notwithstanding the provisions of this section or of any other provision of law, there shall be excluded from the value of the gross estate the value of an annuity receivable by any beneficiary (other than the executor) under--

 

(1) an individual retirement account described in section 408(a),

(2) an individual retirement annuity described in section 408(b), or

(3) a retirement bond described in section 409(a).

 

If any payment to an account described in paragraph (1) or for an annuity described in paragraph (2) or a bond described in paragraph (3) was not allowable as a deduction under section 219 [or 220] and was not a rollover contribution described in section 402(a)(5), 403(a)(4), section 403(b)(8) (but only to the extent such contribution is attributable to a distribution from a contract described in subsection (c)(3)), 408(d)(3), or 409(b)(3)(C), the preceding sentence shall not apply to that portion of the value of the amount receivable under such account, annuity, or bond (as the case may be) which bears the same ratio to the total value of the amount so receivable as the total amount which was paid to or for such account, annuity, or bond and which was not allowable as a deduction under section 219 [or 220] and was not such a rollover contribution bears to the total amount paid to or for such account, annuity, or bond. For purposes of this subsection, the term "annuity" means an annuity contract or other arrangement providing for a series of substantially equal periodic payments to be made to a beneficiary (other than the executor) for his life or over a period extending for at least 36 months after the date of the decedent's death.
* * * * * * *

 

 

SEC. 2040. JOINT INTERESTS.

 

(a) GENERAL RULE.--The value of the gross estate shall include the value of all property to the extent of the interest therein held as joint tenants with rights of survivorship by the decedent and any other person, or as tenants by the entirety by the decedent and spouse, or deposited, with any person carrying on the banking business, in their joint names and payable to either or the survivor, except such part thereof as may be shown to have originally belonged to such other person and never to have been received or acquired by the latter from the decedent for less than an adequate and full consideration in money or money's worth: Provided, That where such property or any part thereof, or part of the consideration with which such property was acquired, is shown to have been at any time acquired by such other person from the decedent for less than an adequate and full consideration in money or money's worth, there shall be excepted only such part of the value of such property as is proportionate to the consideration furnished by such other person: Provided further, That where any property has been acquired by gift, bequest, devise, or inheritance, as a tenancy by the entirety by the decedent and spouse, then to the extent of one-half of the value thereof, or, where so acquired by the decedent and any other person as joint tenants with rights of survivorship and their interests are not otherwise specified or fixed by law, then to the extent of the value of a fractional part to be determined by dividing the value of the property by the number of joint tenants with rights of survivorship.

(b) CERTAIN JOINT INTERESTS OF HUSBAND AND WIFE.--

 

(1) INTERESTS OF SPOUSE EXCLUDED FROM GROSS ESTATE.--Not-withstanding subsection (a), in the case of any qualified joint interest, the value included in the gross estate with respect to such interest by reason of this section is one-half of the value of such qualified joint interest.

[(2) QUALIFIED JOINT INTEREST DEFINED.--For purposes of paragraph (1), the term "qualified joint interest" means any interest in property held by the decedent and the decedent's spouse as joint tenants or as tenants by the entirety, but only if--

 

[(A) such joint interest was created by the decedent, the decedent's spouse, or both,

[(B)(i) in the case of personal property, the creation of such joint interest constituted in whole or in part a gift for purposes of chapter 12, or

 

[(ii) in the case of real property, an election under section 2515 applies with respect to the creation of such joint interest, and

 

[(C) in the case of a joint tenancy, only the decedent and the decedent's spouse are joint tenants.]

 

(2) QUALIFIED JOINT INTEREST DEFINED.--For purposes of paragraph (1), the term "qualified joint interest" means any interest in property held by the decedent and the decedent's spouse as--

 

(A) tenants by the entirety, or

(B) joint tenants with right of survivorship, but only if the decedent and the spouse of the decedent are the only joint tenants.

[(c) VALUE WHERE SPOUSE OF DECEDENT MATERIALLY PARTICIPATED IN FARM OR OTHER BUSINESS.--

 

[(1) IN GENERAL.--Notwithstanding subsection (a), in the case of an eligible joint interest in section 2040(c) property, the value included in the gross estate with respect to such interest by reason of this section shall be--

 

[(A) the value of such interest, reduced by

[(B) the sum of--

 

[(i) the section 2040(c) value of such interest, and

[(ii) the adjusted consideration furnished by the decedent's spouse.

[(2) LIMITATIONS.--

 

[(A) AT LEAST 50 PERCENT OF VALUE TO BE INCLUDED.-- Paragraph (1) shall in no event result in the inclusion in the decedent's gross estate of less than 50 percent of the value of the eligible joint interest.

[(B) AGGREGATE REDUCTION.--The aggregate decrease in the value of the decedent's gross estate resulting from the application of this subsection shall not exceed $500,000.

[(C) AGGREGATE ADJUSTED CONSIDERATION MUST BE LESS THAN VALUE.--Paragraph (1) shall not apply if the sum of--

 

[(i) the adjusted consideration furnished by the decedent, and

[(ii) the adjusted consideration furnished by the decedent's spouse,

 

equals or exceeds the value of the interest.

 

[(3) ELIGIBLE JOINT INTEREST DEFINED.--For purposes of paragraph (1) the term "eligible joint interest" means any interest in property held by the decedent and the decedent's spouse as joint tenants or as tenants by the entirety, but only if--

 

[(A) such joint interest was created by the decedent, the decedent's spouse, or both, and

[(B) in the case of a joint tenancy, only the decedent and the decedent's spouse are joint tenants.

 

[(4) SECTION 2040(C) PROPERTY DEFINED.--For purposes of paragraph (1), the term "section 2040(c) property" means any interest in any real or tangible personal property which is devoted to use as a farm or used for farming purposes (within the meaning of paragraphs (4) and (5) of section 2032A(e)) or is used in any other trade or business.

[(5) SECTION 2040(C) VALUE.--For purposes of paragraph (1), the term "section 2040(c) value" means--

 

[(A) the excess of the value of the eligible joint interest over the adjusted consideration furnished by the decedent, the decedent's spouse, or both, multiplied by

[(B) 2 percent for each taxable year in which the spouse materially participated in the operation of the farm or other trade or business but not to exceed 50 percent.

 

[(6) ADJUSTED CONSIDERATION.--For the purpose of this subsection, the term "adjusted consideration" means--

 

[(A) the consideration furnished by the individual concerned (not taking into account any consideration in the form of income or gain from the business of which the section 2040(c) property is a part) determined under rules similar to the rules set forth in subsection (a), and

[(B) an amount equal to the amount of interest which the consideration referred to in subparagraph (A) would have earned over the period in which it was invested in the farm or other business if it had been earning interest throughout such period at 6 percent simple interest.

 

[(7) MATERIAL PARTICIPATION.--For purposes of paragraph (1), material participation shall be determined in a manner similar to the manner used for purposes of paragraph (1) of section 1402(a) (relating to net earnings from self-employment).

[(8) VALUE.--For purposes of this subsection, except where the context clearly indicates otherwise, the term "value" means value determined without regard to this subsection.

[(9) ELECTION TO HAVE SUBSECTION APPLY.--This subsection shall apply with respect to a joint interest only if the estate of the decedent elects to have this subsection apply to such interest. Such an election shall be made not later than the time prescribed by section 6075(a) for filing the return of tax imposed by section 2001 (including extensions thereof), and shall be made in such manner as the Secretary shall by regulations prescribe.

 

[(d) JOINT INTERESTS OF HUSBAND AND WIFE CREATED BEFORE 1977.-- Under regulations prescribed by the Secretary--

 

[(1) IN GENERAL.--In the case of any joint interest created before January 1, 1977, which (if created after December 31, 1976) would have constituted a qualified joint interest under subsection (b)(2) (determined without regard to clause (ii) of subsection (b)(2)(B)), the donor may make an election under this subsection to have paragraph (1) of subsection (b) apply with respect to such joint interest.

[(2) TIME FOR MAKING ELECTION.--An election under this subsection with respect to any property shall be made for the calendar quarter in 1977, 1978, or 1979 selected by the donor in a gift tax return filed within the time prescribed by law for filing a gift tax return for such quarter. Such an election may be made irrespective of whether or not the amount involved exceeds the exclusion provided by section 2503(b); but no election may be made under this subsection after the death of the donor.

[(3) TAX EFFECTS OF ELECTION.--In the case of any property with respect to which an election has been made under this subsection, for purposes of this title--

 

[(A) the donor shall be treated as having made a gift at the close of the calendar quarter selected under paragraph (2), and

[(B) the amount of the gift shall be determined under paragraph (4).

 

[(4) AMOUNT OF GIFT.--For purposes of paragraph (3)(B), the amount of any gift is one-half of the amount--

 

[(A) which bears the same ratio to the excess of (i) the value of the property on the date of the deemed making of the gift under paragraph (3)(A), over (ii) the value of such property on the date of the creation of the joint interest, as

[(B) the excess of (i) the consideration furnished by the donor at the time of the creation of the joint interest, over (ii) the consideration furnished at such time by the donor's spouse, bears to the total consideration furnished by both spouses at such time.

 

[(5) SPECIAL RULE FOR PARAGRAPH (4)(A).--For purposes of paragraph (4)(A)--

 

[(A) in the case of real property, if the creation was not treated as a gift at the time of the creation, or

[(B) in the case of personal property, if the gift was required to be included on a gift tax return but was not so included, and the period of limitations on assessment under section 6501 has expired with respect to the tax (if any) on such gift,

 

then the value of the property on the date of the creation of the joint interest shall be treated as zero.

[(6) SUBSTANTIAL IMPROVEMENTS.--For purposes of this subsection, a substantial improvement of any property shall be treated as the creation of a separate joint interest.

 

[(e) TREATMENT OF CERTAIN POST-1976 TERMINATIONS.--

 

[(1) IN GENERAL.--If--

 

[(A) before January 1, 1977, a husband and wife had a joint interest in property with right of survivorship,

[(B) after December 31, 1976, such joint interest was terminated, and

[(C) after December 31, 1976, a joint interest of such husband and wife in such property (or in property the basis of which in whole or in part reflects the basis of such property) was created,

 

then paragraph (1) of subsection (b) shall apply to the joint interest described in subparagraph (C) only if an election is made under subsection (d).

[(2) SPECIAL RULES.--For purposes of applying subsection (d) to property described in paragraph (1) of this subsection--

 

[(A) if the creation described in paragraph (1)(C) occurs after December 31, 1979, the election may be made only with respect to the calendar quarter in which such creation occurs, and

[(B) the creation of the joint interest described in paragraphs (4) and (5) of subsection (d) is the creation of the joint interest described in paragraph (1)(A) of this subsection.]

* * * * * * *

 

 

SEC. 2044. CERTAIN PROPERTY FOR WHICH MARITAL DEDUCTION WAS PREVIOUSLY ALLOWED.

 

(a) GENERAL RULE.--The value of the gross estate shall include the value of any property to which this section applies in which the decedent had a qualifying income interest for life.

(b) PROPERTY TO WHICH THIS SECTION APPLIES.--This section applies to any property if a deduction was allowed with respect to the transfer of such property to the decedent--

 

(1) under section 2056 by reason by subsection (b)(7) thereof, or

(2) under section 2523 by reason of subsection (f) thereof.

SEC. [2044.] 2045. PRIOR INTERESTS.

Except as otherwise specifically provided by law, sections 2034 to 2042, inclusive, shall apply to the transfers, trusts, estates, interests, rights, powers, and relinquishment of powers, as severally enumerated and described therein, whenever made, created, arising, existing, exercised, or relinquished.

SEC. [2045.] 2046. DISCLAIMERS.

For provisions relating to the effect of a qualified disclaimer for purposes of this chapter, see section 2518.

 

* * * * * * *

 

 

PART IV--TAXABLE ESTATE

 

 

Sec. 2051. Definition of taxable estate.

Sec. 2053. Expenses, indebtedness, and taxes.

Sec. 2054. Losses.

Sec. 2055. Transfers for public, charitable, and religious uses.

Sec. 2056. Bequests, etc., to surviving spouse.

[Sec. 2057. Bequests, etc., to certain minor children.]

 

* * * * * * *

 

 

SEC. 2055. TRANSFERS FOR PUBLIC, CHARITABLE, AND RELIGIOUS USES.

 

(a) IN GENERAL.--* * *

* * * * * * *

(e) DISALLOWANCE OF DEDUCTIONS IN CERTAIN CASES.--

 

(1) No education shall be allowed under this section for a transfer to or for the use of an organization or trust described in section 508(d) or 4948(c)(4) subject to the conditions specified in such sections.

(2) Where an interest in property (other than an interest described in section 170(f)(3)(B)) passes or has passed from the decedent to a person, or for a use, described in subsection (a), and an interest (other than an interest which is extinguished upon the decedent's death) in the same property passes or has passed (for less than an adequate and full consideration in money or money's worth) from the decedent to a person, or for a use, not described in subsection (a), no deduction shall be allowed under this section for the interest which passes or has passed to the person, or for the use, described in subsection (a) unless--

 

(A) in the case of a remainder interest, such interest is in a trust which is a charitable remainder annuity trust or a charitable remainder unitrust (described in section 664) or a pooled income fund (described in section 642(c)(5)), or

(B) in the case of any other interest, such interest is in the form of a guaranteed annuity or is a fixed percentage distributed yearly of the fair market value of the property (to be determined yearly).

 

(3) In the case of a will executed before December 31, 1978, or a trust created before such date, if a deduction is not allowable at the time of the decedent's death because of the failure of an interest in property which passes from the decedent to a person, or for a use, described in subsection (a), to meet the requirements of subparagraph (A) or (B) of paragraph (2) of this subsection, and if the governing instrument is amended or conformed on or before December 31, 1981, or, if later, on or before the 30th day after the date on which judicial proceedings begun on or before December 31, 1981 (which are required to amend or conform the governing instrument), become final, so that the interest is in a trust which meets the requirements of such subparagraph (A) or (B) (as the case may be), a deduction shall nevertheless be allowed. The Secretary may, by regulation, provide for the application of the provisions of this paragraph to trusts whose governing instruments are amended or conformed in accordance with this paragraph, and such regulations may provide for any adjustments in the application of the provisions of section 508 (relating to special rules with respect to section 501(c)(3) organizations), subchapter J (relating to estates, trusts, beneficiaries, and decedents), and chapter 42 (relating to private foundations), to such trusts made necessary by the application of this paragraph. If, by the due date for the filing of an estate tax return (including any extension thereof), the interest is in a charitable trust which, upon allowance of a deduction, would be described in section 4947(a)(1), or the interest passes directly to a person or for a use described in subsection (a), a deduction shall be allowed as if the governing instrument was amended or conformed under this paragraph. If the amendment or conformation of the governing instrument is made after the due date for the filing of the estate tax return (including any extension thereof), the deduction shall be allowed upon the filing of a timely claim for credit or refund (as provided for in section 6511) of an overpayment resulting from the application of this paragraph. In the case of a credit or refund as a result of an amendment or conformation made pursuant to this paragraph, no interest shall be allowed for the period prior to the expiration of the 180th day after the date on which the claim for credit or refund is filed.

(4) WORKS OF ART AND THEIR COPYRIGHTS TREATED AS SEPARATE PROPERTIES IN CERTAIN CASES.--

 

(A) IN GENERAL.--In the case of a qualified contribution of a work of art, the work of art and the copyright on such work of art shall be treated as separate properties for purposes of paragraph (2).

(B) WORK OF ART DEFINED.--For purposes of this paragraph, the term "work of art" means any tangible personal property with respect to which there is a copyright under Federal law.

(C) QUALIFIED CONTRIBUTION DEFINED.--For purposes of this paragraph, the term "qualified contribution" means any transfer of property to a qualified organization if the use of the property by the organization is related to the purpose or function constituting the basis for its exemption under section 501.

(D) QUALIFIED ORGANIZATION DEFINED.--For purposes of this paragraph, the term "qualified organization" means any organization described in section 501(c)(3) other than a private foundation (as defined in section 509). For purposes of the preceding sentence, a private operating foundation (as defined in section 4942(j)(3)) shall not be treated as a private foundation.

SEC. 2056. BEQUESTS, ETC., TO SURVIVING SPOUSE.

 

(a) ALLOWANCE OF MARITAL DEDUCTION.--For purposes of the tax imposed by section 2001, the value of the taxable estate shall, except as limited by subsections (b) [and (c)], be determined by deducting from the value of the gross estate an amount equal to the value of any interest in property which passes or has passed from the decedent to his surviving spouse, but only to the extent that such interest is included in determining the value of the gross estate.

(b) LIMITATION IN THE CASE OF LIFE ESTATE OR OTHER TERMINABLE INTEREST.--

 

(1) GENERAL RULE.--Where, on the lapse of time, on the occurrence of an event or contingency, or on the failure of an event or contingency to occur, an interest passing to the surviving spouse will terminate or fail, no deduction shall be allowed under this section with respect to such interest--

 

(A) if an interest in such property passes or has passed (for less than an adequate and full consideration in money or money's worth) from the decedent to any person other than such surviving spouse (or the estate of such spouse); and

(B) if by reason of such passing such person (or his heirs or assigns) may possess or enjoy any part of such property after such termination or failure of the interest so passing to the surviving spouse;

 

and no deduction shall be allowed with respect to such interest (even if such deduction is not disallowed under subparagraphs (A) and (B))--

 

(C) if such interest is to be acquired for the surviving spouse, pursuant to directions of the decedent, by his executor or by the trustee of a trust.

 

For purposes of this paragraph, an interest shall not be considered as an interest which will terminate or fail merely because it is the ownership of a bond, note, or similar contractual obligation, the discharge of which would not have the effect of an annuity for life or for a term.

(2) INTEREST IN UNIDENTIFIED ASSETS.--Where the assets (included in the decedent's gross estate) out of which, or the proceeds of which, an interest passing to the surviving spouse may be satisfied include a particular asset or assets with respect to which no deduction would be allowed if such asset or assets passed from the decedent to such spouse, then the value of such interest passing to such spouse shall, for purposes of subsection (a), be reduced by the aggregate value of such particular assets.

(3) INTEREST OF SPOUSE CONDITIONAL ON SURVIVAL FOR LIMITED PERIOD.--For purposes of this subsection, an interest passing to the surviving spouse shall not be considered as an interest which will terminate or fail on the death of such spouse if--

 

(A) such death will cause a termination or failure of such interest only if it occurs within a period not exceeding 6 months after the decedent's death, or only if it occurs as a result of a common disaster resulting in the death of the decedent and the surviving spouse, or only if it occurs in the case of either such event; and

(B) such termination or failure does not in fact occur.

 

(4) VALUATION OF INTEREST PASSING TO SURVIVING SPOUSE.--In determining for purposes of subsection (a) the value of any interest in property passing to the surviving spouse for which a deduction is allowed by this section--

 

(A) there shall be taken into account the effect which the tax imposed by section 2001, or any estate, succession, legacy, or inheritance tax, has on the net value to the surviving spouse of such interest; and

(B) where such interest or property is encumbered in any manner, or where the surviving spouse incurs any obligation imposed by the decedent with respect to the passing of such interest, such encumbrance or obligation shall be taken into account in the same manner as if the amount of a gift to such spouse of such interest were being determined.

 

(5) LIFE ESTATE WITH POWER OF APPOINTMENT IN SURVIVING SPOUSE.--In the case of an interest in property passing from the decedent, if his surviving spouse is entitled for life to all the income from the entire interest, or all the income from a specific portion thereof, payable annually or at more frequent intervals, with power in the surviving spouse to appoint the entire interest, or such specific portion (exercisable in favor of such surviving spouse, or of the estate of such surviving spouse, or in favor of either, whether or not in each case the power is exercisable in favor of others), and with no power in any other person to appoint any part of the interest, or such specific portion, to any person other than the surviving spouse--

 

(A) the interest or such portion hereof so passing shall, for purposes of subsection (a), be considered as passing to the surviving spouse, and

(B) no part of the interest so passing shall, for purposes of graph (1)(A), be considered as passing to any person other than the surviving spouse.

 

This paragraph shall apply only if such power in the surviving spouse to appoint the entire interest, or such specific portion thereof, whether exercisable by will or during life, is exercisable by such spouse alone and in all events.

(6) LIFE INSURANCE OR ANNUITY PAYMENTS WITH POWER OF APPOINTMENT IN SURVIVING SPOUSE.--In the case of an interest in property passing from the decedent consisting of proceeds under a life insurance, endowment, or annuity contract, if under the terms of the contract such proceeds are payable in installments or are held by the insurer subject to an agreement to pay interest thereon (whether the proceeds, on the termination of any interest payments, are payable in a lump sum or in annual or more frequent installments), and such installment or interest payments are payable annually or at more frequent intervals, commencing not later than 13 months after the decedent's death, and all amounts, or a specific portion of all such amounts, payable during the life of the surviving spouse are payable only to such spouse, and such spouse has the power to appoint all amounts, or such specific portion, payable under such contract (exercisable in favor of such surviving spouse, or of the estate of such surviving spouse, or in favor of either, whether or not in each case the power is exercisable in favor of others), with no power in any other person to appoint such amounts to any person other than the surviving spouse--

 

(A) such amounts shall, for purposes of subsection (a), be considered as passing to the surviving spouse, and

(B) no part of such amounts shall, for purposes of paragraph (1)(A), be considered as passing to any person other than the surviving spouse.

 

This paragraph shall apply only if, under the terms of the contract, such power in the surviving spouse to appoint such amounts, whether exercisable by will during life, is exercisable by such spouse alone and in all events.

(7) ELECTION WITH RESPECT TO LIFE ESTATE FOR SURVIVIN SPOUSE.--

 

(A) IN GENERAL.--In the case of qualified terminable interest property--

 

(i) for purposes of subsection (a), such property shall be treated as passing to the surviving spouse, and

(ii) for purposes of paragraph (1)(A), no part of such property shall be treated as passing to any person other than the surviving spouse.

 

(B) QUALIFIED TERMINAL INTEREST PROPERTY DEFINED.--For purposes of this paragraph--

 

(i) IN GENERAL.--The term "qualified terminable interest property" means property--

 

(I) which passes from the decedent,

(II) in which the surviving spouse has a qualifying income interest for life, and

(III) to which an election under this paragraph applies.

 

(ii) QUALIFYING INCOME INTEREST FOR LIFE.--The surviving spouse has a qualifying income interest for life if--

 

(I) the surviving spouse is entitled to all the income from the property, payable annually or at more frequent intervals, and

(II) no person has a power to appoint any part of the property to any person other than the surviving spouse.

 

Subclause (II) shall not apply to a power in the surviving spouse exercisable only at or after the death of the surviving spouse.

(iii) PROPERTY INCLUDES INTEREST THEREIN.--The term "property" includes an interest in property.

(iv) SPECIFIC PORTION TREATED AS SEPARATE PROPERTY.--A specific portion of property shall be treated as separate property.

(v) ELECTION.--An election under this paragraph with respect to any property shall be made by the executor on the return of tax imposed by section 2001. Such an election, once made, shall be irrevocable.

(8) SPECIAL RULE FOR CHARITABLE REMAINDER TRUSTS.--

 

(A) IN GENERAL.--If the surviving spouse of the decedent is the only noncharitable beneficiary of a qualified charitable remainder trust, paragraph (1) shall not apply to any interest in such trust which passes or has passed from the decedent to such surviving spouse.

(B) DEFINITIONS.--For purposes of subparagraph (A)--

 

(i) NONCHARITABLE BENEFICIARY.--The term "non-charitable beneficiary" means any beneficiary of the qualified charitable remainder trust other than an organization described in section 170(c).

(ii) QUALIFIED CHARITABLE REMAINDER TRUST.--The term "qualified charitable remainder trust" means a charitable remainder annuity trust or charitable remainder unitrust (described in section 664).

[(c) LIMITATION ON AGGREGATE OF DEDUCTIONS.--

 

[(1) LIMITATION.--

 

[(A) IN GENERAL.--The aggregate amount of the deductions allowed under this section (computed without regard to this subsection) shall not exceed the greater of--

 

[(i) $250,000, or

[(ii) 50 percent of the value of the adjusted gross estate (as defined in paragraph (2)).

 

[(B) ADJUSTMENT FOR CERTAIN GIFTS TO SPOUSE.--If a deduction is allowed to the decedent under section 2523 with respect to any gift made to his spouse after December 31, 1976, the limitation provided by subparagraph (A) (determined without regard to this subparagraph) shall be reduced (but not below zero) by the excess (if any) of--

 

[(i) the aggregate of the deductions allowed to the decedent under section 2523 with respect to gifts made after December 31, 1976, over

[(ii) the aggregate of the deductions which would have been allowable under section 2523 with respect to gifts made after December 31, 1976, if the amount deductible under such section with respect to any gift required to be included in a gift tax return were 50 percent of its value.

 

For purposes of this subparagraph, a gift which is includible in the gross estate of the donor by reason of section 2035 shall not be taken into account.

[(C) COMMUNITY PROPERTY ADJUSTMENT.--The $250,000 amount set forth in subparagraph (A)(i) shall be reduced by the excess (if any) of--

 

[(i) the amount of the subtraction determined under clauses (i), (ii), and (iii) of paragraph (2)(B), over

[(ii) the excess of the aggregate of the deductions allowed under section 2053 and 2054 over the amount taken into account with respect to such deductions under clause (iv) of paragraph (2)(B).

[(2) COMPUTATION OF ADJUSTED GROSS ESTATE.--

 

[(A) GENERAL RULE.--Except as provided in subparagraph, the adjusted gross estate shall, for purposes of subsection (c)(1), be computed by subtracting from the entire value of the gross estate the aggregate amount of the deductions allowed by sections 2053 and 2054.

[(B) SPECIAL RULE IN CASES INVOLVING COMMUNITY PROPERTY.--If the decedent and his surviving spouse at any time, held property as community property under the law of any State, or possession of the United States, or of any foreign country, then the adjusted gross estate shall, for purposes of subsection (c)(1), be determined by subtracting from the entire value of the gross estate the sum of--

 

[(i) the value of property which is at the time of the death of the decedent held as such community property; and

[(ii) the value of property transferred by the decedent during his life, if at the time of such transfer the property was held as such community property; and

[(iii) the amount receivable as insurance under policies on the life of the decedent, to the extent purchased with premiums or other consideration paid out of property held as such community property; and

[(iv) an amount which bears the same ratio to the aggregate of the deduction allowed under sections 2053 and 2054 which the value of the property included in the gross estate, diminished by the amount subtracted under clauses (i), (ii), and (iii) of this subparagraph, bears to the entire value of the gross estate.

 

For purposes of clauses (i), (ii), and (iii), community property (except property which is considered as community property solely by reason of the provisions of subparagraph (C) of this paragraph) shall be considered as not "held as such community property" as of any moment of time, if, in case of the death of the decedent at such moment, such property (and not merely one-half thereof) would be or would have been includible in determining the value of his gross estate without regard to the provisions of section 402(b) of the Revenue Act of 1942. The amount to be subtracted under clauses (i), (ii), or (iii) shall not exceed the value of the interest in the property described therein which is included in determining the value of the gross estate.

[(C) COMMUNITY PROPERTY-CONVERSION INTO SEPARATE PROPERTY.--

 

[(i) AFTER DECEMBER 31, 1941.--If after December 31, 1941, property held as such community property (unless considered by reason of subparagraph (B) of this paragraph as not so held) was by the decedent and the surviving spouse converted, by one transaction or a series of transactions, into separate property of the decedent and his spouse (including any form of co-ownership by them), the separate property so acquired by the decedent and any property acquired at any time by the decedent in exchange therefor (by one exchange or a series of exchanges) shall, for the purposes of clauses (i), (ii), and (iii) of subparagraph (B), be considered as "held as such community property."

[(ii) LIMITATION.--Where the value (at the time of such conversion) of the separate property so acquired by the decedent exceeded the value (at such time) of the separate property so acquired by the decedent's spouse, the rule in clause (i) shall be applied only with respect to the same portion of such separate property of the decedent as the portion which the value (as of such time) of such separate property so acquired by the decedent's spouse is of the value (as of such time) of the separate property so acquired by the decedent.]

[(d)] (c) DEFINITION.--For purposes of this section, an interest in property shall be considered as passing from the decedent to any person if and only if--

 

(1) such interest is bequeathed or devised to such person by the decedent:

(2) such interest is inherited by such person from the decedent;

(3) such interest is the dower or curtesy interest (or statutory interest in lieu thereof) of such person as surviving spouse of the decedent;

(4) such interest has been transferred to such person by the decedent at any time;

(5) such interest was, at the time of the decedent's death, held by such person and the decedent (or by them and any other person) in joint ownership with right of survivorship;

(6) the decedent had a power (either alone or in conjunction with any person) to appoint such interest and if he appoints or has appointed such interest to such person, or if such person takes such interest in default on the release or nonexercise of such power; or

(7) such interest consists of proceeds of insurance on the life of the decedent receivable by such person.

 

Except as provided in paragraph (5) or (6) of subsection (b), where at the time of the decedent's death it is not possible to ascertain the particular person or persons to whom an interest in property may pass from the decedent, such interest shall, for purposes of subparagraphs (A) and (B) of subsection (b)(1), be considered as passing from the decedent to a person other than the surviving spouse.

 

[SEC. 2057. BEQUESTS, ETC., TO CERTAIN MINOR CHILDREN.

 

[(a) ALLOWANCE OF DEDUCTION.--For purposes of the tax imposed by section 2001, if--

 

[(1) the decedent does not have a surviving spouse, and

[(2) the decedent is survived by a minor child who, immediately after the death of the decedent, has no known parent,

 

then the value of the taxable estate shall be determined by deducting from the value of the gross estate an amount equal to the value of any interest in property which passes or has passed from the decedent to such child, but only to the extent that such interest is included in determining the value of the gross estate.

[(b) LIMITATION.--The aggregate amount of the deductions allowed under this section (computed without regard to this subsection) with respect to interests in property passing to any minor child shall not exceed an amount equal to $5,000 multiplied by the excess of 21 over the age (in years) which such child has attained on the date of the decedent's death.

[(c) LIMITATION IN THE CASE OF LIFE ESTATE OR OTHER TERMINABLE INTEREST.--A deduction shall be allowed under this section with respect to any interest in property passing to a minor child only to the extent that a deduction would have been allowable under section 2056(b) if such interest had passed to a surviving spouse of the decedent. For purposes of this subsection, an interest shall not be treated as terminable solely because the property will pass to another person if the child dies before the youngest child of the decedent attains age 23.

[(d) QUALIFIED MINORS TRUST.--

 

[(1) IN GENERAL.--For purposes of subsection (a), the interest of a minor child in a qualified minors' trust shall be treated as an interest in property which passes or has passed from the decedent to such child.

[(2) QUALIFIED MINORS' TRUST.--For purposes of paragraph (1), the term "qualified minors' trust" means a trust--

 

[(A) except as provided in subparagraph (D), all of the beneficiaries of which are minor children of the decedent,

[(B) the corpus of which is property which passes or has passed from the decedent to such trust,

[(C) except as provided in paragraph (3), all distributions from which to the beneficiaries of the trust before the termination of their interests will be pro rata,

[(D) on the death of any beneficiary of which before the termination of the trust, the beneficiary's pro rata share of the corpus and accumulated income remains in the trust for the benefit of the minor children of the decedent who survive the beneficiary or vests in any person, and

[(E) on the termination of which, each beneficiary will receive a pro rata share of the corpus and accumulated income.

 

[(3) CERTAIN DISPROPORTIONATE DISTRIBUTIONS PERMITTED.--A trust shall not be treated as failing to meet the requirements of paragraph (2)(C) solely by reason of the fact that the governing instrument of the trust permits the making of disproportionate distributions which are limited by an ascertainable standard relating to the health, education, support, or maintenance of the beneficiaries.

[(4) TRUSTEE MAY ACCUMULATE INCOME.--A trust which otherwise qualifies as a qualified minors' trust shall not be disqualified solely by reason of the fact that the trustee has power to accumulate income.

[(5) COORDINATION WITH SUBSECTION (c).--In applying subsection (c) to a qualified minors' trust, those provisions of section 2056(b) which are inconsistent with paragraph (3) or (4) of this subsection shall not apply.

[(6) DEATH OF BENEFICIARY BEFORE YOUNGEST CHILD REACHES AGE 23.--Nothing in this subsection shall be treated as disqualifying an interest of a minor child in a trust solely because such interest will pass to another person if the child dies before the youngest child of the decedent attains age 23.

 

[(e) DEFINITIONS.--For purposes of this section--

 

[(1) MINOR CHILD.--The term "minor child" means any child of the decedent who has not attained the age of 21 before the date of the decedent's death.

[(2) ADOPTED CHILDREN.--A relationship by legal adoption shall be treated as replacing a relationship by blood.

[(3) PROPERTY PASSING FROM THE DECEDENT.--The determination of whether an interest in property passes from the decedent to any person shall be made in accordance with section 2056(d).]

* * * * * * *

 

 

Subchapter C--Miscellaneous

 

 

Sec. 2201. Members of the Armed Forces dying in combat zone or by reason of combat-zone-incurred wounds, etc.

Sec. 2203. Definition of executor.

Sec. 2204. Discharge of fiduciary from personal liability.

Sec. 2205. Reimbursement out of estate.

Sec. 2206. Liability of life insurance beneficiaries.

Sec. 2207. Liability of recipient of property over which decedent had power of appointment.

Sec. 2207A. Right of recovery in the case of certain marital deduction property.

Sec. 2208. Certain residents of possessions considered citizens of the United States.

Sec. 2209. Certain residents of possessions considered nonresidents not citizens of the United States.

 

* * * * * * *

 

 

SEC. 2204. DISCHARGE OF FIDUCIARY FROM PERSONAL LIABILITY.

 

(a) GENERAL RULE.--If the executor makes written application to the Secretary for determination of the amount of the tax and discharge from personal liability therefor, the Secretary (as soon as possible, and in any event within 9 months after the making of such application, or, if the application is made before the return is filed, then within 9 months after the return is filed, but not after the expiration of the period prescribed for the assessment of the tax in section 6501) shall notify the executor of the amount of the tax. The executor, on payment of the amount of which he is notified (other than any amount the time for payment of which is extended under section 6161, 6163, [6166 or 6166A] or 6166), and on furnishing any bond which may be required for any amount for which the time for payment is extended, shall be discharged from personal liability for any deficiency in tax thereafter found to be due and shall be entitled to a receipt or writing showing such discharge.

(b) FIDUCIARY OTHER THAN THE EXECUTOR.--If a fiduciary (not including a fiduciary in respect of the estate of a nonresident decedent) other than the executor makes written application to the Secretary for determination of the amount of any estate tax for which the fiduciary may be personally liable, and for discharge from personal liability therefor, the Secretary upon the discharge of the executor from personal liability under subsection (a), or upon the expiration of 6 months after the making of such application by the fiduciary, if later, shall notify the fiduciary (1) of the amount of such tax for which it has been determined the fiduciary is liable, or (2) that it has been determined that the fiduciary is not liable for any such tax. Such application shall be accompanied by a copy of the instrument, if any, under which such fiduciary is acting, a description of the property held by the fiduciary, and such other information for purposes of carrying out the provisions of this section as the Secretary may require by regulations. On payment of the amount of such tax for which it has been determined the fiduciary is liable (other than any amount the time for payment of which has been extended under section 6161, 6163, [6166 or 6166A] or 6166), and on furnishing any bond which may be required for any amount for which the time for payment has been extended, or on receipt by him of notification of a determination that he is not liable for any such tax, the fiduciary shall be discharged from personal liability for any deficiency in such tax thereafter found to be due and shall be entitled to a receipt or writing evidencing such discharge.

(c) SPECIAL LIEN UNDER SECTION 6324A.--For purposes of the second sentence of subsection (a) and the last sentence of subsection (b), an agreement which meets the requirements of section 6324A (relating to special lien for estate tax deferred under section 6166 [or 6166A]) shall be treated as the furnishing of bond with respect to the amount for which the time for payment has been extended under section 6166 or 6166A.

* * * * * * *

 

 

SEC. 2207A. RIGHT OF RECOVERY IN THE CASE OF CERTAIN MARITAL DEDUCTION PROPERTY.

 

(a) RECOVERY WITH RESPECT TO ESTATE TAX.--

 

(1) IN GENERAL.--If any part of the gross estate consists of property the value of which is includible in gross estate by reason of section 2044 (relating to certain property for which marital deduction was previously allowed), the decedent's estate shall be entitled to recover from the person receiving the property the amount by which--

 

(A) the total tax under this chapter which has been paid, exceeds

(B) the total tax under this chapter which would have been payable if the value of such property had not been included in the gross estate.

 

(2) DECEDENT MAY OTHERWISE DIRECT BY WILL.--Paragraph (1) shall not apply if the decedent otherwise directs by will.

 

(b) RECOVERY WITH RESPECT TO GIFT TAX.--If for any calendar year tax is paid under chapter 12 with respect to any person by reason of property treated as transferred by such person under section 2519, such person shall be entitled to recover from the person receiving the property the amount by which--

 

(1) the total tax for such year under chapter 12, exceeds

(2) the total tax which would have been payable under such chapter for such year if the value of such property had not been taken into account for purposes of chapter 12.

 

(c) MORE THAN ONE RECIPIENT OF PROPERTY.--For purposes of this section, if there is more than one person receiving the property, the right of recovery shall be against each such person.

(d) TAXES AND INTEREST.--In the case of penalties and interest attributable to additional taxes described in subsections (a) and (b), rules similar to subsections (a), (b), and (c) shall apply.

* * * * * * *

 

 

CHAPTER 12--GIFT TAX

 

 

* * * * * * *

 

 

Subchapter A--Determination of Tax Liability

 

 

Sec. 2501. Imposition of tax.

Sec. 2502. Rate of tax.

Sec. 2503. Taxable gifts.

Sec. 2504. Taxable gifts for preceding [years and quarters] calendar periods.

Sec. 2505. Unified credit against gift tax.

SEC. 2501. IMPOSITION OF TAX.

 

(a) TAXABLE TRANSFERS.--

 

(1) GENERAL RULE.--A tax, computed as provided in section 2502, is hereby imposed for each calendar [quarter] year on the transfer of property by gift during such calendar [quarter] year by any individual, resident or nonresident.

(2) TRANSFERS OF INTANGIBLE PROPERTY.--Except as provided in paragraph (3), paragraph (1) shall not apply to the transfer of intangible property by a nonresident not a citizen of the United States.

(3) EXCEPTIONS.--Paragraph (2) shall not apply in the case of a donor who at any time after March 8, 1965, and within the 10-year period ending with the date of transfer lost United States citizenship unless--

 

(A) such donor's loss of United States citizenship resulted from the application of section 301(b), 350, or 355 of the Immigration and Nationality Act, as amended (8 U.S.C. 1401(b), 1482, or 1487), or

(B) such loss did not have for one of its principal purposes the avoidance of taxes under this subtitle or subtitle A.

 

(4) BURDEN OF PROOF.--If the Secretary establishes that it is reasonable to believe that an individual's loss of United States citizenship would, but for paragraph (3), result in a substantial reduction for the calendar [quarter] year in the taxes on the transfer of property by gift, the burden of proving that such loss of citizenship did not have for one of its principal purposes the avoidance of taxes under this subtitle or subtitle A shall be on such individual.

(5) TRANSFERS TO POLITICAL ORGANIZATIONS.--Paragraph (1) shall not apply to the transfer of money or other property to a political organization (within the meaning of section 527(e)(1)) for the use of such organization.

 

* * * * * * *

 

[SEC. 2502. RATE OF TAX.

 

[(a) COMPUTATION OF TAX.--The tax imposed by section 2501 for each calendar quarter shall be an amount equal to the excess of--

 

[(1) a tentative tax, computed in accordance with the rate schedule set forth in section 2001(c), on the aggregate sum of the taxable gifts for such calendar quarter and for each of the preceding calendar years and calendar quarters, over.

[(2) a tentative tax, computed in accordance with such rate schedule, on the aggregate sum of the taxable gifts for each of the preceding calendar years and calendar quarters.

 

[(b) CALENDAR QUARTER.--Wherever used in this title in connection with the gift tax imposed by this chapter, the term "calendar quarter" includes only the first calendar quarter of the calendar year 1971 and succeeding calendar quarters.

[(c) PRECEDING CALENDAR YEARS AND QUARTERS.--Wherever used in this title in connection with the gift tax imposed by this chapter--

 

[(1) The term "preceding calendar years" means calendar years 1932 and 1970 and all calendar years intervening between calendar year 1932 and calendar year 1970. The term "calendar year 1932" includes only the portion of such year after June 6, 1932.

[(2) The term "preceding calendar quarters" means the first calendar quarter of calendar year 1971 and all calendar quarters intervening between such calendar quarter and the calendar quarter for which the tax is being computed.

 

[(d) TAX TO BE PAID BY DONOR.--The tax imposed by section 2501 shall be paid by the donor.]

 

SEC. 2502. RATE OF TAX.

 

(a) COMPUTATION OF TAX.--The tax imposed by section 2501 for each calendar year shall be an amount equal to the excess of--

 

(1) a tentative tax, computed in accordance with the rate schedule set forth in section 2001(c) on the aggregate sum for each of the preceding calendar periods, over

(2) a tentative tax, computed in accordance with such rate schedule, on the aggregate sum of the taxable gifts for each of the preceding calendar periods.

 

(b) PRECEDING CALENDAR PERIOD.--Whenever used in this title in connection with the gift tax imposed by this chapter, the term "preceding calendar period" means--

 

(1) calendar years 1932 and 1970 and all calendar years intervening between calendar year 1932 and calendar year 1970,

(2) the first calendar quarter of calendar year 1971 and all calendar quarters intervening between such calendar quarter and the first calendar quarter of calendar year 1982, and

(3) all calendar years after 1981 and before the calendar year for which the tax is being computed.

 

For purposes of paragraph (1), the term "calendar year 1932" includes only that portion of such year after June 6, 1932.

(c) TAX TO BE PAID BY DONOR.--The tax imposed by section 2501 shall be paid by the donor.

 

SEC. 2503. TAXABLE GIFTS.

 

[(a) GENERAL DEFINITION.--The term "taxable gifts" means, in the case of gifts made after December 31, 1970, the total amount of gifts made during the calendar quarter, less the deductions provided in subchapter C (sec. 2521 and following). In the case of gifts made before January 1, 1971, such term means the total amount of gifts made during the calendar year, less the deductions provided in subchapter C.]

(a) GENERAL DEFINITION.--The term "taxable gifts" means the total amount of gifts made during the calendar year, less the deductions provided in subchapter C (section 2522 and following).

(b) EXCLUSIONS FROM GIFTS.--[In computing taxable gifts for the calendar quarter, in the case of gifts (other than gifts of future interests in property) made to any person by the donor during the calendar year 1971 and subsequent calendar years, [$3,000] $10,000 of such gifts to such person less the aggregate of the amounts of such gifts to such person during all preceding calendar quarters of the calendar year shall not, for purposes of subsection (a), be included in the total amount of gifts made during such quarter.] In the case of gifts (other than gifts of future interests in property) made to any person by the donor during the calendar year, the first $10,000 of such gifts to such person shall not, for purposes of subsection (a), be included in the total amount of gifts made during such year. Where there has been a transfer to any person of a present interest in property, the possibility that such interest may be diminished by the exercise of a power shall be disregarded in applying this subsection, if no part of such interest will at any time pass to any other person.

 

* * * * * * *

 

(c) TRANSFER FOR THE BENEFIT OF MINOR.--No part of a gift to an individual who has not attained the age of 21 years on the date of such transfer shall be considered a gift of a future interest in property for purposes of subsection (b) if the property and the income therefrom--

 

(1) may be expended by, or for the benefit of, the donee before his attaining the age of 21 years, and

(2) will to the extent not so expended--

 

(A) pass to the donee on his attaining the age of 21 years, and

(B) in the event the donee dies before attaining the age of 21 years, be payable to the estate of the donee or as he may appoint under a general power of appointment as defined in section 2514(c).

[(d) INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ACCOUNTS, ETC., FOR SPOUSE.--For purposes of subsection (b), any payment made by an individual for the benefit of his spouse--

 

[(1) to an individual retirement account described in section 408(a),

[(2) for an individual retirement annuity described in section 408(b), or

[(3) for a retirement bond described in section 409, shall not be considered a gift of a future interest in property to the extent that such payment is allowable as a deduction under section 220.]

 

(e) EXCLUSION FOR CERTAIN TRANSFERS FOR EDUCATIONAL EXPENSES OR MEDICAL EXPENSES.--

 

(1) IN GENERAL.--Any qualified transfer shall not be treated as a transfer of property by gift for purposes of this chapter.

(2) QUALIFIED TRANSFER.--For purposes of this subsection, the term "qualified transfer" means any amount paid on behalf of an individual--

 

(A) as tuition to an educational organization described in section 170(b)(1)(A)(ii) for the education or training of such individual, or

(B) to any person who provides medical care (as defined in section 213(e)) with respect to such individual as payment for such medical care.

SEC. 2504. TAXABLE GIFTS FOR PRECEDING [YEARS AND QUARTERS.] CALENDAR PERIODS.

 

[(a) IN GENERAL.--In computing taxable gifts for preceding calendar years or calendar quarters for the purpose of computing the tax for any calendar quarter, there shall be treated as gifts such transfers as were considered to be gifts under the gift tax laws applicable to the years or calendar quarters in which the transfers were made and there shall be allowed such deductions as were provided for under such laws; except that the specific exemption in the amount, if any, allowable under section 2521 (as in effect before its repeal by the Tax Reform Act of 1976) shall be applied in all computations in respect of calendar years or calendar quarters ending before January 1, 1977, for purposes of computing the tax for any calendar quarter.]

(a) IN GENERAL.--In computing taxable gifts for preceding calendar periods for purposes of computing the tax for any calendar year--

 

(1) there shall be treated as gifts such transfers as were considered to be gifts under the gift tax laws applicable to the calendar period in which the transfers were made,

(2) there shall be allowed such deductions as were provided for under such laws, and

(3) the specific exemption in the amount (if any) allowable under section 2521 (as in effect before its repeal by the Tax Reform Act of 1976) shall be applied in all computations in respect of preceding calendar periods ending before January 1, 1977, for purposes of computing the tax for any calendar year.

 

(b) EXCLUSIONS FROM GIFTS FOR PRECEDING [YEARS AND QUARTERS] CALENDAR PERIODS.--In the case of gifts made to any person by the donor during preceding calendar [years and calendar quarters] periods, the amount excluded, if any, by the provisions of gift tax laws applicable to the [years and calendar quarters] periods in which the gifts were made shall not, for purposes of subsection (a), be included in the total amount of the gift made during such [years and calendar quarters] preceding calendar periods.

(c) VALUATION OF CERTAIN GIFTS FOR PRECEDING CALENDAR [YEARS AND QUARTERS] PERIODS.--If the time has expired within which a tax may be assessed under this chapter or under corresponding provisions of prior laws on the transfer of property by gift made during a preceding calendar [year or calendar quarter] period, as defined in section 2502[(c),](b), and if a tax under this chapter or under corresponding provisions of prior laws has been assessed or paid for such preceding calendar [year or calendar quarter] period, the value of such gift made in such preceding calendar [year or calendar quarter] period, shall, for purposes of computing the tax under this chapter for any calendar [quarter] year, be the value of such gift which was used in computing the tax for the last preceding calendar [year or calendar quarter] period for which a tax under this chapter or under corresponding provisions of prior laws was assessed or paid.

(d) NET GIFTS.--The term "net gifts" as used in corresponding provisions of prior laws shall be read as "taxable gifts" for purposes of this chapter.

 

SEC. 2505. UNIFIED CREDIT AGAINST GIFT TAX.

 

(a) GENERAL RULE.--In the case of a citizen or resident of the United States, there shall be allowed as a credit against the tax imposed by section 2501 for each calendar [quarter] year an amount equal to--

 

(1) [$47,000] $192,800, reduced by

(2) the sum of the amounts allowable as a credit to the individual under this section for all preceding calendar [quarters] periods.

 

[(b) PHASE-IN OF $47,000 CREDIT.--

 

                                                       [Subsection (a)(1)

 

                                                         shall be applied

 

                                                         by substituting

 

                                                         for "$192,800"

 

                                                         the following

 

 [In the case of gifts made in:                          amount:

 

 

 [After December 31, 1976, and before July 1, 1977         $ 6,000

 

 [After June 30, 1977, and before January 1, 1978           30,000

 

 [After December 31, 1977, and before January 1, 1979       34,000

 

 [After December 31, 1978, and before January 1, 1980       38,000

 

 [After December 31, 1979, and before January 1, 1981       42,500

 

(b) PHASE-IN OF CREDIT.--

 

                   Subsection (a)(1) shall be

 

                     applied by substituting

 

 In the case of      for "$192,800" the

 

 gifts made in:      following amount:

 

 

     1982            $ 62,000

 

     1983              79,300

 

     1984              96,300

 

     1985             121,800

 

     1986             155,800.

 

(c) ADJUSTMENT TO CREDIT FOR CERTAIN GIFTS MADE BEFORE 1977.-- The amount allowable under subsection (a) shall be reduced by an amount equal to 20 percent of the aggregate amount allowed as a specific exemption under section 2521 (as in effect before its repeal by the Tax Reform Act of 1976) with respect to gifts made by the individual after September 8, 1976.

(d) LIMITATION BASED ON AMOUNT OF TAX.--The amount of the credit allowed under subsection (a) for any calendar [quarter] year shall not exceed the amount of the tax imposed by section 2501 for such calendar [quarter] year.

* * * * * * *

 

 

Subchapter B--Transfers

 

 

Sec. 2511. Transfers in general.

Sec. 2512. Valuation of gifts.

Sec. 2513. Gift by husband or wife to third party.

Sec. 2514. Powers of appointment.

[Sec. 2515. Tenancies by the entirety in real property.

[Sec. 2515A. Tenancies by the entirety in personal property.]

Sec. 2516. Certain property settlements.

Sec. 2517. Certain annuities under qualified plans.

Sec. 2518. Disclaimers.

Sec. 2519. Dispositions of certain life estates.

 

* * * * * * *

 

 

SEC. 2512. VALUATION OF GIFTS.

 

(a) If the gift is made in property, the value thereof at the date of the gift shall be considered the amount of the gift.

(b) Where property is transferred for less than an adequate and full consideration in money or money's worth, then the amount by which the value of the property exceeded the value of the consideration shall be deemed a gift, and shall be included in computing the amount of gifts made during the calendar [quarter] year.

(c) CROSS REFERENCE.--

For individual's right to be furnished on request a statement regarding any valuation made by the Secretary of a gift by that individual, see section 7517.

 

SEC. 2513. GIFT BY HUSBAND OR WIFE TO THIRD PARTY.

 

(a) CONSIDERED AS MADE ONE-HALF BY EACH.--

 

(1) IN GENERAL.--A gift made by one spouse to any person other than his spouse shall, for the purposes of this chapter, be considered as made one-half by him and one-half by his spouse, but only if at the time of the gift each spouse is a citizen or resident of the United States. This paragraph shall not apply with respect to a gift by a spouse of an interest in property if he creates in his spouse a general power of appointment, as defined in section 2514(c), over such interest. For purposes of this section, an individual shall be considered as the spouse of another individual only if he is married to such individual at the time of the gift and does not remarry during the remainder of the calendar [quarter] year.

(2) CONSENT OF BOTH SPOUSES.--Paragraph (1) shall apply only if both spouses have signified (under the regulations provided for in subsection (b)) their consent to the application of paragraph (1) in the case of all such gifts made during the calendar [quarter] year by either while married to the other.

 

(b) MANNER AND TIME OF SIGNIFYING CONSENT.--

 

(1) MANNER.--A consent under this section shall be signified in such manner as is provided under regulations prescribed by the Secretary.

(2) TIME.--Such consent may be so signified at any time after the close of the calendar [quarter] year in which the gift was made, subject to the following limitations--

 

[(A) the consent may not be signified after the 15th day of the second month following the close of such calendar quarter, unless, unless before such 15th day no return has been filed for such calendar quarter by either spouse, in which case the consent may not be signified after a return for such calendar quarter is filed by either spouse;]

(A) The consent may not be signified after the 15th day of April following the close of such year, unless before such 15th day no return has been filed for such year by either spouse, in which case the consent may not be signified after a return for such year is filed by either spouse.

(B) [the] The consent may not be signified after a notice of deficiency with respect to the tax for such [calendar quarter] has been sent to either spouse in accordance with section 6212(a).

(c) REVOCATION OF CONSENT.--Revocation of a consent previously signified shall be made in such manner as is provided under regulations prescribed by the Secretary, but the right to revoke a consent previously signified with respect to a calendar quarter year--

 

(1) shall not exist after the 15th day of [the second month following the close of such quarter] April following the close of such year if the consent was signified on or before such 15th day, and

(2) shall not exist if the consent was not signified until after such 15th day.

 

(d) JOINT AND SEVERAL LIABILITY FOR TAX.--If the consent required by subsection (a)(2) is signified with respect to a gift made in any calendar [quarter] year, the liability with respect to the entire tax imposed by this chapter of each spouse for such [calendar quarter] year shall be joint and several.
* * * * * * *

 

 

[SEC. 2515. TENANCIES BY THE ENTIRETY IN REAL PROPERTY.

 

[(a) CREATION.--The creation of a tenancy by the entirety in real property, either by one spouse alone or by both spouses, and additions to the value thereof in the form of improvements, reductions in the indebtedness thereon, or otherwise, shall not be deemed transfers of property for purposes of this chapter, regardless of the proportion of the consideration furnished by each spouse, unless the donor elects to have such creation of a tenancy by the entirety treated as a transfer, as provided in subsection (c).

[(b) TERMINATION.--In the case of the termination of a tenancy by the entirety, other than by reason of the death of a spouse, the creation of which, or additions to which, were not deemed to be transfers by reason of subsection (a), a spouse shall be deemed to have made a gift to the extent that the proportion of the total consideration furnished by such spouse multiplied by the proceeds of such termination (whether in form of cash, property, or interests in property) exceeds the value of such proceeds of termination received by such spouse.

[(c) EXERCISE OF ELECTION.--

 

[(1) IN GENERAL.--The election provided by subsection (a) shall be exercised by including such creation of a tenancy by the entirety as a transfer by gift, to the extent such transfer constitutes a gift determined without regard to this section), in the gift tax return of the donor for the calendar quarter in which such tenancy by the entirety was created, filed within the time prescribed by law, irrespective of whether or not the gift exceeds the exclusion provided by section 2503(b).

[(2) SUBSEQUENT ADDITIONS IN VALUE.--If the election provided by subsection (a) has been made with respect to the creation of any tenancy by the entirety, such election shall also apply to each addition made to the value of such tenancy by the entirety.

[(3) CERTAIN ACTUARIAL COMPUTATION NOT REQUIRED.--In the case of any election under subsection (a) with respect to any property, the retained interest of each spouse shall be treated as one-half of the value of their joint interest.

 

[(d) CERTAIN JOINT TENANCIES INCLUDED.--For purposes of this section, the term "tenancy by the entirety" includes a joint tenancy between husband and wife with right of survivorship.

 

[SEC. 2515A. TENANCIES BY THE ENTIRETY IN PERSONAL PROPERTY.

 

[(a) CERTAIN ACTUARIAL COMPUTATIONS NOT REQUIRED.--In the case of--

 

[(1) the creation (either by one spouse alone or by both spouses) of a joint interest of a husband and wife in personal property with right of survivorship, or

[(2) additions to the value thereof in the form of improvements, reductions in the indebtedness thereof, or otherwise, the retained interest of each spouse shall be treated as one-half of the value of their joint interest.

 

[(b) EXCEPTION.--Subsection (a) shall not apply with respect to any joint interest in property if the fair market value of the interest or of the property (determined as if each spouse had a right to sever) cannot reasonably be ascertained except by reference to the life expectancy of one or both spouses. ]
* * * * * * *

 

 

SEC. 2518. DISCLAIMERS.

 

(a) GENERAL RULE.--For purposes of this subtitle, if a person makes a qualified disclaimer with respect to any interest in property, this subtitle shall apply with respect to such interest as if the interest had never been transferred to such person.

(b) QUALIFIED DISCLAIMER DEFINED.--For purposes of subsection (a), the term "qualified disclaimer" means an irrevocable and unqualified refusal by a person to accept an interest in property but only if--

 

(1) such refusal is in writing,

(2) such writing is received by the transferor of the interest, his legal representative, or the holder of the legal title to the property to which the interest relates not later than the date which is 9 months after the later of--

 

(A) the date on which the transfer creating the interest in such person is made, or

(B) the day on which such person attains age 21,

 

(3) such person has not accepted the interest or any of its benefits, and

(4) as a result of such refusal, the interest passes without any direction on the part of the person making the disclaimer and passes either--

 

(A) to the spouse of the decedent, or

(B) to a person other than the person making the disclaimer.

(c) OTHER RULES.--For purposes of subsection (a)--

 

(1) DISCLAIMER OF UNDIVIDED PORTION OF INTEREST.--A disclaimer with respect to an undivided portion of an interest which meets the requirements of the preceding sentence shall be treated as a qualified disclaimer of such portion of the interest.

(2) POWERS.--A power with respect to property shall be treated as an interest in such property.

(3) CERTAIN TRANSFERS TREATED AS DISCLAIMERS.--For purposes of subsection (a), a written transfer of the transferor's entire interest in the property--

 

(A) which meets requirements similar to the requirements of paragraphs (2) and (3) of subsection (b), and

(B) which is to a person or persons who would have received the property had the transferor made a qualified disclaimer (within the meaning of subsection (b)), shall be treated as a qualified disclaimer.

SEC. 2519. DISPOSITIONS OF CERTAIN LIFE ESTATES.

 

(a) GENERAL RULE.--Any disposition of all or part of a qualifying income interest for life in any property to which this section applies shall be treated as a transfer of such property.

(b) PROPERTY TO WHICH THIS SUBSECTION APPLIES.--This section applies to any property if a deduction was allowed with respect to the transfer of such property to the donor--

 

(1) under section 2056 by reason of subsection (b)(7) thereof, or

(2) under section 2523 by reason of subsection (f) thereof.

* * * * * * *

 

 

Subchapter C--Deductions

 

 

Sec. 2522. Charitable and similar gifts.

Sec. 2523. Gift to spouse.

Sec. 2524. Extent of deductions.

SEC. 2522. CHARITABLE AND SIMILAR GIFTS.

 

(a) CITIZENS OR RESIDENTS.--In computing taxable gifts for the calendar [quarter] year, there shall be allowed as a deduction in the case of a citizen or resident the amount of all gifts made during such [quarter] year to or for the use of--

 

(1) the United States, any State, or any political subdivision thereof, or the District of Columbia, for exclusively public purposes;

(2) a corporation, or trust, or community chest, fund, or foundation, organized and operated exclusively for religious, charitable, scientific, literary, or educational purposes, or to foster national or international amateur sports competition (but only if no part of its activities involve the provision of athletic facilities or equipment), including the encouragement of art and the prevention of cruelty to children or animals, no part of the net earnings of which inures to the benefit of any private shareholder or individual, which is not disqualified for tax exemption under section 501(c)(3) by reason of attempting to influence legislation, and which does not participate in, or intervene in (including the publishing or distributing of statements), any political campaign on behalf of any candidate for public office;

(3) a fraternal society, order, or association, operating under the lodge system, but only if such gifts are to be used exclusively for religious, charitable, scientific, literary, or educational purposes, including the encouragement of art and the prevention of cruelty to children or animals;

(4) posts or organizations of war veterans, or auxiliary units or societies of any such posts or organizations, if such posts, organizations, units, or societies are organized in the United States or any of its possessions, and if no part of their net earnings inures to the benefit of any private shareholder or individual.

 

(b) NONRESIDENTS.--In the case of a nonresident not a citizen of the United States, there shall be allowed as a deduction the amount of all gifts made during such [quarter] year to or for the use of--

 

(1) the United States, any State, or any political subdivision thereof, or the District of Columbia, for exclusively public purposes;

(2) a domestic corporation organized and operated exclusively for religious, charitable, scientific, literary, or education purposes, including the encouragement of art and the prevention of cruelty to children or animals, no part of the net earnings of which inures to the benefit of any private shareholder or individual, which is not disqualified for tax exemption under section 501(c)(3) by reason of attempting to influence legislation, and which does not participate in, or intervene in (including the publishing or distributing of statements), any political campaign on behalf of any candidate for public office;

(3) a trust, or community chest, fund, or foundation, organized and operated exclusively for religious, charitable, scientific, literary, or educational purposes, including the encouragement of art and the prevention of cruelty to children or animals, no substantial part of the activities of which is carrying on propaganda, or otherwise attempting, to influence legislation, and which does not participate in, or intervene in (including the publishing or distributing of statements), any political campaign on behalf of any candidate for public office; but only if such gifts are to be used within the United States exclusively for such purposes;

(4) a fraternal society, order, or association, operating under the lodge system, but only if such gifts are to be used within the United States exclusively for religious, charitable, scientific, literary, or educational purposes, including the encouragement of art and the prevention of cruelty to children or animals;

(5) posts or organizations of war veterans, or auxiliary units or societies of any such posts or organizations, if such posts, organizations, units, or societies are organized in the United States or any of its possessions, and if no part of their net earnings inures to the benefit of any private shareholder or individual.

 

(c) DISALLOWANCE OF DEDUCTIONS IN CERTAIN CASES.--

 

(1) No deduction shall be allowed under this section for a gift to or for the use of an organization or trust described in section 508(d) or 4948(c)(4) subject to the conditions specified in such sections.

(2) Where a donor transfers an interest in property (other than an interest described in section 170(f)(3)(B)) to a person, or for a use, described in subsection (a) or (b) and an interest in the same property is retained by the donor, or is transferred or has been transferred (for less than an adequate and full consideration in money or money's worth) from the donor to a person, or for a use, not described in subsection (a) or (b), no deduction shall be allowed under this section for the interest which is, or has been transferred to the person, or for the use, described in subsection (a) or (b), unless--

 

(A) in the case of a remainder interest, such interest is in a trust which is a charitable remainder annuity trust or a charitable remainder unitrust (described in section 664) or a pooled income fund (described in section 642(c)(5)), or

(B) in the case of any other interest, such interest is in the form of a guaranteed annuity or is a fixed percentage distributed yearly of the fair market value of the property (to be determined yearly).

 

(3) Rules similar to the rules of section 3055(e)(4) shall apply for purposes of paragraph (2).

 

(d) CROSS REFERENCES.--

For exemption of certain gifts to or for the benefit of the United States and for rules of construction with respect to certain gifts, see section 2055(f).

 

SEC. 2523. GIFT TO SPOUSE.

 

[(a) ALLOWANCE OF DEDUCTION.--

 

[(1) IN GENERAL.--Where a donor who is a citizen or resident transfers during the calendar quarter by gift an interest in property to a donee who at the time of the gift is the donor's spouse, there shall be allowed as a deduction in computing taxable gifts for the calendar quarter an amount with respect to such interest equal to its value.

[(2) LIMITATION.--The aggregate of the deductions allowed under paragraph (1) for any calendar quarter shall not exceed the sum of--

 

[(A) $100,000 reduced (but not below zero) by the aggregate of the deductions allowed under this section for preceding calendar quarters beginning after December 31, 1976; plus

[(B) 50 percent of the lesser of--

 

[(i) the amount of the deductions allowable under paragraph (1) for such calendar quarter (determined without regard to this paragraph); or

[(ii) the amount (if any) by which the aggregate of the amounts determined under clause (i) for the calendar quarter and for each preceding calendar quarter beginning after December 31, 1976, exceeds $200,000.]

(a) ALLOWANCE OF DEDUCTION.--Where a donor who is a citizen or resident transfers during the calendar year by gift an interest in property to a donee who at the time of the gift is the donor's spouse, there shall be allowed as a deduction in computing taxable gifts for the calendar year an amount with respect to such interest equal to its value.

* * * * * * *

[(f) COMMUNITY PROPERTY.--

 

[(1) A deduction otherwise allowable under this section shall be allowed only to the extent that the transfer can be shown to represent a gift of property which is not, at the time of the gift, held as community property under the law of any State, possession of the United States, or of any foreign country.

[(2) For purposes of paragraph (1), community property (except property which is considered as community property solely by reason of paragraph (3)) shall not be considered as "held as community property" if the entire value of such property (and not merely one-half thereof) is treated as the amount of the gift.

[(3) If during the calendar year 1942 or in succeeding calendar years, property held as such community property (unless considered by reason of paragraph (2) as not so held) was by the donor and the donee spouse converted, by one transaction or a series of transactions, into separate property of the donor and such spouse (including any form of co-ownership by them), the separate property so acquired by the donor and any property acquired at any time by the donor in exchange therefor (by one exchange or a series of exchanges) shall, for purposes of paragraph (1), be considered as "held as community property."

[(4) Where the value (at the time of such conversion) of the separate property so acquired by the donor exceeded the value (at such time) of the separate property so acquired by such spouse, paragraph (3) shall apply only with respect to the same portion of such separate property of the donor as the portion which the value (as of such time) of such separate property so acquired by such spouse is of the value (as of such time) of the separate property so acquired by the donor.]

 

(f) ELECTION WITH RESPECT TO LIFE ESTATE FOR DONEE SPOUSE.--

 

(1) IN GENERAL.--In the case of qualified terminable interest property--

 

(A) for purposes of subsection (a), such property shall be treated as transferred to the donee spouse, and

(B) for purposes of subsection (b)(1), no part of such property shall be considered as retained in the donor or transferred to any person other than the donee spouse.

 

(2) QUALIFIED TERMINABLE INTEREST PROPERTY.--For purposes of this subsection, the term "qualified terminable interest property" means any property--

 

(A) which is transferred by the donor spouse,

(B) in which the donee spouse has a qualifying income interest for life, and

(C) to which an election under this subsection applies.

 

(3) CERTAIN RULES MADE APPLICABLE.--For purposes of this subsection, the rules of clauses (ii), (iii), and (iv) of section 2506(b)(7)(B) shall apply.

(4) ELECTION.--An election under this subsection with respect to any property shall be made on the return of the tax imposed by section 2501 for the calendar year in which the interest was transferred. Such an election, once made, shall be irrevocable.

 

(g) SPECIAL RULE FOR CHARITABLE REMAINDER TRUSTS.--

 

(1) IN GENERAL.--If, after the transfer, the donee spouse is the only noncharitable beneficiary (other than a beneficiary) of a qualified remainder trust, subsection (b) shall not apply to the interest in such trust which is transferred to the donee spouse.

(2) DEFINITIONS.--For purposes of paragraph (1), the term "noncharitable beneficiary" and "qualified charitable remainder trust" have the meanings given to such terms by section 2056(b)(8)(B).

* * * * * * *

 

 

CHAPTER 13--TAX ON CERTAIN GENERATION-SKIPPING TRANSFERS

 

 

SUBCHAPTER A. Tax imposed.

SUBCHAPTER B. Definitions and special rules.

SUBCHAPTER C. Administration.

 

Subchapter A--Tax Imposed

 

 

Sec. 2601. Tax imposed.

Sec. 2602. Amount of tax.

Sec. 2603. Liability for tax.

 

* * * * * * *

 

 

SEC. 2602. AMOUNT OF TAX.

 

(a) GENERAL RULE.--* * *

* * * * * * *

(c) DEDUCTIONS, CREDITS, ETC.--

 

(1) GENERAL RULE.--Except as otherwise provided in this subsection, no deduction, exclusion, exemption, or credit shall be allowed against the tax imposed by section 2601.

(2) CHARITABLE DEDUCTIONS ALLOWED.--The deduction under section 2055, 2106(a)(2), or 2522, whichever is appropriate, shall be allowed in determining the tax imposed by section 2601.

(3) UNUSED PORTION OF UNIFIED CREDIT.--If the generation-skipping transfer occurs at the same time as, or after, the death of the deemed transferor, then the portion of the credit under section 2010(a) (relating to unified credit) which exceeds the sum of--

 

(A) the tax imposed by section 2001, and

(B) the taxes theretofore imposed by section 2601 with respect to this deemed transferor,

 

shall be allowed as a credit against the tax imposed by section 2601. The amount of the credit allowed by the preceding sentence shall not exceed the amount of the tax imposed by section 2601.

(4) CREDIT FOR TAX ON PRIOR TRANSFERS.--The credit under section 2013 (relating to credit for tax on prior transfers) shall be allowed against the tax imposed by section 2601. For purposes of the preceding sentence, section 2013 shall be applied as if so much of the property subject to tax under section 2601 as is not taken into account for purposes of determining the credit allowable by section 2013 with respect to the estate of the deemed transferor passed from the transferor (as defined in section 2013) to the deemed transferor.

(5) COORDINATION WITH ESTATE TAX.--

 

[(A) ADJUSTMENTS TO MARITAL DEDUCTION.--If the generation-skipping transfer occurs at the same time as, or within 9 months after, the death of the deemed transferor, for purposes of section 2056 (relating to bequests, etc., to surviving spouse), the value of the gross estate of the deemed transferor shall be deemed to be increased by the amount of such transfer.]

[(B)] (A) CERTAIN EXPENSES ATTRIBUTABLE TO GENERATION-SKIPPING TRANSFER.--If the generation-skipping transfer occurs at the same time as, or after, the death of the deemed transferor, for purposes of this section, the amount taken into account with respect to such transfer shall be reduced--

 

(i) in the case of a taxable termination, by any item referred to in section 2053 or 2054 to the extent that a deduction would have been allowable under such section for such item if the amount of the trust had been includible in the deemed transferor's gross estate and if the deemed transferor had died immediately before such transfer, or

(ii) in the case of a taxable distribution, by any expense incurred in connection with the determination, collection, or refund of the tax imposed by section 2601 on such transfer.

 

[(C)] (B) CREDIT FOR STATE INHERITANCE TAX.--If the generation-skipping transfer occurs at the same time as, or after, the death of the deemed transferor, there shall be allowed as a credit against the tax imposed by section 2601 an amount equal to that portion of the estate, inheritance, legacy, or succession tax actually paid to any State or the District of Columbia in respect of any property included in the generation-skipping transfer, but only to the extent of the lesser of--

 

(i) that portion of such taxes which is levied on such transfer, or

(ii) the excess of the limitation applicable under section 2011(b) if the adjusted taxable estate of the decedent had been increased by the amount of the transfer and all prior generation-skipping transfers to which this subparagraph applied which had the same deemed transferor, over the sum of the amount allowable as a credit under section 2011 with respect to the estate of the decedent plus the aggregate amounts allowable under this subparagraph with respect to such prior generation-skipping transfers.

* * * * * * *

 

 

Subchapter C--Administration

 

 

Sec. 2621. Administration.

Sec. 2622. Regulations.

SEC. 2621. ADMINISTRATION.

 

(a) GENERAL RULE.--Insofar as applicable and not inconsistent with the provisions of this chapter--

 

(1) if the deemed transferor is not alive at the time of the transfer, all provisions of subtitle F (including penalties) applicable to chapter 11 or section 2001 are hereby made applicable in respect of this chapter or section 2601, as the case may be, and

(2) if the deemed transferor is alive at the time of the transfer, all provisions of subtitle F (including penalties) applicable to chapter 12 or section 2501 are hereby made applicable in respect of this chapter or section 2601, as the case may be.

 

(b) [SECTIONS 6166 AND 6166A] SECTION 6166 NOT APPLICABLE.--For purposes of this chapter, [sections 6166 and 6166A (relating to extensions] section 6166 (relating to extension of time for payment of estate tax where estate consists largely of interest in closely held business) shall not apply.
* * * * * * *

 

 

Subtitle C--Employment Taxes

 

 

* * * * * * *

 

 

CHAPTER 21--FEDERAL INSURANCE CONTRIBUTIONS ACT

 

 

* * * * * * *

 

 

CHAPTER 22--RAILROAD RETIREMENT TAX ACT

 

 

* * * * * * *

 

 

Subchapter A--Tax on Employees

 

 

* * * * * * *

 

 

SEC. 3201. RATE OF TAX.

 

[In addition to other taxes, there is hereby imposed on the income of every employee a tax equal to] (a) In addition to other taxes, there is hereby imposed on the income of each employee a tax equal to 2.0 percent of so much of the compensation paid in any calendar month to such employee for services rendered by him as is not in excess of an amount equal to one-twelfth of the current maximum annual taxable 'wages' as defined in section 3121 for any month.

(b) The rate of tax imposed by subsection (a) shall be increased by the rate of the tax imposed with respect to wages by section 3101(a) plus the rate imposed by section 3101(b) of so much of the compensation paid in any calendar month to such employee for services rendered by him as is not in excess of an amount equal to one-twelfth of the current maximum annual taxable "wages" as defined in section 3121 for any month.

* * * * * * *

 

 

Subchapter B--Tax on Employee Representatives

 

 

* * * * * * *

 

 

SEC. 3211. RATE OF TAX.

 

(a) In addition to other taxes, there is hereby imposed on the income of each employee representative a tax equal to [9.5] 11.75 percent plus the sum of the rates of tax imposed with respect to wages by sections 3101(a), 3101(b), 3111(a), and 3111(b) of so much of the compensation paid in any calendar month to such employee representative for services rendered by him as is not in excess of an amount equal to one-twelfth of the current maximum annual taxable "wages" as defined in section 3121 for any month.

(b) In addition to other taxes, there is hereby imposed on the income of each employee representative a tax at a rate equal to the rate of excise tax imposed on every employer, provided for in section 3221(c), for each man-hour for which compensation is paid to him for services rendered as an employee representative.

* * * * * * *

 

 

Subchapter C--Tax Employers

 

 

Sec. 3221. Rate of tax.

SEC. 3221. RATE OF TAX.

 

(a) In addition to other taxes, there is hereby imposed on every employer an excise tax, with respect to having individuals in his employ, equal to [9.5] 11.75 percent of so much of the compensation paid in any calendar month by such employer for services rendered to him as is, with respect to any employee for any calendar month, not in excess of an amount equal to one-twelfth of the current maximum annual taxable "wages" as defined in section 3121 for any month, except that if an employee is paid compensation by more than one employer for services rendered during any calendar month, the tax imposed by this section shall apply to not more than an amount equal to one-twelfth of the current maximum annual taxable "wages" as defined in section 3121 for any month of the aggregate compensation paid to such employee by all such employers for services rendered during such month, and each employer other than a subordinate unit of a national railway-labor-organization employer shall be liable for that proportion of the tax with respect to such compensation paid by all such employers which the compensation paid by him to the employee for services rendered during such month bears to the total compensation paid by all such employers to such employee for services rendered during such month; and in the event that the compensation so paid by such employers to the employee for services rendered during such month is less than an amount equal to one-twelfth of the current maximum annual taxable "wages" as defined in section 3121 for any month each subordinate unit of a national railway-labor-organization employer shall be liable for such proportion of any additional tax as the compensation paid by such employer to such employee for services rendered during such month bears to the total compensation paid by all such employers to such employee for services rendered during such month. Where compensation for services rendered in a month is paid an employee by two or more employers, one of the employers who has knowledge of such joint employment may, by proper notice to the Secretary, and by agreement with such other employer or employers as to settlement of their respective liabilities under this section and section 3202, elect for the tax imposed by section 3201 and this section to apply to all of the compensation paid by such employer for such month as does not exceed the maximum amount of compensation in respect to which taxes are imposed by such section 3201 and this section; and in such case the liability of such other employer or employers under this section and section 3202 shall be limited to the difference, if any, between the compensation paid by the electing employer and the maximum amount of compensation to which section 3201 and this section apply.
* * * * * * *

 

 

Subchapter D--General Provisions

 

 

Sec. 3231. Definitions.

Sec. 3232. Court jurisdiction.

Sec. 3233. Short title.

SEC. 3231. DEFINITIONS.

 

(a) EMPLOYER.--* * *

* * * * * * *

(e) COMPENSATION.--For purposes of this chapter--

 

(1) The term "compensation" means any form of money remuneration paid to an individual for services rendered as an employee to one or more employers. Such term does not include (i) the amount of any payment (including any amount paid by an employer for insurance or annuities, or into a fund, to provide for any such payment) made to, or on behalf of, an employee or any of his dependents under a plan or system established by an employer which makes provision for his employees generally (or for his employees generally and their dependents) or for a class or classes of his employees (or for a class or classes of his employees and their dependents), on account of sickness or accident disability or medical or hospitalization expenses in connection with sickness or accident disability, (ii) tips (except as is provided under paragraph (3), or (iii) [the voluntary payment by an employer, without deduction from the remuneration of the employee, of the tax imposed on such employee by section 3201, or (iv)] an amount paid specifically--either as an advance, as reimbursement or allowance--for traveling or other bona fide and necessary expenses incurred or reasonably expected to be incurred in the business of the employer provided any such payment is identified by the employer either by a separate payment or by specifically indicating the separate amounts where both wages and expense reimbursement or allowance are combined in a single payment. Such term does not include remuneration for service which is performed by a nonresident alien individual for the period he is temporarily present in the United States as a nonimmigrant under subparagraph (F) or (J) of section 101(a)(15) of the Immigration and Nationality Act, as amended, and which is performed to carry out the purpose specified in subparagraph (F) or (J), as the case may be. Compensation which is earned during the period for which the Secretary shall require a return of taxes under this chapter to be made and which is payable during the calendar month following such period shall be deemed to have been paid during such period only. For the purpose of determining the amount of taxes under sections 3201 and 3221, compensation earned in the service of a local lodge or division of a railway-labor-organization employer shall be disregarded with respect to any calendar month if the amount thereof is less than $25. Compensation for service as a delegate to a national or international convention of a railway labor organization defined as an "employer" in subsection (a) of this section shall be disregarded for purposes of determining the amount of taxes due pursuant to this chapter if the individual rendering such service has not previously rendered service, other than as such a delegate, which may be included in his "years of service" for purposes of the Railroad Retirement Act.

(2) An employee shall be deemed to be paid compensation in the period during which such compensation is earned only upon a written request by such employee, made within six months following the payment, and a showing that such compensation was earned during a period other than the period in which it was paid. An employee shall be deemed to be paid "for time lost" the amount he is paid by an employer with respect to an identifiable period of absence from the active service of the employer, including absence on account of personal injury, and the amount he is paid by the employer for loss of earnings resulting from his displacement to a less remunerative position or occupation. If a payment is made by an employer with respect to a personal injury and includes pay for time lost, the total payment shall be deemed to be paid for time lost unless, at the time of payment, a part of such payment is specifically apportioned to factors other than time lost, in which event only such part of the payment as is not so apportioned shall be deemed to be paid for time lost.

(3) Solely for purposes of the tax imposed by section 3201 and other provisions of this chapter insofar as they relate to such tax, the term "compensation" also includes cash tips received by an employee in any calendar month in the course of his employment by an employer unless the amount of such cash tips is less than $20.

* * * * * * *

 

 

CHAPTER 23--FEDERAL UNEMPLOYMENT TAX ACT

 

 

* * * * * * *

 

 

SEC. 3302. CREDITS AGAINST TAX.

 

(a) CONTRIBUTIONS TO STATE UNEMPLOYMENT FUNDS.--***

* * * * * * *

(f) LIMITATION ON CREDIT REDUCTION.--

 

(1) LIMITATION.--

 

(A) IN GENERAL.--In the case of any State which meets the requirements of paragraph (2) with respect to any taxable year, the reduction under subsection (c)(2) in credits otherwise applicable to taxpayers subject to the unemployment compensation law of such State shall not exceed the greater of--

 

(i) the reduction which was in effect with respect to such State under subsection (c)(2) for the preceding taxable year, or

(ii) .6 percent of the wages paid by the taxpayer during such taxable year which are attributable to such State.

 

(B) SPECIAL RULE WHERE LIMITATION EXCEEDS 1.0 PERCENT OF WAGES.--If--

 

(i) a State meets the requirements of paragraph (2) with respect to any taxable year,

(ii) the unadjusted subparagraph (A)(i) limitation for such taxable year exceeds 1.0 percent of the wages paid during such taxable year which are attributable to such State (hereinafter in this subparagraph referred to as "State wages"),

 

then the amount determined under clause (i) of subparagraph (A) for such taxable year shall not exceed the unadjusted subparagraph (A)(i) limitation reduced (but not below 1.0 percent of the State wages paid during such taxable year) by .3 percent of the State wages paid during such taxable year.

(C) UNADJUSTED SUBPARAGRAPH (A)(i) LIMITATION.--For purposes of subparagraph (B) the unadjusted subparagraph (A)(i) limitation for any taxable year is the amount determined under clause (i) of subparagraph (A) for such taxable year without regard to the application of subparagraph (B) to such taxable year.

 

(2) REQUIREMENTS.--The requirements of this paragraph are met by any State with respect to any taxable year if the Secretary of Labor determines (on or before November 10 of such taxable year) that--

 

(A) during the 12-month period ending on September 30 of such taxable year--

 

(i) no State action was taken which has resulted or will result in a reduction in such State's unemployment tax effort (as defined by the Secretary of Labor in regulations), and

(ii) no State action was taken which has resulted or will result in a net decrease in the solvency of the State unemployment system (as defined by the Secretary of Labor by regulations), and

 

(B) the State unemployment tax rate for the taxable year equals or exceeds the average benefit cost ratio for calendar years in the 5-calendar year period ending with the last calendar year before the taxable year.

 

(3) ALTERNATIVE RULE FOR TAXABLE YEARS 1981, 1982, AND 1983.--

 

(A) IN GENERAL.--A State shall be treated as meeting the requirements of subparagraph (B) of paragraph (2) with respect to a taxable year 1981, 1982, or 1983 if such State meets the requirements of subparagraph (B) of this paragraph for such taxable year.

(B) ALTERNATIVE REQUIREMENT.--A State meets the requirements of this paragraph with respect to any taxable year if the Secretary of Labor determines (on or before November 10 of such taxable year) that--

 

(i) the State unemployment tax rate for such taxable year equals or exceeds the percentage set forth in clause (i) of subparagraph (C) of the average State unemployment tax rate for such year for all States, and

(ii) the State has enacted legislation after December 31, 1979, which increased the total State unemployment taxes for such taxable year by an amount which is not less than the amount determined by applying the percentage set forth in clause (ii) of subparagraph (C) to the taxes which would have been imposed for such taxable year without such legislation.

 

(C) REQUIRED PERCENTAGES.--For purposes of subparagraph (B)--

 

(i) The percentage set forth in this clause is--

 

(I) 125 percent in the case of taxable year 1981,

(II) 140 percent in the case of taxable year 1982, and

(III) 150 percent in the case of taxable year 1983.

 

(ii) The percentage set forth in this clause is--

 

(I) 30 percent in the case of taxable year 1981,

(II) 40 percent in the case of taxable year 1982, and

(III) 50 percent in the case of taxable year 1983.

(D) ONLY STATE TAXES TAKEN INTO ACCOUNT.--For purposes of this paragraph, the rules of paragraph (6)(B) shall not apply.

 

(4) CREDIT REDUCTIONS FOR SUBSEQUENT YEARS.--If the reduction under subsection (c)(2) is limited by reason of paragraph (1) of this subsection for any taxable year (hereinafter in this paragraph referred to as the "capped year"), for purposes of applying subsection (c)(2) to subsequent taxable years, the capped year (and January 1 thereof) shall not be taken into account.

(5) SPECIAL RULES FOR STATE ACTION REQUIREMENTS.--For purposes of clauses (i) and (ii) of paragraph (2)(A)--

 

(A) RULE FOR TAXABLE YEAR 1981.--In the case of taxable year 1981, any State action taken pursuant to legislation enacted before January 1, 1981, shall not be taken into account.

(B) TAXABLE YEARS AFTER 1981.--In the case of any taxable year beginning after 1981--

 

(i) any change in tax rates (or limitation on the amount of wages subject to contribution) under the State law from that in effect for the prior taxable year, and

(ii) any credit against (or other reduction in) the State unemployment tax allows for such taxable year which is determined by reference to any increase in the tax imposed by this chapter by reason of subsection (c)(2),

 

shall be treated as State action taken during the 12-month period referred to in subparagraph (A) of paragraph (2) whether or not pursuant to legislation enacted before such 12-month period. Clause (ii) shall not apply for any taxable year unless subsection (g) (relating to credit reduction not made when State makes certain repayments) is in effect for such year.

 

(6) STATE UNEMPLOYMENT TAX RATE.--For purposes of this subsection--

 

(A) IN GENERAL.--The State unemployment tax rate for any taxable year is the percentage obtained by dividing--

 

(i) the total amount of contributions paid into the State unemployment fund with respect to such taxable year, by

(ii) the total amount of the remuneration subject to contributions under the State unemployment compensation law with respect to such taxable year (determined without regard to any limitation on the amount of wages subject to contribution under the State law).

 

(B) TREATMENT OF ADDITIONAL TAX UNDER THIS CHAPTER.--

 

(i) TAXABLE YEARS BEFORE 1984.--In the case of any taxable year beginning before 1984, any additional tax imposed under this chapter with respect to any State by reason of subsection (c)(2) shall be treated as contributions paid into the State unemployment fund with respect to such taxable year.

(ii) TAXABLE YEAR 1984.--In the case of taxable year 1984, any additional tax imposed under this chapter with respect to any State by reason of subsection (c)(2) shall (to the extent such additional tax is attributable to a credit reduction in excess of .6 of wages attributable to such State) be treated as contributions paid into the State unemployment fund with respect to such taxable year.

(iii) TREATMENT OF CERTAIN LUMP-SUM PAYMENTS.--Rules similar to the rules of clauses (i) and (ii) shall apply with respect to any repayment taken into account for purposes of determining whether a State meets the requirements of paragraph (2)(A)(i) of subsection (g).

(7) BENEFIT COST RATIO.--For purposes of this subsection--

 

(A) IN GENERAL.--The benefit cost ratio for any calendar year is the percentage determined by dividing--

 

(i) the sum of the total of the compensation paid under the State unemployment compensation law during such calendar year and any interest paid during such calendar year on advances made to the State under title XII of the Social Security Act, by

(ii) the total amount of the remuneration subject to contributions under the State unemployment compensation law with respect to such calendar year (determined without regard to any limitation on the amount of remuneration subject to contribution under the State law).

 

(B) REIMBURSABLE BENEFITS NOT TAKEN INTO ACCOUNT.--For purposes of subparagraph (A), compensation shall not be taken into account to the extent--

 

(i) the State is entitled to reimbursement for such compensation under the provisions of any Federal law, or

(ii) such compensation is attributable to services performed for a reimbursing employer.

 

(C) REIMBURSING EMPLOYER.--The term "reimbursing employer" means any governmental entity or other organization (or group of governmental entities or any other organizations) which makes reimbursements in lieu of contributions to the State unemployment fund.

(D) SPECIAL RULES FOR YEARS BEFORE 1985.--

 

(i) TAXABLE YEARS BEFORE 1985.--For purposes of determining whether a State meets the requirements of paragraph (2)(B) with respect to any taxable year before 1983, only regular compensation (as defined in section 205 of the Federal-State Extended Unemployment Compensation Act of 1970) shall be taken into account for purposes of determining the benefit cost ratio for any preceding calendar year.

(ii) TAXABLE YEAR 1985.--For purposes of determining whether a State meets the requirements of paragraph (2)(B) for taxable year 1983, only regular benefits (as so defined) shall be taken into account for purposes of determining the benefit ratio for any preceding calendar year before 1982.

(iii) TAXABLE YEAR 1984.--For purposes of determining whether a State meets the requirements of paragraph (2)(B) for taxable year 1984, only regular benefits (as so defined) shall be taken into account for purposes of determining the benefit ratio for any preceding calendar year before 1981.

 

(E) ROUNDING.--If any percentage determined under subparagraph (A) is not a multiple of .1 percent, such percentage shall be reduced to the nearest multiple of .1 percent.

 

(8) REPORTS.--The Secretary of Labor may, by regulations, require a State to furnish such information at such time and in such manner as may be necessary for purposes of this subsection or subsection (g).

(9) DEFINITIONS AND SPECIAL RULES.--The definitions and special rules set forth in subsection (d) shall apply to this subsection in the same manner as they apply to subsection (c).

 

(g) CREDIT REDUCTION NOT TO APPLY WHEN STATE MAKES CERTAIN REPAYMENTS.--

 

(1) IN GENERAL.--In the case of any State which meets the requirements of paragraph (2) with respect to any taxable year, subsection (c)(2) shall not apply to such taxable year. Except as provided in subsection (f)(4), such taxable year (and January 1 of such taxable year) shall be taken into account for purposes of applying subsection (c)(2) to succeeding taxable years.

(2) REQUIREMENTS.--The requirements of this paragraph are met by any State with respect to any taxable year if the Secretary of Labor determines that--

 

(A) the repayments during the 1-year period ending on September 30 of such taxable year made by such State of advances under title XII of the Social Security Act are not less than the sum of--

 

(i) the potential additional taxes for such taxable year, and

(ii) any advances made to such State during such 1-year period under such title XII.

 

and

(B) there will be sufficient amounts in the State unemployment fund to pay all compensation during the 3-month period beginning on October 1 of such taxable year without receiving any advance on or after such October 1 under title XII of the Social Security Act.

 

(3) DEFINITIONS.--For purposes of paragraph (2)--

 

(A) POTENTIAL ADDITIONAL TAXES.--The term "potential additional taxes" means, with respect to any State for any taxable year, the aggregate amount of the additional tax which would be payable under this chapter (subject to the limitation of subsection (g)) for such taxable year by all taxpayers subject to the unemployment compensation law of such State for such taxable year if paragraph (2) of subsection (c) had applied to such taxable year and any preceding taxable year without regard to this subsection.

(B) TREATMENT OF CERTAIN REDUCTIONS.--Any reduction in the State's balance under section 901(d)(1) of the Social Security Act shall not be treated as a repayment made by such State.

(C) SPECIAL RULE FOR TAXABLE YEARS 1981 AND 1982.--In the case of taxable year 1981 and 1982, paragraph (2)(A) shall be applied as if it did not contain clause (ii) thereof.

* * * * * * *

 

 

CHAPTER 24--COLLECTION OF INCOME TAX AT SOURCE ON WAGES

 

 

* * * * * * *

 

 

SEC. 3401. DEFINITIONS.

 

(a) WAGES.--For purposes of this chapter, the term "wages" means all remuneration (other than fees paid to a public official) for services performed by an employee for his employer, including the cash value of all remuneration paid in any medium other than cash; except that such term shall not include remuneration paid--

 

(1) * * *

* * * * * * *

(12) to, or on behalf of, an employee or his beneficiary--

 

(A) from or to a trust described in section 401(a) which is exempt from tax under section 501(a) at the time of such payment unless such payment is made to an employee of the trust as remuneration for services rendered as such employee and not as a beneficiary of the trust, or

(B) under or to an annuity plan which, at the time of such payment, is a plan described in section 403(a); or

(C) under or to a bond purchase plan which, at the time of such payment, is a qualified bond purchase plan described in section 405(a); or

(D) for a payment described in section 219(a) [or 220(a)] if, at the time of such payment, it is reasonable to believe that the employee will be entitled to a deduction under such section for payment; or

 

* * * * * * *

[(18) to or on behalf of an employee if (and to the extent that) at the time of the payment of such remuneration it is reasonable to believe that a corresponding deduction is allowable under section 913 (relating to deduction for certain expenses of living abroad);]

[(19)] (18) for any payment made, or benefit furnished, to or for the benefit of an employee if at the time of such payment or such furnishing it is reasonable to believe that the employee will be able to exclude such payment or benefit from income under section 127; or

[(20)] (19) for any medical care reimbursement made to or for the benefit of an employee under a self-insured medical reimbursement plan (within the meaning of section 105(h)(6)).

SEC. 3402. INCOME TAX COLLECTED AT SOURCE.

 

[(a) REQUIREMENT OF WITHHOLDING.--Except as otherwise provided in this section, every employer making payment of wages shall deduct and withhold such wages a tax determined in accordance with tables prescribed by the Secretary. With respect to wages paid after December 31, 1978, the tables so prescribed shall be the same as the tables prescribed under this subsection which were in effect on January 1, 1975, except that such tables shall be modified to the extent necessary to reflect the amendments made by sections 101 and 102 of the Tax Reduction and Simplification Act of 1977 and the amendments made by section 101 of the Revenue Act of 1978. For purposes of applying such tables, the term "the amount of wages" means the amount by which the wages exceed the number of withholding exemptions claimed, multiplied by the amount of one such exemption as shown in the table prescribed under subsection (b)(1).]

(a) REQUIREMENT OF WITHHOLDING.--

 

(1) IN GENERAL.--Except as otherwise provided in this section, every employer making payment of wages shall deduct and withhold upon such wages a tax determined in accordance with tables or computational procedures prescribed by the Secretary. Any tables or procedures prescribed under this paragraph shall--

 

(A) apply with respect to the amount of wages paid during such periods as the Secretary may prescribe, and

(B) be in such form, and provide for such amounts to be deducted and withheld, as the Secretary determines to be most appropriate to carry out the purposes of this chapter and to reflect the provisions of chapter 1 applicable to such periods.

 

(2) AMOUNT OF WAGES.--For purposes of applying tables or procedures prescribed under paragraph (1), the term 'the amount of wages' means the amount by which the wages exceed the number of withholding exemptions claimed multiplied by the amount of one such exemption. The amount of each withholding exemption shall be equal to the amount of one personal exemption provided in section 151(b), prorated to the payroll period. The maximum number of withholding exemptions permitted shall be calculated in accordance with regulations prescribed by the Secretary under this section.

(3) CHANGES MADE BY SECTION 101 OF THE TAX INCENTIVE ACT OF 1981.--For purposes of paragraph (1)(B), the Secretary shall treat--

 

(A) the period beginning on October 1, 1981, and ending on June 30, 1982, and

(B) the period after June 30, 1982, as separate periods.

(b) PERCENTAGE METHOD OF WITHHOLDING--

 

[(1) The table referred to in subsection (a) is as follows:]
    [PERCENTAGE METHOD WITHHOLDING TABLE

 

 

                             [Amount of one

 

                               withholding

 

 [Payroll period:              exemption:

 

 

 [Weekly                        $   19.23

 

 [Biweekly                          38.46

 

 [Semimonthly                       41.66

 

 [Monthly                           83.33

 

 [Quarterly                        250.00

 

 [Semiannual                       500.00

 

 [Annual                         1,000.00

 

 [Daily or miscellaneous

 

 (per day of such period)           2.74]

 

[(2)] (1) If wages are paid with respect to a period which is not a payroll period, the withholding exemption allowable with respect to each payment of such wages shall be the exemption allowed for a miscellaneous payroll period containing a number of days (including Sundays and holidays) equal to the number of days in the period with respect to which such wages are paid.

[(3)] (2) In any case in which wages are paid by an employer without regard to any payroll period or other period, the withholding exemption allowable with respect to each payment of such wages shall be the exemption allowed for a miscellaneous payroll period containing a number of days equal to the number of days (including Sundays and holidays) which have elapsed since the date of the last payment of such wages by such employer during the calendar year, or the date of commencement of employment with such employer during such year, or January 1 of such year, whichever is the later.

[(4) In any case in which the period, or the time described in paragraph (3), in respect of any wages is less than one week, the Secretary, under regulations prescribed by him, may authorize an employer, in computing the tax required to be deducted and withheld, to use the excess of the aggregate of the wages paid to the employee during the calendar week over the withholding exemption allowed by this subsection for a weekly payroll period.]

(3) In any case in which the period, or the time described in paragraph (2), in respect of any wages is less than one week, the Secretary, under regulations prescribed by him, may authorize an employer to compute the tax to be deducted and withheld as if the aggregate of the wages paid to the employee during the calendar week were paid for a weekly payroll period.

[(5)] (4) In determining the amount to be deducted and withheld under this subsection, if wages may, at the election of the employer, be computed to the nearest dollar.

 

* * * * * * *

(f) WITHHOLDING EXEMPTIONS.--

 

(1) IN GENERAL.--An employee receiving wages shall on any day be entitled to the following withholding exemptions:

 

(A) an exemption for himself;

(B) one additional exemption for himself if, on the basis of facts existing at the beginning of such day, there may reasonably be expected to be allowable an exemption under section 151(c)(1) (relating to old age) for the taxable year under subtitle A in respect of which amounts deducted and withheld under this chapter in the calendar year in which such day falls are allowed as a credit;

(C) one additional exemption for himself if, on the basis of facts existing at the beginning of such day, there may reasonably be expected to the allowable an exemption under section 151(d)(1) (relating to the blind) for the taxable year under subtitle A in respect of which amounts deducted and withheld under this chapter in the calendar year in which such day falls are allowed as a credit;

(D) if the employee is married, any exemption to which his spouse is entitled, or would be entitled if such spouse were an employee receiving wages, under subparagraph (A), (B), (C), or (F) but only if such spouse does not have in effect a withholding exemption certificate claiming such exemption;

(E) an exemption for each individual with respect to whom, on the basis of facts existing at the beginning of such day, there may reasonably be expected to be allowable an exemption under section 151(e) for the taxable year under subtitle A in respect of which amounts deducted and withheld under this chapter in the calendar year in which such day falls are allowed as a credit;

(F) any allowance to which he is entitled under subsection (m), but only if his spouse does not have in effect a with-holding exemption certificate claiming such allowance; and

(G) a zero bracket allowance which shall be an amount equal to one exemption (or more than one exemption if so prescribed by the Secretary) unless (i) he is married (as determined under section 143) and his spouse is an employee receiving wages subject to withholding or (ii) he has withholding exemption certificates in effect with respect to more than one employer.

 

For purposes of this title, any zero bracket allowance under subparagraph (G) shall be treated as if it were denominated a withholding exemption.

 

* * * * * * *

[(i) ADDITIONAL WITHHOLDING.--The Secretary is authorized by regulations to provide, under such conditions and to such extent as he deems proper, for withholding in addition to that otherwise required under this section in cases in which the employer and the employee agree (in such form as the Secretary may by regulations prescribe) to such additional withholding. Such additional withholding shall for all purposes be considered tax required to be deducted and withheld under this chapter.]

(i) CHANGES IN WITHHOLDING.--

 

(1) IN GENERAL.--The Secretary may by regulations provide for increases or decreases in the amount of withholding otherwise required under this section in cases where the employee requests such changes.

(2) TREATMENT AS TAX.--Any increased withholding under paragraph (1) shall for all purposes be considered tax required to be deducted and withheld under this chapter.

 

* * * * * * *

[(m) WITHHOLDING ALLOWANCES BASED ON ITEMIZED DEDUCTIONS.--

 

[(1) GENERAL RULE.--An employee shall be entitled to withholding allowances under this subsection with respect to a payment of wages in a number equal to the number determined by dividing by $1,000 the excess of--

 

[(A) his estimated itemized deductions, over

[(B) an amount equal to $3,400, $2,300 in the case of an individual who is not married (within the meaning of section 143) and who is not a surviving spouse (as defined in section 2(a)).

 

For purposes of this subsection, a fractional number shall not be taken into account unless it amounts to one-half or more, in which case it shall be increased to 1.

[(2) DEFINITIONS.--For purposes of this subsection--

 

[(A) ESTIMATED ITEMIZED DEDUCTIONS.--The term "estimated itemized deductions" means the aggregate amount which he reasonably expects will be allowable as deductions under chapter 1 (other than the deductions referred to in section 151 and other than the deductions required to be taken into account in determining adjusted gross income under section 62) (other than paragraph (13) thereof) for the estimation year. In no case shall such aggregate amount be greater than the sum of (i) the amount of such deductions (or the zero bracket amount (within the meaning of section 63(d))) reflected in his return of tax under subtitle A for the taxable year preceding the estimation year or (if such a return has not been filed for such preceding taxable year at the time the withholding exemption certificate is furnished the employer) the second taxable year preceding the estimation year and (ii) the amount of his determinable additional deductions for the estimation year.

[(B) ESTIMATED WAGES.--The term "estimated wages" means the aggregate amount which he reasonably expects will constitute wages for the estimation year.

[(C) DETERMINABLE ADDITIONAL DEDUCTIONS.--The term "determinable additional deductions" means those estimated itemized deductions which (i) are in excess of the deductions referred to in subparagraph (A) (or the zero bracket amount) reflected on his return of tax under subtitle A for the taxable year preceding the estimation year, and (ii) are demonstrable to an identifiable event during the estimation year or the preceding taxable year which can reasonably be expected to cause an increase in the amount of such deductions on the return of tax under subtitle A for the estimation year.

[(D) ESTIMATION YEAR.--In the case of an employee who files his return on the basis of a calendar year, the term "estimation year" means the calendar year in which the wages are paid. In the case of an employee who files his return on a basis other than the calendar year, his estimation year, and the amounts deducted and withheld to be governed by such estimation year, shall be determined under regulations prescribed by the Secretary.

 

[(3) SPECIAL RULES.--

 

[(A) MARRIED INDIVIDUALS.--The number of withholding allowances to which a husband and wife are entitled under this subsection shall be determined on the basis of their combined wages and deductions. This subparagraph shall not apply to a husband and wife who filed separate returns for the taxable year preceding the estimation year and who reasonably expect to file separate returns for the estimation year.

[(B) LIMITATION.--In the case of employees whose estimated wages are at levels at which the amounts deducted and withheld under this chapter generally are insufficient (taking into account a reasonable allowance for deductions and exemptions) to offset the liability for tax under chapter 1 with respect to the wages from which such amounts are deducted and withheld, the Secretary may by regulation reduce the withholding allowances to which such employees would, but for this subparagraph, be entitled under this subsection.

[(C) TREATMENT OF ALLOWANCES.--For purposes of this title, any withholding allowance under this subsection shall be treated as if it were denominated a withholding exemption.

 

[(4) AUTHORITY TO PRESCRIBE TABLES.--The Secretary may prescribe tables pursuant to which employees shall determine the number of withholding allowances to which they are entitled under this subsection (in lieu of making such determination under paragraphs (1) and (3)). Such tables shall be consistent with the provisions of paragraphs (1) and (3), except that such tables--

 

[(A) shall provide for entitlement to withholding allowances based on reasonable wage and itemized deduction brackets,

[(B) may increase or decrease the number of withholding allowances to which employees in the various wage and itemized deduction brackets would, but for this subparagraph, be entitled to the end that, to the extent practicable, amounts deducted and withheld under this chapter (i) generally do not exceed the liability for tax under chapter 1 with respect to the wages from which such amounts are deducted and withheld, and (ii) generally are sufficient to offset such liability for tax, and

[(C) may take into account tax credits to which employees are entitled.]

(m) WITHHOLDING ALLOWANCES.--Under regulations prescribed by the Secretary, an employee shall be entitled to additional withholding allowances or additional reductions in withholding under this subsection. In determining the number of additional withholding allowances or the amount of additional reductions in withholding under this subsection, the employee may take in account (to the extent and in the manner provided by such regulations)--

 

(1) estimated itemized deductions allowable under chapter 1 (other than the deductions referred to in section 151 and other than the deductions required to be taken into account in determining adjusted gross income under section 62) (other than paragraph (13) thereof),

(2) estimated tax credits allowable under chapter 1, and

(3) such additional deductions and, other items as may be specified by the Secretary in regulations.

* * * * * * *

 

 

CHAPTER 25--GENERAL PROVISIONS RELATING TO EMPLOYMENT TAXES

 

 

* * * * * * *

 

 

(Effective after December 31, 1981)

 

 

SEC. 3507. ADVANCE PAYMENT OF EARNED INCOME CREDIT.

 

(a) GENERAL RULE.--

* * * * * * *

(c) EARNED INCOME ADVANCE AMOUNT.--

 

(1) IN GENERAL.--For purposes of this title, the term "earned income advance amount" means, with respect to any payroll period, the amount determined--

 

(A) on the basis of the employee's wages from the employer for such period, and

(B) in accordance with tables prescribed by the Secretary.

 

(2) ADVANCE AMOUNT TABLES.--The tables referred to in paragraph (1)(B)--

 

(A) shall be similar in form to the tables prescribed under section 3402 and, to the maximum extent feasible, shall be coordinated with such tables, and

(B) if the employee is not married, or if no earned income eligibility certificate is in effect with respect to the spouse of the employee, shall treat the credit provided by section 43 as if it were a credit--

 

(i) of not more than [10] 11 percent of the first $5,000 of earned income, which

(ii) phases out between [$6,000 and $10,000] $8,000 and $12,000 of earned income, or

 

(C) if an earned income eligibility certificate is in effect with respect to the spouse of the employee, shall treat the credit provided by section 43 as if it were a credit--

 

(i) of not more than [10] 11 percent of the first $2,500 of earned income, which

(ii) phases out between [$3,000 and $5,000] $4,000 and $6,000 of earned income.

(Effective after December 31, 1983)

 

 

(c) EARNED INCOME ADVANCE AMOUNT.--

 

(1) IN GENERAL.--For purposes of this title, the term "earned income advance amount" means, with respect to any payroll period, the amount determined--

 

(A) on the basis of the employee's wages from the employer for such period, and

(B) in accordance with tables prescribed by the Secretary.

 

(2) ADVANCE AMOUNT TABLES.--The tables referred to in paragraph (1)(B)--

 

(A) shall be similar in form to the tables prescribed under section 3402 and, to the maximum extent feasible, shall be coordinated with such tables, and

(B) if the employee is not married, or if no earned income eligibility certificate is in effect with respect to the spouse of the employee, shall treat the credit provided by section 43 as if it were a credit--

 

(i) of not more than [10] 11 percent of the first $5,000 of earned income, which

(ii) phases out between [$8,000 and $12,000] $9,000 and $14,000 of earned income, or

 

(C) if an earned income eligibility certificate is in effect with respect to the spouse of the employee, shall treat the credit provided by section 43 as if it were a credit--

 

(i) of not more than [10] 11 percent of the first $2,500 of earned income, which

(ii) phases out between [$4,000 and $6,000] $4,500 and $7,000 of earned income.

Subtitle D--Miscellaneous Excise Taxes

 

 

* * * * * * *

 

 

CHAPTER 43--QUALIFIED PENSION, ETC., PLANS

 

 

* * * * * * *

 

 

SEC. 4972. TAX ON EXCESS CONTRIBUTIONS FOR SELF-EMPLOYED INDIVIDUALS.

 

(a) TAX IMPOSED.--* * *

(b) EXCESS CONTRIBUTIONS.--

 

(1) IN GENERAL.--* * *

* * * * * * *

(6) EXCESS CONTRIBUTIONS RETURNED BEFORE DUE DATE.--For purposes of this subsection, any contribution which is distributed in a distribution to which section 72(m)(9) applies shall be treated as an amount not contributed.

 

* * * * * * *

 

SEC. 4973. TAX ON EXCESS CONTRIBUTIONS TO INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ACCOUNTS, CERTAIN SECTION 403(b) CONTRACTS, CERTAIN INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ANNUITIES, AND CERTAIN RETIREMENT JOBS.

 

(a) TAX IMPOSED.--In the case of--

 

(1) an individual retirement account (within the meaning of section 408(a)),

(2) an individual retirement annuity (within the meaning of section 408(b)), a custodial account treated as an annuity contract under section 403(b)(7)(A) (relating to custodial accounts for regulated investment company stock), or

(3) a retirement bond (within the meaning of section 409), established for the benefit of any individual, there is imposed for each taxable year a tax in an amount equal to 6 percent of the amount of the excess contributions to such individual's accounts, annuities, or bonds (determined as of the close of the taxable year). The amount of such tax for any taxable year shall not exceed 6 percent of the value of the account, annuity, or bond (determined as of the close of the taxable year). In the case of an endowment contract described in section 408(b), the tax imposed by this section does not apply to any amount allocable to life, health, accident, or other insurance under such contract. [The tax imposed by this subsection shall be paid by the individual to whom a deduction is allowed for the taxable year under section 219 (determined without regard to subsection (b)(1) thereof) or section 220 (determined without regard to subsection (b)(1) thereof), whichever is appropriate.] The tax imposed by this subsection shall be paid by such individual.

 

(b) EXCESS CONTRIBUTIONS.--For purposes of this section, in the case of individual retirement accounts, individual retirement annuities, or bonds, the term "excess contributions" means the sum of--

 

(1) the excess (if any) of--

 

(A) the amount contributed for the taxable year to the accounts or for the annuities or bonds (other than a rollover contribution described in sections 402(a)(5), 402(a)(7), 403(a)(4), 403(b)(8), 405(d)(3), 408(d)(3), and 409(b)(3)(C)), over

(B) the amount allowable as a deduction under section 219 [or 220] for such contributions, and

 

(2) the amount determined under this subsection for the preceding taxable year, reduced by the sum of--

 

(A) the distributions out of the account for the taxable year which were included in the gross income of the payee under section 408(d)(1),

(B) the distributions out of the account for the taxable year to which section 408(d)(5) applies, and

(C) the excess (if any) of the maximum amount allowable as a deduction under section 219 [or 220] for the taxable year over the amount contributed (determined without regard to [section 219(c)(5) and 220(c)(6)] section 219(e)(5)) to the accounts or for the annuities or bonds for the taxable year.

For purposes of this subsection, any contribution which is distributed from the individual retirement account, individual retirement annuity, or bond in a distribution to which section 408(d)(4) applies shall be treated as an amount not contributed.
* * * * * * *

 

 

CHAPTER 45--WINDFALL PROFIT TAX ON DOMESTIC CRUDE OIL

 

 

* * * * * * *

 

 

Subchapter B--Categories of Oil

 

 

Sec. 4991. Taxable crude oil; categories of oil.

Sec. 4991A. Exempt producer oil.

Sec. 4991B. Exempt royalty oil.

Sec. 4992. Independent producer oil.

Sec. 4993. Incremental tertiary oil.

Sec. 4994. Definitions and special rules relating to exemptions.

SEC. 4991. TAXABLE CRUDE OIL; CATEGORIES OF OIL.

 

(a) TAXABLE CRUDE OIL.--For purposes of this chapter, the term "taxable crude oil" means all domestic oil other than exempt oil.

(b) EXEMPT OIL.--For purposes of this chapter, the term "exempt oil" means--

 

(1) any crude oil from a qualified governmental interest or a qualified charitable interest,

(2) any exempt Indian oil,

(3) any exempt Alaskan oil, [and]

(4) any exempt front-end oil[.],

(5) any exempt producer oil, and

(6) exempt royalty oil.

 

* * * * * * *

 

SEC. 4991A. EXEMPT PRODUCER OIL.

 

(a) GENERAL RULE.--For purposes of this chapter, the term "exempt producer oil" means that portion of any producer's qualified production which does not exceed such person's exempt limit for such quarter.

(b) EXEMPT LIMIT.--For purposes of this section--

 

(1) IN GENERAL.--A person's exempt limit for any quarter is the product of--

 

(A) 500 barrels, multiplied by

(B) the number of days in such quarter.

 

(2) SPECIAL LIMIT FOR TIER 1 AND TIER 2.--The aggregate amount of any producer's qualified production for any quarter which is tier 1 or tier 2 oil and which may be treated as exempt producer oil shall not exceed the amount which would be determined under paragraph (1) if the barrel amount determined under the following table were substituted for 500 barrels in paragraph (1)(A):
 In the case of qualified    The amount in

 

 production during:            barrels is:

 

 

 1982                          100

 

 1983                          100

 

 1984                          100

 

 1985                          200

 

 1986 and thereafter           350

 

(3) PRODUCER MAY ALLOCATE EXEMPTION.--If a producer's qualified production for any quarter exceeds such producer's exempt limit (or where the production described in paragraph (2) exceeds the limitation determined under such paragraph), the producer may allocate such exempt limit to any oil he may select so long as such allocation does not result in the limitations of paragraphs (1) and (2) being exceeded. Any such selection, once made, shall be irrevocable.

 

(c) QUALIFIED PRODUCTION.--

 

(1) IN GENERAL.--For purposes of this section, a producer's qualified production of oil for any quarter shall be determined under the rules of section 4992(d) with the adjustments provided in this subsection.

(2) ADJUSTMENTS.--For purposes of this subsection--

 

(A) IN GENERAL.--Paragraph (1) of section 4992(d) shall be applied--

 

(i) as if it did not contain subparagraph (C) thereof,

(ii) as if any reference to an independent producer were a reference to any producer, and

(iii) as if the reference to taxable crude oil were a reference to crude oil which would have been taxable crude oil without regard to this section.

 

(B) TRANSFER RULE.--Clause (ii) of paragraph (3)(B) of section 4992(d) shall be applied as if--

 

(i) the reference to independent producer amount were a reference to the exempt limit, and

(ii) as if it did not contain subclause (II) thereof.

(d) ALLOCATION WITHIN RELATED GROUP.--Rules similar to the rules of subsection (e) of section 4992 shall apply for purposes of this section.

 

SEC. 4991B. EXEMPT ROYALTY OIL.

 

(a) IN GENERAL.--For purposes of this chapter, the term "exempt royalty oil" means that portion of the qualified royalty owner's qualified royalty production for the quarter which does not exceed the royalty limit for such quarter.

(b) ROYALTY LIMIT.--For purposes of this section--

 

(1) IN GENERAL.--A qualified royalty owner's royalty limit for any quarter is the product of--

 

(A) the number of days in such quarter, multiplied by

(B) the limitation in barrels determined under the following table:

 In the case of

 

 qualified royalty     The limitation in

 

 production during:    barrels is:

 

 

       1982                1

 

       1983                1

 

       1984                1

 

       1985                2

 

       1986                3.5

 

(2) PRODUCTION EXCEEDS LIMITATION.--If a qualified royalty owner's qualified royalty production for any quarter exceeds the royalty limitation for such quarter, such royalty owner may allocate such limit to any qualified royalty production which he select.

 

(c) DEFINITIONS.--

 

(1) IN GENERAL.--The terms "qualified royalty owner" and "qualified royalty production" have the meanings given to such terms by section 6429; except that the reference to taxable oil in section 6429(d) shall be treated as a reference to oil which would have been taxable crude oil but for this section.

(2) ALLOCATION.--Rules similar to the rules of paragraphs (2), (3), and (4) of section 6429(c) shall apply to the limitation determined under subsection (b)(1).

SEC. 4992. INDEPENDENT PRODUCER OIL.

 

(a) GENERAL RULE.--For purposes of this chapter, the term "independent producer oil" means that portion of an independent producer's qualified production for the quarter which does not exceed such person's independent producer amount for such quarter.

(b) INDEPENDENT PRODUCER DEFINED.--For purposes of this section--

 

(1) IN GENERAL.--The term "independent producer" means, with respect to any quarter any person other than a person to whom subsection (c) of section 613A does not apply by reason of paragraph (2) (relating to certain retailers) or paragraph (4) (relating to certain refiners) of section 613A(d).

(2) RULES FOR APPLYING PARAGRAPHS (2) AND (4) OF SECTION 613A(d).--For purposes of paragraph (1), paragraphs (2) and (4) of section 613A(d) shall be applied--

 

(A) by substituting "quarter" for "taxable year" each place it appears in such paragraphs, [and]

(B) by substituting "$1,250,000" for "$5,000,000" in paragraph (2) of section 613A(d)[.], and

(C) by not taking into account under paragraph (2) of section 613A(d)--

 

(i) any sales of natural gas (or of products derived therefrom), and

(ii) gross receipts from such sales.

(c) INDEPENDENT PRODUCER AMOUNT.--For purposes of this section--

 

(1) IN GENERAL.--A person's independent producer amount for quarter is the product of--

 

(A) 1,000 barrels, multiplied by

(B) the number of days in such quarter (31 in the case of the first quarter of 1980).

 

(2) PRODUCTION EXCEEDS AMOUNT.--If a person's qualified production for any quarter exceeds such person's independent producer amount for such quarter, the independent producer amount shall be allocated--

 

(A) between tiers 1 and 2 in proportion to such person's production for such quarter of domestic crude oil in each such tier, and

(B) within any tier, on the basis of the removal prices for such person's domestic crude oil in such tier removed during such quarter, beginning with the highest of such prices.

The amount determined under the preceding sentence shall be reduced by the amount of tier 1 and tier 2 oil which such person elected to treat as exempt producer oil for the quarter.
* * * * * * *

 

 

SEC. 4994. DEFINITIONS AND SPECIAL RULES RELATING TO EXEMPTIONS.

 

(a) QUALIFIED GOVERNMENTAL INTEREST.--For purposes of section 4991(b)--* * *

(b) QUALIFIED CHARITABLE INTEREST.--For purposes of section 4991(b)--

 

(1) IN GENERAL.--The term "qualified charitable interest" means an economic interest in crude oil if--

 

(A) such interest is--

 

(i) held by an organization described in clause (ii), (iii), or (iv) of section 170(b)(1)(A) which is also described in section 170(c)(2), [or]

(ii) held by an organization described in section 170(c)(2) which is organized and operated primarily for the residential placement, care, or treatment of delinquent, dependent, orphaned, neglected, or handicapped children, or

[(ii)] (iii) held--

 

(I) by an organization described in clause (i) of section 170(b)(1)(A) which is also described in section 170(c)(2), and

(II) for the benefit of an organization described in clause (i) or (ii) of this subparagraph, and

[(B) such interest was held by the organization described in clause (i) or subclause (I) of clause (ii) of subparagraph (A) on January 21, 1980, and at all times thereafter before the last day of the taxable period.]

(B) such interest was held on January 21, 1980, and at all times thereafter before the last day of the taxable period, by the organization described in clause (i) or (ii) of subparagraph (A), or subclause (I) of subparagraph (A)(iii).

 

(2) SPECIAL RULE.--For purposes of [paragraph (1)(A)(ii)] clause (ii) or (iii) of paragraph (1)(A), an interest shall be treated as held for the benefit of an organization described in [paragraph (1)(A)(i)] clause (i) or (ii) of paragraph (1)(A) only if all the proceeds from such interest were dedicated on January 21, 1980, and at all times thereafter before the last day of the taxable period, to the organization described in [paragraph (1)(A)(i)] clause (i) or (ii) of paragraph (1)(A).

 

(c) FRONT-END TERTIARY OIL.--

 

(1) EXEMPTION FOR TERTIARY PROJECTS OF INDEPENDENTS.--* * *

* * * * * * *

(4) DEFINITIONS AND SPECIAL RULES.--For purposes of this subsection--

 

(A) FRONT-END TERTIARY PROVISIONS.--The term "front-end tertiary provisions" means--

 

(i) the provisions of section 212.78 of the energy regulations which exempt crude oil from ceiling price limitations to provide financing for tertiary projects (as such provisions took effect on October 1, 1979, and

(ii) any modification of such provisions, but only to the extent that such modification is for purposes of coordinating such provisions with the tax imposed by this chapter.

 

(B) FRONT-END OIL.--The term "front-end oil" means any domestic crude oil which is not subject to a first sale ceiling price under the energy regulations solely by reason of the front-end tertiary provisions of such regulations.

(C) QUALIFIED PROPERTY.--The term "qualified property" means any property if, on January 1, 1980, 50 percent or more of the operating mineral interest in such property is held by persons who were independent producers (within the meaning of section [4992(b)] 4992(b), determined without regard to paragraph (2)(C) thereof) for the last quarter of 1979.

(D) FRONT-END TERTIARY PROJECT.--The term "front-end tertiary project" means any project which qualifies under the front-end tertiary provisions of the energy regulations.

(E) ORDERING RULE.--Front-end oil of any taxpayer shall be treated as attributable first to projects which meet the requirements of paragraph (1)(B).

 

(5) SPECIAL RULES FOR INDEPENDENT PROJECTS CERTIFIED ON OR BEFORE JANUARY 28, 1981.--In the case of any front end tertiary project certified on or before January 28, 1981--

 

(A) paragraph (1)(A) shall be applied by substituting "April 1, 1982" for "October 1, 1981", and

(B) the term "front-end oil" means any domestic crude oil which would not have been subject to a first sale ceiling price under the energy regulations solely by reason of the front-end tertiary provisions of such regulations (without regard to the decontrol on January 28, 1981).

Paragraph (2) shall be applied as if this paragraph had not been enacted.
* * * * * * *

 

 

Subchapter C--Miscellaneous Provisions

 

 

* * * * * * *

 

 

SEC. 4995. WITHHOLDING; DEPOSITARY REQUIREMENTS.

 

(a) WITHHOLDING BY PURCHASER.--

 

(1) WITHHOLDING REQUIRED.--* * *

* * * * * * *

(8) NO ASSESSMENTS OR REFUNDS BEFORE CLOSE OF THE YEAR.--Except to the extent provided in regulations prescribed by the Secretary, in the case of any oil subject to withholding under this subsection--

 

(A) no notice of any deficiency with respect to the tax imposed by section 4986 may be mailed under section 6212, and

(B) no proceeding in any court for the refund of the tax imposed by section 4986 may be begun,

 

before the last day of the first February after the calendar year in which such oil was removed from the premises.

(9) ADJUSTMENT TO WITHHOLDING TO TAKE INTO ACCOUNT ROYALTY EXEMPTION.--The Secretary shall prescribe such regulations as may be necessary so that the withholding required under this subsection shall be reduced to take into account the exemption provided by section 4991(b)(6) (relating to exempt royalty oil).

* * * * * * *

 

 

CHAPTER 51--DISTILLED SPIRITS, WINES, AND BEER

 

 

* * * * * * *

 

 

Subchapter J--Penalties, Seizures, and Forfeitures Relating to Liquors

 

 

* * * * * * *

 

 

PART IV--PENALTY, SEIZURE, AND FORFEITURE PROVISIONS COMMON TO LIQUORS

 

 

* * * * * * *

 

 

SEC. 5684. PENALTIES RELATING TO THE PAYMENT AND COLLECTION OF LIQUOR TAXES.

 

(a) FAILURE TO PAY TAX.--* * *

[(b) FAILURE TO MAKE DEPOSIT OF TAXES.--Section 6656 relating to failure to make deposit of taxes shall apply to the failure to make any deposit of taxes imposed under part I of subchapter A on the date prescribed therefor, except that the penalty for such failure shall be 5 percent of the amount of the underpayment in lieu of the penalty provided by such section.

[Source: New in Excise Tax Technical Changes Act of 1958.]

[(c)] (b) APPLICABILITY OF SECTION 6659.--The penalties imposed by subsections (a) and (b) shall be assessed, collected, and paid in the same manner as taxes, as provided in section 6659(a).

Source: New in Excise Tax Technical Changes Act of 1958.

[(d)] (c) CROSS REFERENCES.--

 

(1) For provisions relating to interest in the case of taxes not paid when due, see section 6601.

(2) For penalty for failure to file tax return or pay tax, see section 6651.

(3) For additional penalties for failure to pay tax, see section 6653.

(4) For penalty for failure to make deposits or to overstate deposits, see section 6656.

[(4)] (5) For penalty for attempt to evade or defeat any tax imposed by this title, see section 7201.

[(15)] (16) For penalty for willful failure to file return, supply information, or pay tax, see section 7203.

* * * * * * *

 

 

CHAPTER 52--CIGARS, CIGARETTES, AND CIGARETTE PAPERS AND TUBES

 

 

* * * * * * *

 

 

SEC. 5761. CIVIL PENALTIES.

 

(a) OMITTING THINGS REQUIRED OR DOING THINGS FORBIDDEN.--Whoever willfully omits, neglects, or refuses to comply with any duty imposed upon him by this chapter, or to do, or cause to be done, any of the things required by this chapter, or does anything prohibited by this chapter, shall, in addition to any other penalty provided in this title, be liable to a penalty of $1,000 to be recovered, with costs of suit, in a civil action, except where a penalty under subsection (b) or under section 6651 or 6653 may be collected from such person by assessment.

(b) FAILURE TO PAY TAX.--Whoever fails to pay any tax imposed by this chapter at the time prescribed by law or regulations, shall, in addition to any other penalty provided in this title, be liable to a penalty of 5 percent of the tax due but unpaid.

[(c) FAILURE TO MAKE DEPOSIT OF TAXES.--Section 6656 relating to failure to make deposit of taxes shall apply to the failure to make any deposit of taxes imposed under subchapter A on the date prescribed therefor, except that the penalty for such failure shall be 5 percent of the amount of the underpayment in lieu of the penalty provided by such section.

[(d) APPLICABILITY OF SECTION 6659.--The penalties imposed by subsection (b) and (c) shall be assessed, collected, and paid in the same manner as taxes, as provided in section 6659(a).]

(c) APPLICABILITY OF SECTION 6659.--The penalty imposed by subsection (b) shall be assessed, collected, and paid in the same manner taxes, as provided in section 6659(a).

(d) CROSS REFERENCES.--

For penalty for failure to make deposits or to overstate deposits, see section 6656.

* * * * * * *

 

 

Subtitle F--Procedure and Administration

 

 

* * * * * * *

 

 

CHAPTER 61--INFORMATION AND RETURNS

 

 

* * * * * * *

 

 

Subchapter A--Returns and Records

 

 

* * * * * * *

 

 

PART II--TAX RETURNS OR STATEMENTS

 

 

* * * * * * *

 

 

Subpart B--Income Tax Returns

 

 

* * * * * * *

 

 

(Effective after December 31, 1980)

 

 

SEC. 6012. PERSONS REQUIRED TO MAKE RETURNS OF INCOME.

 

(a) GENERAL RULE.--Returns with respect to income taxes under subtitle A shall be made by the following:

 

(1)(A) Every individual having for the taxable year a gross income of $1,000 or more, except that a return shall not be required of an individual (other than an individual described in subparagraph (C))--
(i) who is not married (determined by applying section 143), is not a surviving spouse (as defined in section 2(a)), and for the taxable year has a gross income of less than [$3,300] $3,350,

(ii) who is a surviving spouse (as so defined) and for the taxable year has a gross income of less than [$4,400] $4,500, or

(iii) who is entitled to make a joint return under section 6013 and whose gross income, when combined with the gross income of his spouse, is, for the taxable year, less than [$5,400] $5,500, but only if such individual and his spouse, at the close of the taxable year, had the same household as their home.

 

Clause (iii) shall not apply if for the taxable year such spouse makes a separate return or any other taxpayer is entitled to an exemption for such spouse under section 151(e).

(B) The amount specified in clause (i) or (ii) of subparagraph (A) shall be increased by $1,000 in the case of an individual entitled to an additional personal exemption under section 151(c)(1), and the amount specified in clause (iii) of subparagraph (A) shall be increased by $1,000 for each additional personal exemption to which the individual or his spouse is entitled under section 151(c).

(C) The exception under subparagraph (A) shall not apply to--

 

(i) a nonresident alien individual;

(ii) a citizen of the United States entitled to the benefits of section 931;

(iii) an individual making a return under section 443(a)(1) for a period of less than 12 months on account of a change in his annual accounting period;

(iv) an individual who has income (other than earned income) of $1,000 or more and who is described in section 63(e)(1)(D); or

(v) an estate or trust.

* * * * * * *

(9) Every estate of an individual under chapter 7 or 11 of title 11 of the United States Code (relating to bankruptcy) the gross income of which for the taxable year is [$2,700] $2,750 or more.

Subtitle F--Procedure and Administration

 

 

* * * * * * *

 

 

CHAPTER 61--INFORMATION AND RETURNS

 

 

* * * * * * *

 

 

Subchapter A--Returns and Records

 

 

* * * * * * *

 

 

PART II--TAX RETURNS OR STATEMENTS

 

 

* * * * * * *

 

 

Subpart B--Income Tax Returns

 

 

* * * * * * *

 

 

(Effective After December 31, 1981)

 

 

SEC. 6012. PERSONS REQUIRED TO MAKE RETURNS OF INCOME.

 

(a) GENERAL RULE.--Returns with respect to income taxes under subtitle A shall be made by the following:

 

(1)(A) Every individual having for the taxable year a gross income of $1,000 or more, except that a return shall not be required of an individual (other than an individual described in subparagraph (C))--
(i) who is not married (determined by applying section 143), is not a surviving spouse (as defined in section 2(a)), and for the taxable year has a gross income of less than [$3,350,] $3,500.

(ii) who is a surviving spouse (as so defined) and for the taxable year has a gross income of less than [$4,500,] $4,800, or

(iii) who is entitled to make a joint return under section 6013 and whose gross income, when combined with the gross income of his spouse, is, for the taxable year, less than [$5,500,] $5,800, but only if such individual and his spouse, at the close of the taxable year, had the same household as their home.

 

Clause (iii) shall not apply if for the taxable year such spouse makes a separate return or any other taxpayer is entitled to an exemption for such spouse under section 151(e).

(B) The amount specified in clause (i) or (ii) of subparagraph (A) shall be increased by $1,000 in the case of an individual entitled to an additional personal exemption under section 151(c)(1), and the amount specified in clause (iii) of subparagraph (A) shall be increased by $1,000 for each additional personal exemption to which the individual or his spouse is entitled under section 151(c).

(C) The exception under subparagraph (A) shall not apply to--

 

(i) a nonresident alien individual;

(ii) a citizen of the United States entitled to the benefits of section 931;

(iii) an individual making a return under section 443(a)(1) for a period of less than 12 months on account of a change in his annual accounting period;

(iv) an individual who has income (other than earned income) of $1,000 or more and who is described in section 63(e)(1)(D); or

(v) an estate or trust.

* * * * * * *

(9) Every estate of an individual under chapter 7 or 11 of title 11 of the United States Code (relating to bankruptcy) the gross income of which for the taxable year is [$2,750,] $2,900 or more.

(Effective after December 31, 1983)

 

 

SEC. 6012. PERSONS REQUIRED TO MAKE RETURNS OF INCOME.

 

(a) GENERAL RULE.--Returns with respect to income taxes under subtitle A shall be made by the following:

 

(1)(A) Every individual having for the taxable year a gross income of $1,000 or more, except that a return shall not be required of an individual (other than an individual described in subparagraph (C))--
(i) who is not married (determined by applying section 143), is not a surviving spouse (as defined in section 2(a)), and for the taxable year has a gross income of less than [$3,500] $3,600,

(ii) who is a surviving spouse (as so defined) and for the taxable year has a gross income of less than [$4,800] $5,000, or

(iii) who is entitled to make a joint return under section 6013 and whose gross income, when combined with the gross income of his spouse, is, for the taxable year, less than [$5,800] $6,000, but only if such individual and his spouse, at the close of the taxable year, had the same household as their home.

 

Clause (iii) shall not apply if for the taxable year such spouse makes a separate return or any other taxpayer is entitled to an exemption for such spouse under section 151(e).

(B) The amount specified in clause (i) or (ii) of subparagraph (A) shall be increased by $1,000 in the case of an individual entitled to an additional personal exemption under section 151(c)(1), and the amount specified in clause (iii) of subparagraph (A) shall be increased by $1,000 for each additional personal exemption to which the individual or his spouse is entitled under section 151(c).

(C) The exception under subparagraph (A) shall not apply to--

 

(i) a nonresident alien individual;

(ii) a citizen of the United States entitled to the benefit of section 931;

(iii) an individual making a return section 443(a)(1) for a period of less than 12 months on account of a change in his annual accounting period;

(iv) an individual who has income (other than earned income) $1,000 or more and who is described in section 63(e)(1)(D); or

(v) an estate or trust.

* * * * * * *

(9) Every estate of an individual under chapter 7 or 11 of title 11 of the United States Code (relating to bankruptcy) the gross income of which for the taxable year is [$2,900] $3,000 or more.

 

* * * * * * *

(c) CERTAIN INCOME EARNED ABROAD OR FROM SALE OF RESIDENCE.--For purposes of this section, gross income shall be computed without regard to the exclusion provided for in section 121 (relating to one-time exclusion of gain from sale of principal residence by individual who has attained age 55) and without regard to the exclusion provided for in section 911 ([relating to income earned by employees in certain camps] relating to citizens or residents of the United States living abroad).

 

SEC. 6015. DECLARATION OF ESTIMATED INCOME TAX BY INDIVIDUALS.

 

(a) REQUIREMENT OF DECLARATION.--Except as otherwise provided in this section, every individual shall make a declaration of his estimated tax for the taxable year if--

 

(1) the gross income for the taxable year can reasonably be expected to exceed--

 

(A) $20,000, in the case of--

 

(i) a single individual, including a head of a household (as defined in section 2(b)) or a surviving spouse (as defined in section 2(a)); or

(ii) a married individual entitled under subsection (b) to file a joint declaration with his spouse, but only if his spouse has not received wages (as defined in section 3401(a)) for the taxable year; or

 

(B) $10,000, in the case of a married individual entitled under section (b) to file a joint declaration with his spouse, but only if both he and his spouse have received wages (as defined in section 3401(a)) for the taxable year; or

(C) $5,000, in the case of a married individual not entitled under subsection (b) to file a joint declaration with his spouse; or

 

(2) the gross income can reasonably be expected to include more than $500 from sources other than wages (as defined in section 3401(a)).

 

[Notwithstanding the provisions of this subsection, no declaration is required if the estimated tax (as defined in subsection (c)) can reasonably be expected to be less than $100.]

(b) DECLARATION NOT REQUIRED IN CERTAIN CASE.--No declaration shall be required under subsection (a) if the estimated tax (as defined in subsection (d)) is less than the amount determined in accordance with the following table:

 

 In the case of

 

 taxable years

 

 beginning in:         The amount is:

 

 

 1981                      $100

 

 1982                       200

 

 1983                       300

 

 1984                       400

 

 1985 and thereafter        500

 

[(b)] (c) JOINT DECLARATION BY HUSBAND AND WIFE.--In the case of a husband and wife, a single declaration under this section may be made by them jointly, in which case the liability with respect to the estimated tax shall be joint and several. No joint declaration may be made if either the husband or the wife is a nonresident alien, if they are separated under a decree of divorce or of separate maintenance, or if they have different taxable years. If a joint declaration is made but a joint return is not made for the taxable year, the estimated tax for such year may be treated as the estimated tax of either the husband or the wife, or may be divided between them.

[(c)] (d) ESTIMATED TAX.--For purposes of this title, in the case of an individual, the term "estimated tax" means--

 

(1) the amount which the individual estimates as the amount of the income tax imposed by chapter 1 for the taxable year (other than the tax imposed by section 55 or 56), plus

(2) the amount which the individual estimates as the amount of the self-employment tax imposed by chapter 2 for the taxable year, minus

(3) the amount which the individual estimates as the sum of any credits against tax provided by part IV of subchapter A of chapter 1.

 

[(d)] (e) CONTENTS OF DECLARATION.--The declaration shall contain such pertinent information as the Secretary may by forms or regulations prescribe.

[(e)] (f) AMENDMENT OF DECLARATION.--An individual may make amendments of a declaration filed during the taxable year under regulations prescribed by the Secretary.

[(f)] (g) RETURN AS DECLARATION OR AMENDMENT.--If on or before January 31 (or March 1, in the case of an individual referred to in section 6073(b), relating to income from farming or fishing) of the succeeding taxable year the taxpayer files a return, for the taxable year for which the declaration is required, and pays in full the amount computed on the return as payable, then, under regulations prescribed by the Secretary--

 

(1) if the declaration is not required to be filed during the taxable year, but is required to be filed on or before January 15, such return shall be considered as such declaration; and

(2) if the tax shown on the return (reduced by the sum of the credits against tax provided by part IV of subchapter A of chapter 1) is greater than the estimated tax shown in a declaration previously made, or in the last amendment thereof, such return shall be considered as the amendment of the declaration permitted by subsection (e) to be filed on or before January 15.

 

In the application of this subsection in the case of a taxable year beginning on any date other than January 1, there shall be substituted, for the 15th or last day of the months specified in this subsection, the 15th or last day of the months which correspond thereto.

[(g)] (h) SHORT TAXABLE YEARS.--An individual with a taxable year of less than 12 months shall make a declaration in accordance with regulations prescribed by the Secretary.

[(h)] (i) ESTATES AND TRUSTS.--The provisions of this section shall not apply to an estate or trust.

[(i)] (j)) NONRESIDENT ALIEN INDIVIDUALS.--No declaration shall be required to be made under this section by a nonresident alien individual unless--

 

(1) withholding under chapter 24 is made applicable to the wages, as defined in section 3401(a), of such individual,

(2) such individual has income (other than compensation for personal services subject to deduction and withholding under section 1441) which is effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business within the United States, or

(3) such individual is a resident of Puerto Rico during the entire taxable year.

* * * * * * *

 

 

Subpart C--Estate and Gift Tax Returns

 

 

SEC. 6018. ESTATE TAX RETURNS.

 

(a) RETURNS BY EXECUTOR.--

 

(1) CITIZENS OR RESIDENTS.--In all cases where the gross estate at the death of a citizen or resident exceeds [$175,000] $600,000 the executor shall make a return with respect to the estate tax imposed by subtitle B.

(2) NONRESIDENTS NOT CITIZENS OF THE UNITED STATES.--In the case of every nonresident not a citizen of the United States if that part of the gross estate which is situated in the United States exceeds $60,000, the executor shall make a return with respect to the estate tax imposed by subtitle B.

[(3) PHASE-IN OF FILING REQUIREMENT AMOUNT.--In the case of a decedent dying before 1981, paragraph (1) shall be applied--

 

[(A) in the case of a decedent dying during 1977, by substituting "$120,000" for "$175,000",

[(B) in the case of a decedent dying during 1978, by substituting "$134,000" for "$175,000",

[(C) in the case of a decedent dying during 1979, by substituting "$147,000" for "$175,000", and

[(D) in the case of a decedent dying during 1980, by substituting "$161,000" for "$175,000".]

 

(3) PHASE-IN OF FILING REQUIREMENT AMOUNT.--
 In the case of    Paragraph (1) shall be applied by

 

 decedents         substituting for "$600,000" the

 

 dying in:         following amount:

 

 

   1982              $225,000

 

   1983               275,000

 

   1984               325,000

 

   1985               400,000

 

   1986               500,000

 

* * * * * * *

 

SEC. 6019. GIFT TAX RETURNS.

 

(a) IN GENERAL.--[Any individual who in any calendar quarter makes any transfers by gift (other than transfers which under section 2503(b) are not to be included in the total amount of gifts for such quarter and other than qualified charitable transfers) shall make a return for such quarter with respect to the gift tax imposed by subtitle B.] Any individual who in any calendar year makes any transfer by gift other than--

 

(1) a transfer which under subsection (b) or (e) of section 2503 is not to be included in the total amount of gifts for such year, or

(2) a transfer of an interest with respect to which a deduction is allowed under section 2523,

 

shall make a return for such year with respect to the gift tax imposed by subtitle B.

[(b) QUALIFIED CHARITABLE TRANSFERS.--

 

[(1) RETURN REQUIREMENT.--A return shall be made of any qualified charitable transfer--

 

[(A) for the first calendar quarter, in the calendar year in which the transfer is made, for which a return is required to be filed under subsection (a), or

[(B) if no return is required to be filed under subparagraph (A), for the fourth calendar quarter in the calendar year in which such transfer is made.

 

[A return made pursuant to the provisions of this paragraph shall be deemed to be a return with respect to any transfer reported as a qualified charitable transfer for the calendar quarter in which such transfer was made.

[(2) DEFINITION OF QUALIFIED CHARITABLE TRANSFER.--For purposes of this section, the term "qualified charitable transfer" means a transfer by gift with respect to which a deduction is allowable under section 2522 in an amount equal to the amount transferred.

 

[(c) TENANCY BY THE ENTIRETY.--For provisions relating to requirement of return in the case of election as to the treatment of gift by creation of tenancy by the entirety, see section 2515(c).]
* * * * * * *

 

 

PART III--INFORMATION RETURNS

 

 

* * * * * * *

 

 

Subpart B--Information Concerning Transactions With Other Persons

 

 

* * * * * * *

 

 

SEC. 6041. INFORMATION AT SOURCE.

 

(a) PAYMENTS OF $600 OR MORE.--* * *

* * * * * * *

(d) STATEMENTS TO BE FURNISHED TO PERSONS WITH RESPECT TO WHOM INFORMATION IS FURNISHED.--Every person making a return under subsection (a) shall furnish to each person whose name is set forth in such return a written statement showing--

 

(1) the name, address, and identification number of the person making such return, and

(2) the aggregate amount of payments to the person shown on the return.

 

The written statement required under the preceding sentence shall be furnished to the person on or before January 31 of the year following the calendar year for which the return under subsection (a) was made. To the extent provided in regulations prescribed by the Secretary, the subsection shall also apply to persons making returns under subsection (b).

[(d)] (e) SECTION DOES NOT APPLY TO CERTAIN TIPS.--This section shall not apply to tips with respect to which section 6053(a) (relating to reporting to tips) applies.

* * * * * * *

 

 

SEC. 6047. INFORMATION RELATING TO CERTAIN TRUSTS AND ANNUITY AND BOND PURCHASE PLANS.

 

(a) TRUSTEES AND INSURANCE COMPANIES.--* * *

* * * * * * *

(d) OTHER PROGRAMS.--To the extent provided by regulations prescribed by the Secretary, the provisions of this section apply with respect to any payment described in section 219(a) [or 220(a)] and to transactions of any trust described in section 408(a) or under an individual retirement annuity described in section 408(b).

* * * * * * *

 

 

PART V--TIME FOR FILING RETURNS AND OTHER DOCUMENTS

 

 

* * * * * * *

 

 

SEC. 6075. TIME FOR FILING ESTATE AND GIFT TAX RETURNS.

 

(a) ESTATE TAX RETURNS.--Returns made under section 6018(a) (relating to estate taxes) shall be filed within 9 months after the date of the decedent's death.

[(b) GIFT TAX RETURNS.--

 

[(1) GENERAL RULE.--Except as provided in paragraph (2), returns made under section 6019 (relating to gift taxes) shall be filed on or before--

 

[(A) in the case of a return for the first, second, or third calendar quarter of any calendar year, the 15th day of the second month following the close of the calendar quarter, or

[(B) in the case of a return for the fourth quarter of any calendar year, the 15th day of the fourth month following the close of the calendar quarter.

 

[(2) SPECIAL RULE WHERE GIFTS IN A CALENDAR QUARTER TOTAL $25,000 OR LESS.--If the total amount of taxable gifts made by a person during a calendar quarter is $25,000 or less, the return under section 6019 for such quarter shall be filed on or before the date prescribed by paragraph (1) for filing the return for--

 

[(A) the first subsequent calendar quarter in the calendar year in which the sum of--

 

[(i) the taxable gifts made during such subsequent quarter, plus

[(ii) all other taxable gifts made during the calendar year and for which a return has not yet been required to be filed under this subsection,

 

exceeds $25,000, or

[(B) if a return is not required to be filed under subparagraph (A), the fourth calendar quarter of the calendar year.

 

[(3) EXTENSION WHERE TAXPAYER GRANTED EXTENSION FOR FILING INCOME TAX RETURN.--Any extension of time granted the taxpayer for filing the return of income taxes imposed by subtitle A for any taxable year which is a calendar year shall be deemed to be also an extension of time granted the taxpayer for filing the return under section 6019 for the fourth calendar quarter of such taxable year.

[(4) NONRESIDENTS NOT CITIZENS OF THE UNITED STATES.--In the case of a nonresident not a citizen of the United States, paragraph (2) shall be applied by substituting "$12,500" for "$25,000" each place it appears.]

 

(b) GIFT TAX RETURNS.--

 

(1) GENERAL RULE.--Returns made under section 6019 (relating to gift taxes) shall be filed on or before the 15th day of April following the close of the calendar year.
PART IV--PLACE FOR FILING RETURNS OR OTHER DOCUMENTS

 

 

SEC. 6091. PLACE FOR FILING RETURNS OR OTHER DOCUMENTS.

 

(a) GENERAL RULE.--* * *

(b) TAX RETURNS.--In the case of returns of tax required under authority of part II of this subchapter--

 

(1) PERSONS OTHER THAN CORPORATIONS.--

 

(A) GENERAL RULE.--Except as provided in subparagraph (B), a return (other than a corporation return) shall be made to the Secretary--

 

(i) in the internal revenue district in which is located the legal residence or principal place of business of the person making the return, or

(ii) at a service center serving the internal revenue district referred to in clause (i), as the Secretary may by regulations designate.

 

(B) EXCEPTION.--Returns of--

 

(i) persons who have no legal residence or principal place of business in any internal revenue district,

(ii) citizens of the United States whose principal place of abode for the period with respect to which the return is filed is outside the United States,

(iii) persons who claim the benefits of section 911 (relating to [income earned by employees in certain camps] citizens or residents of the United States living abroad), [section 913 (relating to deduction for certain expenses of living abroad)], section 931 (relating to income from sources within possessions of the United States), or section 933 (relating to income from sources within Puerto Rico),

(iv) nonresident alien persons, and

(v) persons with respect to whom an assessment was made under section 6851(a) (relating to termination assessments) with respect to the taxable year,

 

shall be made at such place as the Secretary may by regulations designate.
* * * * * * *

 

 

PART VII--DESIGNATION OF INCOME TAX PAYMENTS TO PRESIDENTIAL ELECTION CAMPAIGN FUND

 

 

Sec. 6096. Designation by individuals.

SEC. 6096. DESIGNATION BY INDIVIDUALS.

 

(a) IN GENERAL.--Every individual (other than a nonresident alien) whose income tax liability for the taxable year is $1 or more may designate that $1 shall be paid over to the Presidential Election Campaign Fund in accordance with the provisions of section 9006(a). In the case of a joint return of husband and wife having an income tax liability of $2 or more, each spouse may designate that $1 shall be paid to the fund.

(b) INCOME TAX LIABILITY.--For purposes of subsection (a), the income tax liability of an individual for any taxable year is the amount of the tax imposed by chapter 1 on such individual for such taxable year (as shown on his return), reduced by the sum of the credits (as shown in his return) allowable under sections 33, 37, 38, 40, 41, 42, 44, 44A, 44B, 44C, 44D, [and 44E.] 44E, 44F, and 44G.

* * * * * * *

 

 

Subchapter B--Miscellaneous Provisions

 

 

* * * * * * *

 

 

SEC. 6103. CONFIDENTIALITY AND DISCLOSURE OF RETURNS AND RETURN INFORMATION.

 

(a) GENERAL RULE.--* * *

(b) DEFINITIONS.--For purposes of this section--

 

(1) RETURN.--The term "return" means any tax or information return, declaration of estimated tax, or claim for refund required by, or provided for or permitted under, the provisions of this title which is filed with the Secretary by, on behalf of, or with respect to any person, and any amendment or supplement thereto, including supporting schedules, attachments, or lists which are supplemental to, or part of, the return so filed.

(2) RETURN INFORMATION.--The term "return information" means--

 

(A) a taxpayer's identity, the nature, source, or amount of his income, payments, receipts, deductions, exemptions, credits, assets, liabilities, net worth, tax liability, tax withheld, deficiencies, over-assessments, or tax payments, whether the taxpayer's return was, is being, or will be examined or subject to other investigation or processing, or any other data, received by, recorded by, prepared by, furnished to, or collected by the Secretary with respect to a return or with respect to the determination of the existence, or possible existence, of liability (or the amount thereof) of any person under this title for any tax, penalty, interest, fine, forfeiture, or other imposition, or offense, and

(B) any part of any written determination or any background file document relating to such written determination (as such terms are defined in section 6110(b)) which is not open to public inspection under section 6110,

 

but such term does not include data in a form which cannot be associated with, or otherwise identify, directly or indirectly, a particular taxpayer. Nothing in the preceding sentence, or in any other provision of law, shall be construed to require the disclosure of standards used or to be used for the selection of returns for examination, or data used or to be used for determining such standards, if the Secretary determines that such disclosure will seriously impair assessment, collection, or enforcement under the internal revenue laws.

 

* * * * * * *

(i) DISCLOSURE TO FEDERAL OFFICERS OR EMPLOYEES FOR ADMINISTRATION OF FEDERAL LAWS NOT RELATING TO TAX ADMINISTRATION.--

 

(1) NONTAX CRIMINAL INVESTIGATION.--* * *

* * * * * * *

(6) COMPTROLLER GENERAL.

 

(A) RETURNS AVAILABLE FOR INSPECTION.--Except as provided in subparagraph (B), upon written request by the Comptroller General of the United States, returns and return information shall be open to inspection by, or disclosure to, officers and employees of the General Accounting Office for the purpose of, and to the extent necessary in, making--

 

(i) an audit of the Internal Revenue Service or the Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco and Firearms which may be required by section 117 of the Budget and Accounting Procedures Act of 1950 (31 U.S.C. 67), [or]

(ii) any audit authorized by subsection (p)(6), or

(iii) any audit authorized by law with respect to any program or activity carried out under the Social Security Act,

 

except that no such officer or employee shall, except to the extent authorized by subsection (f) or (p)(6), disclose to any person, other than another officer or employee of such office whose official duties require such disclosure, any return or return information described in section 4424(a) in a form which can be associated with, or otherwise identify, directly or indirectly, a particular taxpayer, nor shall such officer or employee disclose any other return or return information, except as otherwise expressly provided by law, to any person other than such other officer or employee of such office in a form which can be associated with, or otherwise identify, directly or indirectly, a particular taxpayer.
* * * * * * *

 

 

CHAPTER 62--TIME AND PLACE FOR PAYING TAX

 

 

Subchapter A. Place and due date for payment of tax.

Subchapter B. Extension of time for payment.

 

* * * * * * *

 

 

Subchapter A--Place and Due Date for Payment of Tax

 

 

* * * * * * *

 

 

SEC. 6153. INSTALLMENT PAYMENTS OF ESTIMATED INCOME TAX BY INDIVIDUALS.

 

(a) GENERAL RULE.--The amount of estimated tax (as defined in section 6015[(c)](d)) with respect to which a declaration is required under section 6015 shall be paid as follows:

 

(1) If the declaration is filed on or before April 15 of the taxable year, the estimated tax shall be paid in four equal installments. The first installment shall be paid at the time of the filing of the declaration, the second and third on June 15 and September 15, respectively, of the taxable year, and the fourth on January 15 of the succeeding taxable year.

(2) If the declaration is filed after April 15 and not after June 15 of the taxable year, and is not required by section 6073(a) to be filed on or before April 15 of the taxable year, the estimated tax shall be paid in three equal installments. The first installment shall be paid at the time of the filing of the declaration, the second on September 15 of the taxable year, and the third on January 15 of the succeeding taxable year.

(3) If the declaration is filed after June 15 and not after September 15 of the taxable year, and is not required by section 6073(a) to be filed on or before June 15 of the taxable year, the estimated tax shall be paid in two equal installments. The first installment shall be paid at the time of the filing of the declaration, and the second on January 15 of the succeeding taxable year.

(4) If the declaration is filed after September 15 of the taxable year, and is not required by section 6073(a) to be filed on or before September 15 of the taxable year, the estimated tax shall be paid in full at the time of the filing of the declaration.

(5) If the declaration is filed after the time prescribed in section 6073(a) (including cases in which an extension of time for filing the declaration has been granted under section 6081), paragraphs (2), (3), and (4) of this subsection shall not apply, and there shall be paid at the time of such filing all installments of estimated tax which would have been payable on or before such time if the declaration had been filed within the time prescribed in section 6073(a), and the remaining installments shall be paid at the times at which, and in the amounts in which, they would have been payable if the declaration had been so filed.

Subchapter B--Extensions of Time for Payment

 

 

Sec. 6161. Extension of time for paying tax.

Sec. 6163. Extension of time for payment of estate tax on value of reversionary or remainder interest in property.

Sec. 6164. Extension of time for payment of taxes by corporations expecting carrybacks.

Sec. 6165. Bonds where time to pay tax or deficiency has been extended.

Sec. 6166. [Alternate extension] Extension of time for payment of estate tax where estate consists largely of interest in closely held business.

[Sec. 6166A. Extension of time for payment of estate tax where estate consists largely of interest in closely held business.]

Sec. 6167. Extension of time for payment of tax attributable to recovery of foreign expropriation losses.

SEC. 6161. EXTENSION OF TIME FOR PAYING TAX.

 

(a) AMOUNT DETERMINED BY TAXPAYER ON RETURN.--

 

(1) GENERAL RULE.--The Secretary, except as otherwise provided in this title, may extend the time for payment of the amount of the tax shown, or required to be shown, on any return or declaration required under authority of this title (or any installment thereof), for a reasonable period not to exceed 6 months (12 months in the case of estate tax) from the date fixed for payment thereof. Such extension may exceed 6 months in the case of a taxpayer who is abroad.

(2) ESTATE TAX.--The Secretary may, for reasonable cause, extend the time for payment of--

 

(A) any part of the amount determined by the executor as the tax imposed by chapter 11, or

(B) any part of any installment under section 6166 [or 6166A] (including any part of a deficiency prorated by any installment under such section),

 

for a reasonable period not in excess of 10 years from the date prescribed by section 6151(a) for payment of the tax (or, in the case an amount referred to in subparagraph (B), if later, not beyond the date which is 12 months after due date for the last installment).
* * * * * * *

 

 

SEC. 6166. [ALTERNATE] EXTENSION OF TIME FOR PAYMENT OF ESTATE TAX WHERE ESTATE CONSISTS LARGELY OF INTEREST IN CLOSELY HELD BUSINESS.

 

(a) 5-YEAR DEFERRAL; 10-YEAR INSTALLMENT PAYMENT.--

 

(1) IN GENERAL.--If the value of an interest in a closely held business, which is included in determining the gross estate of a decedent who was (at the date of his death) a citizen or resident of the United States exceeds [65] 35 percent of the adjusted gross estate, the executor may elect to pay part or all of the tax imposed by section 2001 in 2 or more (but not exceeding 10) equal installments.

(2) LIMITATION.--The maximum amount of tax which may be paid in installments under this subsection shall be an amount which bears the same ratio to the tax imposed by section 2001 (reduced by the credits against such tax) as--

 

(A) the closely held business amount, bears to

(B) the amount of the adjusted gross estate.

 

(3) DATE FOR PAYMENT OF INSTALLMENTS.--If an election is made under paragraph (1), the first installment shall be paid on or before the date selected by the executor which is not more than 5 years after the date prescribed by section 6151(a) for payment of the tax, and each succeeding installment shall be paid on or before the date which is 1 year after the date prescribed by this paragraph for payment of the preceding installment.

[(4) ELIGIBILITY FOR ELECTION.--No election may be made under this section by the executor of the estate of any decedent if an election under section 6166A applies with respect to the estate of such decedent.].

 

* * * * * * *

(c) SPECIAL RULE FOR INTEREST IN 2 OR MORE CLOSELY HELD BUSINESSES.--For purposes of this section, interests in 2 or more closely held businesses, with respect to each of which there is included in determining the value of the decedent's gross estate [more than] 20 percent or more of the total value of each such business, shall be treated as an interest in a single closely held business. For purposes of the 20-percent requirement of the preceding sentence, an interest in a closely held business which represents the surviving spouse's interest in property held by the decedent and the surviving spouse as community property or as joint tenants, tenants by the entirety, or tenants in common shall be treated as having been included in determining the value of the decedent's gross estate.

* * * * * * *

(g) ACCELERATION OF PAYMENT.--

 

(1) DISPOSITION OF INTEREST; WITHDRAWAL OF FUNDS FROM BUSINESS.--

 

[(A) If--

 

[(i) one-third or more in value of an interest in a closely held business which qualifies under subsection (a)(1) is distributed, sold, exchanged, or otherwise disposed of, or

[(ii) aggregate withdrawals of money and other property from the trade or business, an interest in which qualifies under subsection (a)(1), made with respect to such interest, equal or exceed one-third of the value of such trade or business.

 

then the extension of time for payment of tax provided in subsection (a) shall cease to apply, and any unpaid portion of the tax payable in installments shall be paid upon notice and demand from the Secretary.]

(A) If--

 

(i)(I) any portion of an interest in a closely held business which qualifies under subsection (a)(1) is distributed, sold, exchanged, or otherwise disposed of, or

 

(II) money and other property attributable to such an interest is withdrawn from such trade or business, and

 

(ii) the aggregate of such distributions, sales, exchanges, or other dispositions and withdrawals equals or exceeds 50 percent of the value of such interest,

 

then the extension of time for payment of tax provided in subsection (a) shall cease to apply, and the unpaid portion of the tax payable in installments shall be paid upon notice and demand from the Secretary.

(B) In the case of a distribution in redemption of stock to which section 303 (or so much of section 304 as relates to section 303) applies--

 

(i) subparagraph (A)(i) does not apply with respect to the stock redeemed; and for purposes of such subparagraph the interest in the closely held business shall be considered to be such interest reduced by the value of the stock redeemed, and

(ii) subparagraph (A)(ii) does not apply with respect to withdrawals of money and other property distributed; and for purposes of such subparagraph the value of the trade or business shall be considered to be such value reduced by the amount of money and other property distributed.

 

This subparagraph shall apply only if, on or before the date prescribed by subsection (a)(3) for the payment of the first installment which becomes due after the date of the distribution (or, if earlier, on or before the day which is 1 year after the date of the distribution), there is paid an amount of the tax imposed by section 2001 not less than the amount of money and other property distributed.

(C) Subparagraph (A)(i) does not apply to an exchange of stock pursuant to a plan of reorganization described in subparagraph (D), (E), or (F) of section 368(a)(1) nor to an exchange to which section 355 (or so much of section 356 as relates to section 355) applies; but any stock received in such an exchange shall be treated for purposes of subparagraph (A)(i) as an interest qualifying under subsection (a)(1).

(D) Subparagraph (A)(i) does not apply to a transfer of property of the decedent to a person entitled by reason of the decedent's death to receive such property under the decedent's will, the applicable law of descent and distribution, or a trust created by the decedent. A similar rule shall apply in the case of a series of subsequent transfers of the property by reason of death so long as each transfer is to a member of the family (within the meaning of section 267(c)(4)) of the transferor in such transfer.

 

(2) UNDISTRIBUTED INCOME OF ESTATE.--

 

(A) If an election is made under this section and the estate has undistributed net income for any taxable year ending on or after the due date for the first installment, the executor shall, on or before the date prescribed by law for filling the income tax return for such taxable year (including extensions thereof), pay an amount equal to such undistributed net income in liquidation of the unpaid portion of the tax payable in installments.

(B) For purposes of subparagraph (A), the undistributed net income of the estate for any taxable year is the amount by which the distributable net income of the estate for such taxable year (as defined in section 643) exceeds the sum of--

 

(i) the amounts for such taxable year specified in paragraphs (1) and (2) of section 661(a) (relating to deduction for distributions, etc.);

(ii) the amount of tax imposed for the taxable year on the estate under chapter 1, and

(iii) the amount of the tax imposed by section 2001 (including interest) paid by the executor during the taxable year (other than any amount paid pursuant to this paragraph).

[(3) FAILURE TO PAY INSTALLMENT.--If any installment under this section is not paid on or before the date fixed for its payment by this section (including any extension of time for the payment of such installment), the unpaid portion of the tax payable in installments shall be paid upon notice and demand from the Secretary.]

(3) FAILURE TO MAKE PAYMENT OF PRINCIPAL OR INTEREST.--

 

(A) IN GENERAL.--Except as provided in subparagraph (B), if any payment of principal or interest under this section is not paid on or before the date fixed for its payment by this section (including any extension of time), the unpaid portion of the tax payable in installments shall be paid upon notice and demand from the Secretary.

(B) PAYMENT WITHIN 6 MONTHS. If any payment of principal or interest under this section is not paid on or before the date determined under subparagraph (A) but is paid within 6 months of such date--

 

(i) the provisions of subparagraph (A) shall not apply with respect to such payment,

(ii) the provisions of section 6601(j) shall not apply with respect to the determination of interest on such payment, and

(iii) there is imposed a penalty in an amount equal to the product of--

 

(I) 5 percent of the amount of such payment, multiplied by

(II) the number of months (or fractions thereof) after such date and before payment is made.

The penalty imposed under clause (iii) shall be treated in the same manner as a penalty imposed under subchapter B of chapter 68.
* * * * * * *

 

[SEC. 6166A. EXTENSION OF TIME FOR PAYMENT OF ESTATE TAX WHERE ESTATE CONSISTS LARGELY OF INTEREST IN CLOSELY HELD BUSINESS.

 

[(a) EXTENSION PERMITTED.--If the value of an interest in a closely held business which is included in determining the gross estate of a decedent who was (at the date of his death) a citizen or resident of the United States exceeds either--

 

[(1) 35 percent of the value of the gross estate of such decedent, or

[(2) 50 percent of the taxable estate of such decedent,

 

the executor may elect to pay part or all of the tax imposed by section 2001 in two or more (but not exceeding 10) equal installments. Any such election shall be made not later than the time prescribed by section 6075(a) for filing the return of such tax (including extensions thereof), and shall be made in such manner as the Secretary shall by regulations prescribe. If an election under this section is made, the provisions of this subtitle shall apply as though the Secretary were extending the time for payment of the tax. For purposes of this section, value shall be value determined for Federal estate tax purposes.

[(b) LIMITATION.--The maximum amount of tax which may be paid in installments as provided in this section shall be an amount which bears the same ratio to the tax imposed by section 2001 (reduced by the credits against such tax) as the value of the interest in a closely held business which qualifies under subsection (a) bears to the value of the gross estate.

[(c) CLOSELY HELD BUSINESS.--For purposes of this section, the term "interest in a closely held business" means--

 

[(1) an interest as a proprietor in a trade or business carried on as a proprietorship.

[(2) an interest as a partner in a partnership carrying on a trade or business, if--

 

[(A) 20 percent or more of the total capital interest in such partnership is included in determining the gross estate of the decedent, or

[(B) such partnership had 10 or less partners,

 

[(3) stock in a corporation carrying on a trade or business, if--

 

[(A) 20 percent or more in value of the voting stock of such corporation is included in determining the gross estate of the decedent, or

[(B) such corporation had 10 or less shareholders.

 

For purposes of this subsection, determinations shall be made as of the time immediately before the decedent's death.

 

[(d) SPECIAL RULE FOR INTERESTS IN TWO OR MORE CLOSELY HELD BUSINESS.--For purposes of subsections (a), (b), and (h)(1), interests in two or more closely held businesses, with respect to each of which there is included in determining the value of the decedent's gross estate more than 50 percent of the total value of each such business, shall be treated as an interest in a single closely held business. For purposes of the 50 percent requirement of the preceding sentence, an interest in a closely held business which represents the surviving spouse's interest in property held by the decedent and the surviving spouse as community property shall be treated as having been included in determining the value of the decedent's gross estate.

[(e) DATE FOR PAYMENT OF INSTALLMENTS.--If an election is made under subsection (a), the first installment shall be paid on or before the date prescribed by section 6151(a) for payment of the tax, and each succeeding installment shall be paid on or before the date which is one year after the date prescribed by this subsection for payment of the preceding installment.

[(f) PRORATION OF DEFICIENCY TO INSTALLMENTS.--If an election is made under subsection (a) to pay any part of the tax imposed by section 2001 in installments and a deficiency has been assessed, the deficiency shall (subject to the limitation provided by subsection (b)) be prorated to such installments. The part of the deficiency so prorated to any installment the date for payment of which has not arrived shall be collected at the same time as, and as a part of, such installment. The part of the deficiency so prorated to any installment the date for payment of which has arrived shall be paid upon notice and demand from the Secretary. This subsection shall not apply if the deficiency is due to negligence, to intentional disregard of rules and regulations, or to fraud with intent to evade tax.

[(g) TIME FOR PAYMENT OF INTEREST.--If the time for payment of any amount of tax has been extended under this section, interest payable under section 6601 on any unpaid portion of such amount shall be paid annually at the same time as, and as a part of, each installment payment of the tax. Interest, on that part of a deficiency prorated under this section to any installment the date for payment of which has not arrived, for the period before the date fixed for the last installment preceding the assessment of the deficiency, shall be paid upon notice and demand from the Secretary.

[(h) ACCELERATION OF PAYMENT.--

 

[(1) WITHDRAWAL OF FUNDS FROM BUSINESS DISPOSITION OF INTEREST.--

 

[(A) If--

 

[(i) aggregate withdrawals of money and other property from the trade or business, an interest in which qualifies under subsection (a) made with respect to such interest, equal or exceed 50 percent of the value of such trade or business, or

[(ii) 50 percent or more in value of an interest in a closely held business which qualifies under subsection (a) is distributed, sold, exchanged, or otherwise disposed of, then the extension of time for payment of tax provided in this section shall cease to apply, and any unpaid portion of the tax payable in installments shall be paid upon notice and demand from the Secretary.

 

[(B) In the case of a distribution in redemption of stock to which section 303 (or so much of section 304 as relates to section 303) applies--

 

[(i) subparagraph (A)(i) does not apply with respect to withdrawals of money and other property distributed; and for purposes of such subparagraph the value of the trade or business shall be considered to be such value reduced by the amount of money and other property distributed, and

[(ii) subparagraph (A)(ii) does not apply with respect to the stock redeemed; and for purposes of such subparagraph the interest in the closely held business shall be considered to be such interest reduced by the value of the stock redeemed.

 

[This subparagraph shall apply only if, on or before the date prescribed by subsection (e) for payment of the first installment which becomes due after the date of the distribution, there is paid an amount of the tax imposed by section 2001 not less than the amount of money and other property distributed.

[(C) Subparagraph (A)(ii) does not apply to an exchange of stock pursuant to a plan of reorganization described in subparagraph (D), (E), or (F) of section 368(a)(1) nor to an exchange to which section 355 (or so much of section 356 as relates to section 355) applies; but any stock received in such an exchange shall be treated for purposes of such subparagraph as an interest qualifying under subsection (a).

[(D) Subparagraph (A)(ii) does not apply to a transfer of property of the decedent by the executor of a person entitled to receive such property under the decedent's will or under the applicable law of descent and distribution.

 

[(2) UNDISTRIBUTED INCOME OF ESTATE.--

 

[(A) If an election is made under this section and the estate has undistributed net income for any taxable year after its fourth taxable year, the executor shall, on or before the date prescribed by law for filing the income tax return for such taxable year (including extensions thereof), pay an amount equal to such undistributed net income in liquidation of the unpaid portion of the tax payable in installments.

[(B) For purposes of subparagraph (A), the undistributed net income of the estate for any taxable year is the amount by which the distributable net income of the estate for such taxable year (as defined in section 643) exceeds the sum of--

 

[(i) the amounts for such taxable year specified in paragraphs (1) and (2) of section 661(a) (relating to deduction for distributions, etc.);

[(ii) the amount of tax imposed for the taxable year on the estate under chapter 1; and

[(iii) the amount of the Federal estate tax (including interest) paid by the executor during the taxable year (other than any amount paid pursuant to this paragraph).

[(3) FAILURE TO PAY INSTALLMENT.--If any installment under this section is not paid on or before the date fixed for its payment by this section (including any extension of time for the payment of such installment), the unpaid portion of the tax payable in installments shall be paid upon notice and demand from the Secretary.

 

[(i) TRANSITIONAL RULES.--

 

[(1) IN GENERAL.--IF--

 

[(A) a deficiency in the tax imposed by section 2001 is assessed after the date of the enactment of this section, and

[(B) the estate qualifies under paragraph (1) or (2) of subsection (a),

 

the executor may elect to pay the deficiency in installments. This subsection shall not apply if the deficiency is due to negligence, to intentional disregard of rules and regulations, or to fraud with intent to evade tax.

[(2) TIME OF ELECTION.--An election under this subsection shall be made not later than 60 days after issuance of notice and demand by the Secretary for the payment of the deficiency, and shall be made in such manner as the Secretary shall by regulations prescribe.

[(3) EFFECT OF ELECTION ON PAYMENT.--If an election is made under this subsection, the deficiency shall (subject to the limitation provided by subsection (b)) be prorated to the installments which would have been due if an election had been timely made under this section at the time the estate tax return was filed. The part of the deficiency so prorated to any installment the date for payment of which would have arrived shall be paid at the time of the making of the election under this subsection. The portion of the deficiency so prorated to installments the date for payment of which would not have so arrived shall be paid at the time such installments would have been due an election had been made.

[(4) APPLICATION OF SUBSECTION (h)(2).--In the case of an election under this subsection, subsection (h)(2) shall not apply with respect to undistributed net income for any taxable year ending before January 1, 1960.

 

[(j) REGULATIONS.--The Secretary shall prescribe such regulations as may be necessary to the application of this section.

[(k) CROSS REFERENCES.--

 

[(1) SECURITY.--

[For authority of Secretary to require security in the case of an extension under this section, see section 6165.

[(2) PERIOD OF LIMITATION.--

[For extension of the period of limitation in the case of an extension under this section, see section 6503(d).]

CHAPTER 63--ASSESSMENT

 

 

* * * * * * *

 

 

Subchapter B--Deficiency Procedures in the Case of Income, Estate, Gift, and Certain Excise Taxes

 

 

* * * * * * *

 

 

SEC. 6212. NOTICE OF DEFICIENCY.

 

(a) IN GENERAL.--* * *

* * * * * * *

(c) FURTHER DEFICIENCY LETTERS RESTRICTED.--

 

(1) GENERAL RULE.--If the Secretary has mailed to the taxpayer a notice of deficiency as provided in subsection (a), and the taxpayer files a petition with the Tax Court within the time prescribed in section 6213(a), the Secretary shall have no right to determine any additional deficiency of income tax for the same taxable year, of gift tax for the same calendar [quarter] year, of estate tax in respect of the taxable estate of the same decedent of chapter 43 tax for the same taxable year, of chapter 44 tax for the same taxable year, of section 4940 tax for the same taxable year, of chapter 42 tax (other than under section 4940) with respect to any act (or failure to act) to which such petition relates, or of Chapter 45 tax for the same taxable period, except in the case of fraud, and except as provided in section 6214(a) (relating to assertion of greater deficiencies before the Tax Court), in section 6213(b)(1) (relating to mathematical or clerical errors), in section 6851 (relating to termination assessments), or in section 6861(c) (relating to the making of jeopardy assessments).
* * * * * * *

 

 

CHAPTER 64--COLLECTION

 

 

* * * * * * *

 

 

Subchapter C--Lien for Taxes

 

 

* * * * * * *

 

 

Sec. 6321. Lien for taxes.

Sec. 6322. Period of lien.

Sec. 6323. Validity and priority against certain persons.

Sec. 6324. Special liens for estate and gift taxes.

Sec. 6324A. Special lien for estate tax deferred under section 6166 [or 6166A].

Sec. 6324B. Special lien for additional estate tax attributable to farm, etc., valuation.

Sec. 6325. Release of lien or discharge of property.

Sec. 6326. Cross references.

 

* * * * * * *

 

 

SEC. 6324A. SPECIAL LIEN FOR ESTATE TAX DEFERRED UNDER SECTION 6166 [OR 6166A].

 

(a) GENERAL RULE.--In the case of any estate with respect to which an election has been made under section 6166 [or 6166A], if the executor makes an election under this section (at such time and in such manner as the Secretary shall by regulations prescribe) and files the agreement referred to in subsection (c), the deferred amount (plus any interest, additional amount, addition to tax, assessable penalty, and costs attributable to the deferred amount) shall be a lien in favor of the United States on the section 6166 lien property.

(b) SECTION 6166 LIEN PROPERTY.--

 

(1) IN GENERAL.--For purposes of this section, the term "section 6166 lien property" means interests in real and other property to the extent such interests--

 

(A) can be expected to survive the deferral period, and

(B) are designated in the agreement referred to in subsection (c).

 

(2) MAXIMUM VALUE OF REQUIRED PROPERTY.--The maximum value of the property which the Secretary may require as section 6166 lien property with respect to any estate shall be a value which is not greater than the sum of--

 

(A) the deferred amount, and

(B) the required interest amount.

 

For purposes of the preceding sentence, the value of any property shall be determined as of the date prescribed by section 6151(a) for payment of the tax imposed by chapter 11 and shall be determined by taking into account any encumbrance such as a lien under section 6324B.

(3) PARTIAL SUBSTITUTION OF BOND FOR LIEN.--If the value required as section 6166 lien property pursuant to paragraph (2) exceeds the value of the interests in property covered by the agreement referred to in subsection (c), the Secretary may accept bond in an amount equal to such excess conditioned on the payment of the amount extended in accordance with the terms of such extension.

 

(c) AGREEMENT.--The agreement referred to in this subsection is a written agreement signed by each person in being who has an interest (whether or not in possession) in any property designated in such agreement--

 

(1) consenting to the creation of the lieu under this section with respect to such property, and

(2) designating a responsible person who shall be the agent for the beneficiaries of the estate and for the persons who have consented to the creation of the lien in dealings with the Secretary on matters arising under section 6166 [or 6166A] or this section.

 

(d) SPECIAL RULES.--

 

(1) REQUIREMENT THAT LIEN BE FILED.--The lien imposed by this section shall not be valid as against any purchaser, holder of a security interest, mechanic's lien, or judgment lien creditor until notice thereof which meets the requirements of section 6323(f) has been filed by the Secretary. Such notice shall not be required to be refiled.

(2) PERIOD OF LIEN.--The lien imposed by this section shall arise at the time the executor is discharged from liability under section 2204 (or, if earlier, at the time notice is filed pursuant to paragraph (1)) and shall continue until the liability for the deferred amount is satisfied or becomes unenforceable by reason of lapse of time.

(3) PRIORITIES.--Even though notice of a lien imposed by this section has been filed as provided in paragraph (1), such lien shall not be valid--

 

(A) REAL PROPERTY TAX AND SPECIAL ASSESSMENT LIENS.-- To the extent provided in section 6323(b)(6).

(B) REAL PROPERTY SUBJECT TO A MECHANIC'S LIEN FOR REPAIRS AND IMPROVEMENTS.--In the case of any real property subject to a lien for repair or improvement, as against a mechanic's lien.

(C) REAL PROPERTY CONSTRUCTION OR IMPROVEMENT FINANCING AGREEMENT.--As against any security interest set forth in paragraph (3) of section 6323(c) (whether such security interest came into existence before or after tax lien filing).

 

Subparagraphs (B) and (C) shall not apply to any security interest which came into existence after the date on which the Secretary filed notice (in a manner similar to notice filed under section 6323(f) that payment of the deferred amount has been accelerated under section 6166(g) [or 6166A(h)].

(4) LIEN TO BE IN LIEU OF SECTION 6324 LIEN.--If there is a lien under this section on any property with respect to any estate, there shall not be any lien under section 6234 on such property with respect to the same estate.

(5) ADDITIONAL LIEN PROPERTY REQUIRED IN CERTAIN CASES.--If at any time the value of the property covered by the agreement is less than the unpaid portion of the deferred amount and the required interest amount, the Secretary may require the addition of property to the agreement (but he may not require under this paragraph that the value of the property covered by the agreement exceed such unpaid portion). If property having the required value is not added to the property covered by the agreement (or if other security equal to the required value is not furnished) within 90 days after notice and demand therefor by the Secretary, the failure to comply with the preceding sentence shall be treated as an act accelerating payment of the installments under section 6166(g) [or 6166A(h)].

(6) LIEN TO BE IN LIEU OF BOND.--The Secretary may not require under section 6165 the furnishing of any bond for the payment of any tax to which an agreement which meets the requirements of subsection (c) applies.

 

(e) DEFINITIONS.--For purposes of this section--

 

(1) DEFERRED AMOUNT.--The term "deferred amount" means the aggregate amount deferred under section 6166 [or 6166A] (determined as of the date prescribed by section 6151(a) for payment of the tax imposed by chapter 11).

(2) REQUIRED INTEREST AMOUNT.--The term "required interest amount" means the aggregate amount of interest which will be payable over the first 4 years of the deferral period with respect to the deferred amount (determined as of the date prescribed by section 6151(a) for the payment of the tax imposed by chapter 11).

(3) DEFERRAL PERIOD.--The term "deferral period" means the period for which the payment of tax is deferred pursuant to the election under section 6166 [or 6166A].

(4) APPLICATION OF DEFINITIONS IN CASE OF DEFICIENCIES.-- In the case of a deficiency, a separate deferred amount, required interest amount, and deferral period shall be determined as of the due date of the first installment after the deficiency is prorated to installments under section 6166 [or 6166A].

SEC. 6324B. SPECIAL LIEN FOR ADDITIONAL ESTATE TAX ATTRIBUTABLE TO FARM, ETC., VALUATION.

 

(a) GENERAL RULE.--* * *

* * * * * * *

(c) CERTAIN RULES AND DEFINITIONS MADE APPLICABLE.--

 

(1) IN GENERAL.--The rule set forth in paragraphs (1), (3), and (4) of section 6324A(d) shall apply with respect to the lien imposed by this section as if it were a lien imposed by section 6324A.

(2) QUALIFIED REAL PROPERTY.--For purposes of this section, the term "qualified real property" includes qualified replacement property (within the meaning of section 2032A(h)(3)(B)) and qualified exchange property (within the meaning of section 2032A(i)(3)).

* * * * * * *

 

 

CHAPTER 65--ABATEMENTS, CREDITS, AND REFUNDS

 

 

* * * * * * *

 

 

Subchapter B--Rules of Special Application

 

 

* * * * * * *

 

 

SEC. 6411. TENTATIVE CARRYBACK AND REFUND ADJUSTMENTS.

 

(a) APPLICATION FOR ADJUSTMENT.--A taxpayer may file an application for a tentative carryback adjustment of the tax for the prior taxable year affected by a net operating loss carryback provided in section 172(b), by an investment credit carryback provided in section 46(b), by a work incentive program carryback provided in section 50A(b), by a new employee credit carryback provided in section 53(b), by a research credit carryback provided in section 44F(g)(2), or by a capital loss carryback provided in section 1212(a)(1), from any taxable year. The application shall be verified in the manner prescribed by section 6065 in the case of a return of such taxpayer, and shall be filed, on or after the date of filing of the return for the taxable year of the net operating loss, net capital loss, unused investment credit, unused work incentive program credit, [or unused new employee credit] from which the carryback results and within a period of 12 months from the end of such taxable year (or, with respect to any portion of an investment credit carryback, a work incentive program carryback, [or] a new employee credit carryback, or a research credit carryback from a taxable year attributable to a net operating loss carryback or a capital loss carryback (or, in the case of a work incentive program carryback, to an investment credit carryback, or, in the case of a new employee credit carryback, to an investment credit carryback or a [work incentive program carryback] work incentive program carryback, or, in the case of a research credit carryback, to an investment credit carryback, a work incentive program carryback, or a new employee credit carryback) from a subsequent taxable year within a period of 12 months from the end of such subsequent taxable year), in the manner and form required by regulations prescribed by the Secretary. The application shall set forth in such detail and with such supporting data and explanation as such regulations shall require--

 

(1) The amount of the net operating loss, net capital loss, unused investment credit, unused work incentive program credit, [or unused new employee credit;] unused new employee credit, or unused research credit;

(2) The amount of the tax previously determined for the prior taxable year affected by such carryback, the tax previously determined being ascertained in accordance with the method prescribed in section 1314(a);

(3) The amount of decrease in such tax, attributable to such carryback, such decrease being determined by applying the carryback in the manner provided by law to the items on the basis of which such tax was determined;

(4) The unpaid amount of such tax, not including any amount required to be shown under paragraph (5);

(5) The amount, with respect to the tax for the taxable year immediately preceding the taxable year from which the carryback is made, as to which an extension of time for payment under section 6164 is in effect; and

(6) Such other information for purposes of carrying out the provisions of this section as may be required by such regulations.

An application under this subsection shall not constitute a claim for credit or refund.

 

(b) ALLOWANCE OF ADJUSTMENTS.--Within a period of 90 days from the date on which an application for a tentative carryback adjustment is filed under subsection (a), or from the last day of the month in which falls the last date prescribed by law (including any extension of time granted the taxpayer) for filing the return for the taxable year of the net operating loss, net capital loss, unused investment credit, unused work incentive program credit, [or unused new employee credit] unused new employee credit, or unused research credit from which such carryback results, whichever is the later, the Secretary shall make, to the extent he deems practicable in such period, a limited examination of the application, to discover omissions and errors of computation therein, and shall determine the amount of the decrease in the tax attributable to such carryback upon the basis of the application and the examination, except that the Secretary may disallow, without further action, any application which he finds contains errors of computation which he deems cannot be corrected by him within such 90-day period or material omissions. Such decrease shall be applied against any unpaid amount of the tax decreased (including any amount of such tax as to which an extension of time under section 6164 is in effect) and any remainder shall be credited against any unsatisfied amount of any tax for the taxable year immediately preceding the taxable year of the net operating loss, net capital loss, unused invest-credit, unused work incentive program credit, [or unused new employee credit] unused new employee credit, or unused research credit the time for payment of which tax is extended under section 6164. Any remainder shall, within such 90-day period, be either credited against any tax or installment thereof then due from the taxpayer, or refunded to the taxpayer.

(c) CONSOLIDATED RETURNS.--If the corporation seeking a tentative carryback adjustment under this section, made or was required to make a consolidated return, either for the taxable year within which the net operating loss, net capital loss, unused investment credit, unused work incentive program credit [or unused new employee credit] unused new employee credit, or unused research credit arises, or for the proceeding taxable year affected by such loss or credit, the provisions of this section shall apply only to such extent and subject to such conditions, limitations, and exceptions as the Secretary may by regulations prescribe.

* * * * * * *

 

 

SEC. 6429. CREDIT AND REFUND OF CHAPTER 45 TAXES PAID BY ROYALTY OWNERS.

 

[(a) TREATMENT AS OVERPAYMENT.--In the case of a qualified royalty owner, that portion of the tax imposed by section 4986 which is paid in connection with qualified royalty production shall be treated as an overpayment of the tax imposed by section 4986.]

(a) TREATMENT AS OVERPAYMENT.--In the case of a qualified royalty owner, that portion of the tax imposed by section 4986 which is paid in connection with qualified royalty production removed from the premises during calendar year 1981 shall be treated as an overpayment of the tax imposed by section 4986.

* * * * * * *

(c) [$1,000] $2,500 LIMITATION ON CREDIT OR REFUND.--

 

[(1) IN GENERAL.--The aggregate amount which may be treated as an overpayment under subsection (a) with respect to any qualified royalty owner shall not exceed $1,000.]

(1) IN GENERAL.--The aggregate amount which may be treated as an overpayment under subsection (a) with respect to any qualified royalty owner for production removed from the premises during calendar year 1981 shall not exceed $2,500.

(2) ALLOCATION WITHIN A FAMILY.--In the case of individuals who are members of the same family (within the meaning of section 4992(a)(3)(C)) at any time during the [qualified period,] calendar year, the [$1,000] $2,500 amount in paragraph (1) shall be reduced for each such individual by allocating such amount among all such individuals in proportion to their respective qualified royalty production.

(3) ALLOCATION BETWEEN CORPORATIONS AND INDIVIDUALS.--

 

(A) IN GENERAL.--In the case of an individual who owns at any time during the [qualified period] calendar year stock in a qualified family farm corporation, the [$1,000] $2,500 amount in paragraph (1) applicable to such individual shall be reduced by the amount which bears the same ratio to the credit or refund allowable to the corporation under this section (determined after the application of paragraph (4)) as the fair market value of the shares owned by such individual during such period bears to the fair market value of all shares of the corporation.

(B) SPECIAL RULE FOR FAMILY MEMBERS.--In the case of individuals who are members of the same family (within the meaning of section 4992(a)(3)(C)) at any time during the [qualified period] calendar year--

 

(i) for purposes of subparagraph (A), all such individuals shall be treated as 1 individual, and

(ii) the amount allocated among such individuals under paragraph (2) shall be [$1,000] $2,500 reduced by the amount determined under subparagraph (A).

(4) ALLOCATION BETWEEN CORPORATIONS.--If at any time [after June 24, 1980,] during the calendar year any individual owns stock in two or more qualified family farm corporations, the $1,000 amount in paragraph (1) shall be reduced for each such corporation by allocating such amount among all such corporations in proportion to their respective qualified royalty production.

 

(d) DEFINITIONS AND SPECIAL RULES.--For purposes of this section--

 

(1) QUALIFIED ROYALTY OWNER.--The term "qualified royalty owner" means a producer (within the meaning of section 4996(a)(1)), but only if such producer is an individual, an estate, or a qualified family farm corporation.

[(2) QUALIFIED ROYALTY PRODUCTION.--The term "qualified royalty production" means, with respect to any qualified royalty owner, taxable crude oil which--

 

[(A) is attributable to an economic interest of such royalty owner other than an operating mineral interest (within the meaning of section 614(d)), and

[(B) is removed from the premises during the qualified period.

 

[(3) QUALIFIED PERIOD.--The term "qualified period" means the period beginning March 1, 1980, and ending December 31, 1980.

[(4) QUALIFIED FAMILY FARM CORPORATION.--The term "qualified family farm corporation" means a corporation--

 

[(A) which was in existence on June 25, 1980,

[(B) all of the outstanding shares of stock of which at all times after June 24, 1980, and before January 1, 1981, were held by members of the same family (within the meaning of section 2032A(e)(2)), and

[(C) 80 percent in value of the assets of which (other than royalty interests described in paragraph (2)(A)) were held by the corporation on such date for use for farming purposes (with the meaning of section 2032A(e)(5)).]

 

(2) QUALIFIED ROYALTY PRODUCTION.--The term "qualified royalty production" means, with respect to any qualified royalty owner, taxable crude oil which is attributable to an economic interest of such royalty owner other than an operating mineral interest (within the meaning of section 614(d)). Such term does not include taxable crude oil attributable to any overriding royalty interest, production payment, net profits interest, or similar interest of the qualified royalty owner which--

 

(A) is created after June 9, 1981, out of an operating mineral interest in property which is proven oil or gas property (within the meaning of section 613(c)(9)(A)) on the date such interest is created, and

(B) is not created pursuant to a binding contract entered into before June 10, 1981.

 

(3) PRODUCTION FROM TRANSFERRED PROPERTY.--

 

(A) IN GENERAL.--In the case of a transfer of an interest in any property, the qualified royalty production of the transferee shall not include any production attributable to an interest which has been transferred after June 9, 1981, in a transfer which--

 

(i) is described in section 613A(c)(9)(A), and

(ii) is not described in section 613A(c)(9)(B).

 

(B) EXCEPTIONS.--Subparagraph (A) shall not apply in the case of any transfer so long as the transferor and the transferee are required by paragraph (3) or (4) of subsection (c) to share the $2,500 amount in subsection (c)(1). The preceding sentence shall apply in the case of any property only if the production from the property was qualified royalty production of the transferor.

(C) TRANSFERS INCLUDE SUBLEASES.--For purposes of this paragraph, a sublease shall be treated as a transfer.

(D) ESTATES.--For purposes of this paragraph, property held by any estate shall be treated as owned both by such estate and proportionately by the beneficiaries of such estate.

 

(4) QUALIFIED FAMILY FARM CORPORATION.--The term "qualified family farm corporation" means a corporation--

 

(A) all the outstanding shares of stock of which at all times during the calendar year are held by members of the same family (within the meaning of section 2032A(e)(2)), and

(B) 80 percent in value of the assets of which (other than royalty interests described in paragraph (2)(A)) are held by the corporation at all times during such calendar year for use for farming purposes (within the meaning of section 2032A(e)(5)).

* * * * * * *

 

 

CHAPTER 66--LIMITATIONS

 

 

* * * * * * *

 

 

Subchapter A--Limitations on Assessment and Collection

 

 

* * * * * * *

 

 

SEC. 6503. SUSPENSION OF RUNNING OF PERIOD OF LIMITATION.

 

(a) ISSUANCE OF STATUTORY VOTES OF DEFICIENCY.--

 

(1) GENERAL RULE.--* * *

 

* * * * * * *

(d) EXTENSIONS OF TIME FOR PAYMENT OF ESTATE TAX.--The running of the period of limitations for collection of any tax imposed by chapter 11 shall be suspended for the period of any extension of time for payment granted under the provisions of section 6161(a)(2) or (b)(2) or under provisions of section [6163, 6166, or 6166A] 6163 or 6166.

* * * * * * *

 

 

Subchapter B--Limitations on Credit or Refund

 

 

* * * * * * *

 

 

SEC. 6511. LIMITATIONS ON CREDIT OR REFUND.

 

(a) PERIOD OF LIMITATION ON FILING CLAIM.--* * *

* * * * * * *

(d) SPECIAL RULES APPLICABLE TO INCOME TAXES.--

 

(1) SEVEN-YEAR PERIOD OF LIMITATION WITH RESPECT TO BAD DEBTS AND WORTHLESS SECURITIES.--If the claim for credit or refund relates to an overpayment of tax imposed by subtitle A on account of--

 

(A) * * *

 

* * * * * * *

(4) SPECIAL PERIOD OF LIMITATION WITH RESPECT TO INVESTMENT CREDIT CARRYBACKS.--

 

(A) PERIOD OF LIMITATION.--If the claim for credit or refund relates to an overpayment attributable to a credit carryback, in lieu of the 3-year period of limitation prescribed in subsection (a), the period shall be that period which ends 3 years after the time prescribed by law for filing the return (including extensions thereof) for the taxable year of the unused credit which results in such carryback (or, with respect to any portion of a credit carryback from a taxable year attributable to a net operating loss carryback, capital loss carryback, or other credit carryback from a subsequent taxable year, the period shall be that period which ends 3 years after the time prescribed by law for filing the return, including extensions thereof, for such subsequent taxable year) or the period prescribed in subsection (c) in respect of such taxable year, whichever expires later. In the case of such a claim, the amount of the credit or refund may exceed the portion of the tax paid within the period provided in subsection (b)(2) or (c), whichever is applicable, to the extent of the amount of the overpayment attributable to such carryback.

(B) APPLICABLE RULES.--If the allowance of a credit or refund of an overpayment of tax attributable to a credit carryback is otherwise prevented by the operation of any law or rule of law other than section 7122, relating to compromises such credit or refund may be allowed or made, if claim therefor is filed within the period provided in subparagraph (A) of this paragraph. In the case of any such claim for credit or refund, the determination by any court, including the Tax Court, in any proceeding in which the decision of the court has become final, shall not be conclusive with respect to any credit, and the effect of such credit, to the extent that such credit is affected by a credit carryback which was not in issue in such proceeding.

(C) CREDIT CARRYBACK DEFINED.--For purposes of this paragraph, the term "credit carryback" means any investment credit carryback, work incentive program credit carryback, [and new employee credit carryback.] new employee credit carryback, and research credit carryback.

* * * * * * *

 

 

CHAPTER 67--INTEREST

 

 

* * * * * * *

 

 

Subchapter C--Determination of Interest Rate

 

 

* * * * * * *

 

 

SEC. 6621. DETERMINATION OF RATE OF INTEREST.

 

(a) IN GENERAL.--The annual rate established under this section shall be such adjusted rate as is established by the Secretary under subsection (b).

(b) ADJUSTMENT OF INTEREST RATE.--The Secretary shall establish an adjusted rate of interest for the purpose of subsection (a) not later than October 15 of any year if the adjusted prime rate charged by banks during September of that year, rounded to the nearest full percent, is at least a full percentage point more or less than the interest rate which is then in effect. Any such adjusted rate of interest shall be equal to the adjusted prime rate charged by banks, rounded to the nearest full percent, and shall become effective on February 1 of the immediately succeeding year. [An adjustment provided for under this subsection may not be made prior to the expiration of 23 months following the date of any receding adjustment under this subsection which changes the rate of interest.]

(Effective after January 31, 1981)

 

 

(b) ADJUSTMENT OF INTEREST RATE.--The Secretary shall establish an adjusted rate of interest for the purpose of subsection (a) not later than October 15 of any year if the adjusted prime rate charged by banks during September of that year, rounded to the nearest full percent, is at least a full percentage point more or less than the interest rate which is then in effect. Any such adjusted rate of interest shall be equal to the adjusted prime rate charged by banks, rounded to the nearest full percent, and shall become effective on [February 1] January 1 of the immediately succeeding year. An adjustment provided for under this subsection may not be made prior to the expiration of 23 months following the date of any preceding adjustment under this subsection which changes the rate of interest.

(c) DEFINITION OF PRIME RATE.--For purposes of subsection (b), the term "adjusted prime rate charged by banks" means [90 percent of] the average predominant prime rate quoted by commercial banks to large businesses, as determined by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.

CHAPTER 68--ADDITIONS TO THE TAX, ADDITIONAL AMOUNTS, AND ASSESSABLE PENALTIES

 

 

Subchapter A--Additions to the Tax and Additional Amounts

 

 

Sec. 6651. Failure to file tax return or to pay tax.

Sec. 6652. Failure to file certain information returns, registration statements, etc.

Sec. 6653. Failure to pay tax.

Sec. 6654. Failure by individual to pay estimated income tax.

Sec. 6655. Failure by corporation to pay estimated income tax.

Sec. 6656. Failure to make deposit of taxes or overstatement of deposits.

Sec. 6657. Bad checks.

Sec. 6658. Coordination with title 11.

[Sec. 6659. Applicable rules.]

Sec. 6659. Addition to tax in the case of valuation overstatements for purposes of the income tax.

Sec. 6660. Applicable rules.

 

* * * * * * *

 

 

SEC. 6652. FAILURE TO FILE CERTAIN INFORMATION RETURNS, REGISTRATION STATEMENTS, ETC.

 

(a) RETURNS RELATING TO INFORMATION AT SOURCE, PAYMENTS OF DIVIDENDS, ETC., AND CERTAIN TRANSFERS OF STOCK.--In the case of each failure--

 

[(1) to file a statement of the aggregate amount of payments to another person required by section 6042(a)(1) (relating to payments of dividends aggregating $10 or more), section 6044(a)(1) (relating to payments of patronage dividends aggregating $10 or more), or section 6049(a)(1) (relating to payments of interest aggregating $10 or more), or]

(1) to file a statement of the aggregate amount of payments to another person required by--

 

(A) section 6041(a) or (b) (relating to certain information at source),

(B) section 6042(a)(1) (relating to payments of dividends aggregating $10 or more),

(C) section 6044(a)(1) (relating to payments of patronage dividends aggregating $10 or more),

(D) section 6049(a)(1) (relating to payments of interest aggregating $10 or more),

(E) section 6050A(a) (relating to reporting requirements of certain fishing boat operators), or

(F) section 6051(d) (relating to information returns with respect to income tax withheld), or

 

* * * * * * *

 

[(b) OTHER RETURNS.--In the case of each failure to file a statement of a payment to another person required under authority of section 6041 (relating to certain information at source), section 6042(a)(2) (relating to payments of dividends aggregating less than $10), section 6044(a)(2) (relating to payments of patronage dividends aggregating less than $10), section 6049(a)(2) (relating to payments of interest aggregating less than $10), section 6049(a)(3) (relating to other payments of interest by corporations), or section 6051(d) (relating to information returns with respect to income tax withheld), in the case of each failure to make a return required by section 6050A(a) (relating to reporting requirements of certain fishing boat operators), and in the case of each failure to furnish a statement required by section 6053(b) (relating to statements furnished by employers with respect to tips), section 6050A(b) (relating to statements furnished by certain fishing boat operators), or section 6050C (relating to information regarding windfall profit tax on crude oil), on the date prescribed therefor (determined with regard to any extension of time for filing), unless it is shown that such failure is due to reasonable cause and not to willful neglect, there shall be paid (upon notice and demand by the Secretary and in the same manner as tax) by the person failing to so file the statement, $1 for each such statement not so filed, but the total amount imposed on the delinquent person for all such failures during the calendar year shall not exceed $1,000.]

(b) OTHER RETURNS.--In the case of each failure to file a statement of a payment to another person required under the authority of--

 

(1) section 6042(a)(2) (relating to payments of dividends aggregating less than $10),

(2) section 6044(a)(2) (relating to payments of patronage dividends aggregating less than $10),

(3) section 6049(a)(2) (relating to payments of interest aggregating less than $10), or

(4) section 6049(a)(3) (relating to other payments of interest by corporations),

 

on the date prescribed therefor (determined with regard to any extension of time for filing), unless it is shown that such failure is due to reasonable cause and not to willful neglect, there shall be paid (upon notice and demand by the Secretary and in the same manner as tax) by the person failing to so file the statement, $1 for each such statement not so filed, but the total amount imposed on the delinquent person for all such failures during the calendar year shall not exceed $1,000.

* * * * * * *

 

SEC. 6653. FAILURE TO PAY TAX.

 

[(a) NEGLIGENCE OR INTENTIONAL DISREGARD OF RULES AND REGULATIONS WITH RESPECT TO INCOME, GIFT, OR WINDFALL PROFIT TAXES.--If any part of any underpayment (as defined in subsection (c)(1) of any tax imposed by subtitle A, by chapter 12 of subtitle B (relating to income taxes and gift taxes), or by chapter 45 (relating to windfall profit tax) is due to negligence or intentional disregard of rules and regulations (but without intent to defraud), there shall be added to the tax an amount equal to 5 percent of the underpayment.]

(a) NEGLIGENCE OR INTENTION AL DISREGARD OF RULES AND REGULATIONS WITH RESPECT TO INCOME, GIFT, OR WINDFALL PROFIT TAXES.--

 

(1) IN GENERAL.--If any part of any underpayment (as defined in subsection (c)(1)) of any tax imposed by subtitle A, by chapter 12 of subtitle B, or by chapter 45 (relating to windfall profit tax) is due to negligence or intentional disregard of rules or regulations (but without intent to defraud), there shall be added to the tax an amount equal to 5 percent of the underpayment.

(2) ADDITIONAL AMOUNT FOR PORTION ATTRIBUTABLE TO NEGLIGENCE, ETC.--There shall be added to the tax (in addition to the amount determined under paragraph (1)) an amount equal to 50 percent of the interest payable under section 6601--

 

(A) with respect to the portion of the underpayment described in paragraph (1) which is attributable to the negligence or intentional disregard referred to in paragraph (1), and

(B) for the period beginning on the last date prescribed by law for payment of such underpayment (determined without regard to any extension) and ending on the date of the assessment of the tax.

* * * * * * *

 

SEC. 6654. FAILURE BY INDIVIDUAL TO PAY ESTIMATED INCOME TAX

 

(a) ADDITION TO THE TAX.--

* * * * * * *

(f) EXCEPTION WHERE TAX IS SMALL AMOUNT.--

 

(1) IN GENERAL.--No addition to tax shall be imposed under subsection (a) for any taxable year if the tax shown on the return for such taxable year (or, if no return is filed, the tax) is less than the amount determined under the following table:
 In the case of

 

 taxable years

 

 beginning in:        The amount is:

 

 

 1981                     $100

 

 1982                      200

 

 1983                      300

 

 1984                      400

 

 1985 and thereafter       500

 

(2) SPECIAL RULE.--For purposes of subsection (b), the amount of any installment required to be paid shall be determined without regard to subsection (b) of section 6015.

 

[(f)] (g) TAX COMPUTED AFTER APPLICATION OF CREDITS AGAINST TAX.--For purposes of subsections (b) [and (d)], (d), and (f), the term "tax" means--

 

(1) the tax imposed by this chapter 1 (other than by section 55 or 56), plus

(2) the tax imposed by chapter 2, minus

(3) the credits against tax allowed by part IV of subchapter A, of chapter 1, other than the credit against tax provided by section 31 (relating to tax withheld on wages).

 

[(g)] (h) SHORT TAXABLE YEAR.--The application of this section to taxable years of less than 12 months shall be in accordance with regulations prescribed by the Secretary.

 

SEC. 6655. FAILURE BY CORPORATION TO PAY ESTIMATED INCOME TAX.

 

(a) ADDITION TO THE TAX.--In case of any underpayment of estimated tax by a corporation, except as provided in subsection (d), there shall be added to the tax under chapter 1 for the taxable year an amount determined at an annual rate established under section 6621 upon the amount of the underpayment (determined under subsection (b)) for the period of the underpayment (determined under subsection (c)).

* * * * * * *

(h) LARGE CORPORATIONS REQUIRED TO PAY AT LEAST [60] 80 PERCENT OF CURRENT YEAR TAX.--

 

(1) IN GENERAL.--In the case of a large corporation, [the amount treated as the estimated tax for the taxable year under paragraphs (1) and (2) of subsection (d) shall in no event be less than 60 percent of--

 

[(A) the tax shown on the return for the taxable year, or

[(B) if no return was filed, the tax for such year.]

 

paragraphs (1) and (2) of subsection (d) shall not apply.

(2) LARGE CORPORATION.--For purposes of this subsection, the term "large corporation" means any corporation if such corporation (or any predecessor corporation) had taxable income of $1,000,000 or more for any taxable year during the testing period.

(3) RULES FOR APPLYING (2).--

 

(A) TESTING PERIOD.--For purposes of this subsection, the term "testing period" means the 3 Taxable years immediately preceding the taxable year involved.

(B) MEMBERS OF CONTROLLED GROUPS.--For purposes of applying paragraph (2) to any taxable year in the testing period with respect to corporations which are component members of a controlled group of corporations for such taxable year, the $1,000,000 amount specified in paragraph (2) shall be divided among such members under rules similar to the rules of section 1561.

SEC. 6656. FAILURE TO MAKE DEPOSIT OF TAXES OR OVERSTATEMENT OF DEPOSITS.

 

(a) [PENALTY] UNDERPAYMENT OF DEPOSITS.--In case of failure by any person required by this title or by regulation of the Secretary under this title to deposit on the date prescribed therefor any amount of tax imposed by this title in such government depositary as is authorized under section 6302(c) to receive such deposit, unless it is shown that such failure is due to reasonable cause and not due to willful neglect, there shall be imposed upon such person a penalty of 5 percent of the amount of the underpayment. For purposes of this subsection, the term "underpayment" means the excess of the amount of the tax required to be so deposited over the amount, if any, thereof deposited on or before the date prescribed therefor.

[(b) PENALTY NOT IMPOSED AFTER DUE DATE FOR RETURN.--For purposes of subsection (a), the failure shall be deemed not to continue beyond the last date (determined without regard to any extension of time) prescribed for payment of the tax required to be deposited or beyond the date the tax is paid whichever is earlier.]

(b) OVERSTATED DEPOSIT CLAIMS.--

 

(1) IMPOSITION OF PENALTY.--Any person who makes an overstated deposit claim shall be subject to a penalty equal to 25 percent of such claim.

(2) OVERSTATED DEPOSIT CLAIM DEFINED.--For purposes of this subsection, the term "overstated deposit claim" means the excess of--

 

(A) the amount of tax under this title which any person claims, in a return filed with the Secretary, that such person has deposited in a government depositary under section 6302(c) for any period, over

(B) the aggregate amount such person has deposited in a government depositary under section 6302(c), for such period, on or before the date such return is filed.

 

(3) PENALTY NOT IMPOSED IN CERTAIN CASES.--The penalty under paragraph (1) shall not apply if it is shown that the excess described in paragraph (2) is due to reasonable cause and not due to willful neglect.

(4) PENALTY IN ADDITION TO OTHER PENALTIES.--The penalty under paragraph (1) shall be in addition to any other penalty provided by law.

* * * * * * *

 

 

SEC. 6659. ADDITION TO TAX IN THE CASE OF VALUATION OVERSTATEMENTS FOR PURPOSES OF THE INCOME TAX.

 

(a) ADDITION TO THE TAX.--If--

 

(1) an individual, or

(2) a closely held corporation or a personal service corporation, has an underpayment of the tax imposed by chapter 1 for the taxable year which is attributable to a valuation overstatement, then there shall be added to the tax an amount equal to the applicable percentage of the underpayment so attributable.

 

(b) APPLICABLE PERCENTAGE DEFINED.--For purposes of subsection (a), the applicable percentage shall be determined under the following table:

 

 If the valuation claimed is the following            The applicable

 

 percent of the correct valuation                     percentage is

 

 

 150 percent or more but not more than 200 percent      10

 

 More than 200 percent but not more than 250 percent    20

 

 More than 250 percent                                  30

 

(c) VALUATION OVERSTATEMENT DEFINED.--

 

(1) IN GENERAL.--For purposes of this section, there is a valuation overstatement if the value of any property, or the adjusted basis of any property, claimed on any return exceeds 150 percent of the amount determined to be the correct amount of such valuation or adjusted basis (as the case may be).

(2) PROPERTY MUST HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED WITHIN LAST 5 YEARS.--This section shall not apply to any property which as of the close of the taxable year for which there is a valuation overstatement has been held by the taxpayer for more than 5 years.

 

(d) UNDERPAYMENT MUST BE AT LEAST $1,000.--This section shall not apply if the underpayment for the taxable year attributable to the valuation overstatement is less than $1,000.

(e) AUTHORITY TO WAIVE.--The Secretary may waive all or any part of the addition to the tax provided by this section on a showing by the taxpayer that there was a reasonable basis for the valuation or adjusted basis claimed on the return and that such claim was made in good faith.

(f) OTHER DEFINITIONS.--For purposes of this section--

 

(1) UNDERPAYMENT.--The term "underpayment" has the meaning given to such terms by section 6653(c)(1).

(2) CLOSELY HELD CORPORATION.--The term "closely held corporation" means any corporation described in section 465(a)(1)(C).

(3) PERSONAL SERVICE CORPORATION.--The term "personal service corporation" means any corporation which is a service organization (within the meaning of section 414(m)(3)).

SEC. [6659.] 6660. APPLICABLE RULES.

 

(a) ADDITIONS TREATED AS TAX.--Except as otherwise provided in this title--

 

(1) The additions to the tax, additional amounts, and penalties provided by this chapter shall be paid upon notice and demand and shall be assessed, collected, and paid in the same manner as taxes;

(2) Any reference in this title to "tax" imposed by this title shall be deemed also to refer to the additions to the tax, additional amounts, and penalties provided by this chapter.

 

(b) PROCEDURE FOR ASSESSING CERTAIN ADDITIONS TO TAX.--For purposes of subchapter B of chapter 63 (relating to deficiency procedures for income, estate, gift, and certain excise taxes), subsection (a) shall not apply to any addition to tax under section 6651, 6654, or 6655; except that it shall apply--

 

(1) in the case of an addition described in section 6651, to that portion of such addition which is attributable to a deficiency in tax described in section 6211; or

(2) to an addition described in section 6654 or 6655, if no return is filed for the taxable year.

* * * * * * *

 

 

Subchapter B--Assessable Penalties

 

 

Sec. 6671. Rules for application of assessable penalties.

Sec. 6672. Failure to collect and pay over tax, or attempt to evade or defeat tax.

Sec. 6673. Damages assessable for instituting proceedings before the Tax court merely for delay.

Sec. 6674. Fraudulent statement or failure to furnish statement to employee.

Sec. 6675. Excessive claims with respect to the use of certain fuels or lubricating oil.

Sec. 6676. Failure to supply identifying numbers.

Sec. 6677. Failure to file information returns with respect to certain foreign trusts.

Sec. 6678. Failure to furnish certain statements.

Sec. 6679. Failure to file returns as to organization or reorganization of foreign corporations and as to acquisitions of their stock.

Sec. 6682. False information with respect to withholding [allowances based on itemized deductions].

Sec. 6683. Failure of foreign corporation to file return of person holding company tax.

Sec. 6684. Assessable penalties with respect to liability for tax under chapter 42.

Sec. 6685. Assessable penalties with respect to private foundation annual returns.

Sec. 6686. Failure of DISC to file returns.

Sec. 6687. Failure to supply information with respect to place of residence.

Sec. 6688. Assessable penalties with respect to information required to be furnished under section 7654.

Sec. 6689. Failure to file notice of redetermination of foreign tax.

Sec. 6690. Fraudulent statement or failure to furnish statement to plan participant.

Sec. 6692. Failure to file actuarial report.

Sec. 6693. Failure to provide reports on individual retirement accounts or annuities.

Sec. 6694. Understatement of taxpayer's liability by income tax return preparer.

Sec. 6695. Other assessable penalties with respect to the preparation of income tax returns for other persons.

Sec. 6696. Rules applicable with respect to sections 6694 and 6695.

Sec. 6697. Assessable penalties with respect to liability for tax of real estate investment trusts.

Sec. 6698. Failure to file partnership return.

Sec. 6698A. Failure to file information with respect to carryover basis property.

Sec. 6699. Assessable penalties relating to tax credit employee stock ownership plans.

 

* * * * * * *

 

 

SEC. 6678. FAILURE TO FURNISH CERTAIN STATEMENTS.

 

In the case of each failure--

 

(1) to furnish a statement under section 6041(d), 6042(c), 6044(e), 6049(c), or 6052(b), on the date prescribed therefor to a person with respect to whom a return has been made under section 6041(a), 6042(a)(1), 6044(a)(1), 6049(a)(1), or 6052(a), respectively, [or]

(2) to furnish a statement under section 6039(a) on the date prescribed therefor to a person with respect to whom such a statement is required, or

(3) to furnish a statement under--

 

(A) section 6050A(b) (relating to statements furnished by certain fishing boat operators),

(B) section 6050C (relating to information regarding windfall profit tax on crude oil),

(C) section 6051 (relating to information returns with respect to income tax withheld) if the statement is required to be furnished to the employee, or

(D) section 6053(b) (relating to statements furnished by employers with respect to tips),

 

on the date prescribed therefor to a person with respect to whom such a statement is required,

 

unless it is shown that such failure is due to reasonable cause and not to willful neglect, there shall be paid (upon notice and demand by the Secretary and in the same manner as tax) by the person failing to so furnish the statement $10 for each such statement not so furnished, but the total amount imposed on the delinquent person for all such failures during any calendar year shall not exceed $25,000.
* * * * * * *

 

 

[SEC. 6682. FALSE INFORMATION WITH RESPECT TO WITHHOLDING ALLOWANCES BASED ON ITEMIZED DEDUCTIONS.

 

[(a) CIVIL PENALTY.--In addition to any criminal penalty provided by law, if any individual in claiming a withholding allowance under section 3402(f)(1)(F) states (1) as the amount of the wages (within the meaning of chapter 24) shown on his return for any taxable year an amount less than such wages actually shown, or (2) as the amount of the itemized deductions referred to in section 3402(m) shown on the return for any taxable year an amount greater than such deductions actually shown, he shall pay a penalty of $50 for such statement, unless (1) such statement did not result in a decrease in the amounts deducted and withheld under chapter 24, or (2) the taxes imposed with respect to the individual under subtitle A for the succeeding year do not exceed the sum of (A) the credits against such taxes allowed by part IV of subchapter A of chapter 1, and (B) the payments of estimated tax which are considered payments on account of such taxes.

[(b) DEFICENCY PROCEDURES NOT TO APPLY.--Subchapter B of chapter 63 (relating to deficiency procedures for income, estate, gift, and certain excise taxes) shall not apply in respect to the assessment or collection of any penalty imposed by subsection (a).]

 

SEC. 6682. FALSE INFORMATION WITH RESPECT TO WITHHOLDING.

 

(a) CIVIL PENALTY.--In addition to any criminal penalty provided by law, if--

 

(1) any individual makes a statement under section 3402 which results in a decrease in the amounts deducted and withheld under chapter 24, and

(2) as of the time such statement was made, there was no reasonable basis for such statement, such individual shall pay a penalty of $500 for such statement.

 

(b) EXCEPTION.--The Secretary may waive (in whole or in part) the penalty imposed under subsection (a) if the taxes imposed with respect to the individual under subtitle A for the taxable year are equal to or less than the sum of

 

(1) the credits against such taxes allowed by part IV of subchapter A of chapter 1, and

(2) the payments of estimated tax which are considered payments on account of such taxes.

 

(c) DEFICIENCY PROCEDURES NOT TO APPLY.--Subchapter B of chapter 63 (relating to deficiency procedures for income, estate, gift, and certain excise taxes) shall not apply in respect to the assessment or collection of any penalty imposed by subsection (a).
* * * * * * *

 

 

CHAPTER 75--CRIMES, OTHER OFFENSES, AND FORFEITURES

 

 

* * * * * * *

 

 

Subchapter A--Crimes

 

 

* * * * * * *

 

 

PART I--GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

 

* * * * * * *

 

 

SEC. 7205. FRAUDULENT WITHHOLDING EXEMPTION CERTIFICATE OR FAILURE TO SUPPLY INFORMATION.

Any individual required to supply information to his employer under section 3402 who willfully supplies false or fraudulent information, or who willfully fails to supply information thereunder which would require an increase in the tax to be withheld under section 3402, shall, in lieu of any other penalty provided by law (except the penalty provided by section 6682), upon conviction thereof, be fined not more than [$500] $1,000, or imprisoned not more than 1 year, or both.

 

* * * * * * *

 

 

CHAPTER 76--JUDICIAL PROCEEDINGS

 

 

* * * * * * *

 

 

Subchapter A--Civil Actions by the United States

 

 

* * * * * * *

 

 

SEC. 7403. ACTION TO ENFORCE LIEN OR TO SUBJECT PROPERTY TO PAYMENT OF TAX.

 

(a) FILING.--In any case where there has been a refusal or neglect to pay any tax, or to discharge any liability in respect thereof, whether or not levy has been made, the Attorney General or his delegate, at the request of the Secretary, may direct a civil action to be filed in a district court of the United States to enforce the lien of the United States under this title with respect to such tax or liability or to subject any property, of whatever nature, of the delinquent, or in which he has any right, title, or interest, to the payment of such tax or liability. For the purposes of the preceding sentence, any acceleration of payment under section 6166(g) [or 6166A(h)] shall be treated as a neglect to pay tax.
Subchapter C--The Tax Court

 

 

* * * * * * *

 

 

PART II--PROCEDURE

 

 

* * * * * * *

 

 

SEC. 7456. ADMINISTRATION OF OATHS AND PROCUREMENT OF TESTIMONY.

 

(a) IN GENERAL.--* * *

* * * * * * *

(c) COMMISSIONERS.--The chief judge may from time to time appoint commissioners who shall proceed under such rules and regulations as may be promulgated by the Tax Court. Each commissioner shall receive the same compensation and travel and subsistence allowances provided by law for commissioners of the United States Court of Claims. The chief judge may assign proceedings under sections 7428, 7463, 7476, 7477, [and 7478] 7478, 7479, and 1980 to be heard by the commissioners of the court, and the court may authorize a commissioner to make the decision of the court with respect to such proceedings, subject to such conditions and review as the court may by rule provide.

* * * * * * *

 

 

PART IV--DECLARATORY JUDGMENTS

 

 

Sec. 7476. Declaratory judgments relating to qualifications of certain retirement plans.

Sec. 7477. Declaratory judgments relating to transfers of property from the United States.

Sec. 7478. Declaratory judgments relating to status of certain governmental obligations.

Sec. 7479. Procedure for binding determination of fair market value of special valuation property.

Sec. 7480. Declaratory judgments relating to section 6166.

 

* * * * * * *

 

 

SEC. 7479. PROCEDURE FOR BINDING DETERMINATION OF FAIR MARKET VALUE OF SPECIAL VALUATION PROPERTY.

 

(a) ADMINISTRATIVE AUDIT.--

 

(1) DESIGNATION BY EXECUTOR.--An executor may request the Secretary to audit the fair market value of any special valuation property which is shown on the return of the tax imposed by chapter 11. Any such request shall be made on such return. Any request so made may be withdrawn only with the consent of the Secretary.

(2) AUTHORITY OF THE SECRETARY.--For purposes of examining the correctness of the fair market value of any special valuation property, the Secretary shall have the same authority as if he were determining the liability of any person for a tax imposed by this title.

 

[(b)]

 

(1) BRINGING OF ACTION.--If the executor and the Secretary have not entered into an agreement described in subsection (c)(2) with respect to any special valuation property, the executor may bring an action in the Tax Court with respect to such property.

(2) DECLARATION BY TAX COURT.--Upon the filing of an appropriate pleading in an action brought under paragraph (1), the Tax Court may make a declaration of the fair market value of property with respect to which such an action is brought. Any such declaration shall be final and conclusive and shall not be reviewed by any other court.

(3) TIME FOR BRINGING ACTION.--

 

(A) DURING FIRST 18 MONTHS.--No action may be brought under this subsection with respect to any property during the 18-month period which begins on the date on which the executor made a request under subsection (a)(1) with respect to such property unless the pleading is filed on or after the notification date.

(B) PLEADING MUST BE FILED WITHIN THE 90-DAY PERIOD BEGINNING ON NOTIFICATION DATE.--No action may be brought under this subsection with respect to any property for which a notification date has occurred unless the pleading is filed within the 90-day period beginning on the notification date.

(C) NOTIFICATION DATE DEFINED.--For purposes of this paragraph, the term "notification date" means the day on which the Secretary sends by certified or registered mail a notification of his disagreement with the fair market value of the property shown on the return of the tax imposed by chapter 11.

(c) BINDING EFFECT OF DETERMINATIONS.--

 

(1) NOTICE FROM SECRETARY.--If--

 

(A) an executor makes a request under subsection (a)(1) with respect to the fair market value of any property, and

(B) before the date 3 years after the day on which such request is made, the Secretary sends to the executor by certified or registered mail notice of his disagreement with the fair market value of such property shown on the return of the tax imposed by chapter 11 together with his determination of such fair market value,

 

then the fair market value as so determined by the Secretary shall be binding and conclusive on the Secretary and on any qualified heir unless the executor brings an action in the Tax Court as provided, and within the period prescribed by subsection (b), or unless any such qualified heir establishes a different fair market value to the satisfaction of the Secretary.

(2) NO NOTICE FROM SECRETARY.--If--

 

(A) an executor makes a request under subsection (a)(1) with respect to the fair market value of any property, and

(B) before the date 3 years after the day on which such request is made, the Secretary does not send to the executor by certified or registered mail notice of his disagreement with the fair market value of such property shown on the return of the tax imposed by chapter 11,

 

then the fair market value so shown shall be binding and conclusive on the Secretary and on any qualified heir unless any such qualified heir establishes a different fair market value to the satisfaction of the Secretary.

(3) AGREEMENT BETWEEN SECRETARY AND EXECUTOR.--If the executor and the Secretary sign a written agreement as to the fair market value of any property with respect to which the executor made a request under subsection (a)(1), such agreement shall be binding and conclusive on the Secretary and on any qualified heir in the same manner as if such agreement were a closing agreement under section 7121 between the Secretary and such qualified heir.

(4) TAX COURT DECISION BINDING ON HEIRS.--Any declaration of the fair market value of any property made by the Tax Court which has become final shall also be binding on any qualified heir.

 

(d) INTERVENTION.--Any qualified heir shall be allowed to intervene in any administrative or judicial proceeding under this section.

(e) DEFINITION.--For purposes of this section--

 

(1) FAIR MARKET VALUE.--The term "fair market value" means fair market value on the date of the decedent's death (or, the alternate valuation date under section 2032, if the executor of the decedent's estate elected the application of such section).

(2) SPECIAL VALUATION PROPERTY.--The term "special valuation property" means any real property to which an election under section 2032A applies.

(3) QUALIFIED HEIR.--The term "qualified heir" means any person who is a qualified heir (within the meaning of section 2032A(e)(1)) with respect to the estate of the decedent.

SEC. 7480. DECLARATORY JUDGMENTS RELATING TO SECTION 6166.

 

(a) IN GENERAL.--In the case of an actual controversy involving--

 

(1) whether an estate is eligible for the extension of time for payment of the estate tax provided by section 6166,

(2) the amount of the adjusted gross estate determined on the basis of the facts and circumstances in existence on the date (including extensions) for filing the return of tax imposed by section 2001 (or, if earlier, the date on which such return is filed), or

(3) whether there is an acceleration of the time for payment under paragraph (1), (2), or (3) of section 6166(g),

 

Upon the filing of an appropriate pleading, the Tax Court may make a declaration with respect to such issue. Any such declaration shall be final and conclusive and shall not be reviewed by any other court.

(b) LIMITATIONS.--

 

(1) PETITIONER.--A pleading may be filed under this section only by the executor of the decedent's estate.

(2) EXHAUSTION OF ADMINISTRATIVE REMEDIES.--The court shall not issue a declaratory judgment under this section unless it determines in any proceeding that the petitioner has exhausted all available administrative remedies within the Internal Revenue Service.

(3) TIME FOR BRINGING ACTION.--If the Secretary sends by certified or registered mail notice of his determination of an issue described in subsection (a), no proceeding may be initiated under this section with respect to such issue unless the pleading is filed before the 91st day after the date of such mailing.

* * * * * * *

 

 

CHAPTER 79--DEFINITIONS

 

 

Sec. 7701. Definitions.

SEC. 7701. DEFINITIONS.

 

(a) When used in this title, where not otherwise distinctly expressed or manifestly incompatible with the intent thereof--

 

(1) PERSON.--* * *

* * * * * * *

(34). ESTIMATED INCOME TAX.--The term "estimated income tax" means--

 

(A) in the case of an individual, the estimated tax as defined in section 6015[(c)] (d), or

(B) in the case of a corporation, the estimated tax as defined in section 6154(c).

* * * * * * *

 

 

SECTION 208 OF THE FOREIGN EARNED INCOME ACT OF 1978

 

 

[SEC. 208. REPORTS BY THE SECRETARY.

 

[(a) GENERAL RULE.--As soon as practicable after the close of the calendar year 1979 and after the close of each second calendar year thereafter, the Secretary of the Treasury shall transmit a report to the Committee on Ways and Means of the House of Representatives and to the Committee on Finance of the Senate setting forth with respect to the preceding 2 calendar years--

 

[(1) the number, country of residence, and other pertinent characteristics of persons claiming the benefits of sections 911, 912, and 913 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1954,

[(2) the revenue cost and economic effects of the provisions of such sections 911, 912, and 913, and

[(3) a detailed description of the manner in which the provisions of such section 911, 912, and 913 have been administered during the preceding 2 calendar years.

 

[(b) INFORMATION FROM FEDERAL AGENCIES.--Each agency of the Federal Government which pays allowances excludable from gross income under section 912 of such Code shall furnish to the Secretary of the Treasury such information as he determines to be necessary to carry out his responsibility under subsection (a).]

 

SEC. 208. REPORTS BY SECRETARY.

 

(a) GENERAL RULE.--As soon as practicable after the date of the enactment of the Tax Incentive Act of 1981, and as soon as practicable after the close of each fourth calendar year thereafter, the Secretary of the Treasury shall transmit a report to the Committee on Ways and Means of the House of Representatives and to the Committee on Finance of the Senate on the operation and effects of sections 911 and 912 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1954.

(b) INFORMATION FROM FEDERAL AGENCIES.--Each agency of the Federal Government which pays allowances excludable from gross income under section 912 of such Code shall furnish to the Secretary of the Treasury such information as he determines to be necessary to carry out his responsibility under subsection (a).

SECTION 404 OF THE CRUDE OIL WINDFALL PROFIT TAX ACT OF 1980

 

 

SEC. 404. EXEMPTION OF CERTAIN INTEREST INCOME FROM TAX.

 

(a) IN GENERAL.--* * *

* * * * * * *

(c) EFFECTIVE DATE.--The amendments made by this section shall apply with respect to taxable years beginning after December 31, 1980, and before January 1, [1983] 1982.

* * * * * * *

 

 

SECTION 604 OF THE TAX REFORM ACT OF 1976

 

 

TITLE VI--BUSINESS RELATED INDIVIDUAL INCOME TAX PROVISIONS

 

 

* * * * * * *

 

 

SEC. 604. STATE LEGISLATORS' TRAVEL EXPENSES AWAY FROM HOME.

 

(a) IN GENERAL.--For purposes of section 162(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1954, in the case of any individual who was a State legislator at any time during any taxable year beginning before, January 1, [1981,] 1983, and who elects the application of this section, for any period during such a taxable year in which he was a State legislator--

 

(1) the place of residence of such individual within the legislative district which he represented shall be considered his home, [and]

[(2) he shall be deemed to have expended for living expenses (in connection with his trade or business as a legislator) an amount equal to the sum of the amounts determined by multiplying each legislative day of such individual during the taxable year by the amount generally allowable with respect to such day to employees of the executive branch of the Federal Government for per diem while away from home but serving in the United States.]

(2) he shall be deemed to have expended for living expenses (in connection with his trade or business as a legislator) an amount equal to the sum of the amounts determined by multiplying each legislative day of such individual during the taxable year by the greater of--

 

(A) the amount generally allowable with respect to such day to employees of the executive branch the State of which he is a legislator for per diem while away from home but serving in the United States, to the extent such amount does not exceed 110 percent of the amount described in subparagraph (B) with respect to such day, or

(B) the amount generally allowable with respect to such day to employees of the executive branch of the Federal Government for per diem while away from home but serving in the United States, and

 

(3) he shall be deemed to be away from home in the pursuit of a trade or business on each legislative day.

 

* * * * * * *

(c) SECTION NOT TO APPLY TO LEGISLATORS WHO RESIDE NEAR CAPITOL.--Subsection (a) shall not apply to any legislator whose place of residence within the legislative district which he represents is 50 or fewer miles from the capitol building of the State.

[(c)] (d) LIMITATION.--The amount taken into account as living expenses attributable to a trade or business as a State legislator for any taxable year under an election made under this section shall not exceed the amount claimed for such purpose under a return (or amended return) filed before May 21, 1976.

[(d)] (e) MAKING AND EFFECT OF ELECTION.--An election under this section shall be made at such time and in such manner as the Secretary of the Treasury or his delegate shall by regulations prescribe. Any such election shall apply to all taxable years beginning before January 1, 1976, for which the period for assessing or collecting a deficiency has not expired before the date of the enactment of this Act.

ACT OF OCTOBER 7, 1978

 

 

[Public Law 95-427]

 

 

AN ACT To prohibit the issuance of regulations on the taxation of fringe benefits, and for other purposes.

 

 

Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled.

SECTION. 1. FRINGE BENEFIT REGULATIONS.

 

(a) IN GENERAL.--No fringe benefit regulation shall be issued--

 

(1) in final form on or after May 1, 1978, and on or before [May 31, 1981] May 31, 1983, or

(2) in proposed or final form on or after May 1, 1978, if such regulation has an effective date on or before [May 31, 1981] May 31, 1983.

 

(b) DEFINITION OF FRINGE BENEFIT REGULATION.--For purposes of subsection (a), the term "fringe benefit regulation" means a regulation providing for the inclusion of any fringe benefit in gross income by reason of section 61 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1954.

 

SEC. 2. COMMUTING EXPENSES.

With respect to transportation costs paid or incurred after December, 31, 1976, and on or before [May 31, 1981] May 31, 1983, the application of sections 62, 162, and 262 and of chapters 21, 23, and 24, of the Internal Revenue Code of 1954 to transportation expenses in traveling between a taxpayer's residence and place of work shall be determined--

(1) without regard to Revenue Ruling 76--453 (and without regard to any other regulation, ruling, or decision reaching the same result as, or a result similar to, the result set forth in such Revenue Ruling); and

(2) with full regard to the rules in effect before Revenue Ruling 76-453.

* * * * * * *

 

 

VIII. ADDITIONAL VIEWS OF THE HONORABLE JAMES R. JONES

 

 

While I am pleased that the Ways and Means Committee has addressed the problems of productivity and capital formation through changes to our current depreciation laws, I am deeply troubled by the method the Committee has chosen, and by the haste in which this choice has been made.

My concern is not with the goal of expensing business investment; I believe this should be the aim of our depreciation program, and I will work to achieve that result. But I am troubled by the method we have chosen to phase in this systems. As we have seen too many times in the past, tax bills which are drawn up quickly and without careful study often have dubious or negligible effects. In the case of the "Tax Reform Act of 1976," for example, some of the changes were so counter-productive that we had to repeal them within two years. I am concerned that the same situation might arise from this tax bill, and that we will have to go back and revise the depreciation provisions within the next several years. This is especially troublesome because another approach is available.

This proposal is a modified version of the Capital Cost Recovery Act, or "10-5-3." As one of the authors of the original "10-5-3" legislation, I am naturally in favor of this approach as a prelude to full expensing. But I am not the only supporter of the "10-5-3" concept. After many hearings, after many studies which demonstrated the benefits of "10-5-3", it was endorsed by numerous business groups and by more than 300 Members of Congress. It gained this support because it was carefully-wrought and clearly improved capital formation while doing away with the often confusing and burdensome features of our current depreciation system.

For this reason, I was troubled when the Administration decided to tamper with the carefully-chosen "10-5-3" depreciation schedules. This was especially disturbing because I am not convinced the Administration made its decision based on the economic benefits of the change.

I do not believe the Committee has made its decision on this phasein method based on anything but the benefits it believes will be reaped by the economy of our nation. But I am disturbed that those benefits have not been demonstrated in studies or discussed in hearings. I am also concerned the Committee's proposal will not relieve business of the burden of our current confusing depreciation system.

During the Committee's deliberations, I presented a system which builds off the "10-5-3" framework to reach the ultimate goal of expensing. Expensing and "10-5-3" are ideas which are compatible. The proposal I suggested to the Committee merges these two systems in a manner that will achieve the goals which are the purpose of this tax bill: relieving our businesses of cumbersome regulations, strengthening our nation's capacity for growth, and stimulating capital investment.

I hope that the House and Senate conferees will consider a depreciation system that includes the most beneficial aspects both of expensing and of "10-5-3".

 

James R. Jones.
IX. ADDITIONAL VIEWS OF THE HONORABLE DON J. PEASE

 

 

As one of the suitors caught up in the attempt to catch the public's fancy, the Ways and Means Committee, with members of both parties participating, has reported an extremely expensive bill that does none of us proud. While I have intended to support an individual tax cut for some time and will support this bill, I believe that the ornaments that we have attached to this summer tree weigh it down greatly.

Nevertheless, the Chairman should be commended for his efforts on this bill. He has devoted long hours and he has negotiated with a commitment to equity and real fairness to the American taxpayer. Despite criticism and doubt by others, he has pushed the committee on a timetable and met it. I think that both Republicans and Democrats can be impressed with the way that he has run our committee. And to begin your chairmanship with legislation of this magnitude is certainly the acid test of acid tests.

It is unfortunate that the committee's work degenerated into the bidding war that we have seen result in an extremely large and expensive bill. While the Democrats on the committee have been successful in changing the individual tax rate cuts to focus more on the middle income American whose discretionary income has been eroded by inflation, too many provisions have been added to the bill that in the end may negate the focussing.

But ironically, the many special cuts that affect mainly the wealthy, combined with the cuts they will receive under the normal rate reductions parts of the tax bill, will allow the Administration's "supply-side" theories to be tested--this should lead, as the supply-siders assure us, to obvious and overwhelming increases in revenue through an improved economy and revenue "feedback". It is ironic that we have heard less and less from the Congressional supporters of supply side economics, however, and I wonder if they may be having second thoughts.

In particular, the committee adopted a handful of tax provisions whose main effect is to aid the wealthy: in considering the All-Savers savings incentive (which I supported), the committee took a somewhat schizophrenic approach--many Members' main interest seemed to be protecting the savings and loan industry. Many other Members seemed more interested in the savings incentive and capital formation aspects of the provision. I hope it can do both, but I fear it will do neither--and cost Treasury and taxpayers billions of dollars as we learn.

In one area where we had an opportunity to close a true "tax loophole", and despite the Administration's support for a Senate Finance-passed bill to regulate commodity tax straddles, the committee voted to partially back off its previous vote to restrict this bald and outrageous misuse of the tax code to artificially create losses and push gains into softer long-term capital gains treatment.

$15 billion in concessions was made in easing estate and gift tax provisions. While critics of estate taxes always have a ready example at hand to show you how terribly a poor widow farmer in Kansas has been treated, what they fail to tell you is that the principal beneficiaries of liberalized estate taxes are not the widows but very rich establishment families with money to burn. The changes the committee approved will now result in less than half of one percent of estates being taxed, rather than the previous 3%. Some estate tax changes for farmers and small businessmen were in order, but the committee went too far.

I am glad that the committee addressed the very important issue of the "marriage tax" in the bill, but unfortunately the way it was done tends to work to the advantage of upper income two-earner families rather than low or middle income.

In addition to the All Savers' saving incentive, provisions adopted to liberalize Individual Retirement Accounts (IRA's) do great things for those lucky enough to be participating in "qualified" employer pension plans, but probably little for the average working man who cannot afford to set aside money out of discretionary income. Keogh plans and liberalized dividend reinvestment plans are probably of equally questionable value to ordinary working people.

The bidding war probably reaches its height in the oil tax portion of the Tax Incentive Act. In a clear and unashamed effort to anchor votes for the committee bill, we have approved about 10 energy and oil provisions costing close to $7 billion in Fiscal Years 1981-86. That is a large bid. Ironically, as soon as the committee formally reported the bill it appeared that the Administration would up the ante even further in their attempt to secure votes.

Lastly, I want to address the "trigger" that the committee adopted for the third year of the tax cut--as long as the economy meets the "scenario" projected by the Administration in its mid-session budget review the third year of tax cuts will go into effect. If the economy is living up to the three main indicators (CPI, 91-day T-bill rates, and federal deficit level), the third year will trigger in. The committee regarded this as a responsible and reasonable way to assure we do not create more inflation if we find ourselves in an inflationary situation in 1984.

 

Don J. Pease.
X. MINORITY VIEWS ON H.R. 4242

 

 

The American people have a right to expect a real, evenhanded and lasting tax cut. They will not get it from this bill.

They will get it from President Reagan's bipartisan program which will be offered as an alternative when the Committee legislation is debated on the House Floor.

This bill (H.R. 4242) has some good points (all of which are present in the Reagan program also) but it is blessed by the same O'Neill Democrats who brought us decades of rising taxes and a declining economy. As a consequence, it represents a continuation of tired old policies that have pushed unemployment and inflation up and public confidence in government down.

The Library of Congress's Congressional Research Service (CRS) analyzed the personal tax cuts offered under this bill and under the Reagan program. Among the conclusions of this study:

"Under the Ways and Means Committee tax cut bill all households would experience increases in their effective tax rates between 1980 and 1983."

Under the Reagan program, the CRS study pointed out, "all households would experience decreases in their marginal tax rates between 1980 and 1983. The reductions in marginal tax rates range between 6 percentage points at the upper income levels and 1 percentage point at the lower income levels."

The CRS analysis covered only years 1980 through 1983. The Reagan program provides a 10 percent marginal tax cut running into 1984, too. When that third year reduction is taken into account, the difference between the two bills is even more pronounced.

By 1984, under the O'Neill Democrat plan, working people in nearly every tax bracket would be paying higher taxes than in 1980.

By 1984, under the Reagan plan, working people in virtually all income levels would be getting greater tax relief.

According to a Treasury study, the O'Neill Democrat plan would produce less savings, fewer jobs and continued economic stagnation. The Reagan plan would have exactly the opposite effects--higher savings, more jobs and greater economic prosperity.

Reacting to the third year tax cut impact, drafters of the O'Neill Democrat bill decided, in the eleventh hour of their deliberations, to counter with a special gimmick--a conditional third year reduction to be triggered only if certain conditions are met. Use of this gimmick smacks of desperation and serves as an admission that the Committee bill offered no real tax cut in the first place.

Close observation of the trigger reveals that it was designed so it never would have to be pulled. It is based on the attainment of Administration economic goals regarding deficits, inflation, and interest rates. The fatal flaw in the conditional elements is that the Administration's economic goals are based on the Administration's economic program. It's a "catch 22" situation. The President's tax cut is needed if the economic goals are to be met, but under the trigger we cannot have the tax cut until the economic goals have been met.

There's another slippery feature of the triggering gimmick. One of its conditions is that Congress must meet the Administration's fiscal 1983 deficit target--a target based in part on the estimated cost of the Reagan tax bill that year. By its own estimate, however, the Committee has produced a bill costing more in 1983 than the Reagan program.

This means the Committee has, in effect, already violated one of its own conditions: The cost of its bill would nullify the trigger it designed.

Thus, the Committee has set a trap, not a trigger.

With a long-term tax cut guaranteed, under the Reagan program, taxpayers will be able to make firm plans, and invest with the assurance that inflation and interest rates will drop.

Although the drafters of H.R. 4242 were opposed to a guaranteed third year tax reduction for individuals, they had no problem in justifying a rate reduction for corporations extending from 1984 through 1987, six years from now. Since the main beneficiaries of the corporate rate reduction are big businesses, does this decision by the O'Neill Democrats imply greater trust of corporations than individuals?

In order to make room under their cost umbrella for those corporate rate cuts, the O'Neill Democrats had to sacrifice somewhere else, and the somewhere else translates into farmers, sole proprietors and small business operators. Just as H.R. 4242 can be perceived as catering to big businesses, the Reagan program quite clearly is tilted toward little businesses as well as individual taxpayers.

The depreciation changes made in the Reagan plan offer greater simplification, which is always a boon to harried individual taxpayers and the owners of truly small enterprises. Because the Reagan program offers across-the-board relief it automatically helps more small business operators, relatively few of whom pay corporate taxes but all of whom pay individual income taxes. Many operate as proprietorships; thus, their profits are taxed at their individual rates.

More particularly of help to beleaguered small businesses, however, are these provisions of the Reagan program:

An increase in the investment credit limit on used equipment, from $100,000 to $125,000 in 1981 through 1984, and to $150,000 thereafter;

An increase in the permitted number of Subchapter S shareholders to 25, with permission for shareholder trusts in certain circumstances;

An increase in the minimum accumulated earnings credit from $150,000 to $250,000; and

Improvements in LIFO inventory rules to remove impediments to the use of LIFO by small enterprises.

For all businesses, large and small, the Reagan plan offers the distinct advantage of retaining the investment tax credit. The O'Neill Democrat bill removes it.

Of overriding value in the Reagan plan, however, is its guarantee to both individuals and businesses of real tax reduction on a permanent basis. The O'Neill Democrat bill cuts taxes, it is true. But, as it is said of Chinese food, it satisfies a nationwide hunger for tax relief for a short time only.

The Reagan plan not only assures deep marginal reductions of 25 percent over the next three years--as opposed to the O'Neill Democrat offer of 15 percent over the next two years--but it follows through with the indexation of individual rate brackets permanently starting in 1985.

Thus, the Reagan plan first brings down these marginal rates, which have been too high for too long, and then it keeps them down by tying them to the cost of living.

Also indexed are personal exemptions and the zero bracket amount, or the minimum standard deduction, which is the very threshold of income tax payment.

For all taxpayers, then, but especially for those on low and/or fixed incomes, the even-handed reduction of 25 percent over three years, coupled with the indexation of personal exemptions and the zero bracket amount, represents the first genuine income tax relief by the federal government in decades.

President Reagan promised such relief, and his Economic Recovery Tax Act is the fulfillment of that promise. We urge all of our colleagues to join in supporting this clear alternative.

The American people have a right to expect it.

 

Barber Conable. John J. Duncan. Bill Archer. Guy Vander Jagt. Philip M. Crane. Bill Frenzel. Jim Martin. L. A. (Skip) Bafalis. Dick T. Schulze. Bill Gradison. John H. Rousselot. W. Henson Moore.
XI. ADDITIONAL VIEWS OF THE HONORABLE BILL FRENZEL

 

 

This bill, H.R. 4242, is described as the "Democratic Alternative" to the tax portion of President Reagan's economic program. The stacked Democratic Majority did move towards the President's goals, but the bill is not a real alternative to the President's bill. The major problem is that it contains so many greater and lesser sweeteners, ornaments and add-ons, that it is difficult to ascertain exactly what the real purpose of this legislation really is.

In short, it lacks the sharp economic focus of the President's program.

The tax portion of the President's economic recovery program started out as a basic 30 percent reduction in individual rates and the substitution of the current complicated depreciation system with a program known as the "Accelerated Cost Recovery System" (ACRS). Budget considerations, and the realization that marriage tax, estate tax relief, and other considerations required immediate attention, forced changes to be developed, culminating with the bipartisan program embodied in H.R. 3849.

Unfortunately, the majority of the Members on the Ways and Means Committee chose to ignore the widespread support this program had, and instead sought to develop an alternative package. While I supported the President's tax program. I would not have been averse to exploring all of the other possible alternatives, as long as they were real alternatives, focused on specific economic targets. Instead, the Committee produced a mixed bag designed to make a political statement, and to cater to the whims of special interests, regions and Members. The bill is simply a political document, a classic case of political document, a classic case of political horse-trading, log-rolling, and half-effective tax symbolism.

The log-rolling produced some winners and some losers among the many varied constituencies in our society. Some of the winners include: commodity traders, who received the blessings of the Democrat majority to continue their practice of avoiding income taxes through the use of tax straddles; the steel, automobile, railroad, paper and airline industries, who, under this bill, will be able to receive a refund for their unused investment tax credits stretching all of the way back to 1962; certain individuals who may not pay taxes at all; and states who have wantonly borrowed from the unemployment compensation fund.

Although there were many provisions which were not included in this tax package, some of the most notable were those in which the Ways and Means Committee took note of the problem, and then proceeded to adopt a half solution. These sections, which are detailed below, include the changes in the tax treatment of retirement accounts and certain pension plans, the new provisions dealing with estate taxes and current use valuation, and the Foreign Earned Income Act amendments.

 

IRA's and LERA's

 

 

The Ways and Means Committee bill makes some changes in the Tax laws governing retirement savings accounts which are necessary to help our pension and retirement systems survive the current economic downturn, and to help to provide some assurances that today's workers will have some form of pension protection in their retirement years. However, the changes that the Committee has made do not go far enough, and could conceivably cause an eventual weakening of the pension systems we are trying to protect.

The Ways and Means Committee bill provides for an increase in the amount of the deduction allowed for contributions into an Individual Retirement Account (IRA) from the current $1,500 to $2,000, with married couples allowed to place up to $2,000 per person, or $4,000, into IRA accounts per year. The bill also permits individuals who are active participants in a pension plan to set up their own IRA and contribute up to $2,000 per year, and allows participants in an employer sponsored "voluntary" plan to contribute up to $2,000 to their plan, and take a deduction for their contribution. However, due in part to the revenue loss, the bill does not provide any deduction for contributions to a so-called "mandatory" pension plan.

Mandatory pension plans are those plans in which the employee permits his employer to deduct a certain percentage from his paycheck for the pension fund, with the employer paying in a similar amount towards the employee's retirement fund. In most cases, the employee is not required to joint the plan, but rather is given the option of joining the plan or finding his own retirement protection plan.

Under the Committee bill, there is a disincentive for employees to joint mandatory pension plans, as they will not receive any tax deduction for their contributions to the plan. Under the bill, the employee would therefore have an incentive to withdraw out of his mandatory pension plan. and instead create his own IRA. If enough employees decide that they would be better off starting their own IRA, and subsequently getting the tax deduction, many pension plans will find themselves short of the active participants which are necessary to adequately fund the benefits which have already been promised, and those that are currently being distributed. If mass withdrawals, and insolvencies, do take place in private pension plans, the ultimate loser will be the American taxpayer, whose government will have to assume its obligations under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 to pay the benefits.

 

Estate Taxes and Current Use Valuation

 

 

The Committee bill makes some important and necessary changes in the estate tax laws. The current laws have, in recent years, become an ever increasing burden on small businesses and family farms, as it has become increasingly difficult for parents to pass the businesses that they have built up on to their heirs. To help small businesses and farmers to more easily cope with the inflated values of their estates, the bill increases the size of estates and gifts which will automatically be exempted from any taxes. In addition, the rules relating to current use valuation, which is a provision designed to permit farmers and small businessmen to value their estates at its value to the business, based on the income of that property, as opposed to the artificially high assessments which might otherwise be attributed to the estate due to the effects of inflation, have been amended.

Unfortunately, the Committee refused to amend the current use valuation to permit farmers and small businessmen to pass their property on to their heirs at retirement or disability, instead of when they die. This minor change, which would have had a minimal effect on Treasury revenues would have allowed individuals eligible for the current use valuation to elect to apply the special valuation to the gift tax, as well as to the estate tax. Applying the current use valuation to the gift tax would have had the desirable effect of helping to preserve the family farm, as it would have enabled young farmers to take over the family's holdings at an age that the farmer is still young enough to work the land productively.

The changes necessary to extend the current use valuation to the gift tax would have been relatively minor. All of the rules and regulations which presently apply to the current use valuation for estate tax purposes would apply to the gift tax. The election to take the special valuation would be permitted only once, thereby reducing any administrative problems which might arise. And the donor would have to either be disabled, or age 62, to take advantage of this election.

Without the ability to transfer family farms at the more favorable tax rate, family farms are likely to be sold off to other investors, including corporations. Young family farmers will continue to believe that they are being forced off of their family lands.

 

Foreign Earned Income

 

 

In 1981, the Ways and Means Committee made an important move towards undoing the damage of the Foreign Earned Income Act of 1976 and helping to put U.S. citizens on a more competitive footing with our trading partners abroad. The United States is currently the only major trading country that persists in taxing its citizens on the basis of citizenship, not residency. U.S. citizens are therefore liable both for taxes to their country of residence, and to the U.S. government.

This double tax burden, plus the fact that the reimbursements that American citizens receive from their employers for excess housing expenses, childrens' education and higher costs of living are all taxable, has forced thousands of Americans to leave their foreign jobs and return to the U.S. Their jobs are quickly filled by foreign nations who are less liable to order, or to promote the side of, American products. This has seriously aggravated our trade problems, and added unemployment here at home.

The Ways and Means bill takes a modest step towards the resolution of this problem by exempting the first $75,000 of foreign earned income from U.S. taxation, as long as the individual lives and works abroad. This is basically a simplification measure, as it replaces the current series of excess living, housing, education, etc. deductions with a flat exclusion, plus a flat housing allowance. Unfortunately, while the amount of the exclusion is increased slightly every year ($5,000 per year until 1986), it is not enough to keep up with the rapidly rising cost of living in most of the other countries of the world, increases which far outpace those which we find intolerable in the U.S.

In addition, the limited exclusion that the Committee passed does not adequately cover the compensation of the upper management personnel of U.S. companies abroad. The upper management employees are the ones who make the major decisions in most firms' foreign operations, and are the individuals we should keep abroad to promote American sales overseas.

This provision is simply one more example of how this bill has become more of a political document, and less a statement of a sound new "alternative" tax policy. There is absolutely no tax policy or revenue reason not to put U.S. citizens on an equal footing with other foreign nationals. The direct revenue loss would have been minimal.

In addition, every study which has been conducted in this area has reached the same conclusion--that a total residence based tax approach has the potential for returning as much as $6 billion to the Treasury due to increased exports. It is unfortunate that the majority could not find the courage to include this provision which would have ultimately provided additional jobs for the very people this bill is supposed to help.

The bad features of this bill are already legend. The distressed industry bailout, which gives $3.3 billion in taxpayer's money to industries who are not able to use all of their investment tax credits, is the worst. It makes the ITC refundable, and provides a windfall tax benefit to many of our country's largest, and most prosperous, corporations.

The unemployment compensation bailout is the second worst feature in this bill. It allows states which have been wanton borrowers from the Unemployment Compensation Fund without interest to continue to do so, and provides no incentive for them to pay off their old, interest free, debts. This has the effect of making the taxpayers pay $600 million in interest for states which blithely raise unemployment compensation benefits but are afraid to raise unemployment compensation taxes.

Next year this subsidy to profligate states will amount to over a billion dollars at the current rates of interest. The individual taxpayers of the United States should not be obliged to bail out irresponsible states.

These are only a few of the features of the Committee bill which ought to be removed. Overshadowing these problems, however, is the principal flaw: It does not focus on the economic improvement of our country. It should be defeated and the President's program adopted instead.

 

Bill Frenzel.
XII. ADDITIONAL DISSENTING VIEWS OF HON. W. HENSON MOORE

 

 

The Committee's tax cut bill contains a provision which enables only six select "distressed" industries to carry back all their unused investment tax credits (ITCs) accumulated through 1981 against their past tax liabilities all the way back to 1962 when ITCs were created. Present law allows all businesses and industries to carry them back only three years. This provision chooses as "distressed" the mining, paper, airline, automobile manufacturers, steel and railroad industries. This controversial, broadly worded provision will introduce into the tax law a tax expenditure which is ill-advised, costly, unnecessary and is nothing more than a $3.3 billion bailout.

The Treasury and Joint Committee on Taxation have both computed that there are $3.3 billion worth of unused ITCs for these industries. This is a large sum of money lost to the Treasury; as a matter of fact, it is larger than the cost of the significant changes in the inheritance tax in the bill for any year through 1984 and almost twice as much for any year through 1984 as the bill's oil tax reductions even without considering the partial offset of the change in the foreign income tax credit. This bailout is so large and ill-advised that it should sink the entire bill for the following reasons:

First, the Committee has never held hearings on the "distressed industries" concept. In particular, there is no objective test of need in the provision by which the six industries were designated "distressed." They were simply anointed by a subjective choice on grounds not known or explained. Certainly other industries (e.g., the textile, shoe and electronics industries) are, and have been, in serious financial difficulties yet are not included in the "chosen few." It is bad policy to create a special class of "super industries" in the tax law without a thorough analysis with public comments and hearings.

Second, there are individual companies within a particular industry deemed "distressed" which are, in fact, consistently profitable. Yet, because the giveaway applies to all companies within an industry grouping rather than company by company based on need, money will go to companies which are not in need and do not deserve a windfall payment from the taxpayers. Any company whose profit is equal to or less than 25 percent of the accumulated unused investment tax credits which can be utilized in the first year will most certainly take advantage of this provision. This is particularly true in those industries which typically accumulate large amounts of credits because they are capital intensive (as in the airline industry). Other companies (such as in the paper industry) individually have over $5 billion in assets worldwide and earn in the hundreds of millions of dollars in profits yearly. Yet, because the determination is based on whether the company is an industry labeled as "distressed," the individual financial position of a company within the group is irrelevant.

In addition, while a company may be distressed, it may be the subsidiary of a parent company which is not. In recent years, many large oil companies have acquired mining companies. These oil companies will benefit under this provision from the special tax treatment being afforded to their "distressed" subsidiary. Rather than the parent company assisting in the survival of the subsidiary by using the parent's dollars, the provision will funnel millions of tax dollars to help them.

It is interesting to note an indirect benefit to these parents. By aiding these subsidiaries with public money, it frees up money of the parent which would otherwise be used by the parent as contributions to the subsidiary's capital to assist in the subsidiary's expansion.

Third, the provision retroactively discriminates against companies which qualify, but which have not retained their records all the way back to 1962 because they were not required to do so by law, and since the tax law previously had permitted ITC carrybacks only to several years preceding a taxable year in issue. Therefore some in need will not be able to take advantage of it while others who kept their records will. Such a provision should be prospective, not retroactive, in creation.

Fourth, this $3.3 billion could have been spent on other needed tax changes or not spent at all to help reach a balanced budget. It could also have been better used in social programs which have been cut in the reconciliation bill rather than indiscriminately doled out to these large corporations.

Finally, the Committee bill provides for a phasing in of complete "expensing" in lieu of the "10--5--3" method of cost recovery. Under this method, the purchases made by the distressed industries will be partially written off in the year the equipment is placed in service. The portion which is not so expressed will be eligible for an investment tax credit until phased out. In addition, these unused ITCs would be cashed in or refunded by the Treasury. Thus, these industries are using taxpayers' dollars to purchase equipment (refunded unused ITCs), which they will partially expense and partially depreciate, and for which they will receive an investment tax credit. By this means, these industries are being given "free" money and then are allowed to fully recover the basis of this "free" money. In effect, they will achieve better than a 200 percent tax advantage on this property. This goes beyond the proposal's intent of "assisting" these industries.

 

W. Henson Moore.
FOOTNOTES

 

 

IV. Title I.A. Table 5

* Tax liability is negative for this income class.

1 Expanded income equals adjusted gross income plus excluded capital gains and various tax preference items less investment interest to the extent of investment income.

2 Revenue gain from (a) not adjusting personal exemption, earned income credit, zero bracket amount, and rate brackets by 9.14 percent (the increase in the GNP deflator between the third quarter of 1979 and the third quarter of 1980) and from (b) ad hoc 1981 increase in social security wage base (to $29,700) above what would occur under indexing ($28,200) and 1981 increase in social security tax rate to 6.65 from 6.13 percent for employees and to 9.3 from 8.1 percent for self-employed, net of (c) revenue loss from expanding the $100 dividend exclusion to the $200 interest and dividend exclusion.

3 Includes rate reductions, 2-earner couples' deduction and increases in zero bracket amount, earned income credit and child care credit. Percentage reduction in parentheses.

4 Total revenue loss minus inflation and social security increases. Percentage reduction in net tax liability (tax liability minus inflation and social security increases) in parentheses.

IV. Title I.A. Table 6

1 Includes rate reductions, 2-earner couples' deduction and increases in zero bracket amount, earned income credit and child care credit.

2 Percentage distribution of revenue loss in parentheses.

IV. Title I.A.2.

1 The actual marginal tax rate on earned income may exceed 50 percent, under present law, even for those individuals whose tax liability is calculated using the maximum tax. This occurs because the tax liability on unearned income is calculated by "stacking" unearned after earned income. so that each additional dollar of earned income may push a taxpayer's unearned income into higher tax brackets. Moreover, because itemized deductions are, in effect. allocated on a pro rata basis between earned income and other income, each dollar of earned income causes an additional amount of itemized deductions to be allocated to earned income. Thus, an additional dollar of earned income causes a larger portion of itemized deductions to be deducted against income that would be taxed at a 50-percent rate rather than at the higher rates applicable to other income.

IV. Title I.A. Table 7.

1 Except as noted in footnote 2, brackets are changed only to conform to the increase in zero bracket amount. Present law taxable income bracket are shown in the table

2 The 44-percent bracket extends from $46,400 to $70,000 of taxable income, and the 50-percent rate applies to taxable income in excess of $70,000, in the 1984 rate schedule.

IV. Title I.B.

1 For example, assume that A, a U.S. citizen, is a bona fide resident of a foreign country for all of 1983. The citizen has no foreign earned income and his housing cost amount (his foreign housing expenses over the base amount) is $30,000. A gets no deduction for housing costs in 1983. In 1984 A has foreign earned income of $150,000 and his housing cost amount is again $30,000. A would be entitled to an exclusion of $85,000 plus a deduction of his $30,000 housing cost amount paid in 1984. In addition, A would be permitted to deduct the $30,000 of his unused housing costs carried over from 1983.

IV. Title II.A.

1 Under the 200-percent declining balance method, depreciation is taken at twice the straight-line rate on the capital costs that have not yet been recovered through depreciation deductions. For example, for an asset with a 5-year life, the first year's deduction is 40 percent of the cost, the second year's deduction is 24 percent (40 percent of the remaining 60 percent of cost), and so forth. Taxpayers using the 200-percent declining balance method typically switch to straight-line or SYD at same point during the asset's useful life because the entire cost of an asset is not recovered using a declining balance method.

Under the sum of the years-digits (SYD) method, changing fractions are applied each year to the original cost (or other basis) of the property reduced by estimated salvage value. The numerator of the fraction for a given year is the number of years remaining in the asset's useful life, including the year for which the deduction is being computed, and the denominator, which remains constant, is the sum of the numerals representing each of the years of the asset's estimated useful life.

2 This minimum tax is sometimes called the 15-percent "add-on" minimum tax (sec. 56) and is different from the alternative minimum tax, although it has the same general purposes.

3 For this purpose, the term "personal property" means property which is subject to depreciation recapture under section 1245.

4 A controlled group of corporations (with a 50 percent control test) is treated as one taxpayer and thus is entitled to have only $10,000 of eligible property each year to be apportioned among the members of the group as provided by regulations (sec. 179(d)(6) and (7); Treas. Reg. sec. 1.179-2(c)). Also, a partnership is limited to $10,000 of eligible property per year, and a member of a partnership must aggregate his distributive share of the partnership's eligible property with his distributive share of eligible property from other partnerships and from his direct interest in section 179 property in applying the $10,000 (or $20,000) eligible property limitation (sec. 179(d)(8)).

A trust is not eligible to elect additional first-year depreciation (sec. 179(d)(4)). However, an estate may elect to take an additional first-year depreciation allowance on up to $10,000 of qualifying property. Thus, the maximum deduction available to an estate is $2,000. The amount of the allowance under section 179 apportioned from an estate to an heir, legatee, or devisee shall not be taken into account by such heir, legatee, or devisee in determining the dollar limitations applicable to additional first-year depreciation on his own property (sec. 179(d)(5)).

IV. Title II.A. Explanation of Provisions 3.

1 Under the half-year convention, one-half of the asset's cost is placed in the account in the year that the asset is placed in service. The other half of the asset's cost is added to the account in the subsequent year.

2 No such reduction will be made by reason of a transfer at death. Thus, no gain will be realized and the recovery deduction for the decedent's final return will be determined by reference to the account balance on the date of death. The transferee's addition to its recovery account for the assets received will be the amount of the fair market value of those assets (Code sec. 1014(a)). The half-year convention will apply with respect to such addition.

3 To the extent it applies, the recapture rule in these new provisions overrides Code section 1231 which, in some circumstances, permits gain on the sale of depreciable personal property to be treated as capital gain to the extent such gain exceeds the amount of depreciation previously deducted on such property. Because simplified cost recovery eliminates separate basis computations for each property, the rules provided under Code section 1231 are not feasible for recovery property. In addition, receipts from sales or exchanges of recovery property do not go into the section 1231 computation for purposes of characterizing gains and losses from sales or exchanges of section 1231 property other than recovery property.

4 The amount of the deduction for a charitable contribution of recovery property is reduced by the excess of the fair market value of the property over the transferred amount. This approach is similar to present law (Code sec. 170(e)) which reduces the amount of a charitable contribution of depreciable personal property by the amount of depreciation recapture which would have been realized on a sale of the property.

IV. Title II.C.

1 Under present law, the investment tax credit is generally unavailable for residential property (sec. 48(a)(3)).

IV. Title II.F.1.

1 If the capitalized expenses relate to depreciable property, deductions may be taken in the form of depreciation allowances spread over the property's useful life. If the capitalized expenses relate to nondepreciable property, those costs cannot be recovered until disposition or abandonment of the property.

2 However, expenses of developing new methods of extracting minerals from the ground may be eligible for sec. 174 elections (Rev. Rul. 74-67, 1974-1 C.B. 63). Also, certain expenses for development of a mine or other natural deposit (other than an oil or gas well) may be deductible under sec. 616.

3 Hereinafter, this report uses the word "research" in place of the statutory terms "research and experimental" or "research and experimentation," as the case may be.

4 No change is made by the provision to the definition of research for purposes of the section 174 deduction elections. The new credit is available for incremental qualifying research expenditures for the taxable year whether or not the taxpayer has elected under section 174 to expense or amortize research expenditures.

5 This definition of research expenditures is derived from the definition of "research and development" set forth in Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") Statement No. 2, paragraph 8 (October 1974). However, a determination of whether particular expenditures qualify for the new credit is to be based on the language of Code section 44F, and the committee's intent in adopting the provision, and is not to be controlled by the wording of FASB Statement No. 2 or by any interpretations for accounting purposes of FASB Statement No. 2. Any change by the FASB in the definition or interpretation of "research and development" shall not have any effect on the meaning or interpretation of this provision.

6 A business item of a person whose research expenditures are aggregated with those of the taxpayer (pursuant to the rules discussed below) is treated as a business item of the taxpayer. For example, amounts paid by a parent corporation for research for purposes of discovering information which may be potentially useful in development of a new business item for its wholly owned subsidiary will be treated the same as if such amounts had been paid for research in development of a new business item for the parent corporation.

7 See note 2, supra.

8 In the case of government contracts, a research expenditure is considered to be funded from the grant, contract, or subcontract to the extent that the cost is required by, or allocable to, a particular contract or is incurred pursuant to a negotiated advance agreement for the payment of such costs (see, e.g., 32 C.F.R. para. 15-205.35(a)(1980), relating to the establishment of a cost ceiling for availability of "independent research and development" costs under the Defense Acquisition Regulations). However, a government contractor's independent research generally would not be considered to be funded from a grant, contract, or subcontract. Nevertheless, the costs of such company-sponsored research generally would be treated as being funded from a government contract to the extent that those costs are reimbursed by a grant, contract, or subcontract in accordance with applicable government contracting accounting rules.

9 In conformity with these credit carryover rules, sec. 241(c) of the bill makes technical amendments to Code sec. 55(c)(4), relating to carryover and carryback of certain credits in connection with the alternative minimum tax; sec. 381(c), relating to carryover items of the distributor or transferor corporation in certain corporate acquisitions; sec. 383, relating to special limitations on carryovers of certain credits, etc.; the table of Code sections relating to carryovers; sec. 6511(d)(4)(C), defining credit carrybacks in connection with refund claims; and sec. 6411, relating to quick refunds in respect to tentative carryback adjustments.

Also, sec. 241(d) of the bill makes technical and clerical amendments to Code sec. 6096(b), defining income tax liability for purposes of rules on payments to the Presidential Election Campaign Fund, and to the table of Code sections relating to allowable income tax credits.

IV. Title II.F.2.

1 In the case of donations of capital gain property, the amount taken into account as a charitable contribution must be reduced by a portion of the appreciation if the use of the donated item by the donee charity is unrelated to the charity's exempt functions, or if the property is given to certain types of private foundations.

2 The provision does not apply in the case of a corporation which is a subchapter S corporation, as defined in sec. 1371(b); a personal holding company, as defined in sec. 542; or a service organization, as defined in sec. 414(m)(3).

3 The bill provides that, under Treasury regulations, property is to be treated as constructed by the taxpayer only if the cost of parts (other than parts manufactured by the taxpayer or a related person) used in construction do not exceed 50 percent of the taxpayer's basis in the property.

4 For purposes of the fourth requirement listed above, the term "substantially all" means at least 80 percent. Donated inventory-type property will qualify under this use requirement if substantially all the use by the donee is for the conduct of research, if substantially all the use by the donee is for training to conduct research, or if substantially all the use by the donee is for a combination of such research and research training.

For example, a charitable contribution of an electron microscope or a computer by the manufacturer will satisfy the use requirement if substantially all the use by the donee college or university consists of training undergraduate or graduate students (either in a laboratory or in a classroom) in how to use the microscope or computer in research, consists of research experiments conducted by such students, e.g., laboratory experiments as part of an undergraduate science course, or consists of a combination of such research and research training.

For purposes of this provision, the physical sciences includes physics, chemistry, astronomy, mathematics, and engineering, and the biological sciences includes biology and medicine.

IV. Title III.A.2.

1 Defined contribution plans are plans under which each participant's benefit is based solely on the balance in the participant's account consisting of contributions, income, gain, expense, loss, and forfeitures allocated from the accounts of other participants (e.g., a profit-sharing plan or a money purchase pension plan).

2 A defined benefit plan specifies a participant's benefit independently of an account for contributions, etc. (e.g., an annual benefit of 2 percent of average pay for each year of employee service).

3 Generally, the loan must bear a reasonable rate of interest, be adequately secured, provide a reasonable repayment schedule, and be made available on a basis which does not discriminate in favor of employees who are officers, shareholders, or highly compensated.

IV. Title III.A.4.

1 Special rules apply to investments by qualified plans in employer real estate. Also, investments by pension plans in employer securities are subject to a special limitation.

IV. Title III.B.1.

1 The bill repeals the $200/$400 exclusion for 1982 and allows section 116 to revert to the $100/$200 dividend exclusion of prior law.

2 One-year certificates of deposit may be issued during a 1-year period. Thus, institutions will have certificates outstanding for up to 2 years.

3 These certificates may be certificates of deposit or certificates that represent withdrawable or repurchasable shares.

IV. Title IV.A.

1 However, the amount of the estate tax would be reduced further by other credits allowed to an estate.

IV. Title IV.B.

1 Prior to the Tax Reform Act of 1976, there were separate rate schedules for the estate tax and the gift tax. The gift tax rates were approximately three-fourths of the estate tax rates. The Tax Reform Act of 1976 combined the separate rate schedules into a unified transfer tax rate schedule.

IV. Title IV.C.

1 For example, the gift of an income interest by a donor to his spouse would not qualify for the marital deduction where the remainder interest is transferred by the donor to a third party.

2 For example, most estate planners divide the estate into two equal portions leaving one-half of the estate to the surviving spouse in a form that qualifies for the marital deduction and the other half to the surviving spouse and/or the descendants in a form which does not qualify for a marital deduction. Under such an arrangement, the nonqualifying half is taxed at the death of the decedent and the qualifying half is subsequently taxed at the death of the surviving spouse and, consequently, the entire amount of the property is taxed only once.

3 Sections 6166 and 6166A of present law are combined and liberalized into a new section 6166 by section 422 of the bill.

4 The general rules applicable to qualifying income interests may provide similar treatment where a decedent provides an income interest in the spouse for her life and a remainder interest to charity. If the life estate is a qualifying income interest, the entire property will, pursuant to the executor's election, be considered as passing to the spouse. Therefore, the entire value of the property will be eligible for the marital deduction and no transfer tax will be imposed. Upon the spouse's death, the property will be included in the spouse's estate but, because the spouse's life estate terminates at death, any property passing outright to charity may qualify for a charitable deduction.

5 (See part G. "Estate Tax Treatment of Transfers Made Within 3 Years of Decedent's Death," below.)

IV. Title IV.D.

1 The fair market value of specially valued property, as well as the property's use value, must be determined for purposes of this limitation and other requirements under the provision. In most cases, however, the fair market value of specially valued property is significant only for determining the maximum potential amount of the recapture tax, which is not assessed unless certain post-death events occur. (The recapture tax is more fully discussed elsewhere in this section.) Under present law, judicial review of tax issues is available only where there is a dispute over the correctness of a tax assessment except in a few limited instances in which the Code contains provisions for declaratory judgments. Since the issue of fair market value of specially valued property may not affect any presently assessable amount of tax where it is the only unresolved issue in an estate, there is no opportunity for judicial review of the issue under present law unless the entire use valuation election is disallowed by the Treasury Department.

2 The "adjusted value" of the gross estate (or of specific property) is its gross value less any mortgages or other indebtedness, payment of which are secured by an interest in the property included in the gross estate (or by the specific property).

3 For purposes of the 50-percent and 25-percent tests, the value of property is determined without regard to its current use value.

4 The term "qualified heir" means a member of the decedent's family, including his spouse, lineal descendants, parents, grandparents, and aunts or uncles of the decedent and their descendants. The term does not include members of a spouse's family.

5 Property which is acquired pursuant to an exchange under section 1031 (relating to nonrecognition of gain or loss on a like-kind exchange) or section 1033 (relating to nonrecognition of gain or loss on an involuntary conversion) is considered to be owned only from the date on which the replacement property is acquired.

6 In the case of qualifying real property where the ownership, use, and material participation requirements are satisfied, the real property which qualifies for current use valuation includes the farmhouse, other residential buildings, and related improvements. located on qualifying real property if such buildings are occupied on a regular basis by the owner or lessee of the real property (or by employees of the owner or lessee) for the purpose of operating or maintaining the real property or the business conducted on the property. Qualified real property also includes roads, buildings, and other structures and improvements functionally related to the qualified use.

7 The required agreement must be binding under the law of the State in which each party resides. In many States, this requires that a guardian ad litem be appointed for minor heirs solely for the purpose of signing the agreement.

8 Under present law, trust property qualifies for current use valuation only to the extent that an heir receives a "present interest" in the trust property. Treasury regulations define the term "present interest" by reference to the gift tax law (sec. 2503). This definition precludes current use valuation of any property passing from the decedent to a trust in which the interest of the life tenant (or any other beneficiary whose interest becomes a present interest before expiration of the recapture period) is subject to discretion on the part of the trustee. This result is the same even if all potential beneficiaries of the trust are qualified heirs. (Treas. Reg. Sec. 20.2032A-3(b)(1)).

9 Under present law, growing crops, including standing timber in the case of timber farms, are not treated as part of the qualified real property.

10 Under present law, share rentals may not be converted to a cash equivalent to be used in the formula valuation method.

11 Each average annual computation must be made on the basis of the five most recent calendar years ending before the decedent's death.

12 In the case of specially valued property on which buildings and other improvements are located, similar improved property would be used.

13 In the case of a disposition or cessation of qualified use of only part of an heir's interest in qualified property, the recapture tax is equal to the greater of (1) the estate tax saved by the decedent's estate with respect to the heir's interest, or (2) the excess of the amount realized on the disposition (fair market value in cases other than arm's-length dispositions) over the pro rata portion of the special use value of the heir's interest. The pro rata determination is made by reference to acres or other relevant land areas.

14 Many States have enacted current use valuation provisions similar to the Federal provision. Because the recapture tax is not a death tax, the estate (or the heir) is not permitted to treat a State recapture tax as a death tax for purposes of the State death tax credit (under sec. 2011) in determining the amount of estate tax that would have been payable had current use valuation not been elected. (Treating the State recapture tax as a creditable State death tax would reduce the recapture tax liability.)

15 On the other hand, a like-kind exchange (under sec. 1031) of specially valued real property would result in imposition of the recapture tax unless the exchange were with a member of the qualified heir's family.

16 This amendment will apply retroactively to certain estates of decedents dying after December 31, 1976. An explanation of this retroactive effect is included in the "Effective dates" section.

17 This result would not be affected by the fact that the property was rented for a lesser amount than would be charged in a lease between unrelated parties. However, the rent from such a lease could not be used under the formula valuation method since that method requires an arm's-length rental based on a fair market value rate of return on the land.

18 The committee understands that, in some areas, farm real property is traditionally rented on a share basis, but the lessee disposes of (or retains for disposition) the entire crop, etc., and the lessor receives only the proceeds (or an agreed set value) of his portion of the farm's production. In such cases, the value of the share rental is to be determined according to the rules for valuing farm produce when the lessor actually receives a share of the farm's crop or other production.

19 The committee understands that the present period established by the Department of Agriculture price support program is five months.

20 This amendment applies retroactively to certain estates of decedents dying after December 31, 1976. A complete explanation of this retroactive effect is included in the "Effective dates" section.

21 The required material participation must be that of the decedent or a member of the decedent's family during periods when the decedent owned the property.

22 Section 2032A(c)(7)(B) requires that material participation occur during periods aggregating more than five years of every eight-year period ending after the date of the decedent's death and before 15 years after that date (10 years under the bill).

23 The meaning of active management is more fully explained in the discussion of the changes to the material participation requirement for qualification of property for current use valuation in the estates of certain surviving spouses.

24 The lien securing payment of the recapture tax (sec. 6324B) would have to be transferred to the qualified replacement property at the time the original qualified property is discharged from that lien.

25 The lien securing payment of the recapture tax (sec. 6324B) would have to be transferred to the qualified replacement property at the time the original qualified property is discharged from the lien.

26 If the election is not made, timber operations must qualify under the rules generally applicable to farms.

27 Specially valued standing timber will be subject to the special lien securing payment of the recapture tax (sec. 6324B) to the same extent as the land on which the timber stands.

28 The meaning of active management is more fully explained in the discussion of changes to the material participation requirement for qualification of certain property for current use valuation in the estate of a surviving spouse.

29 This change applies retroactively to certain estates of decedents dying after December 31, 1976. A complete explanation of this retroactive effect is included in the "Effective dates" section.

30 Under present law, the property is not considered to have been acquired from the decedent whether or not the option is eventually exercised.

31 Normally, the income tax basis of purchased property is its cost (sec. 1012).

IV. Title IV.E.

1 Under certain circumstances, the stock of two or more corporations can be combined in determining if the 50-percent test is met.

IV. Title IV.F.

1 17 U.S.C. 102.

IV. Title IV.I.

1 In any case, the period for making the disclaimer is not to expire until 9 months after the day on which the person making the disclaimer has attained age 21.

IV. Title IV.L.

1 Prior to the enactment of the Excise, Estate and Gift Tax Adjustment Act of 1970 (Public Law 91-614), the due date for filing a gift tax return was April 15 following the calendar year in which a gift was made. In general, the 1970 Act enacted a requirement for the quarterly filing of gift tax returns (by the 15th day of the second month following the close of the calendar quarter) to provide for the more current payment of gift tax liabilities.

2 In the case of nonresidents who are not citizens of the United States, the same rule applies except that $12,500 is substituted for $25,000.

IV. Title V.C.

1 S. Rep. 673 (77th Cong.), Part I, p. 30.

2 Rev. Rul. 78-414, 1978-2 C.B. 213.

3 See e.g., U.S. v. Midland Ross Corporation, 381 U.S. 54 (1965).

IV. Title V.E.

1 See Teh v. Comm'r, 260 F.2d 489 (9th Cir. 1952) and Comm'r v. Pittston Co., 252 F.2d 344 (2d Cir., 1958), cert. denied, 357 U.S. 919 (1958).

IV. Title VI.B.

1 No inference should be drawn from this analysis of present law or from the actions taken in this bill that your committee agrees or disagrees that current payments are properly treated as income taxes.

2 For purposes of this limitation, "foreign oil and gas extraction income" is the foreign source taxable income from extraction of minerals from oil and gas wells or from the sale of extraction assets.

3 The term "foreign oil-related income" includes the income derived from sources outside the United States and its possessions from the extraction (by the taxpayer or any other person) of minerals from oil or gas wells, the processing of these minerals into their primary products, and the transportation, distribution, and sale of these minerals or primary products. The term also includes income from the sale or exchange of assets used in these activities. Finally, the term includes certain other income indirectly derived from these activities: in general, dividends (including deemed dividends under subpart F) and interest from foreign corporations in which the taxpayer has a 10-percent stock interest, foreign source dividends from a U.S. corporation, and the taxpayer's distributive share of the income of partnerships, to the extent the dividends, interest, or distributive share is attributable to foreign oil-related income of the intermediate corporation or partnership.

4 For example, foreign oil or gas related income includes income of a foreign subsidiary located in country A that purchases oil from foreign government B and sells the oil to an unrelated person in country C.

IV. Title VII.A.2.

1 The term "return" is defined as any tax or information return, declaration of estimated tax, or claim for refund which is required (or permitted) to be filed on behalf of, or with respect to, any person. A return also includes any amendment, supplemental schedule, or attachment filed with the tax return, information return, etc.

"Return information" includes the following data pertaining to a taxpayer: his identity, the nature, source, or amount of his income, payments, receipts, deductions, exemptions, credits, assets, liabilities, net worth, tax liability, tax withheld, deficiencies, over-assessments, and tax payments. Also included in the definition of return information is any other data, received by, recorded by, prepared by, furnished to, or collected by the IRS with respect to a return filed by the taxpayer or with respect to the determination of the existence, or possible existence, of liability for any tax, penalty, interest, fine, forfeiture, or other imposition, or offense provided for under the Code. A summary of data contained in a return and information concerning whether a taxpayer's return was, is being, or will be examined or subject to other investigation or processing also is return information. However, data in a form which cannot be associated with, or otherwise identify, directly or indirectly, a particular taxpayer is not return information.

2 In Susan B. Long and Philip H. Long v. United States Internal Revenue Service, 596 F.2d 362 (9th Cir. 1979), an action under the Freedom of Information Act (FOIA), the court reversed a district court decision denying plaintiff-appellants access to this TCMP data from which the characteristics used to identify particular taxpayers had been deleted. The court based its decision on section 6103(b)(2), which excludes from the definition of protected return information "data in a form which cannot be associated with, or otherwise identity, directly, or indirectly, a particular taxpayer." The court remanded for consideration of whether, inter alia, the data even with the identifiers deleted might, nonetheless, be associated with particular taxpayers. On remand, the district court has granted the government leave to amend its original answer and will also consider whether the data is exempted from disclosure under FOIA as investigatory records for law enforcement purposes, 31 U.S.C. 552(b)(7). Additionally, in Susan B. Long v. Bureau of Economic Analysis, Civ. No. C78-176M (W. D. Wash., Dec. 31, 1980), aff'd 646 F.2d 1310 (9th Cir. 1981), the plaintiff was granted access, on procedural grounds, to virtually the same data as was at issue in Susan B. Long and Philip H. Long v. United States Internal Revenue Service, supra. The Service has not released the TCMP data, pending further judicial action.

IV. Title VII.B.

1 As a result, a tax payment may be subject to more than one tax interest rate if it is outstanding for longer than the effective period of one interest rate.

IV. Title VIII.A.1.

1 If the option price is between 85 and 95 percent of the market price at the time the option is granted, the difference between the market value of stock at the time of the option grant and the option price is treated as ordinary income when the stock is sold.

2 For this purpose, the individual is considered to own stock owned directly or indirectly by brothers and sisters, spouse, ancestors, and lineal descendants, and stock owned directly or indirectly by a corporation, partnership, estate, or trust is considered as being owned proportionately by shareholders, partners, or beneficiaries.

IV. Title VIII.A.2.

1Horwith v. Comm'r., 71 T.C. 932 (1979).

IV. Title VIII.B.

1See U.S. v. Correll, 389 U.S. 299 (1967).

2 Treas. Regs. secs. 1.162-2(e), 1.262-1(b)(5); Fausner v. Comm'r, 413 U.S. 838 (1973).

3See Montgomery v. Commissioner, 532 F.2d 1088 (6th Cir. 1976) aff'g, 64 T.C. 175 (1975). In Montgomery, the Court of Appeals affirmed the Tax Court's finding that a Michigan legislator's tax home was in Lansing, rather than in the Detroit district represented. As a result, the legislator was not "away from home" overnight for purposes of deducting expenses under Code section 162.

4 Federal per diem allowance rates are established periodically by the Administrator of the General Services Administration. The current maximum per diem rate for temporary duty travel within the United States is $50. However, the GSA Administrator may prescribe greater maximum rates for particular geographical areas. See 5 U.S.C. sec. 5707. For temporary duty travel to or within a "high rate geographical area," a Federal employee may be reimbursed for the actual and necessary subsistence expenses incurred, but not in excess of the maximum rate prescribed for the geographical area. In other words, the maximum rate merely establishes a ceiling on the amount of actual subsistence expenses which may be reimbursed.

As is the case with per diem allowances generally, the per diem deduction allowed to State legislators does not include any otherwise deductible expense for long distance travel between the district represented and the State capital. Thus, if otherwise qualifying long distance travel expenses were $800, the per diem amount was $50, and the legislator was away from home overnight at the legislature for 200 legislative days, the total deduction allowed to the legislator would be $10,800. This represents $50 times 200 legislative days ($10,000) plus $800 long distance travel. Qualifying long distance travel, as noted in the text above, does not include commuting costs.

5 See Rev. Rul. 79-16, 1979-1 C.B. 91.

IV. Title VIII.C.2.

1 See, e.g., Estate of Alexander J. Shamberg, 3 T.C. 131, aff'd 144 F.2d 998 (2d Cir.), cert. den. 323 U.S. 792 (1944).

2 In general, the Proposed Regulations provide that these requirements are satisfied if: (1) the authority is specifically authorized pursuant to State law to issue obligations to accomplish public purposes of the unit; (2) the unit controls the governing board of the authority; (3) the unit has either organizational control over the authority or supervisory control over the activities of the authority; (4) any net earnings of the authority (beyond that necessary for retirement of the indebtedness or to implement the public purposes or program of the unit) may not inure to the benefit of any person other than the unit; (5) upon dissolution of the authority title to all property owned by the authority will vest in the unit; and (6) the authority is created and operated solely to accomplish one or more of the public purposes of the unit specified in the authorization for the unit.

3 O.D. 30, 1 C.B. 83, declared obsolete, Rev. Rul. 69-31, 1969-1 C.B. 307.

4 S.M. 2670, III-2 C.B. 80, declared obsolete, Rev. Rul. 69-31, 1969-1 C.B. 307.

5 Depending on the facts involved, a volunteer fire department may qualify for exemption as a charitable organization under Code sec. 501(c)(3) or as a social welfare organization under Code sec. 501(c)(4), or both, Rev. Rul. 74-361, 1974-2 C.B. 159.

IV. Title VIII.I.

1 See, e.g., Reporter Publishing Co., Inc. v. Comm'r, 201 F.2d 743 (10th Cir.), cert. denied, 345 U.S. 993 (1953) (no deduction allowed to newspaper for decline in value of its membership in Associated Press after exclusivity feature held to violate antitrust laws) and, Monroe W. Beatty, 46 T.C. 835 (1966) (no deduction allowed for diminution in the value of liquor license resulting from amendment of State law limiting grant of such licenses).

2 See, e.g., Alsop v. Comm'r, 290 F.2d 726 (2d Cir., 1961) and Marks v. Comm'r, 390 F.2d 598 (9th Cir.), cert. denied, 393 U.S. 883 (1968) (no loss deduction for difference between actual earnings and what taxpayer's earnings would have been absent revocation of her teaching credentials).

3Consolidated Freight Lines, Inc. v. Comm'r, 37 B.T.A. 576 (1968), aff'd, 101 F.2d 813 (9th Cir.), cert. denied, 308 U.S. 562 (1939) and Monroe W. Beatty, supra note 1.

4Note 3, supra.

5 See H. Rep. No. 96-1069, 96th Cong., 2d Sess. 4, 11 (1980).

 

END OF FOOTNOTES
DOCUMENT ATTRIBUTES
Copy RID